wy
0
SON
oa Dei Pree A atk
oi OS
By tea a
DOOR REA
APC Een Ct
CeO RCI
Rec Re
EASA MAAN i
ANN HR Rie SD
RCC Te)
Aer)
re ee
: wig ten aay week
q Ore aL
AAO Ce or
ond
ape aa
oy rey ARCS y
DRUCA FCA R Maan Ah AK ¥f; wa, bia
ane ee Samoa a er fa oes Wen WN
rahi) Py Wk a A mwah a
eran nee Aen ON eke we a aOR
oa ’ HNO
ce en aio bint AACE
PA IC An SOA
Q RIGOR OLA an ASE o a POC ROR Mr Let
Seca ene HT CCN SCT tea Retr
OO NT RAE PER AA SRT PAY ea Sony a
Newer TOR) i Hhangatets' B TNA he uy
' NAN " EOE . io
" 5 ASIN thE OA my oat
MANCHA aN
Ret
nt
.
im
rh
ae
ut
a
ss aman
at
SRR
ls WAY oy Sel
mi
ent a rics
DOORN TOURS mock: NOCeM
PNA i ’
mh)
ai Soho
Rarun ih re Panny PORN Y tk ai os
PWR EM ; YaPathtataeartaie, Fa NAOT RIN NASI ena
Ray 4 a HONE AEA hI FoR UA Ma URN ToL PANY
BAe i » RERUN UMU NCR Tn AN Saha ;
aay By AIT Haive Ree tar atta
eee PORTE) a 1 r o ae 4 Nat va
AS Ae) CREA EC aT Wee HO OT
‘ y ‘ ai ey Reman aE
Dexa Reno
oe “rhea Rate
a)
Not
\
ia
Raat
SVR Rat
Peer
ane
x
) a ee
Peaster | ry env erin Play en Ke mo ny
BEC ‘ Cent rc nen Tet ag tn be ‘
diet aa Ay EEN ONAL argo ehaaaeas if iD sarge
AAR MILO Gh ata MOVANT eS pa eae aR LH te CAL f Gt Sah
: SUDA aban Laveen RNR ct
ee acre)
eMC
UR aes *
CAISRRARS
‘i
int baa AY
Hence nett SEAN
s PEN isi Aen
ene
at
ain ‘ rt oy wat
ron ‘ yyy 9 MY rt
pat Cua Tht ay A SULIT ay f “ Ass
ae p + ‘NP ij y u i t. >, bs be
Ge Gwin cd GAN aca
he se
erie
hen)
ANP
Va
Neat
Heron wT
Be eiase
‘ : hie
ei CRA SA ER ih i ict
‘ wa Ue Mee AP
: Mina ey as
Wel ae eae
Se
Sates
Secs
Danan
Hate kari KANE ‘ Mia i, at
AEE Sut
ae
ae ts
=
es
ie
Spe aa on cone teat
ERA en Y é : eat As SI Kr VA Nie eA A Uta He ASarliork Ws eee, er,
i ae STORK 4 «4 BUA BoA AN AS Maactet ¥ DARL Meant rat tT. tua errr e tte
eT ri} ius ee ie i Oa ty ha n site Banta CLt3
AEN i Neaiactceyt
PE ome rh sar
ts Acai paraen at hphans
mm tak jad ie a3 (I
4 et tat Dyes aa
f Noone a
Ponte
et
Pan eM)
ae Ve Xt
icktin nus
D ‘ BMY REC
PMC ICE Sch POL Rata
Pte RT AA SCA
an M caer
Weert Crore iC
te Soran ats
en Rae Wee AN PLATE CM eT nee
f NAST Ra kok eeU Na i CRATE eA Nace
i) NEU Hoy bk te Gute Mittan RHA pdt eA uw Bare
DP EK RTS RTL La te FREER CN OU NA
PRA UCUe anti DOA Run aee Ay Hae WOOL
nak Ber nO Peete MC LN AUR Caer Penne an Hai } 4 ate
ie i i 4 Py siteus tite Rata ata fh rt Pee eMac tot ty sion or Ried oeaaade ips toate :
ys rt ot Ley Bi aati bee z
MAN H ne NOs) UTE ena A CLA A lieh , br rate ty Ett sbdateldterset
ea oi Corea Od baa Ne se os ‘8 8p i pest eeed
PAINE IUD Nek eR DMPA MI ek Sot ee 0 ; Rates Kicche vr ci ae
os) Pe Mas Shir 1) Ca ie aitist REAR eogrts vaty laes none Lees o oA
OCT oy Hy t en hen's Onis ai Hee tet
ee
iro Covers Aen on Te t i
ae eis KY Pee Mid Rol Sek TEC ay 5 ‘
f \ a fan i OR Ma PAO rae WeRteb aah ty Rpt POTION ena rennet:
Mi ShiSnAty Irate nc Mune anna ta tet ace a
és ae eae it eh oes ee
"
ee
o eon m Ct AL
AMS Sanaa
ny "4 Oy OU hi
Dn fr Ln i peace.
oR a Ni x,
CRU ie
ra aOR Ma Leta ab
Oa lan AG oa ata a
Patentamt titties
e Cnt oi foto ure part st tL a
(yon o fron ntl
a es oe
AA
nh Sater a
Pa ieeareaca site
Lh aw Pe a
COrkRe ! ; pin teat
PTR 5 Bai +
Sree Kn tr HAW WYK
Bae Aen et
Nf}
io
cam
SL a
Aotng
Cnt eky
Lf
AG
taleged 4 pb yy
“ ot BOR
reece to
DEP OOK ION
PAR OR EY
ne
Rae Re
Been Real
Raton enon
F ee
ne o
any a oN
Be I AT Yo 0 SOO:
Rea woe
5 OE CRE a a
' CKO on i xn
x Ceo
Pea ty) 4
wate an Cae ah ay Sart x p no :
an , ron fea Ne Neste ipa oo eve
% 5 A A OO
Cy Ma
Pek. = a ‘te 2 Be
by Bn. 2 Pie TA
oa oS ey. ant ¢
2 ie — ee e *)
: j 4
' B
¥ rh A f 4 .
' I my
if ae / \
' Py):
g
j er a
* , if f ;
4 ‘
pete} a
a ; Nv »
4 A if
a F
* a 7 . i” ‘}
: \
“ ii
i tik ‘V
j 3
4 ; . ie vy
Z i by
: af
od vel “i 2
ee 24
, ‘
a ih
g Pd
‘ atv i ’
“>
_ . ¥
% nN Wal
var; vs
iia cs
Nt ae
Cellet,
SMITHSONIAN
CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE,
CITY OF WASHINGTON:
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
i ig
Na eh ff
TiOwar muSeY
MDCCCLVIIT.
ADVERTISEMENT.
Tus volume forms the tenth of a series, composed of original memoirs on dif-
ferent branches of knowledge, published at the expense, and under the direction, of
the Smithsonian Institution. The publication of this series forms part of a general
plan adopted for carrying into effect the benevolent intentions of JAMES SMITHSON,
Esq., of England. This gentleman left his property in trust to the United States
of America, to found, at Washington, an institution which should bear his own
name, and have for its objects the “increase and diffusion of knowledge among
men.” This trust was accepted by the Government of the United States, and an
Act of Congress was passed August 10, 1846, constituting the President and the
other principal executive officers of the general government, the Chief Justice of
the Supreme Court, the Mayor of Washington, and such other persons as they might
elect honorary members, an establishment under the name of the “SmrrHsonIAN
INSTITUTION FOR THE INCREASE AND DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE AMONG MEN.” The
members and honorary members of this establishment are to hold stated and special
meetings for the supervision of the affairs of the Institution, and for the advice
and instruction of a Board of Regents, to whom the financial and other affairs are
entrusted.
The Board of Regents consists of three members ex officio of the establishment,
namely, the Vice-President of the United States, the Chief Justice of the Supreme
Court, and the Mayor of Washington, together with twelve other members, three of
whom are appointed by the Senate from its own body, three by the House of
Representatives from its members, and six persons appointed by a joint resolution
of both houses. To this Board is given the power of electing a Secretary and other
officers, for conducting the active operations of the Institution.
To carry into effect the purposes of the testator, the plan of organization should
evidently embrace two objects: one, the increase of knowledge by the addition of
new truths to the existing stock; the other, the diffusion of knowledge, thus
increased, among men. No restriction is made in favor of any kind of knowledge;
and, hence, each branch is entitled to, and should receive, a share of attention.
lV ADVERTISEMENT.
The Act of Congress, establishing the Institution, directs, as a part of the plan of
organization, the formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of Art, together
with provisions for physical research and popular lectures, while it leaves to the
Regents the power of adopting such other parts of an organization as they may
deem best suited to promote the objects of the bequest.
After much deliberation, the Regents resolved to divide the annual income into
two equal parts—one part to be devoted to the increase and diffusion of knowledge
by means of original research and publications—the other half of the income to be
applied in accordance with the requirements of the Act of Congress, to the gradual
formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of Art.
The following are the details of the parts of the general plan of organization
provisionally adopted at the meeting of the Regents, Dec. 8, 1847.
DETAILS OF THE MRST PART COR Eun ea AuNe
I. To incrrasr KnowLepcr.—lI is proposed to stimulate research, by offering
rewards for original memoirs on all subjects of investigation.
1. The memoirs thus obtained, to be published in a series of volumes, in a quarto
form, and entitled “Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge.”
2. No memoir, on subjects of physical science, to be accepted for publication,
which does not furnish a positive addition to human knowledge, resting on original
research; and all unverified speculations to be rejected.
3. Each memoir presented to the Institution, to be submitted for examination to
a commission of persons of reputation for learning in the branch to which the
memoir pertains; and to be accepted for publication only in case the report of this
commission is favorable.
4. The commission to be chosen by the officers of the Institution, and the name
of the author, as far as practicable, concealed, unless a favorable decision be made.
9. The volumes of the memoirs to be exchanged for the Transactions of literary
and scientific societies, and copies to be given to all the colleges, and principal
libraries, in this country. One part of the remaining copies may be offered for
sale; and the other carefully preserved, to form complete sets of the work, to
supply the demand from new institutions.
6. An abstract, or popular account, of the contents of these memoirs to be given
to the public, through the annual report of the Regents to Congress.
ADVERTISEMENT. Vv
II. To incrEASE Know .epGe.—ZJZt is also proposed to appropriate a portion of the
income, annually, to special objects of research, under the direction of suitable
persons.
1. The objects, and the amount appropriated, to be recommended by counsellors
of the Institution.
2. Appropriations in different years to different objects; so that, in course of time,
each branch of knowledge may receive a share.
3. The results obtained from these appropriations to be published, with the
memoirs before mentioned, in the volumes of the Smithsonian Contributions to
Knowledge.
4, Examples of objects for which appropriations may be made :-—
(1.) System of extended meteorological observations for solving the problem of
American storms.
(2.) Explorations in descriptive natural history, and geological, mathematical,
and topographical surveys, to collect materials for the formation of a Physical Atlas
of the United States.
(3.) Solution of experimental problems, such as a new determination of the
weight of the earth, of the velocity of electricity, and of light; chemical analyses of
soils and plants; collection and publication of articles of science, accumulated in
the offices of Government.
(4.) Institution of statistical inquiries with reference to physical, moral, and
political subjects. |
(5.) Historical researches, and accurate surveys of places celebrated in American
history.
(6.) Ethnological researches, particularly with reference to the different races of
men in North America; also explorations, and accurate surveys, of the mounds
and other remains of the ancient people of our country.
I. To pwruse KnowiepGe.—It is proposed to publish a series of reports, giving an
account of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made from year to year
in all branches of knowledge not strictly professional.
1. Some of these reports may be published annually, others at longer intervals,
as the income of the Institution or the changes in the branches of knowledge may
indicate.
2. The reports are to be prepared by collaborators, eminent in the different
branches of knowledge.
vi ADVERTISEMENT.
3. Each collaborator to be furnished with the journals and publications, domestic
and foreign, necessary to the compilation of his report; to be paid a certain sum for
his labors, and to be named on the title-page of the report.
4. The reports to be published in separate parts, so that persons interested in a
particular branch, can procure the parts relating to it, without purchasing the
whole.
5. These reports may be presented to Congress, for partial distribution, the
remaining copies to be given to literary and scientific institutions, and sold to indi-
viduals for a moderate price.
The following are some of the subjects which may be embraced in the reports :—
I. PHYSICAL CLASS.
. Physics, including astronomy, natural philosophy, chemistry, and meteorology.
. Natural history, including botany, zoology, geology, &c.
. Agriculture.
Bm Co DO eH
. Application of science to arts.
II. MORAL AND POLITICAL CLASS.
. Ethnology, including particular history, comparative philology, antiquities, &e.
. Statistics and political economy.
JI Oo oO
. Mental and moral philosophy.
om
. A survey of the political events of the world; penal reform, &e.
Ill. LITERATURE AND THE FINE ARTS.
9. Modern literature.
10. The fine arts, and their application to the useful arts.
11. Bibliography.
12. Obituary notices of distinguished individuals.
II. To pirrusr Know Lepcs.—it is proposed to publish occasionally separate treatises
on subjects of general interest.
1. These treatises may occasionally consist of valuable memoirs translated from
foreign languages, or of articles prepared under the direction of the Institution, or
procured by offering premiums for the best exposition of a given subject.
2. The treatises to be submitted to a commission of competent judges, previous
to their publication.
.
ADVERTISEMENT. vil
DETAILS OF THE SECOND PART OF THE PLAN OF ORGANIZATION.
This part contemplates the formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of
Art.
1. To carry out the plan before described, a library will be required, consisting,
Ist, of a complete collection of the transactions and proceedings of all the learned
societies in the world; 2d, of the more important current periodical publications,
and other works necessary in preparing the periodical reports.
2. The Institution should make special collections, particularly of objects to
verify its own publications. Also a collection of instruments of research in all
branches of experimental science.
3. With reference to the collection of books, other than those mentioned above,
catalogues of all the different libraries in the United States should be procured, in
order that the valuable books first purchased may be such as are not to be found
elsewhere in the United States.
4, Also catalogues of memoirs, and of books in foreign libraries, and other
materials, should be collected, for rendering the Institution a centre of bibliogra-
phical knowledge, whence the student may be directed to any work which he may
require.
5. It is believed that the collections in natural history will increase by donation,
as rapidly as the income of the Institution can make provision for their reception ;
and, therefore, it will seldom be necessary to purchase any article of this kind.
6. Attempts should be made to procure for the gallery of art, casts of the most
celebrated articles of ancient and modern sculpture.
7. The arts may be encouraged by providing a room, free of expense, for the
exhibition of the objects of the Art-Union, and other similar societies.
8. A small appropriation should annually be made for models of antiquity, such
as those of the remains of ancient temples, Xc.
9. The Secretary and his assistants, during the session of Congress, will be
required to illustrate new discoveries in science, and to exhibit new objects of art;
distinguished individuals should also be invited to give lectures on subjects of
general interest.
In accordance with the rules adopted in the programme of organization, each
memoir in this volume has been favorably reported on by a Commission appointed
vill ADVERTISEMENT.
for its examination. It is however impossible, in most cases, to verify the state-
ments of an author; and, therefore, neither the Commission nor the Institution can
be responsible for more than the general character of a memoir.
The following rules have been adopted for the distribution of the quarto volumes
of the Smithsonian Contributions :—
1. They are to be presented to all learned societies which publish Transactions,
and give copies of these, in exchange, to the Institution.
2. Also, to all foreign libraries of the first class, provided they give in exchange
their catalogues or other publications, or an equivalent from their duplicate volumes.
3. To all the colleges in actual operation in this country, provided they furnish,
in return, meteorological observations, catalogues of their libraries and of their
students, and all other publications issued by them relative to their organization
and history.
4, To all States and Territories, provided there be given, in return, copies of all
documents published under their authority.
5. To all incorporated public libraries in this country, not included in any of
the foregoing classes, now containing more than 7000 volumes; and to smaller
libraries, where a whole State or large district would be otherwise unsupplied.
OFFICERS
OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.
THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES,
Ex-officio PRESIDING OFFICER OF THE INSTITUTION,
THE VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES,
Ex-officio SECOND PRESIDING OFFICER.
ROGER B. TANEY,
CHANCELLOR OF THE INSTITUTION.
JOSEPH HENRY,
SECRETARY OF THE INSTITUTION.
SPENCER F. BAIRD,
ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
W. W. SEATON, Treasurer.
ALEXANDER D. BACHE,
JAMES A. PEARCE, > EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
JOSH PE GeO RIN: |
RICHARD RUSH, )
WILLIAM H. ENGLISH, - Burtping CoMMItTEE.
JOSEPH HENRY, j
REGENTS.
Joun C. BreckenrmpnGe, . . . . Vice-President of the United States.
Roger B. Tanny, . . . . . . Chief Justice of the United States.
James G. Berret, . . . . . . Mayor of the City of Washington.
James A. Pearce, . . . . . . Member of the Senate of the United States.
AMES Mi CCMLASON, . 9 G. “aou Beene ate se oe 13 <c cs Ke
Srepnen A. DovGLAS, . . . . - Ca ae « « |
Wituram H. Enenisn, . . . . . Member of the House of Representatives U. S.
Oe atGAaieneiae Guo wo 5 8. 6 es és Sn a ce
BENJAMIN STANTON, . . . .. . es ce ces “e &
Gipeon HawLry,. ... . . . Citizen of New York.
RICHARD RUSHS . “es 4.2 Gs “of Pennsylvania.
GEORGE EH). BADGER,). 65-3. « 2: “of North Carolina.
Cornemus C. Herron, . . 2 3 “of Massachusetts.
ALEXANDER D. Bacun, . . . . . Member of Nat. Inst. Washington.
JosEpa:G; COTTEN; ©. 4:0. ee eens se
MEMBERS EX-OFFICIO OF THE INSTITUTION.
JAMES BUCHANAN,
Joun C. BRECKENRIDGE,
Lewis Cass,
Howe. Coss,
Joun B. Fioyp, .
Isaac Toucey,
Aaron V. Brown,
JEREMIAH 8. BLACK,
Rocer B. Taney,
JoserH Hout, .
JAMES G. BERRET,
President of the United States.
Vice-President of the United States.
Secretary of State.
Secretary of the Treasury.
Secretary of War.
Secretary of the Navy.
Postmaster- General.
Attorney-General.
Chief Justice of the United States.
Commissioner of Patents.
Mayor of the City of Washington.
HONORARY MEMBERS.
Rosert Hare,* Abert GALLATIN,*
Wasuineton Irvine,
BENJAMIN SILLIMAN, A. B. Lon@srreet.
Hon. Jacos Tuompson, Secretary of the Interior.
( * Deceased. )
PARKER CLEAVELAND,*
aaa
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
ARTICLE I. Inrropuctrion. Pp. 16.
Advertisement
List of Officers of the Smithsonian {nstitation
Table of Contents
ARTICLE II. Nerets Borratt-Americana, or Conrriputions To A [lisrory or tuE Ma-
RINE ALG oF NortH America. By W. H. Harvey, M. D., M.R.1. A.
Part TfL, Chlorospermee. Pp. 142, and fourteen plates.
ARTICLE III. Maenerican OssEervatTions In THE Arctic Seas. By Evisua Kent Kang,
M.D., U.S.N. Mabe purING THE SECOND GRINNELL EXPEDITION IN
Searcu or Sir JOHN FRANKUN, IN 1853, 1854, AND 1855, AT VAN RENs-
SELAER HARBOR, AND OTHER POINTS ON THE Wes? CoAst OF GREENLAND.
REDUCED AND Discussep, By Coaries A. Scuorr, Assistant U. 8. Coast
Survey. Pp. 72, and one plate.
Introductory Letter
Secrion 1. Magnetic Declination, 1854
2. Observations of the Magnetic Inclination, 1855, 1854, and 1855
3. Observations of Magnetic Intensity, 1854 and 1855
ARTICLE IV. A Grammar Aanpd DicrionaRy or tHE YoruBA LANGUAGE, WITH AN INTRO-
DUCTORY DESCRIPTION OF THE Country AND Porte or Yoruba. By the
tev. T. J. Bown, Missionary of the Southern Baptist Convention. Pp.
232, and one map.
' Each memoir is separately paged and indexed.
PAGE
iii
ix
xiii
© bo
Oo at &
a?
——
CUa(E By, ¢ 5 1 &
: | é on. A fai Pneare rns), me tO) ee oe
: MP2 Fig ' :
y stor? ¥ ng Uw i Peters) ayn « We wasnt th Ld ae
- a8 ih i} De | ge |
_ “ 4 oe © GR Ra uke nk ee OT, Tie 4
| “Fine Lata, Bf “rend fn
e-. . : i | %
mip i ‘Theo Jnetigl +
: nm oN Vw - CHA) ow! aad
* /
PVitw J THOS ayy et Cale mma gl
s A '
aig vi v ;
os bol bh Met sai OY ten ‘inant’ as ditarot - (tt RAND
: i ee 1 ,
, ytd 1S Went iy Pest jy se way
a” nal rye i & ro
\ ; ’ i Ww? OP hele “> jh al ma
\ ‘ = is
? 1 or aatey die inh : “a vi
’
_ . oe ;
: is (tei pa Aas ;
7 - £
: S % &
-_ i . i
- : @ * cd
j on \
i nih ;
| , ae ay i fa
i’ . :
>. oR
4 a2 : i Te
. aa, oe
dé } 7
. j os a fe J
a 7 Py daeanale
eee
gus 7 : Bs te a - ‘
. a a4 [oe es
; na . =? = une : 4
as
ia y
* ; .
:
n :
- : ‘ :
' b h ie
: DD ay We hoe ete rue
vas
= Se 2
he jul healt Rented vie RNAs
ah , : Ce Aaa DY,
Bs 7 yr ren i Hi im lod ein wet 4 pee “Vaal
; . . eR te
! ‘
| ‘Pur treet TET A : os aa
g. i a ie ; yemeae | ;
. . mf ? ee 9)" ve i reel :
- fi ‘ oo ae i J : EV? (aa on Pia vm ay' leh
7 iy 7 al
ae Y aie tie 4
WGI 9D Gade.
Bee Hes “" a, “" mt tie ‘ re abe heii i oie
WNP ih at) wl vinal
J
+
i mdhialy ¥ ewe ae. { nip tag la
eh @4 4 en pay at of
hy
SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.
NEREIS
BOREALI-AMERICANA :
OR,
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE HISTORY OF THE MARINE ALGE
OF NORTH AMERICA.
BY
WILLIAM HENRY HARVEY, M.D. MRA. F.LS.,
PROFESSOR OF BOTANY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF DUBLIN; HONORARY MEMBER OF THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, NEW YORK. ETC, ETC
[ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, SEPTEMBER, 1857. ]
COMMISSION
TO WHICH THIS PAPER HAS BEEN REFERRED.
Dr. JOHN TORREY,
Dr. ASA GRAY.
JOSEPH Henry,
Secretary S. I.
SUB-CLASS III.
CHLOROSPERME, OR GREEN ALG.
Disenosis. Plants almost always grass green ; rarely olivaceous, or lurid purple, still
more rarely red, Propagation either by simple cell-division ; by the transformation of
the colouring matter of the cells of the whole frond, or of some of the cells, into ZOOSpores ;
or rarely by ordinary spores developed in proper spore-cases. A ntheridia, containing
spermatozoids, have been observed in some. Marine, or living in fresh-water streams,
ponds, and ditches, or in damp situations.
It is difficult, in a few words, to give such a diagnostic character of the Alege
included in this sub-class as shall comprise all the exceptional cases. The general idea
of the group is that it shall contain Alge of a herbaceous or grass green colour, propa-
gated by zoospores, or by the transformation of some considerable portion of the whole
of the endochrome into spores, without these spores being developed within proper spore-
cases, distinct from the ordinary cells of the frond. In the great majority of these
plants both characters are found ; but some few genera and species which agree with
the rest in the dispersed fructification, or in being propagated by zoospores, are of a
purple or red colour, thereby approaching the Rhodosperms in appearance ; while others
are olivaceous, and thus seem to approach the Melanosperms. It does not appear
to be desirable, for the mere variation in colour, to separate plants which are
in other respects so closely allied as are the Porphyrew to the Ulva, or the red
Palmellacee to those of a green colour, It would be necessary, were we to remove
these aberrant genera and species to the Rhodosperms, to construct special Orders
to receive them, nor could we place these new Orders in the series of Orders
as at present constructed ; but must establish for them a new division of the
sub-class, which would be characterised by the absence of cystocarpic fruit and of
tetraspores ; that is to say, by the absence of the fructification common to the whole of
this sub-class. Thus it would appear that these purpurascent Algz are more removed
from true Rhodosperms, notwithstanding the red colour of their spores, than from
Chlorosperms ; and consequently we retain them in this division. A graver anomaly,
as it appears to me, occurs in the genera which produce spores of the ordinary character
(not zoospores) contained within proper cysts. These have been removed by Endlicher
and others to the Melanospermic sub-class ; and certainly they show a considerable
approach to that group. But on the other hand, in the characters of their vegetation,
in the structure, habit, colour, and general aspect of the frond they are so closely united
to true Chlorosperms, that I am unwilling to separate them ; particularly as they do not
seem to be equally nearly related to true Melanospermex. These exceptional genera were
formerly included in Siphonew,andare in this work separated under the name Dasycladce.
y ) k
B
nh
CHLOROSPERMEZ.
The Chlorosperms are decidedly the lowest or simplest in structure not only of the
Algee, but of all plants. A very considerable number of them have the frond composed
of a single utricle or cell, and all cell-division in such plants issues in the production of
new unicellular fronds. The Orders Diatomacee and Desmidiacee, of which some
hundreds of genera, and perhaps thousands of species are now known to Botanists, are of
this character. In the whole of these, the frond consists of what may be called a bivalve
cell ; the primordial utricle being single while the cellular envelope is divided into two
halves by a medial line. When such a cell is about to be multiplied by dividing into
two, the two halves of the old cell remain unchanged, and a new growth of two new
half-cells originates at each side, along the medial line. While this growth is going on,
the old half-cells are gently pushed asunder, and when it is completed, a separation takes
place, and two new fronds float apart, each of them composed of an old half-cell and a
new growth which gradually acquires all the characters of the opposing valve. But the
unicellular structure is not confined to such minute atoms as the Diatomacer, or such
imperfect organisms as the Protococcus and its allies. Many of the larger Chlorosperms
are essentially unicellular, and in some of these the vegetable cell is found of very much
larger size than in any other plants. In Codium, Vaucheria, and Bryopsis single
cylindrical cells may be obtained several inches in length, and frequently of consider-
able diameter. In Valonia, saccate cells sometimes as large as a walnut and often as large
as a hazel nut, are found. Botrydiwm, a little siphonaceous Alga common on damp
ground in Europe, exhibits within the compass of a single branching cell all the ordinary
organs of a compound vegetable, as much specialized as is possible within such narrow
limits: thus, it has a descending axis or root, an ascending axis or stem, and a vesicular
body, within which its spores are developed. Jn Caulerpa, however, if the frond in that
genus be really constructed by the evolution of a single cell, we have the vegetable cell
assuming its highest development and attaining gigantic size. These unicellular (?)
fronds are sometimes two feet in length, and excessively branched ; with specialized
root, stem, branches, and leaves.
The ordinary fructification of the Chlorospermex consists of zoospores, oY spores
endowed with ciliary motion, which have already been spoken of in the General Intro-
duction, (Part I. pp. 13-14). These are usually of very minute size, and are formed
within the cells of the frond, by the transmutations of the whole cell-contents. Myriads
of moving granules are thus evolved, each of which is pointed at one end, and there
furnished with two or four vibratile hairs, which act like oars, and drive the granule
through the water. In one instance (Hydrodictyon) the zoospores, whilst. still
retained within the walls of the mother.cell, arrange themselves into a young frond,
which issues from the cell perfect in all its parts. But usually they are dispersed in the
water, and swim about until they commence germination. In some cases, a solitary
zoospore and that of large size, clothed all over its surface with cilia, is formed from
the mass of endochrome of the parent-cell. And often, asin Zygnema and its allies, the
spore is the result of the union of the matter of two cells.
Among the more interesting observations recently made on the development of these
Alge, Pringsheim’s memoirs on the fertilization of their spores by means of spermato-
zoids are specially worthy of notice. Male organs of unquestionable character have
CHLOROSPERME®. 3
now been discovered in several, leading to the inference that they exist in all. In some
cases the spermatozoids are directly formed within the cells of the frond, from which they
are dispersed in the water, and find their way to the enlarged cell in which the nucleus
of the future spore, or rather sporangium, is contained, and which they penetrate, and
effect the fertilization of the contents. In other cases there are formed within the cells
of the frond and emitted into the water, solitary male-producing bodies resembling
zoospores in form, but of smaller size, to which Pringsheim gives the name androspores.
These androspores, after swimming freely for some time, like the Zoospores, affix them-
selves (in Gdogonium) to the surface of the enlarged cell containing the female nucleus,
or in its immediate neighborhood ; and then develope into minute frondlets, consisting
of two or three cells, the lowest of which contains endochrome, and acts as a mother-
cell, while the uppermost becomes an antheridium in which spermatozoids are formed.
After a time both the female-cell and the antheridium open at the summit; the sper-
matozoid is liberated and enters the aperture of the ovarian cell and fertilizes the
enclosed nucleus ; from which there results the large, immoveable spore characteristic
of the genus. The whole process is described and its various stages elaborately figured
in Pringsheim’s memoir, republished in a French translation in An. Sc. Nat. 4th Ser,
vol. 5, p. 250, t. 15, to which I must refer for a fuller account. A previous memoir by
the same author in An. Sc. Nat., vol. 3, describes the fertilization of the spores of
Vaucheria by an analogous process. Various memoirs have also recently appeared by
Thuret, and by Derbes and Soliere, describing the process of the fertilization of the
spores, and the development of the frond in other classes of the Alew; and from the
large number of species which have been investigated by these excellent observers, we
may perhaps be warranted in drawing the general inference, that a process of fertiliza-
tion, by two opposing sexes, exists in all the Alge. It certainly exists in the Melano-
sperms, Rhodosperms, and in many of the inferior Chlorosperms. There is much variety,
however, in the appearance of the antheridia in different classes ; in some no spermato-
zoids have yet been discovered, in others they are of considerable size, and very active
and well formed. In some cases each spore is separately fertilized ; in others it is a
body which afterwards developes spores. One important observation has been made by
Pringsheim which is specially interesting from its bearing on the disputed question of
the origin of the embryonic vesicle in the higher plants, namely, that in no instance has
he observed any growth to proceed from the spermatozoid, but that its function seems
to have been performed when its contents have mixed with those of the nucleus ; the
spermatozoid itself being wholly absorbed and dissolved in the mass.
Much still remains to be done in tracing the development of these Alga, more
especially in studying the transformations which many of them undergo. Very many
have two or three different modes of re-producing the species, as by self-division, by
zoospores or gemme, and by properly fertilized spores ; and the individuals resulting
from these various modes of growth are not always similar. Thus there is in many an
“alternation of generations,” to be studied, such as has been noticed among lower
animals ; and probably when the subject has been properly worked out, a large number,
not only of species, but of genera, especially among the fresh water kinds, must be
erased from our lists. It now appears probable to Pringsheim that many of the minute
B2
t CHLOROSPERME.
unicellular Alge of Braun are the male organs or androspores of other Alge. I think
it can hardly be questioned that multitudes of the Palmelloid forms are either spores or
imperfectly developed fronds ; and the same is probable of many Confervoids. As yet
the subject, except in a few able hands, has been confused rather than rendered more
clear by the labour bestowed by authors upon it. There has been too great an anxiety
to establish new genera and species, without due regard being had to circumstances of
growth and development ; and the unfortunate student who now attempts to study
the fresh water Algze is oppressed by an accumulating mass of bad species and genera,
which all have to be in some degree mastered before he can make clean work. Add
to this, that in the present state of our knowledge it is absolutely necessary, in most
instances, to have the living plant at hand, and it will be understood what a difficult
task it must be to give a good account of the Chlorospermatous series of the Algze.
No one can be more sensible than I am myself of the very imperfect nature of the
sketch attempted in the present memoir. I write at a distance from my subject, and
have rarely had more than dried specimens to examine. Though many of them were
personally collected by myself in 1850, when travelling in America, on very few have I
preserved notes taken from the recent plant. This is perhaps of less account among
the marine kinds, which formed the staple of my personal collections, for the marine
species recover their characters on re-immersion much more perfectly than the fresh
water kinds. But the want of living specimens has seriously barred my attempts to
describe the fresh water species, with the exception of such easily preserved kinds as
Hydrodictyon, Batrachospermum, Lemanea, Petalonema, &c. The Zygnemace, of
which I have received several, and which are probably numerous in America, so com-
pletely lose their distinctive characters in drying, that I have been forced to omit them
altogether. So also it has happened with the species of Oscillatoria, and of the Con-
fervoid Alge generally. I must therefore leave the task of describing the fresh water
Algee of America to other hands ; to some one living among them, and having eyes
fully open to the difficulties of his task, and zeal and ability to work it faithfully. And
here I cannot omit a slight tribute to the memory of one in whom were combined in
no common degree the qualifications which make an able naturalist, and who, had he
lived, would probably have taken up the broken thread.
I allude to the late Professor J. W. BatLey of Westpoint, one of the earliest explorers
of American Alge, and whose very able memoirs on the Diatomacee have won for him
an imperishable name in the annals of science. To me his loss is more personal than
to most of his botanical friends, for from the hour we first met there grew up between
us a warm friendship which death has interrupted, but which I trust it has not ended.
He it was who first suggested to me a Memoir on the American Alge ; he arranged
with the Smithsonian Institute the terms of its publication ; he supplied me with a
multitude of specimens ; and to his influence I owe the assistance I have received from
many American algologists who looked up to him for direction in their studies. He
was, as far as the Algw are concerned, my chief American referee, to whom I could
apply when seeking information on local matters, counected with this branch of study.
With him I constantly associated my work, and to his approbation I looked forward as
CHLOROSPERME.
Cr
the most grateful reward of my labours ; and now that he is removed, my interest in
the work has sensibly flagged, and I am not sorry that it is brought to a conclusion.
Since the previous part was issued, two other of my correspondents have been
numbered with the dead—Professor Tuomry of Alabama, and Dr. BLopcert of Key West,
to both of whom I was indebted for very valuable contributions of specimens. Many
of these have been noticed in the two former parts, and several more will be found
described in the present. It has given me a melancholy pleasure to perpetuate the
memory of the assistance I obtained from these gentlemen, by giving their names to the
only new genera described in the present part.
Whilst thus I have to deplore the loss of a dear friend, and of two of my most valued
correspondents, I have to acknowledge obligations to two new contributors of specimens,
Mr. SamueL Asumeap of Philadelphia, and Mr. A. D. Frye of New York. From Mr.
Ashmead I have received a collection of the Algae of New Jersey, and a very interesting
series of those of Key West, including some new species ; the most remarkable of which
are anew Caulerpa, and a new and very beautiful Dasya. To Mr. Frye I have to
return my thanks for a collection of the Algze of California, very well prepared, com-
municated to me through Professor Henry in 1854 ; and to this gentleman I also owe
an apology for not having mentioned his name in a previous notice of Californian Alge,
which were sent to me by Captain Pike of New York in 1852, and which I supposed had
been collected by him. A letter addressed by Mr. Frye to Professor Henry, and forwarded
to me since the publication of the notice referred to, informs me that the packet of
Californian Alge attributed to Captain N. Pike was collected by Mr. Frye, and indeed
formed part of a fasciculus exhibited by Mrs. Frye at the American Institute in 1851,
and for which she obtained a gold medal. There were several cther exhibitors at the
fuir, but Mrs. Frye’s were considered the most rare. “ After the close of the fair,” says
Mr. Frye, “I furnished Mr. Pike with a large number of specimens which I collected
in California. He professed to send them to Professor Harvey. of Dublin, stating to
me that he would send them in my name, and that I should be credited for them in
Professor Harvey’s work. In looking over the work I found Professor Harvey received
a collection of Californian Algw, and they were credited to Captain Pike. I was told by
Mr. Pike and other algologists in New York that mine was the only collection they
had ever seen or heard of from the Pacific, and I had made the first collection in Cali-
fornia. This, I think, after making much enquiry is correct, as I cannot find that
there has as yet been any brought from thence except mine, which I collected with
iy own hands. I exhibited them to the ladies where I was then boarding, at Jones's
Hotel in San Francisco : they afterwards borrowed them to show at their parties, and
sent a gentleman, Mr. W. Ball, to purchase 20 specimens for 20 dollars—which I
furnished to them, and also spent several days in teaching him how to collect and pre-
pare them. I should be glad if Professor Harvey could know the facts, as I think he
would be glad to give me credit for the specimens.” Justice to Mr. Frye ‘compels me
to give these facts as much publicity as my former erroneous notice has obtained. The
plants were sent tome by Captain Pike, without mentioning any other person, and |
naturally supposed they had been collected by himself. Nor did I hear of Mr. Frye
as a collector of Algze, until his letter, quoted above, was received on my return from
6 CHLOROSPERME.
Australia in 1856. I now take the earliest opportunity of acknowledging the merit
of his package, and trust that he will acquit me of any intentional suppression.
Should I be favoured with any further donations of specimens from America, I trust
that I may be correctly informed of the circumstances under which they were obtained.
Justice shall then be fully done to the merits of the collectors. The Alex of the Pacific
coast have as yet been very imperfectly explored, and probably many curious and
beautiful species, still unknown to botanists, remain to reward the future exertions of
Californian collectors. Possibly, in the collections of those Californian ladies and
gentlemen mentioned by Mr. Frye, new species remain undescribed and unrecorded ;
and should these remarks meet the eye of any one possessed of such things, and who
may wish to see them duly published, I shall be glad to receive and acknowledge all
contributions of Alge if sent to me through Professor Henry or Professor Asa Gray :
and the donors may rest assured that all such communications will be faithfully
acknowledged.
We Ee
TRINITY COLLEGE, DuBiin,
1 Dee. 1857.
a5
SYNOPSIS OF THE ORDERS OF CHLOROSPERMES.
1. SirHonex. Rooting or basifixed. Frond simple or compound, formed either of a
single, filiform, branching cell, or of many such cells united together in a spongy
frond. (Marine or fresh-water.)
2. Dasyotapen. Rooting. Fronds consisting of a simple or branched inarticulate
axial thread, whorled with articulated ramelli. Spores spherical, developed in
proper fruit-cells. (Marine.)
3. VALONIACER. Rooting. Fronds polymorphous, formed of large vesicated cells,
filled with watery endochrome. (Marine.)
4. Utvacem. Basifived. Fronds tubular or flat, membranous, formed of minute
quadrate cells. (Marine or in fresh water.)
5. BATRACHOSPERMER. Basijixed. Fronds filiform ; the axis inarticulate, composed
of minute cylindrical or polygonal cells, naked, or whorled with articulated ramelli.
Spores in moniliform strings, naked. (Jn fresh water.)
6. Conrervacen. Basifized or floating. Fronds filamentous, articulated. Zndo-
chrome diffused. Zoospores minute, formed in all the cells. (Marine or in fresh
water.)
ZyGNEMAcEm. Floating. Fronds filamentous, articulated. Endochrome of some
definite figure. Zoospores large, formed by the union of two endochromes (of
different cells), or by the bisection of a single endochrome. (In fresh water.)
8. Hypropictyex. Floating. Frond forming a net-work with polygonal meshes ;
each side of the mesh formed of a single cell. Viviparous. (In Jresh water.)
9. OSCILLATORIACER. Basifived or free. Frond formed of subsimple filaments, having
a membranous inarticulate tubular sheath, enclosing an annulated medulla,
composed of very short, lenticular, cellules.
10. Nostocuinex. Basifixed or free. Fronds consisting of moniliform jelly-coated
threads, free or enclosed in a gelatinous matrix.
11. Desmmpracex.* Microscopie, unicellular, green ; wall of the cell membranous :
growth by semisection of the cell, and the evolutions of two new halfcells at
the medial line.
12. Diatomacez.* Microscopic, unicellular, yellow-brown ; wall of the cell silicious :
growth and fructification as in the preceding Order.
13. PALMELLACER. Cells globose, or ellipsoidal, free, or lying in a gelatinous matrix,
not forming either threads or membranes. Propagation by division of the
endochrome.
1)
* These Orders are not included in the present work. The North American species have been ably worked
out by the late Professor J. W. Bailey of Westpoint, whose numerous memoirs on the subject have a world-
wide reputation. The species are all of microscopic size, and some of them, from their extreme minuteness,
and the delicate sculpturing on their cell walls, form admirable test-objects for microscopes.
SIPHONACE. 9
OrpDER I.—SIPHONACEZ.
Siphonece and Caulerpee, Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 183. J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 17.
Endl. 3rd Suppl. p. 16. Dne. Class, p. 32; (also Halymedee, Dne.) Lindl. Veg.
Kingd. p. 18, and Vaucheriecw, in part, p. 22. Vaucheriew, Caulerpee, Codie (in
part), Kitz. Sp. Alg. pp. 486, 494, 500.
DraGnosts. Green, marine or fresh water Alew, naked or coated with carbonate of
lime, composed either of a single, filiform, branching cell, or of many such cells united
together into a spongelike frond.
NaTuRAL CHAracter. Root, where it is developed, formed of many branching
fibres interwoven together and entangled ; sometimes penetrating deeply into the sand
in which the plant grows, and attaching itself to the separate grains of sand, which
serve further to consolidate the mass of fibres. Frond very variable in appearance,
and differmg much in complexity of structure, but always formed of very long,
branching, inarticulate filaments, which arise from the continued growth and evolution
of a single, undivided cell. In the genera of simplest structure, such as Bryopsis
and Vaucheria, the frond consists of a single branching filamentous cell, with a thin,
membranous, hyaline cell-wall ; its cavity being filled with a granular semifluid colour-
ing matter or endochrome, which may be wholly discharged if the tube be wounded
and slightly pressed. In Aryopsis the unicellular fronds stand apart from each other,
though many often rise nearly from the same base. In Vaucheria several such fronds
are interwoven together at the base, but remain distinct in their upper branches. In
Chlorodesmis there is a further union of many such threads, whose lower portion
unite together to form an evident stipes or trunk, which is crowned with a pencil of
free filaments ; the whole frond resembling a little tree. This habit, however, is not
so obvious in the American species as it is in Ch. comosa, the first described species of
the genus. Again, in Codiuwm, we find a structure essentially the same as in Vau-
cheria and Chlorodesmis, but the union of the filaments is still more intimate. To
the naked eye, the species of Codium resemble green sponges or pieces of green cloth
or velvet, having a perfectly definite outline and closely interwoven substance, and it is
only when we tear or cut them asunder under the microscope that we perceive their
true structure. We then find that all the central part of the substance of the frond is
composed of innumerable interwoven, longitudinal branching cells, and that the velvetty
pile which constitutes tlie surface is formed of the tips of excurrent branches of the
axial cells, lying close together and presenting only their extremities to the eye. In all
C
10 SIPHONACEA.
these genera the component filaments remain in the ordinary state of cellular tissue,
having their membranous walls composed of cellulose, and filled with endochrome. The
only further change which the plants of this group exhibit in structure consists in a
secretion of carbonate of lime, which in several genera is found coating the external
surface of the cells; and sometimes, as in Halimeda and some species of Udotea,
surrounding the cells in such abundance as to cover the whole frond with a smooth
_coat of plaister, and obliterate all appearance of filaments. In such cases it is necessar ;
in order to see the structure, to macerate a portion of the frond in hydrochloric acid,
until the lime be removed. When so treated, the component cells may be extracted
and will be found to be of similar nature to those of Codium or Bryopsis. Indeed
through some species, such as Udotea membranacea, there is an almost direct passage
into Codium.
A more compound structure exists, as will be afterwards more fully described, in the
sub-order Caulerpew, where from the inner face of the cell-wall innumerable branching
and anastomosing processes issue, and fill up the cavity of the cell with a spongy,
filamentous substance, unlike any structure noticed within the cavity of any other
vegetable cells ; so far as Iam aware. On this remarkable character several authors
propose to separate these plants into a distinct Order, and to this proceeding my only
objection is that it appears to be an unnecessary multiplication of Orders.
The fructification of these Alge has been observed in several but not in all, and
presents some modifications in the different genera. In some, as in Bryopsis, the whole
substance of the endochrome in fruiting specimens is changed into minute zoospores,
which when emitted from the parent have an apparent voluntary movement like that
of infusoria ; swimming backwards and forwards by means of retractile cilia, which only
disappear when the zoospore finds a point of fixture, and commences to germinate. In
others, as in Codium, similar zoospores are developed within special encysted fruit-cells
or vesicles, called by Agardh coniocystew, which arise from the branches and are divided
by a diaphragm from the branch on which they are formed. In others, as in Vaucheria,
zoospores of a higher development are formed within similar cysts ; and in this genus
the cyst (or ovary) is accompanied by a well formed antheridium.
The process of fertilization of the spore in Vaucheria has recently been ably investi-
gated by Pringsheim, a French translation of whose memoir on the subject will be found
in Ann. Se. Nat. Ser. IV. vol. 3, p. 363. The existence of two organs in Vaucheria,
one of which was supposed to be an antheridium, had been noticed originally by Vaucher
half a century ago, and they have passed under the eyes of succeeding observers ; but
no one appears to have actually watched the process of fertilization until it was
discovered and published by Pringsheim in 1855. I shall merely give an abstract of
the process, referring for full particulars, illustrated by beautifully executed figures, to
the above quoted memoir. The anther or corniculum in Vaucheria consists of a small,
cylindrical spirally curved or helicoid process rising from one of the branches of the
frond, and at first not differing from an ordinary branchlet except in size. But
gradually a change takes place in its contents, at first manifested by a loss of colour in
the matter filling the upper portion of the young antheridium. Then a diaphragm is
formed, which walls off the portion toward the extremity of the antheridium from the
SIPHONACE/E. 11
lower half, which retains its union with the branch: and now the change is complete.
The anther thus formed consists of an isolated, curved, cylindrical, nearly colourless but
not empty cell, supported on a pedicle of variable length and curvature. In the anther-
cell spermatozoids are gradually evolved out of the contained matter, and are at maturity
emitted through an opening at the summit of the cell. So much for the structure of
the anther. The sporangium, or female organ, is placed on the branch close to the antheri-
dium, and like it, at first consists of a papilla, or minute ramulus rising from the branch.
It does not, however, lengthen into a cylinder, but assumes an ovoid form; its contents
become dense and granular ; a diaphragm separating it from the branch is formed across
its base, and thus it becomes a separate egg-shaped cellule, sessile on the branch from
which it has been formed. A beak-like attenuation, directed toward the adjacent
antheridium, is now formed, and becomes at length perforated. At the same time the
antheridium, having curled round, directs its extremity toward the sporangium ; its
summit opens, aud the enclosed spermatozoids are discharged into the water, close to
the orifice of the sporangium, which they enter and effect the fertilization of the matter
aggregated within. A cell-wall is then formed round the fertilized substance, which
thus becomes a spore, which gradually ripens and is detached on the bursting or decay
of the membranous cyst within which it was formed. In its process toward ripening
it loses its green colour, and at length becomes nearly colourless, except for one or more
brown masses which it contains. In this state it remains, often for a considerable time,
till germination takes place, when it suddenly resumes its green, and then elongates
into a tubular cell, which assumes the form and ramification of the parent plant.
This Order is dispersed, under one or other of its forms, over most parts of the world,
and its species are found either in the sea, in fresh water, or occasionally on damp soil ;
some species of Vaucheria and the curious little Botrydium being terrestrial. The
geographical range of several species is very extensive. Codiwm tomentosum and
Bryopsis plumosa are common to the Northern and Southern Oceans and to the
Eastern and Western Hemispheres, and are both found in the warmest parts of the
tropical seas, as well as in high latitudes of the temperate zones. Caulerpa is specially
characteristic of the tropical ocean, where its species are numerous, some of the more
common kinds forming the principal algoid covering of rocks or sands in shallow water.
Some of its species are widely scattered, and others apparently limited to a few spots.
Several of the fossil algoid plants appear to have been Caulerpe, and the fossil figured
by Brongniart (tab. 9, bis, fig. 1), under the name “ Fucoides hypnoides,” bears a very
striking resemblance to Caulerpa hypnoides of the Australian coast.
SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA.
Sub-order I. Cavterrex. Frond with prostrate, rooting, primary stems (swreuli), and
erect branches, membranous, unicellular ; cell within filled with a aetwork of
branching fibrils.
I. CAULERPA.
12 SIPHONACE.
Sub-order II. Copirm. Frond uni- or pluri-cellular. Cells filled with granular
endochrome (without internal fibrous network).
* More or less coated with carbonate of lime.
II. Hatimepa. Frond branching, articulate ; the joints flattened.
III. Uporga. Frond stipitate, fan-shaped, simple or cleft.
** Destitute of carbonate of lime, soft and flaccid.
IV. Coptum. Frond spongelike, of definite form, composed of closely interwoven,
irregularly branching filaments.
V. Cutoropesmis. Frond stipitate (or subsessile), pencil-shaped, composed of dichoto-
mous filaments, interwoven at base, and free in their upper portion.
VI. Vaucuerta. Filaments numerous, tufted and somewhat matted at base, free
above, irregularly branched.
VII. Bryorsis. Filaments free, tufted or solitary, pinnately branched.
I. CAULERPA, Lamour.
Frond consisting of prostrate surculi, rooting from their lower surface, and throwing
up erect branches (or secondary fronds) of various shapes. Substance horny-membran-
ous, destitute of calcareous matter. Structure unicellular, the cell (or frond) continu-
ous, strengthened internally by a spongy network of anastomosing filaments, and filled
with semi-fluid grumous matter. Fructification unknown.
The genus Caulerpa was founded by Lamouroux in 1810, and referred by him to
his family of Ulvacez, though with doubt ; for he seems to have thought the structure
of these plants so anomalous that he hesitates to pronounce them vegetables, notwith-
standing their strictly vegetable form, immobility, and green colour. He had not,
however, made himself master of their real structure, for he describes the frond as
“consisting of an epidermis, and a cellular tissue consisting of cells so small that it has
been impossible to determine their form” (Ess. p. 67). Turner appears to have been
the first author who noticed the fibrous spongelike network which fills up the cavity of
the membranous frond. This he describes under his Mucus hypnoides, but in terms
which show that he supposed this structure peculiar to that species. To Dr. Montagne
we owe the first and best account of the structure of the Cawlerpe. This able algologist,
in a paper read before the French Institute in 1837 and published in An. Se. Nat. for
March, 1838, has given a full history of the genus, both as to its organization and what
he believed to be its fructification. To this memoir I refer the reader who wishes for
full information of all that was then known of these plants, and shall content myself in
this place with briefly describing their habit, structure, and geographical distribution.
SIPHONACEZ. 13
The character seized on by Lamouroux as essential to a definition of the genus, and
happily indicated by him in the name Caulerpa (derived from yavdos, a stem, and
épra, to creep) consists in the prostrate, primary stems or swreuli in which the frond
originates, and which are furnished at intervals throughout their leneth with branching
and fibrous roots that penetrate deeply into the sand in which the plant vegetates, or
attach themselves firmly to the rock in such species as grow on rocks and corals.
These roots are fibrous prolongations of the under surface of the prostrate stems, and
are probably, notwithstanding their great development, chiefly useful for fixing the
plant in its position. From the upper side of the surculi rise erect branches or secondary
fronds, which are very various in form, and are either sessile or supported on stalks or
stipites of greater or less length. Some recent writers on these plants have proposed to
divide the genus into several, assigning to them characters taken from the form and
ramification of the branches ; and those who wish to know what can be done in this
way may consult a memoir by Count Trevisan in the 22nd vol. of Schlechtendahl’s
Linnea, where subdivision is pushed to an extreme. I have not adopted these views
of arrangement, being unwilling to break up what appears a natural assemblage, and
thus needlessly to multiply generic names. By employing artificial characters it is very
easy to split up any genus of several species, but unless the number of species included
in a genus be inconveniently large, it seems undesirable to do so. The genus Caulerp2,
as defined by Lamouroux, includes about fifty species which agree in all essential
characters of structure and development. The differences among them are obviously
of a very minor character, and though proper enough for the definition of sections, are
we think of too trivial a nature to afford stable generic diagnoses. For instance, let us
take one of the proposed new genera, Corradoria, which differs from another, Chauvinia,
merely in having bifarious instead of multifarious leaves or ramenta. But the feebleness
of this character is shown by several species which are imperfectly bifarious ; so that
bifarious and tri- or multifarious ramenta may occasionally be found on one and the
same specimen. C. cupressoides of the North American coast has ramenta sometimes
bifarious, sometimes trifarious ; and C. falcifolia of the tropical Pacific, which is nor-
mally bifarious, is frequently quadrifarious on part of the same individual.
In all the North American species the ramenta are confined to the upright branches
or secondary fronds, and the sureuli are smooth and glossy except in C. Lycopodium,
where both the surculus and the stalks of the fronds are densely clothed with branching,
woolly hairs. In several Australian and some Pacific species the surculi are equally
ramentiferous with the fronds, though the ramenta they bear are often of a different
shape. The forms and ramifications of the upright fronds are much varied. In our
C. prolifera, the type of Kutzing’s genus Phyllerpa, we have an example of membranous,
expanded, leaflike, simple fronds, perfectly entire at the margin; in C. denticulata and
C. scalpelliformis there are similarly flattened fronds, but deeply pinnatifid ; in
C. mexicana the marginal incisions are so deep that the frond becomes pinnate, and
thus we are led, by easy transitions, to C. taxifolia and C. plumaris where the pinnate
character is perfectly developed. Again, in C. falcifolia, Bail. & Harv. there is a
passage from the species with pinnate fronds to those having filiform ramenta imbricated
on all sides ; for, as already mentioned, the ramenta on some of the fronds are strictly
14 SIPHONACEA.
distichous, and on others tristichous or quadrifarious, A further step brings us to
C. Selago, C. Lycopodium, and their allies, in which the branches are thickly
set with imbricating ramenta ; and the highest development of this type is reached in
C. obscura, C. Muelleri, and C. hypnoides, where pinnate and imbricated characters are
combined. Another group of species, like our C. paspaloides, is characterised by having
pinnate or multifid ramenta ; and in another, the ramenta are baglike, either round,
pyriform, or topshaped. Of this type we have an American example in C. clavigera,
one of the most widely dispersed and most variable of the species. By depressing the
apex of a baglike ramentum it becomes top-shaped, and by further depression peltate,
and this form distinguishes C. chemnitzia and C. peltata ; and again, peltate ramenta
becomes perfoliate in CL nuwmmularia and C. stellata by the development of young
ramenta from the centre of the dises. In such species as C. ericifolia and C. eupressoides
the gradual evolution of ramenta from mere prominent points of the frond is illustrated;
and such species lead us to C. Freycinetii where the ramenta remain in this rudimentary
condition. And thus we are conducted, by almost insensible gradations, through a
considerable number of forms, back to those from which we started, and which had
naked fronds destitute of ramenta or marginal incisions. And so, after a survey of all
the species, we become more reconciled to the generic group as limited by Lamouroux,
than if we had merely compared together such extreme forms as C. prolifera and C. pas-
paloides.
We have already said that the structure of all these plants is essentially the same.
It remains to describe more particularly what that structure is. I am not aware that
any observer has yet noted the early development of the frond, nor is the mode of re-
production as yet clearly made out. The spores are presumed to be similar to those of
Bryopsis, and to be formed in any portion of the grumous matter that fills the frond,
and most probably from that of the ramenta. When we take a fully formed frond,
distinguishable into creeping stem, roots, upright branches and ramenta, we find that
it is every where coated or encased in a homogeneous, hyaline, tough membrane des-
titute of further structure than this ; that it'may be seen in the thicker parts to be
composed of several layers of cellulose, equally deposited one within another, as in the
wood-cells of higher plants. There is no septum throughout the plant, and no appear-
ance of cellular structure in the membrane of the walls. The frond, with all its
ramifications, is strictly “continuous,” forming a closed sac; and so far as we know
it is formed by the evolution ofa single cell, extending itself indefinitely without cell-
division, and showing in excess the same structure as we find in a minor degree in
such plants as Botrydium, Bryopsis and the like. This closed sac, frond or cell, in
Caulerpa, is filled as in Bryopsis, with a semi-fluid, semi-gelatinous, bright-green
endochrome containing starch-grains mixed with what seem to be oily particles, and
obviously highly organized, but its chemical composition remains to be examined.
Most probably it is highly nitrogenous, for it bears considerable resemblance in sub-
stance to the glairy semi-fluid of many sponges ; and hence probably the reason of
Lamouroux’s supposition that these plants were of a semi-animal nature. If the
structure of Caulerpa were merely what we have described, a closed membrane filled with
grumous matter, it would not essentially differ from that of Codium and Bryopsis.
SIPHONACEZ. 15
But there is found in Caulerpa a supplementary structure of a very peculiar and curious
kind, which has induced several systematic writers to separate this genus, as the type
of a family distinct from the other Siphonee. An unwillingness needlessly to multiply
families, and a belief that synthesis, much more than analysis, ought to be the study
of a system framer, has prevented my adopting these views. The structure alluded to
is this : from the inner face of the wall of the membrane covering the frond there issue
innumerable, cylindrical, filamentous processes, which seem to be merely internal ex-
tensions of the cell walls, and not new cells. These branch and anastomose together
into a kind of spongy net-work that fills the whole cavity of the frond, and is bathed
and its fibres keep apart by the grumous fluid. This spongy net-work may be regarded
as the proper frame-work of the plant, intended to give strength and unity to all parts
of the frond. The filaments appear to be tubular, but are empty and colourless. This
peculiar modification of structure is so like that of a sponge, that we may almost regard
a Caulerpa as a vegetable sponge enclosed in a membranous epidermis.
The genus Caulerpa is eminently characteristic of the tropical and subtropical oceans
and seas of both hemispheres. Very few species extend far into the temperate zone.
The most northern are found in the Mediterranean Sea ; and the most southern on the
shores of New Zealand. Many species exist on the southern coast of Australia, in
lat. 35° or 36°; but the greater number are found within 35° of the equator. They
inhabit the littoral zone, from near high-water to low-water marks ; and some extend
into the laminarian zone, or even to that of the Nullipores. Their favorite locality is
on hard sand, or on sand-covered rocks ; and in the crevices of coral on the coral reefs,
and more particularly in hollows left on the surface of the reef, where the corals have
ceased to grow. Most of the American species grow within tide marks, but are not
luxuriant except at low-water mark, or a little below it. C. elavifera commences to
grow nearly at high water mark, and is continued throughout the whole littoral zone
and into the laminarian. It consequently varies greatly in size and in general aspect,
and accordingly appears under several names in botanical works ; but these “book-
species,” however distinct they may look in the herbarium, cannot be recognized on
the shore, where all the forms gradually blend together. Some of the species are very
local. Others are found in both hemispheres, and in the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.
Ofthe North American species C. plumaris, C. clavifera, C. ericifolia and C. cupressoides
are the most widely dispersed, being found in all tropical waters ; C. prolifera is found
in the Mediterranean Sea ; C. paspaloides on the coast of Brazil, while C. Ashmeadi
and C. Lycopodium, so far as is yet known, are peculiar to the Keys of Florida. G:
mexicana very closely resembles C. asplenioides, Grev. a native of the Indian Sea, and
it is questionable whether these are distinct ; and C. lycopodium also is nearly allied
to C. selago, a native of the Red Sea, but appears to be essentially characterised by its
woolly stems. The Red Sea, the Persian Gulf, the shores of tropical Asia and those of
New Holland, with the coral reefs of the Pacific furnish many local species, some ex-
ceedingly curious and beautiful. Several species are eaten by the natives of the
Pacific archipelagoes ; and all furnish a favourite food to the turtle, whose green fat
they serve to nourish.
_—_
omens
16 SIPHONACEZ.
We shall distribute the nine American species into three sections, characterised as
follows :—
Sect. 1. Pnytrerpa. Kutz: Fronds plano-compressed, or flat, leaflike, very entire.
1. CauLerPA prolifera, Lamour.; surculi naked, glabrous ; fronds erect, petiolate,
flat, leaflike, nerveless, entire, tongue-shaped, rarely once forked, proliferous from the
dise or apex. Lamour. Ess. p. 67. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1, p. 444. Trevis. in Linn. vol.
22, p.129. Phyllerpa prolifera, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p.494. Fucus Ophioglossum, Web.
and Mohr. Turn. Hist. t. 58. (Tas. XXXVIII. B.)
Has. Keys of Florida, on submarine sands. Key West, W. H. H., No. 95. Mr.
Ashmead. Soldier’s Key, Professor Tuomey, No. 83 in part. (v. v.)
Surculi prostrate, throwing out from their under surface branching and fibrilliferous
roots, simple or branched, twice as thick as hog’s bristle, glabrous, glossy, cylindrical,
shrinking, and longitudinally channelled when dry. Fronds stipitate, the stipes
filiform, from a quarter-inch to an inch in length, of equal diameter with the surculi,
compressed at the apex, and gradually passing into the base of the oblong or
obovate, tongue-shaped obtuse lamina. The frond or lamina is flat and leafllike,
two to four inches long, from half to three-quarter inch wide, either quite simple
or once forked, with a perfectly entire flat margin. Occasionally similar stipitate
fronds spring proliferously from any point of the dise or from the base or apex,
especially if the latter has been wounded. The substance is membranaceous, somewhat
horny and translucent, with a very glossy surface when dry. The colour 1s a full
grass-green, becoming oil-green and variously tinged with yellow in a dried state. It
does not adhere to paper in drying.
This species is rather rare at Key West. My specimens were picked up on the
beach, after a southerly gale in the month of February. They closely correspond with
specimens from the Mediterranean Sea, where, as well as in the subtropical Atlantic,
this plant is not uncommon. C. prolifera has a very different habit from the other
American species, but is closely related to the Australian C. parvifolia, and to C. anceps
from the coral reefs of the Pacifie. It appears to be still more closely akin to C. costata,
Kiitz, a Mediterranean species unknown to me, and said to differ in having a semi-
nerved lamina.
Prate XXXVIII. B. Mig. 1. Cavrerra prolifera ; the natural size.
Sect. 2. Priverra. Fronds plano-compressed, inciso-serrate, pinnatifid or pinnate.
2. CauLerPA Mevicana, Sond.; surculi naked, glabrous ; fronds erect, subsessile,
pinnato-pinnatifid ; rachis (broad), plano-compressed ; pinne opposite, vertically
SIPHONACE. 17
flattened, two-edged, oblongo-faleate, mucronulate, scarcely constricted at base, their
margin entire. Sonder in Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 496. (Tas. XXXVII. A.)
Has. Keys of Florida, on submarine sands and sand covered rocks. Key West,
W. H. H. (No. 94.) Professor Tuomey, No. 72. Mr. Ashmead. (v. v.)
Surculi prostrate, extensively creeping, rooting from their under surface, branched,
twice as thick as hog’s bristle, glabrous, glossy, longitudinally furrowed when dry.
Fronds springing from the upper surface of the surculi, nearly sessile, or on very short
stipites, broadly linear (in outline), 4-6 inches long, {-3 inch wide, either simple or
with one or two branches, pinnate or rather very deeply pinnatifid, from just above
the base to the bifid or emarginate extremity. achis plano-compressed, from one to
two lines wide, somewhat thick and fleshy when recent, horny and longitudinally
rugulose when dry, closely set throughout with the opposite, distichous pinne. Pinna
from two to four times as long as broad, patent, the lower ones somewhat ovate, the
upper gradually more and more oblong and incurvo-falcate, vertically flattened, two edged,
mucronulate, entire ; the margin quite free from denticulations. Substance when dry
horny, membranaceous and glossy, semi-transparent. Colour a brilliant grass green,
variously tinged with yellow, and becoming slightly olivaceous when dry.
This beautiful plant abounds at Key West, particularly under the bridge, where it
forms widely spreading patches. Sonder’s specimens were sent from Mexico, but the
exact locality is not given. It is nearly related on the one hand to C. denticulata, Dune.
from the Red Sea ; and on the other to C. asplenioides, Grev. (in An. Nat. Hist. vol. 12.
tab. 1. f. 1.) a native of the East Indies, if indeed that species be really different. It
also bears much resemblance to C. tawifolia, Ag., but the pinne are broader, more
sharply two-edged, and distinctly mucronulate.
Prate XXXVII. A. Fig 1. Cauterra Meaicana ; the natural size. Fig. 2, a
pair of pinne, magnified.
3. CAULERPA plumaris, Ag. ; surculi naked, glabrous ; fronds erect, subsessile, dis-
tichously pectinato-pinnate ; rachis (narrow) filiform ; pinnx opposite, slender,
filiform, setaceous, incurved, or subfaleate, either acute or sub-obtuse. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1,
p. 486. Kitz. Sp. Alg. p. 496. Bory, Voy. Cog. tab. 22, f. 4. Corradoria plu-
maris, Trevis. in Linn. 22, p. 133, Fucus tavifolius, Turn. t. 54 (excl. syn.) Fucus
plumaris, Forsk. (Tas. XXXVIII. C.)
Hab. Sandy shores, on the Florida Keys. Key West, W. H. H., Professor Tuomey,
Mr. Ashmead, (v. v.)
Surculi prostrate, rooting from the under surface, a line or more in diameter, branched,
glabrous, glossy, collapsing, and becoming longitudinally furrowed when dry. Fronds
numerous, rising from the upper side of the surculi, erect, simple or with one or two
D
18 SIPHONACEZ.
branches, scarcely stipitate or subsessile, linear (in outline), 2-6 inches long, less than
half an inch wide, pectinato-pinnate from a short distance above the base to the extremity.
Rachis filiform, scarcely thicker than hog’s bristle, closely set with pinne. Pinne
opposite, sometimes a little obliquely inserted, setaceous, 2-3 lines long, rarely straight,
generally more or less incurved or faleate, their apices sometimes very acute, ending in
a sharp mucro, sometimes dluntish. Substance when dry horny and semitranslucent.
Colour a deep and rather dark green, the tips of the pinne often yellowish or orange.
A native of the tropics generally, both of the eastern and western hemisphere ; occa-
sionally straggling into the warmer parts of the temperate zone. It varies much in the
diameter of the surculi, and somewhat in the length of the pinnee, but is easily recog-
nised by the closely pectinate fronds, which resemble small green feathers. The speci-
mens from Key West are peculiarly robust, and if compared with some slender varieties
from the Pacific, might pass for different. But at Vavau, in the Friendly Islands, where
this plant is common, I collected specimens both of the robust and slender form.
Plate XXXVIII. C. Fig. 1. Cauterra plumaris, the natural size. Fig. 2, a pinna,
magnified.
4, Cauterra Ashmeadii ; sureuli naked, glabrous ; fronds erect, shortly stipitate,
distichously pectinato-pinnate ; rachis subcompressed ; pinnz opposite (or suboblique),
erecto-patent, straight, linear, somewhat incrassated at the very obtuse extremity.
(Tab. XXXVIII. A.)
Hab. Key West, rare. W. H. H., Samuel Ashmead, Esq. (v. v.)
Surculi prostrate, distantly rooting, one or two lines in diameter, glabrous and
glossy, collapsing, and mostly channelled when dry. /ronds scattered, rising from the
upper side of the surculi, erect, each furnished with a stipes from half an inch to upwards
of an inch in length, and closely pectinato-pinnate throughout. Each frond, pinne
included, is about an inch in breadth, and from four to six inches in length. The
pinne are half a line in diameter, three-fourths of an inch long, terete, and nearly linear,
but more or less thickened towards the extremity, which is very obtuse, without trace
of mucro or acumination. The substance when dry is horny and semi-transparent.
The colour, when recent, is grass green, but in drying it turns to olive.
The roots, Mr. Ashmead remarks, penetrate so deeply, and fix themselves so firmly
in the hard sand, that it is with difficulty obtained, except in fragments. I regard the
present as a distinctly marked new species, and have much pleasure in inscribing it to Mr,
Samuel Ashmead of Philadelphia, a gentleman who has already made some interesting
discoveries among the Alge at Key West, and from whom many more may be expected.
It is a much larger and stronger growing plant than C. plumaris, and remarkable for
the very obtuse and almost club-shaped ends of the nearly straight pinne.
Plate XXXVIIL. A. Jig. 1, Cauterra Ashmead, the natural size. Pig 2, a pinna,
magnified.
SIPHONACEX. 19
Sect. 5. Cuauvinta, Bory ; Fronds terete, simple or branched, set with tri-multifa-
rious, leaflike, saccate, or thornlike ramuli (ramenta).
5. CAuLerPA clavifera, Ag. ; surculi naked, glabrous, robust ; fronds erect, simple,
short or elongate, more or less densely set on all sides with scattered, clubshaped,
pyriform, or nearly topshaped ramenta. Ag. Syst. 1. p. 437. Chauvinia clavifera,
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 498. Ahnfeldtia racemosa, A. Lamourouxii, and A. wifera,
Trevis. l. ¢. pp, 141-142. Fucus clavifer, Turn. Hist. t.57. FF. Lamourouzii, Turn.
t. 229. F. uvifer, Turn. t. 230.
Has. Sand covered rocks, about low-water mark, and at a greater depth. Key West
and Sand Key, W. H. H., Professor Twomey ; Conch Key and Key Biscayne, Professor
Tuomey (v. v.)
Surculi robust, glabrous, glossy, one or two lines in diameter, spreading in dense
mats, copiously supplied on the under surface with dense, excessively divided, fibrous,
and deeply penetrating roots. Jronds erect, crowded, varying very much in length,
according to the depth of water at which the plant grows, and from other circumstances
affecting its Iuxuriance. Sometimes the erect portion of the frond is scarcely an inch
in length, sometimes it is six, eight, or even ten inches long. It varies also in diameter
from half a line to a line or more, and is more or less densely set on all sides with
scattered, incrassated, very obtuse saccate ramenta. In the variety called Lamourouxii
these ramenta are inserted in a distant spiral so as to look almost distichous; in other
varieties, and especially in that called wvifer, they are densely crowded and inbricated,
like grapes in a cluster. Numerous intermediate forms connect these extreme ones.
The shape of the ramenta is also very variable. When young, they are simply clavate;
but with advancing age they become more and more swollen at the ends, and at length
are pear-shaped, or, in some stunted specimens, top-shaped. Stunted specimens some-
what resemble C. sedoides, and have been mistaken for that species, which, however, dif.
fers in several respects.
This plant is common to the tropics of both hemispheres, and is particularly abun-
dant on the coral reefs of the Pacific, where it puts on many different forms, and varies
much in luxuriance. It is one of the species eaten as a salad by the natives, and some
of the European residents, of the Friendly and Feejee Islands, who call it Limu
(Lee-moo). I cannot consent to separate specifically the forms figured by Turner, and
above indicated as varieties. I fear also that C. oligophylla, Mont., if I rightly under-
stand that species, must be regarded as an extreme form, nearly destitute of ramenta.
I gathered what I take to be Montagne’s plant at Vavau, in the Friendly Islands, where
its peculiarities seemed to arise from the circumstances of its habitat, which was in a
very rapid tide-stream between two islets.
6. Cauterra Lycopodium ; surculi and stipites of the fronds tomentose with brand-
D 2
20 SIPHONACEA.
ing hairs ; fronds erect, stipitate, scattered, simple or slightly branched, densely set on
all sides with imbricated, erect, setaceous, acute, or mucronulate ramenta. (Tas.
XXXVII. B.)
Hab. On sand-covered rocks at Key West, abundant, W.H.H. (v.v.)
Surculi prostrate, widely creeping and rooting from the lower side, everywhere densely
clothed with woolly, branching hairs, which are slightly viscid and collect par
ticles of sand ; the whole mass of sureuli forming adense mat. Fronds rather distantly
scattered, erect, stipitate. Stipes 1-2 inches long, filiform, tomentose, the hairs branching.
Frond simple, or rarely once-forked, two to four or six inches long, very densely beset
on all sides with slender, setaceous, erect, incurved, imbricated, acute, or mucronulate
simple ramenta, which are two or three lines long, and nearly of capillary diameter.
Substance somewhat horny when dry. Colour, a deep and rather a dull green, paler
in the surculi and stipites.
I had at first taken this plant for Cauwlerpa Selago, but Turner expressly says of that
species that the creeping stems or surculi are “smooth, shrinking, and wrinkled when
dry ;? whereas in our Key West plant they are everywhere densely clothed with
branching, woolly hairs. His figure (Hist. Fue. t. 55) also represents the fronds as
sessile, or ramuliferous to the very base. With no other species can the present be
confounded. C. Selago is a native of the Red Sea. Two Australian species, C. Brownit
and C. furcifolia, have been sometimes confounded with it, but in both of these the
surculi are clothed with ramuli resembling those of the erect branches.
Pirate XXXVI. B. Fig 1. Caurerra Lycopodium, the natural size. Fig. 2, whorled
ramenta in situ. Jig. 3, a ramentum, detached. /%g. 4, portion of the woolly
stipes. Fig. 5, branching hairs from the same. The latter figures more or less magnified.
7. Cauberra ericifolia, Ag.; surculi robust, naked and glabrous ; frond shortly
stipitate, irregularly much branched ; branches scattered, repeatedly divided, clothed
on all sides with short, ellipsoidal, succulent, mucronulate, erecto-patent ramenta, set in
3,4, or 5 ranks. Ag. Sp. Alg.1, p. 442. Chauvinia ericifolia, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 497.
Trevis. l. c. p. 137. Fucus ericifolius, Turn. Hist. t. 56. (Tas. XXXIX. A).
Has. Key West, W. H. H. Conch Key, Prof. Twomey. (v. v.)
Sureuli prostrate, robust, as thick as crow quill or thicker, branched, extensively
creeping, glabrous, glossy, shrinking and deeply channelled longitudinally when dry,
rooting from the under surface ; the roots distant and very long, branched and fibril-
liferous. Lronds erect, scattered, with short, simple or forked stipites, much and
irregularly branched; branches scattered, once, twice, or thrice compounded, very erect,
as are also all their lesser divisions, all the angles being close and acute ; ramenta
densely set, tri-, quadri-, or quinquefarious, short, somewhat intricated, the lowermost
SIPHONACEZ. 21
reduced to mamilleform tubercles, the upper more perfectly formed, ellipsoidal, saclike,
and mucronulate. The branch, including its ramenta, is not more than a line in
diameter. The substance is rather rigid, and is horny when dry. The colour is dull
green, inclining to olivaceous.
I have much doubt whether this plant, which was originally described and figured by
Turner, be permanently distinct from the following, of which it has very much the habit,
but from which it differs, at least in typical specimens, by the more numerous rows of
the ramenta and their more ellipsoidal shape. Specimens however vary in both these
respects, and I could be well content to unite both forms under one specific name.
Pirate XXXIX. A. Fg. 1. Cauterpa ericifolia, the natural size. Fig. 2, small
fragment of a branch with its ramenta. Jig. 3, a ramentum,; the latter figures
magnified.
8. CauLerPa cupressoides, Ag.; surculi robust, naked and glabrous ; frond shortly
stipitate, irregularly much branched ; branches scattered, once or twice compounded,
set with short, conoidal, mucronate, sub-bifarious or bifarious ramenta. Ag. Sp. Aly. 1,
p. 441. Chauvinia cupressoides, Kitz. Sp. Alg. p. 497. Trevis. l. ce. p. 1387. Fucus
cupressoides, Esper. t. 161. Turn. Hist. t=. 195. (Tas. XX XIX. B.)
Has. Key West, with the preceding. Prof. Tuomey. (v. v.)
Except in the less imbricated, di-tristichous, and shorter ramenta, this species does not
differ from C’ ericifolia. But these characters are variable. If the two species be united,
the name cupressoides, as the older, must be preserved. Both forms are natives of
the West Indies, and of the Pacific Ocean. C. ericifolia was first brought from
Bermuda ; and C. cupressoides from St. Croix.
Prate XXXIX. B., Fig. 1. CauLerpa cupressoides, the natural size. Fig. 2, apex
of a branch with tristichous ramenta. Jig. 3, portion of another branch with disti-
chous ramenta. Jig. 4, a ramentum ; the latter figures magnified.
9. CauLerpa paspaloides, Bory.; surculi robust, naked and glabrous ; fronds with a
long naked stipes, flabellately branched, the branches once or twice forked, or simple,
fastigiate, densely beset in 3 or 4 ranks, with plumose, patent or recurved ramenta ;
ramenta sub-bipinnate, pinne opposite turned to one side, subulate or mucronulate,
mostly pectinated with similar mucronulate pinnules on their inferior sides. Chawvinia
paspaloides, Bory, Cog. p- 205, tab. 23, Jig: fee Kaiice Sp. Alg. p- 500. Trevis.
in Lin. 22, p. 1387. Caulerpa Wurdemanni, Harv. MS.—Var. 8; ramenta simply
pinnate, the pinnz very long and straight, destitute of pinnules.
Has. Key West, abundantly. Dr. Wurdemann, W. H. H., Prof. Tuomey, Mr.
22 SIPHONACEA.
Ashmead. Conch Key and Key Biscayne, Prof. Tuwomey.—Var. 8 cast ashore at
Key West. W. H. H. (v. v.)
Surculi prostrate, robust, sometimes nearly as thick as a goose’s-quill, sometimes as
a crow-quill, glabrous, glossy, shrinking much in drying and becoming longitudinally
furrowed, vaguely branched, rooting at intervals of one or two inches ; the root long,
branched, and fibrilliferous. /ronds rising from the upper surface of the surculi,
scattered, on long, glabrous, naked stipites, flabelliform in outline, pedate or digitate,
the branches spreading, simple or forked, fastigiate, densely set throughout with
imbricated, four or five-ranked ramenta. Ramenta one to four lines long, varying
much in length and somewhat in ramulification on different specimens. Normally they
are patent or recurved and sub-bipinnate, or pinnate with pectiniform pinnules ; that
is, the ramentum is oppositely pinnate, the pinne closely set, straight, subulate, or
filiform, mucronulate, and furnished along one (the lower) side with unilateral ramuli
of similar form. In different specimens the number and development of the processes
of the pinnae vary ; sometimes they are 5 or 6, and of considerable length ; some-
times but 2 or 3, and these very short. In var. @ they are absent altogether, and
the ramenta of much greater length than is usual in var. a; but I have seen speci-
mens so completely intermediate that I dare not make two species of these seemingly
different forms, particularly as both occur in the same locality. The normal form
has been admirably figured by Bory in the plate above quoted. I fear that C. phle-
oides of that author can only be regarded as a variety of the present species.
Il. HALIMEDA. Lazour.
Root fibrous, much branched, ond erect, dendroid, branching, articulato-con-
stricted, with flattened internodes (or articulations), coated with a smooth calcareous
crust, and composed internally of a plexus of longitudinal, sub-parallel, unicellular,
branching filaments. (These filaments, which constitute the medullary stratum of the
compound frond, are constricted at intervals, and at each constriction emit a pair of
opposite, horizontal, di-trichotomous, corymbose ramelli, whose apices cohere together
into a false epidermis or periphery.)
The species comprised in this genus were placed by Ellis and Linnzus in the genus
Corallina, where they remained till 1812, when Lamouroux very properly separated
them to form the present group. The resemblance to Corallina is merely external.
30th genera have jointed fronds, encrusted with calcareous matter, but here the resem-
blance ceases. The structure, colour, substance and fructification, which determine
affinities, are widely different in Corallina from what they are in Halimeda. In this
Oo
SIPHONACE. 23
latter genus, after the lime has been removed by acid, there remains a plexus of
unicellular, branching filaments, filled with green endochrome, and essentially of the
same structure and nature as those of Codium. In C. Opuntia these filaments are
easily extracted, and may readily be pulled asunder ; in C. Tuna they adhere more
closely and require to be carefully manipulated. The Halimede, like the Caulerpe,
are confined to the warmer portions of the globe, and are particularly abundant on
coral reefs, in both hemispheres. As many as thirteen species are described by authors,
but several appear to have been founded on very insufficient data; and probably they
might be reduced by one-half. C. Opuntia is the most widely dispersed, being found
abundantly in the tropical Atlantic and Pacific, and in the Mediterranean and Red
Seas. C. incrassata and C. Tuna occur in the Pacific as well as in the Atlantic, but
are less universally dispersed than C. Opuntia. When seen in herbaria the species are
frequently bleached white, but all are of a bright grass-green when growing. They
are furnished with deeply descending, fibrous, much branched roots, whose capillary
rootlets firmly grasp particles of sand, and with them form a solid ball, not easily
broken asunder.
1. Hatimepa Opuntia, Lamour. ; frond very much branched, diffuse ; articulations
reniform, flat, obscurely lobed or repando-crenate along the upper margin. Lamour.
Eap. Meth., p. 27, t. 20, fig. 6. Dne. Cor. p. 90. Kite. Phye. Gen. t. 48, jig. 2:
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 604. Corallina Opuntia, Ellis and Sol. p. 110, t. 20, fig. 6. Ellis,
Cor. t. 25, a. (Tas. XL. B.)
Haz. On rocks and in tide-pools, near high water mark, on the Florida Keys.
Key West, W. H. H., Prof. Tuomey. (v. v-)
Root deeply descending, fibrous, densely compacted into a fusiform mass, 1-2 inches
long. Stems very numerous from the crown of the root, weak, but supporting each
other by their proximity, and thus forming very dense tufts, much and irregularly
branched ; the branches spreading. Articulations, except one or two of the basal ones,
which are oblong or cylindrical, broadly reni-form, the more normal ones twice as
broad as their length, from 4} to more than 4 inch across, flat, rather thin, but much
inerusted with calcareous matter, with a more or less evident or obsolete longitudinal
ridge through the middle ; the superior margin somewhat repando-crenate or lobed.
After the caleareous matter of the frond has been removed by acid, a spongy vegetable
structure remains, made up of a plexus of slender, longitudinal, unicellular filaments,
constricted at intervals, and at the constrictions emitting a pair of opposite, decom-
pound, dichotomous, corymboso-fastigiate, horizontal ramelli, whose apices cohere
together, and form a thin epidermal or peripheric stratum of cells, over the surface of
the frond. When the surface is viewed vertically, the cohering tips of the ramelli
appear like the areoli of a continuous membrane. The substance of the filaments is
tough, and they are filled with green matter. No fructification has been observed.
24 SIPHONACEZ.
Prate XL. B. Fig. 1. Hattuepa Opuntia, the natural size. Fig. 2, portion of the
branching, unicellular filaments of which the frond is composed ; magnified.
2. HALIMEDA incrassata, Lamour. ; fronds solitary, erect, fruticose, somewhat flabelli-
form, much branched ; articulations thickened, the lowermost compresso-terete, qua-
drate ; the middle cuneate ; the upper (mostly) compressed, obscurely repando-crenate.
Lam. Exp. Meth. p. 25. Lam. Polyp. p. 307. Dne. Cor.p. 91. Kiitz. Sp. Alg.
p. 504. Corallina incrassata, Ell. and Sol. p. 111, t. 20, d.—Var. 8, monilis ; all the
upper branches moniliform, composed of small, roundish, beadlike articulations. H.
monilis, Le. Dne., Kiitz., &c. Corallina monilis. Ell. and Sol. p. 110, t. 20, ig. C.
Has. Florida Keys. Key West, W. H. H. (chiefly var. 8.). (v. v.)
Root a globose or oblong, bulblike, fibrous mass. Stems generally single, with a
short, undivided, compressed or subterete bole (or stipe) composed of two or more
incrassated and confluent articulations ; then expanding and divided into numerous
branches, which are repeatedly di-, tri-, or polychotomous at short intervals, spreading
generally in one place and thus forming a flabelliform frond. In the lower part of the
frond the articulations are very thick and almost confluent, a slender line merely defin-
ing the limits between each ; they are oblong or quadrate, and more or less cylindrical,
The middle articulations are more cuneate and less confluent ; and the upper ones, in
typical specimens, are still flatter and somewhat crenato-lobate. In the variety most
common at Key West, and which constitutes the H. monilis of authors, the upper
branches are slender and moniliform, composed of small, globose, or truncate, thick
articulations of variable size, and somewhat varying in form, the terminal ones on a
branch being frequently cuneate. The structure of the frond is similar to that of H.
Opuntia.
Both varieties, as indicated above, are excellently figured by Ellis and Solander, and
by them and succeeding authors are kept as distinct species. Lamouroux indeed
observes (Pol. flex. p. 307) that the characters attributed to each are frequently con-
founded on the same specimen. This I find to be the case in specimens collected at
Key West, and I have, therefore, united the two forms under one specific name.
3. Hatimepa tridens, Lamour. ; frond solitary, erect, flabellately branched ; articu-
lations compressed, the lower ones quadrate or oblong ; the middle cuneate ; the upper
three lobed or tri-crenate. Lam. Exp. Meth. p. 27. Pol. Flex. p. 308. Dne. Cor.
p. 91. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 505. Corallina tridens, Ell. and Sol. p. 109. Tab. 20,
jig. a. (Tas. XLIV. C.)
Has. Key West, Prof. Tuomey. (v. s.)
SIPHONACEZ. 25
Fronds solitary, erect, with a cuneiform stipes composed of several confluent articu-
lations and dividing at the summit into numerous branches, which soon again subdivide
in a di-poly-chotomous manner, all the branches lying in one plane, so as to form a
flabelliform frond. The articulations are all compressed, the middle ones more or less
cuneate ; the upper usually tridentate or three-fingered, and frequently bearing articu-
lations from the summit of each lobe. Colour rather a bright green. Calcareous
incrustation thin.
This is nearly related to H. incrassata, and perhaps only a variety. But the crust
is not so dense, and the distinctly three-lobed upper articulations are characteristic.
Ellis’s figure correctly represents a small branch.
Pate XLIV. C. Hatiepa tridens ; the natural size.
4. HA tmepa tuna, Lamour. ; frond much branched, diffuse, di-trichotomous ; articu-
lations flat, thin, very broad, roundish or somewhat reniform, mostly entire; the middle
ones sometimes cuneate. Lamour. Pol. Flex. p. 309, t. 11. fig. 8. Dne. Cor. p. 91.
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 504. Corallina Tuna, Ell. and Sol. tab. 20, fig. e. Hal. platy-
disca, Dne. ? p.90. (Tas. XL. A.)
Has. Key West, W. H. H. Key Biscayne, Prof. Twomey. (v. V-)
Root deeply descending. — Stipes scarcely any, consisting of a single, cuneate or
flabelliform articulation, which is sometimes more than an inch across, from the upper
margin of which spring numerous other articulations, forming the bases of so many
irregularly dichotomous branches. The articulations vary much in form and size.
Their usual shape is roundish or sub-reniform, and they are from half to % inch broad,
quite flat, smooth, and thinner than in most species. They are joined together by very
much constricted nodes, and are usually broader than their length. In some of my
specimens, however, some of the medial articulations are narrow-cuneate or almost
clavate. There is less incrustation in this species than in most ; the colour is a bright
green, and the substance somewhat flexible.
The original H. Tuna is a native of the Mediterranean ; and possibly the plant now
described may be referable to /. platydisca, Dne., but some of my Key West specimens
so closely resemble what I have received from the Mediterranean, that, habitat apart, i
eannot find a character to distinguish them. Others are certainly of larger size, with
more discoid articulations. If, however, every slight variation in form and size is to
be made the foundation of a new species, and dignified with a special description and
name, the number of species to be established would only be limited by the num-
ber of specimens examined ; for scarcely two are to be found identical at all points.
Prats XL. A. Haxrepa Tuna, the natural size.
26 SIPHONACEZ.
Ill. UDOTEA. Lamour.
Root fibrous, much branched. ond erect, stipitate, expanded, flabelliform, more
or less incrusted with calcareous matter, concentrically zoned, composed internally of a
plexus of longitudinal, subparallel, unicellular, branching filaments. Sporangia “lateral,
globose.” (Kiitz.).
The genus Udotea is intermediate between Halimeda and Codium, differing from
the former in habit and from the latter in having the filiform cells of which it is com-
posed incrusted with carbonate of lime. The amount of incrustation varies much in
different species. In U. flabellata, which very closely agrees in structure with Hali-
meda, the calcareous matter forms a solid, smooth, and somewhat polished crust,
completely concealing the filaments of which the frond is constructed ; in U. conglu-
tinata the lime forms a thin coat round each individual filament, but does not conceal
the filamentous structure of the frond ; and in U. Desfontanesii there is scarcely any
calcareous deposit, and except in habit the plant is almost a Codiwm, in which genus
it was placed by Agardh. Ten species of Udotea are known, all of them natives of
the warmer parts of the sea. Our U. flabellata is found in the Indian Ocean, and I
have received U. conglutinata from Port Natal, 8. Africa.
1. Unorea jlabellata, Lamour. ; stipes simple, short, terete or sub-compressed,
expanding into a broadly flabelliform, simple or lobed, wavy, concentrically zoned,
smooth frond ; the margin either quite entire, undulato-repand, crenate, or deeply
lobulate, sometimes proliferous ; surface thickly incrusted ; concentric zones evident,
closely set or sub-distant. Dne. Cor. p. 98. Lamour, Pol. Flex. p. 311. Kitz. Sp.
Alg. p. 502. Corallina flabellata, Ell. and Sol. Cor. p. 124. tab. 24 (excellent!).
Has. Key West, W.H.H. Abundant between Key West and Cape Florida, Prof.
Tuomey. (v. v.)
Foot a fusiform mass of intricately interwoven fibres, one to two inches long. Stipes
half an inch to an inch long, terete, a quarter-inch or more in diameter, simple, erect,
terminating in the broadly cuneate or reniform base of the frond. Frond sometimes
six inches across, but our specimens are mostly smaller, usually broader than its length,
more or less cuneate at base, the lateral margins prolonged downwards in old fronds,
which, therefore, are somewhat reniform ; flabellate, either quite entire with a flat
margin, or more frequently undulate, lobed at the margin or deeply divided (as Ellis’s
figure represents) into numerous lacinie, which take the form of the primary frond, and
imbricate each other at the edges. The surface is thickly coated with a calcareous
crust, and quite smooth ; it is marked at short, but very uncertain intervals, with
concentric lines or furrows, much more obvious in some specimens than in others, but
always to be found. The substance is as thick as calfskin and leathery to the touch.
i
SIPHONACE.E. 27
The structure, after removal of the lime, is seen to consist of closely packed, parallel,
longitudinal, unicellular filaments, branching and interlaced together, and emitting
toward the surface, or periphery, short, horizontal, rootlike, fastigiate, branching pro-
cesses, of whose cohering apices the surface of the frond is composed. Colour, a pale
grass green, bleaching to a dirty white.
2. Uporea conglutinata, Lamour. ; stipes short, simple, smooth, expanding into a
broadly flabelliform, simple or lobed, flat, scarcely incrusted, strigose frond, composed
of longitudinal, parallel, agglutinated, dichotomous filaments, constricted at the furca-
tions. Lamour. Pol. Flex. p. 312. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 502. Corallina conglutinata,
Ell. and Sol. p. 125, t. 25, fig. 7. Udotea Palmetta ? Dne. p. 93. (Tas. XL. C.)
Has. Key West, W. H. #. (v. v.)
Root deeply descending, long and fibrous. Stipe terete or compressed, about half-
an-inch to 2 inch long. Frond flabelliform, 1-2 inches broad, flat, cuneate or cordate
at the base, either entire or somewhat lobed, or irregularly torn, but slightly incrusted
with lime ; the filaments of which it is composed being everywhere visible, and giving
to the surface a strigose, fibrous appearance. These filaments are longitudinal, parallel,
conglutinated together, but readily separable when the lime has been removed by acid.
They are dichotomous, constricted at the forkings almost as if jointed, very slender,
and destitute of lateral horizontal annuli, or of rooting processes. They more resemble
the threads of a Codium than of a Udotea, and may almost be compared to those of a
Penicillus.
I have not seen any authentically named specimen of Solander and Ellis’s plant, but
have little or no doubt of the correctness of my reference. The strigose or filamentous
surface at once distinguishes our plant from C. flabellata ; and Solander truly observes,
“ We can plainly distinguish all the dichotomous branches” (filaments) “ of this Coral-
line on its surface, which are each of them separately covered with a thin calcareous
substance full of pores ; these, by growing so close to one another, become glued or
united together by their covering.”
Pirate XL. C. Figs. 1,2, and 3. Upotra conglutinata, different varieties, the
natural size. Fig. 4. Portions of the branching, unicellular, constricted filaments of
which the frond is composed ; magnified. Fig. 5. Small portions of the same, more
highly magnified.
28 SIPHONACEZ.
IV. CODIUM. Stackh.
Frond sponge-like (globular, cylindrical or flat ; simple or branched) composed of a
plexus of unicellular, branching filaments, filled with green semifluid endochrome.
Sporangia lateral, on the ramuli of the filaments (forming the surface of the frond),
and containing innumerable zoospores.
The frond in this genus, though it assumes a well-defined shape, characteristic of the
particular species, does not form a solid, compact body as in Udotea, but consists
altogether of innumerable slender, unicellular, branching filaments, inextricably inter-
laced or woven together. In the centre of the filamentous mass these filaments are
threadlike, branching at longish intervals, curled or sinuous, filled with slimy fluid,
and only partially supplied with green colouring matter. In the elongated species, as
in C. tomentosum, these axial filaments take a longitudinal direction ; in the globose
ones they radiate from a central point, as in the singular C. mammillosum of Austra-
lia; and in the inerusting species, like C. adherens, they spread horizontally over the
surface of the rock on which the plant grows. In all cases they throw out more or
less club-shaped ramuli, which spread in a direction vertical with the surface of the
frond, and their apices lying close together, but not cohering, constitute the periphery.
There is no calcareous incrustation as in Udotea, and no false epidermis as in Hali-
meda ; but with these exceptions there is much similarity in structure. The external
habit is remarkably varied. In C. tomentosum, the type of the genus, and the most
widely dispersed species, the frond is somewhat cylindrical, and dichotomously branched ;
in a form (or species?) called C. elongatum a similarly branching frond is extrava-
gantly dilated and flattened especially at the axils; in C. laminarioides a stipi-
tate frond suddenly expands into a flat lamina a foot or two across, resembling nothing
so much as a piece of green friese-cloth ; in C. amphibium a number of minute papil-
liform branches rise from a flat adherent surface ; and in C. adherens there is a flat,
clothlike crust, destitute of branches, and indefinitely covering rocks and woodwork.
In C. bursa the frond is sessile, gradually becoming globose and at length hollow ; and
lastly, in C. mammillosum the frond is either exactly spherical or egg-shaped, composed
of filaments radiating from a central point, and being, so far as known, destitute of
any root-like attachment.
The fructification in Codiuwm consists of an oblong, ovate sporangium, formed of .a
single cell, separated from the ramulus near the base of which it is developed, by a
diaphragm, and containing, at first, a dense, dark-green endochrome, and finally a
multitude of zoospores. These latter are ovate, of a deep green colour, with a minute
“rostrum” at one end, which carries a pair of cilia, that serve as organs of locomo-
tion till the spore becomes fixed and germinates. This fruit is exquisitely figured by
Thuret, in his memoirs on the Zoospores of Algw, in An. Sc. Nat. 3rd Series, Bot.
vol. 14, tab. 23, where a full account of the evolution is given.
SIPHONACEA. 29
1. Coptum tomentosum, Stack. ; frond linear, dichotomous, cylindrical or compressed.
Ag. Sp. Alg. 1. p. 542. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 35. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 500. Harv.
Phye. Brit. t.93. Fucus tomentosus, E. Bot t.712. Turn. Hist. t. 135,
Has. Apalachicola, Captain Pike. Manatee River, Mr. Ashmead. Key West,
W. H. H. Sitcha, Ruprecht. California, Dr. Coulter. (Not received from the east
coast). (v.v.)
Fronds rising from an expanded, velvetty incrustation, solitary, or gregarious, from
three inches to one or two feet in length, varying much in diameter, erect, dichotomous,
with or without lateral accessory branches. Branches cylindrical or compressed, ob-
tuse, clothed with hyaline, spreading, soft, byssoid hairs, which, when the plant is ex-
panded in water, stand out vertically on all sides, and give to the branches the tomentose
character commemorated in the trivial name. The azis is composed of innumerable,
interwoven, irregularly branched, slender filaments, from whose sides issue radiating,
horizontal, clubshaped ramuli, whose apices, closely placed, but not cohering, form
the surface of the spongy frond. To the sides of these ramuli are attached the spo-
rangia, which are oval or ovato-lanceolate, and subsessile.
It is a singular fact, (if it be really a fact) that this well-known and common species,
which is found in every latitude from the Equator to the colder parts of the temperate
zone, and nearly to the polar basin, is not a native of the Hastern coast of North Ame-
rica. It has not been sent to me by any of my correspondents from any part of the
Atlantic coast, except from Florida, at the mouth of the Mexican Gulf. There I have
myself gathered it. On the west coast it appears to be abundant, and extends as far
north as Sitcha. There is nothing to distinguish Californian specimens from those found
in Europe, in Ceylon, in Australia, at the Cape of Good Hope, or at Cape Horn, at all
which places it is common.
V. CHLORODESMIS. Bail. and Harv.
Frond pencil-form, stipitate or sub-sessile, flaccid, without calcareous incrustation,
wholly composed of cylindrical, dichotomous, unicellular filaments filled with dense,
vivid-green endochrome. Stipes, when present, spongy, formed of interwoven
threads.
The genus Chlorodesmis was founded by the late lamented Professor Bailey and my-
self on an alga brought by Captain Wilkes from the Feejee Islands, and which I have
since collected abundantly on all the coral reefs which I had the opportunity of visiting
in the tropical Pacific, where it forms a very striking object on the extreme outer edge
of the reef. This original species—C. comosa, Bail. and Harv.—has a distinct, and
30 SIPHONACE.
often elongate, spongy stipes, and a brushlike habit, not unlike that of a Penicillus ;
and few algologists will question its claim to generic distinction, I am not quite sure
that I do well in associating the following species in the same genus ; but I know not
where else to place it, unless indeed in Vaucheria. The specimens, however, appear to
be scarcely mature ; there is a resemblance in the colour and substance, and the habitat
is not dissimilar ; and I am willing to think that more advanced specimens might
exhibit more of the spongy stipe which forms the most tangible character of this genus.
The fruit has not been observed.
1. Cutoropesmis ? Vaucheriaformis ; stipes obsolete ; fronds subsessile, comoso
penicillate, fastigiate, dark-green, composed of innumerable, slender, dichotomous, ex-
ceedingly lubricous and subgelatinous, unicellular, cylindrical filaments ; apices equal,
level-topped, obtuse. (Tas. XL. C.)
Has. On stones, at Brown’s Wharf, Key West, W.H.H. (v. v.)
Stipes obsolete, consisting in a bulbous mass of interlaced, branching fibres, which
throw up the erect and free filaments of which the frond is composed. These filaments
form dense pencil-like tufts, about an inch high, and perfectly fastigiate. They are
exceedingly slender, cylindrical, of equal diameter throughout, dichotomous, obtuse,
gelatinoso-membranaceous, soft, and very lubricous, and filled with a dense, deep-green
endochrome. Each filament is strictly unicellular, without articulation or constriction.
Plate XL. C. Fig. 1. Cotoroprsmis Vaucherieformis ; the natural size. Fig. 2.
Portion of one of the branching unicellular filaments. Fig. 3 and 4, small portions of
the same ; the latter figures maynisied.
VI. VAUCHERIA. D.C.
Fronds densely cespitose, and somewhat interwoven ; each consisting of a single,
irregularly branched, unicellular cylindrical filament. Cell-wall very thin and delicate.
Endochrome granular. Sporangia lateral, on the sides of the branches. Antheridia
cylindrical, hooked, accompanying the sporangia.
The greater number of species of this genus occur in freshwater ponds, ditches, and
streams, and probably several may yet be found in North America. I have received
from Mr. H. W. Ravenel of South Carolina a specimen of a Vaucheria apparently
allied to V. dichotoma, but not in a state to be recognised. It was found floating in
limestone-waters. Dried specimens of this genus are rarely of any use, as the specific
character is generally lost in drying.
SIPHONACEX. 31
VII. BRYOPSIS. Lamour.
foot fibrous. Fronds tufted, each consisting of a single, erect, branching, unicel-
lular, cylindrical filament ; branches and ramuli either imbricated or pinnate. Cell-
wall firmly membranaceous, glistening. Hndochrome granular and viscid, at length
converted into zoospores, which escape through apertures formed in the cell-wall.
This genus consists of several littoral Alge of small size, but among the most ele-
gant of marine plants. They occur in tufts, seldom more than two to four inches in
height, and grow either on the rocky margins of clear tide-pools, or epiphytically on
other Alge. The frond is affixed to the rock by a slightly developed fibrous radicle,
or simply by a disc, and consists of a single cylindrical elongated branching cell, filled
with dense, starchy endochrome of a deep green colour, and destitute of any septum or
interruption of the cavity throughout the whole length of the tube. The ramification
is very generally on a pinnate type ; a primary undivided filament emits lateral virgate
branches, also quite simple, and these are generally naked in the lower half of their
length, and furnished with lateral, distichous or imbricated ramuli in the upper half.
In some species, as in B. Balbisiana, there are either no ramuli or very few ; in others,
as in B. myura, the ramuli are exceedingly numerous and densely set. Very many
species have been named and described, with more or less care, by authors ; but many
rest on very uncertain characters, and I fear that several must be regarded as mere
varieties of B. plumosa, the original and most widely dispersed species. All are
remarkable for a glassy lustre, when dry. They retain their colour, if carefully dried,
and adhere closely to paper.
1. Bryopsis plumosa, Lamour. ; frond setaceous, decompoundly much branched ; the
ultimate branches filiform, virgate, naked in their lower half, and more or less plumoso-
pectinate above ; ramuli simple. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1. p. 448. Harv. Phyc. Brit. tab. 3,
Kiitz. Syst. Alg.p. 493. Ulva plumosa, £. Bot. t. 2375.—Var. 8. densa ; branches
excessively crowded, the ultimate divisions pinnate near the apex, the pinnae some-
times secund.—Var. y secunda ; tufts matted; fronds irregularly much branched ;
branches flexuous, many of them naked, others set in the upper half with falcato-
reflexed, secund (occasionally bilateral) ramuli. (Tab. XLV. A.) Var. 6; ramulosa ;
branches nearly naked, with a few scattered, secund ramuli. Lryopsis ramulosa. Mont.
Hist. Cuba, p. 16. Tab. 3. fig. 2. (Tas. XLV. A.)
Has. Between tide marks in rock pools. Various localities near New York, com-
mon. Charleston, South Carolina, and Key West. Vars. 8,7, and 6, intermixed with
the ordinary form at Key West and Sand Key, WH H. (v. v.)
Root small, scutate, accompanied by lateral, entangled fibres, and sometimes matted.
32 SIPHONACE.
Fronds 3-6 inches high, setaceous, much branched ; normally in a decompound pin-
nate manner, but very irregularly so. In what we may call typical or normal speci-
mens, the outline of the frond is somewhat pyramidal, the lowest branches being very
long and patent, the upper gradually shorter and more erect. In such specimens the
branches are sometimes simply, sometimes doubly pinnate ; in either case the lower
half of the branch or branchlet is bare, the upper plumose, with simple ramuli inserted
in nearly distichous order. To describe every variety of ramification different from
this, and commonly occurring in this species, would be an endless and useless task ;
and worse than useless to found new species on such variations. I have endeavoured
above to indicate the principal varieties which I have observed among American spe-
cimens. The var. y secunda looks very like a distinct species, and had I seen none
but carefully selected specimens, possibly I should have so regarded it; but though
many specimens may be found strictly conforming to the character assigned, having
all their ramuli secund and recurved, others occur, growing intermixed with them,
in which the ordinary ramulification is followed. At Key West I collected some speci-
mens which I cannot distinguish from £2. ramulosa, Mont., and which seem to pass
through var. y and other intermediate forms, into ordinary B. plumosa. Having re-
ceived from Dr, Montagne himself an authenticated specimen of his plant, I can speak
with more confidence.
Bryopsis plumosa, under one or other of its many forms, is found in most parts of
the world, at least within the temperate and tropical zones. In Europe it occurs as
far north as the Faroe Islands (lat. 65°). In the Southern Ocean it extends to Cape
Horn, and the Falkland Islands, and to New Zealand. The B. Rose of the Southern
Hemisphere seems to be merely a luxuriant form, and not a distinct species.
Plate XLV. A. Fig. 1. Bryoprsts plumosa, var. Y secunda ; the natural size. Fig.
2 and 3, secund and bilateral plumules from the same ; magnisied. Fig. 4. B. plumosa;
var. 6 ramulosa ; the natural size. ig. 5, imperfectly pinnulate branch from the
same, magnified. Fig. 6, apex of a branchlet, more highly magnified.
2. Bryorsts hypnoides, Lamour. ; frond setaceous, decompoundly much branched ;
branches spreading to all sides ; ultimate branches filiform, naked below, beset above
with scattered or crowded, irregularly inserted, very slender, byssoid, pinnated ramuli.
Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 180. Harv Phye. Brit. tab. 119. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 81.
Harv. Man. p. 146. (quere Lam. Jour. Bot. 1809. p. 135 ?) B. cupressoides, Lam.
Jide I. Ag.
Has. Key West, W.H.H., Dr. Blodgett, Professor Tuomey. (v. v.)
Tufts dense, 4-6 inches high. Fronds setaceous, much branched, the branches issu-
ing from all sides of a common stem or central filament, long and virgate, either quite
simple, or bearing a second set of similar quadrifarious branches. These branches, as
in B. plumosa, though sometimes ramulose nearly to the base, are generally naked in
DASYCLADE. 33
their lower nalf, and beset with ramuli only above. The ramuli are exceedingly slen-
der, many times more so than the part of the branch from which they spring, and are
generally furnished with opposite or scattered, slender pinnules. The colour is a pale
yellow green ; the substance exceedingly soft and tender.
The figure given in Phyc. Brit., taken from West of Ireland specimens, does not
very well represent the Key West plant, which, however, closely resembles specimens
from the South Coast of England and coast of Normandy, except that they are rather _
more luxuriant. This plant is generally of a much paler colour and still softer sub-
stance than B. plumosa, and is distinguished from the varieties of that plant by its
ramuli being compound (pinnate), as well as greatly more slender than those of
B. plumosa.
OrpER II.—DASYCLADEZ.
Dasycladecw and Polyphysew, Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. p. 311-812. Valoniee, in part.
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 507. Part of Siphonew, Auct. alior.
Diagnosis. Green, marine Algw, naked, or coated with carbonate of lime, having
a unicellular simple or branched axis, which is whorled, either throughout its whole
length, or near the summit, with articulated ramelli. Spores spherical, developed in
proper fruit-cells.
Naturat Cuaracter. Root formed of tubular, elongated, branching fibres more or
less matted together. Frond either simple or branched, essentially consisting of an axis
and of ramelli. The avis is in all cases a continuous tube, without articulation or sep-
tum, running throughout the frond, containing endochrome in a young stage, but very
frequently found empty in the mature plant ; and is apparently formed by the evolution
of a single cell. Its walls are thick, tough, and readily seen, when a cross section is
examined under the microscope, to be composed of successive concentric layers of cellu-
lose. At regular intervals, either throughout the whole length of the axis, or in its
upper half only, the tube is pierced by acircle of holes, and from these holes there issue
whorled, articulated, confervoid ramelli, which appear to discharge the functions of leaves,
and are sometimes deciduous, sometimes persistent. In the less complex genera, Poly-
physa and Acetabularia, the ramelli are extremely delicate and fugacious, and are found
only on young plants, or during the process of evolution ; their position being indi-
cated on plants from which they have fallen, by the circle of holes in which they had
been inserted. In Dasycladus the ramelli are permanent, and thickly clothe every
part of the stem, in whorls sometimes very closely placed, sometimes sub-distant ; but
there is no connection among the ramelli or between the whorls. In Neomeris the
structure of the stem and ramelli is very similar to that of Dasycladus, with this dif-
ference, that the apices of the ramellicohere to form an investing membrane or epidermis
F
34 DASYCLADE.
which completely encases the frond and conceals its filamentous structure. In Cymopo-
lia, again, we have a still further advance in structure ; for, not to speak of its calcareous
shells, every node of which the branching frond is composed may be compared to the
whole frond of a Dasycladus or a Neomeris. Like them, it is a tubular axis whorled
with ramelli ; but these latter are so closely placed together that the whorled character
is not obvious, and the branch has the mammillated look of a Codiwm, if its calea-
reous shell be removed; or of a piece of honeycomb, if viewed with the shell still
remaining.
The spores are of large size, and are always formed within proper fruit-cells or spo-
rangia, and, so far as I am aware, are destitute of vibratile cilia, and appear to be
formed on a much more perfect type than ordinary zoospores. They have a tough,
hyaline, membranous coat, and enclose a mass of dense, dark green or brown endo-
chrome. In Polyphysa and Acetabularia the sporangia spring directly from the axial
tube ; in Dasycladus, Neomeris, and Cymopolia they are found on the ramelli, and
are either special cells, developed in the axils of the ordinary cells (as in Dasycladus),
or are formed by metamorphose of a division of the ramellus, as in Cymopolia.
All the plants of this order, with the exception of Dasycladus, secrete carbonate of
lime, but in very different proportions. In Polyphysa and Acetabularia the calcareous
matter exists as a thin varnish to the surface of the stem ; but in Cymopolia it forms
as complete a shelly envelope as it does in one of the calcareous polypes, and indeed a
dead frond in this genus might readily be mistaken for the husk of a zoophyte : its
honeycombed pores closely resembling polype-cells.
All the species are natives of the warmer parts of the sea. Dasycladus and Aceta-
bularia have representative species in the Mediterranean ; and the latter is found also
in the tropical Pacific. Neomeris, which may probably yet be detected on the Floridan
Keys, has species in the West Indies and Pacifie Ocean. Cymopolia is found in the
Carribean Sea, and also at the Canary Islands. Polyphysa was discovered by Dr. R.
Brown at King George’s Sound, and has recently been found at Port Lincoln, Australia,
by Mr. Wilhelmi ; and at Swan River, by Mr. George Clifton.
I am very unwilling to multiply families, especially among plants of such low
organization as the Chlorospermatous Alge, and yet I have been in a manner com-
pelled to remove from the Siphonacee both the little group now described, and the
following one (Valoniacee); from the impossibility of devising any diagnostic charac-
ter which would include the whole. The true Siphonacee are typically known by being
wholly formed of long, tubular branching cells. In the Dasycladew the axis only is
of this character ; the rest of the frond consists, as in Conferva, of strings of short
cylindrical cells ; and the spores are of a higher type than in Siphonacee. In Valo-
niacee tubular branching cells are found, if at all, only in the root, or in a spongy caudex,
while the principal part of the frond is formed of confervoid filaments. They approach
Dasycladew through Chamedoris, and possibly Kiitzing may be correct in associating
them, as he has done in his latest arrangement, with this group ; but, ignorant as we
are of their proper fructification, I have not ventured to adopt this course. The habit
of the true Valoniacee is dissimilar, and in none of them do we find the ramelliferous
internodes which characterise the present family.
DASYCLADEX. 35
SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA.
L. Cymovotta. Frond with a calcareous, branching, articulated shell ; the internodes
honeycombed ; apices emitting pencilled ramelli.
Il. Dasyctapus. Frond soft, unbranched, set throughout with closely placed whorls of
trichotomous, horizontal ramelli.
Il. Acerapuaria. Frond with a filiform, incrusted stipes, terminating in a peltate
disc formed of radiating fruit-cells (sporangia.)
I. CYMOPOLIA. Lamour.
Frond filiform, dichotomous ; its outer crust (or shell) calcareous, thick, distinctly
articulate, the articulations everywhere pierced with pores, and the younger nodes
fringed with byssoid, multifid fibrille. Inner frond (enclosed in the crustaceous shell)
a membranous, continuous branching hollow tube, nodoso-constricted and moniliform,
but not septate ; the nodes when young fibrilliferous, at length bare ; the inter-nodes
whorled with several rows of short, horizontal, 3-4-fid, club-shaped ramelli, which pro-
trude through the pores of the outer crust. Sporongia globose, borne on the club-
shaped ramelli.
The frond in this genus consists of two distinct and separately organised systems—
one mineral, and which wholly disappears when the plant is put into muriatic acid ;
the other vegetable, of the same texture, substance, and very similar organization to
the frond of the following genus (Dasycladus); but still more nearly akin to another
genus, Neomeris, not yet recorded from our shores, but which very probably exists on
the Florida reefs, as one ofits species is found in the West Indies. For sake of greater
clearness, I have, in the above diagnosis, first described the outer crust, or frond, as it
appears when lifted from the sea ; and then given the characteristics of the vegetable
axis which is brought to light when the calcareous envelope has been removed by acid.
When the plant is alive, and seen under water, its green colour, and the rich pencils of
delicate, bright green byssoid fibres that crown all the growing branches and their
divisions, at once suggest its vegetable nature. But when seen dry and dead on the
shore, where all these fibres and the green colour disappear, the resemblance to a po-
rous zoophyte is so great, that it is no wonder that this Alga should, until quite recently,
have had a place in the animal kingdom. The pores of the crust may easily pass for
polype cells, and the enclosed tube has, when dry, an almost horny consistence.
DASYCLADEZ.
oo
o>
Two species, C. barbata and C. rosarium are usually kept up, and Kiitzing has added
a third, C. bibarbata, but it seems to me that the differences indicated have reference
more to the age and state of individual specimens, than to difference of species. The
fringing or non-fringing of the apices with fibrille surely depends on the state of the
specimen. The fibrills are homologues of leaves, and, like leaves, are deciduous when
they have performed their functions. I had abundant opportunities of studying the
species at Key West, and see no ground for believing that there is more than one as
yet known to botanists.
1. Cymororta barbata, Lamour. Cor. Flex. p. 293, and C. resarium, l. c. p. 294.
Kiitz., Sp. Alg. p. 511. Corallina barbata, Lin. Syst. Nat. Ed. 12, p. 1305.
Ellis and Sol. Zoop. p. 112. Ellis, Cor. p. 54, t. 25, f. C. C. rosarium, Ellis and
Sol. Zoop. p. 111, t. 21, fig. h. Sloane, Nat. Hist. Jamaica, t. 20, fig. 3. Cymo-
polia bibarbata, Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. t. 40,f.2. Kitz. Sp. Alg. p. 510. (Tas. XLI. A.)
Has. Near low-water mark, under the bridge at Key West. W. H. #. (v. v.)
Fronds tufted, at first simple, till they attain to one or two inches in height, then
becoming branched, at first by the development of simple alternate branches. These
afterwards fork at their extremities, and throw out lateral branches ; and by continual
repetitions of this process of division the frond at length becomes much branched
in a di-trichotomous but irregular order. The tendency to become dichotomous is
greater in the older specimens ; the branches in all are fastigiate. Every part of
the frond, except the young tips of the branches, is invested with a thick calcareous,
brittle crust, pierced with innumerable horizontal canals, opening at the surface by
pores, arranged in transverse rings, which are so closely placed together that the sur-
face appears as if honeyeombed. In these canals of the crust the ramelli of the enclos-
ed vegetable lie hid, the points only of their divisions protruding through the pores,
and this only in the younger parts, which then have a green colour. The calcareous crust
is regularly articulated at short intervals; the internodes in the main stem and
branches are about twice as long as broad, those in the young parts of the frond sphe-
roidal and bead-like. The nodes are much contracted throughout, and thus each branch
looks like a string of beads. In the older parts the nodes are bare ; but in the
younger, toward the ends of the growing branches, they emit whorls of extremely
delicate, byssoid, di-tri-chotomous or multifid, membranaceous fibrills ; and whorls of
similar fibrills terminate the young branch itself. The branches in the developing plant
are thus penicillate or barbed at the extremity. When a piece of a frond is macera-
ted in acid, so as to remove the calcareous crust, the true frond becomes visible. This
we must now describe. It consists of a continuous, tubular axis or filament, seemingly
formed of a single, cylindrical, branching cell, which runs through every part of the
calcareous covering, and whose growing apices, clothed with byssoid fibres, pro-
trude at the ends of the branches. This filament is nodose, annularly constricted at
short intervals, corresponding to the articulations of the crust ; but there are no inter-
DASYCLADE. oT
nal septa. The wall is very thick and tough, and is evidently seen, under the micro-
scope, to be formed of concentric layers, deposited one within another, as in the cell-
wall of the Cawerpa. When a transverse section of a branch is examined, the ring
of cell-wall appears as if divided into numerous cells, corresponding in number to the
‘amelli that issue from it; the apparent septa of these supposed cells being placed
opposite the insertion of the ramelli. This would suggest a structure not very differ-
ent from what I have just described ; namely, that the axial tube was not a single cell,
but a tube formed by the lateral cohesion of a number of small, cylindrical, longitudinal
cells, placed in a circle ; a structure not very different from what occurs in Batra-
chospermum. After repeated examinations and dissections I am disposed to think that
the appearance of cell-division in the wall is deceptive, and that what look like septa
are prolongations inwards, through the wall, of the bases of the ramelli. The inter-
nodes of the axial filament are beset with very closely placed whorls of horizontal
ramelli, each composed of a primary, and 3 or 4 secondary, clavate cells ; the primary
cell issuing from the substance of the wall of the axial tube, and forming the basal
portion of the ramellus ; the secondary cells springing from its apex. The primary
cell is obconical ; the secondary more clavate, and inflated at the point. Fructification
takes place by the transformation of one of the secondary or terminal cells of the
‘amellus, which is changed into a spherical sporangium, filled (at first) with dense,
dark green granular matter, surrounded by a pellucid margin, and raised on a short
stalk. Whether it eventually contains spores or only zoospores, 1 have not deter-
mined ; analogy with Dasycladus would lead us to the former inference. The colour
of the frond, when growing, is a pleasant, and rather a full, yellow green ; when dry,
the caleareous crust fades to a dirty white, and the tufts of byssoid apical fibrils become
brown or black, staining the paper to which they adhere.
Ellis’s figures, quoted above, are poth characteristic ; and so also is that in Sloane’s
Jamaica, though rude and without analysis. Lamouroux str ngely misquotes, under
his C. rosarium, Sloane, Tab. 20, fic. 4, which is a very fair representation, not of a
Cymopolia, but of Amphiroa fragilissima.
Prats XLI. A. Fig 1. CyMorpHOLia harbata ; the natural size. Fig. 2. Apex of
a branch, crowned with its pencil of byssoid fibres. Fig. 3. Transverse section of a
branch, from which the calcareous shell has been removed. L?ig. 4. Small portion of
the same, showing a sporangium formed from one of the peripheric ramelli. Fig. 5.
Portion of a longitudinal section of a branch, to show the insertion of the horizontal
ramelli, and the holes on the inner face of the cell wall. Fig. 6. Byssoid fibres from
the apical pencil. ig. 7. Tips of the same ; the latter figures more or less highly
magnified.
38 DASYCLADEZ.
Il. DASYCLADUS. Ag.
Frond destitute of calcareous crust, soft, and flaccid, cylindrical or club-shaped,
unbranched, composed of a tubular, unicellular filiform axis, beset throughout with
closely placed whorls of trichotomous, horizontal, articulate ramelli. Sporangia
globose, affixed to the nodes of the ramelli, and containing, at maturity, very numerous
spherical spores.
Small, densely tufted, erect plants, with almost spongy fronds, so densely are the
ramelli frequently inserted. Their substance is very soft and flaccid, but tough, and
the colour a full dark green. The membrane composing the frond is every where
hyaline, and becomes glassy when dry ; the colouring matter is viscid and granular as
in Bryopsis. The genus was founded by Agardh on D. claveformis, a common Alga
in the Mediterranean ; and Meneghini has described a second species from the
Adriatic. I now venture to add a third, which I was formerly disposed to consider
as identical with D. clavaformis. ;
1. DasycLapus occidentalis ; whorls sub-distant ; apices of the ramelli very
obtuse. (Tas. XLI. B.)
Has. On rocks between tide marks, on the Florida Keys. Key West, Dr. Wurde-
mann, W. H. H. Key Biscayne, Prof. Tuomey. (v. v.)
Foot discoid, throwing out a few clasping fibres. ronds mostly densely tufted,
sometimes solitary, 1-2 inches high, clavate, from a line to nearly half-an-inch in dia-
meter (including ramelli) erect, straight or curved, destitute of calcareous incrustation ;
consisting of a filiform, unbranched, unicellular axis, whorled throughout with densely
inserted polychotomous ramelli. The axial filament varies in diameter from the thick-
ness of a human hair to twice the diameter of hog’s bristle ; it is cylindrical, with a
continuous cavity filled with endochrome, and seems to be developed from a single cell.
Its wall is very thick, tough, and composed of several distinct layers of cellulose, con-
centrically deposited. The filament is marked externally, at short intervals, varying
in distance in different specimens, with transverse rings or nodes, which give an appear-
ance of joints (but there are no internal septa) ; and immediately above each node from
six to twelve horizontal ramelli are inserted in a whorl, and in denuded specimens
their places are indicated by a whorl of disc-like scars surmounting the node. The
ramelli vary much in length and in density. In some specimens the internodes are
so short that the frond seems continuously clothed, like the spongy frond of a Codium,
from base to apex ; the axis being completely concealed by the ramelli. In others the
internodes are as much as a line in length, and the whorls appear sub-distant, like
those of a Myriophyllum. Sometimes the ramelli are scarcely a line long ; in other
specimens they are 2-3 lines or more. In all cases they are tri-dichotomous, twice or
DASYCLADE. 39
thrice compounded and articulated ; being formed of two or three series of nearly
cylindrical cells, four to six times longer than broad, filled with dark green slimy endo-
chrome. The terminal cells are very obtuse. ’ructijication is formed at the axils of
the ramelli, where two or three supplementary cells are developed and become spherical
sporangia, by absorbing all the endochrome of the cells from which they spring,
and finally that of the whole frond. When ripe, these sporangia are membranous bags,
stuffed with innumerable spherical spores. Colowr, a deep grass-green. Substance,
soft and somewhat gelatinous.
This species closely resembles, in habit and structure, D. claveformis of the Medi-
terranean ; but the ramelli, even in the densest specimens, are much more distantly
placed than in that plant, and the apices (or terminal cells) of all the American indi-
viduals I have examined are perfectly blunt ; not mucronulate, as they are in D, clave-
formis. If this distinction prove constant, the species will be sufficiently characterised.
Prate XLI. B. Fig. 1. Dasyciapus occidentalis ; the normal form. Fig. 2. An
attenuated and depauperated variety ; both figures the natural size. Fig. 3. Trans-
verse section of the frond, showing a whorl of trichotomous ramelli. Fig. 4. Portion
of a fertile ramellus with sporangia. Fig. 5. A sporangium. Fig. 6. Spores from
the same ; all the latter figures magnijied.
III. ACETABULARIA. Lamour.
Root scutate. Frond stipitate, umbrella-shaped, thinly incrusted with calcareous
matter. Stipes tubular, unicellular, cylindrical, when young emitting whorls of byssoid
fibrills at and below the summit ; when mature, crowned with a peltate disc, formed of
numerous radiating cuneiform cells. Cells of the disc at first containing granular
endochrome, which is afterwards changed into spherical spores.
The two species which are included in this genus are among the most elegant and
singular of the Alge, resembling delicate fungi of the genus Agaricus, more nearly than
any marine production. This is, however, descriptive only of the fully grown plant,
for in the young state, the peltate umbrella which crowns the stipes is not found. In
the youngest specimens which I have examined (represented at fig. 2 in our plate)
the upper part of the stipe is beset at sub-distant intervals with whorls of extremely
slender byssoid fibrills, above the last of which a young disc is commencing to be
formed. In older plants these fibrills drop away, and their position is indicated by an
annular row of holes, the tube being also swollen at each whorl, so as to appear jointed.
There are no septa, however, and the tube is continuous, at least to the base of the
young disc. When the disc is further advanced, a dense pencil of fibres springs from
its centre, on its upper surface, or from what may be called its wmbo, and which is
SSS
_———— eee
fe
———
a
40 DASYCLADEZ.
really the growing point of the frond. I regard the dise as being properly a whorl of
sporangia, united by their edges ; each radiating cell constituting a sporangium. The
dises, after they have developed spores, are deciduous ; and new ones are successively
formed, one above the other, as the stipe lengthens.
1. AcrTaBuLARIA crenulata, Lamour. ; margin of the peltate disc minutely crenu-
late ; the cells apiculate (when young). Lam. Pol. Flex. p. 6, Tab. 8, fig.1. Kiitz.,
Sp. Alg. p. 510. (Tas. XLII. A.)
Has. Rocks and corals, within tide marks, on the Florida reefs. Key West, W.H.H.,
Prof. Tuomey (v. v.)
Root minute, discoid. Fronds scattered or tufted, two or three inches high, consisting
of a slender, setaceous stipes, thinly coated with carbonate of lime, and bearing at its
summit a peltate disc or cup, radiated like an agaric, and formed of clavato-cylindrical
cells cohering by their edges, and filled with green endochrome. The stipes, when
deprived of its lime by maceration in acid, forms a membranous, cylindrical tube, des-
titute of markings, slightly enlarged upwards, having near its summit one, two, three,
or more (according to age) annular swellings, from which issue whorls of very delicate,
polychotomous, byssoid ramelli, and terminating in the first formed disc, from whose
centre a pencil of similar byssoid fibres is produced. In further growth, the stipes
proceeds through the first disc upwards for a distance of 1-2 lines, where another an-
nulus emits a second whorl of filaments, above which a second disc is formed ; and thus,
by successive apical growths new dises succeed each other, tlie older falling off as the
younger are formed. — In old specimens, therefore, you find the upper part of the stipe
furnished with 4—5 or more annuli, marked with scars of the fallen ramelli and discs.
In full grown specimens, the peltate disc, or circle of sporongia, is nearly half-an-inch
in diameter. At first the matter contained in its cells is fluid and homogeneous.
Eventually nuclei are formed in it, and the contents of each cell is converted into
numerous globose spores, the whole endochrome being consumed in the process. The
cell-wall of the stipe is thick and concentrically striate.
This species very closely resembles A. Mediterranea, from which it is distinguished
by the minutely crenulate margin of the disc. In A. Mediterranea the margin is
quite entire.
Plate XLIL. A. Fig. 1. Acwrapunarta crenulata ; the natural size. Fig. 2. Apex
of a young frond, before the development of the peltate disc. ig. 3. A young dise,
within which is a pencil of byssoid fibres. ig. 4. A mature disc. Fig. 5. Apex of
one of the radiant cells, from a young dise in which they are mucronate. 7g. 6. One
of the radiant cells of a mature disc, converted into a sporangium, and full of spores.
Fig. 7. Spores from the same : all the latter figures magnified.
VALONIACE. 4]
OrpER III.—VALONIACE %.
Valoniee, in part, Kiitz. Sp. Aly. p. 507. Anadyomenee, Dictyospheriew, and
part of Codie, Kitz. l. ce. Siphonece, in part, Auct. alior.
Diagnosis, Green marine Alege, naked or encrusted with carbonate of lime, with
fibrous roots. Frond polymorphous, formed of large vesicated cells filled with watery
endochrome ; either consisting of a single cell, or of several united into filaments, or
into net-works or membranous leaf-like expansions.
NaturaL Cuaracter. oot in most cases well developed, and consisting of a plexus
of tough fibres, forming a mat, and either penetrating the sand or grasping firmly to
the rock or stones on which the plant grows. Jrond very variable in form, and in
complexity of structure. In Valonia the whole frond, in some species, consists of a
single vesicated cell, which is often of large size, upwards of an inch in length, and
three-quarters of an inch in diameter, filled with a thin, watery endochrome. In other
species of that genus, several such cells are strung together so as to form confervoid
branching filaments. In Dictyospheria, a number of large globose cells cohere toge-
ther in a single stratum, and thus form a tessellated or honey-combed membrane. In
Anadyomene, the membranous expansion is formed in a different manner, namely, by
the lateral cohesion and anastomosis of a branching filament ; and in Microdictyon, a
network is formed in a similar way, the difference from Anadyomene being, that the
branches of the generating filament stand apart, leaving open spaces between their
anastomosing ramuli. A further advance in structure oceurs in Penicillus, where the
frond has a dendroid habit ; the trunk of the treelike body being composed of branch-
ing, unicellular filaments like those of a Codiwm, and the head of confervoid, articulated
filaments like those of Valonia. This spongy caudex, or trunk, appears to me to be
merely an exaggeration of the rooting processes, common to most plants of the family.
A more definite stipes, or true stem, is found in Chameadoris, Apjohnia, and Struvea,
the most highly organised genera of the Order, and those which connect it with the
Dasycladeew. In these the stipe is monosiphonous, and is developed nearly to its full
size before any part of the capitulum makes its appearance. In the early stage these
plants are not to be known from the simple Valoniw, and like them consist of a single
cell rising from a branching root.
In this description of the fronds of the Order I omit the curious plant which will be
G
42 VALONIACEA.
found described below under the name Blodgettia, because it is not quite certain
whether it be properly a member of this series ; or possibly the type of a separate
family.
The fructification of none of these plants is satisfactorily known.
All are natives of tropical and sub-tropical latitudes. The Penicilli or Merman’s
Shaving Brushes are characteristic of coral reefs, and are found in the Caribbean Sea,
and on the shores of Australia and of the Indian archipelago. Anadyomene is common
to the Mediterranean Sea, the Gulf of Mexico and the shores of Brazil. Dictyospherria
is tropical and Australian. Valonia is found in most western oceans, and ought to
occur on the Floridan Keys, though not yet found there. J icrodictyon is generally a
deep water production, lying at the bottom in 5-10 fathoms ; but it sometimes occurs
at low water mark. Species of it, all very similar to each other, have been found in the
tropics of both hemispheres and in the Mediterranean ; and one is very abundant in
Port Jackson, Australia. Struvea is confined to the West coast of Australia, and
Apjohnia to the Southern coast. Chamedoris is Caribbean; and Acrocladus, Neg., a
closely allied form, is found in the Mediterranean.
TABLE OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA,
* Dendroid ; stipitate, crowned with tufted jilaments.
I. Cuamxporis. Stipes monosiphonous, annulated ; head very dense.
Il. Pevicitus. Stipes formed of innumerable interwoven filaments, spongy ; head
brush-like.
** Confervoid ; densely tufted.
III. Bropcerta. Frond filamentous, articulated, branching, densely tufted.
*** Vembranous, leaf-like.
IV. Avapyomenr. Membrane erect, flabellately veined ; veins articulated, confervoid,
radiating from the base toward the margin.
V. Dicryosrumria. Membrane amorphous, wholly formed of spherical cells lying in a
single stratum.
I. CHAMEDORIS, Mont.
Root much branched. Frond stipitate, dendroid. Stipes at first clavate, then
cylindrical ; tubular, unicellular, horny-membranous, annularly constricted and corru-
gated, at length crowned with a dense fascicle of confervoid, much branched, articulate
ramelli. /rwit unknown.
VALONIACEZ. 43
Young and full grown specimens of the little Alga which constitutes the present
genus are so unlike that they might readily pass for different entities. The frond
originates in a dense mass of branching, horny-membranous, intricate, rooting fibres,
from which spring erect unicellular branches, or fronds. These are at first quite simple
and naked ; but afterwards develope from their summit two or three very closely placed
whorls of much branched ramelli, which form a dense, fasciculate capitulum. The frond
is then mature and resembles a little tree; or perhaps, more justly, alittle mop. The
genus was founded by Montagne in 1842, by a separation from Penicillus.
1. CHAMzporIs annulata, Mont. An. Sc. Nat. Ser. 2, vol. 18, p. 261. Kiitz. Sp.
Alg. p. 509. Neswa annulata, Lamour. Pol. Flex. p. 256. Corallina peniculum, Ell.
and Sol. Zoop. p. 127, tab. 7, fig. 5-8 and tab. 25, fig. 1. (Tas. XLII. B.)
Has. Key West, rare. W. A. H., Dr. Blodgett. (v. v.)
Root composed of many branching and clasping, tufted fibres, which issue from the
base and lower part of the stipes, and at length form a dense mat. Sronds tufted,
2-3 inches high, nearly a line in diameter, tubular, simple, membranaceous or some-
what horny, destitute of calcareous incrustation except in old age, when they are thinly
coated toward the base; cylindrical, annularly constricted at short intervals as if
jointed, the internodes most apparent on old specimens, when the annular constric-
tions are deeper. In the young state the frond consists merely of such an annulated
tube, formed of a single cell. When this has attained the height of two or three inches,
it ceases to grow longer; a septum is formed just below the summit, and a new cell
begins there to develope. This second cell is very short, and again divides, once or
twice, vertically ; so that the original tubular cell (now to be called the stipe) is
crowned with two or three minute cells, placed one above the other (Tas. XLII. fig. 3),
the terminal one being attenuated and pointed. These cells remain short and rudimen-
tary, but from their nodes dense whorls of ramelli begin to grow (fig. 4), which finally
constitute a dense, mop-like capitulum. When fully grown the capitulum is an inch
or more in diameter, globose, very dense, composed of innumerable, crowded and inter-
woven, much branched, irregularly dichotomous, articulated filaments. The articulations
are cylindrical, constricted at the nodes and many times longer than broad; but
variable in length. Colour, a bright, grass-green. Substance, membranaceous, rather
rigid and tough, not adhering to paper in drying. Thin slices of the tube, when
examined under the microscope, show concentric lines of growth, as in Dasycladus, &e.
This plant is rare at Key West, and none of my specimens are fully grown. It is ¢
native of the West Indian Islands.
Puate XLII. B. Fig. 1. Cuamaporis annulata, the natural size. Fig. 2. A young,
unicellular frond, previous to the formation of the capitulum. ig. 3. Apex of a frond
in a more advanced stage, showing the newly formed axial cells of the future capitulum.
Fig. 4. Apex of a still more advanced young frond, with the capitulum beginning to be
AA VALONIACES.
formed. Fig. 5. Portion of the capitular filament ; the latter figures more or less
magnified.
II. PENICILLUS. JZamarck.
Root fibrous, much branched, matted. Frond _ stipitate, dendroid. Stipes erect,
cylindrical or compressed, incrusted, wholly composed of numerous longitudinal,
unicellular branching filaments woven together into a compact spongy mass ; and
crowned with a dense pencil of confervoid, articulate ramelli, whose branches are either
free, or cohere together in fan-shaped lamin, and are invested with a porous pellicle
of carbonate of lime.
If Mer-men have beards and shave them, the Alge included in this genus may serve
as shaving brushes. The roof is much branched and its fibres matted together, and
generally penetrates deeply into the sand in which the plant grows. The stipe is more
or less coated with carbonate of lime, and composed of a multitude of closely placed
and densely interwoven longitudinal, unicellular filaments, which send off laterally,
throughout their length, short, fastigiate, corymbose ramelli, that unite together to
form a periphery. Thus far we have a structure closely agreeing with that of a Codium.
But from the apex of this compact, spongy stipe there springs a dense tuft or capitulum,
composed of dichotomous, articulated, free filaments ; and the whole frond bears a
striking resemblance to a shaving brush. The habit is similar to that of Chamedoris,
from which the spongy, multicellular stipe distinguishes it; and to Chlorodesmis, which
differs in having a capitulum formed of unicellular filaments.
The species naturally arrange themselves in two groups, or sub-genera, which Kiitzing
has separated ; a separation which is hardly needed, where the species are so few in
number and so closely related in structure,
Sect. 1. Hanierapnium, Endl. (Corallocephalus, Kiitz.); branches of the capitulum
free.
1. Penicittus dumetosus, Dne. ; stipes short, thick, somewhat compressed, velvetty ;
filaments of the capitulum loosely spreading, ultra-setaceous, flaccid, deep-green ; their
joints cylindrical, many times as long as broad, equal, obtuse, strongly constricted at
the nodes. Dne. Cor. p. 97. Nesaa dumetosa, Lamour. Polyp. p. 259. pl. 8, jig. 3,
a. B. Corallocephalus dumetosus, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 506. (Tab. XLUI. As)
Han. Key West and Sand Key, W.H.H. Soldier's Key, Prof. Tuomey. (v. v.)
Root, a dense mass of fibres deeply sinking-in the sand. Stipes, 1-3 inches long,
half-inch to nearly an inch in thickness, sometimes rather hollow in the centre, more or
VALONIACEA. 45
less compressed, erect, coated with a velvetty scurf, and partially incrusted with cal-
careous matter ; nearly destitute of lime when young, much incrusted with it in old
age. This stipes is composed of innumerable, densely packed, longitudinal, unicellular
fibres which closely adhere by lateral branching processes, and are interlaced together.
The outer strata of these fibres emit, to form the periphery of the stipe, innumerable
short, lateral, horizontal, multifid, fastigiate ramelli, whose apices, lying close together,
give the velvetty appearance to the surface. As long as these longitudinal filaments
cohere into a stipe they are unicellular ; but when they become free at the apex of the
stipe, they are articulated, or pluricellular ; and a capitulum of confervoid filaments
completes the frond. According to the age of the specimen, the filaments of the
capitulum are more or less developed ; in young specimens they are less than an inch
long ; in older and full-grown ones they vary from 3 to 6 inches. They are densely,
but not intricately tufted, thicker than hog’s bristle, dichotomous, radiating to all
sides, equal and obtuse ; their articulations are cylindrical, and many times longer than
broad. The colour is a full, deep green, and they are very thinly incrusted with lime ;
the crust pierced with minute pores. The primordial utricle separates readily from the
cell-wall, and is firmly membranous.
Puate XLII. A. Fig. 1, 2, 3. PEntcittus dwmetosus, of different ages: the
natural sizes. Fig. 4. Portion of one of the dichotomous filaments of the capitulum.
Fig. 5. Small portions of the same, after the calcareous coating has been removed,
showing a pitted surface ; the latter figures more or less highly magnified.
2. PENICILLUS capitatus, Lamk. ; stipes long or short, cylindrical or clavate, terete,
incrusted, smooth ; filaments of the globose capitulum densely crowded, fastigiate,
capillary, rigid, pale green, their joints cylindrical, many times as long as broad,
obtuse, constricted at the nodes. Dne. Cor. p. 97. Neswa Penicillus, Lamour, Pol.
flex. p. 258. Corallina Penicillus, Ell. and Sol. p. 126, tab. 25, fig. 4,5. Corallo-
cephalus Penicillus, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 505. (Tas. XLIII. B.)
Has. Key West, W. H. H., Prof. Twomey. (v. v.)
Root very large, two inches long or more, deeply descending, very fibrous and
densely matted. Stipes from one to four or five inches long, a quarter to a third of
an inch in diameter, mostly cylindrical and equal throughout, occasionally compressed
and widened upwards, thickly incrusted with calcareous matter, and having a smooth
and sometimes a polished surface. Capitulum very dense, mostly globose, sometimes
oblong and rarely somewhat diffuse, fastigiate, one or two inches in diameter, composed
of innumerable, curved, densely packed and often entangled, capillary filaments which
are encrusted with calcareous matter to an extent that makes them rigid. The
structure is similar to that of the preceding species ; and the calcareous incrustation
is similarly dotted or pitted. The length of the articulations varies much ; usually
a
ee eee ee
46 VALONIACE.
they are many times as long as broad; but now and then a short, globose articulus is
interposed between the two long ones. Colour, a pale green.
Puate XLII. B. Figs. 1, 2, 3. PENICILLUS capitatus, different varieties ; the
natural size. Fig. 4. Portion of a dichotomous filament from the capitulum. ig. 5.
Small portion of the same, after the lime has been removed ; the latter figures more or
less highly magnified.
Sect. 2. Haxirsyema, Endl. (Rhipocephalus,.Kiitz.) ; branches of the capitulum
cohering in flabelliform laminz.
3. Penicittus Phenix, Lamk. ; stipes elongate, terete, incrusted, smooth ; capitu-
lum ovoid or oblong, its filaments incrusted, very slender, dichotomous, cohering by
their edges into many distinct, flat, cuneate, level-topped, spreading lamine, Dre.
Cor. p. 98. Lamk. An. Mus. 20, p.299. Corallina Phenix, Ell. and Sol. p. 126,
t. 25, fig. 2-3. Neswa Phoenix, Lamour, l.c. p. 256. Rhipocephalus Phenix, Kitz.
Sp. Alg. p. 506. (Tas. XLIII. C.)
Has. Key West, W. H. H. Dredged in 33 fathoms off Soldier's Key, Prof.
Tuomey. (Vv. V.)
Root somewhat fusiform, dense, descending. Stipes cylindrical, 1-3 inches long, a
quarter inch in diameter, thickly incrusted with calcareous matter, the surface smooth,
composed as in the rest of the genus of many slender longitudinal branching and
ramelliferous threads. The filaments of the capitulum are thickly incrusted with
caleareous matter, and disposed in many flat, cuneate, flabelliform lamin ; their
ramifications lying close together, and cohering laterally by means of the incrustation.
On removing the carbonate of lime the cohesion of the filaments is destroyed. The
articulations are many times longer than broad, cylindrical, and much constricted at
the nodes.
Prate XLII. C. Fig. 1. Pentcittus Pheniz, the natural size. Fig. 2. Portion
of one of the fanlike lamine of the capitulum. /%g. 3. Cells from the same, after the
removal of the lime ; the latter figures more or less magnijied.
Ill. BLODGETTIA, Harv. (n. gen.)
Frond cxspitose, branching, confervoid, articulate. Articulations unicellular, filled
with grumous, viscid endochrome ; the cell-wall formed of separable membranes,
VALONIACE. 47
the outer of which are hyaline and homogeneous, the innermost traversed by parallel,
longitudinal, anastomosing veinlets. Spores seriated in moniliform strings, and
developed from the veinlets of the inner cell-wall (!)
The highly curious little Alga on which the present genus is founded so closely
resembles a Cladophora that it will readily pass for one, unless it be very closely examined
under a powerful microscope. Indeed so great is the resemblance to a branched
Conferva that I formerly distributed it to my friends with the manuscript name of
Cladophora cespitosa, under which it was my intention to have described it in the
present work ; nor did I discover my error until I commenced making sketches for
the plate now given. I was then first struck by the peculiar opacity of the dissepiments ;
and afterwards by what looked like a compound cellular structure in the walls of the
cells. On applying a higher power, other characters came out which induced me to
dissect one of the articulations, when I discovered the curious structure of the inner
membrane or primordial utricle ; in which (as far as I can make out) the spores are
developed. To see the structure, as above described, the readiest mode is to proceed
as follows. Cut off a portion of one of the long cells which terminate the branches ;
place it on the table of a dissecting microscope, moisten it, and you may readily express
the viscid endochrome, which generally contains, besides the usual starch and chloro-
phyll grains, a number of pyramidal crystals ; but these are probably adventitious.
When the endochrome has been pressed out, the structure of the inner membrane of
the cell-wall may be partially seen; but to see it clearly, the outer coats must be
removed. This may readily be done, either by tearing, with a pair of dissecting
needles, or by making a longitudinal section through the cell, when the different coats
easily separate, on the section being teased in a drop of water. The outer coat, or
coats (for there are two or more, though the secondary ones sometimes elude detec-
tion, owing to their extreme tenuity) are quite transparent and structureless, as is
usually the case in the walls of cellular tissue. But the inner coat offers a peculiarity
of structure which I have not noticed in any other Alge, nor have heard of its occur-
rence in the cells of any other plant. At first sight the membrane seems to be
composed of numerous minute, elongated fusiform cellules, not unlike the wood-cells
of phanerogamous plants, but totally unlike any alge-cells known to me. Careful
examination has however convinced me that the appearance of cellular structure is
deceptive ; and that the membrane itself is homogenous, but traversed by slender
filaments or nerves, which anastomose together, forming areole which look like cells.
These filaments give off free ramuli whose apices swell into spores ; and (probably) by
repeated cell division produce the strings of roundish spores, which are so conspicuous
in most of the areole. The appearance of the whole membrane with its spores is as
if a number of the asci of a lichen were placed side by side; the true structure,
however, I need hardly say, is widely different.
The generic name is bestowed as a grateful tribute to the memory of the late
Dr. Bropeert of Key West, who had zealously collected and studied the Alge of the
reefs where this plant grows, and to whom I am indebted for many specimens of the
rarest Algw of the Florida Keys.
ee ee
a
48 VALONIACE.
1. Buopcerria confervoides, Harv. (Tas. XLY. C.)
Han. At Key West, on rocks near low-water mark. Dr. Wurdeman, W. H. H..,
Prof. Twomey. (Vv. V-)
Fronds filamentous, densely tufted ; the tufts spreading extensively, from an inch to
an inch and half in height, very dense, pulvinate and fastigiate. Filaments rigid, not
collapsing when removed from the water, about as thick as hog’s bristle, sparingly
branched, decumbent at base, then ascending, and the tips erect. The main divisions
and primary branches are very patent, either arching backwards or quite recurved.
They are destitute of branches along their lower or outer side, and more or less furnished
with unilateral ramification on the upper; generally with a long excurrent point desti-
tute of ramuli. Often the filament has but a single series of simple, secund ramuli ;
put in luxuriant specimens there is a second series of similar secund ramuli. Articula-
tions variable in length, dark coloured, with opaque dissepiments, and not collapsing
when dry, contracted at the nodes, three to six times as long as broad; the terminal
cell always very much longer than the rest, and frequently 10-12 times as long as its
diameter. Apices very blunt. The articulations are filled with dense, viscid endochrome
full of large green granules, and frequently containing also prismatical crystals. The mem-
branous cell-wall is divisible into three or more separate membranes, one concentrically
placed within the other. The outer are hyaline without obvious structure ; but
the inner one is reticulated with very slender nervelike fibres, which run longitudinally
through the membrane parallel to each other, and are connected by oblique crossbars ;
so that the surface is divided into narrow, pointed areola. The spores are seriated in
moniliform strings, four or more in each string, and attached to short free veinlets
which issue from the veins of the inner cell-wall. The colowr when recent is a very
dark green ; when dry it becomes more olivaceous. The substance is very firm, and
the plant imperfectly adheres to paper in drying.
Prate XLY. C. Fig. 1. Bioparrti confervoides ; the natural size. Fig. 2. Pecti-
nated branch. L%g. 3. Apex of the long terminal cell of the branch, the lower portion
represented with the outer cell-coats exfoliated. Fig. 4. Portion of the membrane of
the innermost cell-coat traversed by slender fibres, bearing strings of spores (?). Fig. 5.
One of the moniliform strings, apart. Fig. 6. Some of the crystals found in the cells.
All the latter figures more or less highly magnified.
IV. ANADYOMENE, Lamour.
Root fibrous. Frond stipitate, membranaceous, leaf-like, flabellately veined; the
veins confervoid, radiating from the base to the margin, pedately multifid, excessively
branched, and everywhere closely anastomosing. J"ructification unknown.
eee
VALONIACE. 49
The frond in this genus is thin and membranous, and at first view resembles that of an
Ulva, except that it is traversed everywhere by branching veins. When more closely
examined it is easily perceived that the membrane is wholly formed by the anastomosis
and lateral cohesion of the branches and ramuli of a much branched, articulated, con-
fervoid filament, composed of large, oblong cylindrical cells ; as more fully detailed in
the subjoined description. As Professor J. Agardh remarks (Alg. Medit. p. 24), it is
nearly related to Valonia, from which it differs chiefly in the lateral cohesion of the
branches of the generating filaments, and to which it bears the same relation that
Codium does to Vaucheria. It is still more nearly related to Microdictyon, where the
fronds form an open network.
1. Anapyomene flabellata, Lamour. ; frond flattish or undulate, the veins multipar-
tite. Lamour. Pol. Flex. p. 365, tab. 14, fig. 8. Bory, Fl. Mor. t. 41, fig. 5, Kiitz.
Sp. Alg. p. 511. A. stellata, Ag. Sp. Alg. 1, p. 400. (Tas. XLIV. A.)
Has. Key West, on tidal rocks, common. Dr. Wurdeman, W.H.H., Prof. Tuomey.
(v. v.)
Root consisting of a mat of branching, articulate, confervoid filaments, emitting erect
branches which develope into flat, flabelliform, membranous fronds. Hronds tufted,
1-4 inches long and as much in width, rigidly membranaceous, shortly stipitate ; the
stipes uni- or pluri-cellular ; lamina at first flabelliform and entire, afterwards undulate
and more or less deeply lobed at the margin ; wholly composed of radiating, multifid,
branching, confervoid filaments, whose distichous branches closely cohere throughout,
and whose ramuli as constantly anastomose and coalesce. In other words, the membrane
is composed of longitudinally seriated, cylindrical cells, several series radiating from the
base toward the circumference in a flabellate manner, and dividing and subdividing
digitately throughout the whole length of the series ; each cell emitting from its sum-
mit 5-7 or more similar cells, which in their turn put forth another series, and so on.
In this way the frond increases in length. It is widened by the gradual evolution of
other cells formed along the sides of contiguous parallel cells in a pinnate order. At
first these lateral or transverse cells are very minute and placed opposite each other.
They gradually lengthen, anastomose and coalesce, and at length form a reticulated space
of a narrow wedge-form between each pair of tubular, longitudinal cells. The cuneate
space looks like a membrane, but is really constituted of closely placed, transverse bars,
leaving narrow slits between them, as may be readily seen by examining a dried speci-
men when the substance shrinks. In a moist state, by the swelling of the cells, the
slits close up, and the frond appears as if continuously membranous. The tubular,
longitudinally seriated cells, or those that form the veins and nerves of the frond, seem
to continue to lengthen during the whole growth of the lamina; they are short in
young plants, longer in others, and in old plants are many times longer than their
diameter. The cell-wall in these cells is thick and tough, and when viewed under a
H
50 VALONIACEA.
moderately high magnifying power it appears to be transversely striate. The primordial
sac readily separates from the outer cell-wall.
This plant was first noticed in the Mediterranean Sea, where it grows in the fissures
of littoral rocks in many places. It occurs also in Brazil, from whence I possess a
specimen ; and is found generally throughout the West Indian Islands. Our Key West
specimens are rarely more than two inches high and about three in breadth. The
largest specimen I possess was given me by the late Mr. Menzies, as having been
dredged in twenty fathoms in the Gulf of Mexico. This specimen measures six inches
across, and its venation offers some peculiarities ; which perhaps may lead to its specific
separation. In our Key West plants the seriated cells of the principal veins stand apart
from each other, or are in single file, leaving wedgeshaped spaces between. In Mr.
Menzies’ specimen the principal veins are partly unicellular, partly formed of several
parallel, closely placed cells, without interspaces. The structure is easily seen, but
difficult to describe in intelligible language. Should subsequent observations establish
this plant as a species, it may be called A. Menziesiv.
Prate XLIV. A. Fig. 1. ANapyoMENE flabellata, full grown ; and Fig. 2, a young
plant ; the natural size. Fig. 3 represents Hig. 2, magnified, to show the structure of
the frond.
V. DICTYOSPHARIA. Dne.
Root consisting of a few grasping processes. L’rond, a decumbent, amorphous mem-
brane composed of a single series of vesicated, sub-globose, tough-coated cells, filled
with green, fluid endochrome. /ructijfication unknown.
The plant for which this genus was defined by Decaisne was formerly referred to
Valonia, to which no doubt it is closely allied, but from which it differs by the greater
lateral coherence of the cells which compose the frond, and also by the structure of these
cells. It is of common occurrence throughout the tropics of both hemispheres. On the
coast of Australia a second species is equally common, differing from D. favulosa in the
frond being never vesicated, and in the component cells being very much smaller, the
surface flatter, and the frond having a silky lustre. This I have elsewhere described
under the name D. sericea.
1. DictyospumRia favulosa, Dne.; frond at first globose and hollow, afterwards
irregularly torn, expanded ; the vesicated cells globoso-hexagonal, convex, and very
prominent. Dne. An. Sc. Nat. Ser. 2. vol. 17, p. 328. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 512.
Valonia favulosa, Ag. Sp. Alg. 1. p. 432. (Tab. XLIV. B).
ULVACES. 51
Has. Key West, W.H.H., Prof. Tuomey. (No. 1038 so @var¥.)
Fronds at first globose, like tubers, heaped together, hollow and empty or filled with
sea-water, attached to the rock and to each other by a few short, rooting processes ; at
length irregularly torn, and then forming expanded, cartilaginous, or skinlike coarsely
reticulated membranes. The membrane is wholly composed of a single layer of large,
globose, or by mutual compression hexagonal cells, which closely cohere by their sides,
leaving the convex ends of the cell free, and these form the surface of the membrane,
which when dry resembles a piece of fish skin, or a miniature honeycomb. When the
cells have been separated, each is seen to be marked at the line of junction by a double
row of circular discs. In full grown cells the primordial utricle is easily separable from
the outer cell-wall, and contains a green, granular endochrome ; from which, by cell-
division, four new cells are formed, and thus the frond extends by repeated quadrisection
of its component cells. The cell-wall is very tough and semifibrous in texture, more
like an animal than a vegetable membrane ; and I have seen hairlike processes issue
from it internally, analogous perhaps to the fibrous processes of the membrane of Caulerpa.
I cannot say whether this be a constant character. It was observed in specimens from
the Pacific brought home in spirit, and cannot be readily ascertained from dried specimens.
Pate XLIV. B. Fig. 1. Dicryospria favulosa, the natural size. Fig. 2. Portion
of the surface, showing the division of the cells. Jig. 3. One of the cells of which the
frond is composed, removed ; the latter figures magnijied.
OrpER 1V.—ULVACE.
Grev. Aly. Brit. p. 168. Hook. Br. Fl. 2, p. 309. Harv. Man. p. 211. J. Ag.
Alg. Medit. p. 14. Endl. 3rd Suppl. p. 18. Ulvacee et Enteromorphee, Kiitz.
Spec. Alg. pp. 471-475.
DiscNosis. Green or purple, marine or fresh water Algze, composed of small, poly-
gonal or quadrate cells, forming expanded membranes or membranous sacs or tubes ;
rarely arranged in filaments. ’ructification, zoospores formed in the cells of the frond.
NATURAL cHaractEer. Root a small disc, or point of attachment. Frond formed of
small, often very minute, roundish, quadrate or polygonal cellules cohering together
into thin, filmy membranes, of no very definite form, and either expanded into broad
leaves, contracted into narrow ribbons, or forming tubes which are either simple or
branched. In those of lowest organization, such as Tetraspora, the frond is of a nature
so loosely gelatinous that it can only by courtesy be called a membrane, and the cells
which give it consistency are widely separated by transparent jelly. In Prasiola the
ee ee
52 ULVACE.
cells are closer, with narrower hyaline interspaces, and the gelatine has a firmer consis-
tence, more like that of ordinary cellulose ; and in Ulva there is perfect cohesion
between thin-walled cells, and the membrane formed by them is firm, and often rigid
and tough. Perhaps in all cases the cells multiply by a fissiparous division into four,
the old cell dividing longitudinally and transversely. This is very obvious wherever the
cells stand sufficiently apart, as in Zetraspora and Prasiola, and in the more trans-
parent Enteromorphe ; but is less evident in the ordinary marine Ulva. Most of the
Ulvacee have the brilliant, grass-green common to the Chlorosperms; but in the genera
Porphyra and Bangia the frond assumes a more or less pure dark-purple hue, and
hence some authors have removed these genera to the Rhodosperms. But I cannot
think such removal natural or desirable ; for there is really no difference between
Ulva and Porphyra in structure or fructification, and the occurrence of a purple colour,
or even of a purer red, is by no means limited among Chlorosperms to these plants.
We frequently find purple colours in Batrachospermex, especially in Thorea ; they
occur also in Oscillatoriaceee and in Palmellacew ; and in the latter, and also in the
spores of (idogonia a pure carmine or scarlet is often seen.
The fructification of the Ulvacee consists in zoospores, which are formed indifferently
in all or in any of the cells of the frond, and are furnished with two or four cilia. Their
development and germination are beautifully figured by Thuret in his valuable memoir
on the zoospores of Algx, in An. Se. Nat. Ser. 3, vol. 14.
Ulvacezx are universally dispersed either in salt or fresh waters throughout the world,
and several are found on damp soil, or in half inundated places. All the genera and
most of the species are cosmopolitan. Their specific characters are difficult to fix, and
authors differ very much in their opinions respecting them. Kiitzing describes a mul-
titude of species, which other writers find it difficult to separate, even as varieties. The
form of the frond, in the foliaceous species, is assuredly a most uncertain character ; and
the comparative size and branching of the tube, in the tubular, equally variable.
SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA.
* Porphyree : frond purple.
I. Porrnyra. Lond leaf-like, purple.
Il. Banat. Frond filiform, purple.
** Ulvex : frond green.
III. Exteromorrna. Frond membranous, tubular, simple or branched.
1V. Untva. Frond membranaceous, leaf-like.
V. Trerraspora. Jrond gelatinous, expanded.
ULVACE. 53
I. PORPHYRA. Ag.
Frond membranaceous, flat and leaf-like, purple. ructification, dark purple gra-
nules (spores) arranged in fours, dispersed over the whole frond.
The species of this genus are difficult to determine, and T am induced, in this place,
to unite the P. vulgaris and P. laciniata of authors, which I have elsewhere (Phyc.
Brit.) figured and described as distinct. They appear to me to run one into another ;
and if we contend for two species, with equal justice might we make half-a-dozen. Both
are indifferently used in England in the preparation of “ marine sauce,” or laver, which
is often brought to table as an accompaniment to roast meat. Kiitzing describes
sixteen species, several of which are probably reduceable to the following :—
I. Porrnyra vulgaris, Ag. ; frond polymorphous, either undivided or cleft into
several broad segments ; sometimes peltate, fixed by a middle point. P. purpurea, and
P. laciniata, Ag. Sp. Alg. p. 190—191. P. vulgaris, Ag. Aufz. p. 18. Harv.
Phye. Brit. t. 211. P. laciniata, Harv. Phye. Brit. t. 92. Wyatt. Alg. Dani.
No. 32. P. linearis, Grev. P. amethystea, Kiitz.
Has. Rocks between tide marks. On the eastern shores from Charleston, South
Carolina, to the Arctic Regions. Western Coast, from California to Russian America
(vive).
Very variable in form in different localities and at different stages of growth. In an
early state it is either oblong or linear-lanceolate, with an evident though minute
stipes, and then it constitutes the P. linearis of Greville, which is found truest to its
type in the beginning of winter, in situations near high-water mark, where its vegeta-
tion is less vigorous. Later in the season the form usually called P. vulgaris, as
figured in Phye. Brit. t. 211, will be found in the same locality, and also throughout
the whole space between tide marks. In this the frond is ovate or ovato-lanceolate, or
broadly lanceolate, much waved at the margin, and without obvious stipe, several inches
long and 2-3 inches wide. P. laciniata, Ag., which merely differs in having a deeply
lobed or divided lamina, grows mixed with the simple variety (P. vulgaris) ; and
specimens may easily be found which are intermediate in character. The state called
P. umbilicalis grows on exposed rocks, generally near low water mark, and looks more
like a different species than any of the other varieties. In it the frond is always short,
usually of a very dull colour, fixed by a point removed from the margin of the lamina,
and therefore somewhat peltate, with the upper side depressed or umbilicate in the
centre. This variety is rarely more than two or three inches in length. Other varieties
attain to 8 or 10 inches or more.
The colour varies with the age and condition of the fronds. Often it is olivaceous
green, with little or no trace of purple; but generally it is of a fine dark purple,
54 ULVACEZ.
especially when in fructification, the colour being wholly derived from the fructifying
cells. The colour also generally becomes more intense and more purple after steeping
in fresh water, and in the process of drying; and the dried plant has a very glossy
surface, like satin. Sometimes it adheres to paper and sometimes not; and it always
shrinks considerably in drying.
Il. BANGIA. Lyngb.
Frond thread-shaped, tubular, composed of numerous radiating cellules, disposed in
transverse rows, and enclosed within a hyaline continuous sheath. Spores purple, one
formed in each cell of the frond.
This genus was founded by Lyngbye on the Conf. fusco-purpurea of Dillwyn, and
several other Algz, both marine and of fresh water, which are more or less nearly allied
to it. Some of these have been properly removed. The genus still contains some
anomalous species, but the three following appear to me to be con-generic. The genus
was first placed by Greville in Ulvacew. This position has been questioned, and I was
formerly disposed to concur with those who refer it to the neighbourhood of Lyngbya in
Oscillatoriexe ; but a careful examination, especially of B. vermicularis, has now con-
vinced me that Bangia cannot be far removed from Porphyra, to which it bears the
same relation that Hnteromorpha bears to Ulva.
1. Baneta fuscopurpurea, Lyngb.; filaments elongated, simple, decumbent, nearly
straight, capillary, here and there constricted, forming a brownish-purple, glossy stratum ;
granules several in each transverse band, dark purple. Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. p. 83, t. 24.
Grev. Alg. Brit., p. 177. Wyatt, Alg. Danm., No. 167. Harv. Phyc. Brit., t. 96.
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 360. B. atropurpurea, Ag. Syst. p. 76. Alg. Eur. t. 25. Conferva
fuscopurpurea, Dillw. t. 92. E. Bot. t. 2055, and C. atropurpurea, Dillw. t. 108.
E. Bot. t. 2085.
Has. On rocks and wood-work between tide marks. Newfoundland, Herb. A/on-
tagne. Narragansett Pier, Prof. Bailey. Little Compton, Mr. Olney. Providence, M.
Charles Giraud. Lynn, Mass. Mrs. Estes. (v. v.).
This is attached to rocks and stones, or to woodwork, and occurs in stratified patches
of indefinite extent, of a dark purple colour. The filaments are 2-3 inches long, and
float freely in the water, lying down in a fleece when left by the retreating tide. They
vary greatly in diameter according to age, and the miscroscopic characters are equally
varied in young and old specimens. In the young state the filament is formed of a
ULVACEX.
series of very short cells, much shorter than the diameter of the filament ; each con-
taining an undivided mass of dark purple endochrome, and at this age the whole
structure is very similar to that of Hormotrichum. When further advanced, the
endochrome divides longitudinally into many quadrate portions, round each of which
a cell membrane grows, and they become so many cells arranged in a radiant manner
round a central point, and appear, when viewed from the side, as transverse rows of
beadlike granules tessellating the filaments. Eventually, from repeated cell division,
the arrangement in transverse lines becomes difficult to observe, and the filament looks
like a confused mass of tissue. The number of transverse granules seen in each row
depends on age. The figure in Phyc. Brit. represents an old state of the plant when
the granules have multiplied. The colour under the microscope is a beautiful ame-
thystine purple.
I have only received this plant from the above-named American localities, but it is
probably to be found along the rocky shores of all the northern States. In the British
Islands it grows indifferently in the sea or in fresh water ; in the latter case it often
occurs on the walls and gates of canal locks, and it may be expected to oceur in similar
situations in America. The specimen from Newfoundland is in a very advanced
stage ; the filaments being of large diameter, irregularly constricted, and their granules
very numerous in each band, and of minute size. The specimen from Lynn, on the
contrary, is very young, with the transverse rows just beginning to be formed.
9. Banera vermicularis, Harv.; root scutate ; filaments basifixed, twisted, setaceous
at the base, gradually widening upwards and at last claviform, much incrassated toward
the end, undulating, flaccid, with a wide, hyaline, firm investing tube ; transverse bands
closely placed ; granules dark-purple, vertically flattened, few in each whorl toward the
base, very crowded and numerous toward the upper portion of the filament. (Tas.
XLIX. A.)
Has. Golden Gate, California, A. D. Frye (v. s. in Herb. T. C. D.)
Filaments fixed at the base by a scutate root, and probably freely floating in the
water ; perhaps tufted, but the specimens received have been pulled asunder. Each
filament is about two inches long ; at its origin it is of the diameter of human hair ; it
becomes gradually thicker upwards, until, near the apex, in old filaments, it is at least
twice as thick as hog’s bristle. The form is therefore linear-clavate, though the club be
very slender in proportion to its length. When dried the threads look like sinuous
worms, tapering from a thickened apex to a very slender base. A cross section shows
a central cavity surrounded by a variable number of radiating, cuneiform, dark-purple
endochromes. Toward the base of the filament there are but four of these in a plane ;
a little higher up there are eight, and in the upper portions they are -not only indefinitely
numerous in the whorl, but they form dichotomous radiating strings extending hori-
zontally from the central tube to the circumference. They do not cohere in regular
moniliform filaments, but there seems a tendency to do so. It is difficult, in this part
56 ULVACEA.
of the frond, to see the exact cellular structure, owing to the great transparency of the
cell-walls, and the facility with which the endochromes are thrown out of their cavities
when cross-sections are moistened.
This is a very distinct species, remarkable for the great diameter of its worm-
like filaments, and their clavate form. Notwithstanding its somewhat greater com-
plexity of structure, I think there can be no doubt of its near affinity with B. fusco-
purpured.
Puate XLIX. A. Fig. 1. Baneta vermicularis, the natural size. Fig. 2. A frond mag-
nified. Fig. 3. Base; 4. middle portion ; and 5, apex of the same. fig. 6,7, 8. Trans-
verse sections at different heights. Jig. 9 and 10. Radiating endochrome-cells, all
highly magnijied.
3. Bane ciliaris, Carm. ; filaments very minute, (forming a rosy down on the
fronds of other Algx) basifixed, straight ; granules either in a single series, or two or
three in each transverse row. Harv. Phyc. Brit. tab. 322. Chauv. Rech. p. 37.
Has. Parasitic on Chondria atropurpurea, at Charleston, 8. C., W.H.H. (v. v.)
This forms a very short, bright, rose-red downy pile on the fronds of the Chondria.
Each filament is scarcely the tenth of an inch in length, and consists either of a single
row of cells shorter than their diameter ; or of a double or triple series of such cells.
Possibly it may be only the very young state of B. fuscopurpurea ; but the habitat
is different, and the colour much brighter.
II. ENTEROMORPHA, Link.
frond tubular, membranaceous, green, reticulated. SF ructification, granules, com-
monly in fours, contained in the cells of the frond.
The tubular frond distinguishes this genus from Ulva. The tube varies greatly in
width, in different or even in the same species. Sometimes it is of no greater diameter
than that of human hair ; and sometimes it is one or two inches across, forming an
inflated bag. The species are widely dispersed, extremely variable in ramification and
general appearance, and some of them are among the commonest of all littoral alex.
The green stringlike weeds that infest the bottoms of boats and vessels lying in harbour
are generally species of this genus, and mostly 4. compressa, which is found in all parts
of the ocean from the Arctic and Antarctic basins to the Equator.
a me ean ga nc rte i
inti
ULVACEA. 57
1. ENTEROMORPHA intestinalis, Link ; fronds perfectly simple, elongated, becoming
inflated, obtuse, tapering extremely to the base. Link, Hor. Phys. Ber. p.5. Grev.
Alg. Brit. p. 179. Harv. Phye. Brit. t. 154. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 80. E. Bot.
Sup. p. 2756. Kitz. Sp. Alg. p. 478. Ulva intestinalis, Linn.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Davis’s Straits, Dr. Lyall. Boston Bay, Dr. Gray. Provi-
dence, Rhode Island, Mr. Olney. New York Bay, Mr. Walters, Sc. Beesley’s Point,
Mr. Ashmead. Sullivan’s Island, Mr. Ravenel. (v. v.)
Very variable in the length and breadth of the frond. Old specimens are often much
inflated and bag-like ; the frond being 1-2 inches in diameter. Others, often from the
same locality, are not more than quarter of an inch in breadth.
2. ENTEROMORPHA compressa, Grev. ; fronds elongated, branched, cylindrical or sub-
compressed ; the branches simple or nearly so, long, obtuse, much attenuated at the
base. Girev. Alg. Brit. p. 180 ¢t. 18. Harv. Phyc. Brit. tab. 335. Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. No. 168. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 480.
Has. Sea shores, extremely common. (v. v.)
Under one or other of its many forms this species is found on all parts of the American
coast extending also up the estuaries of tidal rivers. Our most northern specimens
were collected in Lat. 75° 42’ by Dr. Sutherland.
3. EnTEROMORPHAClathrata, Grev.; frond tubular, tesselated, cylindrical, slender, very
much branched ; branches erect or spreading, sometimes squarrose, more or less beset
with slender tapering subulate ramuli. Grev. Alg. Brit. p. 181. £E. clathrata, erecta
et ramulosa, Hook. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 340, t. 43, and t. 245. Wyatt, Alg.
Danm. Nos. 34,166, and 208. LE. clathrata, ramulosa, paradoxa, Sc. Kiitz. Sp. Alg.
p. 479.
Has. Rock pools, &c. Rhode Island, Mr. Olney. Staten Island, New York, Professor
Bailey. Red Hook, &e., Messrs. Hooper and Calverley. Boston Bay, Captain Pike.
Beesley’s Point, Mr. Ashmead. (v. v.)
Very variable in appearance, but generally more slender and filiform than 2. com-
pressa, and also more cylindrical. It is usually densely tufted, capillary, or sctaceous,
soft to the touch and very much branched ; the branches either erecto-patent or patent ;
sometimes horizontal or squarrose, repeatedly decompound, and their ultimate divisions
furnished with slender ramuli that taper to a fine point, and are not constricted at base.
These ramuli are sometimes very numerous, sometimes few, and either short and spine-
like or elongated and filiform. When short, horizontally spreading, numerous and
T
58 ULVACE.
spinelike, the plant becomes /. ramulosa of authors. I have seen the varieties erecta,
ramulosa and clathrata from the American coast. The cells of which the walls of the
frond are composed are larger and more quadrate than those of Z. compressa ; the
surface therefore looks tessellated.
4, Enteromorpua Hopkirkii, McCalla ; frond excessively slender and byssoid, flaccid,
very much branched ; branches feathery, decompound, erect, attenuated, set with minute
subulate ramuli ; cellules large, hyaline, each containing one or two minute grains of
endochrome ; the ramuli formed of a single series of such cells. Harv. Phyc. Brit.
tab. 263.
Has. In rock pools between tide marks. Greenport, Mr. Hooper. (v. s.)
Tufts very soft, 3-4 inches long. Fronds very slender and much branched. The
frond of this species is composed of much larger and more hyaline cells than in the
preceding, and the endochrome is of very minute size in proportion to the cells in which
it is lodged. This species occurs also on the shores of England and Ireland ; but is
not so common as others of the genus, and appears to be sufficiently characterised by
its cellular structure. The ramuli are articulated, like the branches of a Cladophora.
IV ULVAS. 2:
Frond membranaceous, flat, and leaflike, green. ructification; green granules
(spores) often arranged in fours, dispersed over the whole frond.
Under this generic name I still retain the species of the modern genera Prasiola,
Ulva, and Phycoseris ; the first of which differs from the second in having its cellules
arranged in a most obviously tessellated pattern ; and the last, from either of the pre-
ceding, by its membrane consisting of two layers of cells instead of a single layer.
The species of the section Prasiola are of minute size, and are found in damp places,
on the soil, on old walls and on decaying timber and thatch, &c. ; and no doubt several
(such as P. crispa, P. calophylla, &c.) occur in America, but I have not received any
American specimens. Kiitzing describes a P. mexicana, Lieb. from Mexico, in words
which would apply equally to the P. crispa of Europe.
Sect. 1. Puycoseris ; membrane formed of a double layer of cellules.
1. Utva (Puycoserts) fasciata, Delile; frond stipitate, cartilagineo-membranaceous,
rigid, cleft into several strapshaped segments, which are undulate at the margin, and
irregularly toothed or sinuate. Del. Egypt, p. 153, t. 58, f. 5. Mont. Alg. Alger,
p. 151, t. 14, fig. 1-2. Phycoseris fasciata, Kitz. Sp. Alg. p.477. Ulva divisa, Suhr!
ULVACEZ. 59
Has. California, Dr. Coulter. Shores of the Gulf of Mexico, Dr. Schott. (v. v.)
More rigid than U. latissima, and divided into many long narrow segments, half an
inch to an inch wide, and 6-8 inches long or more, preserving a nearly equal breadth
throughout, and either simple or forking. Sometimes the laciniation is almost pinnate,
having an undivided leading segment with lateral and often opposite lesser segments.
Sometimes the division extends nearly to the base, and the form is then palmate. The
margin is mostly toothed, or cut, and frequently undulate. The colour is a full grass
green, and the substance rigid. It does not adhere to paper in drying.
I possess authentically named specimens from Montagne and Von Suhr.
2. Utva (Puycoserts) Linza, Linn. ; frond linear-lanceolate, acute, crisped at the
margin, composed of two membranes closely applied. Linn. Sp. FI. p. 1633. Ag. Sp.
Alg. 1, p. 413. Harv. Phye. Brit. t.39. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 164. Phycoseris
Linza and P. lanceolata, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 475, (and probably others.)
Has. Rocky shores of British America, and of the north-eastern States. Halifax,
W.H.H. Boston Bay, Captain Pike. New York Bay, Messrs. Calverley, Hooper, &e,
(v. v.)
Root a small disc. Frond 6-12 inches long or more, from half inch to one or two
inches in width, linear-lanceolate, tapering to the base, and either blunt or attenuated
at the apex, much waved and curled at the margin ; formed of two distinct, separable
membranes, closely applied and cohering together. Colowr, a full, brilliant grass green,
becoming pale in age. Substance, rather soft and thin. It adheres to paper in drying.
Agardh’s U. Bertolonii appears to me to be a form of this species, which is also
nearly allied to Enteromorpha intestinalis, with which, if we omit the inflated frond,
there is much similarity in form and structure. It is not so common as the following
species, but is nevertheless widely dispersed.
3. Utva (Puycoseris) latissima, Linn. ; frond polymorphous, very broad, ovate or
oblong, simple or lobed, undulate, bright green. Lin. Fl. Suec. p. 438. Ag. Sp. Alg.
1, p. 407. Harv. Phyc. Brit. tab. 171. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 33. Phycoseris
gigantea and others, Kitz. Sp. Alg. p. 476.
Has. Common on the American coast. (v. v.)
Fronds from six inches to two feet in lengtb, from three to twelve inches in breadth,
tufted or scattered ; very variable in shape, sinuated and wavy or flat, often plaited.
Substance, thin and soft, very smooth and glossy, like fine green silk. Colour, a bril-
liant green, when growing near high water mark ; darker, and often glaucous when
obtained from deep water, and sometimes turning brownish in the herbarium.
60 ULVACEZ.
Specimens are often found pierced with holes, the result either of age or of the attacks
of worms. Such individuals constitute the Phycoseris myriotrema of Kiitzing.
Sect. 2. Utva. Membrane formed of a single layer of cellules.
4, Unva lactuca, Linn. ; “frond at first obovate, saccate, inflated, at length cleft
down to the base; the segments plane, unequal, laciniated, semi-transparent,” Grev.
Lin. Sp. Pl. p. 1632. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1, p. 409. Grev. Crypt. Scot. t. 313. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. 243. Kitz. Sp. Alg. p. 474.
Has. Boston Bay, Miss L. H. Brewer. Indianola, Texas, Dr. Schott. (v. v.)
Much thinner and more delicate in substance, and of a paler colour than U. latissima ;
and clearly characterised, on dissection, by its simpler membrane. It is more trans-
parent, and the cells are more regularly grouped in fours, more distant, with hyaline
interspaces. When young it forms a bag, like a very short and broad Lnteromorpha.
It closely adheres to paper in drying.
5. Utva bullosa, Roth.; frond very delicate, gelatinosomembranaceous, at first
saceate, afterwards bursting, and opening out into a broad, wavy or torn floating
membrane. Roth, Cat. Bot. 3, p. 829. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1, p. 414. Harv. Man. Ed. 1,
p. 171. Hass. Br. Fr. Wat. Alg. p. 297, t. 78, jig. 13. Tetraspora bullosa, Kiitz.
Sp. Alg. p. 226.
Han. In fresh-water ponds and ditches. Whalefish Islands, Davis's Straits, Dr.
Lyall. (v. v.)
Probably as common in stagnant pools in America as it is in Europe, but I have as
yet only seen specimens brought from the Arctic Regions by Dr. Lyall. When young
it is attached, and somewhat tubular, like large specimens of Hnt. intestinalis ; but it
afterwards bursts open, and then generally floats on the surface, being buoyed up by
bubbles of oxygen, which it disengages.
By Kiitzing this species is referred to Tetraspora, from which it scarcely differs by
any definite character.
V. TETRASPORA. Link.
Frond gelatinoso-membranaceous, tubular, inflated or flat, green. Fructification,
green granules (spores) arranged in fours, dispersed throughout the hyaline cells of
the frond. (In fresh water.)
BATRACHOSPERMEZ. 61
This genus scarcely differs from Ulva on the one side and Palmella on the other.
The frond is more gelatinous that in Ulva; and more membranous than in Palmella.
The whole of the endochrome is converted into spores, which are arranged in squares
and more distantly placed than in Ulva.
1. TeTraspora lacunosa, Chauv. ; frond at first tubular, then flat, or irregularly
lobed, membranaceo-gelatinous, pale-green, everywhere pierced with roundish holes of
various sizes. Chauv. Alg. Norm. Breb. Alg. Fal. p. 11, t.1. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p.
227. 7. Godeyi, De Breb. Kitz. Tab. Phye. t. 30, f. 3. T. perforata, Bailey, M.S.
Has. In fresh-water streams. Abundant near Westpoint, Prof. Bailey. Providence,
Rhode Island, Mr. Olney. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
Frond at first funnel-shaped, afterwards splitting open, and then flat, expanding
upwards and irregularly lobed, everywhere pierced with roundish holes of various sizes,
large and small intermixed. These holes increase in size and numbers with age, and
thus at last the frond becomes an open network. The substance is very gelatinous, but
rather firmer than in some other species of the genus. The colour is a pale green; and
the hyaline gelatinous membrane is filled with roundish granules set in fours.
Kiitzing’s figure of 7. Godeyi answers well to our plant. I have not seen any
authentic specimens of 7. lacunosa, which is referred by Kiitzing to his 7. lubrica,
var. 8., but the description given of it applies to the American plant. When carefully
dried, it forms a very pretty object for the Herbarium.
OrpDER V.—BATRACHOSPERME.
BATRACHOSPERMER, Ag. Syst. p. 23, (partly) Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 119. Berk.
Crypt. Bot. p. 136, Dne. class, p. 33 (partly.) Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 535. Lemania,
Ag. Sp. Alg. 2, p.1. Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 118, Dne. Class, p. 31. Kiitz. Sp.
Alg. p. 527 (partly.)
Diacnosis. Blackish-green, olivaceous or purplish fresh water Algse, with filiform,
branching, inarticulate fronds, composed of small cells ; naked, or whorled with monili-
form ramelli. Fructification ; moniliform strings of naked spores, either forming
external tufts, or concealed within a tubular frond.
Narurat Cuaracter. Root merely a point of attachment or little disc, by which the
frond is firmly fixed to the substances (usually rocks and stones in rapid rivers and
62 BATRACHOSPERMEZ.
streams) on which it grows. The plants referred to this Order naturally group
themselves into two suborders, distinguished from each other by the habit of the frond,
but closely related in structure and fructification, and as it seems to me inseparably
connected by the genus Z’uomeya, which unites in itself the characters of the seemingly
so dissimilar genera Batrachospermum and Lemanea. In the first suborder (Batra-
chospermece vere) the branching filiform frond consists of a solid axis, invested with a
gelatinous coating, and composed of vertical, confervoid filaments, strongly glued
together. This axis is either, as in Batrachospermum, whorled at short intervals with
moniliform ramelli, formed of globose cellules strung together ; or else, as in T’horea,
it is uniformly clothed with a villous stratum of byssoid ramelli, formed of cylindrical
cellules. The fructifieation, so far as known in this suborder, consists of globular, very
dense tufts of spore-threads, similar in structure to the ramelli, but of more minute
size, and far more densely packed together. I question whether they be properly spores,
probably they are rather highly developed or compound gemme. In the second sub-
order, Lemaniee, the frond is denuded of confervoid ramelli, and consists altogether of
a compound, filiform axis, composed of minute cells. In Lemanea the frond is hollow
and tubular, the walls of the tube being laxly constructed within; and moniliform
strings of spores, similar to those of Batrachospermum, are attached to the surface of
the tube. This structure is almost the exact reverse of that of Batrachospermea,
where the central axis is most solid, and clothed externally with moniliform filaments.
In Tuomeya the frond has at first the external characters of a Lemanea, but is furnished
with an aais having the structure of a Batrachospermum, as if a Batrachospermum
were developed within the tube of a Lemanea ; and when fully developed the surface is
uniformly coated with minute filaments, as in 7’horea.
Authors differ much in their views of the proper limits of this Order. Decaisne
unites with it Liagora and Dichotomaria (Galaxaura) both of which are undoubtedly
Rhodosperms ; and Myriocladia, which is a Melanosperm. LKiitzing separates Batra-
chospermum as the type of an Order of which it is the only genus; while he refers
Galaxaura, Actinotrichia and Lemanea to his Lemaniex ; and places T’horea with his
Chaetophoride. My own views more nearly correspond with those of Mr. Berkeley,
who brings Batrachospermum, Thorea, and Lemanea together into one Order. These
genera are exclusively fluviatile or lacustrine, so far as I am aware. The marine
variety “ purpurascens,” Roth, of Batr. moniliforme is founded on a figure of Dillenius
(Hist. Muse. t. 7. fig. 40) which certainly looks very like a Batrachospermum, but the
original specimen preserved in the Dillenian Herbarium belongs, according to Turner,
to Ceramium diaphanum. The marine “ Thorea Americana” of Kiitz. is assuredly
not a congener with 7. ramosissima, the type of the genus ; but properly referred by
Dory, who first described it, to Chordaria.
Like most fresh water Algze, several of the species are widely distributed. Batra-
chospermum moniliforme is found throughout Europe in various parts of Asia, in Tas-
mania and New Zealand, and in extra-tropical South America; and 5. vagum and
atrum, of which as yet I have seen no North American specimens, have nearly as exten-
sive arange. Lemanea torulosa occurs in Europe. Tuomeya fluviatilis has only as
yet been found in North America, but occurs in distant localities (New York and
Alabama) and may probably be found to have a much larger area of distribution.
BATRACHOSPERMEZ. 63
TABLE OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA.
Sub-Order I. Batracnosrerme® ; Frond filamentous, gelatinous, externally clothed
with minute articulated ramelli.
IL. Barracnosrermum. Frond nodose, ramelli whorled.
Sub-Order Il. Lemantex. Frond cartilaginous, solid or hollow, with a cellular
peripheric stratum.
Il. Tuomeya. Frond solid, with a filiform, nodoso-articulate axis.
Ill. Lemangea. JL rond hollow.
I. BATRACHOSPERMUM. Roth.
Root discoid. Frond filamentous, gelatinous, branched, consisting of an articulated
longitudinally striated ais beset with closely placed whorls of moniliform, free ramelli,
Fructification, globose clusters of seriated spores, attached to the ramelli. Jn fresh water.
Widely dispersed plants inhabiting clear fresh-water streams and wells in most parts
of the world; rarely found in stagnant waters. Several species have been described,
but the characters of many are unsatisfactory. All are exceedingly gelatinous, every
part of the frond being invested with a clear, rather firm mucus, and when removed
from the water the collapsed branches have the colour and general aspect and feel of
frog-spawn ; whence the generic name. Kiitzing, in Plate 8 of his Phycologia Gene-
ralis, has given figures to illustrate the early development and gradual formation of the
frond. At first the young plant consists merely of a string of moniliform cells. Soon
there is a distinction into an axis and ramelli, the axis consisting of a series of long,
pellucid cylindrical cells, placed one above the other; and the ramelli being more
coloured, formed of roundish cellules, and placed at the nodes of the axial filament,
round which they gradually form a whorl. At first these ramelli are simple ; after-
wards they are repeatedly dichotomous. The axis in the young plant consists merely
of a string of naked cells ; in the full-grown frond it is invested with a sheath or outer
coat formed of slender filaments which issue from the bases of the whorled ramelli,
growing downwards like roots, adherent to the axis and continued to the next node.
These give the longitudinally striate appearance to the axial filament; and in old fronds
they constitute the axis itself, which then becomes tubular, from the absorption or
rupture of the primordial tube.
]. Barracnosrermum moniliforme, Roth. ; frond irregularly much branched, very
64 BATRACHOSPERME®.
gelatinous; whorls of ramelli globose, distinct, the branches resembling strings of beads.
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 1, p. 535. Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 119. Hass. Brit. Fr. Wat. Alg.
p. 108. Conferva gelatinosa, Dillw. Conf. t. 82. HE. Bot. t. 689.
Has. On stones, &c. in running streams and wells of fresh water. New York, Prof.
Bailey, Mr. Calverley. Virginia, Mr. Jackson. Alabama, Prof. Twomey. South
Carolina, Mr. H. W. Ravenel. Michigan, Dr. A. Gray. (v. v.)
Fronds densely tufted, gelatinous, capillary, irregularly much branched, decompound,
the branches tapering to their extremity, beset with short tapering ramelli, which are
very patent and once or twice divided. All the branches and ramuli are moniliform,
and are composed of a filiform cylindrical axis ; set at short intervals with very dense,
globose whorls of multipartite, dichotomous ramelli. The axis is formed of an articu-
lated monosiphonous filament, externally coated with a sheath of closely-placed, cohering,
longitudinal, parallel, articulated, very slender filaments, derived from the bases of the
whorled ramelli, and developed along the internodes from above downwards. The
ramelli are excessively branched, and composed of short cells much constricted at the
points of union; the lower ones are somewhat pyriform, the upper lanceolate. The
masses of fructification are very dense, appearing to the naked eye like black grains
among the ramelli. When examined, by squeezing between two glasses on the table of
the microscope, they are seen to consist of exceedingly densely packed, minute, dichoto-
mous ramelli, radiating from a common centre. These ramelli scarcely differ in
structure from those of the ordinary whorls, and can scarcely be regarded as composed
of true spores ; but seem to be rather of the nature of gemmez. The general colour of
this species varies much: commonly it is a dark slate colour, sometimes it is olive-green,
and often becomes purple after having been dried.
B. moniliforme is found in most parts of the world. It is very common in fresh-
water streams in Europe; and we have received it from Van Diemen’s Land, New
Zealand, and Cape Horn.
II. TUOMEYA. Harv. (Nov. Gen.)
Frond cartilaginous, continuous, solid, at first transversely banded, afterwards
annularly constricted ; composed of a longitudinal axis, and two strata of peripheric
cells. Awis columnar, consisting of several longitudinal, cohering filaments, beset with
closely placed whorls of moniliform ramelli, whose branches anastomose horizontally
and vertically into a cellular peripheric membrane, which is coated externally with
moniliform filaments, gradually developed. /ructification (probably in the superficial
filaments.) Jn fresh water.
Tuomeya fluviatilis, Harv.
BATRACHOSPERME &. 6:
ea
Has. On stones, in rivers and streams. River in Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Near
Fredericksburg, Virginia, Prof. Bailey. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
Fronds tufted, an inch or two in height, scarcely as thick as hog’s bristle, much and
irregularly branched, bushy ; the branches alternate or secund, scattered or crowded,
twice or thrice divided, and set with scattered, patent ramuli, which are slightly con-
stricted at the insertions, and taper to an obtuse point. When young the branches
and ramuli are perfectly cylindrical, and when examined under a low power of the
microscope show a surface composed of minute, dotlike cells, placed close together,
and marked at short intervals with dark coloured transverse bands. These bands
disappear under a higher magnifying power. They are indications of the nodes of the
axis of the frond, seen through the peripheric stratum. In old, fully developed speci-
mens the branches and ramuli are annularly constricted at short intervals, the nodes
becoming swollen, while the internodes remain unchanged. When a young branch is
bruised between two pieces of glass the axis may be readily extracted. It consists of
several parallel, longitudinal, jointed threads combined together at closely placed nodes,
from which issue horizontal dichotomous filaments composed of roundish or angular
cells. These excurrent filaments spread both horizontally and vertically, and their
branches anastomose into a cellular mass or fleshy membrane which forms the inner
peripheric stratum. In young plants a portion of the frond, between the axis and
periphery, is hollow, but in older ones the cavity is quite filled up with cells. The
external surface of the cellular periphery is clothed with a coat of moniliform filaments
gradually developed, and forms what is above called the second peripheric stratum.
These are found only in fully grown specimens ; they consist of much smaller cells
than those of the inner stratum ; they are more strongly coloured, and I consider them
to be connected with fructification. The colour isa dark olive. The substance is
brittle and rigid when dry ; and the plant scarcely adheres to paper.
I formerly received specimens of this curious little plant from my late friend
Prof. Bailey, under the name “ Lemanea fluviatilis ;” but, as may be gathered from
the above description, it is very different from Lemanea in structure and much more
nearly related to Batrachospermum. The external habit, substance, and colour are
however those of a Lemanea, and without microscopic examination it might pass for
one. The structure is difficult to see and also to describe in words. What I have called
the inner peripheric stratum is externally as solid as the walls of a Lemanea ; the outer
periphery consists in a continuous clothing of the external surface of the frond with
minute, fastigiate, horizontal ramelli, not unlike those of which the globose fructifi-
cations of a Batrachospermum are made up. In young specimens only can the mode
of evolution of the frond be observed ; old specimens become completely blocked up
with cellular tissue, and seem to be solid in every part when a transverse slice is
examined ; their axis may, however, be seen by employing a compressing glass.
The generic name is bestowed in memory of the late Prof. Tuomey of Tuscalosa,
Alabama, so often mentioned as a valuable contributor to these pages. I have not
ventured to make a drawing from the dried specimens which alone I have yet seen.
K
66 BATBACHOSPERME.
Il]. LEMANEA, Bory.
Frond cartilaginous, continuous, tubular, branched, its periphery composed of two
strata of cells, the inner stratum formed of roundish, empty, vesicated cells ; the owter, of
minute, closely cohering, angular, coloured cellules. Fruit, tufts of seriated spores,
attached to the inner surface of the tubular frond. (Jn fresh water streams and rivers.)
The species referred to this genus are found in fresh water streams and rivers,
attached to stones by a discoid root. They are very dissimilar in appearance from
other fresh water algw, being of a remarkably firm fucoid substance, opake and closely
cellular. In many respects, however, they approach Batrachospermum, near which
genus I have long considered to be their true systemic position, an opinion which
must be considered as confirmed by the discovery of Tuomeya, a genus of intermediate
structure. Kiitzing associates Lemanea with Galaxaura and Actinotrichia, two genera
that appear to me to belong to HetMinrHocLapIE®, among the Rhodospermatous groups.
Thwaites has given in the 20th vol. of Linn. Trans. a short account of the early develop-
ment of the frond in L. fluviatilis. The spores at first vegetate into confervoid,
slender jointed filaments, with long joints containing a spirally arranged endochrome.
These constitute a sort of pro-thallus, or pseudo-colytedonous condition of the plant.
After a time thick branchlets, the germs of the permanent frond, spring from the cells
of the confervoid filament ; they are at first wholly dependent on the cell from which
they rise, but soon acquire rootlets at their base, and rapidly elongating grow into the
cellular, opake, cartilaginous fronds characteristic of the genus. Kutzing, Phyc. Gen.
t. 19, also illustrates the early development, and gives elaborate sections of the cellular
structure of the mature frond.
1. Lemanera torulosa, Ag.; frond tufted, subsimple or divided near the base, robust,
nodoso-constricted at short intervals, or moniliform, tapering from the base to the apex.
Ag. Sp. Alg. 2, p. 6. Act. Holm. 1814. tab. 2, fig. 1. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 528.
L. variegata, Ag.? 1. ¢. p. 7.
Has. On rocks and stones in rivers and streams. Kentucky, Dr. Short. (v. s.)
Root discoid. Stems many from the same base, 4--8 inches long or more, twice or
thrice as thick as hog’s bristle, rising from a very slender, capillary base, and gradually
increasing in diameter upwards for about an inch, thence maintaining an equal diameter
for + of their length, and again tapering off at the extremity ; either quite simple or
divided shortly above the base into numerous simple branches. The frond is regularly
constricted and swollen at intervals of from one to two lines, so as to be nodose in the
younger, and moniliform in the more advanced state, the distances between the swellings
as well as their intensity varying in different specimens. The walls of the tubular
frond are thick, composed of two layers of cells, the outer layer consisting of very minute
and closely crowded radiant, coloured cellules, whose apices unite to form the exterior
rr i ee er Fe
CONFERVACE. 67
coating of the frond, the inner of three or four rows of large, colourless, oblong, irregu-
larly anastomosing cells. The tube is traversed and crossed by a few slender, cylindri-
eal, long jointed filaments issuing from the inner peripheric cells. Globose masses of
Fructification are attached to the inner face of the tubular frond, either at the nodes or
between them, without any apparent order. They consist (as in Batrachospermum)
of very densely crowded, moniliform, subsimple strings of cellules radiating from a
central point. The general colour is olivaceous when recent, and very opake ; it becomes
a livid purplish in drying. Substance firmly cartilaginous or subcoriaceous. It does
not adhere to paper in drying.
Agardh deseribes a L. variegata, “filis moniliformibus variegatis,” as sent to him by
Muhlenberg, from North America. By the description given it seems merely to differ
from the common L. torulosa in being variegated with alternate bands of dark and
pale, a character most probably dependant on the state of the specimens. I am indebted
to Dr. Short of Kentucky, for fine specimens of the ordinary form. Z. fluviatilis, which
is the commonest European species, has not been sent to me from America.
ORDER VI. CONFERVACE.
Confervee, J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p.12. Harv. Man. Ed. 1 and Ed. 2, p.196. Lindl.
Veg. Kingd. p. 18. Confervoidew, Endl. 3d Supp. p. 14. Confervacee, Berk. Crypt.
Bot. p. 131. Confervaceee and Cheetophoroidee, (partly) Dne. class, p. 31, Kutz. Sp.
Alg. pp. 363-531.
Diacnosis. Green, marine or fresh water Ale, composed of articulated threads or
filaments, and of cylindrical cells usually longer than their diameter. Lndochrome dif-
fused, or filling the cavity of the cell. Zoospores minute, indefinitely numerous in each
cell.
NaturaL Cuaracter. Root rarely more thana mere point of attachment, and often
perishing on the evolution of the frond, which then floats on the surface of the water.
Frond in all cases filamentous, composed of strings of truncated, more or less cylindri-
cal cells, placed end to end, and usually longer than their diameter. These cells are
never branched, like those of the Siphonacew, and are usually much shorter in propor-
tion to their diameter than in that order ; but as compared with those of most of the
filamentous Alge they are long, varying however extremely in different species. The
endochrome generally fills the cavity or primordial utricle of the cell, but varies greatly
in density. In some cases it is thin and watery, and in others very dense, granular,
and subopaque. It is sometimes arranged in transverse bands. In most cases the
cell wall is membranaceous, soft, but of firm texture; but in Draparnaldia and
Chetophora, the filaments are invested with gelatine, and in the latter genus numerous
}
.
~
MD
CONFERVACEZ.
filaments are enclosed within a common gelatinous envelope, and thus formed into
somewhat compound fronds. In the great bulk of the Order no fructification other than
minute zoospores has been observed. These are formed out of the colouring matter of
the cells, are furnished with vibratile cilia, and when they escape from the cell in which
they have been organised, enjoy for a time active powers of locomotion. At length fixing
themselves to some object they change their form, becoming cylindrical ; and then,
dividing repeatedly, are changed into articulated filaments similar to those of the parent
plant. In the Conferve the frond lengthens in two ways ; either by the repeated
bisection of all the cells of the frond, as is usually the case in the unbranched species ;
or by the evolution of new cells, constantly at the apex of the terminal cell, as is com-
mon in the branching species. In these latter the cell, after having once formed one
or more new cells out of its apex by a cutting off of the summit from the basal portion,
remains unchanged, without further growth or cell division. If but one new cell be
formed at the apex, the filament will be simple ; but in the branched species two or
more cells are formed, the central one continuing the frond, while the lateral ones, which
spring Just below the summit of the old cell, grow out into branches.
The Confervaceee are almost universally dispersed in water of every character
found on the surface of the globe. Many are marine, but perhaps the largest number,
at least of individuals, if not of species, are found in fresh water. The marine species
usually grow within tidal limits, but several of the Cladophore occur in the Laminarian
zone, and some even at a greater depth. The fresh water species are found in lakes
and ponds, in rivers, streams, and wells, and in thermal springs or in mineral waters.
A large number of genera and species have been described ; but I fear the proper
number of both genera and species has been much exaggerated, and that multitudes
must be erased from the list whenever the Order shall be carefully revised. The fresh
water species have as yet scarcely been attended to in America. I have received very
few of these, and most of them in a state unfit for examination. Indeed, dried specimens
of such obscure algee are of little value for determining species. A few of the more
remarkable are here described ; being all those that I can clearly make out from the
specimens received. It is, however, often a difficult task either to refer one of these
species to its supposed type, or to devise specific characters that shall not be illusory
for what appear to be new forms. The characters usually insisted on, namely, the
length of the cells as compared with their diameter, the absolute diameter of the cell,
and the degree of ramification of the filament, are all subject to much variation. There
appear to be no definite limits to any of these characters in any species. We are
forced therefore, in describing them, to be content with rude approximations. Figures
are of little use, for in many of the species, such as Chadophora glomerata, scarcely two
specimens are in all respects similar.
CONFERVACEZ. 69
TABLE OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA.
Sub-order 1. Cumrornorez. Frond invested with gelatine.
L Cuxtornora. . Numerous filaments combined into a gelatinous frond of definite
form.
IL DrararnatprA. Filaments separate, fasciculately ramulose.
Sub-order 2. CoNFERVE®. Frond destitute of a gelatinous coating.
IIL. Crapornora. Filaments tufted, erect, branched.
IV. Crzromorrna. Filaments unbranched, membranaceous, with a thin cell-wall.
V. Horworricuum. Filaments unbranched, gelatino-membranaceous, with a thick
cell-wall ; nodes constricted.
VI. Raocioytum. Filaments decumbent, spuriously branched, the branches few
and rootlike.
I. CHATOPHORA. Ag.
Frond gelatinous, polymorphous, of definite form ; the gelatine tranversed by many
filaments aggregated together and issuing from a common base. Filaments articulated,
branched ; articulations of the branches nearly hyaline, those of the ramuli filled with
green endochrome. Sporangia globose, attached to the ramuli. Zoospores formed in
the articulations. (In fresh water.)
The species form gelatinous masses, of definite or sub-indefinite form, attached to
sticks, water-plants, or stones, in stagnant or running water. The gelatine is colourless,
tolerably firm and tenacious, and when a portion is placed under the microscope is seen
to be traversed in every part with slender, articulated, branching filaments, variously
arranged. The filaments are dimorphous, that is, their main divisions are formed of
differently shaped cells from those that compose the ramuli. The latter alone contain
much endochrome. ructification has, as yet, been seen only in very few species. In
some stage of growth the terminal cell of the ramuli is tipped with a very long, hyaline
pristle, whence the generic name, from yavtn, a bristle, and gopew, to bear. The two
following species have been sent me from America; both are common European plants.
Probably several others occur in American waters.
1. Cuxrornora endiviefolia, Ag. ; frond elongate, irregularly much branched ;
branches linear, scattered, or fasciculate, very patent, dichotomous or pinnate, or
-secundly ramulose ; longitudinal filaments parallel, hyaline, or transversely banded,
EE a
.
/
Sr,
70 CONFERVACE.
emitting at short intervals tufts of multifid bright-green ramuli. Ag. Syst. Alg. p. 28.
Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. t. 65, fig. C. Kutz. Sp. Alg. p. 5382. Hass. Brit. Fr. W. Alg.
p. 125, t. 9, fig. 1-2.
Has. On sticks and stones, in running streams and ponds. Near West Point, Prof.
Bailey. Cumberland, Rhode Island, Mr. Olney. South Carolina, Mr. Ravenel. (v. v.)
Frond gelatinous, varying greatly in size and in ramification ; the younger specimens
thicker, with fewer branches; the older attenuated and compound. The American
specimens before me are 1-3 inches long, and from 1—2 inches in the expansion of the
branches. Their fronds are not more than half a line in diameter, linear, filiform, and
excessively branched, the branches very much crowded on a prolonged axis, from which
they issue without order and are directed to all sides. They are sub-dichotomous, and
more or less densely set with divaricated, simple or forked ramuli. When a portion of
a branch is examined with a magnifier, it is seen to be composed of several parallel,
longitudinal, articulated filaments, lying apart from each other, being separated by a
gelatinous matrix ; their cells are 4—6 times as long as broad, hyaline or marked with
a central transverse band of granules, and they emit, at short intervals, horizontally
spreading, multifid, coloured ramuli. The branching of the ramuli is irregular, and
between fasciculate and pinnate, the ramification being sometimes densely crowded,
sometimes distant. The cells of these ramuli are filled with green endochrome ; they
are 2-3 times as long as broad, and the terminal cells, which are short, are either
simple or carry at their summit a long bristle-shaped acumination. Substance gelatinous.
The plant closely adheres to paper in drying.
This species occurs in fresh-water ponds and streams in all parts of Europe, and its
many minor varieties have received several names. All agree in microscopic structure.
The ramification of the gelatinous matrix alone is variable, and that is a character of
very little moment. Professor Bailey’s specimens are labelled “ Batrachospermum
Americanum, Schweinitz ;” a synonym referred by Agardh to his Draparnaldia
opposita, which is quite different from the Alga now described.
2. Cumrornora pisiformis, Ag. ; frond globose, carnoso-gelatinous, formed of nume-
rous erect, radiating, sub-parallel filaments emitting to the circumference dichotomo-
multifid patent branches. Ag. Syst. p. 27. Hass. Brit. Fr. Wat. Alg. p. 128, t. 9,
jig. 5-6. Kutz. Sp. Alg. p. 532.
Has. On sticks, in fresh-water ponds and ditches. Dr. Witt’s Meadow, New York,
Prof. Bailey. (v. v-)
Frond the size of a pea, or less, globose, several occurring together on the same stick,
gelatinous, but rather firm, bright green. When bruised between two glasses, and
examined under the microscope, the gelatinous matrix which forms the globe is seen to
be everywhere filled with much branched filaments which rise from the base and radiate
CONFERVACE. ra
towards all parts of the circumference, sending forth multifid coloured branches verti-
cally and laterally. The articulations of the filaments are once, twice or thrice as long
as their diameter in different parts, contracted at the dissepiments, and filled with bright
green endochrome. In a young state the apices of the ramuli are prolonged into sete,
or needleshaped, colourless acuminated cells, but these are deciduous in this and other
species of the genus. Colour, a bright green.
Possibly this species is only a small state of C. elegans.
I]. DRAPARNALDIA, Bory.
Filaments separate, gelatinous, articulated, dimorphous ; the articulations of the
stem and branches hyaline, transversely banded ; those of the ramuli filled with green
endochrome. Zoospores formed in the articulations. (In fresh water.)
Very beautiful, and extremely gelatinous, bright green, filamentous, much branched
Alge, found in clear wells and gentle streams. The structure of the filaments is similar
to that of the filaments of the Chatophore ; and this genus merely differs from the
preceding in its filaments being separate one from another, and not combined by means
of gelatine into a compound frond. It therefore bears the same relation to Chatophora
that Vaucheria does to Codium. The name was bestowed by Bory de 8. Vincent in
honour of MM. Draparnaud, a French naturalist.
1. DRAPARNALDIA opposita, Ag.; frond vaguely much branched ; joints of the main
filament as long as broad, or shorter ; pencils of ramuli mostly opposite, densely set,
lanceolate-acuminate in outline, plumose, bi-tripinnate, the apices much attenuated.
Ag. Syst. p. 59. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 357. Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. tab. 65, fig. A. Batra-
chospermum Americanum, Schweimitz.
Has. In clear streams. New York, Professor Bailey. New Jersey, Mr. Jackson.
(vrs>)
Frond 2-3 inches long, gelatinous, capillary, irregularly much branched ; the branches
patent, lateral, more or less divided, and set with lesser ramuli. Main filaments with
short articulations, as long as their breadth or shorter, transversely banded. At every
two or three nodes and sometimes at every node a pair of opposite penicillato-multifid
ramuli are thrown off. These are bright green, ovato-lanceolate in outline, much
acuminated and twice or thrice pinnate, their pinnules somewhat constricted at the nodes,
and tapering at the apex into long, needle-like, hyaline points. Their cells are com-
monly nucleated and filled with endochrome.
Whether this be permanently distinguishable from D. glomerata is doubtful. It has
externally the aspect of that species, but its microscopic characters are nearer those of
D. plumosa.
CONFERVACE.
-~I
to
2. DraparnaLpia glomerata, Ag.; frond vaguely much branched ; articulations of
the main stems once or twice as long as broad, swollen in the middle ; pencils of ramuli
alternate or scattered, often distant, ovate in outline, fasciculato-multifid. Ag. Syst. p.
58. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 356. Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. t. 64. Hass. Brit. Fr. W. Alg.
p. 120, tab. 13, f. 1. Conferva mutabilis, Dillw. Conf. t. 12. E. Bot. t. 1746.
Has. Inclear streams. New York, Professor Bailey. Rhode Island, Mr. Olney.
(V. Va)
Very similar to the last species, but less densely plumose, with scattered fascicles of
ramuli.
3. DraparnaLpta plumosa, Ag.; frond very slender, elongate, much branched ;
joints of the main filaments once or twice as long as broad ; pencils of ramuli opposite
or whorled, plumose, much attenuated, pinnate or bi-pinnate, the apices of the pinnules
acicular. Ag. Syst. p. 58. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 357. Hass. Brit. Fr. W. Alg. p. 121.
tab. 12, f. 1.
Has. Instreams. West Point, Professor Bailey. (v. v.)
More slender than D. glomerata, and much more branched, forming dense, gelatinous
tufts, 3-6 inches long, often much drawn out in running water. In the American
specimens the articulations of the stem and branches are about twice as long as broad,
slightly constricted at the nodes, and swollen in the middle. Several seriated cells of
this length follow each other, and then occur two or three short, nearly globular cells
consecutively, which shorter cells emit the opposite or ternary penicillate ramuli. This
alternation of longer and shorter cells occurs throughout the branch, the shorter ones
always producing the ramuli. The ramuli are pinnate or bi-pinnate, but much less
compound than in J). opposita or D. glomerata.
The synonymy of this species is confused. The American plant differs slightly from
the European specimens with which I have compared it, but I am not disposed to think
it specifically different. Indeed the three forms now described as species are so similar
in all essential respects, that it may well be questioned whether they should be kept
separate.
III. CLADOPHORA. AKiitz.
Filaments (not gelatinous) tufted, articulated, uniform, branched. Articulations
filled with green, granular endochrome, which is changed at maturity into zoospores.
(Marine or in fresh water.)
An immense genus, in which, for the present, are placed almost all the branching
|
|
|
{
CONFERVACEZ. 73
species of a green colour formerly referred to the genus Conferva. The species are
extremely difficult to define, and have been unreasonably multiplied ; but are so much
diversified that it is difficult to avoid giving different names to the many forms met
with, if they are to be described at all. Kiitzing admits 210 species, and probably
nearly 100 more have been described by other authors. A wholesale reduction will
probably be eventually made. I have referred most of the American forms, approxi-
mately or absolutely, to European types ; in some cases perhaps incorrectly. But
unless better specific characters than those at present in use shall be discovered, it is
almost impossible to find words to characterise, as distinct, nearly allied forms. When,
therefore, I meet with an American specimen reasonably like a European, I here place
them under the same head, or specific name. Several doubtful specimens I have been
unable satisfactorily to identify, and hold them over for future examination, should
better materials be sent to me.
Sect. 1.—Species found in the sea.
* Cmspitosm. Filaments short, rigid, densely interwoven into cushion-like tufts.
) Oo ’ y
1. CLapornora repens, J. Ag. ; filaments short, emitting root-like processes, densely
interwoven into globose or expanded mats, capillary, rather rigid, sparingly and very
irregularly branched; branches erect, subsimple, filiform, naked or having a few secund
ramuli ; articulations cylindrical, many (10-20) times as long as their diameter.
J. Ag. Alg. Medit. p. 13. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 236. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 416.
Has. On rocks, &c. in the sea. Key West, W. H. H. (v. v.)
Tufts very dense, an inch or two in breadth and about half an inch high, cushion-
like, composed of innumerable, interwoven, capillary filaments. The filaments are at
first decumbent, and connected by rootlike fibres which form the substratum of the
mat ; the branches are erect, simple or branched, with or without secondary ramuli.
The articulations vary greatly in length in specimens from different localities.
This species is a native of the Mediterranean, and also of the British Channel Islands.
Except in the length of the articulations, which also vary much in the same filament,
the European and American specimens nearly coincide.
2. CLapopHoRA membranacea, Ag.; filaments short, creeping, densely interwoven into
globose or expanded mats, somewhat fastigiate, thick, almost setaceous, flaccid, mem-
branaceous, sparingly and irregularly branched ; articulations many times longer than
broad. Ag. Syst. p. 120. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 415.
Has. On rocks and the smaller Algw. Key West, W.H.H., Professor Tuomey.
Cy)
74 CONFERVACEZ.
Matted tufts an inch or more in diameter, sometimes widely spreading. Filaments
scarcely an inch long, rising from creeping fibres, sparingly branched, flaccid, the
branches very irregular, few or many, either undivided or once or twice compounded,
naked, or having a few secund ramuli toward the ends. Articulations, especially the
lower ones, very many times longer than broad, their membrane thin and membranous.
Colour a very pale green, with watery endochrome.
This has the densely matted habit of the preceding species, but the filaments of which
the mats are composed are much more robust, and less rigid, of a paler green, &c.
Kiitzing well observes that it has the aspect of a Valonia.
** Rupestres; rigid, dark-green, tufted ; the cell-wall thick.
3. CLADoPHORA rupestris, L.; filaments capillary, rigid, dark-green, straight, tufted,
bushy ; branches erect, crowded, densely clothed with appressed, opposite or tufted,
subulate ramuli ; articulations three or four times as long as broad. Linn. Sp. Pl. p.
1637. Dillw. Conf. t. 23. E, Bot.t 1699. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 130. Kiitz. Sp.
Alg. p. 396. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 95.
Has. Rocky shores, near low water mark. Fiskernaes, near Cape Farewell,
Greenland, Dr. Sutherland. Halifax, W. H. H. (v. v.)
Root a largish dise. Filaments densely tufted, 2-6-8 inches long (in my American
specimens scarcely two inches), capillary, rigid, very dark-green, much branched ; the
branches straight and very erect, repeatedly divided, the divisions either alternate or
opposite. Penultimate branches often nearly naked, filiform, elongated, very erect and
straight ; in luxuriant specimens set throughout with opposite or fascicled or scattered
subulate ramuli, whose terminal cell is sometimes acute, sometimes obtuse. The process
of cell division is well illustrated in this species, and may be observed even in dried
specimens, so perfectly does the endochrome recover its form. The cells of the middle
portion of the branches divide as well as those of the younger ramuli, and consequently
consecutive cells are found of various lengths.
Two specimens of what I take to be a much denuded and battered state of this species
were collected by Dr. Sutherland, in the Arctic expedition under Captain Inglefield, in
the above mentioned locality, and have been sent to me by Professor Dickie of Belfast.
They are faded to a dull green. The substance and ramification, so far as branches
remain unbroken, are those of C. rupestris ; but in one specimen the articulations are .
very short, being only as long as their diameter, or scarcely longer. This peculiarity
at first seems sufficiently characteristic of a distinct species, but a little further exami- °
nation shows that the character is deceptive, resulting merely from the ordinary
process of cell-division being in this specimen carried to an excess. On the other
specimen are cells of the common length mixed with these short or halved cells ;
and intermediate stages occur which quite explain the unusual character of the first
specimen. e
CONFERVACEA. 75
4. CrapopHora cartilaginea,* Rupt.; tufts............... ? filaments robust, setaceous
elongate, firm, somewhat rigid, rather sparingly branched; branches very erect, scattered,
long and virgate, undivided, straight, set with a few scattered, erecto-patent, filiform
branchlets, which are either naked or bear one or two minute ramuli ; articulations in
the older parts much shorter than their diameter ; in the younger (towards the ends of
the branches) as long, or twice as long as broad. Rup. Alg. Ochotzk, p. 211, (403.)
Has. Unalaschka, Dr. Ruprecht. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
My only specimen is a fragment, but it seems to belong to a well characterised species
of large size. The portion before me is about four inches long, with a few lateral
virgate branches, set at very acute angles, quite simple, straight and three inches long;
furnished with several scattered, simple, erect ramuli, each of them from half an inch to
an inch in length, obtuse, nearly as thick as the stem from which they spring. These
are mostly naked, but in a few cases they bear a minute ramulus near the tip. The
apices are not attenuated. The diameter of the filament is equal to that of hogs’ bristle.
The substance is firm and cartilaginous, and the colour a pale-green. Through the
greater part of the filament the articulations are much shorter than their diameter ;
but towards the apices they are longer, and the few terminal joints are twice as long as
broad, or more.
*** Arotm. Filaments soft, forming dense, spongy, fastigiate tufts of a pale, but
vivid green.
5. CLApopHoRA arcta, Dillw. ; tufts dense, more or less matted at the base, starry,
fastigiate, soft, brilliant and glossy green; filaments capillary, much branched; branches
straight, crowded, very erect ; ramuli opposite or scattered, erect or appressed ; articu-
lations in the lower part of the frond about twice as long as broad, in the upper (younger )
branches many times longer than the diameter; apices obtuse. Dillw. Conf. Supp,
p. 67,t. E. E. Bot. t. 2098. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.135. C. arcta, vaucherieformis,
and centralis, Auct. C. scopeformis, Rup.
Has. Coasts, from the Arctic Regions to New York Bay, on rocks near low water
mark. Whalefish Islands, Davis’s Straits, Dr. Lyall. Prince Edward’s Island, Dr. Jeans.
Penobscot Bay, Dr. Young. Boston Harbour, Mr. G. B. Emerson. New York Bay,
Messrs. Walters, §c., W. H. H. (v.v.)
* Besides this species Dr. Ruprecht notices the following from Russian America :—C. adherens, Rup. from
the Arctic Sea, allied to C. arcta (if it be different) ; C. Chamissonis, Rup. from Unalaschka ; C. Mertensti, R.
from Sitcha ; C. viminea, Rup. from Sitcha and Unalaschka ; C. scopeformis, and C. coalita, from Northern
California. Of these Dr. Ruprecht has sent me fragments of C. Chamissonis, C. viminea, and C. coalita; but as
he has not, that I am aware of, assigned full specific diagnoses to any of the above species, I am unwilling to
describe the few that I possess, from the very imperfect materials at my command, lest I might add to the
confusion already sufficiently confounded in this genus. I collect the above names from Dr. Ruprecht’s A/g.
Ochotsk., as already quoted.
76 CONFERVACE#.
This species varies much in minor characters, but may generally be known by its
lubricous substance, brilliant colour, fastigiate tufts, and straight, much branched fila-
ments which radiate to every side from a common base, in a star-like manner. In the
young plant the tufts are less dense, the filaments nearly free from each other to the
very base; but as the plant advances in age, root-like processes are developed along the
lower part of the filaments, while the tufts become matted together, sometimes into a
compact spongy frond. In very old specimens this condensation takes place throughout
the whole length of the filament, except in the very youngest ramuli. The tufts are
from two to four inches in height, hemispherical, or variously divided into two or more
hemispherical or flabelliform lobes, and are generally level-topped. They are composed
of many parallel, much branched, capillary filaments, of nearly equal diameter from base
to apex; the branches all very straight and erect, repeatedly but most irregularly
divided, and set with lateral, erect, straight ramuli, which are nearly as robust as the
branches from which they spring, and very obtuse. Toward the base of the filaments
the articulations are once or twice as long as broad ; a little farther up they are three
to four times ; and in the young branches and ramuli six to eight or twelve times as
long as broad. In the state or variety called C. centralis they are uniformly short
throughout except in the very young tips. The endochrome is dense and granular, and
recovers its form on being moistened after having been dried. The colour in general
is well preserved in drying, in which state the tufts retain much of their gloss, and
closely adhere to paper.
Authors have made several species out of what we regard as simply C. arcta in
different stages. Thus C. vaucheriaformis is the young, half-developed form ; C. arcta,
Auct. the middle stage ; and C. centralis the old plant, where the matting together of
the threads has been carried to an extreme point. Other species of Kiitzing’s section
Spongomorpha might probably be added to these synonyms A fragment of C. scopa-
formis, Rup. from Russian America, sent to me by Dr. Ruprecht himself seems to belong
to one of the spongy forms of this species. (C. arcta is perennial; and specimens
collected in the same locality at different seasons will be found to put on, successively,
all the characters attributed to the three principal forms indicated above.
6. CLaporHora lanosa, Roth. ; tufts dense, globose, small, fastigiate, yellow-green ;
filaments slender, irregularly much branched ; branches straight and virgate, erect,
patent ; ramuli few, scattered, erect, straight ; axils acute ; articulations in the lower
part twice, in the upper six to eight times as long as broad. Roth. Cat. Bot. 3, p. 291,
1.9, E. Bot. t. 2099. Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. t. 56. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 420. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t. 6. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. 194,
Hs. On the smaller Alge, and on Zostera ; generally epiphytic. Boston Bay, d/r.
G. B. Emerson. (v. v.)
Tufts rarely more than an inch in diameter, globose, dense, formed of many filaments
radiating from a common base. These filaments are at first separate, but at length by
means of rooting processes issuing along their sides, they become somewhat interwoven
CONFERVACE. 77
below. They are fastigiate and very irregularly divided, but mostly straight, with erect
branches and ramuli. The lower articulations are short ; the upper, and especially the
terminal ones, are very long. The endochrome generally recovers its form after having
been dried, at least in the younger portions of the frond, if it have not been discharged,
as often happens, by the rupture of the membrane, when the frond is immersed in fresh
water. This plant adheres closely to paper.
A much smaller species than C. arcta, to which, as well as to C. uncialis, it is nearly
allied.
7. CLapopnorA uncialis, Fl. Dan. ; tufts short, vivid-green, very dense, spongy,
globose, simple or somewhat lobed, fastigiate, composed of numerous filaments matted
together by lateral rootlets; filaments flexuous, sparingly branched, interwoven ;
branches and ramuli distant, patent, curved, alternate or secund ; articulations of
uniform length, about twice as long as broad. FU. Dan. ¢. 771, jig. 1. Lyngb. Hyd.
Dan. t. 56. Ag. Syst. p.111. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. 146. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 207.
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 420.
Has. On rocks near low water mark. Prince Edward’s Island, Dr. Jeans. Halifax,
W. H. H. Nahant, Mrs. Mudge. (v. v.)
Tufts about an inch in height and diameter, very dense and spongy, either somewhat
globose, or cleft into numerous spongy divisions, fastigiate. Filaments very numerous
from a common base, densely matted and interwoven by root-like processes developed
along the sides, flexuous, more or less compound. Branches very irregularly disposed,
generally distant, secund or alternate, once or twice again divided, and having a few
patent, curved, simple ramuli. Colour, when erowing, a vivid-green ; instantly dis-
charged in fresh water, and in drying the specimen fades to a pale yellow-green, especially
toward the centre of the tuft. The endochrome recovers its form and fills the cell, on
moistening after having been dried. The articulations in all parts of the filaments are
of nearly uniform length, twice or thrice as long as their diameter. Substance soft but
not gelatinous.
Very nearly related to C. lanosa, but the place of growth is different, and the fila-
ments are more flexuous, the branches more patent, and the rooting processes more
numerous.
**** Gracies. Filaments loosely tufted, feathery, very slender, pale or bright-green.
8. CLapopHora glaucescens, Griff. ; filaments loosely tufted, pale or glaucous green,
very slender, flexuous, excessively branched ; branches erecto-patent, flexuous, repeat-
edly sub-divided, the penultimate ones pectinated with closely set, elongate, straight,
slender, many celled, erect or sub-erect ramuli; axils acute ; articulations constricted
at the nodes, nearly uniformly thrice as long as broad, those of the main branches a
little the longest. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 195. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t.196. Kiitz. Sp.
78 CONFERVACEZ.
Alg. p. 403. Var. 8. pectinella ; small, very slender, all the divisions of the ramifica-
tion secund, the penultimate ramifications closely pectinated with short ramuli and
recurved.
Has. On rocks and stones, between tide marks and in rock pools. Halifax, W. H. H.
Lynn and Nahant, Mrs. Mudge. Portsmouth, N. H., Dr. Durkee. New York Bay,
Messrs. Hooper, Calverley, Walters, and Pike. Beesley’s Point, Rhode Island, Mr.
Ashmead. Var. f. Charleston, 8. C., Prof. L. Gibbes, W. H. H. (v. v-)
Filaments very slender, 3—5 inches long, forming tufts of greater or less density, but
not usually entangled or interwoven, excessively branched, the main divisions and
principal branches flexuous, sometimes very much so, closely beset with lesser branches
which divide either alternately or secundly, the tendency to secund ramification
increasing as the frond extends. The penultimate branchlets are generally closely
pectinated with secund, erect, straight, simple ramuli composed of several cells ; and
occasionally the ramuli are fascicled, three or four springing from the same cell. Though
always very slender, the diameter varies. The articulations, on the whole, are pretty
uniform ; those of the ramuli are most constricted at the nodes, and also a little the
shortest. In drying the endochrome is dissipated from the centre of the cell, and
collapsed at the two ends, so that the filaments, in dried specimens, have a variegated
appearance under a pocket lens. On remoistening, it never perfectly recovers its form.
My Halifax specimens are identical with those published by Mrs. Wyatt, and on
which the species was originally founded. Those from other localities vary in some
degree, being either coarser or more slender, and more or less branched ; but on the
British coasts similar varieties occur.
9. CLapopHoRA fleeuosa, Griff. ; filaments very slender, pale green, tufted, flexuous,
sparingly and distantly branched ; branches elongate, sub-simple, of unequal length,
flexuous, sometimes nearly naked, sometimes ramuliferous ; the ultimate ramuli secund
or alternate, short or long, curved; articulations of the branches 3-4 times, of the
ramuli twice as long as broad. Griff. in Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 227. Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. 353.
Has. Rock pools between tide marks, &e. Hingham, Massachusetts, J/iss Brewer.
Boston, Dr. Durkee. Jackson Ferry and Hell Gate, New York, Messrs. Walters and
Pike. (wv. 8.)
Very nearly related to C. glaucescens, if really specifically distinct. It is chiefly
known by its less compound habit, the length and nakedness of the principal branches,
and their flexuosity. The diameter of the filament is nearly as in C. glaucescens: the
articula ions are rather longer. Some of the specimens are nearly destitute of ramuli,
and scarcely two of those before us agree in all respects.
10. Crapornora Morrisia; tufts elongate, dense, somewhat interwoven, dark green ;
ee ee
CONFERVACES. 79
filaments very slender, much and irregularly branched, the penultimate branches very
long, filiform, flexuous, simple, set with alternate or secund, short, erecto-patent ramuli,
some of which are simple and spine-like, others pectinated on their upper side ; articu-
lations filled with dense endochrome, in the branches 2-3 times, in the ramuli about
twice as long as broad, cylindrical, not contracted at the nodes. (Tas. XLV. B.)
Has. Elsinborough, Delaware, Miss EZ. C. Morris. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
Tufts dense, 6-8 inches in length. iaments inextricably bundled together, very
slender, much branched, the ramification of the principal divisions not determinable
from dried specimens. The penultimate branches which float out from the somewhat
rope-like tufts are generally simple for an inch or two in length, or the longer ones are
furnished with similar simple branches ; and all are beset with short, erecto-patent
ramuli. Some of the ramuli are simple, of 3-4 cells; others emit similar ramuli
on their upper side. The membrane of the cell-wall is very thick and tough, and
the endochrome peculiarly firm, recovering its form well on being moistened after
having been dried. The nodes are not contracted, and the internodes or articulations
rarely exceed thrice their diameter in length, and often do not reach that dimension.
The colour is a full dark-green, somewhat olivaceous when dried. Specimens adhere
closely to paper.
I have as yet only received this plant from Miss Morris. It differs in several
respects from any that I now remember.
Pirate XLV. B. Crapornora Morrisie ; Fig. 1, the natural size. Fig. 3,
portion of a branch: and /%g. 2, a ramulus of the same; magnified.
1. CLapopHora refracta, Roth. ; filaments very slender, rather densely tufted, bright
green, membranaceous (not lubricous), excessively branched ; secondary branches
spreading on all sides, repeatedly divided and very patent, densely set with short, often
opposite, recurved or squarrose branchlets, which are pectinate on the inner face with
patent, simple or forked ramuli ; articulations of the branches 2-4 times of the ramuli
about twice as long as broad. Roth. Cat. 2, p. 193. Alg. Syst. p. 114. Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 228. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 24. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 398.
Has. On rocky coasts, in tide pools, &c. Rhode Island, Mr. Olney, Mr. G. Hunt.
Boston Bay, Dr. A. Gray. Portsmouth, N. H., Dr. Durkee. New York, Messrs.
Calverley, Walters, and Pike. Newport, R. 1., Professor Bailey. Seaconot, Mr.
Congdon. Charleston, 8. C., Professor Gibbes. (v. V-)
Tufts 2-3 inches long, feathery, rather diffuse, the main filaments sometimes inter-
laced in rope-like bundles. laments more slender than human hair, rather rigid, tough,
excessively branched, all the divisions patent or divaricate. The penultimate ramuli
are especially reflexed or refracted, and often opposite ; their ultimate divisions are
|
|
mS
80 CONFERVACEZ.
either simple or forked. The colour is a brilliant green, but it does not well preserve
in drying, in which state the specimen is without gloss and generally pale. The
endochrome is generally dissipated in drying, and does not, in ordinary cases, recover its
form when the frond is remoistened ; sometimes, however, the endochrome remains.
A beautiful species, and tolerably easily known. The American specimens are very
similar to our West of Ireland plant, but more robust than those from the South Coast
of England.
12. Crapopnora albida, Huds.; filaments exceedingly slender, flaccid, but not gela-
tinous, pale green, forming dense, silky or somewhat spongy, soft, intricate tufts, very
much branched ; branches zigzag, their divisions very patent, the lesser branches very
frequently opposite, and nearly horizontal ; ramuli alternate, opposite or secund, patent
or divaricating ; articulations 3-5 times as long as broad. Huds. Fl. Angl. p. 595.
E. Bot. t. 2327. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 96. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 275.
Has. On rocks and alge, between tide marks. Staten Island, Dr. Torrey. Beesley’s
Point, Mr. Ashmead (64, 65, 66). New York Bay, Messrs. Calverley, Walters, Sc.
(ve-V:)
Tufts 6-8 inches long, very dense and soft, and somewhat intricate or woven together,
occasionally feathering and opening out freely. Filaments excessively slender and very
much branched, and so interwoven that it is impossible to trace the branching. In the
American specimens the main branches are very flexuous, angularly bent from side to
side, and very much divided, all the divisions squarrose or divaricating. The penulti-
mate branches, which are nearly horizontally patent, are generally opposite, but three or
more sometimes issue from the same point; the ultimate ramuli are scattered, either
alternate or secund. The nodes are somewhat contracted ; the cell-wall thin, and the
endochrome pale and watery. When dry the whole plant frequently becomes a dull
greenish white. It does not strongly adhere to paper.
13. Crapornora Rudolphiana, Ag.; filaments very long, exceedingly slender, flexuous,
sub-gelatinous, much branched, bright yellow-green, inextricable ; branches di-trichoto-
mous or irregular ; ultimate ramuli pectinate, secund, very long, and much attenuated ;
articulations of the main branches many times longer than broad, here and there
swollen, their granular endochrome somewhat spiral ; those of the ramuli 6-10 times as
long as broad. Ag. Bot. Zeit. 10, p. 636. Harv. Phye. Brit. t. 86. Kutz. Sp. Alg.
p. 404.
Has. Jackson Ferry, N.Y., Mr. Walters. (v. v-)
A specimen sent by Mr. Walters agrees pretty well with the Irish specimens figured
in Phyc. Brit. The filaments are 4-5 inches long, soft, and somewhat gelatinous,
closely adhering to paper, intricately interbranched, very flexuous, zigzag, and much
branched. The branches are patent, sometimes opposite, mostly alternate or scattered,
CONFERVACE. 81
and repeatedly divided ; the ramuli slender, few and subdistant. The articulations of the
branches are very many times longer than broad; those of the ramuli 5—6 times their
breadth. The endochrome is generally dissipated in drying. When dry the specimen
retains a brilliant green and has a silky gloss.
14. Crapornora gracilis, Griff.; filaments very long, capillary, flexuous, silky, much
branched, bright yellow-green ; main branches entangled, sparingly divided, angularly
bent ; ultimate ramuli pectinate, secund, much attenuated, straight, and very long ;
articulations 3-5 times as long as broad. Griff. in Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 97. Harv.
Phye. Brit.t. 18. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 403.
Has. Growing on Zostera, and the various Algz, in the Laminarian zone. Nahant,
Mrs. Mudge. Beesley’s Point, Rhode Island, Mr. Ashmead (67.) Seaconot, Rhode
Island, Mr. Olney. (v. v.)
Filaments more or less densely tufted, 4-12 inches long, (about 4 inches in the
American specimens), capillary, soft and silky, much branched ; the main branches
rather more robust and bent in a zigzag manner, sometimes very flexuous, and fre-
quently more strongly coloured than the rest of the plant, set throughout with lateral,
decompound branches all whose divisions are patent ; and the ultimate branchlets
pectinated with long, simple, secund ramuli. Colour a yellow-green. Substance soft
and silky, but not gelatinous. Articulations 3-5 times as long as broad. It does not
strongly adhere to paper in drying.
Mrs. Mudge’s specimens are small, but in other respects very similar to English
ones. ‘Those from Mr. Olney and Mr. Ashmead are less true to the type.
15. Crapopwora brachyclados, Mont.; filaments very slender, tufted, sparingly
branched ; branches long and virgate, set with distant, alternate, erecto-patent branch-
lets, which are pectinated along their upper sides with very short, erect, or incurved
ramuli, of 1 or 2 cells; articulations of the branches 5—6 times as long as broad. Mont.
Cuba, p. 13, t. 4. Sylloge Pl. Crypt. p. 456. C. Montagneana, Kiitz. Tab. Phye.
vol. 4, p. 9, t. 41, fig. 2.
Has. Mouth of Rio Bravo, on the sea-beach, Dr. Schott. (v.s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
The specimen received from Dr. Schott is a very imperfect one, but its filaments,
when examined under the microscope, show so many characters in common with those
of Montagne’s C. brachyclados from Cuba, with an authentic specimen of which I have
compared them, that I am unwilling to separate forms so similar. The short, mostly
single-celled ramuli are characteristic.
16. CLapornora luteola; filaments very pale yellow-green, tufted, excessively slender,
M
82 CONFERVACEZ.
and much branched, not matted together; main and lesser branches remarkably
flexuous, the angles rounded, and the filaments arcuate ; branching irregular, frequently
trichotomous, the lesser ramuli secund or opposite, and their ultimate divisions pectinate,
somewhat corymbose and crowded toward the apices ; articulations cylindrical, hyaline,
6-8 times as long as broad.
Has. Growing on littoral corals, at Key West, W. H. H. (v. v.)
Filaments 2-3 inches long, rather loosely tufted, excessively slender, and soft, but
not in the least gelatinous, very much branched, remarkably bent ; the filaments arcuate
between each ramification. The branching is irregular. In the principal and also in
the lesser divisions it is frequently trichotomous, three branches springing from a node ;
but the branches are almost as often alternate or sub-dichotomous. In the medial
portion of the frond the forkings are sub-distant ; they become more frequent upwards,
and the branches generally end in closely set, but scarcely fasciculate pectinated ramuli,
which are either opposite, alternate, or secund. The ultimate ramuli are erect and
incurved. Articulations seldom less than six times as long as broad, sometimes more,
with a very pale, watery endochrome, which is dissipated in drying. Notwithstanding
its tenuity this plant does not adhere closely to paper.
*#*** TL previrnentes. Filaments loosely tufted, robust, and somewhat firm or rigid,
vivid-green.
17. CLapornora letevirens, Dillw. ; filaments much branched, bushy, forming tufts of
a transparent, yellow-green colour (faded and without gloss when dry) ; branches
erecto-patent, crowded, repeatedly divided, flexuous, the lesser divisions often opposite ,
ultimate ramuli secund, blunt, of few articulations ; articulations of the branches SIX
times, of the ramuli thrice as long as broad. Dillw. Conf. t. 48. LE. Bot. t. 1854. Harv.
Phyc. Brit. t.190. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 148. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 400. Conf.
glomerata var. marina, Roth. Cat. Bot. 3, p. 237.
Has. In rock pools between tide marks. New York Bay, Messrs. Hooper § Walters.
Boston, Dr. Durkee. California, Dr. Coulter. (v. v-)
Tufts feathery. Filaments 3-6 inches long or more, capillary, much branched, main
filaments flexuous or angularly bent, set with alternate or scattered, occasionally oppo-
site, repeatedly decompound patent branches, which are densely set with lesser branches
and ramuli, all of which are patent and often recurved. Lesser and penultimate
branches mostly secund, sometimes opposite or fasciculate, their ultimate divisions
pectinated with short closely set ramuli on the upper side. Articulations of the main
branches 4--6 or 8 times, of the ramuli 3--4 times as long as broad. Colour, a full grass
ereen. Substance, not very soft. It adheres, but not strongly, to paper in drying.
eee ee
CONFERVACEA. 83
18. Crapornora diffusa (2) ; filaments capillary, elongate, loosely tufted, somewhat
rigid, full green, flexuous, much branched ; branches distant, irregularly subdivided,
nearly naked, or furnished toward the ends with a few short secund ramuli ; articula-
tions 3-4 times as long as broad. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 130 (?) &e.
Has. New York Sound, Messrs. Walters, Pike, §c. California, Mr. A. D. Frye.
(v. 8.)
Tufts loose. Filaments 6-12 inches long or more, generally so rigid as not to col-
lapse when removed from the water, capillary or somewhat more robust, much and
irregularly branched. Branches distant, often an inch or more apart, erecto-patent,
naked in the lower portion or very sparingly ramulose, and sometimes naked throughout
and little subdivided. Generally, however, the upper divisions are more repeatedly and
more closely branched, and their branches furnished with a few short, secund, pectinate
ramuli. On some specimens these are very few and confined to the apices ; on others
they are more abundant.
Recognised chiefly by its naked and distant branches, nearly destitute of ramuli.
The more ramulose specimens seem gradually to glide off into C. letevirens, 1 quote
the figure in Phyc. Brit. with a mark of doubt, and refrain from quoting other authori-
ties, because I am not quite sure of the specific identity of the American and European
specimens.
Sect. 2. Species found in brackish water, or in fresh-water ponds and streams.
19. Crapopnora fracta, Fl. Dan. ; tufts irregular, entangled, often detached and
then forming floating strata, dull green ; filaments rather rigid, distantly branched, the
lesser branches somewhat dichotomous, spreading, with very wide axils; the ramuli
few, alternate or secund ; articulations 3--6 times as long as broad, at first cylindrical,
then elliptical, with contracted nodes. FU. Dan. t. 946. Dillw. Conf. t. 14. E. Bot.
t. 2338. Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. t. 52. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 294. Kiitz. Sp. Aly.
p. 410.
Has. In salt water ditches and ponds, also in brackish or fresh water. Rhode
Island, and in the Hudson, at West Point, Prof. Bailey. Beesley’s Point, Mr. Ash-
mead. Near New York, Mr. Walters. (v. v.)
This is at first tufted and attached to sticks or stones, but afterwards occurs floating,
and then forms strata of considerable extent. Filaments capillary, several inches long,
loosely tufted or bundled together, much but distantly branched, the branches widely
spreading at very obtuse angles, and again and again dividing, all the minor divisions
being equally patent, and the angles equally wide. The lesser branches sometimes bear
a few secund ramuli, and are sometimes quite naked. Colowr, at first a grass green, but
gradually becoming darker. Substance, membranaceous and rather rigid, seldom quite
adhering to paper in drying, and readily detached.
84 CONFERVACEA.
To this species I am disposed to refer a specimen which was provisionally named
C. prasina, formerly received from Professor Bailey, who found it abundantly in the
Hudson at West Point, where it is thrown ashore after storms. I have also received a
fresh-water specimen collected by Dr. Bigelow when engaged on Lieutenant W hipple’s
expedition to the Pacific.
20. CLapopPHoRA glomerata, Linn. ; filaments tufted, bushy, somewhat rigid, much
branched, bright grass-green ; branches crowded, irregular, erecto-patent, repeatedly
divided ; ultimate ramuli secund, subfasciculate ; articulations 4--8 times as long as
broad. Dillw. Conf. t. 13. E. Bot. t. 2192. Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 134.
Has. In streams, lakes, and rivers. Probably common.
I have received North American specimens from Milton, Saratoga County, N.Y., and
from Lake Erie ; also from the Mexican Boundary Surveying Expedition.
IV. CHUTOMORPHA, Kiitz. (May, 1845.)
Filaments (not gelatinous), membranaceous or cartilaginous, unbranched, attached,
or floating, articulated ; formed of a string of oblong cells, the basal cell longer than
the rest. Articulations filled with granular endochrome. (JJarine.)
The genus, as here adopted from Kiitzing, is intended to include most of the marine
species of the older Conferva, which have unbranched filaments and articulations usually
longer than their diameter. It differs from Cladophora solely in being branchless.
From Hormotrichum it is less easy to point out a clear distinctive character, unless we
seek it in the substance of the cell-coats, and in the shortness of the cells usual in that
genus. The name Aplonema was proposed for this group by Mr. Hassall (Brit. Lr.
W. Conf. p. 218.) only two months subsequently to the publication of Kutzing’s genus,
which thus establishes its priority on very narrow evidence. It forms a part of the
Agardhian Lychete, published in 1846 ; a group that includes both simple and branched
species, and which is thus characterised by its author :—
Lycnare, J. Ag.; “fronde sub-heterogenea, articulo infimo (in simplicibus),aut infimis
ramorum (in ramosis) dissimilibus et non mutandis, superioribus omnibus continua
subdivisione iterum iterumque divisis atque coniocystis externis distinguendum.”
Alg. Ined. Ed. 2, No, 9. (Lychate mirabilis).
I prefer, with Kiitzing, to keep the branching and unbranched species in separate
genera, as being a more obvious, if not more natural arrangement. However, the
whole subject of the natural arrangement of these obscure plants is open to future
discussion. The present is but a temporary settlement of the question.
CONFERVACE. 85
1. Cuaromorrua Piguotiana, Mont. ; filaments loosely bundled together in strata,
very long, ultra-setaceous, grass-green, rigid, glossy and variagated when dry, variously
twisted ; articulations 3--5 times as long as broad, contracted at the nodes. Mont. An.
Se. Nat. 3d Ser. vol. 11, p. 66. Mont. Syll. p. 459. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 879. Tab.
Phiye: vol. 3, p. 19, ¢. 58, 7. 2. (Tas. XLVI. C.)
Has. In deep water; from 5 to6 fathoms. Coast of Labrador, 7. Lamare-Piquot!
Burnt Coat Island, Maine, Dr. A. Young. Halifax, W. H. H. Boston Bay, Mrs.
A. Gray. Staten Island, N.Y., Dr. Torrey. (v. v.)
This occurs in large bundled strata, the filaments lying loosely together, but probably
they are attached atan early age. Filaments 12--14 inches long or more, twice as thick
as hog’s bristle, crisp and rigid, variously curved and twisted, of a full grass-green
colour, fading in drying, but retaining a glossy surface. The endochrome, in drying,
is usually dispersed toward the ends of the cell, which gives the filament a variegated
look, with alternate pale and dark bands. The cell membrane is thick and tough. The
articulations are variable in length, but always much longer in proportion than those
of C. melagonium. They are commonly four times as long as broad ; occasionally only
thrice their breadth, and sometimes 5--6 times as long. The dissepiments or nodes are
always much constricted and very narrow. The endochrome recovers its form when
remoistened. It does not adhere to paper.
I have compared my specimens with an original one communicated by Dr. Montagne.
The species is nearly related to C. melagonium, but of larger dimensions and with
much longer articulations.
Prare XLVI. Fig. 1. Cuatomorrua Piquotiana, the natural size. Fig. 2, a
magnified portion.
2. CHATOMORPHA melagonium, Web. and Mohr. ; root scutate ; filaments erect,
straight, elongate, very robust, ultra-setaceous. stiff and wiry, dark-green, tapering to
the base, obtuse ; articulations 2-3 times as long as broad. Ag. Syst. p. 99. Lyngb.
Hyd. Dan. t. 51. Harv. Phye. Brit. t. 99. A. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 221. Kiitz.
Sp. Alg. p. 379.
Has. In rock pools near low water mark, and at a greater depth. Greenland, Worms-
kiold. Walifax, W. H. H. Boston Bay, Mrs. Asa Gray. Newbury Port, Mr. Hooper.
Unalaschka, Wosnessensky. (v. v.)
Root an expanded disc. Filaments either scattered, or somewhat tufted, 5-12 inches
long, twice as thick as hog’s bristle, erect and stiff, peculiarly wiry to the feel when
growing, straight or slightly curved, very blunt at the apex, and tapering to the base.
Articulations rather longer in the American than in European specimens, but variable
even in the same tuft ; once and a-half, twice, or thrice as long as broad, filled with
dark-green endochrome and contracted at the dissepiments.
86 CONFERVACEZ.
3 Cua#tomorena crea, Dillw. ; root scutate; filaments setaceous, tufted, straight,
(sometimes twisted in age) harsh and brittle, yellow-green ; articulations about as long
as broad. Dillw. Conf. t. 80. E. Bot. t. 1929. Lynb. Hyd. Dan.t. 51. Ag. Syst.
p. 100. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 191. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 99. B. Kiitz. Sp. Alg.
p. 379.
Has. In rock pools, between tide marks, &c. Newport, Professor Bailey. New
York Bay, Messrs. Hooper, Walters, Sc. (v. v-)
Filaments generally in dense tufts, 3-12 inches in length, and as thick as hog’s
bristle, rather harsh to the touch when fresh, but much less rigid than C. melagoniwm,
and collapsing on being removed from the water, usually straight, but old specimens are
sometimes crisped and contorted. The colour when growing is a beautiful yellowish
green, but dried specimens are usually much faded, and dull-greenish white after long
keeping in the Herbarium. The endochrome fills the cell and is of a watery consistence,
and dispersed in drying. The articulations are pretty uniformly as long as broad, with
contracted dissepiments.
4. Cnmromorena Olneyi, Harv. ; filaments tufted, setaceous, straight or curved, soft,
pale-green ; articulations once and half as long as broad. (Tas. XLVI. D.)
Has. Rhode Island, Mr. Olney. (v.s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
This has the habit of C. @rea, but is of a soft and flaccid substance, adhering closely
to paper in drying. When dry it is very pale, greenish white, and without gloss.
The filaments are about the same diameter as those of C. w@rea; the articulations are
longer, and the cell-wall thicker.
Prate XLVI. D. Fig. 1. Cox tomorrna Olneyi, the natural size. Fig. 2. a portion
magnified.
5. Cumromorrn longiarticulata, Harv. ; filaments capillary, curved, loosely bundled
together, flaccid, soft, pale green ; articulations 4--6 times as long as broad, swollen at
the nodes. (Tab. XLVI. E.) Var. 8. crassior ; filaments more robust.
Has. In rock pools, between tide marks. Ship Anne Point, Mr. Hooper. Boston
Bay, Mrs. Asa Gray. Little Compton, Mr. Olney. Var. 8, in brackish ditches at
Little Compton, Mr. Olney.
Filaments rather more slender than human hair, 3—4 inches long, loosely bundled
together, and somewhat stratified. Articulations filled with very pale endochrome,
almost hyaline when dry, several times longer than their diameter, nodoso-incrassate at
one or both ends, with contracted dissepiments. The cell-wall is very thin and mem-
branous.
CONFERVACE. 87
I do not know any species to which this is nearly related. It is much more robust
than C. arenosa. The length of the joints and the swelling of the nodes distinguish it
from C. litorea.
Prats XLVI. E. Fig. 1. Camtomorrna longiarticulata; the natural size. Fig. 2,
a portion magnijied.
6. CHATOMORPHA sutoria, Berk. ; filaments setaceous, elongate, flexuous, equal, pale
or dark green; articulations once and half as long as broad; interstices pellucid. Berk.
Gl. Alg. t. 14, f. 3. Harv. Phye. Brit. t. 150. B. Ch. rigida, Kitz, Sp. Aly. p. 377.
Has. Floating in large masses at Stonington, Con., Prof. Bailey. (v. s.)
This occurs, loosely bundled together in extensive floating masses or strata. ila-
ments as thick as hog’s bristle, several inches long, rigid and variously curved and
twisted, pale-green, cylindrical. Articulations once and half as long as broad, at length
bisected. Substance rigid. It scarcely adheres to paper in drying.
Professor Bailey's specimens chiefly differ from the British plant with which I have
associated them in being of a paler colour, with less dense endochrome, and of rather
softer substance.
7. Cuatomorrna litorea, Harv. ; filaments capillary, rigid, crisp, forming loose,
extensive, dull-green bundles ; articulations once and half as long as broad, here and
there swollen in pairs anddiscoloured. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 333. C.linum, Alg. Danm.
No. 220 (Exel. Syn.) C. tortuosa, var. crassior, Rup. Alg. Och.
Has. Sea-shores. Sitcha, Russian America, Wosnessensky. (v. s.)
Filaments forming loosely interwoven, extensive, floating strata, or entangled among
the branches of other Alge, capillary, several inches in length, and of a dull green
colour. The articulations are once and a-half to twice as long as broad, cylindrical,
not contracted at the nodes, and mostly uniform in the same filament ; but here and
there a pair of longer cells occur, which are swollen towards their commissure, where
the endochrome collects in a dark mass. Indrying the endochrome is usually dispersed,
and never recovers its form on being moistened.
This has been sent to me by Dr. Ruprecht from Sitcha, under the name C’. tortuosa,
var. crassior. The filaments, however, are fully twice as robust as in C. tortuosa ;
they are more rigid, and adhere less strongly to paper, and their endochrome is dissi-
pated in drying. They agree pretty well with the C. litorea of British collections.
8. CHatomorPHA brachygona, Harv. ; filaments capillary, interwoven in strata,
curved and twisted, rigid ; articulations either as long as, or much shorter than their
88 CONFERVACEZ.
diameter, with occasionally a pair of swollen longer cells among the short ones.
(Tas. XLVI. A.)
Haz. Key West, W. H. H., Mr. Binney. Boca di Rio Bravo, Dr. Schott. (v. v.)
Forming decumbent strata, covering rocks, or entangled with other Algw. Filaments
slender, variously curved and twisted, of a membranaceous, rather rigid substance,
destitute of gloss, and not adhering to paper when drying, cylindrical. The articula-
tions appear to be normally about as long as broad, but as they divide in the middle by
transverse cell division, they are frequently found less than half their proper length.
Here and there, throughout the filament, a pair of cells occur longer than the rest, and
swollen, with the endochrome of each cell collected at the dissepiment: these may be con-
nected with reproduction. The endochrome is dispersed in drying, and does not well
recover its form on being moistened.
A much more robust and rigid plant than C. tortuosa.
Piate XLVI. A. Fig. 1. Caoatomorrna brachygona, the natural size. Fig. 2.
Portion of a filament, magnijied.
9. CuatomorPHa tortuosa, Dillw. ; filaments very slender, somewhat rigid, densely
interwoven into dark green, crisped, fleecy strata ; articulations twice or thrice as long
as broad, filled with endochrome. Dillw. Conf. t. 46. E. Bot. t. 2220. Harv. Phy.
Brit. t.54, A. Ag. Syst. p. 98. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 376. (Tas. XLVI. B.)
Has. On rocks, &c. about half tide level. Halifax, W. H. H. Coast of Maine,
Dr. A. Young. Massachusetts’ Bay, Mr. Pike, W. H. H., 5c. Newbury Port, ddr.
Hooper. Unalaschka, Wosnessensky. (v. v.)
Strata spreading widely over the surface of rocks, &c. like a coating of dark green
wool. ‘The filaments are very slender, about half the diameter of human hair, but they
are when recent crisp and rigid, and do not collapse when removed from the water. They
are densely interwoven, of a dark green colour, and not without gloss. The articula-
tions vary in length in different specimens, but are usually twice as long as broad,
sometimes more, sometimes less ; and the endochrome generally recovers its form on
being remoistened after drying.
I have received from Dr. Ruprecht, under the name C. confervicola, a specimen from
Unalashka that I cannot distinguish, under the microscope, from the ordinary C. tortu-
osa of the East coast. It grows attached to C. melagonium, in which it is peculiar.
The “ C. tortuosa crassior” of Dr. Ruprecht I have already alluded to under C. Litorea.
Prate XLVI. B. Fig. 1, Cuaromorpna tortuosa, the natural size. ig. 2, portion
of two filaments, magnified.
CONFERVACEZ. 89
V. HORMOTRICHUM, Kiitz.
Filaments gelatino-membranaceous, unbranched (or with a few rootlike branches),
basifixed, articulated ; formed of a string of very short cells. Cell-wall very thick and
soft. Nodes constricted. Articulations often tumid, filled with dense, green, granular
endochrome, which is finally converted into darker-coloured compact sporidia. (Marine.)
The plants comprised under this genus have hitherto been placed either in Conferva
or in Lyngbya. They all have a peculiar habit, by which they are more readily known
than by any definite character at present established. The changes that take place in
the endochrome will probably afford better characters when they have been carefully
ascertained and compared with what occur in Chatomorpha. At present we are con-
tented to refer to this place all the soft, sub-gelatinous, marine Conferve, which are
pasifixed, and have short joints—the type of these being C. Youngana, Dillw. ; and
such Lyngbya-like Alge as Lyngb. Carmichaelii and its allies, whose truly articulated
tube distinguishes them from proper Lyngbya. The whole assemblage of species which
are thus brought together are remarkable for the brilliant green of their endochrome,
which at first fills the cells, and is afterwards contracted and condensed, and for the
breadth of the soft, sub-gelatinous, glassy cell-wall. At maturity the wall of the cell
opens, and the compact sporidiwm escapes. All the species are natives of littoral rocks
and objects growing within tide marks. Three of the following are European.
1. Hormorricuum Younganum, Dillw. ; filaments short or elongated, tufted, capil-
lary, rather firm, grass-green, not remarkably gelatinous, nor glossy when dry ; articu-
lations as long, or once and half as long as broad, or shorter than their breadth, tumid,
constricted at the nodes. Dillw. Conf. t.102. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 328. Kutz. Sp.
Alg. p. 382.
Has. On stones and wood-work, between tide marks. New York Bay, Jr. Congdon.
Common at Fort Hamilton in spring. W. H. H. (v. v.)
Filaments densely tufted, 1-3 inches long, as thick as human hair, erect, straight or
curved, spreading over the surface of rocks and wood-work in grass-green fleecy tufts,
not lubricous or gelatinous (as compared with others of the genus), soft, but rather
firm. The filaments when young are cylindrical, but soon become constricted at the
dissepiments or nodes. The cells vary much in length, even in the same filament. The
common length is once and half as long as broad, but they are sometimes twice as long,
sometimes only as long as their diameter, and sometimes only half as long. At first
they are quite filled with the granular deep-green endochrome, which, while the filament
is elongating, divides in the centre, forming two new cells from each old one; but in the
mature plant it gradually condenses, and retreats toward the centre of the cell, where it
forms a compact, globose or oval sporidium. In drying the filaments adhere, but not
strongly, to paper.
N
90 CONFERVACEA.
2. Hormorricuum boreale, Harv. ; filaments slender, forming decumbent strata of a
pale yellowish-green, flaccid, slightly interwoven ; articulations as long as broad or
somewhat longer, at length constricted at the nodes.
Has. On rocks near high-water mark. Whalefish Islands, Davis’s Straits, Dr. Lyall.
(v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
This forms a thin, yellow-green, decumbent fleece, lying on the surface of the rock,
and extending indefinitely. Filaments flaccid, glossy when dry, variously interwoven,
about half the diameter of those of 1. Younganwm, but in other respects very similar,
except that the cells are commonly shorter. Articulations usually quadrate ; in age
contracted at the nodes.
A much more slender plant than H. Younganum, softer, more glossy, and spreading
in patches, not tufted.
3. HorMoTRICHUM speciosum, Carm.; filaments long, thick, flaccid, straight, at length
curled, the margin slightly crenate, forming bright yellow-green strata, glossy when
dry ; articulations half as long as their breadth, the cell-wall very thick. Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. 186, B. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No. 196. (Lyngbya.)
Has. Mixed with the foregoing species, at Whale-fish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
Much more robust than the following species, to which it is allied.
4. Hormorricuum Carmichaelii, Harv. ; filaments scarcely capillary, closely inter-
woven into decumbent, crisped, full-grass-green strata, variously twisted ; articulations
half as long as their diameter ; the cell-wall thick. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 186. A. Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 230. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 382.
Haz. On rocks and fuci, between tide marks. Near Boston, Mr. Calverley. In a
“running stream” (quere, of salt, or fresh water?) on stones, in Wellington Channel,
Arctic Regions, Dr. Lyall. (v. v.)
Strata extensive, densely interwoven, full green, or somewhat yellowish, soft, but not
gelatinous, and not glossy when dry. Filaments very long, thinner than human hair,
variously curved and twisted. Articulations shorter than their diameter, generally
less than half as long as their breadth ; the cell-wall thick, and the endochrome at
length contracting into a lenticular sporidium.
This plant is common on the British Coasts, where it occurs between tide marks.
The specimen received from Mr. Calverley is said to come “from fresh water near
Boston ;” but I suspect some mistake. Whether that from the Arctic Regions be from
brackish or fresh water I cannot tell ; but under the microscope there is no character
CONFERVACE. ot
by which I can distinguish its threads from British specimens of C. Carmichaelii. It
is very luxuriant, of a bright green colour, and quite resembles the ordinary marine
form. Quere, are two species confounded ? Or is there an error in the habitat ? Or
does this plant inhabit both salt and fresh water, as Bangia fuscopurpurea is well known
to do?
5. Hormorricnum? Wormskioldii, F). Dan.; filaments “branched at the base”
(Lyngb.) ; thence simple, erect, straight, ultra-setaceous, flaccid, bright yellow-green,
moniliform ; articulations at first nearly cylindrical and rather longer than broad, then
globular, and very much contracted at the nodes. Conferva Wormskioldii. Fl. Dan.
t. 1547. Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. p. 158.t. 55. A. Ag. Syst. p. 121. Hormotrichum
Wormskioldii, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 383. Chaetomorpha monilis, Harv. in Herb. ( olim.)
Has. Coast of Greenland, common, Wormskiold. Fragments dredged in Queen’s
Channel, lat. 76° 29’, long. 96° 13’ W. Dr. Lyall. (v. s.)
Dr. Lyall’s specimens, which alone I have seen, consist of a few single threads (broken
branches?) 6-8 inches long, as thick as hog’s bristle or a little thicker, moniliform,
with very turgid globular articulations and strongly contracted dissepiments. These
fragments so strongly resemble the figure given by Lyngbye, (¢. 55. A. 5.) that I cannot
doubt the above reference ; but I do question the propriety of arranging this species
under the present genus. I follow Kiitzing, however, who had probably seen more
perfect specimens than I possess. Judging from the fragments collected by Dr. Lyall,
I formerly placed it in Chatomorpha, near C. melagonium, believing that it was an
undescribed species.
Lyngbye’s description may be thus rendered: “Filaments densely tufted, parallelly
floating, an ell or more in length, branched at the base, slender, as thick as human
hair (below ?), then increasing to the thickness of hog’s bristle, or sparrow’s quill,
simple, attenuated toward the apex. Articulations as long as broad, in the thicker
filaments remarkably moniliform, ellipsoidal or globose, turgid ; in the more slender
filaments often twice as long as broad. Dissepiments contracted, mostly pellucid.
Colour green. Substance membranaceous, tender, lubricous, soft. It adheres to paper.”
VI. RHIZOCLONIUM, Kitz.
Filaments (not gelatinous) membranaceous, uniform in diameter throughout, decum-
bent, simple or spuriously branched ; branches short and rootlike ; formed of a string
of oblong cells. Cell-wall thin. Articulations filled with granular endochrome.
(Marine, or in fresh water, or on damp ground.)
92 CONFERVACEX.
Confervoid Algx, forming decumbent strata ; the filaments lying heaped together,
and emitting at irregular distances rootlike branches. Kiitzing enumerates 28 species,
among which are several which we refer to Chatomorpha.
1. RuizocLoniuM riparium, Roth. ; filaments long, slender, decumbent, pale-green,
forming wide strata, flaccid, entangled, angularly bent, furnished at the angles with
short, rootlike processes (which sometimes, but rarely, lengthen into very patent
branches, and often attach themselves to neighbouring filaments). Conf. riparia, Roth.
Cat. Bot. 3. p..216. £. Bot. t. 2100. Dillw. Conf. p. 111. Sup. t. H. Ag. Syst.
p- 106. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 238. Conf. obtusangula, Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. t. 55. B.
Rhizoclonium obtusangulum, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 261.
Has. On sand covered rocks near high water mark. Greenland, Wormskiold, fide
Lyngbye. (Vv. 8.)
I have not seen American specimens of this plant.
OrDER VII. ZYGNEMACEA.
Zygnemacee, Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. p. 274. Sp. Alg. p. 433. Zygnemee, Endl. 3d
Suppl. p. 14. Alga Synsporee, Dne. Class, p. 32. Conjugate, Berk. Crypt. Bot.
p. 150. Conjugate, Hass. Br. Fr. W. Alg., p. 129.
Diacnosis. Green (freshwater) Alge, consisting of simple, articulated, floating
threads, composed of cylindrical, seriated cells. ndochrome usually definitely figured.
Spores of large size, and mostly solitary, formed by the union of two endochromes or
by the division of a single endochrome.
Naturat Cuaracter. Freshwater, floating, confervoid Alge, at first consisting of
unbranched threads, formed of a number of cylindrical cells placed end to end ; after-
wards often linked together in pairs by connecting processes. The endochrome in
different genera puts on a variety of forms. It is rarely diffused equally through
the cell as in ordinary Confervee, but is either arranged in spiral bands, attached to
the cell-walls, or divided into two star-like masses ; or it consists of larger and smaller
grains subsymmetrically arranged. The cell-wall varies also much in character ; in
some it is membranous, in others gelatinous, and occasionally very thick. The
Jructification consists of large and mostly solitary spores formed usually from the union
and condensation of the contents of two cells, either consecutive cells of the same fila-
ZYGNEMACE. 93
ment, or cells of different filaments. The latter mode of forming a spore is the most
usual, whence we have the origin of the names “Conjugate” and “Zygnemee” applied
to these Algw, and alluding to their “ yoked” character. When two filaments are about
to conjugate, they float near one another, lying parallel, or nearly so in the stratum.
Then, from the proximate sides of each cell of both filaments there issue short tubes,
which mutually unite ; the cell-wall at the point of union disappears, and the contents
of both cells are mixed together. Sometimes the whole contents of one cell is discharged
into the other, and the spore formed in that cell ; sometimes, and equally commonly,
the spore is formed in the connecting tubes. These tubes are sometimes long and
barlike ; and the pairs of conjugated threads resemble little ladders. Sometimes they
are very short, and the filaments are angularly bent at the point of union. In most
cases the spore forms a single spheroidal or angular mass ; but in 7’ hwaitesia it is divided
into four sporules, exactly like the tetraspore of one of the Rhodosperms. In the genus
(Edogonium, which Mr. Berkeley refers to this Family, the filaments do not conjugate,
but the spores are formed by a division of the endochrome of a fertile cell. The cell
separates into two half-cells by a transverse partition, as in ordinary cell division ;
the spore is then formed in one half ; the other half lengthens to the size proper to the
genus and again divides, forming a second spore in one of its halves ; and so it may
divide repeatedly until a string of six or eight consecutive spores is formed, in the
centre or at the end of the thread, as in G2. monile, a beautiful species from Tasmania.
The spores are not always green ; but (especially in Cidogonium) are often brilliantly
coloured, orange or vermillion.
Several genera, containing a large number of species, are described, chiefly from
the stagnant or nearly still waters of the Northern Hemisphere. But they are pro-
bably dispersed over the globe, though few have yet been brought from the tropics.
Unfortunately they do not recover their characters sufficiently, after having been dried,
to admit of being accurately verified from dried specimens: and consequently I am
forced to omit specific descriptions of those that I have received from North America.
No doubt many of the species of the genera Moucroria ; ZyGNEMA (Spirogyra) ;
TYNDARIDEA ; SrTaurocarpus ; and CEpoconiwm (Vesiculifera) exist in American
waters ; but they must be examined on the spot. Mr. Ravenel has kindly sent me a
few specimens of Staurocarpus and Zygnema, but I have not been able to recognize the
species satisfactorily. Authors who have written on the subject appear to me to have
needlessly multiplied the European species, of which Kiitzing enumerates 200, including
58 Zygnemata and as many Cdogonia.
94 HYDRODICTYEZ.
Orper VITI.—HYDRODICTYEM.
Hypropictyea, Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. p. 281. Sp. Alg. p. 448. Berk. Crypt. Bot. p.
138. Dne. Class. p. 31. (in part only.)
Diagnosis. Green (fresh-water) Alga, composed of cylindrical cells, united by their
ends into a saccate net-work, with polygonal meshes ; each side of the mesh formed of
a single cell. Hndochrome of each cell resolved at maturity into indefinitely numerous,
minute zoospores, which arrange themselves, end to end, into a new net-work, whilst
still contained within the parent cell. Nets viviparous.
NaruraL Cuaracter. The genus Hydrodictyon differs so remarkably in the mode
of evolution of its frond from that of any other confervoid Alga that it has been found
necessary to constitute it the type of a distinct family. Its essentially distinctive
characters are thus well given by Messrs. Derbes and Soliere in their able memoir :
“Each zoospore of this plant gives birth to one cell only, whose further development
will consist merely in an increase of dimensions, without undergoing any multiplication.
Here then, without doubt, is the most distinctive character of the genus ; for in the
Conferve, with which it has the greatest affinity, one zoospore gives birth to an
individual, which increases in dimensions by the multiplication of its cells; here, on the
contrary, a great number of zoospores unite together to form an individual, which is
composed of a limited number of cells, which number remains the same during the whole
duration of the plant; that is to say, until each of these cellules, in its turn, gives birth
to a young Hydrodictyon complete. In other terms, a Hydrodictyon is an assemblage
of little plants reduced to a single cell, formed by the development of a zoospore.” If
we trace the development, it will be obvious that this is a true explanation of the
viviparous net-work.
At all stages of its growth, then, the structure of the Hydrodictyon is the same.
Young specimens differ from old ones merely in the size of the cells of which the net is
composed ; the number of the cells, their form, and that of the net are the same in
young as in old nets. In all stages the Hydrodictyon is a bag-like or purse-shaped
net, with polygonal, generally five-sided meshes, each mesh consisting of a single
articulation or cylindrical cell, united by its ends to the neighbouring cells, just as the
cells of a Conferva are united, but having no passage from cell to cell, and each cell,
from first to last, carrying on an independent existence. When first emitted from the
HYDRODICTYEX. 95
parent, the young Hydrodictyon is of microscopic size. It grows rapidly until each
articulation becomes from a quarter to half an inch in length, and half a line in dia-
meter. Up to this period the cells are filled with a green semi-fluid endochrome, in
which grains of different sizes are formed. Gradually this green matter is resolved
into an infinite number of minute zoospores, which are at first spherical, afterwards
ovate, pointed at one end ; and which, while contained within the cell wall, exhibit
lively movements. At length these movements gradully subside, and the zoospores
arrange themselves, end to end, into polygonal, commonly pentagonal, areola ; and
when all the zoospores contained within a single articulation have so arranged them-
selves, the little net is completed before its emission or birth. When all is thus ready,
the parent net falls to pieces, each articulation floating separately ; and shortly after-
wards, on the bursting or deliquescence of the wall of the mother cell, the little network
floats independently, and commences its career of growth and development. This
curious plant early attracted the notice of botanists, and has deservedly engaged the
attention of physiologists. The fullest of the earlier histories is to be found in
Vaucher’s work on Fresh Water Conferve ; and recent accounts are given by Areschoug
in the 16th vol. of “ Linnea ;” and by Derbes and Soliere in their memoir presented to
the French Academy in 1848. I have never had the opportunity of examining living
specimens, though abundantly supplied with dried ones from many distant parts of the
world. The only species known inhabits ponds in Europe and in America, both North
and South. It is rare in England, and has not yet been found in Jreland.
HYDRODICTYON, Roth.
é (Character the same as that of the Order.)
1. Hypropictyon wtriculatum, Roth. Fl. Germ. 3. part 1, p. 531. Fl. Dan. t. 1597.
Ag. Syst. p. 84. Lyngb. Hyd. Dan. p. 169. t. 58. Harv. Man. Ed. 1. p. 140.
Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. p. 281. Syst. Alg. p. 448. Conferva reticulata, Linn. Dillw.
Conf. t. 97. E. Bot. t. 1687.
Has. In ponds of fresh water. West Point, Professor Bailey. Weehawken, Jr.
Walters. Waterholes between Van Horn’s Wells and Muerte on the Mexican boundary,
Dr. Bigelow. (v.s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
This has been sufficiently described in the remarks under the Order. The full sized
nets are 6-8 or 12 inches long, and 3-4 in diameter ; their meshes from half an inch
to three quarters of an inch across. In different localities and climates the size varies-
No difference is appreciable between American and European specimens.
96 OSCILLATORIACE.
OrpDER IX.—OSCILLATORIACE2A.
Harv. Man. Ed.1. p. 219. Oscillatoriew, Harv. in Mack. Fl. Hib. part 3, p. 164.
Endl. 3d. Suppl. p. 12. Oscillatoriee and Rivulariee, Harv. Br. Fl. J. Ag. Alg.
Medit. p. 8,10. Osceillatorew, Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 18. Oseillariee, Leptotrichee,
Lyngbyece, Scytonemee, Mastichotrichee, Rivulariee, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. pp. 235-344.
Diagnosis. Green, (rarely olive-brown, blue, or purple) marine or fresh water Alge,
composed of simple or slightly branched filaments ; each filament having a membranous
unicellular sheath, enclosing an annulated medullary chord of very short cells.
NaTuraL Cuaracter. Root either a simple point of attachment, or, in most cases,
not obvious. J/ilaments of small size, and often very minute, rarely solitary, variously
aggregated together. In some microscopic forms, as in Zrichedesmium, a number of
minute filaments lie close together, cohering by their edges and parallel to each other,
forming little bundles, resembling faggots in miniature ; and these float freely in the
water, through which they move by a slow, proper motion, rising to the surface or
sinking, according to the season. In others, as in Oseillatoria, an indefinite number
of similar filaments lie loosely in a gelatinous matrix, within which they are developed,
and from the edges of which they radiate; but they have no definite or determinate
arrangement in the mass. Again, in Calothriz, the filaments are fixed at the base, and
stand erect in minute tufts, or spread in a velvetty pile over the surface of various
objects. In Lyngbya the arrangement of the threads is similar, but they are
of much greater length, more curved and flexible, resembling tufts of hair or silky
wool. Lastly, in Rivularia, there is a compact gelatinous frond of sub-definite
form, constructed of a multitude of symmetrically arranged filaments ; each one
springing from a minute, spherical, bulb-like cell, by which it is attached to the
neighbouring filament. These basal cells have been called “ connecting cells,” and
also “ heterocysts.” Their peculiar function has not been clearly ascertained. Through
all the genera of the Order considerable uniformity prevails in the structure of the fila-
ments. The external coating or peripheric portion, called the sheath, is a tubular
membrane, destitute of markings, hyaline, and apparently formed by the lengthening
of a single generating cell. In many cases it is delicately membranous and thin ; in
others it is thickened ; and in some (as in Petalonema), the sheath consists of many
foliations, one inside the other. In several of the Rivulariew also, the sheath is
similarly compound, and frequently plumoso multifid at the extremity. Within the
sheath is the medullary column, or endochromatic part of the filament. This always
consists of a series of short, lenticular, densely coloured cells, which in the full grown
a
OSCILLATORIACE. 97
filament may be readily separated. They have been described as sporidia; but obser-
vations on their germination are wanting. Minute zoospores have been observed in
some. Besides the ordinary sheath which encloses each medullary column, a suppli-
mentary sheath is found in some genera, as in Jicrocoleus, enclosing a considerable
number of separately sheathed filaments. The origin of this general sheath has not
been observed. It probably originates as a simple filament, whose endochrome divides
and subdivides longitudinally, thus forming a number of filaments within the body of
the older one, whose walls continue to enlarge, being fed by the matter of the contained
filaments. This appears, at least sometimes, to be the case: in other cases probably
the investing sheath is formed of exuviee and dead filaments.
Many plants of this Order are celebrated for exhibiting peculiar movements resembling
those of animals. Some have a rapid progressive and regressive movement, by which
they can change their place, rising or falling in the water; others, while remaining
nearly in one place, move from side to side, describing an are. The genus Oscillatoria
is so named from the pendulum-like movements of its filaments. Species of this genus
are to be found in most pools of stagnant water, and their peculiar movements may be
easily observed. These plants occur, when fully developed, in floating, skin-like, slimy
pellicles, of a deep green or blackish or blueish colour and gelatinous substance. If a
small portion of the floating scum be placed in a cup of water, and allowed to remain
for some hours at rest, its edges will become finely fringed with delicate, radiating
threads, which extend further and further, from hour to hour ; and if the experiment
be continued for a day or two, in warm weather, the whole surface of the water will be
coated with a thin layer of filaments, which will spread till stopped by the dry edges of
the cup. These filaments were at first contained within the gelatinous matrix, and
have merely spread out, not grown, from it, by means of their peculiar movements.
These movements are of three kinds :—first, there is the oscillating movement ; one
end of the thread remaining nearly at rest, while the other sways from side to side,
sometimes describing nearly a quarter of a circle in a single swing. Secondly, the tip
of the filament has a minute movement, bending from side to side, like the head of a
worm: and thirdly, there is an onward movement, probably the result of the two
former. It is this latter which causes the filaments to radiate and spread out from the
edges of the stratum. Ifa minute portion of a living Oscillatoria be placed in water,
under a moderately high magnifying power, all these movements can be seen without
trouble. They vary in vividness, however, in different species, some being active, and
some sluggish ; and also according to the state of the weather, being most rapid in
warm weather. Some of the species are furnished with minute cilia at the extremities,
but these do not seem to take part in the motion.
Oscillatoriacee are found in all parts of the world, and under a great variety of
circumstances. Not very many, with the exception of the Lyngbye and Calothrices,
are marine ; the great proportion are found in fresh water. Several occur in hot-springs,
even in the Geysers of Iceland ; and others inhabit water highly charged with mineral
salts or gases. Some are found on damp soil ; others under the spray of cascades, and
on the gates of canal-locks and about mill-dams. Few pieces of stagnant fresh water
are free from them ; but rivers and streams are equally furnished, and broad lakes are
i)
98 OSCILLATORIACE.
sometimes coloured, throughout their whole extent, with minute, perhaps microscopic,
species of this Order. The ocean itself, often for many hundreds of square miles, has
been found discoloured by microscopic Alge of this group, belonging to the genus
Trichodesmium ; one of which, of a red colour, is found at seasons abundantly in the
Red Sea, and is supposed to have caused that name to be given to the Arabian Gulf.
Others are found in the Indian Ocean, one of which is of a bright yellow-green, and
sometimes deeply tinges the upper strata of the sea off the coasts of Malacca. Others
have been noticed in equal abundance, but less strongly coloured, in various parts of
the Pacific, and on the coasts of Australia.
The species are very difficult to determine,and have been too much multiplied by
authors : little therefore can usefully be said respecting their geographic distribution.
Probably, if they are ever carefully investigated, the same kinds will to a large extent
be found in the most distant localities. This at least seems to be the case with some,
as Petalonema alatum, Lynybya majuscula, L. ferruginea, Calothrix scopulorum, and
many others.
TABLE OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GENERA.
* Frond filamentous, branched, olive-brown, in fresh water.
I. Peratonema. Filaments with a flattened, longitudinally and transversely striate
sheath, much broader than the endochrome.
Il. Scytonema. Filaments with a cylindrical, hyaline sheath, narrower than the
endochrome.
** Frond filamentous. Filaments separate, free, green or purple.
Il. Lynepya. laments very long, flexible, threadlike, bundled together.
IV. Catoturix. Filaments short, tufted, erect.
V. Oscrtiatoria. Filaments rigid, needle-shaped, lying loosely in a mucous matrix,
usually floating.
*** Frond formed of numerous parallel filaments contained within a simple or branch-
ing membranous common-sheath,
VI. Microco.evs.
**** Frond formed of numerous radiating filaments invested with firm gelatine ; each
Jilament springing from a spherical root-cell.
VII. Rivuvaria.
OSCILLATORIACEZ. 99
I. PETALONEMA, Berk.
Filaments stratified, decumbent, free, simple or branched. Tube or sheath very wide,
flattened, longitudinally and transversely striate, and crenulate at the edge ; endochrome
olivaceous, annulated, here and there interrupted by a heterocyst. Branches issuing in
pairs, formed by the division and protrusion of the endochrome of the original filament.
A very distinct and easily recognized genus established by Mr. Berkeley in 1833,
under the name here adopted ; a name changed by Professor Kiitzing in 1845 to
Arthrosiphon, for what reason I am not aware. The Alga on which it is founded was
discovered many years previously, in the West of Scotland, by the late Captain Car-
michael, and was first figured and described by Dr. Greville as an Oscillatoria. It has
more recently been found in several parts of Europe, and we have now to record its
occurrence in the New Continent. There are few more beautiful objects among the
fresh water Alge, and unlike many of its kindred the fronds perfectly recover their
form when moistened after having been dried. When placed under the microscope the
filaments present the appearance of a cylindrical central column, containing annulated,
olive-coloured endochrome, and a wide winglike border at each side of the column. This
border or sheath is obliquely striate, the strie running in an arch from the margin
toward the centre, where they become parallel, and are then continued longitudinally
downwards along the medullary column, till lost in the density. The margin of the
wing is closely crenulate, and in age transversely striate at the crenatures as if jointed,
Such is the apparent structure: the real structure seems to be, that an annulated
central filament is enclosed within a number of compressed, trumpet-mouthed gelatino-
membranaceous tubular sheaths, one arising within the other, and successively developed
as the growth proceeds. These sheaths, thus concentrically arranged, are indicated by
the longitudinal arching strie ; and the mouths of the younger sheaths, projecting
slightly beyond those of the older, form the crenatures of the margin.
Peratonema alatum, Berk. Gl. Br. Alg. p. 23, t. 7, fig. 2. Harv. Man. Ed. 1,
p. 168. Hass. Fr. Wat. Alg. p. 237. t. 68. f. 6. Arthrosyphon Grevillii, Kitz. Phye.
Germ. p. 177. Sp. Alg. p. 311. Oseillatoria alata, Carm. Grev. Sc. Crypt. Fl. t.
222. Harv. in Hook. Br. Fl. 2. p. 378. (Tas. XLVIII. A.)
Has. On dripping rocks, under Biddle Stairs, Niagara Falls, abundantly, W. H. /.
(1849). (v. v.)
This forms strata of a dark chestnut-brown colour, and of indefinite extent, on the
surface of rocks or soil in places exposed to the constant drip of water. The jilaments
are decumbent, lying without order in the gelatinous matrix in which they are deve-
loped, and which forms the groundwork of the stratum. They appear to be unattached
to the soil, and each filament may be about half an inch in length ; but they are com-
monly found broken off at the inferior end, or the lower portion decays while the upper
continues to grow. They are slightly curved, in serpentlike fashion, never quite
i ee in
100 OSCILLATORIACE.
straight ; at first they are simple, but now and then they emit lateral branches, which
issue at considerable angles, and generally in pairs. When a filament is about to
branch, a rupture takes place in the side of the sheath, and the endochrome issues in two
portions, one connected with the upper, the other with the lower half of the filament ;
these form the nuclei or medullary portion of two new branches, and become duly
invested with a membranous sheath, and gradually put on the aspect of the adult
filament. The endochrome is granular, dark-brown, and annulated at short intervals, the
transverse rings being placed very close together in the youngest portions, and less
closely in the older, where they are distant from each other about twice the diameter of
the column. This annulated endochrome is interrupted at certain fixed places, where an
ellipsoidal cell is formed, separating the endochrome of the lower from that of the upper
portions. These cells may be compared to nodes, and indicate, if I mistake not, the
points where the twin branches issue. I have not, however, noticed their development
into branches.
Puate XLVI. A. Fig 1. Portion of the stratum formed by PeraLonema alatum ;
and jig. 2. Fronds removed from the same; the natural size. ig. 3. Portion of two
filaments magnified. Fig. 4. Apex of a filament, more highly magnified.
Il. SCYTONEMA, Ag.
Filaments tufted, mostly basifixed, erect or decumbent, free, flexible, branched.
Tube or sheath cylindrical, continuous, membranaceous, tough ; endochrome olive-brown,
annulated. ranches lateral, issuing in pairs, formed by the division and protrusion
of the endochrome of the original filament.
When at Niagara Falls in the autumn of 1849, I collected on the rocks under Biddle
Stairs specimens of a large decumbent Scytonema, which may possibly be referable to
one or other of the 50 species named and described by Kiitzing, but whose characters
uppear to me to be founded, often, on insufficient data. I am unwilling to add to the
syhonyms by giving a new name to the American species, and I have not at hand the
means of comparing it with more than a few of the recorded species. It is of large
size, its filaments being nearly twice the diameter of those of the British S. myochrous,
which it resembles in its branching. The endochrome is narrower in proportion to the
sheath and distinctly annulate ; the annuli rather distant. The sheath is of a deep
chestnut brown colour.
Probably several other forms, if not species, occur in North America.
OSCILLATORIACEZ. 101
Ill. LYNGBYA, Ag.
Filaments destitute of mucous layer, free, flexible, unbranched, elongated, not oscil-
lating. Tube continuous, cylindrical, membranaceous ; endochrome green or purple,
densely annulated, at length separating into lenticular sporidia. (Marine or in fresh
water. )
A genus consisting of many species, most of which are found in the sea ; several
occur in estuaries of rivers and in brackish ditches, and a few are found in fresh water
or in thermal springs. From Oscillatoria they are known by the absence of a gelatinous
matrix and of oscillating movements, and by the greater flexibility of the filaments.
From Calothrix, to which they are more nearly related, they differ chiefly in habit ;
especially in the great length of the filaments, and in being rarely fasciculate. The
generic name is given in honour of H. C. Lyngbye, a Danish Algologist, and author of
an excellent work on the Alge of Denmark.
1. Lynepya majuscula, Harv. ; filaments thick, very long and tenacious, twisted,
issuing in long, crisped bundles from a blackish green stratum. Harv. Phyc.
Brit. t. 62. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 283. Lyngbya erispa, Ag. Syst. p. 74 (m part.).
Conf. majuscula, Dillw.! Supp.t. A. L. maxima, Mont. L. Pacifica, Kitz. Sp. Aly.
p. 284. (Tas. XLVII. A.)
Has. Long Island Sound, Professor Bailey. Peconic Bay, Mr. Hooper. Key West,
W. H. H. and Mr. Ashmead. (v. Vv.)
Tufts often several inches in diameter, the central portion densely interwoven or
stratified, the margins throwing off long bundles or fascicles of free, crisped, or variously
twisted filaments, one to two inches in length, and floating freely in the water. The
strata at first are attached to the bottom, but with age float to the surface and are cast
ashore in large masses. The diameter of the filament is greater than in any other
species, being commonly rather more than ‘05 of an inch. The Key West specimens are
rather less broad than usual. The sheath or tube of the filament is thick, and forms a
wide, hyaline margin to the dark-coloured, closely but not strongly annulated endochrome.
The L. maaima, Mont. (L. pacifica, Kiitz.) which I have gathered in great abundance
on the shores of the Friendly Islands, appears to me to be merely a luxuriant state of
this common species. Except in the greater diameter of the filaments, and this varies
in different specimens, I see no character by which it may be distinguished. The species
(as understood in England) has a peculiar external habit, and its microscopic characters
—however difficult to describe—are easily remembered after having once been seen.
It was first found at Bantry, South of Ireland, by the late Miss Hutchins.
Prats XLVII. A. Fig. 1. A tuft of Lyngbya majuscula, the natural size. Fig. 2.
Portion of a filament, magnified.
102 OSCILLATORIACE.
«=
2, Lynopya ferruginea, Ag. ; filaments slender, flaccid, curved, forming a thin stratum
of a verdigris green colour, which gradually changes to a pale chestnut (but resumes
the green in drying). Ag. Syst. p. 73. Harv. Phye. Brit. tab. 311. L. aeruginosa,
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 282. (Tas. XLVI. B.)
Han. On muddy shores, in tide pools and floating in ditches of salt or brackish water
near the sea. Haarlem River, N.Y. close to the High Bridge, W. H. H. Salt ditches
at Hoboken and near Green Port, Professor Bailey. (v. v-)
Stratum thin, expanded, covering the mud to an indefinite extent, or floating on the
surface of stagnant salt water, generally of an intense verdigris or blueish green colour,
now and then foxy orrust colour, scarcely at all gelatinous. Filaments about ‘001 of
an inch in diameter, flaccid, slightly flexuous, rather tough, with very thin, membranous
cell-walls, filled with dense closely and strongly annulated, bluish-green endochrome,
occasionally with empty spaces. The strie are very evident. In the dry state the blue-
green colour is mostly preserved ; and the surface is not glossy.
Prats XLVII. B. Fig. 1. Portion of the stratum of Lynepya ferruginea. Fig. 2.
Portion of a filament, magnified. Fig. 3. Section of the same, more highly magnijied.
3. Lynopya fulva, Harv. ; filaments slender, elongate, flexuous, fulvous, issuing in
erect, crisped, plumose fascicles from a dark coloured stratum ; cell-wall thick, forming
a broad limbus to the endochrome. (Tas. XLVII. F.)
Has. On the granite masses composing the breakwater at Stonington, Conn. Professor
Bailey. (v.s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
Stratum attached to the rock, dull olivaceous, throwing up long fascicles of filaments,
an inch or more in length, and standing upright in the water. Filaments about the
size of those of L. ferruginea, but with very thick walls, which form a glassy sheath to
the enclosed fulvous or ochre coloured endochrome ; the hyaline border being nearly half
as wide as the coloured portion. The annuli are strongly marked and very closely set.
This somewhat resembles L. luteo-fusca, Ag., but the walls of the tube are much
thicker, as thick in proportion to the enclosed matter as are those of L. majuscula to
the matter in its tube.
Prare. XLVIL F. Fig. 1. Lynepya fulva, the natural size, Fy. 3. Portion of a
filament, magnified. Fig. 2. Section of a filament, more highly magnified.
4, Lynapya nigrescens, Harv. ; filaments very slender, flaccid, densely interwoven
into a fleecy, blackish-green stratum. (Tas. XLVII. D.)
Hap. Sea shores or mud, &e. Canarsie Bay, Long Island, Mr. Hooper. Peconic
Bay. W.H. H. Also on leaves of Zostera, Peconic Bay, Mr. Hooper.
OSCILLATORIACEZ. 103
Strata varying in extent, lying on the surface of mud, or floating, or entangled with
other Algw and attached to them, of a very dull, blackish, or somewhat violet colour,
with shades of sruginous green. ilaments scarcely more than half the diameter of
those of Z. ferruginea ; with thin, membranous cell-walls, and densely annulated, dark
or dull coloured endochrome. When dry the stratum becomes brittle, and frequently
breaks off from the paper in flakes.
Prats XLVIL D. Fig. 1. Lynepya nigrescens, the natural size. Fig. 2. Portion of
a filament, magnified. Fig. 3. Section of the same, more highly magnified.
5. Lynepya confervoides, Ag. ; filaments very slender, flaccid, elongate, forming long,
comose fasciculi, floating freely from a blackish green basal stratum ; annuli not very
strongly marked. Ag. Syst. p. 73. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 285. (Tas. XLVIL C.)
Has. Sea-shores, Charleston, 8. Carolina, Professor Lewis R. Gibbes. (v. s.)
Stratum dark, olivaceous, or blackish green, emitting long bundles of slender filaments,
1-2 inches long, which float freely in the water. Filaments lying parallel in the
bundles, flexuous, but scarcely interwoven and often separate ; with very thin, narrow,
membranous tubes, and a dense, dull-green endochrome, which is much less distinctly
annulated than in L. ferruginea. The diameter of the filament is also much less than
in that species.
I have compared the above quoted species with an authentic one from Professor
J. Agardh, and find little difference between them.
Puate. XLVI C. Fig. 1. Lynepya confervoides, the natural size. Fig. 2. Portion
of two filaments, magnified. Fig. 3. Section, more highly magnijied.
6. Lyvesya pusilla, Harv. ; stratum minute, blackish-green ; filaments very slender,
short, crisped, spreading in small bundles ; endochrome pale, dull-green, annulate, cell-
wall very thin. (Tas. XLVI. E.)
Has. Parasitic on small Alge, at Sullivan’s Island, $.C., W. H. H. (v. v.)
This spreads over small Alge in thin strata, composed of densely matted filaments,
and emitting to all sides free, fascicled filaments. These latter are about quarter of an
inch long, and half the diameter of those of L. ferruginea, with a pale endochrome. The
cell-wall is extremely thin ; the endochrome quite fills the tube, leaving a scarcely per-
ceptible margin. The annuli are tolerably definite.
Possibly this may be an Oscillatoria.
Puate XLVII. EB. Fig. 1. Lynepya pusilla, the natural size. Lig 2. Portions of
three filaments, magnified. Fig. 3. Section of a filament, highly magnijied.
a ee te
a
a
104 OSCILLATORIACE
7. Lyvapya hyalina, Harv. ; filaments basifixed, erect, straight, very slender,
arachnoid, gelatinoso-membranaceous, flaccid, very pale yellowish green or nearly hyaline ;
endochrome filling the tube, at first granular, then annulated. (Taz. XLVII. G.)
Has. On lime encrusted rocks at Key West, W. H. H. (v. v.)
Forming indefinite, very soft and sub-gelatinous continuous tufts or pilose strata.
Filaments fixed by their base to the rock, and floating freely, exceedingly slender and
cobwebby, straight, glossy, cylindrical, from half an inch to an inch long, very pale
eeruginous or yellowish-green, often nearly colourless. The cell-wall is thin and delicate,
and the endochrome quite fills the tube, leaving no perceptible margin.
I do not know any species similar to this. It is exceedingly slender and delicate.
Prare XLVII. G. Fig. 1. Lynepya hyalina, the natural size. Fig. 2. Portions of
three filaments, magnified. Fig. 3. Section of a filament, highly magnijied.
8. LyneByA muralis, Ag. filaments somewhat rigid, thickish, tortuous, very long,
interwoven ina bright, grass-green stratum ; annuli strongly defined. Ag. Syst. p. 74.
Harv. Man. Ed.1, p. 160. Conf. muralis, Dillw. tab. 7, E. Bot. t. 1554. 8B. aquatica.
Has. var. 8, in pools of fresh water, Whalefish Islands, Davis Straits, Dr. Lyall.
G's")
The specimens are mixed with turfy soil. Except in the submerged habitat, this
agrees with the ordinary form. Intermixed with threads of the usual size and structure
are others cohering in pairs, as in Z. copulata, Hass., which is obviously only a state of
this widely dispersed species. Ihave not received specimens of the ordinary L. muralis
from America ; but no doubt it is common on damp walls, &c., as in Europe generally.
Iv. CALOTHRIX, Ag.
Filaments destitute of a mucous layer, erect, tufted, or aggregated, fixed at the base,
somewhat rigid, not oscillating. ube continuous ; endochrome green, densely annu-
lated, at length separating into lenticular sporidia. (Marine or in fresh water.)
I retain the genus Calothrix, as established by Agardh, in preference to dividing it,
with Kiitzing and others, into the groups Leiblinia, Tolypothrix, §c. which appear to
me to be separated on very uncertain and variable characters. The whole group
requires a careful study and complete remodelling ; but I have neither time not sufii-
ciently copious materials to attempt such a work. Ican hardly suppose that the
multitude of species and genera of these obscure plants described by Kiitzing are all
OSCILLATORIACEZ. 105
distinct. To judge by the characters assigned by him, many appear very closely allied
to each other.
1. CaLorurix confervicola, Ag. ; filaments short, glaucous, opake, filiform, blunt,
rigid, straight or slightly curved, minutely tufted. Ag. Syst. p. 70. Harv. Phyec.
Brit. t. 254. Wyatt, Aly. Danm. No. 229. Leibleinia confervicola, Endl. 8d. Supp.
p. 221. Leibleinia chalybea, Kite. Sp. Alg. p. 277. (and probably other species of
Leibleinia of the same author). Conferva confervicola, Dillw. Conf.t. 8. E. Bot. t. 2576.
Has. On the filiform marine Alge. Rhode Island shores, Professor Bailey,
Mr. Olney, Mr. Hunt. (v. v.)
Filaments about the tenth of an inch long, either forming little starry tufts along the
branches of the Alga it infects, or, by the confluence of several such tufts, covering the
branch with a continuous pile of dark zruginous-green threads. When seen under the
microscope the filaments are simple, curved, filiform, but little attenuated upwards, and
either separate from each other or variously combined by lateral cohesion into fascicles.
Their cell-wall is rather thick, and the endochrome within is of a dull bluish-green, here
and there interrupted and broken into separate masses, and sometimes nodoso-incrassate
at short intervals. The transverse striw are more or less distinctly seen according to
the age of the specimen examined. The colour varies in different specimens, from dull
to bright green ; and is sometimes olivaceous, and even yellowish or pale.
This species is a common parasite on the filiform Alge, and found in many distant seas.
2. CaLoTHRIX scopulorum, Ag.; spreading in velvetty dull-green strata of indefinite
extent ; filaments flexuous, subulate, subattenuate, simple. Ag. Sp. Alg.p. 70. Harv.
Phye. Brit. t. 58, B. Schizosiphon scopulorum, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 329 (and probably
others.) Conferva scopulorum, Dillw. Conf. p. 39, Sup.t. A. #. Bot. t. 2171.
Has. Rocks near high water mark. Shores of Rhode Island, Professor Bailey and
Mr. Olney. (v. Vv.)
This occurs in slimy and somewhat velvetty patches of indefinite extent, covering the
surface of marine rocks. The filaments rise from a slimy debris or matrix, which is
gradually accumulated. They are erect, flexuous, often very much bent, attenuated to
the apices, and sometimes, but not invariably, acuminate ; and they stand in the stratum
parallel to each other, crowded together, but not cohering in laminew. The endochrome
is commonly of a dark, olivaceous green, and the cell-wall thin and membranous. Striw
evident.
Generally dispersed throughout the temperate zones, both north and south. Its
slimy patches are very treacherous to the feet of unwary trespassers who may happen
to tread on them.
106 OSCILLATORIACES.
3. CALOTHRIX vivipara, Harv. ; spreading in continuous, velvetty strata ; filaments
thick-walled, fasciculate at base, straight or somewhat curved, viviparous above, and
pseudo-branched ; endochrome strongly annulated.
Has. Seaconnot Point, Professor Bailey (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
This appears to form a continuous stratum on rocks, like that of C. scopulorum, but
the filaments of which it is composed are longer, 2-3 tenths of an inch long and straighter ;
more united at the base into fascicles, and furnished above with appositional branches
which evidently rise from viviparous separations from the endochrome. Sometimes the
endochrome seems to split or divide longitudinally ; at other times it separates trans-
versely, the portions growing at each end and cohering laterally. The cell-wall is wider
than in C. scopulorum.
Certainly closely allied to C. scopulorum and also to C. h ypnoides, and perhaps
intermediate between them, connecting the extreme forms of each. It was sent to me
by Professor Bailey as probably C. fasciculata, but it does not agree with the British
plant so called ; and not knowing what else to do with it, being unwilling to pass it by
altogether, I have given it a provisional locus in the genus, assigning to it the trivial
name vivipara. It may possibly be merely a viviparous state of C. scopulorum.
4. Catorurix pilosa, Harv. ; strata of indefinite extent, blackish or dark brown,
pilose ; filaments densely interwoven at the base, then free, elongate, rigid, cylindrical,
very obtuse, very flexuous, simple or slightly pseudo-branched ; cell-wall very thick,
fulvous or subopaque ; endochrome narrow, dark green. (Tab. XLV ILE C:)
Has. On rocks between tide marks, Key West, W.H.H. (v. v.)
This forms strata of indefinite extent, covering rocks in patches of a very dark
blackish or brown colour, not in the least lubricous, and more pilose than velvetty. The
stratum is about quarter of an inch thick ; its matrix composed of the densely inter-
woven decumbent bases of the filaments which constitute it. These are afterwards
erect, unconnected together, standing separately like the hairs on a fleece, very much
curved or twisted, nearly half an inch long, rigid and not at all slimy. They are about
the same diameter as Lyngbya majuscula ; and are scarcely attenuated at the blunt
apex. The cell-wall or tube is remarkably thick and opaque, evidently formed of
successive deposits, indicated by faint longitudinal strie ; and is fulvous or ochraceous
in colour. The endochrome seldom constitutes more than a third of the diameter of
the filaments, and is of a dull dark-green, more or less annulated. When dry the whole
plant is rigid and harsh, and does not adhere to paper.
This seems to be a well characterised species, different at least from any with which
I am acquainted, and to be recognised by its shaggy, rigid pile of hair-like filaments,
and their dark colour. Its microscopic characters are quite different from those of
C. scopulorum. It abounds at Key West on littoral rocks.
OSCILLATORIACEZ. 107
Plate XLVIII. C. Fig 1. Stratified tufts of CaLorurix pilosa, the natural size.
Fig. 2. Portion of the filaments magnified. Fig. 3. A more highly magnified portion.
5. Carorurix dura, Harv.; strata indefinite, dull brown; filaments at first decum-
bent and matted together, then erect, cohering laterally in tooth-like bundles ; each
filament angularly bent below, at first simple, then cleft longitudinally and afterwards
once or twice forked ; endochrome very narrow, annulate ; the cell-wall thick, lamel-
lated and subopaque ; apices acuminate. (Tas. XLVIII. D.)
Has. On mudflats, near highwater mark. Key West, W. H. H. (v. v.)
Possibly this may be only a state of the preceding species, to which, at least, it is
nearly allied, although it offers characters which would cause it to be referred to another
genus of Kiitzing. The filaments are matted together at base; the mat being composed
of prostrate portions of each thread, intricately interwoven. The threads, after proceeding
for a time horizontally, suddenly become erect, bending nearly at right angles, and then
they cohere together into stiff, tooth-like fascicles, in which they stand parallel, and are
straight or but slightly curved. When a single filament is removed from the fascicle, it
is seen to be simple and filiform below, but gradually increasing in diameter upwards
to a certain stage, at which the endochrome separates into two columns, which are at
first parallel with each other and contained in the same sheath; but they soon separate,
and then each becomes invested by a separate sheath. In this way two branches are
formed, which may either remain simple or may again divide once or twice in a similar
manner. The cell-wall is much wider than the endochrome. The substance is rigid
and tough: and the colour dull brown or fulvous.
Pirate XLVIII. D. Fig. 1. Stratified tufts of CaLoturix dura, the natural size.
Fig. 2. Portions of the filaments magnified. Fig. 3. Apex of a filament, more highly
magnified.
V. OSCILLATORIA. Vauceh.
Filaments lying in a gelatinous matrix, rigid, simple, acicular, vividly oscillating.
Tube continuous ; endochrome green, densely annulated with close, parallel, trans-
verse strie. (Mostly in fresh water—some marine.)
The Oscilatorie occur in gelatinous strata or pellicles, which at first are formed at
the bottom of stagnant or running water, and afterwards rise to the surface. The green
scum frequently seen on the surface of putrid ditches is generally formed by one or
108 OSCILLATORIACE.
more species of this genus. Others occur in lakes, and sometimes in such abundance
as to impart a blue-green tint to the water, over very wide areas. Others, again, inhabit
mineral springs and thermal waters ; and some are found on the damp surface of the
soil, especially in the autumnal months. Varied as are the habitats, the general
characters of the species are very uniform: and all are remarkable for an oscillating
movement of the filaments, from side to side, like the motion of a pendulum. This
continues with greater or less vividness, while the plant lives: but some species exhibit
much more lively movements than others, and all appear to be more active in warm
than in cold weather.
A considerable number of species have been described by authors, but they require
to be studied in a living state, or at least with very perfect materials and an ample
suite of well preserved specimens. I cannot undertake to name specifically the few
scraps of American Oscillatorie which have been sent to me by various correspondents.
Probably most of the European species will be met with in America ; and no doubt
some others peculiar to the New Continent. It would be interesting to know whether
any species be found in the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky, or in other anomalous
localities.
VI. MICROCOLEUS, Desmaz.
(Chthonoblastus, Kiitz.)
Filaments minute, rigid, straight, annulated, bundled, and enclosed within membra-
naceous simple or branching sheaths, which are either open or closed at the upper
extremities.
The filaments in this genus have the structure of those of Oseillatoria or Calothriz,
but are developed within membranous common sheaths, which are either simple or
branched, and either lie prostrate in indefinite strata, like those of an Oscillatoria ; or
stand erect, in toothlike tufts, like those of many Calothrices. In all cases the sheath
is much attenuated at the base, gradually widening upwards, and terminating either in
an open, trumpet-shaped upper extremity, or in a closed club-shaped one. In the
lowest part of the sheath there is but a single longitudinal filament ; a little way up,
two or three parallel filaments are found; and the filaments gradually increase in
number in the upper and wider portions of the common sheath. Hence it may probably
be inferred that the mode of growth of the frond is by the continual longitudinal
division of the filaments ; the older ones, having once split, remaining unchanged at
base ; while their apices by another splitting give birth to other filaments, which
multiply in the same manner. Such a mode of growth would account for the form
OSCILLATORIACEA. 109
which the full grown frond assumes. The species are found either in the sea or in fresh
or brackish water, and even on damp soil. A terrestrial species is common in Europe
by the borders of clayey highways and paths, and may also be found in America.
1. MicrocoLeus corymbosus, Harv.; fronds erect, rigid, tufted, multifid, the branches
erect, level-topped, linear-clavate, closed at the extremity ; filaments densely packed,
not oscillating. (Tas. XLVIII. B.)
Has. On mud-flats, near high-water mark, at Key West, mixed with Calothrix dura.
WEEE iC vev.,)
Fronds half sunk in the mud, erect, tufted, from an eighth to a quarter of an inch in
length, flexuous, tapering much to the base, gradually increasing in diameter upwards
and dividing above into three or four or more erect branches, the lowest of which are
longest, the upper gradually shorter, so that the apices of all are nearly on a level.
These apices are obtuse, and closed. The investing sheath is tough and firmly mem-
branous, and the enclosed filaments strongly cohere together, and are with difficulty
separated. The colour of the sheath is ochraceous yellow, and of the endochrome dull green.
The substance is very firm and rigid, and in drying the plant does not adhere to paper.
Pirate XLVUI. B. Fig. 1. Tufts of MicrocoLeus corymbosus, the natural. size.
Fig. 2. Magnified view of two fronds. F, ig. 3. Portions of the enclosed filaments, more
highly magnified.
VII. RIVULARIA, Roth.
Frond globose or lobed, fleshy, firm, composed of continuous radiating filaments.
annulated within ; each springing from a spherical globule. (In the sea or in fresh
water.)
A fresh water species resembling the British 2. pisum has been sent to me by Mr.
Ravenel from the Santee Canal, where it grows on submerged leaves and stems of plants.
It is hemispherical, very convex, dark blackish-green and soft, and consists of densely
set, spuriously branching, slender filaments. The specimens are not in a very perfect
state, and I cannot say to which, if any, of the modern species they would belong. In
old times they would pass for R. pisum, but it is nearly impossible at present to say
exactly what that species is.
110 NOSTOCHINEZ.
Orprer X.—NOSTOCHINE.
Nostochinee, Endl. 3rd Suppl. p. 12. Berk. Crypt. Bot. p. 139. Nostochee,
Lindl. Veg. Kingd. p. 18. Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. p. 30. Nostochacee, Harv. Man. Ed. 2,
p. 230.
DiaGnosis. Green, fresh water, or rarely marine Alge, composed of moniliform
filaments, lying in a gelatinous matrix. Filaments formed of globose cells, here and
there interrupted by a single cell (heterocyst) of a different character. Propagation by
ZoOSpores.
Naturat Cuaracter.—The least organized plants of this Order consist of isolated,
moniliform threads, invested with a gelatinous coat, and either lying on the soil,
without a root attachment, or floating freely in water. Others a little more compound
are made up of numerous similar threads aggregated in bundles, and imbedded in a
gelatine common to the colony : while even the most complex, as in the genus Nostoc,
present but little further in advance, except that the gelatine in which the threads are
developed is of a firm consistence, when dry becoming quasi-membranous, and assumes
the character of a frond, with definite outline, but generally polymorphous shape. The
filaments are almost always simple, consisting of strings of cells, and are curved or
twisted, or often spiral; in one case (Monormia) the filaments branch. The cells are
spherical or oval, never truly cylindrical with flat ends, as in the Confervacea, and are
filled with a dense, bright-green endochrome. In some few cases, as in Spermosira,
the moniliform thread is enclosed within a tubular, membranous sheath, as in Oscil-
latorie, and there is little to distinguish such plants from individuals of that Order,
except the occurrence of the cells called “ heterocysts.” These latter cells are destitute
ef endochrome, but often clothed with cilia, and are of a different size and shape from
the neighbouring cells. They are always solitary, and occur at intervals in the fila-
ments, but vary in position in the different species. Their use has not been ascertained,
but they have been supposed to be connected with the male system of these plants.
They never change character, like the ordinary cells, and are always found occupying
a definite position in the filament, indicating that they perform some important function,
whatever it may be.
Though the process of fertilization has not yet been observed, there can be little
doubt but that a true fructification is formed in the ordinary cells, which at first are
filled with pale-green matter, and afterwards increase in size, alter their form, and
acquire a much denser and more darkly coloured, often deep brown, endochrome. All
the cells of the filaments do not exhibit these changes, but only one or more, generally
—_—
NOSTOCHINE A. WT
those in the neighbourhood of the heterocyst. Finally, at maturity, the threads break
up, and the enlarged brown cells are found to contain spores which germinate and
continue the species. They have been stated to change into zoospores, but this requires
confirmation. MM. Thuret, in a communication recently made to the Natural History
Society of Cherbourg (Aug. 1857, vol. 5) has described and figured the germination
of the spores of Anabaina licheniformis, and A. major. In these species the sporan-
gium is oblong, and contains at maturity a deep brown solitary spore. J. Thuret
having obtained some specimens with ripe fruit, set them aside in a convenient glass
vessel, and observed them from day to day. ‘The filaments soon broke up, the hetero-
cysts and sporangia floating apart in the water. Many of the latter perished, melting
away, and disappearing altogether. Some remained sound, and these were carefully
supplied with water, until germination commenced. The spore, in germinating, at
first lengthens, pushing against one end of the sporangium, which it finally pierces
lifting off the tip of the periderm like a lid, and thus its extremity issues, as the radicle
from an monocotyledonous seed, capped with the lid of the sporangium. At this period
new cells begin to be formed, by the repeated sub-division of the spore, which continues
to lengthen till it is transformed into a moniliform filament or string of cells, like that
from which it was derived. At first the divisions between the cells are but little
distinct, but they become more and more strongly defined as growth proceeds. The
filament lengthens at both extremities, but more rapidly at that which projects into the
water ; the young articulations are of smaller size than the rest, and thus the filament
tapers towards each end. But this character gradually disappears, and the cells acquire
a uniform dimension, proper to the species. Jf. Thuret’s first experiments were made
with freshly gathered sporangia : but he afterwards succeeded in causing to germinate
specimens which had been dried and preserved for several months in the herbarium-
They began to germinate in about a fortnight. Others (of Anabaina licheniformis)
which had been kept for nine years in a dried state, germinated in an equal space of time,
and the experiment was repeated several times with like success. Several other fresh-
water Algze have been observed to possess the same property of revivification, and it
seems a necessary endowment to enable them to continue the existence of their species
through the alternate drying and moistening to which they are subjected in nature.
To M. Thuret we are also indebted for observations on the ordinary propagation by
gemmation of the Nostocs, and for an account of the way in which the compound frond
is developed. In the autumnal months, when this process goes forward, the old Nostoc
may be said to diliquesce, the gelatine becoming loose and exuding, and the filaments
contained in it breaking up into small fragments. If these be collected and placed in
a glass of water, they may be observed to have a slow, progressive movement, like that
of the Oscillatorie, which enables them to change their place; and at length they
generally fix themselves on that side of the glass next the light. By continuing the
observations for some days, the broken threads are seen to become immoveable, and
then to be invested with a transparent pellicle. At the same time the green cells
increase in size, expanding laterally, till the thread attains nearly twice its ordinary
diameter. A cell division, in vertical order, then takes place throughout its component
cells, and thus the filament splits into two parallel filaments, which are then contained
112 NOSTOCHINEZ.
within a common pellicle. The same process continues ; these split into other threads,
and thus, by gradual bisection of the first formed threads, the frond grows until it
become of the form and size proper to its kind. As it grows the filaments twist and
curl, and loose their parallelism. All these changes have been figured by M. Thuret
with the accuracy and delicacy of execution characteristic of that accomplished naturalist.
The Nostochineg are very rarely marine, and are chiefly found in fresh water streams
or ponds and lakes, or in damp places. Nostoe commune is dispersed over most
countries of the globe, being found lying on the bare soil after rains, or in very damp
weather. It may be observed often on garden walks in the autumn and winter months,
and is found throughout both temperate zones, extending almost to the tropics. A
similar species has been seen in Australia, after a shower of rain, to cover what had
seemed previously to be a bare hill side, with such a thick coating of jelly as to render
it impossible to walk over it without sliding. Such terrestial species have, in England,
the popular name of “ fallen stars”; their sudden appearance and disappearance being
accounted for by the supposition that they had fallen from the air. In Dr. Suther-
land’s account of his Arctic voyage a species bearing a close external resemblance to
N. commune was observed in profusion, occurring on the shores of the Arctic Ocean,
but in windy weather frequently blown over the ice, and drifted out to sea. This will
be found described below as NV. arcticwm. Dr. Sutherland mentions that he had eaten
handfulls of it on several occasions, without any inconvenience ; and although it was
generally infested with swarms of the larve of flies and gnats, he considered it much
more nutritious than “ tripe de roche,” and perhaps not inferior to Iceland moss. A
very similar plant was noticed by Dr. Thomson as occurring in Thibet, up to the
height of 17,000 feet, floating on the surface of pools and lakes, in soils impregnated
with carbonate of soda, and drifted in heaps by the winds along their banks. Mr.
Berkeley, who examined the specimens of both plants chemically, “ thinks we may safely
assume the jelly of the Nostoe to be a state of bassorin, passing into cellulose or
dextrine.” Another species of this genus (Nostoc edule, Mont. and Berk.) is found
abundantly in streams in Tartary, whence it is exported to China, where it is sold in the
markets as an article of food, and highly esteemed as an ingredient in soups. It is
prepared for sale in boxes, one of which is in the Museum of the Linnean Society.
These particulars are drawn from the abstract of a paper read by Dr. Hooker before
the Linnzan Society of London, January 20, 1852. (See Taylor's An. Nat. Hist.
2nd. Ser. Vol. 10, p. 301-803.) As the edible Nostocs closely resemble V. commune
in substance, it may be worth enquiry whether the latter may not also be used as food.
Possibly a new source of luxury may lie hid under this humble exterior. Or it may
perhaps be a nourishing and delicate food for weak digestions. The dyspeptic had better
seek for it betimes.
Ce eS ee ee
ee a a a ee =
NOSTOCHINE. 113
NOSTOC. Vauch.
Frond gelatinous or coriaceous, globose or lobed, filled with curled, beaded, simple
filaments, formed of spherical or ellipsoidal coloured cells, interrupted here and there by
a colourless cell of larger size. Spores formed from the ordinary cells. (On damp
ground or in fresh water.)
1. Nosroc commune, Vauch. ; terrestrial ; frond expanded, membranaceous, plaited
and waved or curled, olive-green, polymorphous. Vauch. Tab. 16. Fig. 1, Ag. Syst.
p. 18. Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p. 183. Hass. Br. Fr. W. Alg. p. 288 t. 74, f. 2.
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 298.
Has. On damp soil, in autumn. Common after rain on dry flats, Rio Bravo, Dr.
Schott. (v. v.)
In dry weather the frond curls up and contracts, looking like a piece of shrivelled
skin, and in that state may be blown about without injury. When moistened it expands,
and then forms a semi-transparent, semi-gelatinous, elastic membrane, of a dull bottle-
green colour. Under the microscope it appears like a transparent jelly traversed in
every part with curled strings of beadlike, green cells.
2. Nostoc (HormostrHon) arcticum, Berk. ; fronds foliaceous, variously plaited, green
or brownish ; filaments at length (their gelatinous envelope being dissolved) free.
Berk. in Proc. Lin. Soc. fide An. Nat. Hist. 2d Ser. vol. 10, p. 302.
Has. On the naked soil, in boggy ground. Assistance Bay, lat. 75° 40’ N. Dr.
Sutherland. (v.s.)
“ Fronds foliaceous, variously plicate, sometimes contracted into a little ball. Gela-
tinous envelope at length effused ; connecting cells at first solitary, then three together ;
threads, which are nearly twice as thick as in N. commune, breaking up at the con-
necting cells, so as to form new threads, each terminated with a single large cell, the
central cell becoming free.” Berk. 1. c.
“Tt grows,” says Dr. Sutherland, “upon the soft and almost boggy slopes around
Assistance Bay ; and when these slopes become frozen at the close of the season, the
plant lying upon the surface in irregularly plicated masses becomes loosened, and if it
is not at once covered with snow, which is not always the case, the wind carries it about
in all directions. Sometimes it is blown out to sea, where one can pick it up on the
surface of the ice, over a depth of probably one hundred fathoms. It has been found at
a distance of two miles from the land, where the wind had carried it. At this distance
from the land it was infested with Podure, and I accounted for this fact by presuming
that the insects of the previous year had deposited their ova in the plant upon the land,
where also the same species could be seen in myriads upon the little purling rivulets,
at the side of which the Nostoc was very abundant.” At p. 205 of his Journal, Dr.
Q
ry
}
{
114 NOSTOCHINES.
Sutherland further mentions having tried it as an article of food, and found it prefer-
able to the Tripe de Roche of the arctic hunters. Its nutritive qualities are probably
equal to those of the jelly derived from other Alge.
3. Nostoc verrucosum, Vauch. ; aquatic ; fronds large, gregarious, confluent, sub-
globose, plaited, at length hollow, blackish-green. Vauch. t. 16, jig. 3. Ag. Syst. p. 21.
Harv. Man. Ed. 1, p.185. Hass. Brit. Fr. Wat. Alg. p. 291, tab. 75, fig. 1. Kutz.
Sp. Alg. p. 300.
Has. On stones in fresh water streams. Pools of fresh water, Isle of Disko, and at
Beechey Island, Arctic Regions, Dr. Lyall. Santa Fe, New Mexico, Fendler.
Fronds gregarious, at length confluent, adhering firmly to the rock on which they
grow, becoming hollow and torn in age, and finally floating to the surface. Colour a
bottle-green. Glossy when dry.
4. Nostoc cristatum, Bailey ; aquatic , fronds orbicular, plano-compressed, firm,
smooth or tuberculated, attached by a point of the circumference, erect. NV. nummu-
lare, Harv. MS. in Herb.
Has. In rivulets, attached to stones under water. Near West Point, Professor
Bailey. Crumelbow Creek, Hyde Park, N.Y., W.H.H. (v. v.)
This pretty little species grows on stones in running water and may possibly be of
common occurrence. The fronds are circular, about half an inch in diameter, or rather
more, the tenth of an inch in thickness, plano-compressed and solid ; but perhaps in age
they would become hollow, and then would probably be spherical. Such inflated fronds,
however, have not yet been seen. They are fixed to the stones on which they grow by
a single point of the circumference, and stand erect, like miniature cock’s-combs, whence
the specific name cristatum bestowed by Professor Bailey. The substance is very firm
and cartilaginous. The filaments are much curled and very densely packed together,
moniliform, and of a dark bluish-green under the microscope. The colour of the frond
to the naked eye is a dark olive-green, blackish rather than blueish.
5. Nostoc Sutherlandi, Dickie; “discoid, coriaceous; filaments crowded ; cells mostly
spherical.” Dickie in App. Suth. Voy. 1, p. 193.
Han. South side of harbour, in winter quarters, Baffin’s Bay, July, 1851. Dr.
Sutherland.
“The plant is one to two inches in diameter, attached by one point of the margin.
Plicato-venose beneath, the plice radiating chiefly from the point of attachment; faintly
venose above, especially near the point of adhesion ; toward the margin reticulately
venose.” Dickie, l. e.
aaa ee i ia a
a it aca ae
NOSTOCHINE 2. 115
This is unknown to me. It seems to be closely allied to the preceding species, if it
be distinct. The plice and reticulations observed do not appear to be characters of
much value for the discrimination of species among these gelatinous plants.
6. Nostoc microscopicum, Carm. ; fronds densely aggregated, very minute, globose
or oblong, immersed in a blackish ervst ; filaments few. Carm. in Hook. Brit. Fl. 2,
p. 399. Harv. Man. Ed.1, p. 184. N. muscorum, Hass. Br. Fr. Wat. Alg. p. 292,
t. 74, jig. 4.
Has. “ Stones in a small stream, Baflin’s Bay, Dr. Sutherland, fide Prof. Dickie.
I have not seen American specimens. In Britain this species grows among mosses
on exposed calcareous rocks, but not in water. The above specific character is taken from
the British plant. The fronds are rarely more than the tenth of an inch in diameter,
and contain two or three beaded filaments lying in a copious transparent jelly.
7. Nostoc jlagelliforme, Berk. and Curt. ; terrestrial ; frond cartilaginous, linear,
very narrow, compressed and often channelled, much branched, irregularly dichotomous ;
branches solid, densely filled with moniliform curved threads. Berk. and Curt.
No. 3809.
Has. On naked aluminous soil, at San Pedro, Texas, Mr. Charles Wright (v. s.)
Fronds several inches in length, half a line in diameter, lying prostrate on the
surface of the soil, much branched in an irregularly dichotomous manner: branches
exactly linear, compressed, often channelled on one or both sides, thinned in the middle
and incrassated to the edge. Substance firm and elastic, cartilaginous, solid, densely
filled with moniliform, curved or curled, interlaced threads, which are set longitudinally
in the frond, and lie nearly parallel to each other. Colour dark olive.
A very curious and most distinctly marked species, differing from others of this
genus, much in the same manner that Chetophora endiviafolia does from the ordinary
globose forms of Chetophora.
116 PALMELLACE#.
OrpDER XIIT.*#A—PALMELLACE.
Palmellacee, Harv. Man. Ed. 2, p. 234. Palmellee, Dne. Class, p. 31. Endl.
3rd. Supp. p. 10. Kiitz. Phyc. Gen. p. 166. Hass. Brit. Fr. Wat. Alg. p. 306.
Lindl. Veg. King. p. 18. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p.196. Berk. Crypt. Bot. p. 114. Thwaites,
in An. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. vol. 2, p. 312, and vol. 3, p. 243. Part of Ulvacee, Harv.
Man. Ed.1, p. 169. Part of Nostochinew, Ag. Syst. p. 13. Harv. in Hook. Br.
fl. 2, p. 394.
Disenosts. Green or red, orange or yellowish, fresh-water Alga, composed of separate
or aggregated (but not united) globose or ellipsoidal cells, free, or lying in a gelatinous
matrix ; sometimes stipitate. Propagation by division of the endochrome.
NATURAL CHARACTER. The plants of this family are the simplest in organization of
any of the great class of the Alga, and therefore fall to the lowest point of the scale in
the arrangement we have adopted. In them we no longer find any distinction of root
from frond ; most of them are amorphous masses of gelatinous substance, and only in a
few, as in Hydrurus, does the gelatine assume a tolerably definite form, and display
itself as a branching frond. The simplest of the group (Protococcus) consists of single,
isolated cells, strewn on the surface of the soil or of whatever object to which they
happen to attach themselves. These cells are globose or egg-shaped, have a hyaline,
often gelatinous coat, and contain a utricle filled with dense endochrome of various
colours; sometimes green, but often red or orange. Of this character is the Red Snow
plant (Protococcus nivalis) which has attracted so much notice, from the accounts of
arctic travellers, and which may often be seen tinging the snows of Mount Blanc and
other snowy Alps with a pale roseate hue. The mode of propagation of this primordial
plant is as simple as its structure. The matter in the cell becomes condensed at
maturity, and then subdivides into 4, 8, 16, or more parts, on a quaternary scale of
increase ; each frustule acquires a new cell-coat while yet within the parent cell, and
when the process is completed, and all the endochrome of the mother cell has thus been
used up in providing for the progeny, the cell-coat bursts and a multitude of minute
cell-plants, similar in all respects to the parent except in size, are launched into the
world. These grow till they attain the dimensions of the parent, when a similar cell
division takes place ; and thus in a very few generations millions of new plants may
be produced from a few or even from a solitary original. As the process of growth and
* Orders XI. Desmidiacee, and XII. Diatomacee are omitted in this work; the American species having
been already partially described and published by Professor Bailey, and the author not being supplied with
any new materials for publication.
ee ee ee ae
| | eens
PALMELLACEZ. 117
development is very rapid, we may easily account for the rapidity with which the
Protococcus nivalis has been seen to extend, and also for the vast surface covered by so
minute an organism. Each individual is not more than ryvo of an inch in diameter, yet
the surface of snow visibly reddened by the congregated masses often covers hundreds
of square miles. A species very similar, if really different, called P. pluvialis, is found
in shallow pools of rain water, on the surface of rocks, in gutters of houses, &¢.; and
has been noticed in very distant parts of the globe under various climatial conditions ;
and of this species a most elaborate monograph,* illustrated by figures, has been given
by De Flotow, in the Nov. Act. Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur. vol. 20, where no less than
twenty-two distinct and many more subdistinct varieties, or rather states, are enume-
rated, described, and measured to fourteen places of decimals (!) and figured. Several of
these forms are endowed with movements resembling those of the infusorial animalcules,
and have been described as animalcules by Shuttleworth in his account of the Red Snow
(Bib. Univ. Geneva, Feb. 1840.)
A little higher in organisation than Protococcus is the genus Glococapsa (Hamato-
coccus) in which what is only a passing phase of the Protococcus becomes a permanent
character. In this we have several cells (of the structure of Protococcus) enclosed
within a common, primary cell, which is persistent, or at least partially so. In some
species (as in G. Hooker’) the primary cell-coat exfoliates repeatedly, the old coats
remaining permanently attached on one side to each other, and to the cell, which per-
petually bursts through them ; and thus a sort of spurious frond, simple or branching,
is formed, consisting of exuvia, each branch being tipped with the living cell, which
shines like a gem at its summit. These plants occur generally in damp situations, on
rocks and among mosses, about the spray of cascades, &c., and Kiitzing has described
and figured upwards of fifty.
Next come the Palmelle proper, where a large number of protococcoid cells are enclosed
within a common gelatine, in which they sometimes appear to be distributed without
order ; and sometimes arranged in a subquaternary manner. In this latter case the
structure approaches very closely to that of Tetraspora, a genus we have already
referred to the Ulvacew ; but which is placed by many authors next to Palmella.
Possibly among these obscure plants forms are associated in one genus which will be
separated when their development is better understood. Among some of the Palmelle
Broome and Thwaites have described and figured a more definite organization than was
previously known ; namely, that the apparently scattered cells of the mass are connected
in an early stage of growth, by means of slender gelatinous threads, with a central cell
* This extraordinary essay is well worth looking at—(I will not say carefully perusing)—as one of the most
remarkable commentaries on the text, “how great a flame a little fire kindleth.” The object to be examined
is a microscopic Alga of the simplest possible structure, being in fact merely an isolated living cell. All that
need to be said of its history might, one would suppose, easily have been written in a page or two. But the
learned and most laborious author has occupied nearly two hundred large quarto pages on this theme ; and
not content therewith, has appended long tables of decimal measurements of microscopic areas and volumes,
whose only reference to his subject appears to be that they enable him to arrive at such important calculations
and useful results as describing the mean differences of the shorter and longer diameters of different individuals
of his Protococcus, and their mean comparative bulk and spherical aberration, In computing these tables, the
decimals have been carried sometimes to fourteen places, and in most cases at least to six.
118 PALMELLACEZ.
of large size, from which they radiate. Afterwards they become detached, and then each
is seen at the end of a mucous prolongation similar in appearance to that already
noticed as occurring in Gloeocapsa. Mr. Thwaites compares these threads to the
mycelium of a fungus, but regards the increase of cells by cell-division as properly an
act of gemmation and not of true reproduction. The reproductive process in these
plants is by conjugation of two cells, which takes place in a manner similar to that
already noticed as occurring in Zygnemacee. A narrow connecting tube, soon enlarg-
ing to the breadth of each cell, is formed between two contiguous cells, through which
the contents of both cells are mixed together ; and thus a sporangium filled with a
denser and more distinctly granular endochrome is formed, the membranes of the
original cells being absorbed in the process. Probably at a future stage the contents
of this sporangium are resolved into zoospores. (See The. An. Nat. His. ser. 2, vols.
2 and 3.)
Higher in structure than Palmella, and showing some approaches to the ostochinee,
or even to the gelatinous Conrervacez® (Chatophora) is Hydrurus, the only genus
which we shall further describe.
I. HYDRURUS, Ay.
Frond fixed at base, cylindrical or compressed, elongated, branched, gelatinous.
Structure : seriated, but separate, cellules, filled with bright-green endochrome, enclosed
in gelatinous parallel tubes, ranged longitudinally in the frond, and surrounded by a
common gelatinous envelope.
Of this genus several species have been described by authors, all having a close
resemblance to each other, and all very variable in ramification. Indeed it is almost
impossible to fix characters by which they can be permanently kept apart ; and instead
of adding another specific name to the already too numerous list, I prefer to consider the
American specimens received as constituting a luxuriant variety of the best known of
the established species. All previously recorded species or varieties of these plants are
natives of rapid rivers and streams in various parts of Europe.
1. Hyprurvs penicillatus, var. occidentalis, Harv.; frond very long (1-2 feet or
more) much branched ; branches very irregular, scattered or crowded, wormlike, taper-
ing to a fine point, naked or clothed with feathery villous ramuli; cells ellipsoidal or
pearshaped, twice as long as their diameter.
Has. On the rocky bottom of rivers and streams, in a strong current. Santa Fe,
New Mexico, Mr. Fendler, February to April, 1847. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
i a
PALMELLACE. 119
Fronds attached at base, one or two feet long, from one to four lines in diameter,
very much and irregularly branched ; branches scattered or crowded, simple or divided,
a foot or more in length, attenuated to a fine point, sometimes smooth and naked, but
generally densely clothed with slender, villous ramenta, spreading to all sides. The
gelatinous tubes or sheaths in which the cells are seriated are very obvious, and lie close
together in longitudinal, parallel strata. The cells are of large size, bright-green colour,
and variable shape ; some are twice as long as others.
This I had at first supposed to be a new species, but now regard it as a very gigantic
state of Hl. penicillatus, Ag. which under various forms and of various sizes is common
in alpine streams in Europe. I fear characters derived from the shape and size of the
cellules are not more to be depended upon than are those taken from the ramification.
SUPPLEMENT.
No. 1. Additional Species discovered since the publication of the
First and Second Parts,
Part I.—MELANOSPERMEZ.
Part 1, p. 61, add,
I.* TURBINARIA. Lamour.
Root branching. Frond alternately decompound, having a distinct stem, branches,
vesicated leaves and receptacles. Branches filiform, simple or pinnate. Leaves spirally
inserted, on long petioles, peltate, becoming inflated and changed into peltate air-vessels
with leafy dentate margins. Receptacles cylindrical, verrucose, much branched, rising
from the petiole of the leaf, near its base, on the upper side ; of similar structure to
those of Sargassum.
A genus consisting of two or three tropical or subtropical Alge, distinguished from
Sargassum by its peltate leaves, which are at first thin and flat, but afterwards become
hollow and are changed into flat-topped, margined air vessels.
1. Turpivaria vulgaris, Ag. ; frond membranaceo-coriaceous ; leaves on an inflated
petiole obconic or top-shaped, the margin entire or toothed, the dise naked. J. Ag. Sp.
Alg. 1, p. 267. Turbinaria denudata and T. decurrens, Bory. Fucus turbinatus,
Turn. Hist. t. 24, fig. a. and b.
Has. At Key West, Mr. Ashmead. (v. v.)
Root a mass of branching fibres, as thick as sparrow’s quills, loosely entangled
together. Fronds several from the same mat of roots, either quite simple, or dividing
near the base into three or four principal branches ; or pinnately compound by the
evolution of lateral branches, erect and rigid, 6-10 inches high, cylindrical and smooth.
Leaves spirally inserted, spreading to all sides, patent, rigid ; petioles at first cylindrical,
R
122 SUPPLEMENT.
then becoming clubshaped and somewhat inflated, from half an inch to an inch long,
crowned with a peltate horizontal lamina, which is either subentire or sharply dentate
at the margin. In young specimens or on young branches the peltate leaves are found
flat and thin, their upper and lower surfaces forming one substance ; but more com-
monly the centre of the leaf becomes inflated or vesicated, and then is formed a compound
top-shaped flat-topped body, half vesicle, half leaf, which is characteristic of the genus.
Receptacles dichotomous, much branched, shrubby, their branches verrucose. Colour,
when growing a pale olive, but in the herbarium changing to a dark brown or black.
Substance, when dry very hard and rigid.
A common plant in tropical seas, both in the eastern and western hemispheres. Mr.
Ashmead obtained fine specimens at Key West, but it appears to be of rare occurrence.
Part 1, page 64, add,
IIl.* CYSTOPHYLLUM.
(Generic character the same as that of Cystoseira, except that the air-vessels are
confined to the ultimate ramuli, which are simple and filiform.)
1. CysToPHYLLUM geminatum, Ag.; stem .....; fronds elongate, filiform, un-
armed,decompound-pinnate ; branches issuing from all sides, geminate ; vesicles solitary
in the ramuli near the summit, oval, tipped with an excurrent point ; receptacles
paniculate, warted, attenuate, often tipped with a vesicle. J. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1, p. 232.
Cystoseira thyrsigera, Post. and Rupr. Ill. Alg. 18, t. 38, f. 4.
Has. Banks’ Island, North Western America, Mr. Menzies, 1787. (v. s.)
In Mr. Menzies’ Herbarium, now preserved at the Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, is
a specimen of this plant, marked C. trinodis in Mr. Menzies’ handwriting. Two
branches are laid on one piece of paper. The largest is about 10 inches long, as
thick as sparrow’s quill, smooth, decompound, pinnate and ovato-lanceolate in cireum-
scription. The branchlets are mostly geminate, filiform, alternately decompound ;
their lesser divisions also subgeminate. Vesicles oval, 13 lines long, scarcely a line
wide, either solitary in the filiform ramuli, about the middle or a little beyond it, or two
in the ramulus, the second one terminal, apiculate, and removed by a rather long pedi-
cel from the first. Receptacles lanceolate, 2-3 lines long, verrucose, apiculate, often
with a slender beak nearly as long as the receptacle, and sometimes two receptacles occur
on the same ramulus. The upper branches are very dense.
Page '71, add,
8. Fucus serratus, Linn. ; frond flat, dichotomous, midribbed, serrated, without air-
vessels; receptacles flat, terminating the branches, serrated. J. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1, p. 211.
Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 590. Turn. Hist. t. 90. E. Bot. t, 1221. Harv. Phyc. Brit.
t. 47, Ge.
SUPPLEMENT. 123
Has. On rocky sea-shores. Newbury port, Mass. Captain Pike, 1852. (v. v.)
Fronds, two feet long or more, from one half-inch to one or two inches in width,
dichotomous, with a thick midrib, bordered by a sharply serrated lamina. Air-vessels
none. Receptacles flat, formed in the acuminated extremities of the branches, sharply
serrate like the other parts of the frond.
I have received a small fragment of this common European plant, stated to have
been found in the above locality on the American coast. It is hardly probable that it
is either confined to one locality, or even rare, wherever it occurs ; yet none of my
other American correspondents have sent it ; nor do I know the circumstances under
which Captain Pike obtained it. I hope this notice may lead some one on the coast to
investigate the subject ; for European botanists are yet uncertain whether J’. serratus
be really a bona fide native of the American coast, or merely a stray waif, accidentally
cast ashore.
Page 106, add,
2. Zonaria flava, Ag. ; frond erect, with an elongated, branched, woolly stipes, the
branches expanding into cuneate, flabelliform, vertically cleft and laterally laciniated,
naked lamine ; segments wedge-shaped, with radiating, longitudinal striz ; sori
roundish, scattered. J. Ag. Sp. Aly.1, p.110. Stypopodium flavum, Kiitz. Sp. Alg.
p. 068.
Has. Pacifie Coast, Dr. Schott. (v. s.)
A small specimen, apparently referable to this species, was collected by Dr. Schott
on the Pacific coast, but the locality is not stated. It is about two inches high, much
narrower and more branched than 7%. lobata, with stupose, linear, riblike patches
extending up the principal lobes. Perhaps, therefore, it is rather referable to Z. stuposa,
J. Ag., if that be a distinct species from Z. flava.
Page 113, add,
VI.* STRIARIA, Grev.
Root a small, naked disc. Frond tubular, membranaceous, continuous, branched,
Fructification, groups of naked, roundish spores, disposed in transverse lines. -
1. SrrrarrA attenuata, Grev. ; branches and ramuli mostly opposite, tapering to each
extremity. Grev. Crypt. Fl. Syn. p. 44. tab. 288. Alg. Brit. p. 55.t.9. Wyatt,
Alg. Danm. No. 160. J. Ag. Sp. Aly. 1. p. 80. Harv. Phye. Brit. t. 25. Kitz.
Sp. Alg. p. 553. Phyc. Gen. t. 21. f. 11.
Has. Flushing, New York Bay, Professor Bailey.
124 SUPPLEMENT.
The only American specimen I have yet seen is small and very slender, about two
and a half inches long, and not thicker than hog’s bristle. It is abundantly in fruit ;
otherwise it could hardly be recognised. The branches are few, opposite or alternate,
some of the larger ones bearing a few ramuli, and all tapering to a very fine point.
On the British coast this species varies greatly in size. Sometimes it is nearly as
small and slender as that just noticed. Other specimens, like that figured in Phye.
Brit. are 8-12 inches long, and from one to two lines in diameter. The branching is
irregular and sometimes whorled.
Page 187, add,
3. SPHACELARIA arctica ; filaments naked at the base, erect, elongate, slender, irre-
gularly branched, scarcely pinnate ; ramuli filiform, naked, erect.
Has. In tide pools, Isle of Disko, Greenland, Dr. Lyall. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
Filaments 1-2 inches high, irregularly once or twice compounded, the main branches
few, the secondary numerous, densely set and very erect, lateral, either naked or bearing
few or many, long, filiform, erect, naked, slender ramuli, from half an inch to an inch
in length. Articulations short in the stem and branches ; once and a half as long as
broad in the ramuli. Colour a dull olive. Fruit unknown.
Page 138, add,
III.* MYRIOTRICHIA, Harv.
Frond capillary, flaccid, jointed, (simple), beset with quadrifarious, simple, spinelike
ramuli, clothed with byssoid fibres. Fructijication, elliptical spores, containing dark-
coloured endochrome.
1. Myrtorricuta filiformis, Griff. ; stem filiform, slender, often flexuous or curled,
beset at irregular intervals with oblong clusters of short, papilliform ramuli. Harv.
Phye. Brit. t. 156. Wyatt, Alg. Danm. No.213. J, Ag. Sp. Alg. 1. p. 14. Kiitz.
Sp. Alg. p. 470.
Has. Parasitic on Dictyosiphon faniculaceus at Penobscot Bay, Mr. Hooper. (v. v.)
Fronds an inch or more in length, very slender, filiform, but thickened at intervals, as
if nodose ; the thickening caused by the dense aggregation of short ramuli of two or three
cells each. These ramuli emit byssoid fibres. Spores roundish, scattered. Substance
soft. It adheres closely to paper.
On the British Coast this parasite commonly infests Chorda Lomentaria.
Page 139, add,
2* Ecrocarpus longifructus, Harv. ; tufts large, branching, the divisions feathery ;
filaments robust, excessively branched, branches mostly opposite, the lesser ones set
SUPPLEMENT. 125
with short, spine-like, opposite, or rarely alternate ramuli ; articulations as long as
broad ; silicules very long, linear-lanceolate, attenuate, densely striate transversely,
terminating the principal branches and ramuli. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 258.
Has. Penobscot Bay, Mr. Hooper. (v. s.)
I have seen an American specimen collected by Mr. Hooper, which I venture to
associate with the Orkney plant to which the above character is given in Phye. Brit.
Perhaps it is a mere form of Z. littoralis; though a remarkable one.
Page 140, add,
3* Ecrocarrus amphibius, Harv.; tufts short, loose, soft, pale olive ; filaments very
slender, sub-dichotomous ; ultimate branches alternate, spreading ; articulations two or
three times longer than broad ; silicules linear-attenuate, spine-like, mostly sessile,
scattered. Harv. Phyc. Brit. t. 183.
Has. In fresh (probably brackish ?) water, near New York, Mr. Hooper. (v. s.)
Tufts 2-3 inches long, very flaccid and slender ; pale brown when fresh, fading to a
dull greenish-olive in drying. This is nearly related to Z. siliculosus, and may perhaps
be regarded as a depauperated variety of that common species, altered by having grown
in a less saline medium than usual. In England it occurs in brackish ditches near the
coast. The American locality is not particularly specified.
Part IT.—RHODOSPERME.
Page 28, add,
7. CHonpr1A nidijica ; frond ultrasetaceous, filiform, sparingly and distantly branch-
ed; branches alternate or secund, quite simple or forked, long, cordlike, naked,
or emitting at intervals fascicles of forked or multifid fructiferous ramuli ; tetraspores
several, near the tips of the ramuli. (Tas. L. B.)
Has. Pacific Coast, Dr. Schott. (v.s. in Herb. T. C. D.)
Fronds 6-8 inches long, as thick as sparrow’s quills, cylindrical, inarticulate, sparingly
branched in a manner between alternate and dichotomous ; the branches, by frequent
non-development of one of the arms of the fork, appearing unilateral. Branches several
inches long, quite simple, or once or twice forked ; or bearing a few secondary branches
one or more inches long, either quite naked or furnished at intervals of about an inch
with tufts of short, fructiferous ramuli. These latter are about quarter-inch long,
as thick as hog’s bristle, densely tufted, and simple or sub-divided. In the specimen
examined some of them bear tetraspores. A transverse slice of the inarticulate frond
126 SUPPLEMENT.
shows a central axial-cell surrounded by several primary radiating cells, and many
external rows of secondary cells which become smaller towards the circumference.
Colour a dull brownish red. Substance cartilaginous, not adhering to paper.
I have seen but a single specimen of this seemingly very distinct plant, which has
more the habit of Champia lumbricalis than of one of the present genus. It was picked
up, it is presumed on the Western coast, by Dr. Schott, during the Mexican Boundary
Survey, but no note regarding its exact habitat accompanied the specimen. I am
indebted to my friend Professor Torrey for specimens of this and other Algze collected
by the officers attached to the Mexican Boundary Survey.
Prats L. B.—Fig. 1. Cnonpri nidijica ; the natural size. Fig. 2. Portion of a
branch, with a tuft of ramuli. /ig. 3, a ramulus, containing tetraspores. Fig. 4, tetra-
spore. Fig. 5, transverse section ofa branch ; the latter figures more or less magnified.
Page 26, add,
4.* Ruopometa lycopodioides, Ag.; frond divided near the base into several long,
simple branches, which are densely beset with slender, finely divided branchlets, mixed
with the short, rigid, bristlelike remains of a former series. Ag. Sp. Alg. 1. p. 377.
Harv. Phye. Brit. t. 50. Lophura lycopodioides, Kiitz. Sp. Alg. p. 850. Fucus lyco-
podioides, Linn. Turn. Hist.t. 12. £. Bot. t. 1163.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Davis Straits, Dr. Lyall. (v. s.)
Fronds 1-2 feet long, half a line in diameter at base, attenuated upwards, filiform,
either quite simple or divided a short way above the root into several long simple
branches. In its winter state the virgate branches are closely set with short, rigid,
simple or slight divided ramuli,from half an inch to one inch in length. Insummer, long,
capillary, multifid ramuli from one to two inches in length are thrown out both from
the remains of the winter ramuli and from the main branches, and the frond thus
acquires a plumose aspect very different from its winter state. Conceptacles are abun-
dantly borne on the summer ramuli; and ¢etraspores, lodged in clustered, podlike
branchlets or stichidia, are found on the winter ramuli. Substance cartilaginous.
Colour a purplish brown, becoming very dark in drying.
This interesting addition to the American Nereis occurs abundantly in various places
on the shores of Northern Europe. In the British Isles it is almost confined to the
coasts of Scotland and of the North of Ireland ; but has occassonally been met with on
the East coast of England.
Page 59,
1. Dasya Gress, Harv.
Add to the description: Conceptacles of large size (x's inch in diameter), borne on
the penultimate ramuli, at first globose, afterwards broadly ovate, inflated, with thin,
highly cellular walls and a berry-like nucleus of much branched filaments, bearing many
SUPPLEMENT. 12
small, pyriform spores. Specimens in fruit communicated by Mr. S. Ashmead from
Key West. (v. s.)
Page 61,
3. Dasya ramosissima, Harv.
Add to description : Conceptacles sessile on the lesser branches, ovato-globose, thin
walled, inflated, without prominent orifice, containing a large nucleus. Stichidia on
the ramelli, either fusiform or ovato-acuminate, always tapering to a slender point ;
tetraspores in a single or double row. Specimens in both kinds of fruit communicated
by Mr. S. Ashmead from Key West. (v. s.)
Page 62, add,
3.* Dasya Harveyi, Ashmead ; rose red ; stem cartilagineo-membranaceous, longi-
tudinally striate, glabrous, inarticulate, robust, attenuated upwards, much branched ;
branches alternate or secund, once or twice decompound, their ultimate divisions being
pinnated with capillary, closely set, articulated (polysiphonous) ramuli, which are
densely clothed with byssoid, dichotomous ramelli ; cells of the epidermis of the branches
very narrow, parallel ; articulations of the ramelli many times longer than broad ,
conceptacles sessile near the tips of the lesser ramuli, urceolate, with a prominent orifice ;
stichidia on the ramelli, tapering to each end. (Tas. L. A.)
Has. Key West, Mr. Ashmead. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
Frond 8—10 inches long, as thick as crow-quill in the main divisions ; very much
branched, the successive divisions being more and more slender, till the ultimate ones
have become finer than human hair. The branching is irregular, the larger divisions
frequently secund, several lateral branches directed successively first to one side and
then to the opposite one of the main branch. All the main branches and their lesser
divisions down to the last are inarticulate, being coated with very slender, coloured,
longitudinal, parallel, seriated cells, which give the branches a striated appearance under
the microscope ; they are also glabrous, or bare of ramelli. The wltimate branchlets,
which are half an inch to an inch long, are plumose, very flaccid and soft, and closely
set with lateral, but not strictly distichous pinnules, which are clothed with excessively
slender, cobweb-like, flaccid ramelli. These latter are many times dichotomous and
taper to the points; their articulations are many times longer than broad. The concep-
tacles are nearly of the form of those of Polysiphonia wrceolata, and are sessile at or
near the ends of the pinnules of the plumose branchlets. The stichidia spring from the
lower forkings of the byssoid ramelli, and are much attenuated, tapering at each end,
and containing a double row of tetraspores. The whole plant is of a beautiful, clear,
rose-red colour. Its substance is very soft and flaccid, and in drying it adheres very
strongly to paper.
128 SUPPLEMENT.
For fine specimens of this distinct and beautiful species I am indebted to its discoverer
Mr. Ashmead of Philadelphia, who sent them to me marked with the specific name here
adopted.
PrateL. A. Fig. 1. Dasya Harveyi, the natural size. Fig. 2. A ramulus bearing a
conceptacle near its summit. ig. 3. Portions of different ramelli bearing stichidia.
Fig. 4. A portion of a branch, showing the linear strizeform surface-cells : the latter
figures magnified.
Page 64,
7. Dasya Tumanowiczi, Gatty. add to the description : Conceptacles on very short
peduncles, borne by the lesser branches, ovate or sub-urceolate, thin walled, without
prominent orifice, with a large nucleus. Specimens from Dr. Blodgett and Mr. Ash-
mead,
Page 105, add,
3. NiropuyLtum /ryeanum,; frond sessile, full-red, nerveless, thickish, deeply divided
into many cuneate lobes, which are again vertically cleft, the segments rounded, frequently
crisped at the margin, specially towards the base, the sinuses narrow ; fruit......?
Has. Golden-gate, California, Mr. A. D. Frye. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
I propose this species with much hesitation, having as yet seen only very imperfect
specimens, which I know not how to dispose of but by giving them a local habitation
and name. ‘Two specimens are before me; one faded, the other in a better state of
preservation, but neither in fruit. The frond is about 3 inches long, and 4 in lateral
expansion, and is deeply divided into 4 or 5 principal segments which are broadly
cuneate, and each again partially cloven into 4 or 5 lesser, vertical segments. The
margin towards the base of the lobes is crisped or undulate ; in other parts it is plane.
The lesser lobes are somewhat crenate or sub-lobulate, and all the tips are rounded, and
the axils or sinuses very narrow. The substance of the membrane is thickish ; the
surface-cells large and tessellated ; the cells of the interior appear also to be of large
size, and quadrate, but the specimens examined have been too much squeezed in the
process of drying, and their cells are consequently broken and difficult to examine. No
traces of veins in the specimens seen. More perfect specimens must be had before this
species can be considered as other than provisional.
Fragments of one or two other Nitophylla have reached me from the Pacific Coast,
but not sufficiently perfect to warrant me in naming them.
Page 150, add,
5. Ruopymenta corallina, Grev.(?); stipes cylindrical, sub-simple, expanding into
a fan-shaped, many times dichotomous, rose-red frond ; laciniz linear, with rounded
:
SUPPLEMENT. 129
interstices and a flat, entire margin ; apices rounded ; conceptacles clustered near the
ends of the laciniz, on the surface of the lamina; tetraspores forming deep-red sori in
the dilated apices. J. Ag. Sp. Alg. 2, p. 379. Spheerococcus corallinus, Bory, Coq.
p, 175, 4 16. . Kitz. Sp. Alg. p..780:
Has. San Diego, California, Mr. A.D. Frye. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
A single Californian specimen only has yet been seen, and I doubtfully refer it to
R. corallina, in preference to founding a new species on such imperfect data. The frond
is stipitate ; the stipes filiform, 2-3 inches long, then widening and passing into the
cuneate base of a flabelliform, dichotomously parted lamina, with broadly linear or
somewhat cuneate segments. The lower part of the stipes throws out 2 or 3 proliferous
frondlets, and similar ones spring from the margin of the lacinia. The conceptacles are
immersed in the ultimate segments of the laciniee, which then are truncated and foliiferous,
The colour is a deep-red, and the substance rigid and membranaceous. Such is the
Californian specimen, and it tolerably agrees with the Chilian species, whose character
is given in the above diagnosis.
Page 175, add,
2* GicaRTINA Chamissoi, (?) Mont.; J. Ag. Sp. Alg. 2, p. 267. Spheerococcus
Chamissoi, Ag. Ic. Med. t. 6. Mart. Ic. Sel. Bras. t. 3, fig. 1.
Has. West Coast, Dr. Schott.
A fragment of a Gigartina, closely allied to G. Chamissoi, if not a mere form of it,
occurs in Dr. Schott’s new Mexican collection. It is too imperfect for description.
G. Chamissoi is a common species on the coast of Peru, and may very probably extend
to the north of the Equator.
Page 180, add,
6. Irtpma dichotoma, Harv.; stipes linear, compressed, simple or branched, passing
into the cuneate base of the broadly cuneiform or obovate, repeatedly forked lamina ;
lacinie shallow and rounded, divaricating, their margin entire or denticulate ; surface
smooth and glossy. I. micans,var.dichotoma. Hook. f. and Harv. Fl. Ant. 2, p. 487.
I. dichotoma, Harv. in Hook. Journ. 1845, p. 262.
Has. California, Mr. A. D. Frye. (v. s.)
Stipes 1-2 inches long, about a line wide, throwing out 2—4 minutely stipitate fronds,
which are 4—6 inches long, and 3-4 wide, at their greatest width. The base of the
frond is cuneate, and the lobes into which it divides are also broadly cuneiform. They
divaricate from each other, leaving very wide sinuses between. The frond is thus
sometimes thrice forked, the last furcation being minute, and frequently a mere inden-
tation. The substance is rather thin and membranous. The surface is smooth and
glossy, and the colour a fine purple-red.
|
|
.
}
130 SUPPLEMENT.
Whether a distinct species or a mere variety of J. micans remains to be shewn, when
some competent observer on the Pacific Coast shall have properly examined the several
reputed species of this most troublesome genus. If we admit more than one species it
is difficult to refuse admission to many, the forms are so varied. The present is, at
least, a well-marked variety.
Page 195, add,
4. Hatosaccton dumontioides ; stem short, filiform, emitting many crowded, tubular,
membranaceous, long branches, which are quite simple, destitute of ramenta, and taper
much to the base and apex.
Has. Northumberland Sound, Queen’s Channel, lat. 76° N., Dr. Lyall. (v. s. in
Herb. T.C.D.)
Stem 1-3 inches long, simple or forked, filiform, about twice as thick as hog’s bristle,
emitting throughout its length, and directed towards all sides, numerous crowded, perfectly
simple branches. Branches two feet long, more than quarter inch wide in the middle,
cylindrical for their greater extent, but attenuated and fusiform to the base, and tapering
at the extremity to an acute point, hollow, destitute of ramenta, smooth and glossy,
formed of a very thin membrane. Colowr a brownish pinky-red, partly discharged in
fresh water. Cellular structure very dense.
I have some hesitation in proposing this as a species distinct from H. ramentaceum ;
but if not a good species, it is at least a strongly marked variety, and has so much the
external aspect of Dumontia filiformis, that until I had submitted a section to the
microscope, I supposed I had before me a very luxuriant specimen of that plant. The
microscopic structure of the membrane is that proper to Halosaccion (section Halocelia),
but is not easy to see, as the collapsed cells do not readily expand on reimmersion of
the dried frond. The substance is much softer and more membranous than in HZ, ra-
mentaceum, and in drying the branches adhere much more strongly to paper. Dr. Lyall
brought home several fine specimens.
Page 242, add,
16.* CaLLirHaMNion tenve; filaments tufted, ultra-capillary, irregularly much
branched, diffuse, flexuous, the branches and their divisions very generally secund,
springing from the middle of the internodes; ramuli few and distant, patent, filiform,
beset toward the attenuated apices with whorls of minute, byssoid fibres ; articulations
cylindrical, those of the branches 4—6 times, those of the ramuli 3-4 times as long as
broad, and gradually shorter towards the extremities. Grifjithsia tenuis, Ag. Sp. Alg.
p. 138. J. Ag. Sp. Alg. 2, p. 84. Kiitz. Sp. Alg p. 661.
Has. Beesley’s Point, New Jersey, Mr. Samuel Ashmead. (v. s. in Herb. T.C.D.)
Filaments 3-4 inches long, somewhat thicker than human hair, loosely tufted,
flexuous, very irregularly branched, the ramification on a lateral, not a dichotomous
owneiiiliine
SUPPLEMENT. 131
type. Branches usually secund, in some cases opposite or alternate, springing from the
middle of the articulation (or internode), or from near its base (not from the shoulder),
long and filiform, flexuous, furnished with several distant, secund, filiform, patent,
secondary branches, which are either simple, or furnished with a few similar, secund
ramuli. All the branches and ramuli of every grade spring from the middle of the
internodes of the branches of the preceding grade. The ramuli taper to their summit ;
the last six or eight internodes are very short, or rather are gradually developed whilst
the ramulus lengthens, and their nodes are beset, especially those of the younger ones,
with whorls of minute and very delicate byssoid ramelli, which seem to be connected
with the growing process ; but perhaps may also accompany fructification, as they do
in the nearly allied C. thyrsoidewm. The articulations are cylindrical, 4—5 times as
long as broad, with a wide, hyaline margin and dissepiment, and are filled with rosy
endochrome. Substance membranaceous and delicate. The frond closely adheres to
paper in drying.
I have compared Mr. Ashmead’s specimens with an authentic one of Agardh’s
Grifithsia tenuis from the Mediterranean, and find them to agree in every essential
character ; the only difference that I can perceive being, that the American specimens
are larger and more luxuriant than the European. The fructification has not been
observed either in America or Europe, and I may therefore be accused of indiscretion
in removing this species from Grifithsia to the present genus. I do so because its
aflinity with C. thyrsoidewm of Ceylon and Australia is so great that they cannot be
placed in separate genera; and the fruit of the latter is known. I only question
whether I ought not to goa step further, and unite C. thyrsoidewm to C. tenue as a
mere variety. Both are remarkable for the manner in which the branches and ramuli
are inserted ; and may be known by this character alone from all allied species. But
there is no American species to which the present is nearly allied.
Page 247, under Pikea californica, add to the specific diagnosis,
(Tas. XLIX. B.)
And insert the following reference to the figure,
Prare XLIX. B. Fig. 1. Pixea californica, a robust specimen ; and jig. 2, a more
slender and smaller individual ; both of the natural size. Fig. 3. Longitudinal
section of the frond, showing the central, articulated axial filament, and the two strata
of cells. Jig. 4, a transverse section of the frond ; these two figures equally magnified.
i a
a
ae
No. 2. List of Arctic Algz, chiefly compiled from collections brought
home by Officers of the recent Searching Expeditions.
1. Fucus vesiculosus, Linn. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 71.
Has. Common along the Arctic Seas, and continuing through Behring’s Straits along
the North-west Coast. Whalefish Islands, and north end of Disco, Dr. Lyall.
2. Fucus nodosus, Linn. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 68.
Has. North end of Isle of Disco, Dr. Lyall.
3. Acarum Turneri, Post. & Rup. Ner Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 95.
Has. Navy-board Inlet and Whalfish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
4. Laminaria saccharina, Lamour. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 92.
Has. Floating off the West Coast of Greenland, five miles from shore, in lat. 63,
Dr, Lyall.
5. Avarta Pylaii, Grev. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 89.
Has. Northumberland Sound, Queen’s Channel, Lat. 76°. 52’, Dr. Lyall.
6. DesMarEstIA aculeata, Lamour. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 78.
Has. Dredged in 6 fathoms,in Queen’s Channel, lat. 76° 29’,long 96° 13’ W., Dr. Lyall.
7. Dicryostpnon feniculaceus, Grev. .Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 114.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
8. Cuorparta flagelliformis, Ag. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 123.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
9, Cua#rorreris plumosa, Kiitz. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 136.
Has. Arctic Coast, Dr. Seeman. Roots of large Alge, floating near Whalefish
Islands, Dr. Lyall.
10. SPHACELARIA arctica, Harv. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 3, suppl. p. 124.
Has. Isle of Disco, Dr. Lyall.
11. Ecrocarrus fasciculatus, Harv. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 141.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
12. Ecrocarpus littoralis, Lyngb. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 1, p. 139.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
133
13. RuopomeEra lycopodioides, Ag. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 3, suppl. p. 126.
Has. Cast ashore on Disco and Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
14. Ruopometa gracilis, Kitz. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 20.
Has. In rock-pools. Disco and Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
15. Potysirnonta wreeolata, Grev. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 31.
Has. Dredged in 10 fathoms, off Cape Cockburn, 75° N. 100° W., Capt. M‘Clintock.
16. CoraLLina officinalis, L. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 83.
Has. Lively Harbour, Isle of Disco, Dr. Lyall.
17. Drtesserta sinuosa, Ag. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 93.
Has. Off the Greenland Coast, Dr. Lyall. North Shore of Prince of Wales’ Strait,
Sir R. McClure. Cape Cockburn 75°, and Lowther Island 74°, Capt. McClintock.
18. Evruora cristata, J. Ag. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 150.
Has. Disco Island, Dr. Lyall.
19. RuopyMenta interrupta, Grev. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 149.
Has. Arctic Sea, Lieut. W. H. Griffiths, RN.
20. RuopyMENtA palmata, Grev. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 148.
Has. Queen’s Channel, Northumberland Sound, 76° 52’ N., Dr. Lyall.
21. Hatosaccion ramentaceum, J. Ag. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, p. 194.
Has. Whalefish and Disco Islands, and in Queen’s Channel, Dr. Lyall.
22. Hatosaccion dumontioides, Harv. Ner. Bor. Amer. part 2, supp. p. 130.
Has. Northumberland Sound, Lat. 76° N., Dr. Lyall.
23. KaLiyMenta Pennyi, Dickie. Ner. Bor. Amer. 2, p. 172.
Has. Dredged in 15-20 fathoms in Assistance Bay, Dr. Sutherland. Dredged in
6 fathoms, Queen’s Channel, Lat. 76° 29’ N., Long. 96° 13’, Dr. Lyall.
24, Prinota serrata, Kiitz. Ner. Bor. Amer. 2, p. 222.
Has. Arctic Coast, Sir J. Richardson. Whalefish Islands and West Coast of Green-
land, Dr. Lyall.
25. Priota plumosa, Ag. Ner. Bor. Amer. 2, p. 224.
Has. Arctic Sea Coast, Sir J. Richardson.
26. CLApopHorA arcta, Kiitz. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 75.
Has. Whalefish Island, Davis's Straits, Dr. Lyall.
27. CLADOPHORA rupestris, Kiitz. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 74.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Davis’s Straits, Dr. Lyall. Fiskernaes, near Cape Farewell,
Dr. Sutherland.
|
SS Se LS
==
134
28. CamtomorrHa Melagonium, Kitz. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 85.
Has. Roots of large Alge, Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
29. CuzTomoRPHA Piguotiana, Mont. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 85.
Has. Floating in the sea, near Whalefish Islands, Davis's Straits, Dr. Lyall. (A
single filament only !)
30. Hormorricnum Carmichaelii, Harv. .Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 90.
Has. Wellington Channell, Dr. Lyall.
31. Hormorricuum boreale, Harv. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 90.
Has. Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
32. Hormotricnum Wormskioldii, Kiitz. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 91.
Has. Dredged in 6 fathoms, in Queen’s Channel, 76° 29' N., 96° 13’ W., Dr. Lyall.
Coast of Greenland, Lyngbye.
33. MOoUGEOTIA (species innominata.)
Has. In fresh water. Isle of Disco, Dr. Lyall.
34, Lynopya muralis, var. aquatica. .Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 104.
Has. In pools of fresh water, Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
35. Utva latissima, L. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 59.
Has. Isle of Disco, and dredged in Queen’s Channel, Dr. Lyall.
36. Utva bullosa, L. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3. p. 60.
Has. In pools of fresh water, Whalefish Islands, Dr. Lyall.
37. ENTEROMORPHA intestinalis, Link. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3 p. 57.
Has. Whalefish Island, Dr. Lyall. (Probably universally spread. )
38. OscILLAToRIA corium, Ag. Harv. Man. Ed. 1 p. 166.
Has. On stones in a running stream. Wellington Channel, Dr. Lyall.
39. Nostoc arecticum, Berk. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 113.
Has. Assistance Bay, lat. 75° 40’ N., Dr. Sutherland.
40. Nostoc verrucosuwm, Vauch. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 114.
Has. Pools of fresh water, Isle of Disco, and at Beechey Islands, Dr. Lyall.
41. Nostoc Sutherlandi, Dickie. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 114.
Hab. Winter quarters, Baffin’s Bay, Dr. Sutherland.
42. Nostoc microscopicum, Carm. Ner. Bor. Amer. 3, p. 115.
Hab. Baffin’s Bay, Dr. Sutherland.
a
ALPHABETIC INDEX. 135
ALPHABETIC INDEX OF NAMES.
[The systematic names in capitals are those which are adopted. The names in italic indicate synonyms,
whilst the vulgar names are in roman. ‘The asterisks refer to the page of description. |
ACETABULARTA, 39, 39.*
CRENULATA, 40.*
MEDITERRANEA, 40.
Ahnfeldtia Lamourouxti, 19.
———— racemosa, 19.
uvifera, 19.
ANADYOMENE, 42, 48.*
- FLABELLATA, 49.*
- stellata, 49.
Anadyomenee, 41.
Arctic Alge, list of, 132.
Arthrosiphon Grevillii, 99.
Baneta, 52, 54.*
atropurpurea, 54.
CILIARIS, 56.*
FUSCOPURPUREA, 54.*
VERMICULARIS, 50.*
BaTRACHOSPERMEZ, 7, 61.*
BATRACHOSPERMUM, 63.*
— americanum, 71.
———— MONILIFORME, 63.*
Broneertra, 42, 46.*
CONFERVOIDES, 48.*
Bryopsis, 12, 51.*
——_——- cupressoides, 32.
—————. HYPNOIDEs, 32.*
———— pLumosa, 31.*
ramulosa, 31.
CALLITHAMNION TENUE, 130.*
Catorurix, 98, 104.*
CONFERVICOLA, 105."
purA, 105.*
PILOSA, 106.*
——-—— scopuLoroum, 105.*
ViviraRA, 106.*
CavuLerpa, 11, 12.*
Cauterpa AsHMeEapt, 18.*
CLAVIFERA, 19.*
—————. CUPREssoIDEs, 21.*
ERICIFOLIA, 20.*
Lycopopium, 19.*
MEXICANA, 16.*
PASPALOIDES, 21.*
PLUMARIS, 17.*
PROLIFERA, 16.*
Wurdemanni, 21.
CaULERPES, 9, 11.*
CH#TomorPHa, 69, 84.*
=REA, 86.*
BRACHYGONA, 87.*
LITOREA, 87.*
| ————_—— LONGIARTICULATA, 86.*
MELAGONIUM, 895.*
OtneyI, 86.*
PiquoTiana, 85.*
RIGIpDA, 87.*
SUTORIA, 87.*
—_— TorTUOSA, 88.*
CuaTorHora, 69.*
ENDIVLEFOLIA, 69.*
PISIFORMIS, 70.*
CH#&TOPHORE, 69.*
Chetophoroidew, 67.
CHamaporis, 42.*
——_———. Annu ata, 43.*
Cuavvinta, 19.*
Chauvinia clavifera, 19.
cupressoides, 21.
ericifolia, 20.
paspaloides, 21.
CHLoRoDESMIs, 12, 29.*
comosa, 29
;
j
} |
|
ee
136
CHLORODESMIS VAUCHERIAFORMIS, 30.*
CHLOROSPERMEA, 1.*
Cuonpria nipirica, 125.*
CiapopHora, 69, 72.*
adherens (note) 75.
ALBIDA, 80.*
arcTa, 75.*
BRACHYCLADOS, 81.*
CARTILAGINEA, 75.*
centralis, 75.
Chamissonis (note) 75.
coalita (note) 75.
DIFFUSA, 83.*
FLEXUOSA, 78.*
FRACTA, 83.*
GLAUCESCENS, 77.*
GLOMERATA, 84.*
GRACILIS, 81.*
LETEVIRENS, 82.*
LANOSA, 76.*
LUTEOLA, 81.*
MEMBRANACEA, 73.*
Mertensii (note) 75.
Montagneana, 81.
Morrisrz, 78.*
prasina, 84.
REFRACTA, 79.*
REPENS, 73.*
Ropotpuiana, 80.*
RUPESTRIS, 74.*
scopeformis, 75.
UNCIALIS, 77.*
vaucheriaformis, 75.
viminea (note) 75.
Coptes, 9, 12.*
Copium, 12, 28.*
TOMENTOSUM, 29.*
Conferva crea, 86.
albida, 80.
arcta, 75.
atropurpurea, 54.
brachyclados, 81.
centralis, 75.
confervicola, 105.
JSracta, 83
JSuscopurpurea, 54.
gelatinosa, 64.
glaucescens, 77.
gracilis, 81.
———— letevirens, 82.
lanosa, 76.
linum, 87.
litorea, 87.
ALPHABETIC INDEX,
Conferva majuscula, 101.
melagonium, 85.
———— membranacea, 73.
mutabilis, 72.
obtusangula, 92.
———— Piquotiana, 85.
——— refracta, 79.
——— repens, 75.
———_— reticulata, 95.
riparia, 92.
———— Rudolphiana, 80.
———— rupestris, 74.
scopeformis, 75.
scopulorum, 105.
sutoria, 87.
uncialis, 77.
vaucherieformis, 75.
tortuosa, 88.
—— . Wormskioldii, 91.
Youngana, 89.
ConrERVACE, 7, 67.*
Confervoider, 67.
Corallina barbata, 36.
conglutinata, 27.
Jlabellata, 26.
incrassata, 24.
monilis, 24.
——_—— Opuntia, 23.
Penicillus, 45.
Peniculum, 43.
—— Phenix, 46.
rosarium, 36.
tridens, 24.
Tuna, 25.
Corallocephalus dumetosus, 44.
penicillus, 45.
Corradoria plumaris, 17.
Cymorort, 35.*
BARBATA, 36.”
bibarbata, 36.
Rosarium, 36.
CystopHyLLum, 122.
GEMINATUM, 122.*
Cystoseira thyrsigera, 122.
Dasya Gippesir, 126.
Harveyi, 127.*
RAMOSISSIMA, 127.
Toumanowiczi, 128.
DasyCLaDE, 7, 33.*
DasycLabus, 35, 38.*
———— CLAVEFoRMIs, 38.
OCCIDENTALIs, 38.*
DESMIDIACES, 7.
DIATOMACEA, 7.
Dicryospumria, 42, 50.*
FAVULOSA, 50.*
Dictyospheriee, 41.
DRaAPARNALDIA, 69, 71.*
GLOMERATA, 72.*
opposira, 71.*
PLUMOSA, 72.*
Ecrocarpus AMPHIBIUS, 125.*
LONGIFRUCTUS, 124.*
Enreromorpua, 52, 56.*
CLATHRATA, 57.*
—— compressa, 57.*
erecta, 57.
Horxirxir, 58.*
INTESTINALIS, 57.*
paradoxa, 57.
ramulosa, 57.
Fucus clavifer, 19.
cupressordes, 21.
ericifolius, 20.
Lamourourti, 19.
lycopodioides, 126.
Ophioglossum, 16.
plumaris, 17.
SERRATUS, 122.*
taxtfolius, 17.
tomentosus, 29.
—~— iurbinatus, 121.
uvifer, 19.
GIGARTINA CHaAmissor, 129.
Ha.ierapuium, 44.*
Hauimepa, 12, 22.*
INCRASSATA, 24.
——_—— monilis, 24.
———— oPuntTlA, 23.*
——_—_— platydisca, 25.
——-——— TRIDENS, 24.*
TUNA, 25.*
Halimedee, 9.
Haursyema, 46.*
HALosaccion DUMONTIOIDES, 130.*
Hormotricuum, 69, 89.*
——~——— BOREALE, 90.*
CaRMICHAELH, 90.*
SPECIOSUM, 90.*
——————— Wornmskiotpn, 91.*
YounGanum, 89.*
HypropictTyE#, 7, 94.*
Hypropictryon, 95.*
es UTRICULATUM, 95.*
Hyprvrvs, 118.*
PENICILLATUS, 118.*
ALPHABETIC INDEX.
Irina picnotoma, 129.*
Leibleinia chalybea, 105.
confervicola, 105.
Lemanea, 63, 66.*
TORULOSA, 66.*
variegata, 67.
Lemanirn, 63.*
Lophura lycopodioides, 126.
Lychaete, 84.
Lynasya, 98, 101.*
es eruginosa, 102.
——_——. Carmichaelii, 90.
————— CONFERVoIDES, 103.*
crispa, 101.
FERRUGINEA, 102.*
FULVA, 102.*
HYALINA, 104.*
———— maguscuta, 101.*
maxima, 101.
———— muratis, 104.*
——_—— niGrescens, 102.*
pacifica, 101.
PUSILLA, 103.*
speciosa, 90.
Microcoteus, 98, 108.*
coryMBosus, 109.*
Myrrorricuta, 124.
FILIFORMIS, 124.*
Neswa annulata, 43.
dumetosa, 44.
Penicillus, 45.
Phoenix, 46.
NiropHYLLuM FryeEanuw, 128.
Nostoc, 113.*
Arcticum, 113.*
commuNE, 113.*
crIsTATUM, 114.*
FLAGELLARE, 114.*
micRoscopicum, 115.*
muscorum, 115.
nummulare, 114.
SUTHERLANDI, 114.*
verRucosum, 114.*
Nosrocutne&, 7, 110.*
QsciutatoriA, 98, 107.*
alata, 99.
OsCILLATORIACES, 7, 96.*
PALMELLACES, 7, 116.*
PENICcILLUS, 42, 44.*
CAPITATUS, 45.*
DUMETOSUS, 44.*
Puenrx, 46.*
PETALONEMA, 98, 99.*
ALLL
137
138
PETALONEMA ALATUM, 99.*
Phycoseris fasciata, 58.
gigantea, 59.
lanceolata, 59.
—_ Linza, 59.
Puy .ierpa, 16.*
Phyllerpa prolifera, 16.
PIKEA CALIFORNICA, 151.
Polyphysee, 33.
Porpuyra, 52, 53.*
amethystea,, 53.
laciniata, 53.
linearis, 53.
purpurea, 53.
———— vuLaanis, 53.*
Priverpa, 16.*
Rhipocephalus Phenix, 46.
Rauizocionium, 69, 91.*
obtusangulum, 92.
RIPARIUM, 92.”
RHODOMELA LYCOPODIOIDES, 126.*
RuHODYMENIA CORALLINA, 128.
Rivuwaria, 98, 109.*
Rivulariee, 96.
Schizosiphon scopulorum, 105.
Scyronema, 98, 100.*
SIPHONES, 7, 9.*
SPHACELARIA ARcTICA, 124.*
Srriaria, 123.*
ATTENUATA, 123.*
Stypopodium flavum, 123.
Terraspora, 52, 60.*
ALPHABETIC INDEX.
Terraspora bullosa, 60.
Godeyi, 61.
—————— LACcunosA, 61.*
—— perforata, 61.
Tuomeya, 63, 64.*
——-—— FLUVIATILIs, 64.*
Tursinaria, 121.*
decurrens, 121.
denudata, 121.
—— VULGARIS, 121.*
Uportea, 12, 26.*
CONGLUTINATA, 27.~*
FLABELLATA, 26.*
Palmetta, 27.
Uva, 52, 58.*
—— Bertolonii, 59.
BULLOosA, 60.*
divisa, 58.
FASCIATA, 58.*
intestinalis, 57.
Lactuca, 60.*
LATISSIMA, 59.*
Linz, 59.*
plumosa, 31.
ULVACES, 7, 51.*
Valonia favulosa, 50,
VALONIACES, 7, 41.*
Vaucueria, 12, 30.*
Vaucheriea, 9.
sala
| ZoNARIA FLAVA, 123.*
ZYGNEMACEA, 7, 93.*
REFERENCES TO THE PLATES. 139
REFERENCES TO THE PLATES.
Pirate XXXVII.
—— XXXVIII.
—— XXXIX.
—— XL.
—— XLI.
——- XLII.
——— XLIII.
—— XLIV.
—— XLV.
—— XLVI.
— XLVII.
A.—Caulerpa Mexicana, Sond. p. 16.
B.—Caulerpa Lycopodium, Harv. p. 19.
A.—Caulerpa Ashmeadii, Harv. p. 18.
B.—Caulerpa prolifera, Lamour. p. 16.
C.— Caulerpa plumaris, Ag. p. 17.
A.—Caulerpa ericifolia, Ag. p. 20.
B.— Caulerpa cupressoides, Ag. p. 21.
A.—Halimeda Tuna, Lx. p. 25.
B.—Halimeda Opuntia, Lx. p. 23.
C.— Udotea conglutinata, Lx. p. 27.
D.—Chlorodesmis vaucheriaformis, Hary. p. 30.
A.— Cymopolia barbata, Lx. p. 36.
B.— Dasycladus occidentalis, Harv. p- 38.
A.—Acetabularia crenulata, Lx. p. 40.
B —Chamedoris annulata, Mont. p. 43.
A.—Penicillus dumetosus, Dne. p. 44.
B.—Penicillus capitatus, Lamk. p. 45.
C.—Penicillus Phenix, Lamk. p. 46.
A.— Anadyomene flabellata, Lamour. p. 49.
B.—Diectyospheria favulosa, Dne. p. 50.
C.—Halimeda tridens, Lx. p. 24.
A.— Bryopsis plumosa (vars.) Ag. p. 31.
B.— Cladophora Morrisie, Harv. p. 78.
C.— Blodgettia confervoides, Harv. p. 48.
A.— Chetomorpha brachygona, Harv. p. 87.
B.-—Chetomorpha tortuosa, Dillw. p. 88.
C.—Chetomorpha Piquotiana, Mont. p. 85.
D.— Chetomorpha Olneyi, Harv. p. 86.
E.—Chetomorpha longiarticulata, Harv. p: 86
A.—Lyngbya majuscula, Hary. p. 101.
B.—Lyngbya ferruginea, Ag. p. 102.
C.—Lyngbya confervoides, Ag. p. 103.
D.—Lyngbya nigrescens, Harv. p. 102.
E.—Lyngbya pusilla, Harv. p. 103.
F.—Lyngbya fulva, Harv. p. 102.
G.—Lyngbya hyalina, Harv. p. 104.
140 REFERENCES TO THE PLATES.
Pirate XLVIII. A.—Petalonema alatum, Berk. p. 99.
B.—Microcoleus corymbosus, Harv. p. 109.
C.—Calothrix pilosa, Harv. p. 106.
D.—Calothrix dura, Harv. p. 107.
XLIX. A—Bangia vermicularis, Harv. p. 55.
- B—Pikea Californica, Suppl. p. 181.
L, A.—Dasya Harveyi, Ashm. Suppl. p. 127.
B.—Chondria nidifica, Harv, Suppl. p. 125.
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
WASHINGTON CITY,
MARCH, 1858.
See
Pl KAXVII
W.W.LH. dal.ct hth
5
yi
W Weat Imp S* Hartan Gardep
eect
XVII
WS WOM
SS NY)
Ls Za)
NY
Lees \\\
y
<i YF
~S i
Hft
SSO Sy
YY"
=
Wi H del
wae
=
SS
“
ee
WHA delet kth
eat hing
P), XLII
hi -
i = WAN
<I 3
7 SCO
: ‘
q
(1868860000088 G6 age Oe Aa
YEH del et lth
—
1. AD
P
yore
a
AV] WAR
eS
Ue
oN
W West Imp 54, Hatton Garden.
hth
WH dol
Pre oN ots | en
Pl. XLVI
WHA ded. bth
-
,
*
‘ ' ‘ as
Se
uae a Oe eli hee = pe ee
WHA
del. et ith
SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.
MAGNETICAL OBSERVATIONS
IN THE
ARCTIC SEAS.
BY
ELISHA KENT KANE, M.D., U.S.N.
MADE DURING THE SECOND GRINNELL EXPEDITION IN SEARCH OF SIR JOHN FRANKLIN,
IN 1853, 1854, AND 1855, AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR, AND OTHER
POINTS ON THE WEST COAST OF GREENLAND.
REDUCED AND DISCUSSED,
BY
CHARLES A. SCHOTT,
ASSISTANT U. S. COAST SURVEY.
[ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, MAY, 18568.]
———
COLLINS, PRINTER.
PHILADELPHIA +
CONTE NTs:
InrropucToryY LETTER
SECTION I.
Maanetic DECLINATION, 1854
SECTION II.
OBSERVATIONS OF THE MAGNETIC INCLINATION, 1853, 1854, AND 1855 .
SECTION III.
OBSERVATIONS OF MaAqnetic Intensity, 1854 AND 1855.
PAGE
27
INTRODUCTORY LETTER.
Wasuineton, May 17, 1858.
Proressor JosepH Henry, LL.D.,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution :
Dear Sir: The records of the magnetic observations made under the direction
of Dr. Kane, in the second expedition to the Arctic regions, were placed in my
hands by his late lamented father, Judge Kane, in December last.
Dr. Kane had selected Assistant Charles A. Schott, of the Coast Survey, for
the reduction of a considerable portion of the observations made in that expedi-
tion; and I, therefore, placed these in Mr. Schott’s possession for reduction and
discussion. The work has been faithfully performed, and I recommend it for
publication in the “Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge.” It is proper to
state that the instruments were furnished by the Coast Survey and the Smith-
sonian Institution, and that the computations have been made at the expense of
the latter.
Very respectfully, yours,
A. D. BACHE,
SECTION TI.
MAGNETIC DECLINATION.
1854,
COMMENTS AND ADJUSTMENTS.
Instruments.—The observations for diurnal inequality as well as those for abso-
lute declination, were made with a Jones unifilar magnetometer (No. 3), kindly
loaned by Prof. A. D. Bache, Superintendent U.S. Coast Survey. The azimuth
circle reads to 20” and the centre division of the scale reads 280. The magnet
was suspended by means of a silk thread 93 inches in length. Several trials to
determine the effect of torsion gave such small quantities that it was not considered
necessary to take the same into account. The instrument was not originally
intended to give absolute declinations, but at the Winter Quarters the observer
succeeded in obtaining a few values for absolute declination by detaching the box,
containing the magnet, from the circle which bears the telescope. ‘The same was
then moved in azimuth until a well defined object within the small range of its
vertical motion could be observed. The focus of the telescope was adjusted to the
distance. We find the instrument “perched on a pedestal of frozen gravel,” the
contents of two barrels. This mounting was considered as stable as the rock
underneath. On the 9th of June, 1854, Mr. Sonntag examined the instrument in
reference to local disturbance, and found no sensible deviation arising from such a
source. ‘'The local deviation seems to have corrected itself; the iron in our com-
fortless little cell seems to have been so distributed that our results were not
affected by it.” (Narrative, vol. I.) The adjustments were made according to Rid-
del’s magnetical instructions. The mirror attached to the suspended magnet faces
the magnetic north. The following are the determinations for the angular value
of a scale division:—
Circle. | Scale. | | Scale. |
Readings; January 13, 1854. Winter Quarters, Van Rensselaer Harbor.
120° 60/—58/ 454.5 118° 11/-0%7/ 2534.0 | ¥ ,
120 16—14 100.7 117 34—30 303.0 | Taking eee ese thie
120 16—14 92.5 117 34-30 303.2 epee
119 30—27 153.5 116 4946 351.0 ito ron
119 30—27 148.0 116 49—46 SDA DE eg (mee a ae
118 4845 199.0 116 13—10 394.0 |
118 4845 201.0 116 05—00 405.5
118 11—07 250.5 115 31—29 451.0 |
4 MAGNETIC DECLINATION.
ee
Circle. | Seale. | Circle. | Scale. |
Readings; January 16, 1854. (Dr. Hayes, observer.)
| |
119° 31/—31/ A598 || | 19T° 953i 55! 2564 |)
120 48—46 350 123 19—18 150 14=0/.741
120 48—46 393 123 19—18 149 ss age
122 09—06 251 | 124 42—40 42 |
Readings; February 16, 1854.
127° 04/04’ 622.5 121° 34/34! A5SEO PT)
125 55—56 153.0 122 356.0
125 55—56 136.0 122 55—56 360.0
124 18—17 257.0 124 23—24 249.0 14 =0/.839
124 18—17 259.'T 124 23—24 254.0 Aiieet s
123 00—00 359.0 125 47—47 150.0
123 00—00 354.5 125 47—47 145.5
121 34-34 463.0 127 05—05 42.0
Value resulting, equal mean of all or one division of scale = 0’.804.
Value adopted = 0/.80.
{increase )
a Udecrease 5
(east
‘Uwest
of scale readings indicates a movement of the north end of the magnet to the
A well rated pocket chronometer, nearly showing Greenwich mean time, was
used for noting the time. 4
Diurnal Variation—The observations for changes of magnetic deckaanéion were
made during the months of January, February, and Manelis 1854, at the following
dates :—
January 10-11 . : ~ sande=* . . February 10-11
“« . 13-14. 0 a GSE ie : ; “t 14-15
“« 24-25. . : 5 aye 6 2 : rf 17-18
. 27-28 . 3 Ue sae : 0 ‘ 21-22
a 31-32. . ee attic : e es 28-29
February 3-4. . oe ; . March 3-4
“ 7-8 PORES, : . = 7-8
To these must be added the term days during the same period of the year, viz:
* January 18-19, February 24-25, and March 22-23. The remaining three terms
in April, May, and June, of the same year, furnish values of the change of the
diurnal inequality at a later season. Readings (the mean of two extremes during
a vibration when the magnet was in motion) were taken every sixth minute, com-
mencing, with but one exception, between 4 and 5 o’clock in the afternoon. ‘The
error of the chronometer has been applied and the time in the abstracts is given in
local mean (astronomical) time. The readings are, as stated above, uncorrected
for torsion, and are expressed in scale divisions. In regard to the observers, Dr.
Kane remarks in his narrative: “It was not until the close of the winter that I
was able to take my share in the preceding (the observations for variation) or the
term-day observations; and I desire to express my obligations to Dr. Hayes and
MAGNETIC DECLINATION. 5
Mr. Bonsal, as well as to George Stephenson, for their zealous and intelligent co-
operation with Mr. Sonntag and myself.” Each set of observations extends over
twenty-four hours; they were taken nearly one minute earlier (between 56° and 40°)
than indicated in the abstract. The general remark on:page 435 of the second
volume of the Narrative, “the scale reading 280 corresponds to a magnetic declina-
tion of 108° 3' west, etc.,” appears to leave no doubt that the instrument was left
undisturbed, and there being no statement to the contrary, we can assume the
hourly and daily means at the several days of observation to refer to the same zero
or to be comparable amongst themselves. At a later period in June, 1854, the
azimuth circle appears to have turned about 19 minutes.
Term-day Observations.—There were six in number. The observations com-
mence at 10 P. M., mean Gdéttingen time, or about 4" 387" 34° mean Fern Rock
time, the difference of longitude being assumed to equal 5" 22" 26%. The obser-
vations were not taken at the precise instant as indicated in the abstracts; the
small deviation is noted at the head of each table.
Absolute Declination.—The expedition not being provided with a proper instru-
ment, the magnetometer was temporarily converted into a declinometer by Mr.
Sonntag, who determined. the declination on June 9th, the 14th, and the 26th,
1854, The top of a mountain was used as a mark; it bore south 22° west
(magnetic).
The mirror attached to the magnets can be inverted so that the mean reading of
mirror direct and mirror rey ad: corresponds to the reading of the magnetic axis
of the magnet.
Geographical Position of Observatory.—The latitude and longitude of the astro-
nomical observatory has been determined as follows: Lat. 78° 37’.0 north, Long.
70° 40’ west of Greenwich. (See p. 305, vol. I. of the Narrative, also pp. 385 and
387 of the same volume.) The island (Observatory Island) on which the obser-
vatory (Fern Rock Observatory) was placed, was some fifty paces long by perhaps
forty broad. (See p. 116, vol. I. of Narrative.) The magnetic sence S was ad-
joining; it was of stone, ten feet square, with a wooden floor as well as roof, and
supplied with a copper fire grate. No iron was used in its construction.
The following is an extract of note 56, p. 464, of vol. I. of the Narrative: “The
subjoined are given as aids to physical inquiry on the part of future travellers:
Directions to sites of Rensselaer harbor. The observatory was placed upon the
northernmost of the rocky group of islets that formed our harbor. It is seventy-
six English feet from the highest and northernmost salient point of this island, in
a direction 8, 14° E., or in one with said point and the S. E. projection of the
southernmost islet of the group. A natural face of gneiss rock formed the western
wall of the observatory. A crevice in this rock has been filled with melted lead,
m the centre of which is a copper bolt. Eight feet from this bolt, and in the
direction indicated by the crevice, stood the magnetometer. This direction is
given in case of local disturbance from the nature of the surrounding rocks.”
The highest point of the island was about thirty feet above the mean tide level
of the harbor. The observatory was known by the name of “Fern Rock Ob-
servatory.”
CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
OBSERVATIONS FoR CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION AT VAN RENSSELAER HaArpor, 1854.
Value of a division of the scale 0’.80.
Increase of scale readings corresponds to « movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
Mean Hourly
06m. 12m. 18m. 24m. 30m. local means.
time. ©
Fern Rock Observatory, January 10 and 11, 1854.
|
4» | 3004 | 3004 | 2994.3 2994 | 2954.5) 2944 | 2944 | 2944 | 2930 | 291.45 5h | 2964.0
5 291 290.8} 290.7 | 300 295.2) 292.8) 292 290.8 | 289 288.4] .6 292.1
6 290.2} 292 290.6 | 288 290 287.5 | 284 282.5) 281 280 Ui 286.6
7 280 279 277 276 277.5 | 278 279.5 | 280 280.5) 281 8 278.9
8 282 283 284 284 285 285 287 286 286 285 9 284.7
9 286 287 286 288 290 289 292 290 287 286 10 288.1
10 289 292 294 295 295 297.5 | 298 303 304 303 11 297.0
aay 300.5 | 300 300 299 298 298 297 298.5 | 303 304 12 299.8
12 304 306 307 308 310 307.5] 311 311.5] 310 310.2) 138 308.5
13 310 309 308.5 | 308.2} 309.3) 310 809.8 | 306 313 314 14 309.8
14 312 310 310 309 308 306 303.3 | 303.5] 306 308 15 307.6
15 309.5 | 3808 305.8 | 306 304.5 | 303 301.5 | 306 306 305 16 305:5
16 304 302 298 298 301 301 295 290 289 289 17 296.7
eG 289 286 287 288 292 287 302 299 297 299 18 292.6
18 287 285 283 283 282 268 252 241 244 246 19 267.1
19 249 255 256 254 257 270 291 295 294 298 20 271.9
20 290 277 273 271° | 273 250 275 270 260 251 21 269.0
21 260 266 257 249 248 247 251 253 }6255.3] 248.6| 22 253.5
22 246.3) 255 260 258 256.5 | 254 256.5 | 258.5 | 257 256 23 255.8
23 258 262 267.5 | 270 272 278.5] 282.3] 279.0} 280 273.5 0 272.3
0 272 270 263 259 253 251 250 246 254 252 1 257.0
1 252 360 265 268 269 271 273 273 274 274 2 267.9
2 274 279 275 274 278 276 275 276 276 280 3 276.3
3 291 289 294 297 300 301 302 304 304 305 4 298.7
4 312 314 310 312 314 —_
Mean | 284.7
Fern Rock Observatory, January 13 and 14, 1854. :
8004 | 2994 | 29524 4h
4h | 3022 | 304¢ | 3084 | 3114 | 8144 | 3174 | 3154 | 313 316 319 He wo Leg
5 317 314 311 313 SL5 319 322 328 335 337 6 321.1
6 339 340 336 331 326 330 328 316 329 335 7 331.0
7 340 338 344 346 348 343 342 342 345 349 8 343.7
8 350 364 371 371 368 366 358 356 850 349 9 360.8
9 344 338 334 329.5 | 329 327 330 336 342 342 10 335.1
10 339 339.5 | 335.5| 340 347.5] 350 349 348.7 | 350.2) 354.8) 11 345.4
ll B54 352 350.8 | 353 351 347 343 343 344.8] 342.8) 12 348.1
12 341 342 343.8] 344 343.5] 343 342 340.5) 340 341 13 342.1
13 341 342 343 347 346 846 347 BON 852 348 14 346.9
14 355 352 354 356 352 348 345 344 346 349 15 350.1
15 350 351 352 358 362 Se leona 378 374 372 16 364.5
16 370 368 BL 374 374 374 371 365 359 358 17 368.4
17 - | 352 352 346 341 339 330 328 325 324 820 18 BsouT
18 321 323 330 335 345 347 337 330 293 295 19 325.6
19 295 292.5] 288 280 260 263.5 | 269.5] 274 269.8) 272 20 276.4
20 a4 284 254 263 257.7 | 266.5) 272.5] 270 267 285 21 269.4
21 295 297 285 271 272.8) 276 271.5} 270 266 266 22 277.0
22 265 264 265.5 | 267 269 270 270 269 266 264 23 267.0
23 261 267 274 275 27 269 262 250 246 242 0 262.3
0 212 218 224 231 242 252 252 255 264 273 1 242.3
1 276 277 278 278 278 276.5 | 276 217 282 289 2 278.8
2 290 287 288 288 292 301 311 310 305.8 | 309 3 298.2
3 306 299 296.5 | 297.5) 299.5} 300.5] 307 318 319.5] 315.5 4 305.9
4 315 319 316 —
Mean | 317.0
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 7
Mean | Mean Hourly
local 36m. 42m. 48m. 54m. 00m. 06m. 12m. 18m. 24m. | 30m. | local means.
time. time.
Fern Rock Observatory, January 24 and 25, 1854.
305% | 305% | 3054 4
4h | 3074.3) 3104 | 3134 | 3154 | 3174 | 3182 | 3234 | 326 33 333 5 | 31943
5 337 340 342 346 348 350 353 355 353.5) 354 6 347.8
6 355 355 357 307 359 360 361.5 | 368 361 369 i 359.7
7 373 371 366 363 368 367 366 367 367 366 8 367.4
8 364 363 362 357 356 358 360 362 364 365 9 361.1
9 364 361 858 362 365 367 363 359 857 356.5] 10 361.2
10 355 354 354.5 | 357 356 358 358.5 | 360.5 | 359 358.5) 11 357.1
11 856.5 | 354 356 358.5 | 359 361 363 364 359 352 12 358.3
12 350 852 | 353.5) 351.5) 352 354 396 359.5 | 361 363 13 390.2
13 360 355 359 368 370 370 373 366 361 358 14 364.0
14 360 366 365 361 359 353 351 350.8 | 3850 349 15 356.5
15 347 348 347 344 344 344.5 | 342 343 340 340 16 344.0
16 340 342 344 344 344 344 043 343 343 342 17 342.9
17 340 338 338 337 337 338 338 339 341 342 18 338.8
18 344 345 348 348 347 346 346 346 B47 347 19 346.4
19 347 348 348 349 350.5 | 350 349.5} 348 346 336 20 847.2
20 322 316 318 318.5 | 320 321 308 305 304 301 21 313.3
21 301.5} 300.5 | 292 291 286 291.5 | 304 302 310 314 22 299.2
22, 317 315 315 314 316 316 318 316 314 314 23 315.5
23 315 313 312 313 314 310 309 309 308 300 0 310.3
0 298 301 304 302 292 287 282 285 288 294 1 293.3
1 300 305 300 294 292 304 304 old 309 310 2 302.9
2 312 314 316 312 308 310.5] 314 315 315 814.5 3 Sls
3 316 316.5] 318 316 | 310.5} 310 310 312 815.6] 318.5 4 314.3
4 SEP SOL pace ean eae
Mean | 337.0
Fern Rock Observatory, January 27 and 28, 1854.
4 | 3064 | 3054 | 3074 | 3134 | 8202 | 8274 | 83214 | 3154 | 312¢ | 3084 5b | 31344
5 304 302 302 306 307 308 306 308 314 316 6 307.3
6 320 325 330 332 328 326 324 323 325 326 7 325.9
7
8
326 328 323 324 B24 325 825 320 319 320 8 323.4
319 319 319 319 318 319 320.5 | 321 322 322 9 319.8
9 322 322 322 322 323 b24 323.7 | 324 323 323 10 322.9
10 322 320 322 323.7 | 325.8) 326.5] 327 827.3 | 325 328 11 324.7
11 329 329.8 | 330 329 328 326 326 337 338 334.7 12 330.7
12 332 342 342.2] 341 339.5 | 334 331 328 330 331 13 3395.1
13 331.4 | 336 337 334 330 336 334 332 331 330 14 333.1
14 330 332 334 330 338 B47 357 353 348 d44 15 341.3
15 346 348 348 346 345 345 346 351 356 390 16 348.1
16 346 345 347 348 349 355 359 364 368 370 17 355.1
17 378 380 384 386 388 389.5 | 388 387 887.5) 386 18 385.4
18 386 386 386 386 385 381 378 375 375 374 19 381.2
19 374 373 370.8 | 365 365 360 355 355.5 | 352 349.5] 20 362.0
20 360 365 362 360 396 853 352 851.5 | 353 356 2 356.8
21 354.5 | 356 397.5 | 360 362 364.5) 365 365.5 | 363 361 22 363.8
22, 359 360 361 362 363 | 3865 367 368 369 363 23 363.3
23 360 306 341 346 841.5 336 337 338 338 335 0 342.8
0 332 335 339 342 341 | 840 340 341 342 346 1 339.8
1 351 356 360 359 308 363 3595 362 357 304 2 357.5
2 350 350 350 348 346 | 350 345 344 349 350 3 348.2
3 352 352 353 395 358 359 354 340 333 332 4 348.8
4
336 340 343 345 345 a5
Mean | 342.9
Value of a division of the scale 0/.80.
Tncrease in scale readings corresponds to a movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
Aurora visible on the 27th and 28th.
a
8 -CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
Fern Rock Observatory, January 31 and February 1, 1854.
\ 3044 | 3062 | 3254
340¢ [3414.5] 3354.5) 3454 |3334.5/3344.5| 330 | 330 | 398 3354.0
327 | 328.5| 324 | 318 | 811 | 313 | 320 | 395 | 330 322.9
344 | 348 | 356 | 358 | 359.5| 356 | 35% | 358 | 358 353.2
359 | 360 | 360.5) 361 | 362 | 363.5| 365 | 367 | 368.5 362.5
372 | 372 | 374 | 371 | 370 | 371 | 3871 | STI | 372 371.4
372 | 373 | 373 | 874 | 372 | 372 | 372 | 871 "| 370 372.1
368 | 367 | 364 | 361 | 365 | 371 | 370 | 369 | 367 367.0
366 | 370 | 377 | 376 | 877 | 380 | 38% | 384 | 382 .| 376.4
374 | 375 | 376 | 374 | 373 | 870 | 368 | 374 | 375 373.8
376 | 380 ‘| 384.5| 385 | 384 | 383.5] 382 | 380 | 378 380.9
381.5] 3883 | 384 | 385.5] 383 | 380 | 379 | 376 | 370 380.1
365 | 364 | 365 | 367 | 869 | 371 | 373.5] 374 | 375 6 | 369.1
375 | 875 | 374.5| 3874 | 875 | 374 | 874 | 373° | 373 874.2
374 | 374.5| 375° | 374 | 874 | 3874 | 875 | 878 | 389 375.3
387 | 390 | 389 | 388 | 888 | 389 | 390 | 385 | 386 387.2
388 | 389.8] 387 | 389 | 389 | 389 | 387 | 387 | 386 387.9
385 | 385 | 384.5] 388 | 382 | 382 | 382 | 376 | 370 381.4
369 | 3870 | 370 | 292 | 988 | 278 | 984 | 285 | 291 319.4
297 | 311 | 398 | 338 | 348 | 359 | 359.5] 351 | 350 333.5
338 | 334 | 818.5] 314 | 312 | 311 | 314 | 318 | 393 329.4
331 | 322 | 332 | 333 | 342 | 346 | 350 | 359 | 365 340.9
370 | 870 | 375 | 381 | 3879 | 875 | 372 | 368 | 364 372.4
356 | 355 | 354 | 352 | 351 | 351 | 350 | 363 | 378 356.4
377 | 377 | 380 | 883 | 376 | 376 | 878 | 380 | 386 378.8
396 | 400 | 398 | 396 | 407 | 419 | 430 | 440
Hm COL ROW
Fern Rock Observatory, February 3 and 4, 1854,
3364 | 3354
3587 | 3634.5] 3679.5) 3722 | 3749 | 374 B74 3664.0
375 | 373 370 365 363 362 | 362 368.6
3872 | 372.5) 374 BTT 378 378.7| 3879 375.5
390 | 893 400 408 407 404 402 397.6
406 407 410 408 406 405 408 407.1
411 415 435 450 454 456 457 433.1
412 | 411 411 410 406 405 400 409.5
398 397 396 394 390 | 385 392 396.0
408 | 397 393 389 389.5] 389 399.8
391 389 388 | 378 “| 362 | 342 376.2
351 362 380 | 386 409 367 361.8
323 316° |°309 | 296 285 270 302.8
261 262 275 270 | 274 278 268.6
299 296 | 300 308 320 334 - 309.2
332 | 340 350 342 340 346.3
B41 330 By 315 414 d 329.4
345 339 | 350 339.6
340 Se 540 346 337.5
314 311 310 309.8
286 301 307 304.0
358 36 362 | 364 356.7
362 36 364 362 362.1
318 e 375 380 376.0
370 | é 370 371 (873.5)
ac
OTA COD HS
-t
Mean | 358.6
Value of a division of the scale 0’.80.
Increase in scale readings corresponds to a moyement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
Nore.—Another stove had been put up temporarily; it was removed at the close of the observations.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 9
Mean | Mean Hourly
local f - | 48m. : : : Sm. 24m. 30m. local means.
time. | time.
Observatory, February 7 and 8, 1854.
SES Sus
3l4¢ | 814¢ | 815%.) 315 316
322 320 321 323 326
344 345 347 349 345
350 361 454 346 352
354 354 3595 355 355
354 352 352 Bd4 305
368 369 370 372 Bid
367 368 368 368 368
370 372 375 377 380
396 394 392 389 389
| 381 378 375 372 369
346 342 337 336 B34
336 338 339 339 338
; 3ll 308 304 302 301
290 287 284 280 276
274 283 287 290 294
301 305 307 510 313
303 295 287 294 294
293 294 301 310 319
322 321 319 318 ol4
300 : 303 306 310 320 328
337 332 329.5 | 3: 332 332
313 301 296 291 308
312 : 313 320 339 333
347 352
|
Fern Rock Observatory, February 10 and 11, 1854.
|
| 2514 | 9544 | 2
2614 | 2664 | 2724 | Q844 | 2944 | 3004 | 3064 | 812. | 318 | 328 2934.6
352
330 340 366 368 362 | 304 352 355 36% 304.1
360 358 357.5 | 360 366 365 365 364 366 36 362.9
371 373 316 378 380 384 385 385 390 | 3 d81.8
396 395.5 | 394 392.7] 394 390 390 389 387 38 391.4
387 386 386 386 380 382 382 382 382 382 383.5
382 381 380 378 377 376 376 375 374 31¢ BTL.
376 380 383 385 385 385 386 386 386 8 383. $
388 389 389 392 393 392 390 390 392 é i 390.6
396 397 396 394 392 400 | 412 420 424 22, 405.3
422 430 444 460 464 470 487 480 493.5 f 464.8
501 504 503 499 479 460 448 429 417 464.7
405 400 398 397 395 389 383 319 371 388.5
362 370 377 373 369 365 357 348 348 § 361.9
350 329 329 325 321 317 312.5] 297 288 : 514.8
272 265 263 261 261 262 262 263 265 264.0
267 268 269 270 273 276 279 274 270 271.1
261 256 251 246 240 238 225 231 239 2 242.2
216 196 196 193 205 203 202 201 206 3 202.7
215 216 215 215 211 208 205 203 200 208.3
200 203 201 201 200 199 203 211 215 22 205.3
227 232 239 254 280 300 314 320 320 281.1
319 319 319 321 327 331 B45 350 362 é 336.2
353 359 361 363 365 365 361 364 365 362.0
361 361 354 351 347
Rew Ow
337.2
Value of a scale division 0’.80.
Increase of scale readings corresponds to a movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
10 CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
Mean Mean Hourly
local 36m. 42m. 48m. 54m. 00m. 06m. 12m. 18m. 24m. 30m. local means.
time. . time. : >
Fern Rock Observatory, February 14 and 15, 1854.
4h 3049 1303891) 3044 | 3034) 8074 | Site) Biles | 324¢ 5) |(307.20)
5 3319 | 339%! B43 347 350 352 359 358 359 360 6 349.4
6 362 362 365 369 372 380 387 396 401 410 T 380.4
7 393 398 398 401 417 449 440 435 440 440 8 421.1
8 435 454 428 420 420 412 405 |} 408 413 422 9 419.7
9 45 450 470 478 487 486 486 494 482 465 10 473.7
10 462 458 451 443 438 432 426 431 443 457 11 444.1
11 472 483 494 493 491 487 483 477 458 456 12 477.4
12 434 414 410 409 410 407 406 408 413 419 15 413.0
13 428 441 452 456 459 462 473 464 465 462 14 456.2
14 458 454 450 449 447 446 458 | 473 478 481 15 459.4
15 486 489 491 492 490 492 494 494 490 485 16 490.3
16 478 470 468 460 452 444 434 430 428 420 17 448.4
be 416 420 414 414 409 404 401 399 396 394 18 406.7
18 391 376 376 B77 3878, | 392 391 366 359 “| 356 19 376.2
19 B49 B44 338 320 312 334 340 336 329 329 20 833.1
20 331 3389 350 356 359 354 |. 849 345 331 317 21 343.1
21 296 292 289 292 292 291 289 287 284 278 22 289.0
22 275 273 258 246 244 238 234 228 223 218 23 243.7
25 212 208 211 186 160 138 146 136 152 129 0 165.8
131 144 159 171 18] 192 203 211 218 226 I 183.6
236 244 245 246 247 257 269 252 236 238 2 247.0
3
4
241 242 240 243 247 254 249 249 251 254 247.0
257 266 278 292 316 322 316 311 319 332 300.9
331 351 360
Rm OWL eo
Mean | 360.7
Fern Rock Observatory, February 17 and 18, 1854.
: 193% | 1932 a 944 4
ADS VMN GOt WT S4es) VTA) QE Os LTS eS aes 196 198 5 | 1824.2
5 1935 183 185 188 180 182 185 195 207 208 6 190.6
6 208 230 258 298 296 286 272 271 270 270 7 265.9
7 265 258 252 244 237 230 227 225 226 228 8 239.2
9
8 232 235 238 242 249 255 260 260 261 262 249.4
9 262 263 265 268 273 276 279 281 291 300 10 275.8
10 302 300 280 273 260 249 242 236 228.5) 237 11 260.7
11 241 247.5 | 245 240 236 231 232 230 229 227.8.) 12 | 235.9
12 225 222 240 238 242 239 236 230 247 253 13 237.2
13 261 248 240 23 233 23 250 244 242 240 14 242.6
14 238 23 235 238 243 242 240.5 | 237 234 231 15 237.4
15 229 229.5) 234 239.5 | 239 238 240 241 243 247 16 238.0
16 249 251 250 247 245 249, 237 233 228 923 17 240.5
17 218 220 223 228 232 935 237 $38 239 240 18 231.0
18 935 232 230 23 235 237 O3e 228 934 237 19 233.4
19 240 234 228 220 204 166 164 147 130" +) 152 20 188.5
20 179 188 206 230 256 250 241 236 226 Q1T 21 229.9
21 218 221 224 227 217 208 221 237 244 945 22 225.6
22 244 248 254 250 247 244 242 241 240.5 | 240 23 245.0
23 240 250 252 247.5) 238 227 220 219 216 914 0 232.3
0 214 215 216 220 226 232 236 240 247 255 1 230.1
1 262 Pare 180* | 190 187 184 181 177 175 174 2 198.1
2 169 163 156 150 144 146 148 147 152.5) 151 3 152.6
3 154 151 161 175 187 192 201 202 202 208 4 183.3
4 210 209 226 233 =
Mean | 226.6
Value of a scale division 0/.80. 4
Tncrease of scale readings corresponds to a movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
Norr.—The mean in brackets includes two interpolated values.
* A sudden change of 904 occurring at 6 30™ chronometer time (Greenwich time nearly).
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. a
Mean Mean Hourly
loeal 36m. 42m. 48m. 54m. 00m, 06m. 12m. 18m. 24m, 30m. local means.
time. time.
Fern Rock Observatory, February 21 and 22, 1854.
2702 | 2694 | 2684 4h
4h | 2684 | 2684 | 2734 | 2764 | 2714 | 9604 | 2594 | 959 252 252 5 | 2624:4
5 252 253 256 256 253 254 256 257 258 260 6 255.5
6 261 263 |. 263 265 267 267 268 269 271 273 7 266.7
7 274 275 276 277 280 282 286 291 296 B01 8 283.8
8 302 302 303 303 302 302 301 302 | 301 299 9 301.7
9 296 293 290 289 287 286 284 283 283 283.5] 10 | 287.4
10 282.5} 280.5] 278.5) 276 274 274 274 279 284 287 11 278.9
11 288 289 290 294 297 299 300 296 294 293 12 294.0
12 292 292 290 287 284 281 276 276 275 280 13 283.3
13 285 287 290 293 297 290 282 280 | 278 276 14 288.3
14 276 278 282 282 284 285 287 287 287 288 15 283.6
15 288 288 289 290 293 293 294 294 296 296 16 292.1
16 295 295 293 292 291 291 293 290 287 283 17 291.0
17 280 278 275 22 271 268 267 266 265 263 18 270.5
18 261 260 258 255 254 255 257 260 262 263 19 258.5
19 264 262 259 260 261 261 260.5] 260 259 256 20 260.2
20 251 244 240 242 230 218 216 212 205 203 21 226.1
21 206 210 216 221 223 224 230 237 250 250 22 226.7
22 250 250 254 257 258 262 260 260 261 263 23 257.5
o
23 261 260 260 258 260 261 262 262 262 262 0 260.8
0 262 | 262 262 262 263 263 262 261 261 260 1 261.8
1 259 259 258 257 258 259 259 260 261 263 2 259.3
2 264 266 269 271 273 275 277 280 278 274 | 3 272.7
3 274 275 278 290 294 304 293 286 282 280 1 285.6
4 283 282 279 276 _
Mean | 271.2
Fern Rock Observatory, February 28 and March 1, 1854.
2204 | 2204 | 29194 4
4h | 2184 | 2162 | 2134 | 2074 | 2004 | 1914 | 1834 | 179 180 182 OP 96239
5 184 186 189 191 192 193 193 192 193 193 6 190.6
6 195 198 202 210 219 227 230 244 256 260 a 224.1
7 272 274 280 278 242 226 220 250 300 320 8 266.2
8 9
3 10
344 333 321 310 306 322 339 341 350 362 332.4
393 852 | 350 390 368 365 360 370 871 372 361.6
10 B74 378 399 402 408 404 398 394 390 400 11 394.7
11 398 396 397 402 405 408 407 421 436 440 12 411.0
12 | 452 476 484 483 450 438 418 400 390 381 13 437.2
13 372 363 354 343 337 343 B47 352 357 364 14 353.2
14 372 399 340 324 315 320 326 330 333 330 15 339.0
15 331 327 325 324 322 325 314 320 315 314 16 321.7
16 326 338 346 | 363 362 396 348 342 342 339 17 346.2
17 + 325 322 B24 318 316 324 312 | 310 318 322 18 319.1
18 319 318 317 314 312 316 317 314 314 317 19 315.8
19 320 315 314 310 308 | 3809 308 307 308 | 308 20 310.7
20 306 306 302 298 297 299 302 302 301 301 21 301.4
21 298 299 300 301 296 284 274 269 264 268 22, 285.3
22 272 278 280 283 286 288 284 279 276 280 23 280.6
23 285 303 320 332 341 350 362 374 366 356 0 338.9
0 345 333 321 310 296 293 305 296 289 280 1 306.8
1 274 276 266 264 258 256 252 259 251 255 2 261.1
2 278 260 261 262 265 268 276 280 286 291 3 272.7
3 299 301 299 302 306 310 314 316 317 320 4 308.4
4 319 oat 318 315 312 yh eee
Mean | 311.3
Value of a scale division 0/.80.
Increase of scale readings corresponds to a movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
iL: CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
Mean | Mean Hourly
local 36m. 42m. 48m. 54m. 00m. 06m. 12m. 18m. 24m. 30m. local means.
time. | time.
Fern Rock Observatory, March 3 and 4, 1854.
2509 | 2474 | 2464 4h
4h | 2484 | 2494 | 2404 | 2384 | Q494 | O45 | 2484 | 250 260 265 5 | 2484.5
5 258 269 281 284 | 380 279 27 274 275 277 6 275.4
6 280.5| 279 | 272.5) 275 270 280 286 290 298 296 7 282.7
7 283 311 315 332 329 | 326 321 329 347 349 8 | 324.2
8 356 356 360 | 352 B47 346 330 302 291 283 9 332.3
9 287 290 282 286 275 264 265 267 269 270 10 275.5
10 272 24 276 278 280 282 285 287 290 292 11 281.6
11 295 298 | 302 | 306 313 318 322 325 327 329 12 | 313.6
12 330 337 345 349 352 =| 350 348 | 345 343 | 336 13 | 343.5
13 | 325 B21 313 302 295 299 308 314 309 302 14 308.8
14 297 294 288 292 286 284 280 276 272 | 285 15 285.4
15 291 294 291 289 | 282 | 276 268 264 260 | 258 16 277.3
16 257 257 256 258 259 260 262 260 258 258 17 258.5
eG 257 255 251 244.5] 238 230 220 205 190 172 18 226.2
18 152 144 33 134 136 140 143 160 174 198 19 151.4
bg) 209 216 210 205 201 195 190 186 181 Liu 20 197.0
20 173 170 167 164 Lit 178 184 189 193 199 21 178.8
21 206 200 194 188 183 178 172 170 169 164 22 182.4
22 152 160 156 156 153 155 157 154° | 150 150 23 154.3
23 156 176 195 184 155 160 125 131 131 134 0 154.
0 155 137.5} 155 179 195 184 187 200 197.5 |) 192 pal 176.2
1 195 200 190 185 182 179 150 156 150 156 2 172.3
2 173 190 200 206 217 204 196 190 186 183 3 194.5
3 189 192 199 204 209 216 222 229 234 243 4 213.7
4 249 251 254 257 =
Mean | 242.0
Fern Rock Observatory, March 7 and 8, 1854.
<=
1904 | 2024 4
4h | 2184 | 2234 | 2134 | 2184 | 22984 | 9944 | 9914 | 9314 | 930 235 5 | 2244°1
5 242 243 | 246 247 251 270 | 275 275 274 274 6 259.7
6 269 261 268 260 273 270 269 255 268 271 7 266.4
7 275 271 279 284 278 269 281 282 281 286 8 278.6
8 292 | 304 294 302 | 303 312 | 306 299 297 293 9 300.2
9 284 288 286 287 291 294 300 305 298 290 10 | 292.3
10 287 280 276 270 277 280 286 281 278 273 11 278.8
1 269 272 267 270 272 274 267 268 272 280 HOS | eaieleel:
12 273 279 284 290 289 291 294 291 283 274 13 284.8
Us 290 288 285 282 283 291 297 300 | 296 291 14 | 290.3
14 285 278 | 281 284 298 291 289 286 | 284 283 15 285.9
15 281 282 | 285 288 290 292 295 297 298 298 16 | 290.6
16 299 300° | 3802 297 291 285 | 280 278 | 283 288 17 290.3
17 292 296 299 297 295 293 289 287 281 275 18 | 290.4
18 269 264 260 256 260 255 | 258 260 | 266 270 19 | 261.8
19 275 272 277 =| 264 270 | 268 | 270 259 271 268 20 | 269.4
20 264 276 278 270 264 260 | 268 | 282 284 286 21 .| 273.2
21 280 278 | 281 285 287 274 291 297 295 291 22 | 285.9
22 284 276 274 268 263 257 264 271 286 293 23 273.6
23 300 299 287 285 281 274 278 271 267 265 0 280.7
0 261 246 252 245 247 243 242 246 250 252 1 248.4
1 252 252 250 250 249 250 252 255 256 258 2 252.4
2 260 265 270 272 275 276 276 280 285 280 3 273.9
a 3 285 284 274 258 242 247 258 263 4 | (264.3)
4 262 265 |, 268 258 245 : 5
Mean |} 274.5
Value of a scale division 0.80.
Increase of scale readings corresponds to a moyement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
OSE RE SS ET RE A NT SCE SN EE ST eS
Norr.—The mean in brackets includes two interpolated values.
AT
VAN RENSSELAER
HARBOR.
13
Diurnal Range of the Declination—The diurnal range being an index to the
magnitude of the diurnal excursions, is best presented before the examination of
the diurnal inequality.
The following table contains the highest and lowest scale
dD oD
readings in the hourly series, and the maximum and minimum values observed,
together with the corresponding ranges.
One division of scale—=0’.80.
Dainty RANGE OF THE DECLINATION.
DATE. IN HOURLY SERIES. OBSERVED. RANGE.
1854, Highest. Lowest. Maximum. Minimum. In hourly series. Total observed.
January 10-11 3092.8 2534.5 3142.0 2414.0 564.3 737.0
eS 13-14 368.4 242.3 378.0 212.0 126.1 166.0
‘ 18-19 357.9 109.7 369.0 85.0 248.2 284.0
sf 24-25 367.4 293.3 373.0 282.0 74.1 91.0
i 27-28 385.4 307.3 389.5 302.0 78.1 87.5
31-32 387.9 319.4 440.0 278.0 68.5 162.0
February 3— 4 433.1 268.6 457.0 258.0 164.5 199.0
o T- 8 391.2 279.7 396.0 266.5 111.5 119.5
sf 10-11 464.8 202.7 504.0 195.0 262.1 309.0
sf 14-15 490.3 165.8 494.0 129.0 824.5 365.0.
se 17-18 275.8 152.6 302.0 130.0 123.2 172.0
e 21-22 301.7 226.1 304.0 203.0 75.6 101.0
a 24-25 531.3 321.4 558.5 268.0 209.9 290.5
March ~ 0- 1 437.2 190.6 484.0 179.0 246.6 305.0
@ 3 4 343.5 151.4 360.0 125.0 192.1 235.0
ie T- 8 300.2 224.1 312.0 190.0 76.1 122.0
ss 22-23 290.5 238.8 304.0 228.0 51.7 76.0
The mean diurnal total range observed during the above period becomes 2° 287.6,
and the maximum diurnal range observed took place on the 14-15 February, and
amounted to 4° 52’.0. For comparison with similar quantities at other high lati-
tude stations we may take Lake Athabasca, where the greatest range in any one
day between October, 1843, and February, 1844, was 2° 35’, it happened October
16, 1843; at Fort Simpson the maximum range was 7° 27’, observed on the 16th
of April, 1844, in a series of observations extending over April and May, 1844.
The mean diurnal range during January and February, 1844, at Lake Athabasca,
was 31.4, and the mean range at Fort Simpson in April and May of that year was
1° 12’, these two quantities, however, were taken from the hourly series.
If we classify the ranges according to this magnitude we obtain the following
results :—
Daily range less than 1° 2 : é : : : peel
ss “between ivande2 Ss ; : ; ‘ : 6
‘e ss os 2 and 3 4
a £6 3 and 4 3
fe a ee 4andd 3
3 “ greater than 5 0
The diurnal range in the winter months, January, February, and March, when
compared with its annual fluctuation, is probably below the mean value of the
year,
14 CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
Diurnal Inequality of the Declination —The following table contains the hourly
means of all observations at the Winter quarters, between January 10 and March
23,1854. The remaining observations on term-days at a later season have been
excluded on account of their isolation. The above period includes the coldest
season of the year, and during more than one-half of the period the sun was below
the horizon,
The hourly means were made out separately for each mionth, the general mean
includes seventeen values for each of the twenty-four hours. In January we have
complete observations on six days, in February on seven, and in March on four
days. ‘The table also contains the monthly means, and all numbers are expressed
in scale divisions (one division = 0’.80).
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 15
Axssrract or Hourty MraNns DURING THE MONTHS or JANUARY, FEBRUARY, AND Marcu, 1854, oBsERVED
At Fern Rock Macneric OBSERVATORY.
(The readings are given in scale divisions; the values taken from the term-day observations embrace the
same number of single readings between the same times. ) -
Fern Rock
mean time.
| oh. Gh. | 7h. 8h. 9h. 10h. | 11h. 12h. 13h. 14h. 15h. | 16h. 17h.
Fern Rock Observatory, January and March, 1854.
|
299.8) 308.5) 309.8] 307.6) 305.5 296.7
Jan’ y 10-11 | 296.0} 292.1 | 286.6] 278.9 | 284.7) 288.1) 297.0 |
13-14 | 311.9) 321.1) 331.0) 343.7 | 360.3 335.1) 845.4) 3848.1) 342.1 346.9) 350.1, 364.5 368.4
18-19 | 308.2) 316.9} 817.3} 313.3 | 319.9 321.8) 343.3) 346.7) 838.4'345.3) 347.8) 353.8 357.9
“94-95 | 319.3) 3417.8] 359.7| 367.4 | 361.1| 361.2) 357.1] 358.3] 355.2| 364.0) 356. 5| 344.0 342.9
“27-28 | 313.4) 307.3) 325.9] 323.4 | 319.8) 322.9 324.7| 330.7) 335.1) 333.1) 341.3 348.1 355.1
“31-32 | 335.0) 322.2 | 353.2] 362.5 | 371.4) 372.1) 367.0) 376.4! 373.8) 380.9| 380.1) 369.1 374.2
Means 313.9) 317.9 | 329.0| 331.5 | 336.2] 3: 343.3) ee 346.7) 347.2) 347.5 349.2
Oo
co
YY
sa
! ap
32
co
=
Feb’y 3- 4 |*356.7|*362.1|*377.0|*(373.5) | 366.0) 368.6] 375.5] 397. 6 407.1] 433.1] 409.5] 396. 0399.8
“" 4-8 | 815.7] 322.5| 341.9] 351.4 | 355.3) 355.0] 370.4/ 370.8] 372.8) 391.2] 378.6] 345. 4'336. 2
10-11 | -293.6] 354.1] 362.9] 381.8 | 391.4] 383.5] 377.3] 383.9] 390.9) 405.3] 464.8] 464. 7388.5
“14-15 |(307.0)} 349.4| 380.4] 421.1 | 419.7| 478.7] 444.1] 477.4) 413.0) 456.2] 459.4) 490.3'448.4
“17-18 | 182.2} 190.6) 265.9] 239.2 | 249.4) 275.8) 260.7] 235.9) 237.2) 249.6) 237.4 238.0/240.5
s0d.4
91-22 | 262.4] 255.5} 266.7] 283.8 | 301.7/ 287.4) 278.9] 294.0) 288.3) 288.3) 283.6] 292.1/291.0
«94-95 | 344.7) 429.6] 461.2) 514.1 | 531.3) 526.4) 491.8] 498.3] 498.2) 496.2) 501.9 eee
Means 294.6) 323.4] 350.9) 366.4 eer 371.3) 379.7 371.8 387.6 390.7 391.8 375.0
| March 0- 1 | 196.9] 190.6] 224.1] 266.2 | 332 4 361.6 394.7) 411.0] 437.2) 853.2/ 835.0/ 321.7/346.2
“3-4 | 248.5) 275.4] 282.7) 324.2 | 332.3) 275.5) 281.6) 313.6) 343.5) 308.8) 285.4) 277.3 258.5
“ %- 8 | 224.1) 259.7} 266.4) 278.6 | 300.2) 292.3] 278.8) 271.1) 284.8) 290.3) 285.9) 290.6 290.3
“22-23 | 261.3] 246.3] 258.5] 258.6 | 240. 9; 238.8) 270.1) 280.3) 274.3) 266.7) 260.8) 269. 6 269.8
Means 232.7) 243.0] 257.9) 281.9 | 301. 5 292.1) 806.3) 319.0 334.9 304.8 291.8) 289.8 291.2
General means| 286.9} 302.5] 321.3] 334.2 | 343. 3 343.5] 344.6) 352.6) 352.7| 353.5] 352.0 352.1 346.2
|
pemoee ISH el etOnee |g 20hre | pOTn S| 2th | ghost OCs | aa 2h | 3h. diem oe
Jan’y 10-11 | 292.6) 267.1) 271.9 269.0) 253.5) 255.8] 272.8) 257.0) 267 9| 276.3] 298.7 | 284.7
13-14 | 335.7] 325.6] 276.4| 269.4) 277.0| 267.0] 262.3] 242.3] 278.8] 298.2| 305.9 | 317.0
“ 18-19 | 347.7| 827.9] 348.1] 336.3] 306.4| 236.2) 109.7| 246.6| 289.3] 333.1] 321.3] 313.9
“94-95 | 338.8) 346.4| 347.2] 313.3] 299.2] 315.5] 310.3] 293.3] 302.9] 313.1] 314.3) 337.0
“ 97-28 | 385.4] 381.2] 362.0) 356.8] 363.8] 363.3) 342.8] 339.8] 357.5] 348.2| 348.8) 342.9
« 31-82 | 875.3] 387.2| 387.9| 381.4] 319.4] 333.5) 322.4] 340.9] 872.4| 356.4] 378.8 | 362.2
Means 345.9| 239.2| 339.3] 321.0| 303.2] 295.2| 270.0| 286.7] 311.5| 320.9| 328.0/ 326.8
es | IN A =
Feb’y 3— 4 | 376.2| 361.8] 302.8] 268.6] 309.2] 346.3] 329.4] 339.6| 387.5] 309.8| 304.0] 358.6
« 4-8 | 811.7] 288.6] 279.7] 303.9] 301.6] 302.9] 319.9) 310.7| 382.9] 306.7) 321.5 | 332.8
“ 10-11 | 361.9} 314.8] 264.0] 271.1] 242.2) 202.7] 208.3| 205.3] 281.1] 336.2] 362.0) 337.2
“ 14-15 | 406.7| 376.2] 338.1] 343.1] 289.0) 243.7] 165.8] 183.6] 247.0] 247.0| 300.9] 360.7
17-18 | 231.0] 233.4] 188.5| 229.9] 995.6| 245.0] 232.3] 230.1] 198.1] 152.6} 183.3 | 226.6
“ 21-22 | 270.5] 258.5) 260.2) 296.1) 296.7) 257.5] 260.8| 261.8] 259.3] 272.7| 285.6 | 271.2
“ 94-95 | 492.4) 494.0| 448.1| 433.8) 321.4] 401.2|(389.9)| 378.7] 377.7] 407.7} 443.7 | 454.8
Means 350.1| 332.5] 296.6) 295.6] 273.7} 285.6) 272.3] 272.8] 290.5 290.4) 814.4 334.6
March 0— 1 | 319.1] 315.8] 310.7| 301.4] 285.3] 280.6] 338.9] 306.8} 261.1| 272.7} 308.4) 311.3
8-4 | 226.2] 151.4] 197.0) 178.8) 182.4| 154.3] 154.7) 176.2| 172.3) 194.5] 213.7) 242.0
“« 7-8 | 290.4] 261.8) 269.4] 273.2) 285.9] 273.6] 380.7] 248.4] 252.4] 273.9 |(264.3)| 274.5
“22-23 | 255.0| 286.0 |(285.0)(275.8)) 254.7) 287.0) 290.1! 287.0] 247.3) 244.8) 290.5 266.6
Means 272.7 | 253.8| 265.5| 257.3| 252.1] 248.9| 266.1] 254.6] 233.3] 246.5] 269.2 | 273.6
es | | | | bees
| General means) 330.4) 316.3| 302.0) 295.5) 279.0| 280.3 3 270.0) 273.5 | 284.4 290.8 | 308.6 317.3
The values in the above table do not refer exactly to the even hour but to 3™ later.
Figures between brackets ( ) are means derived from less that ten readings.
* These four values were observed on the 4th at the hours indicated.
16 CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
Mean Montruty Curves or THE DiuRNAL CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION AT VAN
RENSSELAER Harpor, 1854.
Anp SruuLtrangous MEAN DiurNAL VARIATION AT GREENWICH.
8 10 llMidn.13 14 15 16 17 #18 19 20 21 22 23 Noonl 2 8 ah
1
[Se eS aS a ea a
||
~
Ss
am =
°
=
co
2
390d
1 380
370
t de\fle\ctijon.
560
| [per
Bast
a - Re
310
s9/— 300
N or —|250
aNe eee
G 5 280
= 270
: LAN
\_ | 3 | /260
= 25
5S 0
= : 240
° t+ Mean diurnal inequalitly.
[ ape “safe, ree olf dijstulrba\ncels.
= | +10
== sil
[= | ==" t =" seas 0
Mean |diulrnall rariatian Gr — eles
+ ==
an \loc\jal \timie. | i
Abe 56 6 7 8 9 10) - 10 Midni13) “14. 15) 67 18 19 20. Qin 22523 Noonh 1 221-3 dh
The irregularities in the daily curves compared on succeeding days are very
considerable, as may be seen by glancing the eye over the last column of the pre-
ceding table, headed “daily means.” No observations on account of disturbances
have been excluded from the table, and the following mean diurnal inequality,
therefore, contains their full effect. Comparing each hourly mean in the last
horizontal line of the above table with the general mean, the following figures
represent the resulting diurnal inequality of the declination during the first three
months of the year 1854. For the sake of comparison the diurnal inequality
observed at Greenwich during the same seventeen days has been made out and is
given in the last column.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. ay
Mean Drurnat INEQUALITY OF DECLINATION DURING SEVENTEEN Days IN JANUARY, FYBRUARY,
AND Marcu, 1854, Ar VAN RENssELAER Harbor, AND AT GREENWICH DURING THE SAME DAYS;
EXPRESSED IN MINUTES OF ARC.
Van | Green-
Local Van Green- Local Van Green- Local Van Green- | Local
mean | Rensselaer.) wich. mean | Rensselaer.) wich. || mean | Rensselaer.| wich. mean | Rensselaer.’ wich.
time. time. | time. time. |
5h | +9473 |—0./5|| 115 | —917.8 |—4/.5|| 174 | —937.1 | —0/.3]] 23h | +997.6 |4-37.5
6 +11.8 | —2.5)|| Midn. | —28.2 | AAS —10.5 +0.6 |) Noon! +37.8 | +5.8
i — 3.2 | —1.6 13 a BES 5g alg + 0.8 | —0.4/| 1 +35.0 | +5.8
8 —13.5 | —3.9 14 —29.0 | —0.8 20 +12.2 ; +0.5)) 2 +26.3 | +5.0
9 —20.8 | —4.5 15 —27.8 | —0.3)) 21 +17.4 | 41.0) 3 +21.2 3.9
10 —21.0 | —5.1 16 —27.8 | +0.5 | 22 | +30.6 | +2.3 | 4 + 7.0 |+2.6
A negative sign indicates a deflection to the east, a positive one a deflection to
the west of the mean position.
The diurnal inequality at the two stations presents in general the same charac-
teristic features, namely, the principal deflection to the west shortly after noon,
and the opposite eastern position about midnight; in regard to the diurnal ine-
quality, therefore, the motion of the magnet at Van Rensselaer Harbor follows in
general the same law as recognized in lower geographical latitudes.
The extreme westerly position is attained at noon; after this hour the westerly
declination diminishes gradually, with an exception of a period of opposite motion
of very limited range between the hours of four and five. The easterly extreme
is reached two hours after midnight. Whether the small irregularity just noticed,
producing apparently a secondary minimum and maximum, is real or only caused
by the accidental deviations of the few observations under discussion, it is not easy
to decide with certainty. The motion from 14 hours to 24 hours is performed with
great uniformity. Thus, while the diurnal motion agrees with that observed at
Lake Athabasca, Fort Simpson, Sitka, Toronto, etc., it shows no trace of that
marked deviation observed at Reikiavik, in Iceland, or at Fort Confidence. In
1824 (June), at the Whalefish islands the maximum westerly deviation happened
about a quarter past one o’clock P. M.; the time of the maximum eastern deflection
was not determined. At Port Bowen the maximum westerly variation appears to
have occurred between the hours of 10 A. M. and 1 P. M., the mean result being
11" 49"; the greatest deflection of the north end of the needle to the eastward
took place between 8 P. M. and 2 A.M., the mean hour being 10 P.M. These
observations were made during January, February, March, and April, 1825.
The range of the mean diurnal inequality is 1° 06.8, when it is at Greenwich
during the same time 10.9,
Analysis of Disturbances of the Declination —The declination at the commence-
ment and end of the observations appears to have remained nearly the same; the
daily and monthly means indicate at first a gradual decrease of westerly declination,
which motion, however, is speedily overcome in the month of March. No further
attention need be paid to this circumstance in the following discussion of the dis-
turbances, and of their effect upon the diurnal inequality.
The mean disturbance for each of the 24 hours has been obtained by comparing
the monthly mean with each hourly reading; let A equal this difference, n the
3
18 CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
number of hourly readings (equal to 17), and m the mean disturbance, then m =
ae
n—l ;
the following comparisons we must always bear in mind that the observations for
the present discussion are rather limited, and that the comparisons with results at
Lake Athabasca and Fort Simpson are of a date nearly ten years earlier. This
interval is perhaps favorable to the comparison.
At Van Rensselaer Harbor the mean disturbance force is greater than at either
place just named, and pretty regular during two well-marked periods, as shown by
the following table :—
ae This quantity is analogous to the mean error of an observation. In
TABLE OF THE Mean DISTURBANCE OF THE DECLINATION AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR, TAKEN
WITHOUT REGARD TO DIRECTION, FOR EACH OF THE OBSERVATION HOURS, AND EXPRESSED IN MINUTES
or Arc.
Local Mean Time.
5h. | 6h. | Th. | 8h. | 9h. | 10h. | 11h. | Midn. | 13h. | 14h. 15h. 16h.
sav | 41 | at | 4 | 49 i 50 | 46 | 52 | Stes appa “£58!
17h. | 18h. 19h. | 20h. 21h. | 22h. | 23h. | Noon. | th. | 2h. | 3h. | 4h.
agg’ | 43 | 54 | 48,[, 46 | 31 |. 46,.| 60%} 45] 89, |) 45 | #41’
The disturbing force is least during the day (if such an expression is admissible
in this case), from 10 A.M. to 7 P. M., and greater and equally regular during the
hours of the night (?), from 8 P.M. to 8 or 9 A.M. At Lake Athabasca the hours
of least disturbance are between 9 A. M. and 7 P. M., and at Fort Simpson from
10 A. M. to 7 P. M. Captain Lefroy, in his discussion of the disturbances of the
declination remarks: ‘There are indications in each of the three curves (for Lake
Athabasca, Toronto and Sitka) of a small increase in the mean disturbance about
noon.” At Van Rensselaer Harbor we find the maximum disturbance at this very
hour preceded and followed by quite small values; this circumstance certainly
deserves our particular attention. Further coincidences of the disturbing force can
be noticed at 5 P. M., at which hour at Van Rensselaer, Lake Athabasca, and Sitka
the minimum disturbance has been observed. At Fort Simpson, in April and May,
1844, the mean disturbance was but one-fourth of that observed in January, Feb-
ruary and March at Van Rensselaer, and the ratio of the minimum to the maximum
value was 5.6 and 2.0 at the two places respectively.
By adding the squares of the differences for each hour of the day and month, we
The mean disturb-
find the mean monthly disturbance by the formula J & = ;
ance for each month is as follows :—
In January, 1854 . 3 : 2 : ; e300
In February, “ . : 3 ; : bo,
In March, sf ; ; ; ; . - +40
* Principally due to a very large disturbance.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 19
The month of February was, therefore, that of the maximum amount of disturb-
ance. At Lake Athabasca the greatest mean disturbance occurred in January
(from observations between October and February inclusive). At Toronto,! on the
contrary, the months of January and June are those of least disturbance. It is
quite possible that at Van Rensselaer the above values are surpassed in other
months of the year, yet relatively February contains the greatest mean disturbance
during the period of observations.
Hitherto the recognition and separation of the disturbed observations have been
effected by an arbitrary process of fixing upon a certain deviation from the mean
as the greatest allowable departure, and regarding all observations beyond this
limit as disturbances. In the present case, I have sought to introduce a more
definite idea by the application of Pierce’s criterion for the rejection of doubtful
observations,’ or what is equivalent—for the recognition of the disturbances—they
following a different law from the general one. The average mean deviation of
the readings composing an hourly mean I find = + 46’, and for 17 values a? = 4.55;
hence readings deviating from the mean more than 1° 38’ or 123d are to be recog-
nized as disturbances.
The table of hourly readings contains 23 such values, or one disturbed observa-
tion for every 18 ordinary readings. In the five years of hourly observations ending
June 30, 1848, at Toronto, the disturbances averaged one in 17 of the whole body.
lixcluding the above 23 values from the mean, the diurnal inequality freed of the
disturbances undergoes no material change, as shown by the following table :—
5h. 6h. 7h. | 8h. | 9h. | 10h. | 1th. Midn. 13h. | 14h. 15h. | 16h.
+23/.7) +6.0 | —3.8 | —9.3 |—16.4 |—19.5 |—29.5 |—34.7 —27.3|-35.1 —34.1 |—26/.0
|
17h. 18h. | 19h. 20h. 21h. | 22h. | 23h. | ioc 1h. 2h. | 3h. | 4h.
—20/.1| —8.0 | +9.0 | +19.0 +23.3 | +30.0 | +29.0 429.2 +34.4|-+25.7 413.6) +649
The maximum west deflection is displaced from noon to one o’clock. The general
mean changed from 317.3% to 816.5*, and the range of the mean inequality from
1° 06.8 to 1° 09.5. Eleven deflections were towards the east and twelve towards
the west. The limited number of observations renders it necessary to conclude the
foregoing examination of the disturbances.
~ Aurora Borealis—In connection with the disturbances, a short notice of the
auroral displays witnessed at the winter quarters will here find an appropriate place.
In conformity with the supposed periodicity of this phenomenon, as recognized by
Prof. Olmstead, no brilliant and complete auroras have been seen; with an excep-
tion of a very few, they may all be placed in his fourth class, to which the most
simple forms of appearances have been referred. The aurora of October 24, 1854,
* See Vol. III. of the Magnetical and Meteorological Observations at Toronto, Canada. Discussion
by Major-General E. Sabine. London, 1857.
y Ma) ,
* See Gould’s Astronomical Journal, Nos. 45 and 83.
20 CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
at 9 P. M. (see first volume of the Narrative), appears to have been one of the
more conspicuous displays. A full record of the rest will be found in the 8th
volume of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, in the collection made by
Peter Force, Esq. ‘There are 19 in number. ‘The following statement is given in
a foot-note: “The processes have no apparent connection with the magnetic dip,
and in no case did the needle of our unifilar indicate disturbance.”
Term-day Observations for Change of Magnetic Declination —These observations
were made at the following dates: January 18-19, February 24-25, March 22-23,
April 19-20, May 26-27, and June 21-22, 1854. The readings are given in the
following tables :—
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 91
~
TERM-DAY OBSERVATIONS FOR CHANGES OF MAGNETIC DECLINATION AT VAN RENSSELAER ITARBOR, 1854.
| |
Gottingen | | | Fern Rock
mean time. Om. 06m. | 12m. 18m. 24m. | 30m. 36m. | 42m. 48m. | 54m. mean time.
(to 0m.)
Fern Rock Observatory, January 18 and 19, 1854.
Readings taken 2™ 145 earlier than indicated.
10% | 3054 | 3054 | 3054 | 3074 | 3084 | 3124 | 3114.8) 3064.5) 3094.5) 3124.5] 4h37m.5
ul 311.2] 313, | 314 | 315.8] 318.5] 817 | 317 | 319.7] 320.5] 329.5) 5 «
12 320 | 314.8] 815 | 315.7] 317 | 320 | 391 | 390 | 316 | 314 gee
13 311 | 307 | 309 | 311 | 313 | 8315 | 317 | 318 | 317 | 315 i ips
14 320 | 322 | 319 | 316 | 320 | 320 | 322 | 318 | 320 | 322 Saas
15 321 | 323 | 323.3) 322.3] 320 | 319 | 320 | 320 | 325 | 825 nr
16 329 | 329 | 33 330 | 327 | 336 | 350 | 366 | 367 | 369 10 «
17 862 | 854 | 3853 | 347 | 847 | 346 | 346 | 341 | 33 334 Steen
18 33 832 | 385 | 338 | 3388 | 340 | 342 | 343.5] 342 | 344 12 «“
19 844 | 346.5] 345 | 344 | 344-] 345 | 346 | 346.5] 347 | 345 Ws) i
20 346 | 345 | 345.5] 345 | 348 | 347.5] 349 | 351.5] 351.5) 349.5] la «“
21 349 | 354 | 359 | 868.5] 359.5) 351 | 350 | 351 | 350.8] 351 1 «&
92 356 | 358 | 359 | 861.5] 861 | 355 | 359.8] 357.8] 358 | 360.5] 16 “«
23 360.5] 358 | 355 | 351.5] 350 | 349 | 346 | 340 | 382 | 335 yy 9
0 336 | 333 | 330.5] 326 | 320 | 320 | 323 | 296 | 328 | 337 Se
1 843 | 852 | 350 | 346 | 840 | 348 | 353 | 357 | 849 | 348 19. «
2 337 | 332 | 398 | 324 32 | 3386 | 340 | 348 | 346 | 345 20s
3 342 | 3389 | 329 | 820 | 818 | 800 | 292 | 284 | 244.5] 268 Sie
4 251 | 244.5] 240.5] 250 | 261 | 954 | 943 | 930 | 235 | 155 93 =
5 115 90 89 96 88 85 | 105 | 129 | 145 | 155 93 OC
6 163 | 180 | 193 | 220 | 254 | 290 | 291 | 307 | 298 | ato QO «
7 268 | 254 | 240 | 266 | 289 | 297 | 820 | 318 | 320 | 331 eee
8 836 | 336 | 336 | 331 | 3387 | 337 | 33 8380 | 328% | 324 Q9 «
9 314 | 326 | 882 | 888 | 893 | 318 | 316 | 316 | 316 | 314 See
10 312 | 310 At
The series commences with readings 304%, 3034, and 3044, at 98 42™, 48™, and 54™.
Fern Rock Observatory, February 24 and 25, 1854.
Readings taken 2™ 15s earlier than indicated.
10% 3124 | 3224 | 3294 | 3382 | 3414.5) 3194.5) 3494 | 3594 | 3774 | 4078 40 37.5
11 408 411 405 418 437 445 445 447 441 439 Dion
12 438 438 440 432 460 482 477 471 480 494 6 pk:
13 490 493 506 520 516 509 519 531 530 5a | 7
14 o41 958.5} 532 527 518 511 521 532 538 535 S ei
15 532 529 527 528 530.5} 542 526 521 516 513 9) aS
16 510 508 506 O04 493 483 446 470 503 495 LO: page
17 490 493 496 498 500 502 500 500 501 503 UU
18 503 502 | 502 502 503 500 494 490 492 494
9 496 495 495 492 488 499 506 498 492 SORE See
20 514 509 | 502 506 509 501 491 490 492 498 ide gs
21 504 | 509 | 517 | 516 | 514 | 519 | 511 | 519 | 519 | 517 15 «
29 521 | 529 | 585 | 536 | 529 | 508 | 510 | 516 | 514 | 510 16
23 511 | 507 | 490 | 491° | 489 | 489 | 488 | 488 | 486 | 485 | 1, *
0 502 | 499 | 496 | 489 | 496 | 500 | 499 | 500 | 484 | 475 1S pat
1 456 | 448 | 440 | 435 | 442 | 447 | 451 | 457 | 456 | 449 | 19. “
2 445 | 440 | 495 | 412 | 497 | 488 | 449 | 445 | 440 | 417 | 20 “
3 870 | 812 | 984 | 989 | 968 | 998 | 896 | 889 | 360 | 375 | a1“
4 390 | 400 | 415 | 408 | 405 | 404 | 392 | 396 | 401 | 401 | 92 «
5 404 | 408 | 390 | 875 | 370 | 3793 — | 893 | 408 | 402 93. «
6 402 | 407 | 390 | 874 | 870 | 358 | 355 | 870 | 381 | 380 o «
7 376 | 377 | 879 | 380 | 382.5] 365 | 870 | 873 | 380 | 395 | 1 «*
8 881 | 885 | 372 | 386 | 398 | 406 | 485 | 437 | 4388 | 439 aes!
9 438 | 4388 | 487 | 449 | 446 | 444 | 455 | 448 | 446 | 448 3. «
10 450 | 469 | 482 | 497 gay ce
{ {
The series commences with readings 2904, 2884, 2824 at 98 42™, 48™, and 54™,
Value of a scale division 0/.80.
Increase of scale readings denotes a movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
cw
to
CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
Gottingen | | |
| Fern Rock
mean time. Om. 06m. 12m. 18m. 24m. | 30m. 36m. 42m. 48m. 54m. mean time.
| | | (to 0m.)
Fern Rock Observatory, March 22 and 23, 1854.
Readings taken 1™ 348 earlier than indicated.
10% 26949 | 2624 | 2654
11 240 | 261 243
2724 | 2854 | 2954 | 2504
9324 | 2984 | 2554 45 37".5
246 232 228 236 ef
260 | 259 258 5
12 258 256 254 256 258 258 259 260 263 263 6
13 262 253 258 264 263 267 265 256 251 247 tae
8
9
14 235 237 239 239 240 244 243 247 245 240
15 240 238 239 237 234 233 234 237 245 251
16 268 265 267 279 280 277 272 264 260 269 NO eae
WT | 275 279 27T 282 279 280 282 284 283 282 HL Sea
18 281 280 278 TT 275 273 272 270 269 268 pet
19 269 268 268 268 267 267 268 266.5} 264 262 LS eae
20 261 261 262 261 261 258 258 259 262 265 4 aa!
21 269 267 266 264 264.5| 262 269 273 278 284 5 hee
22 283 282, 278.5] 275 270.5 | 263 265 260 260 261 Ga
23 260 257 256 250 253 256 248 250 257 263 IT) ae’
0 272 280 283 285 292, 288 289 287 290 294 1S: wees
1 300 302 291 290 292 283 277 273 27 4 Ole tS
2 — — — — — 280 284 278 271 269 DO)! gp tS
3 267 267 263 255 248 247 252 249 248 251 Og fs
4 260 265 274 292 296 295 298 298 297 295 Pp a
5 291 290 290 293 292 294.5) 291 292, 288 290 23), Boe
6 293 291 291 290 294 295 290 281 276 269 Ome
7 264 252 250 249 242 239 235 242 252 248.5 1 “3
8 246 245 243 242 240 239 241 244 250 258 2S
9 270 282 284 286.5 | 288 292 297 300 304 302 385:
10 301 300 299 ; Amy it
Fern Rock Observatory, April 19 and 20, 1854.
Readings taken 2™ 145 earlier than indicated.
108 — = a a= 4 e-¢ = = = — 4h 37™.5
11 — —_ — ed = — — — a — asp
12 — — — — — et a oon — — Guess
13 — — — — — = = — — — es
14 — — — — a oo = = — — Sis
15 =e eat epee eae | tt LER SO eR eee en eae
16 — — — 2722 | 9714 | 2754 | a73¢ | 9794.5) 2784 | 2gad 10 Ss
17 2892 | 2994 | 9982 | 312 310 305 301 296 299 262 11 -
18 271 | 287 294 290 | 289 286 280 268 254 230 1D ee
19 236 250 245 242 | 239 234 229 230 242 256 [3 ee
20 265 262 260 256 252 247 243 236 231 228 14 =xs
21 225 224 230 236 229 226 231 233 230 227 Los
22 =| 226 222 218 215 213 189 187 183 190 187 LG
23 184 182 194 220 | 221 223 218 220 222 225 LT, 4
0 231 236 242 236 238 240 235 224 215 203 I Sec
1 194 | 190 187 184 181 180 178 178 168 164 Orcs
2 175 208 236 242 | 212 205 202 190 190 193 20 Se
3 194 196 199 | 200 | 210 192 180 175 164 152 21 os
4 140 137 139 148 147 160 164 152 140 121 22) Ss
5 107 +} 113 116 136 145 32 130 120 90 63 DS
6 W462) 4-43) "14 30h gore] ee Ae eet ee One:
7 {+380 [423 ]416 [412 [+16 |+11 | +5 | —2 |425 |+58 a ce
8 ol 67 73 TT 79 81 75 73 76 80 op ms
9 75 74 97 110 128 132 138 147 142 134 Sees
0 4 ae
| 126 | 192 | 128 | 132
| |
Value of a scale division 0’.80.
Increase of scale readings denotes a movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
1 Watch stopped.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 23
Gottingen | | | Fern Rock
mean time. Om. 06m. 12m. | 18m. 24m. 30m. 36m. 42m. 48m. 54m. mean time.
| | (to 0m.)
a
Fern Rock Observatory, May 26 and 27, 1854.
Readings taken 1™ 34° earlier than indicated.
10h | 9444 | 2434 | 9584 | 9624 | 2784 | 808 | 2794 | 764 | 2994 | 3044 | 4 37m.5
11 | 3380 | 345 | 357 | 365 | 372 | 369 | 365 | 360 | 364 | 368 | 5 “
12 | 360 | 355 | 345 | 342 | 350 | 348 | 341 | 338 | 330 | 338 | 6 “
13 | 349 | 356 | 364 | 359 | 354 | 351 | 355 | 360 | 381 | 395 | 7 «
14 | 403 | 413 | 411 | 408 | 400 | 389 | 395 | 400 | 407 | 410 | 8 «
15 | 414 | 493 | 498 | 436 | 442 | 448 | 442 | 488 | 436 | 433 | 9 «
16 | 435 | 434 | 440 | 450 | 476 | 490 | 520 | 555 | 570 | 575 | 10 “
17 | 593 | 600 | 575 | 548 | 533 | 593 | 516 | 506 | 498 | 492 | 11 “
18 | 485 | 482 | 479 | 477 | 477 | 476 | 475 | 475 | 477 | 480 | 12 “
19 | 483 | 487 | 493 | 495 | 488 | 495 | 597 | 552 | 568 | 587 | 13 “
20 | 595 | 612 | 624 | 630 | 683 | 631 | 625 | 620 | 612 | 604 | 14
21 | 599 | 603 | 609 | 612 | 615 | 626 | 633 | 635 | 644 | 650 | 15 «
22 | 663 | 667 | 665 | 661 | 658 | 659 | 653 | 646 | 640 | 6387 | 16 “
23 | 639 | 641 | 632 | 618 | 595 | 590 | 583 | 572 | 559 | 541 | 17 “
0 | 543 | 545 | 546 | 546 | 544 | 540 | 537 | 536 | 535 | 5387 | 18 «
1 | 538 | 525 | 523 | 539 | 527 | 590 | 515 | 513 | 480 | 479 | 19 “«
2 | 487 | 493 | 498 | 503 | 506 | 509 | 509 | 533 | 562 | 571 | 20 “
3 |573 | 553 | 587 | 517 | 495 | 489 | 486 | 488 | 496 | 510 | 21 “
4 | 512 | 510 | 507 | 513 | 514 | 512 | 511 | 506 | 497 | 487 | 22 «
5 age h aga 483) 4ga'* | 480) 477.) 476.1 476, | 477, | 463.) 238
6 | 449 | 443 | 442 | 440 | 441 | 443 | 447 | 454 | 463 | 470 | 0 «
7 | 478. | 488 | 487 | 489 | 488 | 483 | 471 | 459 | 457 | 446 | 1“
g = | aan | aay deo des | 475) 490 | 487. | 478.) 485 | 491] 2 2 &
9 | 493 | 513 | 595 | 530 | 533 | 535 | 534 | 515 | 500 | — | 3 “
10 = | | co
Observations commence at 9" 24™, scale readings 2804, 2714, 2664, 2354, 2314, 2404, corre-
sponding to 98 24™, 30™, 36™, 42™, 48™, and 54™ respectively.
Fern Rock Observatory, June 21 and 22, 1854.
Readings taken 1" 345 earlier than indicated. (Magnet suspended, I. 7.)*
105 — —}— —_ = — — — ——-.| 2954 4 37™.5
11 2974 | 2994 | 3004 | 3024 | 3054 | 3094 | 3124 | 3134 | 3134 | 314 Ds Ge
12 815 | 315 | 314 314 | 313 312 310 316 | 325 | 333 6, ake
13 337 | 340 | 344 B47 301 | 352 350 350 301 352 ESS
14 348 | 346 | 343 337 | 333 334 338 348 350 355 Sih’
15 304 355 =| 358 364 | 366 | 374 374 374 313 367 OL Re
16 366 | 367 | 366 370 | 373 | 317 317 317 378 383 LON HES
17 384 | 385 379 379 379 | 381 383 384 383 384 ry ee
18 387 | 384 385 382 384 | 386 386 382 385 387 1
19 384 382 383 385 387 | 386 38T 390 392 396 13) tee
20 400 | 402 400 396 394 | 394 | 388 376 | 384 394 Lee O°
21 390 | 383 382 381 | 3879 | 370 | 364 368 372 370 Lo
22 367 | 363 358 355 357 =| 361 367 369 | 367 364 i se
23 364 | 363 361 355 | 350 350 SDANEESDONEI D9 362 i te
0 363 | 363 370 369 | 367 368 370 363 395 3oL Sees
1 348 | 343 337 335 333 329 330 331 331 328 3) RS
2 322 | 318 320 322 | 325 327 328 328 326 | 324 20) aS
3 322 | 318 319 322 323 | 323 322 324 | 326 331 2 eas
4 | 326 | 315 BO 330 | 326 | 326 319 | 318 318 318 22) tes
5 312 | 316 318 317 || 323 | 321 317 310 | 312 308 23 Ef
6 306 320 316 316 318 | 323 | 304 | 303 | 312 290 O' are
7 291 | 287 286 286 | 291 983 | 975 281 | 283 | 288 1 Ss
8 | 289 | 290 292 289 291 293 297 298 | 302 304 By meg ft
9 | 304 309 313 312 | 308 | 303 295 290 | 282 | 273 oe4 ee
10 |} 264 | 257 245 283 | 232 | 230 234 239 | 242 228 ee
11 212 | 207 | —--5.——£8
Value of a division of the scale 0’.80.
Increase of scale readings denotes 4 movement of the north end of the magnet to the east.
+
‘ This magnet I. 7 was undoubtedly used on all previous occasions. Mark reads on circle 338° 22’,
circle reads 314° 12’.
94 CHANGES OF THE MAGNETIC DECLINATION
The results of the preceding tables have been thrown into curves, to which the
corresponding readings at Greenwich and Washington have been added." These
readings have all been referred to the same scale, and thus present at a glance the
great difference in the magnitude of the diurnal motion as well as that of the dis-
turbances. ‘The Greenwich observations were taken by means of photography; the
Washington corresponding observations were also obtained by means of Brooke’s
automatic photographic registration, and have as yet only been published in the
6th volume of the Astronomical Expedition to Chili, under the direction of Lieut.
Gilliss, U. S. N.; Washington, D. C., 1856.
For the Greenwich curves the zero line corresponds to 22° west declination. A
remarkable absence of disturbances of any magnitude as well as a small diurnal
range of motion at the time of the vernal equinox, is shown by the March curves
both for Van Rensselaer and Greenwich.
There appear to be some disturbances common to both places, and if these
indications should not be accidental they are of an opposite character, that is, a
magnetic east deflection is presenting itself as a magnetic west deflection at the
other station, and vice versa. For this the reader may examine hours 17 and 52
of the curve for January 18 and 19, hours from 6 to 8, April 20th, and one or
two other less striking cases. ‘The needle at Van Rensselaer Harbor actually points
with its north end to the south of the astronomical west, and its meridional compo--
nent of the direction is pointing in a southern or opposite direction to the same
component at Greenwich or Washington.
Absolute Declination —The magnetic declination at Van Rensselaer Harbor was
determined on three occasions in the summer of 1854. Two different magnets
were used,
Determination of June 9th. Magnet A 68, mirror facing magnetic north.
Position. Circle reads. | P. Circle reads. P. Circle reads.
Mark. Magnetic meridian (south). Mark.
is 338° 06/ I: SLECNONY I. 338° 02/
06/ 00 Ol
I. 338 00 Te 315 57 Il. 338 05
3a, O9 56 O04
Means 338 02.8 315 58.5 338 03.0
at 6" 35™ Green. t.
Mean reading on mark . ; : : : ; : 2 838e 03!
Astronomical bearing (N.) — . : ; : P : 7 paver 2OmBe
Reading of meridian (N.) — . ° : : : : . 244 34
Magnetic meridian (N.) : : 3 : ; ; > PLSD eog
Declination . ‘ ‘ : : . 108° 35/
W. (of north) at 1 52™ P. M. local time.
1 See AS ee ee fina 1 and 2
me ee
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 95
Determination of June 14. Magnet I. 10.
Mirror facing magnetic north.
Mark. Magnetic south meridian. Mark.
I. 338° 09/ Te 317° 10/ Te 338° 04’
08 at 55 12™ Gr. t. 02
II. 338 05 09 I. 338 09
04 We 317 02 08
Means 338 06.5 =e 338 05.8
317 05.5
Mean reading on mark . 338° 06’
Astronomical bearing (N.) 93 29 E.
Reading of true meridian 244 37
Reading of magnetic meridian 137 05
Declination 107° 32’
W. at 04 29™ P. M. local time.
The magnet showed considerable agitation during the day.
Determination of June 26.
Magnetic south meridian.
ie Blbe 497 I.
AT
ie 316 18 ete
17
Means 316 02.7
at 1 3™ P. M. local time.
Mark reads :
Astronomical bearing (N.)
N. meridian (true)
Magnetic meridian
Declination
338°
338
338
Mirror facing magnetic north.
Mark.
Magnetic south meridian.
a4! I. 315° 52/
23 50
20 IL. 815 40
19 38
21.5 315 45.0
at 2h 0™ P. M. local time
338° 21’
93 29 EH.
244 52
135 53
108° 59/
W. at 1» 31™ P. M.
Resulting mean declination (for June 16) 108° 22’ W.; if we omit the 2d determination on account
of disturbance, and apply a correction for diurnal change to the mean of the first and last determination,
we find 108° 12’ W.
«
i Ji vy
‘ ry vaio image anf %, fc
% : ; ‘ sta Pie eet wr, .
uth eth ane SO
= =} ee al 7 , ‘
: ; : 7 oe ‘as re te
- ‘ oe iit ben ‘ Vox
: Dae? , yt te yi
ata } Dees
\
: ie
ShORhON EL,
OBSERVATIONS OF THE MAGNETIC INCLINATION,
NSS SL SOA. AN DelS. O07
ed
SECTUON “If.
MAGNETIC INCLINATION.
Instrument and Remarks—The observations for dip were made by Mr. Sonntag
by means of a Barrow dip circle received from Prof. Henry, of the Smithsonian
Institution, through the courtesy of Col. Sabine. The inclinometer was supplied
with Lloyd needles, for determining the total intensity, but unfortunately the com-
plete record of these observations could not be recovered ; the absence of the record
for determining the constants necessary for, their reduction being wanted, no use
could be made of these observations, even for relative intensity at Saikatle and
Marshall Bay, and the partial results given in Appendix XV., vol. II. of the Nar-
rative, must, therefore, remain fruitless for the present. ‘There is likewise a defi-
ciency in the record of the dip observations at Van Rensselaer Harbor after
February 23, 1854; the results, however, are all preserved in the Appendix just
mentioned,
In regard to the index error of the dipping needles, we can only make an
approximate comparison. The observations at New York, where the dip has been
represented by the formula
I= 72°.69 — 0.00491 (t— 1845) + 0.00114 (t— 1845)’,
with a probable error of any single observation’ of +3’.3, would apparently pro-
duce a correction to needle 1 of —9’, and to needle 2 of —14’, the changes, how-
ever, from one station to another in the immediate vicinity of the city are much
greater, and these quantities may, therefore, as well indicate local deviation as
index error. ‘The polarity of the needles has been reversed at each station, the
effect of this operation upon the resulting dip is somewhat irregular, and will be
found exhibited in tabular form.
1 See Coast Survey Report of 1856, p. 240. The formula includes dip observations taken between
December, 1822, and August, 1855 (exclusive of the observations of the present expedition).
30 MAGNET
Sration No. I.
Latitude 40° 43/.8.
>
v.
4h P. M. Needle No.
nee 18, 185:
CIRCLE EAST.
Face east. Face west.
b
72°
72
a
a
73° (08!
73 05
9
ai
39
a
22K!
72 56
72 56.5
72 46
73
7306.5 | 73
73 16.0
72 36.0 73
2 |
73 O11
2
a.
é
73° 277
LC GN Cig NAVEARONN)
New York, at Mr. RutuerForD’s OBSERVATORY.
Longitude 73° 58’.9. W. of G.
948° 10’.
Poles direct. Magnetic meridian reads
CIRCLE WEST.
Face west.
b
13° 25!
73 29
72 54.5] 73 27.0
73 10.7
a
72° 53/
72 56
72° 51!
a4 | 12 54
25.5 | 72 52.
73 01.7
73 01.4
Needle No. 2.
Poles reversed.
CIRCLE WEST.
CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. Face east.
Face west. Face east.
"2° a |
2 |
4
221167
72 18
a
72° 08!
72 10
7
7
3
3
72 — 43
42 53.5
2 09.0 72
72 17.0.
72 13.0
72 33.2
b é
Srl 73° 05!
3 73 06
73 00.0] 73 05.5
73 02.8
a
73° 00’
73 00
4
72° 38/
72 36
(SOLD 2) “S60
72 58.2
a
73° 20/
13, 19
a?
0
23.5.
73 00.5
29
72 46.8
May 18, 1853. 22530”.
Needle No. 2
Poles reversed. Magnetic meridian reads 248° 10’.
CIRCLE EAST.
CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. Face west.
Face east. Face west.
a
72° 49/
72 40
b
73° 287
73 26
a
73° OT
73 03
72
72
73 05.0 73 27.0
73 16.0
72 41.0| 72
12 43.9
12 59.6
b
AOE Sie
72 34
a
72° 37!
72 40
b
ac wle
73 13
52.0| 73 12.0
73 02.0
a
72° 50’
72 54
4
° 44t
47
45.5
12 38.5| 72 35.5
12 37.0
2
7
72 49.5
72 54.6
Needle
No. 2. Poles direct.
CIRCLE WEST.
CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. Face east.
a
72° 49/
72
72 53.4
Face west. Face east.
12° 58!
12 BT
b
UB oroMy
73 48
73° 20/
Ta ih
12 51.5| 73 18
13 08.0
73 49.5
oO
AT MRK. RUTHERFORD’S OBSERVATORY. oil
May 20, 1853. 44. Needle No. 1. Poles direct.
CIRCLE EAST. CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. | Face west. Face east. Face west.
a@ 4 a | a b a 4
flaca i 72° 00/ Nip oeoDe 16° 2 22/ io call teen O2e Too ALS 74° 04!
71 34 71 59 75 52 6; iL (3: 13 73 04 73 45 74 06
“1 35.5 | 11 59.5| 75 53.5| 76 21.5| 73 12.0| 73 03.0] 73 43.0| 74 05.0
1 47.5 76 07.5 73 07.5 73 54.0
73 57.5 73 30.7
43 44.1
Needle No. 1. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. | Face east. Face west. Face east.
| é a 4 a 4 a 4
69° “58! NOS SOL isoiie 2° bo! TQCNBO! 73° 08/ 122756! 73° 09/
70 00 70 13 73) 16 nD 72 30 73 06 72 53 73 06
69 59.0 9.0 | 70 ie Ne 2655 | 2) (83.5 f2) Bl20)) 3107-0 72 54.5 Tay. OES
70 05.2 73 05.0 72 49.0 73 01.0
71 35.1 72 55.0
72 15.1
May 20, 1853. Needle No. 1. Poles direct.
CIRCLH BAST. | CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. | Face west. Face east. Face west.
a 4 a b a b a b
71° 487 G2°"03/ 74° 18/ 74° 48/ 72° 38/7 207337 74° 26/ 4° O77
TL 45 72 Ol 4 1 74 45 72 40 72 35 74 29 74 31
"1 46.5 | 72 02.0| 74 17.5| 74 46.5] 72 39.0| 72 34.0/ 74 27.5| 74 29.0
71 54.2 74 32.0 72 36.5 74 28.2
73 13.1 73 32.3
13 22.7
Needle No. 1. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE EAST. CIRCLE WEST.
Face west. | Face east. Face west. Face east.
a b a 4 a b a é
Qa! (een Toooe 3° 32/ 69° 55/ 69° 48/ 2° Dar 12° Oi!
72 45 omelo Tor 1h 73 30 69 59 69 51 72 28 72 29
72 46.0 3.0 | 78 73 20.0 i Td, LOU oo l0 69 57.0 69 49.5 | 72 26.0| 72 28.0
73 03.0 73 21.5 69 53.2 42 27.0
ome 41 10.1
72 11.2
32 MAGNETIC INCLINATION
Srarron No. Il. FiskerNAES, FLAGSTAFF NEAR THE GOVERNOR’S HOvsE.
Latitude 63° 05’.3. Longitude 50° 34/4. W. of G.
June 29, 1853. Needle No. 2. Poles reversed. Meridian reads 106° OL’.
CIRCLE EAST. CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. Face west. Face east. Face west.
a | 4 a b a b a b
80° 07’ 80° 05/ 82° OR! 81° 59’ 80° 28’ 80° 36/ 80° 30/ 80° 50’
80 11 80 OT 82 08 81 58 80 25 80 34 80 28 80 49
|
80 09.0 | 80 06.0| 82 08.0| 81 585} 80 26.5| 80 a 80 29.0| 80 49.5
80 07.5 82 03.3 80 30.7 80 39.2
81 05.4 80 34.9
80 50.2
Needle No. 2. Poles direct.
CIRCLE EAST. CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. Face west. Face east. | Face west.
8
|
a 4 a | é a a 4
80° 47’ 80° 38’ 80° 28’ | 80° 29/ 80° 13/7 80° 24! 80° 42’ 80° 41/
80 46 80 41 80 28 80 29 80 10 80 22 80 40 80 39
80 46.5 80 39.5} 80 28.0} 80 29.0) 80 11.5| 80 23.0; 80 41.0 80 40.0
80 43.0 80 28.5 80 17.2 80 40.5
80 35.7
Srarron No. III. Fiskernazs Hargor, ON A SMALL ISLAND ON THE NORTH SIDE OF HARBOR.
July 1, 1853. Needle No. 2. Poles direct. Meridian reads 150° 22’,
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. Face east. Face west. Face east.
a 3 oe b z | 3 r 3
gaca4’ | g3° 01’ | 79°54’ | 80° 03’ | 81°59’ | 82°05’ | 80°53/ | 79° 497
82 27 83 04 19 57 80 06 81 59 | 82 03 80 50 Monro
—— —— —— —— [|
| 80 04.51 81 59.0|.82 04.0| 80 51.5| 79 50.0
00.0 82 01.5 80 20.7
Sie
82 25.5 83 02.5] 79 .55.5
80
81 16.6
Needle No. 2. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
Face east. | Face west. Face east. Face west.
a 4 a b a 3 a b
81° 077 81° 237 79° 52/ 80° 00/ 80° 49/ 80° 52/ 79° 54! 79° 54/
SL 81 238 19) 55 80 02 80 46 80 58 U9 (53 19) 153
|
81 16.0
81 09.0 | 81 sooo 79 53.5] 80 01.0} 80 47.5 | 80 55.0} 79 53.5| 79 53.5
719 57.2 80 51.2 79 53.5
80 36.6 ‘
AT SUKKERTOPPEN. 33
Sration No. IV. SArkarux, ISLAND SOUTH FROM SUKKERTOPPEN.
(Latitude and longitude not determined. )
The magnetic station was on a small bay on the southeast side of the island, and
is covered with water at high tide. The Lloyd needles only were used.
Srarion No. V. SUKKERTOPPEN, IN THE GARDEN NEAR THE GOVERNOR’s Housr.
(Latitude and longitude not determined. )
July 9, 1853. 152. Needle No. 2. Poles reversed. Meridian reads 75° 20’.
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
Face east. | Face west. Face east. Fuce west.
| ener F
a ee a b a | b a 3
80° 30’ | 80° 43/ 81° 15’ 81° 48/ 80° 46/ 80° 30/ 81° 20’ 81° 20’
80 28 | 80 46 81 15 81 45 | 80 46 | 80 33 81 20 81 21
80 46.0 | 80 31.5] 81 20.0] 81 20.5
80 38.8 81 20.2
80 59.5
80 29.0 | 80 44.5] 81 15.0] 81 46.5 |
80 36.7 | 81 30.7
81 03.7
81 01.6
Needle No. 2. Poles direct.
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
|
Face east. | Face west. Face east. | Face west.
| b
|
| a 4
| 80° 42/ | 79°31’ | 79° 04/
80 57 oy 80 45 | 19 34 | 79 05
a
80° 17’
|
|
| 80 14 | 80 37
|
soe 40/ = 80° 53/
38.5 |
81 29.0 | 82 245] 80 15.5] 80 388.5] 80 55.0 | 80 33-9) 79 32.5 | 79 04.5
81 56.7 80 27.0 80 49.2 79 18.5
81 11.8 80 03.8
80 37.8
34
Sratrion No. VI.
Latitude 72° 257.9.
July 19, 1853. Needle No. 2.
Poles direct.
MAGNETIC INCLINATION
PROVEN, GROUND NEAR THE GOVERNOR’S HOUSE.
Longitude 55° 25’ (both approximate).
Magnetic meridian 0° 33/.
CIRCLE EAST.
CIRCLE WEST.
| Face east.
Face east. Face west. Face west.
a 4 a | 4 a 4
82° 35/ 82° 45/ 3° a 33° i, 82° 38/ 82°41 83° 44/ 83° 44/
82 34 82 44 s 83 82 40 | 8 82 43 83 47 83 47
"82 34.5 | 82 445| 83 15.0| 83 180) 82 39.0| 82 420] 83 45.5 | 83 45.5
82 39.5 83 16.5 | 82 40.5 83 45.5
82 58.0 | 83 13.0
83 05.5
Needle No. 2. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE EAST. CIRCLE WEST.
|
Face east. Face west. Face east. | Face west.
a | b a b a b a b
S3omTI5/ 83° 14/ B3o mY Bsns 0! 83° 30/ 83° 19/ 82° 14/ 820937
83 14 | 83 12 83 10 83 28 83 30 83 21 82 17 82 25
83 14.5 | 83 13.0 | Sod LOD | 83 29:0 83 30.0 83 20.0 82 15.5 82 24.0
83 13.7 83 19.7 83 25.0 82 19.8
83 16.7 82 52.4
83 04.5
Needle No. 2. Poles direct. Meridian reads 0° 33’.
CIRCLE EAST. | CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. | Face west. Face east. | Face west.
a 4 a b a 4 a 4
83° 10/ 83° 02’ 81° 30’ S1S4357 82° 29/7 82° 217 Sout SSora4
83 08 83 01 81 30 81 34 82 23 82 29 83 29 83 44
83 09.0 83 O15 81 30.0 81 34.5 82 22.5 | 82 28.0 83. 28.5 83 42.5
83 05.2 81 32.2 82 25.2 83 35.5
82 18.7 83 00.3
82 39.5 ;
7 Needle No. 2. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE EAST. | CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. | Face west. | Face east. | Face west.
a 3 | : a aon 5 : | ee ns | fe) 4 a b
83° 13/ | 83° 20! So ST T8205 Oo” 83° 03/ 83° 19/ 82° 30/ 82° 39/
83° 5 | 83 19 | 82 55 82 49 is e 05 05 | 83 20 82 32 82 34
83 14.0 88) 19%5 82 56.0| 82 50.5 | 83 04.0 04.0 | 83 19:5 82 31.0 | 82 33.0
83 16.7 82 53.3 83 ei 82 32.0
83 05.0 82 51.8
AT
Sration No. VII.
UPERNAVIK. 39
UPERNAVIK, STATION IN GARDEN NEAR THE GOVERNOR’S House.
(Latitude and longitude not determined.)
July 22, 1853. Needle No. 2
Poles direct.
Magnetic meridian reads 239° 187.
CIRCLE EAST.
Face east. Face west.
CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. | Face west.
b
| 84° Q1/
84 18
84 21.5| 84 19.5
84 20.5
a
g4° 20!
84 21
é
82° 43/
82 40
a
82° 49/
82 39
82 40.5 82
82 41.0
41.5
83 30.7
b |
88° 33/ |
5| 84
|
|
a
3° 13/
83 16
g4°, 12’
83 36 84 14
|
83° 59/
84 O01
eerste
§3 14.5] 83 34.5
83 24.5
84 00.0| 84 13.0
84 06.5
83 45.5
83 38.1
Needle No. 2.
Poles reversed.
CIRCLE EAST.
CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. Face west.
b
84° 40’.
84 37
b
83° 20/
83 18
a
84° 15/
|
| 83° Q9/
84 13 |
83 20
"83 21.0) 83 83 19.0
83 20.0
$4: PO lyse. 88.5)
84 26.2
83 53.1
Face east. Face west.
a 4 a b
SB orosr 838° 44/ 83° 40/ 83° 287
83 34 83 45 83 42 83 30
83 41.0] 83 29.0
83 33.5| 88 44.5
83 35.0
83 39.0
83 37.0
83 45.0
Srarion No. VII. Beprvintep Reacu, Force Bay. Srarion HALF A MILE EAST OF ANCHORAGE(?).
Latitude 78° 34/.5.
Longitude 71° 337.6.
EES SS EE PE ES
August 12, 1853.
Needle No. 2. Poles direct.
Meridian reads 248° 30/.
CIRCLE EAST.
CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. Face west. Face east. Face west.
a é 4 a 4 a b
84° 54! S5o 037 86° > 9 86° 35/ 84° 16/ Same 86° 187 86° 02’
84 48 84 59 86 17 86 30 84 14 84 14 86 19 86 04
84 51.0 85 01.0 86 14.5 86 32.5 | 84 15.0 | SA lod 86 18.5 86 03.0
84 56.0 86 23.5 84 15.2 86 10.7
85 39.7 85 12.9 R
~ 85 26.3
Needle No. 2. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. Face east. Face west. Face east.
a 4 a b a b a | b
84° 15/ 84° 04/ 84° 55/ 85° 04/ 84° 13/ 84° 43/ S5O 44 8bo 43)
84 20 84 10 84 55 85 03 84 09 84 38 85 40 85 39
84 17.5 | 84 07.0 | 84 55.0| 8503.5| 84 11.0| 84 40.5) 85 42.0) 85 41.0
84 12.2 84 59.3 84 25.8 85 41.5
84 35.8
85 03.6
84 49.7
36 MAGNETIC INCLINATION
Sration No. IX. Near MarsHaut Bay.
Latitude 78° 52’. Longitude 69° 01’.*
The observations on September 3d, 1853, were made with the Lloyd needle, No.
1, Box B. The dip by the statical needle is 85° 26’, and the resulting corrected
dip 84° 49’. See Narrative, vol. I. p. 99.
Srarion No. X. Van RenssenaER Harpor, WINTER QUARTERS. MAGNETIC OBSERVATORY ON
Fern Rock.
Longitude 70° 40’.
Latitude 78° 37’. W. of G.
Needle No. 2. Poles direct.
January 26, 1854. Magnetic meridian reads on circle 9° 02’.
CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. |
CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. Face east. | Face west.
4 a
82° 30/ 85° 16’
82 26 85 10
ay 85 13.0| 85 19.5
a |
82° 53! |
82 47 |
4
85° 067
85 05
83 47.5 | 85 05,5.
84 26.5
a
83° 48/
a
83° 05/
83 03 83 47
83 05
83 05.0 | 88 02.
83 03.7
|
83° 02/ |
5 | 82 50.0} 82
| 82 39.0 85 16.2
83 45.1 83 57.6
83 51.3
Needle No. 2. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE WEST.
CIRCLE EAST.
Face east.
Face west.
Face east.
Face west.
b
85° 29/
85 23
84° 48
84 48
84 48.0 | 85 29.5
85 05.2
84 45.5
a | 4
84° 09" | 84° 40/
84 15 | 84 39
84 12.0| 84 39.5
84 25.8
a
86° 20/ | 86°
86 15 | 86 00
86 17.5 |
pats!
86 02.5) 84
86 10.0
85 30.5
85 08.0
84° 97/
84 21
24.0 |
é
85° 20/
| 85 16
85 18.0
84 51.0
1 Erroneously given 67° 01’ in the Narrative, vol. II. p. 431; the date should also be changed as
given above.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 37
February 16, 1854. Needle No. 2. Poles direct. Meridian reads 69° 30’.
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. Face east. ‘Face west. Face east.
a 4 a 4 a b a 4
85° 38/ 86° 02/ 84° 41’ 84° 30’ 85° 24/ 85° 38/ 83° 51” 83° 44/
85 38 86 02 84 41 84 28 85 23 85 39 85 56 83 44
85 38.0 86 02.0 84 41.0 | 84 29.0 85 23.5 | 85 38.5 83 53.5] 83 44.0
85 50.0 84 35.0 85 31.0 83 48.7
85 12.5 84 39.9
84 56.2
Needle No. 2. Poles reversed.
CIRCLE WEST. CIRCLE EAST.
Face west. Face east. Face west. | Face east.
a 4 | a b a b | a b
84° 28/ Sey Olay 4 | 84° 53/ 84° 49/ 84° 35/ 84° 33/ 8b sy 85° 38/
84 30 84 23 | 84 52 84 49 84 36 84 33 | 85 13 85 38
84 29.0 | 84 24.0 | 84 52.5] 84 49.0 84 35.5 84 33.0 | 85 12.0 85 38.0
84 26.5 | 84 50.7 84 34.2 | 85 25.0
84 38.6 84 59.6
84 49.1
February 23, 1854. Needle No. 2. Poles reversed. Magnetic meridian 67° 35/.
CIRCLE EAST. CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. | Face west. Face east. | Face west.
a 4 a | a | 4 | a b
85° 30/ SDy SOL Shoe | 35° 14/ 85° 06’ | 85° 04! 84° 26/ 84° 12/
85 26 85 30 85 06 85 10 89° 08) 85) 0% | 84 27 84 14
raha
85 28.0 85 32.5 | 85 08.5 | 85 12.0 85 07.0] 85 05.5 | 84 26.5 84 13.0
85 30.2 i 85 10.2 85 06.2 84 19.8
85 20. 84 43.0
85 01.6
Needle No. 2. Poles direct.
CIRCLE EAST. CIRCLE WEST.
Face east. Face west. Face east. Face west.
a b a b a 4 a | 4
84° 27 84° 08’ 85201 85221" 84° 287 84° 12/ 85° 06/ | 85° 13/
84 24 84 04 84 57 85 18 84 29 84 14 | 85 OT 85 15
84 25.5 | 84 06.0 84 59.0 85 19.5 84 28.5 84 13.0 85 06.5 85 14.0
84 15.7 85 09.3 84 20.7 85 10.2
84 42.5
84 45.4
38 RECAPITULATION OF RESULTS.
RECAPITULATION OF ResuLts FoR MAGNETIC INCLINATION.
Difference
for change
Pole Pole of polarity.
direct. reversed.
Mean and resulting
No. of Locality.
dip.
station.
73° 01/.4)72° 467.8) +147.6 |72° i109 |
Be 9° 9 9
73 09.3| 72 54.6) 414.7 | 72 61.9 19° 55/.6
73 44.1 | 72 15.1 é 72 59.6
73 22.7 | 72 11.2 : 72 i109 |
80 32.3 | 80 50.2 : 41.3
81 16.6 | 80 29.4 : 53.0
(Approx|imate.) 56.0
80 387.8 | 81 01.6 3. 49.7
83 05.5 | 83 04.5 3 05.0 ts2 57.0
| 82 39.5 | 82 58.4 F 2 49.0
| 83 38.1 | 83 45.0 ; 41.5
85 26.3 | 84 49.7 : 08.0
(Approx imate. ) 49.0
New York city | May 18, 1853
bo bo
| May 20, “
“ee
—
Fiskernaes June 29,
Fiskernaes Harbor} July 1,
Saikatle July 9,
Sukkertoppen July 9,
Proven July 19,
“
| Upernavik July 22,
Bedevilled Reach | Aug. 12,
Marshall Bay Sept. 3,
Fern Rock Obser-
yatory, Van Rens-
selaer Harbor Jan. 26, 1854
§ ss Feb. 16, “
Feb. 23, “
March 2, “
June 10, “
“
to no no no nwo Sno to
83 51.3
84 56.2
84 44.0
1
~I-T
29.7
52.6
52.8
49.0
47.2
51.0
48.7
35.6
ee
April 24,1855
May 20, “
bo bo bo bo bo bo bo bo
lle teal
The resulting dip at Van Rensselaer Harbor may be taken as corresponding in time to June, 1854.
SECON:
OBSERVATIONS OF MAGNETIC INTENSITY.
1854 anp 1855.
i’
4 .
a —
(|e 4 et Tl
mnie, canis Sly ND a
. 7 . Laas) ae
: oe au i
ban is ear
Le 7 i sea
a AE ee
a7
i 2 ; ey ’ i
Ss He VGeP et
zs a ay
- : wer iy é sh Le
y i = |) 1 2 _ ~~ <a
4 ele ttt a Ai mee hy a yd
7 tid ae 8 ee
7 j .
\ Se ones anh eC
i or ‘ >i Hid, apt te rales
iir¥s 4
Y : vie? 2 i Ce aes) eee
Ania
eee ony ‘aia ra a0 OU 19%
be ’ ‘a rc ,
5 7 ea ~ mt 49G aE = a
; L
Dili @ 64 Genuine Seen
" - ; ;
3 So
7 ‘ ee 4 Beh bea Hie we, a
‘
on
:
i
= os all
_
!
az a oe
: i
=) Ges:
y
4 7 :
- Lim
7
Ss
’
, . 7 ee)
i ote ;
' aa a
7 7 7 i io
SECTION III.
OBSERVATIONS AND DISCUSSION OF THE MAGNETIC INTENSITY.
TuE instrument used (a unifilar magnetometer) has already been described.
For the determination of the intensity, the long magnet A. 67 has exclusively
been used for oscillations and deflections. The effect of the torsion in the sus-
pension was found so small that it was neglected. The vibrations have been
observed in sets of two, one containing the readings of the chronometer when the
magnet was moving in the direction of the scale readings, and the other when the
magnet was moving in the opposite direction.’ A mean time pocket chronometer
was generally used for noting the time, and its rate was too small to affect sensibly
the duration of a single vibration. In the deflections, the magnets were always
kept at right angles to one another; the distance of the middle of the deflecting
magnet, A. 67, from the suspended magnet, is given by a scale divided into feet and
decimals of a foot.” The observations were made by Mr. A. Sonntag. At Van
Rensselaer Harbor the observations extend over the time from January, 1854, to
May, 1855. ‘Two other stations were occupied, one in June, 1855, at Hakluyt
Island, the other in July, on the coast between Parker Snow Point and Cape
York, at the return of the party.
The necessary constants have been determined at Washington, D.C.
Magnet A. 67 is nearly three inches in length, the two other magnets, I. 7 and
I. 10, are somewhat shorter.
* The vibrations given in the Narrative, vol. II., Appendix, No. XV., pp. 431—434, are, therefore,
double vibrations, and should have been noted as such.
? By some inadvertence, Appendix No. XY. of vol. II. of the Narrative contains the distances ex-
pressed in inches; it should have been given in feet and decimals, thus, 13 inches should be 1.3 feet, and
9 inches should read 0.9 feet.
42 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
January 17, 1854. Fern Rock Observatory, Van Rensselaer Harbor.
A. 67 suspended. Experiments of vibrations. (From right to left.)
No. Time by pocket chronometer. No. Time by pocket chronometer. | Time of 45 double vibrations.
1 5b 68" 378.3 46 65 10™ 108.8 ly ae 11™ 338.5
on 52.9 47 26.3 | 33.4
3 59 08.0 48 41.4 33.4
4 23.8 49 57.0 33.2
5 38.7 50 Il 12.7 34.0
6 54.5 51 28.0 83.5
7 09.9 52 43.3 33.4
8 25.9 53 58.4 82.5
9 40.2 54 12 14.0 33.8
10 595.8 55 - 29.6 33.8
Mean 11™338.45
Are at beginning 4° 40’. Temp. 50°. Time of 2 vibrations
“end 1 28 158.410.
The vibrations from left to right could not be observed.
January 18, 1854. Fern Rock Observatory.
Experiments of vibrations. (From right to left.)
No. Time by pocket chronometer. || No. Time by pocket chronometer. Time of 50 double vibrations.
1 5h 30™ 435-0 lea ol 5h 43™ 375.5 12™ 54.5
2 58.8 | 52 53.8 55.0
3 31 14.0 53 44 08.8 54.8
4 29.3 54 23.9 \| 54.6
5 44.4 | oo 39.8 55.4
6 32 00.0 56 54.0 54.0
7 15.3 57 45 10.8 | 55.5
8 31.5 58 25.8 | 54.3
9 46.5 59 41.8 55.3
10 33 02.0 60 | 57.0 55.0
11 18.1 61 46 12.5 54.5
| 12 54.81
Are at beginning 4° 40’. Temp. 68, Time of 2 vibrations
ae
end 1 we 155.496.
January 18, 1854. Fern Rock Observatory.
Experiments of vibrations. (From left to right.)
| |
No. | Time by pocket chronometer.
No. Time by pocket chronometer. Time of 50 double vibrations. |
1 5h 30™ 505.8 | 51 5h 43m 468.4 | 12™ 558.9
2 31 06.7 |e oes 44 02.0 55.3
3 | 22.0 | 53 18.4 56.4
4 | 36.9 54 32.7 55.8
5 52.9 | 55 49.0 56.1
6 | 32 08.0 | 56 45 04.8 | 56.8
7 23.8 57 20.0 56.2
8 | 39.2 58 35.8 56.1
9 | 54.8 59 51.0 56.2
10 33 10.8 il - 60 46 07.0 | 56.7
11 26.0 | 61 | 22.2 56.2
i I E
1 | | 12 “56.15
ii |
Arcs and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 15*.523.
(Dr. Hayes assisted in these observations. )
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 45
February 21, 1854. Fern Rock Observatory.
Experiments of vibrations. (From right to left.)
No. Time by pocket chronometer. | No. Time by pocket chronometer. Time of 50 double vibrations.
1 4h 59™ 265.0 oi 5» 12™ 935.5 L225 eo
2 41.8 52 39.4 | 57.6
3 56.4 si | 55.0 58.6
4 56 00 12.6 54 13 10.2 | 57.6
5 28.2 SD 26.2 58.0
6 43.5 56 41.5 58.0
7 58.9 eo 51.3 | 58.4
8 Ol 14.6 58 14 12.8 | 58.2
9 30 2 59 28.3 58.1
10 45.6 60 | 43.5 | 57.9
ll 02 01.3 61 | 59.2 | Deo
12 57.98
Are at beginning 5° 52’, Temp. 79°. Time of 2 vibrations
«end Q 24 155.560.
Experiments of vibrations. (From left to right.)
1
No. Time by pocket chronometer. No. Time by pocket chronometer. | Time of 50 double vibrations.
1 | 4% 59m335.5 51 5h 12m 315.8 | 12 585.3
2 48.3 52 | 47.1 | 58.8
3 5 00 04.8 3 13 02.8 58.0
4 20.4 54 18.4 | 58.0
5 35.7 55 34.0 58.3
6 51.2 56 49.5 | 58.3
7 Ol 06.9 Sit 14 05.2 | 58.3
8 22.5 58 20.8 | 58.3
9 38.0 59 36.2 | berg,
10 53. COR 51.7 58.2
Ui 02 09.5 61 15 07.4 57.9
12 58.24
Ares and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 153.565.
February 21, 1854. Fern Rock Observatory.
Experiments of vibrations. (From right to left.)
No. Time by pocket chronometer. | No. Time by pocket chronometer. || Time of 50 double vibrations.
2 pees
1 62 20™ 47°.5 | yl 6h sam 486 Ome 5 dalll
2 21 03.0 li +52 58.0 55.0
3 19.0 | 53 34 14.0 | 55.0
4 34.3 | 54 29.6 55.3
5 49.5 | 55 45.0 55.5
6 22 05.5 56 35 «00.3 54.8
7 20.9 | on, 16.8 55.9
8 36.3 NS) 32.0 55.7
9 51.5 lear 259 47.0 55.5
10 23 «(07.0 60 38 (UB ST( 56.7
| 12 55.45
Are at beginning 5° 20’. Temp. 55°. Time of 2 vibrations
«end 1 36 aE O0o:
* Corrected by 10°.
44 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
February 21, 1854. Fern Rock Observatory.
Experiments of vibrations. (From left to right.)
|
Time by pocket chronometer. bs Time by pocket chronometer. || Time of 50 double vibrations.
65 33" 512.0 12™ 55.8
34 06.5 55.5
22.6 55.6
37.5
53.4
08.6
25.0
39.6
55.5
12.0
bo
6h 20™ 558.
21
more De Oe De
1D 69 0 09 TRO Te
wWNoaAoWwWaAccse
12 55.84
Ares and time as before. Time of 2 vibrations 158.517.
RECAPITULATION OF RESULTS.
January 17, 1854. Time of 2 vibrations 15*.410 Temp. 50°
i ieee 15.496) S68
“ 18, 15.5235 FemG 8
February 21, 15.560) CTO
ss 21, 15.5655 19
“21, 15.509) “55
po es 15.517) “BB
Combination by two means 15.499 63.0
Time of one vibration 7.749
January 31, 1854. Experiments of deflections. Distance 1.8 feet. Deflecting magnet A 67.
Magnet. North pole. Circle reads. an. Diff. or 2 u. Temp.
W.
30°"4355
287
288
319 .
Means 30 46.7
February 13, 1854. Experiments of deflections. Distance 0.975 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Cirele reads. Mean.
a a
EB. 162° 07’
06
W. 83 10
10
86 24
24
47
47
06.5
10.0 '
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 45
February 27, 1854. Experiments of deflections. Distance 1.3 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Circle reads. | Mean. 2u. | Temp.
5 ° ar
BE. E. 140° 54/.5 5At | ae
Ww 109 38. Su eee |
: 59 58.5 58
W. W. a As | pe
es 30 43.5
“ E. AE
15 15.0 | 56
30 49.7 | 57.5
June 7, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
No. Time by chronometer 2721. No. Time by chronometer 2721. | Time of 45 double vibrations.
1 35 04™ 345.2 46 32 16™ 025.5 1128573
2 49.4 47 17.8 28 4
3 05 05.0 | 48 33.0 28.0
4 20.3 | 49 48.3 | 28.0
5 35.8 | x) 17 03.6 | 27.8
6 51.1 51 19.0 27.9
iq 06 06.3 52 34.2 | 2.9
8 21.8 53 49.4 27.6
9 36.9 54 18 04.8 27.9
10 52.1 55 20.0 27.9
TET
Are at beginning 6° 8/. Temp. + 33°. Time of 2 vibrations 15*.288.
=eeend 2 48 ,
Rate of mean time chronometer 2721 (showing nearly Greenwich time), about 25.0 losing.
June 7, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
|
No. Time by chronometer 2721. No. Time by chronometer 2721. Time of 45 double vibrations.
1 32 04m 495.3 46 3" 16™ 105.2 | 11™ 275.9
2 , 57.6" 4T 25.5 27.9
3 05 12.7 48 40.8 | 28.1
4 28.1 | 49 56.0 27.9
5 43.3 50 ly 11.2 27.9
6 58.8 51 26.5 27.7
7 06 13.8 52 41.9 | 28.1
8 29.2 53 57.4 28.2
9 44.4 54 18 12.5 | 28.1
10 OT 00.0 55 27.8 27.8
} 11 27.96
| |
Ares and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 155.288,
46 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
June 7, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
) l
No. Time by chronometer 2721. No. | Time by chronometer 2721. | Time of 45 double vibrations.
1 3h 22m 085.0 46 SoeB 32ST. 0 | 1129820
2 23.3 AT 52.3 29.0
3 38.5 48 34 07.6 29.1
4 53.8 49 23.0 29.2
5 23 09.2 50 38.2 | 29.0
6h) 24.5 51 53.7 29.2
7 39.7 52 35 09.0 29.3
8 55.0 53 24.5 29.5
9 24 10.3 54 39.6 29.3
10 25.7 55 54.9 29.2
| LIZ 9508
Are at beginning 6° 8’. Temp. 33°. Time of 2 vibrations 15*.315.
“end 2 48
June 7, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
No. Time by chronometer 2721. No. Time by chronometer 2721. | Time of 45 double vibrations.
1 3h 22m 165.0 legate | 3h 33™ 455.0 29820
2 31.2 47 34 00.2 29.0
3 46.3 48 15.5 29.2
4 23 01.8 | » 49 30.9 | 29.1
5 17.0 | eae 0 46.3 29.3
6 32.3 ler eo 35 601.5 29.2
7 47.8 | 52 16.8 29.0
8 24 03.1 53 32.2 29.1
9 18.3 54 47.3 29.0
10 33.3 | 55 386 02.5 29.2
|
| | 1 29
Ares and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 158.313.
June 7, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
No. Time by chronometer 2721. | No. Time by chronometer 2721. | Time of 54 double vibrations.
1 gh 19m 395.1 | 55 8h 26™ 308.7 | 13™ 515.6
2 54.5 | 56 46.0 51.5
3 13 09.8 | 57 oe 01.5 | 51.7
4 25.1 58 17.0 || 51.9
5 40.3 | 59 32.9 | 51.9
6 56.0 | 60 47.8 | 51.8
7 14 11.3 | 61 28 03.2 | 51.9
8 26.5 |} 62 18.8 52.3
9 42.1 | 63 34.0 | 51.9
10 51.5 | 64 49.3 | 51.8
| ——
| 13 51.83
iN |
Are at beginning 6° 40’. Temp. 35. Time of two vibrations 15*.403.
“ end 2 56
No.
June 7, 1854.
June 7, 1854.
m C2 bo ee
o
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR.
Time by chronometer 2721.
gh 12™ 468.8
13 02.0
17.2
32.6
48.1
14 03.8
18.7
34.0
49.5
15 05.0
Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
| Time by chronometer 2721.
8h 26™ 385.5
54.0
27 09.3
24.8
40.3
55.7
28 11.1
26.4
41.9
oT.4
47
| Time of 54 double vibrations.
| 13" 51*.7
| 52.0
52.1
ro OT OT OT oT ot
pwrwmnwnwrpr
eR LO LO
~
13 52.2%
b
Ares and time as before.
Time of 2 vibrations 155.412.
Experiments of vibrations.
(Left to right.)
—
Time by chronometer 2721. No.
82 Bom (el 51
32.2 | 52
48.0 | 53
36 (03.3 54
19.0 | 55
34.3 | 56
49.6 | 57
37 «05.1 58
20.6 59
36.2 60
51.5 61
Arc 7° 287. Temp. 35°.
38 12
RPowmUMATAR OF Cobre
Time by chronometer 2721.
8h 48™ 075.8
23.1
38.6
54.0
49 09.3
24.8
40.1
55.6
50 10.9
26.3
41.6
Time of 50 double vibrations.
12™ 508.7
50.9
50.6
50.7
50.3
50.5
| 50.5
50.5
50.3
50.1
50.1
12 50.47
Time of 2 vibrations 155.409.
June 7, 1854.
Experiments of vibrations.
(Right to left.)
A
o
—
Kom MmaAaoPr whe
Time by chronometer 2721.
8h 35™ 248.7
40.0
55.2
36 «10.8
26.2
42.0
57.2
Silo LOK
28.3
43.8
59.0
Ares and temp. as before.
Time by chronometer 2721.
8h 48™ 158.2
30.7
46.0
49 01.3
16.8
32.2
47.7
50 03.0
18.7
33.8
49.2
Time of 2 vibrations 1
Time of 50 double vibrations.
12™ 508.5
50.7
50.8
50.5
50.6
50.2
50.5
50.3
50.4
50.0
50.2
12 50.48
58.409.
48 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
RECAPITULATION OF Resuts, JUNE 7, 1854.
Set No. 1. Time of 2 vibrations , ; : - 155.288 Temp. 33°
15.288 33
Set No. 2. ; : : . 15.315 33
15.313 33
Set No. 3. : : : . 15.403 35
15.412 35
Set No. 4. : : : . 15.409 35
15.409 35
June 7, Mean . : : : . 15.355 + 34.0
Time of 1 vibration . ¢ : 7.678
June 7, 1854. Experiments of deflections.
Deflecting magnet A. 67. Deflected magnet I. 10. Distance 0.9 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Circle reads. Mean. 2 Temp.
A 9440 TS
u. Se 15/.7 36°.2
Ps 108° 217.2
Wie 265 55.0
54.0 54.5 38.0
W. 58.0
55.5
31.0
30.0
56.7 36.0
107 33.8
30.5 34.0
Means 107 57.5 36.0
Experiments of deflections. Distance 1.3 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Circle reads. Mean. : Temp.
5 RAG mayen Meroe aed ing
E. ge 32/.0 34°.5
Ww 300 34.0 ann 22)?
: 33.0 33.5 34.3
Wis 01.0
00.0
E. 332 37.0
35.0
00.5 35.8
31 35.5
36.0 35.0
| Means 31 17.0 34.9
These two sets of deflections were observed between the second and third set of the preceding
vibrations.
A
eo
ee
June 8, 1854.
mPoe MATS Oe be
June 8, 1854.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR.
Experiments of vibrations.
(Left to right.)
Time by chronometer 2721. No Time by chronometer 2721. || Time of 40 double vibrations.
3) 16™ 205.0 41 3> 26™ 408.4 10™ 205.4
39.5 42 56.0 20.5
50.9 43 2 uo 20.6
17 06.5 44 27.2 | 20.7
22.2 |} 45 42.6 20.4
37.8 | 46 58.1 20.3
53.3 PAT 28 13.5 20.2
18 08.8 | 48 29.1 20.3
24.3 | 49 44.6 20.3
39.8 | 50 29 00.5 20.7
55.2 ol 15.5 20.3
| 10 20.48
Ares 5° 367. Temp. 35°. Time of 2 vibrations 158.511.
3 20
Experiments of vibrations.
(Right to left.)
A
2
—_
o
roe
_
OM TS Oe Lr
Time by chronometer 2721.
So GOEL
43.2
58.6
Wie ae
29.7
45.3
18 00.8
16.2
31.8
47.3
LO 0229
Time by chronometer 2721.
3> 26™ 485.0
27 03.5
19.0
Time of 40 double vibrations.
10™
10
Arcs and temp. as before.
Time of 2 vibrations 155.509.
205.7
20.3
20.4
20.4
20.8
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.4
20.8
20.4
20.37
June 8, 1854.
Experiments of vibrations.
(Left to right.)
A
te
|
ee
Powe OATS OF Ob
Time by chronometer 2721. No. Time by chronometer 2721. Time of 40 double vibrations.
32 S133 83 41 ot 4m 53829 10™ 205.6
49.0 | 42 42 09.2 20.2
32 04.5 eee 24.7 20.2
20.0 44 40.2 20.2
35.6 45 55.8 20.2
51.2 | 46 43 11.2 20.0
33 (06.7 | AT 26.7 20.0
22.1 48 42.1 20.0
37.6 49 Site 20.1
53.1 | 50 44 13.0 LOE
34 08.3 | 51 98.5 20.2
| 10 20.15
Ares 6° 8/. Temp. 35°.2. Time of 2 vibrations 15%.503.
and 3 12
50
June 8, 1854.
MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
Experiments of vibrations.
(Right to left.)
A
i
KOO NMDAOURWLH
— ee
Time by chronometer 2721.
3 31™ 405.8
56.4
11.9
27.3
43.1
58.6
14.1
29.6
45.1
00.7
16.2
32
Ares and temp. as before.
Time by chronometer 2721.
3h 42™ 015.
bo
wonorwror wr
HSE SCD WTS
mMDWoOorROrR OOD
| Time of 40 double vibrations.
10™ 208.4
20.1
20.3
20.2
10 19.93
Time of 2 vibrations 155.498.
(4 sets of deflections were taken after the above, for which see below.)
A
2
ee
June 8, 1854.
rove naTAanrwhr
Time by chronometer 2721.
8h 31™ 548.3
32 10.2
25.3
40.8
56.2
11.4
27.0
42.3
57.4
13.1
28.3
|
Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
|
Time by chronometer 2721.
gh 49m 095.5
2)
40.2
55.5 |
|
|
|
10.9
26.2
41.7
56.9
12.3
27.5
42.9
Time of 40 double vibrations.
10™ 158.2
14.7
14.9
14.7
14.7
14.8
14.7
14.6
14.9
14.4
14.6
10 14.75
Ares 6° 48’.
and2 08
Temp. 35°.
Time of 2 vibrations 15°.369.
June 8, 1854.
Time by chronometer 2721.
8) 32m 025.3
17.8
33.2
48.
04.0
19.3
34.8
50.2
05.5
21.2
36.8
Experiments of vibrations.
No.
41
43
44
45
|
|
|
|
|
| AT
| 48
| 49
50
51
|
(Right to left.)
Time by chronometer 2721.
8h 42" 188.3
33.6
49.0
04.4
19.9
85.2
50.6
06.0
21.4
36.9
52.3
43
Time of 40 double vibrations.
10™ 16.0
15.8
15.8
15.7
15.9
10
Ares and temp. as before.
Time of 2 vibrations 15.395.
June 8, 1854.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR.
Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
A
S
me
RPOoO OATS OP ODOR
Time by chronometer 2721. No. Time by chronometer 2721.
Sh 48™ 525.0 41 8h 59™ 045.6
49 07.3 42 OST
23.0 43 35.3
38.2 44 50.5
53.4 45 9 00 05.8
50 08.9 46 21.1
24.3 4T 36.3
39.6 48 51.6
54.7 49 10/720
lee O ea 50 22.2 .
25.3 51 37.5
Time of 40 double vibrations.
10™ 128.6
10 12.25
Ares 6° 56’.
and3 20
Temp. 35°.
Time of 2 vibrations 155.306.
June 8, 1854.
Experiments of vibrations.
(Right to left.)
12.4
12.3
12.3
12.4
12.2
12.0
12.0
12.3
12.1
12.2
Time by chronometer 2721. No.
Sh 48™ 595.8 4]
AQ plbak 42
30.3 43
45.8 44
50 O11 45 9
16.3 46
31.8 47
47.2 48
51 02.2 49
17.8 50
33.0 51
—a
RSoOomoMmrTS Or De
Ares and temp. as before.
00
01
Time by chronometer 2721.
8b 59™ 128.0
27.5
42.8
58.0
13.4
28.6
43.9
59.3
14.6
29.
45.
9
3
Daily rate of chronometer 2721, losing 15.0.
RECAPITULATION OF REsuLTS, JUNE 8, 1854.
Set No. 1. Time of 2 vibrations
Set No. 2. ob <
Set No. 3. ee ce
Set No. 4. as Ut:
Means ‘
Time of 1 vibration .
15°.511
15.509
15.503
15.498
15.369
15.395
15.306
15.306
15.425
7.712
Time of 40 double vibrations.
10™ 128.2
10 12.26
Time of 2 vibrations 155.306.
12.4
12.5
12.2
12.3
12.3
12.1
12.1
12.4
12.1
12.3
35.0
The following deflections correspond in time to the middle of the above vibration results.
52
MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
June 8, 1854. Experiments of deflections.
Deflecting magnet A. 67. Deflected magnet I. 10. Distance 1.3 feet.
Magnet | North pole. | Circle reads. Mean. 2u. Temp.
== =F pe
Een eee 45/.5 36°.7
Wen |) apace BLS 10'-5
| 34 35.0 37.7
We | | 288 208 07.0 37.0
ms | sig a 81 33.5
’ 2 eS
| | 40 40.5 36.2
| | Means 31 22.0 36.9
Experiments of deflections. Distance 0.9 feet.
Magnet North pole. Circle reads. Mean. 2u. | Temp.
Ss ee oot Tf a
E E. 365° 52/6 54 37°.3
= ae, Te 110° 58/.2
Saas 53.5 36.6
262
Al me ae 29.0 37.0
«“ , 106 38.0
Bs eee 07.0 37.0
06
Means 108 48.1 36.9
Experiments of deflections. Distance 0.9 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Circle reads. Mean. 2u. Temp.
w: E 369° 087.0 077.8 apo
: - xa 106° 487.2
a 18 19.0 37.0
954
E. Ww. BETA gt crate 37.6
110 06.7
sf E 364 48.0
465 47.2 36.6
Means 108 27.4 37.1
Experiments of deflections. Distance 1.3 feet.
Magnet North pole. Circle reads. Mean. 2u. Temp.
9R0 / oa eshte a Pau
B. Hy caer 59/.0 36°.0
7 Pe os 31° 297.5
ba ao 88 29.5 35.2
iW. We 298 03 02.5 36.3
13 13.0 37.0
Means “3. 20.0 36.1
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 53
June 19, 1854. Experiments of deflections.
Deflecting magnet A. 67. Deflected magnet I. 7. Distance 0.9 feet.
Magnet. | North pole. | Circle reads. Mean. 2u. Temp.
Sen 7 aaa — ms ae
W. Ai eee 49/.5 40°.6
° or
- 376 93 ao 107° 337.0 ae
99 22. 3
a = pe 04.5 41.2
o W. 267 00 uae 106 05.0 hoy
266 59 i i
Means 106 49.0 41.1
Experiments of deflections. Distance 1.3 feet.
Mugnet. North pole. Circle reads. Mean. 2u. Temp.
is ee Se a ae
a Me ase 81.5 40°.8
30° 437.0 :
“ 9
x Sere 20.5 41.0
W. i. 334 46 46.0 43.5
8 5
03 03.5 43.0
Means 30 42.7 42.1
June 19, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
No. Time.1 | No. Time.! Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 4h 33m 208.1 i 4 4h 43™ 385.6 10" 185.5
2 35.3 | 42 54.0 18.7
3 51.0 | 43 44 09.5 18.5
4 34 06.5 ee 25.0 18.5
5 21.9 |} 45 40.4 18.5
6 37.3 a6 55.9 18.6
7 52.8 I) os ART 45 11.2 18.4
8 35 08.3 | 48 26.6 18.3
9 23.8 | 49 42.1 18.3
10 39.3 | 50 57.7 18.4
11 54.9 Nepeoule 46 13.0 18.1
| 10 18.44
Ares 7° 28. Temp. 43°. Time of 2 vibrations 155.461.
and 3 44
1 Number of chronometer not stated.
54 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
June 19,1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
No. Time. | No. Time. Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 4h 33™ 285.2, 41 4h 43™ 465.8 10™ 185.6
2 45.4 42 44 02.3 18.9
3 59.0 43 17.8 18.8
4 34 14.5 44 33.2 18.9
5 29.9 45 48.6 18.7
6 45.3 46 45 04.2 18.9
mi 35 00.9 47 19.5 18.6
8 16.3 48 35.1 18.8
9 31.9 49 50.4 18.5
10 47.2 50 46 05.8 18.6
11 386 02.8 51 21.4 = S36
10 18.72
Ares and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 15°.463.
Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
No. Time. | No. Time. || Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 4h 50™ 265.2 ee A 5h 00™ 445.0 LOD ATES
2 | 41.8 | 42 59.3 17.5
3 57.3 | 43 01 14.8 | 17.5
4 51 12.9 | 44 30.3 17.4
5 28.2 | 45 45.9 17.7
6 43.5 | 46 02 01.3 17.8
7 59.1 AT 16.7 17.6
8 52 14.5 48 32.2 tS
9 29.9 49 47.7 | 17.8
10 45.4 50 03 03.2 WES
11 53 01.0 51 18.8 17.8
5 10° LCT
Ares 6° 56/. Temp. 43°. Time of 2 vibrations 155.442.
and 4 00
Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
No Time. || No. | Time. | ‘Time of 40 double vibrations.
i 4h 50™ 345.1 | 41 5h 00™ 515.6 | 10™ 175.5
2 49.5 42 Ol 07.1 17.6
3 dl 04.9 | 43 22.4 | 17.5
4 20.3 | 44 37.9 17.6
5 35.9 45 53.4 17.5
6 51.2 | 46 02 08.9 | 17.7
7 52 06.9 47 24.3 17.4
8 22.2 | 48 39.6 | 17.4
9 37.8 | 49 55.0 17.2
10 53.1 50 03 10.8 17.2
11 53 (08.6 51 25.8 | 17.2
| ed
| | 10 17.44
Ares and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 15.436.
June 19, 1854.
No.
Powe Oto whe
ed
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR.
Time.
52 23™ 305.3
Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
55
Time. | Time of 40 double vibrations.
45.7 |
24 01.2
16.8
32.3
47.9
03.4
18.9
34.1
49.7
05.1
10
Ares 6° 48’.
3 36
Temp. 42°.4.
Time of 2 vibrations 155.454.
LOZ Seo
17.8
17.9
17.9
18.1
18.4
18.3
18.6
18.0
18.4
18.2
18.15
A
Ke
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
i
ee
Experiments of vibrations.
(Right to left.)
Time.
5® 13™ 208.2
35.7
51.2
14 06.5
22.1
37.5
53.2
08.4
23.7
39.2
54.8
No.
41
42
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52 23™ 375.6
Time. Time of 40 double vibrations. }
|
|
52.9 |
08.3 |
24.0
39.5
54.9 |
10.2
25.2 |
40.8 |
56.5 |
LaleT |
10
Ares und temp. as before.
Time of 2 vibrations 15%.4380.
LOM Ss
17.2
pga
17.5
17.4
17.4
17.0
16.8
Ce!
17.3
16.9
Teg
Experiments of vibrations.
(Left to right.)
OoMTAHD OP br
Time.
55 33™ 238.3
38.9
54.2
09.5
25.2
40.4
55.9
11.2
26.8
42.2
57.6
5
Time. Time of 40 double vibrations.
h 43m 398.5 10™ 168.2
54.9
44 10.3
25.8
41.3
56.7
11.9
27.4
42.8
58.2
13.6
10
Ares 7° 04’.
3 28
Temp. 42°.4.
Time of two vibrations 155.403.
16.0
16.1
16.3
16.1
16.3
16.0
16.2
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.11
56 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
1]
No. Time. No. Time. Time of 40 double vibrations.
Leal 5» 33m 315.9 | 41 5h 43m 475.9 10™ 165.0
2 46.5 42 44 (02.8 16.3
3 34 02.1 43 18.1 16.0
4 17.4 44 33.5 16.1
5 33.0 45 49.0 16.0
6 48.4 46 45 04.5 16.1
7 85 03.7 47 19.8 16.1
8 19.0 48 35.2 16.2
9 _ 34.3 49 50.6 16.3
10 2 SAND 50 46 05.9 16.4
11 36 05.2 51 21.3 16.1
10 16.15
Ares and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 15°.404.
RECAPITULATION OF REsvuuts, JUNE 19, 1854.
Set No. 1. Time of 2 vibrations 15.461 Temp. 43°
15.463 «48
Set No. 2. “ Ji 15.442 (tees
15.436 AS
Set No. 3. ef 15.454 «424
15.430 «49.4
Set No. 4. e ss : : ; . 15.403 “40.4
15.404 49.4
Means 4 15.437 42.7
Time of 1 vibration 7.718
June 19, 1854.
Deflecting magnet A. 67.
Experiments of deflections.
Deflected magnet I. 7. Distance 1.3 feet.
Magnet. North pole, Cirele reads. Mean. 2 u. Temp.
Ww. Mc ee 53/5 42°.0
. 30° 537.0
a EK, 329 47 ye
46 46.5 42.2
99 9
e E, aa 19.5 43.2
30 50.0
“ y 9
W: hi 29.5 42.0
29
Means 30 51.5 42.4
Experiments of deflection. Distance 0.9 feet.
Magnet, North pole. Circle reads. Mean. 2u. Temp.
EK. W. 259° re 18.5 42°.9
“ BE 365. 31 1062 WIZ
99 30.0 42.0)
T 7 264 QC
Ww. BE. 369 e 38.5 43.9
‘“ peo 0 106 30.5
Ww, ae a 08.0 41.8
i
| Means 106 21.0 42.3
——
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR.
June 24, 1854.
Deflecting magnet A. 67.
Experiments of deflections.
Deflected magnet I. 7.
Distance 0.9 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Circle reads. Means. 2u. Temp.
wis bree ° y 2) Sei ober rc’
MG W. eee AG 09.5 38°.0
ts é é 105° 327.0
1B SG 41.5 38.0
E: E. seg Ut 59.5 38.0
P i eat on 105 10.0
3 e 49.5 38.0
49
. Means 105 21.0 38.0
Experiments of deflection. Distance 1.3 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Circle reads. Means. 2u. Temp.
9 Q0 orn aon mei boa. seers rate
= sel 36/.5 ae 38°.5
a : 30° 44/.5
= aa 21.0 38.6
WwW: Pee sega 12.5 40.3
ie = 2 ze 30 31.0
W: eo 41.5 40.0
Means 30 37.7 39.4
June 24, 1854.
Experiments of vibrations.
(Left to right.)
A
2
|
Poe OTS OF OOD
——"
Time by chronometer 264.
Ah 21™ 348.3
49.6
05.2
20.7
36.3
51.8
07.3
22.8
38.4
53.8
09.1
22
bo
eo
24
Arcs 6° 16’.
and3 20
Temp. 41°.2.
Time by chronometer 264.
4h 3]™
32
oo
oo
qn
ve
Dore OF DOH OdI HO OS SS.
DW TH ASNO mH
8
ow
SCUNADWRORN OH
10
Time of 2 vibrations 158.472.
Time of 40 double vibrations.
10™ 195.0
19.2
19.0
18.9
18.7
18.6
19.0
19.0
18.8
18.7
18.9
18.89
The chronometer nearly shows Greenwich mean time, and its daily rate is less than 0°.5
(gaining).
58 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
June 24, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
No. Time by chronometer 264. | No. Time by chronometer 264. | Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 4h 21™ 415.8 | 41 4» 31™ 59°.0 | 10™ 178.2
2 57.1 || 42 32 14.3 | 17.2
3 22 12.6 Il 43 29.2 | 16.6
4 28.2 | 44 44.4 16.2
al 43.4 || 45 59.5 16.1
6 59.0 | 46 33 14.9 | 15.9
tee 23 14.3 || 4% 30.3 | 16.0
Bal 29.8 || 48 45.8 16.0
9 45.2 | 49 | 34 01.0 | 15.8
10 24 00.8 li) 850 16.3 | 15.5
11 16.2 | 51 31.6 15.4
| | 10 16.17
Ares and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 15.404.
June 24, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
| |
No. Time by chronometer 264. | No. Time by chronometer 264. | Time of 40 dowble vibrations.
1 4h 40™ 318.1 41 4h 50™ 468.0 10™ 148.9
2 46.5 42 51 01.3 14.8
3 41 02.0 43 16.8 14.8
4 17.4 | 44 32.0 14.6
5 32.8 | 45 | 47.5 | 14.7
6 48.2 46 52 02.8 || 14.6
if 42 03.5 Wi, ee | 18.1 14.6
8 18.9 er] 33.4 | 14.5
9 34.3 | 49 | 48.8 14.5
10 49.8 50 538 04.1 | 14.3
11 43 05.1 | 51 19.4 14.3
| 10 14.60
Ares 5° 52’. emp. 41°.2. Time of 2 vibrations 15*.365.
and 3 20
June 24, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
Arai aoe | ul 7s ,
No. Time by chronometer 264. | No. | Time by chronometer 264. | Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 | 4» 40™ 388.8 | 41 | 4h 50™ 535.8 | 40™ 155.0
2 54.2 || 42 51 09.2 acl 15.0
3 | 41 09.5 | 459 | 24.6 | 15.1
4 | 24.9 | 44 | 40.0 H 15.1
brn | 40.2 Na oe 55.4 | 15.2
6 55.8 |} 46 | 52 10.8 i| 15.0
7 42 11.1 || 48 26.2 | Tos
8 26.3 | 47 41.6 15.3
9 41.9 |} 49 | 57.0 | 15.1
10 57.2 era | Bor las 15.1
i 43 12.6 (eo Bie af 27.8 | 15.2
| | 10 15.11
Arcs and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 15°.378.
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 59
June 24, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
No. | Time by chronometer 264. | No. Time by chronometer 264. |) Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 5h 03™ 298.3 | Son ll 5h 15™ 448.5 \ 10™ 15.2
2 44.9 42 59.5 | 14.6
3 04 00.3 |. 43 14 15.1 14.8
4 | 15.6 | 44 30.4 | 14.8
5 | 31.0 45 | 45.9 | 14.9
6 46.4 46 15 013 | 14.9
T | 05 01.8 | 47 16.8 | 15.0
8 Le || 48 32.2 I| 15.1
9° 4] 32.3 49 47.7 | 15.4
10 47.8 | 50 16 02.9 i| 15.1
11 06 03.2 51 | 18.2 15.0
10 14.982
Ares 6° 16/. Temp. 41°.2. Time of 2 vibrations 15%.375.
and 3 28
June 24, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
Time by chronometer 264. | No. Time by chronometer 264. Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 5° 03" 375.1 | a1 5D 13m 525.0 10™ 14.9
2 52.4 | 42 14 07.6 15.2
3 04 07.8 || 43 23.0 | 15.2
4 23.2 | 44 38.3 15:1
5 38.4 45 53.8 15.4
6 53.8 | 46 15 09.1 15.3
i 05 09.3 | 47 24.5 | 15.2
8 24.5 48 39.9 15.4
9 40.0 | 49 55.2 | 15.2
10 55.0 eno 16 10.6 15.6
11 06 10.8 i” soul 26.0 15.2
| 10 15.24
Arcs and temp. as before. Time of 2 vibrations 15*.381.
June 24, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Left to right.)
No. | Time by chronometer 264. | No. Time by chronometer 264. Time of 40 double vibrations.
| 52 18™ 388.3 Wheel 55 28™ 548.8 1 10™ 168.5
a | 54.0 | 42 29 10.1 || 16.1
aaa LSO9e3 43 | 25.3 | 16.0
4 | 24.9 | 44 40.8 15.9
Beant 40.3 | 45 | 56.2 | 15.9
6 | 55.7 eG 30° “11:6 | 15.9
7 20 11.2 ae ae | 27.0 | 15.8
8 26.7 | 48 42.4 | DN
9 42.2 | AS) | 57.8 15.6
10 57.5 oO | 31 13i1 15.6
11 21 12.9 Be th 28.7 | 15.8
| | ee
I | 10 15.89
Ares 6° 48’. Temp. 41°.2. Time of 2 vibrations 15*.397.
3 20
60 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY
June 24, 1854. Experiments of vibrations. (Right to left.)
| |
No. | Time by chronometer 264. No. Time by chronometer 264. Time of 40 double vibrations.
1 | 5h 18™ 465.2 41 5b 99m 028-7 10™ 165.5
2 a 19 01.9 | 42 18.0 16.1
3 17.2 43 33.6 16.4
4 | 32.8 44 49.0 16.2
5g 48.2 | 45 30 04.2 16.0
6 | 20 03.6 | 46 L957 16.1
7 19.0 47 35.0 16.0
si : 34.3 | 48 50.4 16.1
8 49.7 49 31 05.8 16.1
= 10° §) 21 05.1 lee 20.0 21.5 | 16.4
20.6 | 51 36.8 16.2
10 16.19
Time of 2 vibrations 155.405.
Arcs and temp. as before.
RECAPITULATION OF RESULTS, JUNE 24, 1854.
Set No. 1. Time of 2 vibrations ois : . 158.472 Temp. 41°.2
15.404 ALD
Set No. 2. : “ 15.365 eer?
15.378 se AND
Set No. 3. a cs i : ’ =» 15:375 Fo ATE}
15.381 oe Ae?
Set No. 4. : v - : s « 15.397 oo AD,
15.405 ete a2,
Mean ; : 3 d euO SSO 41.2
Time of 1 vibration . : 7.699
June 24, 1854. Experiments of deflections.
Deflecting magnet A. 67. Deflected magnet I. 7. Distance 1.3 feet.
Magnet. North pole. | Circle reads. | Means. | 2u. Temp.
eee rea haa | ST Conn ere nee rat mae
W. W. | 300 at | 16.0 44°.9
> a er | 30° 12/.0
4 ote 27 | 28.0 43.0
E. E. 330 41 | 40.5 49.9
“ Ww. | 300 ee | | Te
Sh Gees | 035° | 8
|
| | Means 30 24.5 | 42.9
Experiments of deflections. Distance 0.9 feet.
Magnet. North pole. Cirele reads. | Means. | 2u. | Temp.
Se aes eee (Saas Tae 9R1° ¢ Piaast| are? Py eo eee hss
E. Me aoe 93/0 | } 41.4
i A | 106° 077.5 |
nf EK. 367 31 |
30 30.5 41.0
96
W. E. 373 i 06.0
01 | 5) | |
| Means 107 36.0
AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR. 61
The detail record of the observations of deflections and vibrations at Van
Rensselaer Harbor, in May, 1855, and of the vibrations at Hakluyt Island, and
near Cape York, in June and July, 1855, could not be found; the results, how-
ever, are preserved in Appendix No. XV. of the Narrative (vol. II.), and are here-
with subjoined.
Synopsis OF RESULTS OF VIBRATIONS AND DEFLECTIONS, OBSERVED AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR
DURING THE YEARS 1854 AND 755.
Date. Temp.’s | Time of Mean | Corresponding Angle of | Distance
observed. 1 vibration. adopted. temp. | deflection. | in feet.
| | t | eB U. qT.
1854. | | |
January 17 502-0 ae ee |
“ 18 68.0 7.748
18 68.0 | 7.761 |
ss 31 72.1 | .
5 CeI SS 1.3
February 13 60.5 78.749 63°.0 .
oe oi 79.0 7.780 || | Peezcee eee
uc 21 79.0 7.782
21 | 55.0 7.755
es 21 55.0 7.758
Ke 27 57.5 15 24.8 1S
| |
June 7 | 33.0 7.644 = |)
i | 33.0 7.644
fe Tel aenr se: 7.657 |
os wT 33.0 7.656
“f 7 36.0 5S OSu 0.9
“ 7 |" 934.9 eis aed 15 38.5 1.3
“ it | 35.0 7.702
se ie) 35.0 7.706
a | 35.0 7.705
- ti 35.0 7.704
|
June 8 | 35.0 7.755 1]
a 8 | 35.0 7.754
as Bo) 35.2 Te52) | | |
e 8| 35.2 Tet ha |
ee 8 | 36.9 | | 15 41.0 1.3
& 8} 36.9 | tee “ | 54 24.0 0.9
‘“ Bi} catnd dienes See ste 18. 5 0.9
s 8 36.1 15 40.0 1e3
se 8 | 35.0 7.685 | |
st 8 | 35.0 7.697 |
Ny 8 | 35.0 7.653 | |
a 8 35.0 7.653 \J |
June 19 41.1 | 538 94.5 | 0.9
fs 19 42.1 | | 15 21.3 1.3
iG 19 | 43.0 7.730 |] |
S i 43.0 7.731
« 19 43.0 PTL an | |
ag 19 | 43.0 7.718 | re |
tern) S19 Sele aidtenrp (ts eee + |
cs 19 42.4 Menlo
es 19 42.4 7.702 |
. 19 42.4 7.702 | |
|
62 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY.
Temp.’s Time of Mean | Corresponding Distance
observed. 1 vibration. adopted. deflection. in feet.
uU. r.
— ————— ————————
52° 40/.5
41°.2
|
|
15 12.3
53 «48.0
Pe ee
ORS err ea
co bo bO bo bO bO bO
SD ¢
|
ABSTRACT OF OBSERVATIONS OF VIBRATIONS AT HaxiuyT IsLAND.
Approx. lat. 77° 23’. Approx. long. 72° 30’ W. of Gr.
1855. June 21. 33°.3 75.020
aul 33.3 7.026 75.026 33°.5
S20: 33. 7.033
ApsTRACT OF OBSERVATIONS OF VIBRATIONS AT A STATION IN LAT. 76° 03’ AND LONG. 68° 00’ W. or
GR., ON THE COAST BETWEEN PARKER Snow’s PoInt AND Carr YorRK.
1855. July 19. 40°.0 68.475
«19, 41.5 6.489 , ae
“19. 41.2 6.544 Crette aa
“19, 39.5 6.474
DETERMINATION OF THE Moment oF INERTIA oF Maanet A. 67.
(With stirrup and mirror attached.)
No determination of the moment of inertia of magnet A. 67 having been made
by the expedition, it became necessary to determine the same afterwards. ‘The
following observations for this purpose were made by myself at the Coast Survey
Office, Washington, D.C.
MOMENT OF INERTIA OF MAGNET A. 67. 63
After adjusting the instrument and suspending A. 67, the following experiments
of vibrations were made:—
March 18, 1858. Mean time chronometer Kessels 1285.
Mean local time by | 20 vibrations. No of | Time by chronometer | 18 vibrations.
chronometer 1285. | | vibrations. | 1285.
.
No. of
vibrations. |
oe 108 98 515.3 ee
32 89.4 Im 2l*.7 30 04.5 1m 13°.2
33 54.0 | 21.6 31 18.0 13.5
35 151 | ai 39 310 13.0
ae 21.4 Bay de 13.8
3 56. | 91.5 BY .¢ 13.1
37 58.0 | 34 57.9
| Mean 1 21.47 Mean 1 13.32
|
| 9h 31™ 108.7 |
Temp. 71°.8. (Rate of chronometer too small || Are 234¢ and 3284 Temp. 71°.0.
to affect the result.) 1 vibration=4%.073. 242 318 1 vibration=4°*.073
The mirror was below the magnet in these two sets; in the following four sets it
was above.
Magnet suspended with inertia ring Z, of the following dimensions: Outer
diameter 2.322 inches; inner diameter 1.837 inches; thickness 0.188 inches at
69°; weight 648.937 grains: hence K,= 2 (r’ + 7;’) w= 4.936 (in feet and grains),
lg K, = 0.69338.
Vibrations with ring.
No. of Time by chronometer 20 vibrations. No. of Time by chronometer 20 vibrations.
vibrations. 1285. vibrations. 1285
0 12 48™ 135.6
20 39.5
05.3
31.5
00.4
26.6
12 34™ 06*.0
36
38
41 24.1 |
bo
os
a
43
46
Or Or Orgs
WNW Dio
bo bo bo to
2 25.88
Are 19043604 Temp. 75°. Are 2294 —3214
228 —321 1 vibration 78.294. 239 —301 1 vibration=75.301
Vibrations without ring.
7 |
20 vibrations. No. of Time by chronometer 20 vibrations.
| vibrations. 1285.
No. of | | Time Pye cheonaracten |
vibrations. | |
508.7
12.1
33.0
m9 9]8§
Peer 28
9
0 54.5
2
3
21.3
21.5
21.1
21.9
18 51.2
20 12.5
21 34.0
22° 55.1
24 17.0 i L00)
26™
20 | 2
40 | 2
{0 al 3
80 3
3
|
Manas
12 17™298.9 q
15.9
37.0
1 21.42
Are 2984 2304 Temp. 76°.
G z 1 vibration=4 5.063.
1 vibration 45.071. ebration sss oee
1 Omitted, disturbed by a current of air.
64 MOMENT OF INERTIA OF MAGNET A. 67.
Observations for torsion.
Mean. Diff.
ices ea ee
|
Torsion circle. | Scale readings.
248—304
361—234
11—428
190—370
74°
164
344
74
246 ‘
297 ee
220 60
280
31/=39% for 90°
For torsion with ring use. . . . . 42
a
March 19, 1858. Vibrations without ring. (Mirror above.)
Time by chronometer 1285. 20 vibrations. |
gh 93m 315.9 =
24 53.1 ; Temp. 75°.
26 14.3 ‘
27 35.5
28 56.9
30 18.0
1 vibration=45.061.
Vibrations with ring.
No. of vibrations. Time by chronometer 1285. 20 vibrations.
gh Om sli 2.0
52 43.3
5d 09.7
dT 35.5
60 OL
2m 265.3
26.4
25.8
25.6
9 96.02 1 vibration=7*.301.
RECAPITULATION OF RESULTS.
March 18, 1858. 1 vibration, without ring . E 48.073
“se ae ae “ee “ s - 4.073 —
with ; : — 78.294
i 2 ; — 7.301
without ‘ é 4.071 —
a j : 4.063 —
March 19, 1858. “ ; : 4.061 —
“ “ with 5 . = 7,301
Mean by combination 3 . | T=4.069 T,=7.299
at 74°.0 at 75°.0
The moment of inertia of the magnet (with appendages) Av becomes for the
temp. 69° (and corrected for torsion)
K=K,( ra) — 2,220 and ly K= 0.34631.
Using 0.0000068 for the coefficient of dilatation for 1° Fahr., the above lg K for
different temperatures becomes:
For 62°, lg K = 0.384628 and lg x? K = 1.34058
er Oo 0.34609 eal d089 (Cuas. A. S.)
MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY. 65
The value of the induction coefficient
parr sin. ht r sin, U
1° sin. U,— 1 sin. uw
may be put in the following convenient form—
3 7 1
P=—/°— where o = ==
o—e sin, U 1;
We find: June 7,1854 . : ‘ : 7 ee ———O00N
RAMS Lo Caahah pes], les —0.003
a eO eS : , : : 3 : —0.006
KRG. 78s ; , : ; i z +0.009
et ee ea eT ck NS —0.003
Ae LIT! real gh ADM —0.001
See aA, tte : : 2 : : ; + 0.033
MG, 1855) gh a Ions |
POR Tae) ot MTOM 8 = 8 ines J
Rese : ‘ : ; : ‘ —0.011
Se hQ a ’ : 4 ; : d —0.011
If we take the indiscriminate mean of the above values we find P— + 0.007,
and if we reject the three values marked by brackets, P——0,004; the latter
value is probably nearer the truth than the first one, but both are so small that
they may be neglected in the computation of the intensity.
In the abouts of observations, the temperature coefficient for the magnetic
moment or gq may be assumed 0.0003, a value found for other magnets éf the
same magnetic moment and size; with but three exceptions, the temperature cor-
rections are small,
After correcting for difference of temperature, the following results for magnetic
moment m and orate intensity X have been computed be the formule
2
m wk
== tr sin.u and mX =,
xX fi
66 MAGNETIC INTENSITY, FERN ROCK OBSERVATORY.
TABLE OF Resutts oF log. = log. m_X, or m THE Maanetic Moment or MAayer A. 67, AND OF THE
Horizontan Intensity X, AT VAN RENSSELAER HARBOR.
Date. Wee le. m X. mM. Xx.
x
1854.
Jan. 31 9.46463 9.56091 0.326 1.117
Feb. 13 9.46795 9.56243 0.327 1.115
ir 9.46532 9.56282 0.327 1.119
June 7 9.46954 9.56964 0.330 1.122
: 7 9.47155 9.56980 0.331 1.120
8 9.47268 9.56583 0.330 1.113
us 8 9.47184 9.56583 0.330 1.114
ef 8 9.47091 9.56581 0.330 1.115
i 8 9.47223 9.56593 0.330 1.114
Pg 9.46636 9.56570 0.328 1.121
cg 9.46371 9.56556 0.327 1.124
eel 9.46574 9.56552 0.328 1.122
“9 9.46504 9.56553 9.328 1.123
sae: 9.46218 9.56801 0.327 1.130
cen 2A 9.46256 9.56782 0.328 1.129
Sa D4 9.45956 9.56737 0.326 1.133
ree 9.46855 9.56754 0.330 1.121
1855.
May 16 9.44285 9.60156 0.332 1.200
ec 9.45125 9.60156 0.336 1.189
Sees 9.44593 9.60293 0.334 1.198
OTPALT 9.44065 9.60293 0.332 1.206
he ils 9.43607 9.60219 0.331 1.210
OS 9.43286 9.60219 0.329 1.215
caro 9.43956 9.60148 0.332 1.205
ee 9.44266 9.60148 0.332 1.200
Mean value of m= 0.330 at t= 36°."
RECAPITULATION OF VALUES OF X.
January 31, 1854 ; ‘ . : : oe ko ET
February 20, “ 7 . : : : : DEATYG
June DSc ; ; : : : : 1.121
May 18, 1855 : : : : , : 1.203
Mean corresponding to June, 1854 . : : 1.139
Taking the above value 1.139 for the mean horizontal force during the whole
period, and multiplying it by sec, 84° 45'.8, the total force at Van Rensselaer
Harbor during the same period becomes @= 12.479.
By means of the known value of m the horizontal intensity at the stations
Hakluyt Island and coast near Cape York has been computed as follows:—
Hakluyt Island, June 21, 1855 ; . X=1.344
Coast near Cape York, July 19,1855 . X 1.57%
1 T redetermined m at Washington, D. C., in March, 1858, and found it equal to 0.311, exhibiting
but a small loss of magnetism during nearly four years.
DIURNAL CHANGES OF TIIE MAGNETIC DECLINATION ON TERM- DAYS.
Sea =r
iesleal 4-$ +++
s——7
_ Washington, D.C,
| | | ea
~<
7 Spe ses
/
BEER EERE
Greenvich |
EEE
| |
Greewwich,| Jan 18-19:
Pia win salsa) \ ee
BSN
PPT IN
+H
HLS
March 22
“) tae
ifn waa eo rune FON MEO
é
i ee — re
a tne
ei)
RM - DAYS.
4
N TE
DECLINATION O
CLIC
+
MAG}
.
4
4
DIURNAL CHANGES OF THI
= und]
us
|
|
oe H ele
j
t
20h
ry, 2
ea TN JN
eh 1a 2st
4:
i 19 §
rye
"
Qbse
a
iN
-
Sy a
i
‘ern Rock Observ’ Felbrua.
Mean Gottingen Time.
aoe vemos a
iba aa ali ng
a As oo
rat.
wy 7 :
k _ =o i 7” 7
le
nee POrroud Lek. SR
SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.
GRAMMAR AND DICTIONARY
Or THE
YORUBA LANGUAGE.
WITH AN
INTRODUCTORY DESCRIPTION
OF
THE COUNTRY AND PEOPLE OF YORUBA.
BY THE
Eee. ET rs) SOW. aN)
fHissionary of the Southern Baptist Convention.
ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION,
BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,
May, 1858.
: ,
; fh. CRAIGHEAD,
PRINTER, STEREOTYPER, AND ELECTROTYPER,
Gaxton Building,
81, 83, and 85 Centre Street, N.Y:
ADVERTISEMENT.
Tus work is the result of the labors of one of the members of the Southern
Baptist Missionary Society, who resided several years in the Yoruba country, and
enjoyed a very favorable opportunity of becoming intimately acquainted with the
manners, the customs, the mental character, and the language of the people.
The manuscript was offered to the Smithsonian Institution for publication ; but
before it was accepted, it was referred by the Secretary to Professor W. W.
Turner of this city for critical examination, and was subsequently placed in his
hands for general revision and scientific arrangement. It was next submitted to
the American Oriental Society for an opinion as to its character, and was finally
adopted for publication as one of the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge on
the receipt of the following report :
Boston and New Haven, May, 1858.
The undersigned, having been appointed, by the American Oriental Society, at
its meeting held in Boston, May 19th, 1858, a Committee to examine and report
upon the Grammar and Dictionary of the Yoruba Language presented to the
Smithsonian Institution for publication, have made examination of these works,
and declare that they are, in their opinion, true contributions to knowledge,
interesting and valuable from the subject and the manner in which it is treated,
and that they will be welcomed both by philologists and by those who have at
heart the success of philanthropic and Christian effort in Africa.
Jostan W. Grzrs, |
W. D. Wurrney, } Committee.
R. Anperson, J
The Institution is much indebted to Professor Turner for the labor he has
bestowed upon the revision of the work, as well as for the time he has given to it
in its passage through the press,
JOSEPH HENRY, Sec’y & 7.
Washington, June, 1858.
’
na)
PREFACE.
Tue task of reducing the Yoruba language to writing was begun about twenty
years ago in Sierra Leone, by a youthful Yoruba named AdiZaye, since widely known
and much beloved under the title of the Rev. Samuel Crowther. His first Grammar
and Vocabulary exhibited a rude attempt to write the Yoruba language in English
Jetters without diacritical points or tone-marks. After the Church Missionary
Society had agreed ona more appropriate alphabet for the Yoruba, Mr. Crowther
prepared a revised edition of his work, which was published in London in 1852.
This Vocabulary, which contains “nearly three thousand vocables,” is the basis of
the present enlarged Dictionary.
The grammatical principles here presented have been deduced from a multitude
of sentences taken chiefly from the lips of the natives. With the assistance of
Professor W. W. Turner, of Washington, to whom the work was referred by the
Smithsonian Institution, the whole has been carefully revised ; the orthography of
the language has been somewhat modified for the purpose of reducing it to a more
harmonious system; and the entire Grammar has been re-arranged and re-written
so as to present the phenomena of the language, in accordance with the require-
ments of modern philology, as nearly as practicable from a native point of view.
It is simply justice to say that whatever merits it may possess, as to plan and
details, are due to that accomplished scholar.
fT. Je B:
Greenesboro’, Ga., June, 1858.
CONTENTS.
INTRODUCTION.
Page
The Yoruba Country . j 5 ‘ ix| Religious Belief
Geographical and Historical mevennton : ix| Industrial Pursuits
Natural Productions and Climate ‘ F xi| Intellectual and Moral (haractouaties
The Yoruba People. ; 5 3 xiv |List of Yoruba Publications
Physical Characteristics and Origin 5 XLV,
YORUBA GRAMMAR.
Part —OrrHorry
Cuap. I1—The Alphabet 3
Vowels 5 e 3
Simple Vowels . ; : : 3
Diphthongs. . . 4
Quantity 4
Tone 5
Assimilation 5
Part I] —ErymMo.ocy anp
Cuar. I—Formation of Words é é 10
Derivation of Verbs ‘ ; A 5 al
Derivation of Nouns E : 5 : 12
With Vowel Prefixes . 6 : : 12
With Syllabie Prefixes z z : 13
By Reduplication : : ° 2 14
By Composition . ; 2 : z 15
Derivation of Adverbs. : é 3 16
Derivation of Prepositions A 3 3 17
Derivation of Conjunctions ; i
Cuap. II. ame and Constr ‘elion of
Tords 3 : en
Pronouns A : 4 ;: j 18
Personal Proriottiis : % 3 ‘ 18
Nominatives . 5 . ; £ 18
Objectives 3 5 : ‘ F 20
Possessives 2 2 21
Emphatic and Retenire Eee 22
Pleonastic Use of Pronouns. : 292
Omission of Pronouns 5 ‘ ; 23
Demonstrative Pronouns ‘ : . ae
Definite Article 5 : : 5 24
Relative Pronoun * . 3 : : 24
Omission of the Relative . % d 25
Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns . 25
AND ORTHOGRAPHY.
Elision
Consonants
Simple Consonants. : °
Compound Consonants
Interchange of Letters
Crap. IL—Syllables .
Accent
Synrax.
Verbs
Principles of Gonneatcn
Auxiliary Particles
Indicative Particles 3
Particle of Continuance, DN or m
Past Particle, ti
Future Particles, 6 or 6
a :
Emphatic Particle, ni or li
Optative Particle, ma
Subjunctive Particles, ba .
aba and iba .
ki.
Occasional Prefix, i
Forms for the Passive Voice
Modes and Tenses
Indicative Mode
Aorist Perfect
Aorist Imperfect .
Past Perfect
First Future
Optative and Subjunctive Medes
Imperative Mode
Infinitive Mode.
Verbal Nouns
Page
xvi
xvii
XX
XX1
ewvooaonrwrvs &
32
38
vill CONTENTS.
Page Page
Participles . . + « « « 39 Comparison ioe ome oe
Substantive Verbs , ; : : 40, Numerals A 5 : A Z : 47
mbe . 2 ; ; ; ; 40 Cardinals. ; : : e : 47
wa : - , - : ; 40 Formation of Cardinals. ‘ % 48
ya. 2 : : ; ; ; 41 Cardinals of Price : ; e 49
Sim . A : ; ‘ 5 41 Construction of Cardinals 3 i 49
oa . 5 : : j : 41 Ordinals. . 5 2 5 49
niorli . . 3 5 : 3 41 Distributives : : . 5 : 49
gbe : : , ; 3 : 42 Numeral Adverbs : é ; 50 !
te : : : a8 42| Adverbs , eee a Aes 50
se . ‘ 2 : ‘ . 42 Formation of Adverbs . A : ‘ 50
dze * A . : ’ 3 42 Classification of Adverbs « : F Di
Pleonastic Uses of Verbs. 3 ‘ 43 Construction of Adverbs. 3 f 51
Nouns. ; : 3 2 , s 43| Prepositions . : z 5 c a 52
Gender 5 . : : z 5 43 Formation of Prepositions . c . 52
Number. : 5 : : ‘ 44 Construction of Prepositions ‘ ° 53
Case . z ’ : Z ; : 44| Conjunctions . ei : ay: ; 53
Apposition . : : : ‘ : 45| Interjections . : Se ee ; “ 55
Adjectives. , : E E , 45
SPECIMENS OF ComPOSITION.
Yoruba Proverbs. : : . , 56| The Lord’s Prayer . 2 ci : : 71
Parable of the Prodigal Son. - ‘ al
YORUBA DICTIONARY.
Parr I.—Yoruba-English . : : ; 5
Appendix of Additional Words . 81
Parr II.—English-Y oruba eee
INTRODUCTION.
THE YORUBA COUNTRY.
GEOGRAPHICAL AND HISTORICAL DESCRIPTION,
Tue Yoruba country includes all the territory which is inhabited by people who speak the Yoruba
language. It is bounded on the East by Ibinin or Benin and the Niger, on the West by Dahomi and
Mahi, on the North by Barba (Borghoo) and Nufe, and on the South by the Bight of Benin. At the
present time it is divided into eight independent kingdoms, as follows :
1. Iketu, situated immediately east of Dahomi, of which the extent is two thousand square miles,
with a population of about one hundred thousand ;* capital, Iketu. The surface of the country is level ;
timber and water are scarce, and the soil rather poor. Still this little kingdom has sufficient resources to
repel the power of Dahomi, which it has done on two occasions.
2. Eko, or Lagos, situated immediately on the sea coast, has an area of about four hundred square
miles, and a population of thirty thousand. The greater part are in Lagos, the capital, which is
situated on a small island in the lagoon or bay, called Osa by the natives, and Cradoo by the English.
Lagos claims all the coast to a point some miles west of Badagry. If this claim be allowed, the area and
population of the kingdom are two or three times greater than above stated.
For many years Lagos was a stronghold of the slave trade. It was then nominally dependent on
Benin; but the turbulent chiefs and people seem to have paid little regard either to Benin or to their
own kings, who were frequently deposed and*banished. Lagos is now under the protection of the English,
but they claim no jurisdiction over the soil or people. It is the residence of several European merchants
and missionaries, and bids fair to become one of the most flourishing towns in western Africa. The
people speak the Yoruba language, which they frequently call the Eko; just as the Iketus, Egbas, &c.,
call it, after the name of their own tribes, the Iketu, the Egba, &c. By Europeans it is generally called
the Aku language.
3. Egba is a small kingdom on the south of Yoruba and east of Iketu, lying on both sides of the
Oguy river, but principally on the east. The whole area, including the fallen kingdom of Ota, is about
three thousand square miles, with a population of one hundred thousand; the capital, Abeokuta, has a
population of eighty thousand souls. The surface of the country is generally hilly, especially east of the
river; the soil is unusually fertile, and the whole region well supplied with streams of clear water.
In ancient times, as the Egba people relate, their country was a province of the Yoruba kingdom,
After obtaining their independence, they were governed by a king of their own; but finally growing
weary of monarchy, they determined that every town should be ruled by its own chiefs. This led
to mutual jealousies and dissensions. About fifty years ago, these dissensions, stimulated by the slave
trade and by the machinations of the IdZebus and Yorubas, resulted in civil war. The Egba country
then contained more than a hundred towns, some affirm nearly three hundred, several of which
were very populous. In the course of twenty-five years, every one of these towns was swept out of
existence, with the single exception of Oba, which is yet standing, about ten miles south-west of Abeokuta.
It is probable that five hundred thousand people perished by sword and famine. Many thousands were
sold to the slave ships, and the remnant of the tribe was scattered abroad.
The city of Abeokuta is situated on the east bank of the Oguy river, among twenty or thirty
immense masses of granite, several of which rise to a height of two or three hundred feet. Forty years
ago, a grotto or cave under one of these rocks, which surmounts an abrupt hill, was inhabited by a band
* It is scarcely necessary to remark that these numbers are conjectural.
X INTRODUCTION.
of robbers. After the Egba country was destroyed, the robbers withdrew, and their place was supplied
by a few refugees from some of the desolated towns. Their number was increased from time to time by
the arrival of other refugees, and this continued till the new settlement contained about fifty thousand
inhabitants, the remnants of about one hundred and thirty towns. In reference to the dwelling of the
first inhabitants under the great rock, the town was called Abe-okuta, literally, Under-stone. The rock
itself is called Olumo, The Builder, and some of the Egbas honor it with a sort of worship.
The people of Ilorin, of Ibadan, of IdZebu, and of Ota made repeated attempts to destroy the new town
and sell the inhabitants for slaves. But the Egbas, now united under a skilful leader named Sodeke,
were too strong for their assailants. After repelling several invasions, Sodeke began to take vengeance on
his enemies, and conquered the kingdom of Ota. By this means he opened a road by which his people
could trade to the sea-coast.
In the meantime several recaptured Egbas returned home from Sierra Leone, where they had learned
something of civilization and Christianity. Sodeke and the Egbas generally were so much pleased with
the accounts of the English furnished by the new comers, that he and the whole tribe invited missionaries
to come and settle in Abeokuta. The consequence was that the English commenced a mission there in
1846. It is probable that there are now two thousand converts in that city.
On the 3d of March, 1851, the king of Dahomi attacked Abeokuta with a strong force, said to consist
of ten thousand men and six thousand women—for about one third of his aymy is composed of Amazons.*
The king expected a rich booty of slaves and plunder; but he seems to have been greatly mistaken in
regard to the real strength of the town. The Egbas met him with a force at least equal to his own.
Both parties were armed with guns. The battle raged for about four hours, and occasionally with such
fury that the combatants were scarcely visible through the smoke at a distance of one hundred yards. In
some cases they broke their empty guns over each other’s heads. The king, though long accustomed to
victory, was obliged to retreat. On the following day it was ascertained that he left twelve hundred and
nine of his warriors dead on the battle-field, Although hotly pursued with continual volleys of musketry,
the Dahomies retired in good order, and carried away all their wounded. .
Since this battle the Egbas liave generally enjoyed peace, and have made considerable advances towards
civilization. They are now governed by a king, who is one of the ancient royal family of the nation.
4, IdZebu, on the south-east of Egba, and extending to the sea-coast, may have an area of five thousand
square miles, with a population of two hundred thousand souls. The surface is undulating, and, like all
the adjacent territories, is covered with a mixture of forests and grass-fields or prairies. The Idzebus are
generally, though perhaps unjustly, regarded as the most barbarous of all the Yoruba tribes.
5. IdzeSa, on the east of Yoruba, probably has an area of two thousand square miles, with a population
of at least two hundred thousand. The capital is Ilega, and we hear of other considerable towns in the
same vicinity.
6. Efon extends from the north-east of Yoruba eastward to the Oya or Niger. Very little is known of this
country, but it is understood to contain six thousand square miles, and a population of three hundred
thousand souls. It is said to comprise several extensive towns, one of which, Ibodo or Kakanda, on the
Niger, is the capital. The Efon people are skilful in working brass and copper, and it is affirmed that
they have copper mines in operation, six days’ journey, or one hundred and twenty miles, east of Ilorin.
7. orin, so called from its capital city, is a small Mohammedan kingdom, composed chiefly of
Yorubas, Fellatahs, and Hausas. Its area is about one thousand square miles, and its inhabitants number
at least two hundred thousand, nearly one half of whom are in the capital. This district revolted from
Yoruba and becéame independent about thirty years ago. For several years they waged continual war
against the heathen population of Yoruba, and they succeeded in destroying the capital, old Oyo (Katanga
or Eyeo), a great city, twenty miles in circuit. But finally they were defeated by the people of Ibadan, since
which time they have acted chiefly on the defensive. The king and most of the principal people of
Ilorin are Pulohs or Fellatahs; but the Yorubas and Hausas, both of whom are numerous, have some
inferior officers of their own tribes. ,
Horin is one of the great marts of Central Africa, and is much frequented by people from various
countries beyond the Niger, and even by Moors and Arabs. The principal exports are fine cotton cloths
of Nufe manufacture, and slaves or prisoners captured in petty wars with the neighboring tribes. The
imports consist of Arabian and common horses, salt, trona or crude carbonate of soda from the Great
* On the day after the battle, the writer saw several hundreds of these women lying dead on the field. So far as
he has learned, Dahomi is the only country in Africa which employs female soldiers. They fought with great fury.
——
INTRODUCTION. Xl
Desert, kola or goorah nuts, guns, swords, and European goods. Much of this traffic is catried on across
the Desert, although Lorin is not two hundred and fifty miles by the road from the Bight of Benin.
8. Yoruba, properly so called, lies immediately to the north of Iketu, Eeba, and Idzebu, and approaches
within sixty miles of the sea-coast. This division is by far the largest of the eight kingdoms which compose
the Yoruba country. Its area may be estimated at thirty thousand square miles, and the population at
about eight hundred thousand souls. This estimate may seem large; but it must be observed that the
principal-towns in this part of Africa are from ten to twelve miles in circuit, and densely peopled. There
are thousands of houses in such towns, and each house usually contains from twenty-five to sixty-five
persons. The large towns of the Yoruba kingdom are, Ibadan, Ide, Ife, Iwo, Idzaye, Oyo or Ago-Odza
the capital, Ogbomoso, Ofa, Ikisi, Isaki, Isehin, Igana, and Isabe ; and besides these crowded cities there
are a multitude of smaller towns containing each from two to fifteen thousand people. The kingdom of
Yoruba embraces the two former kingdoms of If@ and Isehin, which are now integral parts of the nation,
Another ancient line of hereditary kings resides at Itabo, a small village near Bi-olorun-kpelu, among the
mountains. F
The entire Yoruba country, comprising the eight kingdoms above mentioned, has an area of about fifty
thousand square miles, with a population of nearly two millions. The extent of sea-coast claimed by the
two kingdoms. of Lagos and Idzebu is about two hundred miles.
The Slave Coast, of which Lagos is nearly the central point, has been formed partly by the sands of an
immense drift, which left the coarser materials in the interior of the country, and partly by the gradual
upheaval of the land—an action which is still going on, not only here, but at El Mina and Cape Coast
Castle. For these reasons the sea grows deeper quite slowly from the sandy beach, which is always
lashed by a violent and dangerous surf. The various little rivers which descend with a rapid current
from Yoruba are compelled to creep along the coast within a mile or two of the surf, till they meet with
the Ogun at Lagos, where they spread out into a broad lagoon called Osa, and force a tumultuous passage
into the sea. Hence the landing at Lagos is always dangerous, although there are about two fathoms
water on the bar.
Between Abeokuta and the sea the country is nearly level, quite free from stones, and mostly covered
with dense entangled forests. Beyond Abeokuta the surface is undulating or hilly, and is generally well
supplied with gneiss, granite, claystone, and quartz rocks. This part of the country is mostly open or
free from forests, therein resembling some of the partially wooded prairies of North America. It is worthy
of remark that this whole region is entirely free from swamps. The streams are clear, rapid, and rocky,
and the soil is everywhere dry and firm. From the sea to the interior the surface of the country rises
gradually and almost imperceptibly, and yet so rapidly, that the tides do not extend ten miles above the
mouth of the Ogun, and the plain at the Ogbomoso is one thousand three hundred and five feet above
the level of Lake Osa at Lagos.
The chain of mountains formerly marked on the maps of Yoruba has no existence. The only mountains
in the country consist of isolated peaks, or little clusters of rugged hills, which rise abruptly from the
surrounding plains, sometimes to a height of a thousand feet.
NATURAL PRODUCTIONS AND CLIMATE.
Tue only metal known to exist in the Yoruba country is iron, which in some places is quite abundant,
The copper mines of Efon are hypothetical; but lead mines are known to exist beyond the Niger.
The plants of Yoruba are similar to those of Western Africa generally. I observed, however, an
unusual number of North American genera, together with many others not mentioned in Hooker's Niger
Flora. Comparatively few of the somewhat numerous plants which are common to the interior of Africa
and the East Indies are noticed in that work. Pine-apples are never found here in the forests, as they
are in Liberia;* and there is but one species of Datura,—whereas on the Gold Coast there are two, one
of which has a double and sometimes a triple corolla. The Cactus, which grows so vigorously at Cape
Coast Castle, is never seen in Yoruba; but Euphorbias of various species are abundant. Grape-vines of
* In the Yoruba language the pine-apple is called okpaimbo (okpe ambo), the white man’s palm. The orange also
appears to have been received from the whites, as it is called orombo (oro ambo), the white man’s mango.
xil INTRODUCTION.
three or four distinct species are common on the interior plains. Some of them produce large fruit,
but too dry and insipid to be valuable.
African travellers have erroneously reported that various plants, as the castor-oil bean, sesame, red
pepper, cotton, &c., are indigenous in Africa. The mistake has arisen from seeing such plants on deserted
farms, overgrown with bushes, and perhaps far away from any place which is now inhabited. The
existence of indigenous coffee is doubtful. I have seen the so-called native coffee-trees in gardens, and
the leaves were certainly narrower and yellower than those of the plants introduced from the West
Indies. But a tree in the forest which was triumphantly pointed out as coffee happened to be in flowers
and inspection proved at once that it belonged to a totally different family. The probability is that the
slavers of former days planted coffee-trees, which are now found occasionally growing in the woods.
Among cultivated plants we may mention Indian corn of the variety grown in our Southern States,
and yams similar to those of the West Indies, as staple articles of food. The yam is indigenous, and all
the cultivated varieties have been reclaimed from the forests where they still grow. It is a traditional
saying that yams were the primitive food of man. The first man made an attempt to eat a raw yam, but
pronounced it unfit for human food. Afterwards one, accidentally lying near his fire, became roasted ;
and this was the first discovery in the important art of cooking. Indian corn is said to have been brought
from beyond the Niger by a yellow monkey. It may not be irrelevant to remark that the natives
sometimes call foreigners monkeys by way of derision. When a white man appears in the streets of
Abeokuta, the children usually ery out, Oibé akiti Agha! The white man is an old baboon! Maize is
called in the Yoruba language, agbado (agba od6), what is beaten or cleansed in a mortar. ;
The other articles of food are, Guinea corn or sorghum, of four varieties, called baba, bomo, gero, and
maiwa; sugar cane; several kinds of beans; pea-nuts, both oily and mealy ; sweet potatoes; onions; and
various herbs of little value. The fruits are, oranges, limes, pawpaws, plantains, bananas, and a few
pine-apples. The oro, or mango, and a fruit called osuy, are almost the only wild fruits that can be eaten.
Most farmers plant a little cotton for home consumption, and some attempt to raise tobacco; but
neither of these plants succeeds well. The cotton fails, to use a planter’s phrase, by “running to
weed,” z. e. the joints of the branches where the pods appear are much too far apart, and the blooms are
often fruitless. The defect of the tobacco is a want of strength and flavor. The weeds attendant on
cultivation are similar to those of our Southern States; so much so, indeed, that a careless observer would
searcely perceive a difference between a corn-field in Yoruba and one in Georgia or Alabama.
As the inhabitants of Yoruba are all crowded together in towns, and derive their support from circum-
jacent farms, at least two thirds of their fine region is given up to wild beasts. A broad belt of country,
once populous but now totally desolated by war, extends from near the sea to the Niger, running to the
eastward of Abeokuta, and to the westward of Idzaye, Oyo, and Ogbomoso. Between the towns there
are other desert regions, some of which are twenty miles in breadth. As these partially wooded prairies
are covered with grass from eight to twelve feet in height, and the people are not addicted to hunting, the
numerous population of the country has not greatly diminished the abundance of animal life. Hyenas
prowl around the walls of large towns, and people are sometimes attacked and killed by leopards in the
adjacent farms. Even the chase-loving Anglo-Saxon would find it impossible to extirpate the wild
animals on the plains of Yoruba, so long as they remain covered with grass, which impedes the progress
of the horseman.
The following brief sketch may give some idea of the animals known to exist in this part of Africa.
The monkey tribe affords several interesting species, some of which I have not seen in the Zoological
Gardens of London, or in any other collection. The most remarkable of these creatures is the well known
Chimpanzee, which is found in several of the larger forests of Yoruba. The full-grown male is nearly
four feet in height. His weapons of defence are his tusks, which are truly formidable; and his strength
is so great, that the negroes consider him as more than a match for a man. He never defends himself with
sticks or stones, never walks upright, and never builds a shelter or so much as a nest to defend himself or
his young against the weather. Ie is generally seen on the trees, making prodigious leaps from branch to
branch, and exhibiting all the habits of other monkeys. The face of the young Chimpanzee is
remarkably human-like ; but after the appearance of the tusks, it becomes disgustingly prognathous.
Hyenas are rather common, but I was not able to determine by examination whether or not they differ
from those of northern Africa. The adZako, or wild dog, is a noiseless creature which prowls in solitude.
According to the statement of the natives, which is confirmed by Lander, lions are common in Barba
and northern Yoruba; but I have never heard of one’s being seen east of the Oguy river. Leopards are
common everywhere. Though not so fieree here as in the forests of Liberia, they sometimes, as
remarked above, seize men even on the farms. In 1855, an instance of this kind occurred within three
see
INTRODUCTION. Xi
miles of Ogbomoso, which is surrounded for miles by a well cultivated country. There are several smaller
animals of the cat-tribe, some of which are spotted like Leopards.
Elephants are common on the prairies of Yoruba, and still more numerous in the forests 6f Barba.
They seldom intrude into the farms, and are not regarded as mischievous animals; but the people have
considerable aversion to meeting them on the plains. The hippopotamus is confined to the deep waters
of the Osa and the Niger. I believe the rhinoceros is never seen in this region; but the people have
heard of it as existing somewhere in the interior. There are two species of wild boar, the larger of which
is said to be very fierce; the smaller kind is frequently killed by men who make hunting their
occupation, and brought into market. A species of Hyrax, different from that of the Cape, but uttering a
similar shrill cry, is common among the mountains.
This country nourishes several species of Antelope, some of which are very small, while others are
twice the size of the common American déer. A species of Buffalo, called in Sierra Leone the “jack-ass
cow,” is frequently seen in Yoruba, sometimes singly, but commonly in small droves of ten or twelve.
Birds are very numerous. Among them may be mentioned, a large and a small eagle, both rare ;
several kinds of hawks and falcons, some of which are migratory; a booted owl; two species of vulture,
one quite large; orioles; red and parti-colored sparrows ; a blackish mocking-bird with an orange breast,
a beautiful songster ; swallows; several species of the whip-poor-will family, including the curious long-
shafted “ goat-sucker” of Sierra Leone; larks; various creepers; crows; sunbirds; kingfishers, one small
species of which feeds on butterflies; horn-bills; parrots; two species of Guinea hen; a large and a
small partridge ; quails; several species of doves; storks and adjutants.
Lhave seen but one species of Tortoise, a small kind, eight or ten inches in length, which lives in the
prairies. According to the natives, there are two species of crocodiles. The several specimens which I
have seen appeared to be intermediate between the true crocodile and the alligator. One of them, seen
in the Oguy river, was probably twelve feet or more in length. Lizards are very numerous; some of
them, analogous to the iguana, are two feet long. Ihave caught several Chameleons. They creep along
very slowly, as if wounded and in pain; but their form is not quite so ungainly as those of Arabia, and
their eyes are less prominent. None of the lizards are thought to be poisonous by the natives.
Snakes are not numerous. The largest is the python, which, I believe, never attains a greater length
than about fifteen feet. The natives speak of another species nearly as large. There are no water-snakes,
A green snake and a black viper are the only ones said to be poisonous.
I have seen two kinds of Snails, one of which, the Achatina, is found seven or eight inches in length.
Good Oysters are found on the sea-coast; in some localities they attach themselves to the roots of the
mangrove trees, presenting a curious spectacle. The principal fresh water shell-fish are a Muscle,
resembling that of the United States, and another, found in the rapids of the Oguy river, precisely similar
in appearance to the oyster. The taste is very unsayory.
Insects, and especially flies, fleas, and mosquitoes, are not so numerous as might perhaps be expected. But
ants of several species are in abundance. One species, which the natives call ota, the stinger, is frequently
useful as an enemy of the termes, which devours every dry vegetable substance within its reach. Another
species very like the ota is called “the driver” in Liberia, and iddalo, the fighter which makes one go, in
Yoruba, because it moves in countless multitudes, and attacks every living thing in its way with the
utmost fury.
There are two species of Scorpion, the black, about seven inches in length, and the yellow or brown,
which is much smaller, but is said to be more dangerous. After being stung three times by yellow
scorpions, and knowing others to be stung by both species, I regard them as far less poisonous than some
have reported. Centipedes are seen in Yoruba, but I have neyer known a person to be stung by them,
The natives affirm that the Spiders of that country are entirely harmless, and I have never seen one of
that hideous kind, resembling a tarantula, which is so much dreaded in the Mendi country, west
of Gallinas.
As the Landers passed through the Iketu country, they saw innumerable swarms of Butterflies. I have
once seen the same myself in the same region, and nowhere else. On one occasion, when descending the
Ogun river, we met millions of Dragonflies, about one-fourth of an inch in length, making their way up
the country by fellowing the course of the stream. In order to observe all the phases of animal life
which this region exhibits, a man must reside there for several years, and visit the forests, mountains,
and plains at different seasons. The same remark applies equally to the vegetation of the country.
When we arrive at the highest lands between the sea and the Niger, we enter a new climate, and a new,
or at least a modified, zoological and botanical region.
The climate of the different sections of Yoruba extending
oO
5
from Lagos to Nufe, though similar in its
X1V INTRODUCTION.
main features, is quite different in some particulars. The lower countries, from Lagos to Idzaye or Oyo,
are remarkable for a rather strong breeze which blows incessantly from the sea, generally from the south-
west, btit Varying occasionally to the west or south. The course of this wind must be attributed chiefly
to the shape of this part of the continent. If it were occasioned by the heat of the Great Desert, I
suppose it would continue to blow in the same direction for several hundred miles into the interior of the
country. In point of fact, however, the winds at Ogbomoso, especially in the dry season, are
very variable,
In consequence of the south-western breeze, the climate of the low country is quite damp, the dews
very heavy, and the night air so chilly that we found it dangerous to go out after twilight. But during my
stay at Horin, in April, 1855, the nights were so much warmer than any I had before experienced in
Africa that, instead of being obliged to retire to my room immediately after sunset, I found it pleasant to
walk in the yard of the house at 9 or 10 o’clock in the evening; and sometimes without a coat.
As there are no swamps in this country, it is probable that all the interior regions of Yoruba,
particularly those of the northern watershed sloping towards the Niger, are as healthy as any other
country within the tropics. I believe that the natives at least enjoy as good health as those of any part
of the temperate zone.
Yoruba has the advantage of two rainy seasons. The “former rains” commence about the first of
March, and increase till the sun has reached the Tropic of Cancer. After the middle of July there is
little rain till about the first ef October; then the “latter rains” commence, and continue for about two
months. During December, January, and February, there is no rain except an occasional shower
produced by a chilly wind from the north-east, which is called Oyé by the natives, and Harmattan by the
whites. But the moisture produced by these showers is speedily evaporated by the excessive dryness of
the Harmattan, which generally continues to blow for two or three days. The effects of the dry season
are very decided; the grass on the prairies is withered and dried up, many kinds of trees cast their
leaves, and most of the smaller streams cease to flow.
During my stay in the country, the thermometer ranged from 60° (when the Harmattan was blowing)
to 97°5° on one occasion at Ogbomoso. The highest reading at Idzaye was 93°, and the lowest 68°.
The average for the dry.season, both at IdZaye and Ogbomoso, was about the same, viz. within a
fraction of 82°. The differences indicated by the wet and dry bulbs of the hygrometer during the dry
season varied from 0°2°, one morning’ after rain had fallen, to 25° under the influence of the Harmattan ;
and the averages for December, January, and February, were 5° at Idéaye, and 9° at Ogbomoso, fifty
miles further in the interior. At the latter place, during the two rainy seasons, including the interval of
delightful weather between them, the thermometer varied from 70° to 85°, and the hygrometer from 0°5°
toi9=:
THE YORUBA PEOPLE,
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND ORIGIN.
Tur Yorubas are black and have woolly hair, but we occasionally meet with individuals who are fully
as light-colored as American Indians. This color is hereditary in certain families; and it is a curious fact
that, although it may seem to be lost, it sometimes reappears in subsequent generations. Individuals of this
color are found not only among the Yorubas and other tribes of the interior, but among the Iboes, and
even among the Kroomen. They are called “red men” in Africa, though their color is not exactly that of
Indians, nor yet of mulattoes, and is something wholly distinct from albinism. Several entire tribes of
red men are found in the interior. The people of Ilorin spoke of a tribe of pastoral people called Alabawo,
Hide-wearers, who are said to be decidedly light-colored. They build no towns, but live in leather tents,
which they pitch in the form of a circular village, and remove from place to place fer the sake of
pasturage. Their language is said to be the Fulfude or Fellatah ; but they have no political connexion
with the other Pulohs of Central Africa, They are Mohammedans, acquainted with books, excellent
horsemen, brave, and rapacious, Caillé mentions a tribe of Fulahs who were heathens and quite distinct
from other Fulahs in language and habits. In fact they were not Fulahs, although resembling them in
color. The Mandingoes, also, and others in that region, are not true negroes, either in color or features.
It seems reasonable to suppose that the red men among the Yorubas had the same origin as the red
Pulohs and other red tribes of the interior. On the other hand, it is unnecessary to refer the light color
of these people to climate or to other conjectural causes, when we have good evidence that an extensive
analgamation of the black and white races has taken place in the countries where most of the mulattoes
yo
INTRODUCTION, XV
are now found. We may admit in advance that some of the evidence of this amalgamation may be
spurious or doubtful. For instance, king Bélo of Sékoto may be mistaken, when he asserts in his History
of Takroor* that Bornu was peopled by an E eyptian colony. Still it is undeniable that a strong Caucasian
intermixture extends from the Red Sea through Nubia and Darfur to the Shoas, south-west of lake Tsad ;
and it is just here, at the last named point, that we first mect with the red Pulohs, who extend Witoush
Hausa, Bambara, &e., to the Senegal and the Atlantic Ocean.
Again, the brown men of the Desert belong to the white race. As a natural consequence of continual
intercourse in peace and war, they often intermix with the blacks of Negro-land, and their half-caste
offspring are as light-colored as mulattoes in America. The color, however, is different, being, as before
observed, a more healthy and pleasing red, something between that of the mulatto and the North
American Indian, When these African mulattoes intermarry with negroes, their children are more or
less black; but their features and the texture of their skin afford unmistakable evidence that they are not
pure cee They assume, in fact, the very appearance of the Mandingoes, whose peculiarities have
been attributed to climate. Now, if there had been no amalgamation of races to the eastward of Lake
Tsad, the intermixture constantly going on along the southern borders of the Desert is sufficient to account
for all the types of mankind found in Sudan. The red Pulohs, who are a numerous class, correspond
exactly to the half-breed offspring of negroes and the people of the Desert, while the darker Pulohs and
the Mandingoes correspond to the descendants of such mulattoes and negroes. It is a curious fact,
however, that some of the Pulohs at Ilorin are lighter colored and more of the white man in every respect
than any half-blood mulatto I have ever seen either in America or Africa. But even in these cases the
hair is woolly, although it grows sufficiently long for the women to plait it and tie it under the chin.
Finally, the Saracens, who overran Sudan in the tenth century, left many descendants; and these, of
course, were not pure negroes. In short, there is no want of evidence that the light color of many
families and tribes in Sudan may have resulted from amalgamation. When we see that the children of a
brown Moor and a black woman of Yoruba or Nufe are red, we very naturally conclude that all the red
people in the country are of mixed blood. On the whole, then, the origin of the red or mulatto-colored
men whom we find in Africa is more easily accounted for than the origin of the blacks.
But we return to the Yorubas, who are certainly negroes, if we except a few red men or mulattoes.
They are not generally, however, such negroes as are frequently met with in the forests of Guinea and
again, it seems, on the Benue river, in the heart of the continent.t Many of the Yoruba people, like those
of Nufe and other countries, have handsome hands and feet, pleasing features, and well developed fore-
heads, and are altogether noble-looking men.
The traditions of the Yoruba people as to the origin of their tribe are obscure and contradictory.
They generally affirm that mankind were created at Ifé, a considerable town in the eastern part of the
Yoruba country. Sometimes they speak of If as being four months’ journey distant, as though the
present town of that name were confounded with some other place of which the people retain an obscure
traditional recollection. The word Ifé appears to be derived from f@, fo endarge ; in which case it signifies
enlargement.
Notwithstanding the prevailing belief that men were created at Ife, I have been informed by some
intelligent natives, that the Yoruba people once lived in Nufe beyond the Niger. They were driven from
this position by war, at a time when the river was much swollen and difficult to cross. After retreating
for some time, they founded the present city of If, whence colonies were afterwards sent, first to Igbohd,
and then to Oyo,{ Lander’s Bohoo and Katanga or Eyeo. Igbohé finally became the capitat of Yoruba
as a kingdom independent of Ife. In subsequent times the seat of government was transferred to Oyo,
where it remained till the city was destroyed by the Pulohs, about the year 1835. The king then
removed his residence to Ago-Odza, the Tent-Market, which at present is commonly called Oyo.
It would seem that Yoruba proper was once divided into three provinces, Ibakpa in the west, Ibolo in
the east, and Oyo (Eyeo or Hio) in the north. At least the three principal dialects of the language are
still called by these names. The Dictionary contained in the present work is chiefly in the Oyo dialect,
which is considered the standard by a majority of the natives.
* See the extracts from Beélo’s History in the Appendix to Denham and Clapperton’s Travels i in Africa, vol, ii.
¢ See Crowther's Journal of the Chadda Expedition in 1854.
¢ Igbo, forest ; ihd, shouting, clamor ; Igbohd, the clamorous or noisy forest, i.e. ‘the howling wilderness.” Oyo,
probably escape, from yo, to escape. This might indicate that Oyo was their first settlement west of the Niger.
Xvi INTRODUCTION.
RELIGIOUS BELIEF.
Tue religion of Yoruba is a curious mixture of pure theism and idolatry. All the people believe in one
universal God, the creator and preserver of all things, whom they generally call Olorun (6 li orun), the
Owner or Lord of Heaven, and sometimes by other names, as Olodumare, the Hver-Righteous, Oga-Og6,
Glorious High One, Oluwa, Lord, &c. They hold the doctrines of the immortality of the soul and of
future rewards and punishments; but on these points their notions are obscure. All the dead are in
oruy, Hades. Oke-orun, the Upper Hades, is the abode of the righteous, and Oruy-akpadi, the Crucible-
Hades, is the place of punishment.
Their idols are never confounded with God, either in name or character. They are called origa,
a name which appears to be derived from asa, customs, or religious ceremonies. Among the numerous
origas worshipped there are three great ones, called Obatala, Sans, and Ifa, Obatala is thought to be the
first made and greatest of all created things. Others, however, affirm that he was nothing more than an
ancient king of Yoruba, and they profess to tell the name of his father. His name Obatalé appears to be
a contraction of oba ti nla, the king who is great, or of oba ti ala, the king of whiteness, i.e. purity. A
white cloth (ala) is worn by his worshippers. Some of his other names are, Origa nla, the great origa ;
Alamorere, he of the good clay, because he made the human body of clay ; and Orisa kpokpo, the origa of
the gate, because he is the guardian of the gates of cities. He is frequently represented as a warrior on
horseback, holding a spear. His wife, Lyanaba, the receiving mother, is represented as nursing a child.
But Iyangba herself is Obatala. The two are one, or in other words, Obatalé is an androgyne, repre-
senting the productive energy of nature as distinguished from the creative power of God. QObatala forms
or produces the bodies of men; but God himself imparts life and spirit, and God alone is styled Eleday
Creator. The second great orisa is Sangs, the thunder god, who is also called Dzakuta, the Stone-caster.
The stones or thunderbolts which Sango casts down from heaven are preserved as sacretl relics. In
appearance they are identical with the so-called stone-hatehets picked up in the fields of America; but
whether they were made originally for battle-axes, or Jeather dressing implements, or emblematic thunder-
bolts, is not easily determined.
According to one account, Sang was born at Ifé, and reigned at Ikoso, a town recently destroyed, which
stood thirty or forty miles south of Isaki. He was much addicted to predatory wars, in commemoration
of which his worshippers still carry a bag, as the emblem of booty. When a house is struck by lightning,
they have a right to pillage it, and also to steal as many goats and chickens as they can find at large in
any part of the town. They affirm that their master was translated alive to heaven, where he reigns in
great state, having a palace with gates of brass, and ten thousand horses, and amusing himself with
hunting, fishing, and war.
But the abstract Sang6 is quite a different being. He is the son of Orungan, midday, and the grandson
of Agandzu, the desert. His mother is Izemodza, the mother of fishes, a small river in Yoruba. His elder
brother is Dada, natere, one of the Yoruba idols; his younger brother is the river Ogun, which bears the
name of the god of war and smith’s work. His wives are the rivers Oya, Osun, and Oba; his associate is
Origsako, the god of furms ; his slave is Biri, darkness ; and his priest is Magba, the receiver.
The third great idol is Ifa, the revealer of future events, and the patron of marriage and childbirth,
He is called Banga, the god of palm-nuts, because sixteen palm-nuts are employed in obtaining responses.
The head-quarters of Ifa are at Ado, a village on the top of an immense rock near Awaye.
There are several other idols of note, as Odiidua, the universe, located at Ift; Dadaé, nature ; and
Orisako, the god of farms, whose symbol is a large iron bar. These bars are obtained at a great cost
from the high priest of the idol, who dwells at Irawo. Many of the inferior idols are men and women
who were distinguished in their day by some remarkable relation to the tribe.
The doctrine of idolatry prevalent in Yoruba appears to be derived by analogy from the form and
customs of the civil government. There is but one king in the nation, and one God over the universe.
Petitioners to the king approach him through the intervention of his servants, courtiers, and nobles ;
and the petitioner conciliates the courtier whom he employs by good words and presents. In like manner
no man can directly approach God; but the Almighty himself, they say, has appointed various kinds of
origas, Who are mediators and intercessors between himself and mankind. No sacrifices are made to God,
because he needs nothing; but the origas, being much like men, are pleased with offerings of sheep,
pigeons, and other things. They conciliate the orisa, or mediator, that he may bless them, not in his
own power, but in the power of God.
As the people make a clear distinction between God and idols, so an idol, which is a real spiritual being,
INTRODUCTION. XVli
is not to be confounded with its symbol,* which may be an image, a tree, or a stone. A charm or amulet
is thought to have much power, but it is not an origa. It has no life and no intelligence as the origas
have. White men are generally much mistaken in regard to the religion and superstition of the negroes.
They suppose that the idols are looked upon as gods; that the symbol is the idol; and that a greegree, or
charm, is an object of worship—all of which is incorrect.
It is usual among Europeans to call the idols of the natives “ devils.’ The natives themselves speak of
only one devil, though they believe in the existence of various other evil spirits. In the Yoruba language
the devil is called Esu, the Ejected, from su, to cast owt ; and Elegbara, the Mighty, on account of his great
influence over mankind. The name Ebilisi has been borrowed from the Pulohs, and by them from the
Arabs. The devil is not reckoned as one of the mediatorial origas; but the Yorubas worship him with
sacrifices, to conciliate his favor and prevent his doing them injury.
Eguygun, bones, and Oro, torment, are the executive or vindictive power of civil government deified
The latter is most usual among the Egbas, who term the punishment of criminals “ giving them to Oro,’
On Oro day all women are obliged to remain closely shut up in their houses. Eguygun, or the “ Aku
Devil,” makes his appearance in the person of a tall fellow, fantastically clad and masked, and is declared
to be a tenant of the grave. No one, not even the king, may dare to lay his hand on Egunguy ; and if
any woman should say he is a man, she would be put to death. Even Mohammedans and Christians are
obliged to conceal their knowledge of the imposture under penalty of martyrdom.
INDUSTRIAL PURSUITS.
Most of the people of interior Africa are more advanced in civilization than those on the coast. The
deeper barbarism of the coast people is attributable to the dense forests in which they live, to the sparse-
ness of the population, and to the vicious and idle habits which have naturally resulted from the slave
trade. The degree of civilization which exists in the interior is probably very ancient. King Belo,
already quoted, may not be correct when he affirms that the ancient Copts colonized Bornu; but we have
independent evidence of an early, if not extensive, intercourse between Central Africa and Egypt. The
Popo beads which are dug from the earth in the south-eastern part of Yoruba, and in countries east of
the Niger, are identical in appearance with the beads found on the Egyptian mummies. Several of the
arts and customs of Yoruba and other interior countries are Egyptian in their character; and the use of
cowries for money must have been introduced from the east, since none of these shells are found in the
Atlantic.
The most important industrial pursuits of the Yorubas are agriculture, blacksmithing, and the
manufacture of clothing.
Unoccupied land is common property, and free for any one to cultivate. But each man has an exclusive
right to his own farm, whether in actual cultivation or in fallow. When a farm is sold, the fruit-trees
remain the property of the former owner, unless they are specially mentioned in the contract. Except a
few hedges of Jatropha, Curcans, and Euphorbia, in the immediate vicinity of towns, there are no fences in
the country; because there are not many cattle, and these are always under the care of keepers. Disputes
concerning the boundaries of farms or fallow lands are generally settled at once by the neighbors.
Although the Yorubas are an agricultural people, their implements are few and of a very simple
description. The usual tools of the farmer are, an axe, three inches in width, for felling trees; a bill-
hook, or heavy pruning-knife, for cutting bushes; and an oval hoe, with a handle about two feet in length.
Ploughs and carts are entirely unknown. Their oxen, though large and strong, are never employed. for
labor ; and the horses, which are usually small, though well formed, are used exclusively for the saddle.
Yams are planted in large hills in January and February, and are matured in August and September.
The first crop of maize is planted between the middle of February and the first of April, and ripens in July
* Some of these symbols, occasionally engraved on the temple doors of Obatala, deserve a more special notice. On
several distinct panels are seen a fish, a land tortoise, and a serpent. Another has a female figure with one hand and
one foot, probably a half Obatala, or the female principle of Nature. This figure is remarkable for having a queue of
very long hair (which no negro can have) with a ball or globe at the end. Opposite to this are the male and female
partes genitales in coitu. They are represented in the natural forms, and are never disguised by being formed into a
handled cross, for instance, as they were in Egypt. Phallic worship is practised, but, I believe, without impurity.
XVill INTRODUCTION.
and August; the second crop is planted chiefly in August or the latter part of July. As the heavy rains
of May and June are not favorable to the growth of cotton, it is planted in July; in December the crop
is cut short by the dry season. Maize and yams are generally housed in the farms where they grow, and
brought into town in small quantities to supply the daily market. In case the town is large, some of the
farms may be ten or even twenty miles distant; but all the produce is brought in on the heads of the
owners. Pack-horses and asses, though employed east of the Niger, are never seen in Yoruba. I have
travelled with a caravan of two or three thousand persons, all of whom carried their goods in packages on
their heads.
Some parts of the country are rich in ore, from which the people obtain a very good quality of iron,
As the smelters are not communicative, I can only state what I have seen as to their manner of working.
The furnace is a pit ina house, and may be entered either by the door or by an underground passage
which emerges twenty or thirty feet from the building. The broken ore is placed in the furnace with
layers of charcoal; a number of well dried clay tubes, about an inch in diameter and fifteen inches in
length, are inserted into the mass of ore and coal, I think at the bottom. Although no bellows are
employed, the heat is so intense that the ends of these tubes are partially vitrified. The iron is sold to
blacksmiths, who manufacture it into various articles, among which may be enumerated axes, adzes, hoes,
sickles, bill-hooks, swords, knives, razors, scissors, needles, chains and staples, all of rude workmanship.
The smiths’ bellows are identical in principle with those of the ancient Egyptians and Greeks. The large
anvil is a stone, the smaller one a block of iron. Copper, brass, and silver are wrought by the same smith
with the same implements.
The Yoruba carpenter employs himself chiefly in the manufacture of bowls, mortars, and door shutters.
His principal tools are wedges for splitting trees, an axe, and an adze. The carver who makes images of
wood, or carves figures on doors and calabashes, works chiefly with knives. The ornamental engraving
of calabashes appears to be a thrifty business. Considerable numbers of people are engaged in the pro-
duction of clothing. Cotton is freed from the seeds by rolling it under a small iron cylinder on a smooth
piece of wood. It is then whipped with a bow to prepare it for spinning, which is done with a distaff.
The yarn is sold to the weavers every evening in market, and the cloth given to the tailors; who cut and
make garments. Thread is warped on pins driven into the ground, and then formed into a large ball
instead of being wound upon a beam. With the exception of the thread beam, the parts of an African
loom are the same as those of hand-looms in our own country; but the implement is so small, that the
cloth is scarcely six inches in width.
Among the other employments of the people we may mention the manufacture of earthen pots and
vessels for cooking and eating; the dyeing of cloth with indigo, which grows abundantly on the farms ;
the dressing of black, red, yellow, and white morocco, and the making of it into shoes and saddles; the
manufacture of various oils, chiefly from the palm-nut, the fruit of the shea-butter tree, and the seeds of
sesame and of watermelons; the manufacture of beads from broken palm-nuts and from jasper, both bean-
tiful articles; the making of soap; and the grinding of snuff, which is practised in every town. As the
tobacco is poor, it is always ground with carbonate of soda from the desert, to give it pungency.
So far as I could ascertain, the art of making glass is confined to three towns in Nufe, one of which is
west of the Niger. This art is kept a profound secret.
There is no legal or customary restraint as to the choice of occupations, except that it is not reputable
for women to labor on the farms. In their favorite capacity of traders, however, they are constantly
engaged in bringing the produce which they have purchased from the farms to the market. Many poor
women also obtain a living by supplying the market with firewood, which they sometimes bring from a
distance of six or eight miles. Others gather large leaves, which they sell by the basketful to the market
women to be employed as wrapping paper. The other employments of females are housework, spinning,
washing, soap-making, and the manufacture of earthenware. The cultivation of the soil, blacksmithing,
wood work, weaving, tailoring, and the barber's trade, are performed by men.
All the Africans, and none more so than the people of Yoruba, are addicted to traffic. Their trade
with the people nearer the coast consists in palm oil, ivory, cotton cloths, indigo, iron, horses, cattle,
sheep, &e.; for which they receive cheap guns and powder, calicoes, velvet, salt, and other articles from
Europe and America. Their inland trade embraces the foregoing and many other commodities, including
large quantities of soda, and some fine horses, worth several hundred dollars each, from Hausa and Bornu.
Ifides, coffee, and a superior kind of indigo will be among the future exports.
In the present condition of the country, without roads or vehicles, the traffic gives employment to
thousands of people. Sometimes a single caravan consists of hundreds and even thousands of persons of
INTRODUCTION. xix
both sexes. Their only travelling equipment is a mat to sleep on, a coarse cotton sheet for a cover, a
small bag containing provisions, and a little earthen pot to warm the sauce, which, with yams and pre-
parations of corn, is the universal diet. A carrier’s burden varies in weight from forty to eighty pounds.
As there are neither weights nor standard measures in the country, such articles as salt, soda, and oil are
sold from town to town by the load till they reach a consumer.
Markets, for the sale of provisions and other common necessaries of life, are held daily in all the towns ;
but the large market for the sale of general merchandise is usually held every fifth day. On these
occasions we frequently see thousands of people busily engaged in traffic. At Horin, the greatest market
in the country, which is held daily owing to the abundance of business, there are men from every part of
Central Africa, and frequently from Tripoli and other countries of the North. The merchandise includes
a great variety of articles, African, European, and Asiatic, from a slave to a ready-made pen and a bottle
of ink.
Owing to the frequent wars which afflict the country, and partly perhaps to the gregarious disposition
of the people, they invariably reside in towns, Even the farmers, who are obliged to pass many of their
nights in the distant fields, never erect a better dwelling than a hut in the country. All the towns in the
interior are surrounded by rather strong mud walls five or six feet in height, with a deep ditch on the
outside. The gates are closed at night with heavy shutters and guarded by keepers.
African towns are never laid out in a regular manner. All the streets, except the few which lead from
the gates to the market, are very narrow, and intersect each other at every possible angle. The broader
streets, the markets, and other open spaces are beautifully shaded with wide-spreading trees. Architecture
is wholly unknown. The houses, from the palace to the dwellings of the poorest people, are built of mud
and covered with a thatch of grass. They are all of the same form, that of a large square inclosed by a
series of single rooms, after the manner of a fort. The interior court, which is open to the sky, is entered
by a large gate with a heavy board shutter. Most of the rooms are scarcely six feet between the dirt floor
and the fire-proof ceiling of sticks and mortar overhead, and the usual dimensions are six or seven feet in
width by twelve or fifteen feet in length. As there is only one low door and no windows, these rooms
are always dark. During the day, the people sit in the piazza which extends in front of the rooms ;
when they retire to rest at night, or enter a room by day, they use an earthen amp supplied with oil.
The Africans have no chairs, tables, or bedsteads: their furniture consists of mats, earthen pots, bags,
and gourds. Their food is taken with the fingers from a deep earthen dish. A sort of sauce com-
posed of meats and vegetables, or of vegetables and oil only, and highly seasoned with red pepper, is
a universal article of diet. They never roast or boil joints of meat in Yoruba. Yams are prepared to be
eaten with sauce, either by simply boiling, or by boiling and pounding with the addition of water to the
consistence of wheaten dough. Indian corn is first soaked till it becomes a little sour, then pounded or
ground on a flat stone with a small stone cylinder or rubber, and the starch, after being washed out in
pure water, is boiled down to the consistence of thick paste. This food is much used, both diluted as a
warm drink in the morning, and cold in the form of round dumplings, which are wrapped in leaves for
sale. When they make bread, it is fried, never baked. Very little milk is used except at Iorin.
Most of the laboring people take their breakfast at an early hour in the streets, around the pots of women
who prepare food for sale. At noon they eat in the farms or wherever they may happen to be, and their
supper is taken just before they retire to sleep. The flesh of sheep, goats, and cows is sold daily in the
market; but the people use it sparingly. Fish is not plentiful in Yoruba except on the larger streams.
The dress of the men consists of trowsers or short breeches, a tunic or a kind of shirt without sleeves,
and a sheet or wrapper, or else a large flowing gown. The head, which in general is smoothly shaven, is
covered with a tight cloth cap, to which is sometimes added a hat or turban. A woman’s dress is com-
posed of three wrappers, two around the waist and one over the shoulders, but the last is often laid aside.
Women do not shave their heads except as a mark of mourning. Their usual headdress is a fillet of cloth.
Horsemen wear a sort of shoes and sometimes boots. Travellers who go on foot frequently wear sandals;
but most of the people of both sexes generally go barefoot. Boys are usually provided with breeches, or
at least an apron, at the age of five or six; but girls of ten or twelve years often appear in the streets, from
choice, wearing nothing but their beads and bracelets. Most of the Yorubas are cleanly in their habits,
and rather fond of being finely dressed.
The principal amusement of the young people is dancing to the sound of drums. The older men meet
together under the shady trees to talk, and sometimes to play a sort of draughts and other games of a similar
nature. Several times in a year the whole population enjoy the recreation of religious festivals, the
greatest of which, called odfin, or new year, occurs about the first of October. On these occasions they
XX INTRODUCTION.
offer sacrifices and make charms to promote the prosperity of the town, and have various noisy processions
to the temples and sacred groves. Once a year, at the close of the dry season, they spend several days in
burning off the prairies and in hunting. On the chief’s hunting day, hundreds of people of both sexes
attend him. The game is taken with dogs and clubs, as the use of guns would be dangerous.
The government of the country is a monarchy engrafted on the ancient patriarchal rule. Every house
contains several families under the government of a balé or lord of the house, every town has its balé or
lord of the land, and the whole nation is under a king, The adult males are also apportioned under rulers
who stand intermediate between them and the balé, or governor. The king, the governor, and the head
of the family has each his associate or lieutenant, and the elders under him are his counsellors. Even the
king is bound by the laws of the land, of which the elders are the conservators and exponents. The laws
are generally good, except in so far as they are connected with idolatry and polygamy. They are rigidly
executed, and sometimes with displeasing promptness ; but causes are always decided by the ruler and his
council according to testimony.
INTELLECTUAL AND MORAL CHARACTERISTICS.
In regard to intellect the Yorubas occupy a low position. All their arts are rude, and the people are
wholly destitute both of literature and science. But they are by no means deficient either in natural
shrewdness, or in that sort of common sense which is adapted to their condition, Their language also,
which is surprisingly rich in abstract terms, is a proof that they are accustomed to think. Since their
acquaintance with white men they evidently begin to feel the aspirations of intellect, and their desire to
improve is leading to good results. At Abeokuta several hundred persons have learned to read their own
language.
Like other rude people, the Yorubas are much addicted to the marvellous. In the opinion of many, the
power of a white man is almost infinite. He can look around on all the passing events of the earth, he
can stop the clouds in their course,* and even create cowries whenever he may need them. They seize
with avidity on every extravagant story they may hear. Marvellous things have been told me of the agori
or igi nla, a tree somewhere in the interior, to which they attribute all the properties of the deadly upas ;
even birds that fly near it fall dead. The common people, old men, and grave chiefs have repeatedly
affirmed the existence of a unicorn, which they describe as a large antclope with a straight black horn in
the middle of its forehead. When I visited Horin in 1855, this story was repeated ; and my host, Nasamu,
an intelligent Bornese, added others still more wonderful. He assured me that somewhere eastward of
Nufe and Yakobu there was a tribe of men, called Alabiru, who had inflexible tails about six inches in
length. The Alabiru were a very ingenious people, especially in working iron; and all the fine swords in
Sudan were made of iron from their furnaces. Beyond this tribe was another called Alabiwo, distinguished
by asmall goat-like horn projecting from the top of the head just above the margin of the hair. Somewhere
in the same region was a tribe called Alakere, the tallest of whom were scarcely three feet in height.
Being a weak people, the Alakere surrounded their towns with walls of iron. * Nasamu had never seen any
person of these tribes; but he asserted that there was one of the horned women then in slavery at Ofa,
about thirty miles east of Ilorin. She always wore a handkerchief around her head, because she was
ashamed of her horn. In reply to my question, whether any of the tailed men were in slavery in or near
Horin, he replied, “ Who would have a slave with a tail?” A few days after this I received a visit from an
Arab trader, who confirmed all the statements of Nasamu, and added others of his own, Among the rest
he told of a tribe of people south of Mandara who have four eyes. A Negro from beyond the Niger
proceeded to inform me how these eyes are situated in the head, but the Arab corrected him and showed
me exactly where each of them is placed. In short, it is manifest that all the floating stories of upas
trees, unicorns, &c., have originated with the wandering Arab traders, who are equally distinguished by a
vivid imagination and a small regard for truth. In the simple Negroes they find ready listeners to all
their wonderful stories, and they were not at all pleased with the incredulity of an-Nasran, the Christian.
The moral character of the Yorubas exhibits strong contrasts. On the one hand we are shocked at their
occasional human sacrifices, their unlimited polygamy, and their custom of allowing the heir to inherit all
his father’s wives except his own mother. Their universal covetousness, their deficiency in regard to
conscience, and their want of manly self-respect disgust us. On the other hand we see much to admire
* At the close of the dry season I was observing the movements of a black thunder cloud, when an old farmer
said to me imploringly, Dzo, dze 6 rd fu ni! Please let it rain for us !
Ae
INTRODUCTION. XXi
and to mitigate our judgment even in regard to the bad features of their character. They are naturally
kind and simple-hearted, remarkably courteous in their mutual intercourse, and strongly attached to their
country, friends, and kindred. All the moral virtues, and especially gratitude and honesty, are inculeated
in their proverbs. It is a remarkable fact, that although the missionaries have had hundreds of parcels of
cowries and supplies brought by native carriers from the coast to their interior stations, there has scarcely
been an instance of theft. Adultery and other crimes are much rarer than we could suppose. During my
six years’ residence in the country I never knew a case of an illegitimate child, although the women do not
marry before they are eighteen or twenty years of age.
When the first missionary entered the Iketu country in 1850, some regarded him as a spy, and others
had superstitious fears that the presence of a white man would bring misfortune on the country. For these
reasons they, in many instances, refused to admit him into their towns, but they never treated him with
violence. The same thing occurred subsequently when he entered the kingdom of Yoruba. They obliged
him to sleep without the walls, but they supplied him with food without charge. On one occasion he
encamped under a tree near the gate of Awaye. Hundreds of friendly people came to look at him, and
next day the women were singing a newly made song commencing with, Oib6 guy sidi akpe, “The white
man encamped at the foot of the akpe tree.” Now that the people understand the real object of the mission-
aries, they are not only willing but anxious to receive them,
The gospel was first preached to the Yorubas in Sierra Leone, where there are thousands of them who
have been rescued from the slave ships. Most of them have embraced Christianity, and many have learned
to read. Some have accumulated considerable wealth, and others have made no mean attainments in
information if not in learning. The character of the Rev. Samuel Crowther, whose Yoruba name is
Adzaye, struggling for life, is known to the public, and much admired both in Europe and America;
and yet Mr. Crowther is only one among other Yoruba men, his equals in mind, moral character, and
respectable attainments. The people are found to be equally susceptible of improvement in their native
country. Although the missions have been so recently established, all the eight kingdoms of the Yoruba
country have felt more or less the stimulus of truth; and if the social laws now at work among the people
produce their natural results, it cannot be many generations before Yoruba will be reckoned among civilized
nations,
LIST OF YORUBA PUBLICATIONS.
Within the last ten years the Church Missionary Society of London has published the following Yoruba
books and tracts, nearly all of them the work of the Rev. Samuel Crowther.
The Yoruba Primer, Iwe Ekinni on ni tu awon ara Egba ati awon ara Yoruba. London, 1849.
A Vocabulary of the Yoruba Language, compiled by the Rev. 8. Crowther, Native Missionary of the
C. M. Society, together with Introductory Remarks by Rev. O. E. Vidal, M. A., Bp. Designate of Sierra
Leone. London, 1852.
A Grammar of the Yoruba Language, by the Rev. 8. Crowther, Native Missionary of the C. M. Society,
London, 1852.
The First Book of Moses, commonly called Genesis, Translated into Yoruba, for the use of the Native
Christians of that Nation, by the Rev. 8. Crowther, Native Missionary. Zondon, 1853.
The Gospel according to St. Matthew. Translated into Yoruba for the use of the Native Christians of
that Nation, by the Rey. 8. Crowther, Native Missionary. Zondon, 1853.
The Second Book of Moses, commonly called Exodus. Translated into Yoruba for the use of the Native
Christians of that Nation, by the Rev. S. Crowther, Native Missionary. Zondon, 1854.
The Psalms of David. Translated into Yoruba for the use of the Native Christians of that Nation, by
the Rev. S. Crowther, Native Missionary. London, 1854.
Iwe Owe ati Iwe Oniwasa. Li Ede Yoruba tu awon Kristian ti ilu nan nipa Rev. S. Crowther, Alafa
ti ilu nan. (Proverbs and Ecclesiastes.) London, 1856.
The Gospel according to St. Luke, The Acts of the Apostles, with the Epistles of St. James and St.
Peter. Translated into Yoruba, for the use of the Native Christians of that Nation, by the Rev. S. Crow-
ther, Native Missionary. London, 1856.
Katekismu Itan, ti Dr. Watts, Testamenti Lailar on Testamenti Titun—Watts’s Catechism of the Old
and New Testament. Translated into Yoruba, by the Rev. Samuel King, Native Missionary. London,
1857.
Katekismu Ekezi, ti Watti—Watts’s Second Catechism. Translated into Yoruba, by the Rev. T. King,
Native Missionary. Zondon, 1857.
Iwe Orin Mimo. (Yoruba Hymns.) London, 1857.
is -
GRAMMAR
OF THE
YORUBA LANGUAGE.
OR beet Wr sale BA.
PART Fibs.
ORTHOEPY AND OBTHOGRAPHY.
§ 1. The system of orthography adopted in this work is essentially the same
that has been widely employed for African languages. In it an endeavor has been
made to give a true expression of all the well distinguished sounds of the language.
To each simple fundamental sound there is assigned a single character; and each
compounded sound is represented by the characters which stand for the elements
of such compound sound.
§ 2. The reader should be reminded that the sound of each letter, in this as in
other languages, is subject to slight modifications from accent and connexion.
CAE AGEL Bans.
THE ALPHABET.
§ 8. The characters that represent the simple sounds of the Yoruba language are,
a, a, b, d, e, g; f, &) h, i, k, 1, m, Nn, D; Oo, Q; P; t, 8, 8, t, u, Ww, y; Z.
VOWELS.
Simple Vowels.
§ 4. The simple vowels are as follows:
a is sounded long, as in the English word father ; and short, as in fat.
Examples: ba, fo meet; lati, from.
a has the obscure sound of w in but,o in mother, &e. Ex.: bani, in the hand.
e is sounded like @ in fate, or ey in grey. Ex.: de, to come.
e is sounded like ¢ in met. Ex.: fe, to love.
iis sounded long, like ce in fee, or ¢ in ravine; and short, like 7 in fig. Ex.:
di, to bind ; igo, a bottle.
o is sounded as in go, tone. Ex.: fd, to fly.
o .is sounded long, like @ in water, all; and short, like 0 in not. Ex.: f0, to
wash ; oni, a crocodile.
u is sounded long, like oo in fool, or win rule; and short, like win full. Ex.:
lu, to strike; bule, to ie down.
4 ORTHOEPY AND ORTHOGRAPHY.
§ 5. The vowels are either pure or nasal. Nasalization is indicated by the
character n; as, dan, to polish ; sin, to sleep.
§ 6. We may here observe:
1. That the sound of ‘e’ after ‘kp’ is more open and liquid than usual.
2. That ‘a, ‘i’ and ‘o, are short before a consonant; as in ate, a hat; ilé, a
house; ofa, an arrow ; pronounced as if written atte, illé, offa. But to this rule
there is one exception, viz. when the tone is grave, these vowels are always long;
as, Abo, a shelter ; imo, knowledge ; dro, a word.
§ 7. In the Ezba and some other dialects, ‘9’ long, when followed by ‘yn, and
occasionally when preceded by ‘m’ or ‘n,’ takes the sound of ‘u’ long; as, ton,
again ; mo, to drink ; iné, within ; pronounced, and sometimes written, tun, mu, nu.
. Diphthongs.
§ 8. The following are the compound vowels, or diphthongs:
ai, pronounced like 7 in pine, or y in fly, only it is longer and more open.
Ex.: bai, thus; aimd, unknown.
au, pronounced like ow in house, or ow in now. Ex.: daudu, a prince,
ei, ei, oi, oi, in all of which the second vowel, ‘i, is very short. Ex.: ei-di, a
wart ; ei-ye, a bird; oi-b6, a white man; koi-koi, temidly.
ua, ue, ue, ui, uo, uo, are formed only by the union of two words, the former of
which ends in ‘ku’; as in akuale, good evening, from aku, a word of
salutation, and ale, evening. In all these cases the letters ‘ku’ have the
force of gu in English.
Quantity of Vowels.
§ 9. The vowels are either long or short, as’ exemplified in the following sen-
tence: alafid ki 6 wa fa ghégbd énia réré, peace be unto all good men.
§ 10. Although it is not possible to lay down rules by which to determine the
quantity of vowels in all cases, yet there are several facts and general principles
a knowledge of which will be useful.
1. In regard to long vowels:
a. The diphthongs ‘ai’ and ‘au’ are always long; as, aimd, wnknown ; daudu, a
prince.
b. Vowels having the grave tone (except i, 6, and 0, negative) are generally long;
as, Abo, a shelter; ere, gain; ibi, evil ; odo, water ; ore, a word.
c. The vowels ‘0’ and ‘a,’ when employed as auxiliary particles in conjugating
the verb, are long; as, emi 6 ri, Z shall see, emi li a ri, Zam seen. These, for the
sake of distinction, are marked with a circumflex accent.
d. The final vowel of a noun is long when followed by a personal pronoun in the
possessive case; as, iwé mi, my book ; a8o re, his cloth.
e. When a letter or syllable is suppressed or elided, the vowel which imme-
diately preceded it becomes long; as, balé, @ governor, contracted from gba ile, the
lord of the land; stun, patience, from $e (often pronounced se), to do, and iru, the
act of bearing a burden (see § 16,3); aba for abara, a slap with the hand.
2. In regard to short vowels:
THE ALPHABET. 5
a. The negatives i, 6, and 6, not, are short; as, emi 6 md, J do not know; ete
i m6 ete ni iké orayn ba ereke, Vip not keeping to lip brings trouble to the jaws.
b. The initial ‘i’ of the infinitive mood is very short and slight; as, iwo lé ige
thou canst do,
ce. The objective pronouns &, @, &e., are so short as to be scarcely perceptible.
(See § 88, 2, 2.)
?
Tone of Vowels.
§ 11. There are three primary tones, the Middle, the Acute, and the Grave; as,
ba, to meet; ba, with; and ba, to bend. The middle is the ordinary tone of
the voice without inflexion; the acute and grave tones are simply the rising and
falling inflexions of elocutionists. In the Yoruba language, however, they are
employed to distinguish words which are spelled alike, but have different meanings.
Thus the two words obé, sauce, and obé, a knife, are quite different to the ear,
when uttered with the proper tones. The tones, though simple in theory, are
difficult for us to seize, and require close attention.
The acute and grave tones will be denoted throughout this work by the acute
and grave accentual marks placed over the vowel, as in the examples just given.
Assimilation of Vowels.
§ 12. The principle of vocalic assimilation exhibited in the Yoruba language
consists in changing a weak or unaccented ‘o’ into some other vowel, so as to
assimilate it to the adjacent strongly accented vowel of a verb or preposition.
§ 13. Assimilation is either Perfect or Imperfect. In perfect assimilation, the
unaccented ‘o’ becomes identical with the accented vowel of the word to which it
is appended.
1. a. The vowel ‘o, the shortened or simplified form of the objective pronoun
of the third person, is regularly exchanged for a vowel which is identical with that
of the governing verb, so that this pronoun assumes all the following forms:
emi wo 6, LT looked at him. emi kpe @, L called him.
emi mo 6, J knew him. emi fe @, Z loved him.
emi li fi, Z struck him. emi ri i, Z saw him.*
emi ba 4, Z met him.
b. The principle applies equally when the governing word is a preposition ; as,
ba 4, with him; sit, to him, ft ti, for him.
In all these cases the unchanged full form ‘on’ may be used; as, emi fe on, J loved
him ; fu oy, for him; but the assimilation, if employed at all, must be perfect.
2. The preformative ‘o’ of nouns is perfectly assimilated, if at all, to the vowel
of the root; as, oko, a farm (from ko, to gather); dro, a word (from Yr, to utter,
relate, explain); ata, pepper (from ta, to burn) ; ere, goodness (from re, to be good) ; ese,
sin (from sé, to sin). Frequently, however, no assimilation takes place. (See § 40.)
§ 14. To understand the rule of ¢mperfect assimilation, it is necessary in the first
place to observe that the vowels are divided into three classes, which, in reference
* No example of ‘a’ is given, as no yerb, nor indeed any other word in Yoruba, ends in that
vowel.
6 ORTHOEPY AND ORTHOGRAPHY.
to the general character of their sounds, may be called the close vowels, viz. e, 1,
0, u; the open or broad vowels, ¢, 9; and the neuter vowels, a and a. In
imperfect assimilation the rule is that the vowel ‘0’ when occurring before a close
vowel, that is, a vowel of its own class, remains unchanged; but before an open
vowel, it is changed into its corresponding open form ‘9. Before the neuter vowels,
it may take either form, ‘0’ or ‘0.
This rule applies to the nominative pronouns, mo, J; 0, thou; 6y or 6, he; the
auxiliary particle 6, shall or will ; and k6 or 6, not ; in all of which the ‘0’ before
an open vowel becomes ‘9’; as,
mo fe, J love. yi 6 fe, he will love.
o fe, thow lovest. nwoy ko fe, they do not love.
6 or 6y fe, he loves. 40 fe, we do not love.
The same change takes place before the other open vowel, ‘9. The reader,
however, must be informed that the rule is one which is often disregarded in
speaking.
Elision of Vowels.
§ 15. All Yoruba verbs end in a vowel either pure or nasal ; as, ko, to build ;
ran, to spin. And most of the nouns begin with a vowel; as, ilé, a house; own,
cotton. To avoid an inconvenient hiatus, it is customary in speaking to drop either
the final vowel of the verb, or the initial one of the noun which follows it; as,
k’ ere for ko ere, to gather a crop ; vax wu, for rar own, to spin cotton.
In this work, the vowels which are usually elided in speaking are designated by
the inverted crescent (*); as, ké ere, ran Owu (pronounced ke-re, ran-wu).
§ 16. The principal rules of elision are as follows :
1. When two vowels of the same name concur, one of them is dropped; as, ra
Ago, to buy cloth ; {8 ese, to love sin.
2, The stronger of any two concurring vowels is retained in preference to the
weaker.
The circumstances which make a vowel strong in the sense here contemplated
may be shown as follows:
Strong Vowels. Weak Vowels.
Long. Short.
Grave. Acute.
Accented. Unaccented.
Open. Close.
But these elements of strength and weakness may be variously distributed. One
of the vowels may be grave, and the other accented, long, or open. To give all
the combinations which may arise from the various quantities, tones, ‘and accents of
two concurring vowels, would be more tedious than profitable. It may suffice then
to specify a few cases, with examples, to verify the general rule that the weaker of
the two concurring vowels is elided.
a. When the first vowel is grave, and the second vowel is weak, the latter is
elided; as, 6 ra Gwe, she bought leaves ;* da @se, to break the foot ; bo ara, to cover
the body ; k® bron, to behoarse. But if the second vowel should be long, the grave
* Teaves are sold to market-avomen to be used for wrapping articles in.
THE ALPHABET. 7
vowel is elided; as, omori gb@ 6ru, the lid receives (gba) the steam ; md anu, to
know (m0) mercy.
6. If the first vowel is open, and neither of the vowels is long, grave, or accented,
the second is elided; as, ko @be, to make a yam-hill ; fo Oru, to break a jug, fe ina,
to blow the fire. Sometimes, however, the choice of the vowel to be retained is
‘reversed, to prevent ambiguity ; and frequently both vowels are sounded, for the
same reason.
3. In a few cases neither vowel is dropped, but the two are exchanged for ‘u’;
as, wure (for wi ire), to dless; siru (for se iru), patience; sufe (for so ife) fo
whistle ; sure (for sa ire), to rwn; duro (for da iro), to stand, &e.
CONSONANTS.
Stmple Consonants.
§ 17. The simple consonants, b, d, f, k, 1, m, n, 7, s, t, w, and y, are sounded as in
English, and are never quiescent.
g is always hard, as in go, get. Ex.: igi, wood; gele, a handkerchief.
h in some dialects is silent when it occurs between two vowels; as, behe, so ;
lohun, yonder; pronounced be-e, lo-wy. In all other cases, ‘h’ has the
same power as in the English word hat.
n is the sign of nasalization. At the end of a word or syllable it is equivalent
to the French » in don. Ex.: dan, to polish; sim, to sleep. Before a
consonant, that is, at the beginning of a word or syllable, it has a stronger
sound, nearly equivalent to the English ng in song. Ex.: nso, to proceed.
The nasal pronoun yn, /, is pronounced as a part of the preceding word,
when it follows a vowel ;, as, kin 16h? shall I go? pron. kin 16h. But
if ‘n’ is not preceded by a vowel, it is attached in pronunciation to the
following word; as, y k6 md, Z do not know; 9 6 ri, I shall see; pro-
nounced nko mo, no ri.
p occurs only in the compound ‘kp. (See § 18.)
is sounded like English sh in show. Ex.: Se, to do.
z has the sound of English 2 in azwre. It occurs only in the compound ‘ dz.’
(See § 18.)
Compound Consonants.
§ 18. Three compounds, of two consonants each, are of such common occurrence
as to have been frequently regarded as simple letters, viz. d%, gb, and kp.
dz is sounded like English j, as in jug, or g in gem. Ex.: dao, to dance.
(This sound was formerly represented by 7.)
gb represents the sounds of g hard and 2; as, gba, to receive; agha, an
old man.
kp is equivalent to & and p, as, kpa, to beat; akpa, an arm. (Formerly
represented by p.) ay
The sound of ‘g’ and ‘k’ in these compounds is very slight at the beginning of
words.
8 ORTHOEPY AND ORTHOGRAPILY.
§ 19. Compounds of a nasal and another consonant occur incidentally :
1. The nasal ‘y,’ as an auxiliary particle, may be prefixed to all the consonants ;
as, emi nbd, Z wm coming ; emi nda, J am making, &e.
2, Before the labial consonants, ‘m’ is frequently employed as an auxiliary
prefix, instead of ‘1’; as, emi mbd, Zam coming ; emi mfe, Lam loving.
3. ‘M) ‘n, and ‘y,’ are occasionally prefixed to consonants in other cases; as in
the words, mbe, fo le; mbi, or ; a-la-mgba, a lizard; nde, to arise ; nla, to belarge ;
80, to proceed.
INTERCHANGE OF LETTERS.
§ 20. In consulting the Dictionary for the meaning of words, as also in tracing
out their roots, itis necessary to remember that letters are frequently interchanged ;
as in the following examples:
1. Not a few words begin indifferently with ‘a’ or ‘0’; as, abanidze, or oba-
nidze, an injurer.
2. Some words begin indifferently with ‘a’ or ‘1’; as, afidzi, or ifidzi, remession
(of sins).
8. ‘E? and ‘o’ are interchangeable; as, dnia for énia, @ person; leni for loni,
to-day ; evi for ori, the head, &e.
4, ‘EH’ and ‘o’ are interchangeable, as, oni for eni, one, any.
5. In certain cases, previously stated (§ 7), ‘u’ is substituted for ‘0’; as, diy
for don, to be sweet.
6. ‘G’ for ‘k’; as, ge for ke, to cut.
7. ‘H’ for ‘f’; as, eho for efo, a valley.
8. ‘S’ and ‘8’ are frequently interchanged with each other, and in some dialects
with ‘ts.’ Thus, for Se, to do, the Ibakpa dialect has ‘tse, and the [bolo has ‘se’ ;
and in other places sé, to cook, is pronounced ‘ ge.’
9. In the Egba dialect, ‘w’ is frequently used for ‘h’; as, w6, ¢o doz, instead of
ho; and aw6n, the tongue, instead of ahdn.
CFA CASP aight halle
SY LLABLES.
§ 21. A syllable consists:
1. Of a single vowel, pure or nasal; as, 0, thou; On, he.
2. a. Of a consonant and a vowel; as, da, fo create ; dan, to polish.
6. Of a consonant and a vowel, with the nasal y prefixed ; as, nda, 7s creating ,
ndan, 2s polishing.
3. a. Of two initial consonants and a vowel; as, dée, to cat; gba, to receive; kpe,
to call ; mbé, to be; nde, to arise ; ghon, to be wise, &e.
5. Of two initial consonants and a vowel, with a nasal prefixed. (See § 19.)
§ 22. No word or syllable ends in a consonant, except occasionally in the nasal
‘m’; as, bam-bam, a beetle.
SYLLABLES, 9
§ 23. As consonants do not oecur at the end of syllables, they are not redupli-
cated in spelling. Thus we write ilé, @ house, and ofa, an arrow, instead of ille
and offa. (See § 6, 2.)
ACCENT.
§ 24. By the term accent is here meant that emphatic pronunciation of a
syllable which distinguishes it from other syllables of the same word. This, when
marked, is denoted in the present work by the sign (’), commonly termed the
acute accent, placed after the accented syllable; as, i-da’, a sword, e-ni-a, @ person.
§ 25. In words of two or more syllables, the accent falls regularly on the
penult; as, a-ga, a chair ; e-le’-da, a creator.
§ 26. But since the accent of derivative words follows that of their primitives,
this rule has several exceptions.
1. Nouns of two syllables derived from verbs having the acute tone (§ 11) are
accented on the ultimate ; as, e-da’, a creature, from da, to create.
2. When a verb or preposition having the acute tone enters into the composi-
tion of a noun of three or more syllables, it usually takes the accent; as, a-ba’-ni-
dze, an injurer.
3. When an accented vowel is elided or changed, as in the union of two words
to form one, the accent retains its place ; as, be’ru (for ba’ eru), to le afraid ;
ni-n6 (for ni’ ing), within; su’-re (for sa’ ire), to run.
§ 27. Primitive nouns, or those which cannot be referred to any root in the
Yoruba language, are generally irregular in regard to accent; as, a’-da-ba, a dove ;
o’-ri-sa, an idol; a-lu-fa’, a learned man.
§ 28. In polysyllables, a lighter secondary accent usually falls on the second
syllable before or after the primary; as, d-la-tan-kpo-k6’, @ grasshopper ;
d-la-Sa'-ra, a dealer in snuff. But many compounds retain the accents of their
component words ; as, a-lai’-lo'-gbon, a foolish man ; o-ni’-ba'-ta, a@ shoemaker.
§ 29. 1. It is proper to observe here, that all the Yoruba vowels (unless very
short as to quantity) are sounded much more fully and distinctly than English
vowels. Thus, a-la-ra-da', @ healthy man, which has two full accents, is pro-
nounced with a strong emphasis on both the accented syllables, and with a consi-
derable although slighter stress on the unaccented ones.
2. The distinctness with which Yoruba vowels are uttered is particularly
observable in the monosyllabic verbs, prepositions, and adverbs, which are
generally spoken as if accented; as, 4 10’ ge’ @, we can do it; Wh’ so’ 0 nd’, go,
throw tt away.
2
PART, SECOND,
EY eM OO GW PAUNED asi YIN AGS
CHA Pans ei.
FORMATION OF WORDS.
§ 30. In the former part of this Grammar we described the characters employed
to represent the sounds of the Yoruba language, the nature of these sounds, and
the changes which they undergo. We now proceed to the consideration of sounds
as the representatives of ideas; in doing which we will have to treat first of the
formation of words, and then of their inflexions and the mode of combining them
into sentences.
§ 31. The primitive words of the Yoruba language, amounting in all to about
five hundred, consist of the following classes :
1. Personal and other pronouns.
2. About one hundred and sixty verbs, several of which are obsolete.
3. About two hundred and fifty nouns, including several which are clearly
exotics.
4. A few particles, as adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections.
The remainder of the language, amounting to at least fifteen thousand vocables,
has been built up on this foundation, chiefly by prefixing personal pronouns to
verbs to form nouns, and by the union of nouns with verbs and prepositions,
§ 32. 1. The primitive verbs are all monosyllables, and most of them are of the
simplest possible form, consisting of a single consonant simple or compound and a
vowel either pure or raeall “88, ‘da, to create; dan, to polish ; Aze, to eat ; kpon, to
be red.
2. A few monosyllabic verbs begin with two consonants; as, mbé, tobe; nla, to be
large, &c. "hese, however, are secondary forms: mbé is simply bé, ¢o de, with the
auxiliary prefix ‘m,’ which is the sign of continuance or permanence; nld is a
contraction of nila, to be great (lit. ni, to have, ilé, greatness).
3. The verbs of two syllables are pall either deri ivatives or exotics. Thus, sufe, fo
whistle, is composed of so, to eject wind, and ife, a blowing (from the root fe, to
blow). Fe isnow pronounced fe; but its original form is detected not only in sufe,
but also in fere, asthma, ifere, a flute, and ifefe, a reed. Tuba, to repent, is a recent
importation from the Arabic.
§ 33. The primitive nouns may be classified as follows:
1. Very few are monosyllables; as, he, malignant envy. -
FORMATION OF WORDS. 11
2. Most of them are dissylables, of which the following are examples: aba, a
crib, or barn; ale, evening ; ana, kindred by marriage ; anu PD) ara, the body :
babi, father ; bote or ibote, silliness ; iba, fever ; irin, tron ; ig i, wood ; odo, and
omi, water ; orun, the sun; oruy, heaven; omo, a child.
3. Some are of three syllables; as, Abata, a marsh ; adaba,a dove ; akara, bread ;
ahana, @ violent lawless man.
§ 34. Among the primitive particles we have: ni, 7, on ; si, to, against; ti
from; penoee but ; and a number of adverbs.
§ 35. Very few of the exotic words have come to the Yoruba people through
the Arabic; and it is remarkable that some words of undoubted Eastern origin
are unknown among the tribes further in the interior.
Having thus stated the general principles on which the words of this language,
both pr imitive and derivative e, are fornied, we will now proceed to the special rules
for the formation of the several parts of spéech.
DERIVATION OF VERBS.
36. Verbs of more than one syllable are frequently compounded of a mono-
syllabic verb and a noun; as, beru, to de afraid (from ba, to meet, and eru, fear’) ;
ganu, fo pity (from ge, to make, and anu, pity) ; bila, to make room in a crowd (from
bi, éo push, and ila, an opening).
§ 37. There are three classes of transitive verbs, distinguished by the pecuharity
that the objective case is placed between the component parts or members of the
verb. Their formation is as follows :
1. a. Two verbs are used for one.* Thus, from fi, fo make, and hay, to appear, 1s
formed fi... han, to show; as, 6 fi won han mi (he made them appear to-me), he
showed them to me. From ba, to meet, and dze, to cat, is formed ba... dée, to spoil ;
as, mo ha iwe dZe (Z met book consume), I spoiled the book. From te, to spread,
and bére, to be flat, comes te... bere, to level ; as, te Oke bere (spread hill flat), to
level a hill.
b. Verbs of this class are often used intransitively, so as to be equivalent toa
passive; as, iwe badze, the book spoils or is spoiled ; oke tehére, the hill levels or ts
levelled.
2. a. The second member of a compound transitive verb is sometimes composed
of a preposition and a noun. Thus, be, fo cut, li, in regard to, and ori, the head,
form the compound verb, be ... lori, to behead ; as, 6 be dle lori (he cut wthigf
as-to-the-head), he beheaded a thief. Ko, to gather, li, in regard to, and eru, pro-
perty, goods, form ko... léru, to rob ; as, nwoy ko mi léru (they gathered-up me as-
alee they robbed me. When the noun in the second member of the verb has ‘n?
in it, ‘ni’? is used instead of ‘li’; as, bi... nind, to vex (from bi, to affect or afflict ;
nl, ¢i feat to; ind, the mind).
b. An eraneiaee verb, composed of a verb and a noun (§ 36) may be converted
into a transitive verb by inserting ‘li’ or ‘ni’ between the verb and noun. ‘Thus,
* These so-called compound transitive verbs are, it is true, rather phrases than words; but they
are considered as words, because their parts acquire a new meaning by composition, and because
they are actually united into one word when used in a passive sense, and also in forming nouns ; as,
ibadze, @ spoiling, from ba... dze, to spoil.
12 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
beru (ba ern), to be afraid, becomes ba... leru, to frighten; as, 6 ba mi leru, he
Srightened me.
3. Sometimes the formation of compound transitive verbs is still more com-
plicated, as may be seen in the following example. Ba...dzZe, as above stated,
means ¢o spoil; and ni ind, or niné, means in regard to the mind; the entire
expression, ba...nindé dZe, means fo grieve ; as, 6 ba mi ning dze, he grieves me.
The compound here consists of three members, the first and last of which are verbs,
and the middle one is composed of a preposition and noun.
DERIVATION OF NOUNS.
With Vowel Prefixes.
§ 38. Nouns are formed from verbs, both primitive and derivative, by prefixing
the pure or nasalized vowels, a, e, e, i, 0, 0, and on.* These prefixes (excepting
perhaps the vowel ‘i’) are simply variations of the pronoun of the third person, in
accordance with the principle of vocalic assimilation already noticed (§ 13).
§ 39. The primary use of these prefixes appears to have been to form concrete
nouns denoting the actor or agent; as, ofe, @ parrot (lit. a whistler, from fe, to
whistle); akpedza, a fisherman (from kpedia, to kill fish) ; eSin, a horse (from sin,
to run rapidly). But at present, nouns formed by these prefixes have various
meanings, being frequently employed to denote: 1, the doer of the action, or agent ;
2, the receiver of the action, or patient; 38, the action or state of being; as, aba
(from ba, to meet), he who meets, he who ts met, or, a meeting ; ese, sin; ase, the state
of sin (from ge, to sin).
§ 40. It is to be observed further that regularly, in accordance with the law of
euphonie concord (§ 18, 2), the vowel prefixed to the verb should be identical
with that of the verb itself; as, aba, @ mecting ; ese, sin; ofo, loss; Oro, a word.
But if this principle had been adhered to exclusively, only one noun could be
derived fromeach verb; whereas by prefixing different vowels, there may be several.
Thus, from we, to fold, are derived ewe, a leaf’; iwe, a book; owe, a proverb.
§ 41. The facts in regard to these preformatives, as the practice now stands,
may be summed up as follows:
1. Concrete nouns are formed from all verbs by prefixing ‘a’; as, aba, @ meeter,
from ba, to meet. But nouns of this form have various other meanings, as shown
above (§ 39).
2. Nouns denoting an action are formed from all verbs by prefixing ‘i’; as, iba,
the act of meeting ; ife, love. But sometimes this form has a concrete signification ;
as, adza, a peace-maker.
3. The other vowel prefixes, although of frequent occurrence, are not employed
before every verb. They generally form nouns denoting either the doer, the
receiver, or the result of an action; as, ofi, a loom, from fi, to swing ; esin, @ horse,
from sin, to run; eda, a creature, from da, to create; dro, a word, from Yo, to utter,
to relate.
§ 42. The prefix ‘on’ is not much used, but is met with occasionally ; as, ongbe,
* The vowels a and u are never employed as formative prefixes.
FORMATION OF WORDS. 13
thirst, from gbe, to be dry. Before a dental consonant, the nasal ‘yn’ is changed to
‘n’; as, onde, @ prisoner, from de, to bind. In one case ‘on’ becomes ‘am’ in the
Iketu dialect, and ‘oi’ in Yoruba: viz. ambd, oibé, a white man, from hd, to peel.*
Hence, orombo (oro ambd), the white mans fruit, the usual name of the orange ;
and okpaimbo (okpe ambo), the white man’s pal, that is, a pine-apple.
§ 43. The prefix ‘ai’ (composed of ‘a’ and ‘i, not), and its equivalent ‘é,’ are
attached to verbs to form nouns of a negative meaning; as, aimd, or emo, that
which is unknown or unusual, a monster ; aidze, that which is not eaten or must
not be eaten. Roots with this prefix are also used imperatively; as, aiwi, do not
speak, keep silence!
With Syllabic Prefixes.
§ 44. Aba (composed ‘of the prefix ‘a’ and ba, to mect) is prefixed to verbs to
form nouns implying union; as, abata, a market-place (lit. aba ita, the mecting of
streets); abage, a helper (lit. aba ge, he who meets one to do something). Aba is
sometimes changed into eba; as, ebado, a shore (lit. eba odo, the meeting of the
water).
§ 45. Abi, which signifies Jeéng in a state of, having, is prefixed to nouns, to form
nouns expressing a quality, endowment, or condition; as,abiye (abi iye), that which
has feathers; abara (abi ara), that which has a body, e.g. agaliti abara yiyi, the
lizard which has a body of roughness, i. e. a rough body.
§ 46. Abu is sometimes a derivative from bu, fo give ; as, abuso, a falsehood (lit.
abu iso, the giving of talk). Tn other cases abu is equivalent to abi; as, aburo, that
which stands erect (lit. abi iro, being in a standing posture). For the vowel change,
see § 16, 3.
§ 47. 1. Ada (from da, to make) is prefixed to nouns, to form others implying
the cause or result of an action; as, adalu, a mixture, adulteration (from ada, a
making, and ilu, @ mixing); adakpé (ikpe, @ calling), contraction of words, by
elision; adado (Odo, water), an island.
2, Sometimes the final ‘a’ of ada is elided, thus shortening the prefix to ‘ad’;
as, adete, a leper, from ete, leprosy ; adoguy (6gun, war), that which causes war ;
adote (ote, enmity), that which causes enmity.
§ 48. ‘Afi’ or ‘af? (from fi, to make) is prefixed to verbs; as, afihdn, a show,
display (lit. afi, a making, hin, to appear). It is also prefixed to nouns when they
are followed by verbs; as, afonahan, a guide (lit. a, he, fi, makes, Ona, w road,
han, to appear, i. e. one who shows the road).
§ 49. Am, a contraction of amd, a knowing, he who knows, is prefixed to nouns ;
as, amero (ero, consideration), a discreet person, discretion ; amoye (oye, intel-
ligence), an intelligent man.
§ 50. Ati (probably composed of ‘a’ and ‘ti, from) is prefixed to verbs to
form nouns expressing the abstract idea of the verb; as, atiri, scevg.
§ 51. Bu and ibu are formed from ibi, @ place ; the final ‘i’ being changed into
‘un’? (§ 16, 3). They are prefixed to nouns; as, budo, or ibudo, @ camp (lit. ibi ido,
the place of camping); budéoko or ibudzoko, a seat (ibi idZoko, the place of sitting).
* When the skin of a negro peels off, especially after a burn, the surface becomes white like the
skin of a white man. Ambo or oibé means, literally, who is peeled. ©
14 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
§ 52. 1. The vowels, a, e, &e., prefixed to li or ni, to have, form the prefixes al,
el, el, ol, ol, &e., which form nouns of possession from other nouns; as, alaso, the
owner of cloth, a dealer in cloth (from aso, cloth); elesin, the owner of a horse,
a horseman (from egin, a horse); oloti, the owner of ale, a dealer in ale (from
oti, ale).
2, Since the performer of an action may be regarded as its possessor, nouns of
this form frequently denote the actor or agent; as, alabo, a defender (from abo,
defence) ; elegbe, a helper (from eghe, help); elese, a sinner (from ése, sin); olore,
a benefactor (from ore, a favor); olore, a giver (from ore, a gift).
3. Occasionally we have the form olu, by § 16,3; as, oluwa (oli iwa, he who has
lite), a lord; oluge (ise, work), a laborer.
4. «. The vowel prefixed to ‘1’ must be the same as the initial vowel of the
noun which takes the prefix, according to the principle of euphonic concord
(§ 18, 2), as seen in the examples given above. But the prefix ‘il’ is never used ;
and hence, when a prefix is required for a noun beginning with ‘i, it is customary
to employ ‘on’; as, onibu, that which has breadth, which is broad (from ibu, breadth) ;
onighagho, a believer (from ighagho, belief ).
b. Sometimes it is more agreeable to the ear to substitute ‘ol’ for ‘on’; as, olifa,
that which is profitable (from ifa, profit). But in such cases it is usual for the final
‘i’ of oli, and the initial ‘i’ of the noun to be changed into ‘u’ (See § 52, 3.)
5. a. By exchanging the initial vowel of these prefixes for ‘ai, they become
negative. Thus, elese, @ sinner, becomes ailése, one who is sinless ; olomo, one who
has a child, ailoma, who is childless ; alaghéva, who-ts strong, ailaghira, who ts not
strong.
b. Frequently the prefix ‘al’ is employed before negative nouns; as, aiko, the state
of being unlearned (from ko, to learn), alaiko, one who is unlearned; aise, sin-
lessness, alais’, he who is sinless; aida, wrcreatedness, alaidé, which ts not cre-
ated, which has no existence.
Nouns formed by Reduplication.
§ 53. Nouns are formed from verbs by reduplicating the first syllable of the
verb; as, didara, goodness (from dara, to be good); \kpikpé, duration (from kpé, to
stay, to continue). The vowel of the reduplicated syllable is changed into ‘i,’ as in
the above examples, except that occasionally ‘u’ is not changed; as, giguy or
euguy, length (from guy, to be long).
§ 54. Nouns formed by reduplication from active transitive verbs have both an
active and a passive signification ; as, tita, a selling, also, that which is sold or to be
sold (from ta, to sell): e.g. tita ki i$e bibu, selling is not giving ; aso tita, cloth to sell.
§ 55. A few inelegant nouns are formed by reduplicating the entire verb; as,
kpedéakpedéZa, a fisherman (from kpedza, to hill fish). Hither akpedéa or oni-
kpedéa is preferable to the reduplicated form.
§ 56. Nouns are formed by reduplicating a noun and inserting ki, li, ri, de, or iyi,
usually with an elision of the final vowel of the particle, as follows:
1. a. Ki has the sense of any or whatever; as, eiyekeiye, any bird whatever
(from eiye): e.g. 46 ri eiyekeiye, we saw no birds whatever ; eiyekeiye a to, any
5
bird will do (A t6, will suffice).
: ? w }
On
FORMATION OF WORDS, l
b. Nouns of this form are sometimes employed to express contempt; as, énia-
kénia li iwo, thow art a contemptible person ; obirikobini, a trifling woman.
ce. When the reduplicated noun begins with ‘i,’ it is converted after the particle
into ‘u’ (§ 16, 3); thus, from isin, service, we have isinkusin, saperstition.
d. Observe that the vowel following ‘k’ invariably has a strong accent,
éemake’nia,
2. Li, to have, when inserted in a reduplicated noun, implies ownership in refer-
ence to a third person; as, omolomo, another person’s child: e. g. aind omolomo, we
must not whip another persows child (it. omo olomo, the child of the child-owner).
3. Ri, ever, only ; as, ayeraye, ever living (from aye, the state of being alive);
medziredzi, only two (from medzi and edZi, to).
4. De, to; as, owodowo, tradition (lit. ow6 de ow6d, hand to hand). Ati, from,
is sometimes prefixed to nouns of this form; as, atirandiran, geneulogy (lit. ati iran
de iran, from generation to generation).
5. Lyi (perhaps 1. q. eyi, ¢iis) makes a noun emphatic; as, ekuru-iyekurn, the
dust, this dust, i. e. the very dust.
Nouns formed by Composition.
E A ‘iL
§ 57. Two nouns are occasionally compounded together, the qualifying term or
possessor being placed last, which is the reverse of ihe English order; as, omo ehin,
a follower, a disciple Grom omo, @ child or servant, and ehin, the back) odai ona
(eye road), a gate; oluso agutan (watcher sheep), a shepherd; iWé tubu (house
prison), a jail.
§ 58. A whole phrase is frequently united to form a noun; as, afibikpore, an
erp person (from a, he, fi, put, ibi, evil, kpe, to call, ore, good); agabagche,
a double-dealer, a Iapoorite (from a, he, guy, climbs, ee the crib or ae n, guy,
climbs, &be, fhe 4 yam-hill).
§ 59. Many nouns in ‘a’ are compounded with verbs to form new abstract
nouns; as, asila, escape (from asd, a@ running, and la, to be safe); afetin, perfect
love (from afe love, and tan, to be completed); a&edau, excess, as to conduct (from
ase a doing, an action, and dz, to surpass).
§ 60. Adverbs also are attached to this class of nouns in the same manner; as,
akpédzo, a congregation (from akpe, a calling, and do, together); aghesdke, a
lifting up (from agbe, a lifting, and sdke, wp): e.g. gbe @ li aghesdke, lift it as
to a lifting up, for gbe @ sdke, lift it up.
§ 61. To exhibit the various regular methods of forming nouns and verbs from
a verbal root, we subjoin the following list of words regularly derived from gan,
to despise :
1. Nouns formed by attaching a single prefix to the root or by reduplicating it :
again, one who despises or who is despised ; the state of being despised, contempt ;
the act of despising.
igan, the act of despising ; a despiser.
ongan, @ despiser.
atigauy, a despising ; as an infinitive, to despise, ie be despised.
sigan, a despising, that which is + despised . as an infinitive, fo despise or be
despised. fs
16 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
gingin, a despiser.
aigan, the state of not being despised.
2, Verbs formed from agin, igan, and aigan, by prefixing the verb da, to make ;
. ‘ /
die, to be; li, to have ; md, to know or eaperience ; or Se, to do, to act:
dagin, to cause contempt or hatred.
dzagan, to be despised.
lagan,
ligan,
magan, to be despised ; to experience hatred ov contempt.
gagan, to be despised ; to despise.
laigay, to be not despised.
saigan, to be not despised, to despise not.’
8. Nouns formed from these verbs by the prefixes ‘a,’ ‘i,’ and ‘ati’ It seems
unnecessary to write these nouns; but observe that instead of aligan, a despiser, one
who is despised, we frequently hear oligin, olugiy, and onigan., Adagan, one who
causes contempt, may be changed into onidagan; and in like manner ‘oni’ may
be prefixed to dzZagin, Sagan, and saigan, mstead of ‘a.’
? 10 be despised.
DERIVATION OF ADVERBS.
§ 62. In the Yoruba language many abstract relations, as those of time and
place, are expressed by nouns; as, oni, this day ; ana, the day before to-day, yesterday ;
ola, the day after to-day, to-morrow ; ibi, this place; ihe, that place. ‘These nouns
are formed into adverbs by prefixing li or ni, iv; as, 1? oni or loni, to-day; It
ola or lola, to-morrow ; ni ibe or nibe, there, &e.
§ 63. Adverbs of time expressing the idea of recurrence or repetition are
formed by reduplicating the first sylable of a noun expressing time, and then
prefixing li or ni, in; as, od4o, a day; odtodto, day after day ; lodzodzo, daily.
So from ou, a month, we have ogogu and logogu, monthly, &e.
§ 64. A few adverbs are formed by combining several words ; as, nigbagbogbo,
always (from ni, in, igha, time, ghogbo, all or every); nitorikini? wherefore?
(from niti, in, as to; ori, reason or cause; kini, what); boya, perhaps (from bi,
if, 6, it, ya, ts).
§ 65. Many adverbs consist of a reduplicated syllable or word; as, gege, alike ;
gidigidi, very ; goigoi, sluggishly ; kankan, quickly ; fiofio, very (high). It is pro-
bable that all such adverbs were originally nouns, formed by reduplicating the
entire verbal root.
§ 66. Although the adverbs are quite numerous, there are some relations which
none of them definitely express; and hence both verbs and nouns are frequently
used adverbially, as in the following cases:
1. For want of an adverb to express the idea of more, the verb dzZu, to surpass,
is employed in that sense; as, dara déi (good surpassing), more good or better ; iwo
Sige dét mi, you work more than I, Sometimes 16h, to go, is added; as, iw9 sige
dz mi léh; but it makes no perceptible addition to the sense.
2. The adverb sokan, together, expresses the idea of unison or congruity, rather
than that of being or acting in common; and hence to denote the latter idea, the
co.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 17
verbs 446, to assemble, and kpd, to be common, are employed; as, k6 46, to collect
together ; sdro kpo, to talk together.
8. The adverbs of place with the idea of motion, as, loke, wp, and nisale, down,
correspond very nearly to the English words upwards and downwards ; and hence
to express the precise idea of wp and down, the Yorubas employ the verbs, dide,
to vise, and gubu, to fall; as, fa dide, to raise (one) up ; bi Subu, to push (one)
down.
4, Finally, to mention one more example among many, the Yoruba adverbs
meaning much refer to number and quantity rather than to degree; and hence to
express this last idea, the noun kpikpd, abundance, is used; as, fe kpikpd, to love
much or greatly.
§ 67. Many Yoruba adverbs are restricted in their use to a single word, or at
most to a single idea; as, fiofio, very or much, which is applied to nothing except the
idea of height; Sensen, (standing) wpright ; buruburu, (hiding) closely ; biribiri,
intensely (dark). Ex: igi ga fiofio, the tree is very tall; & duro senSen, we stand
erect; dle kpamé burubura, the thief hid closely ; ile $4 biribiri (the-ground is-dark
intensely), it ts very dark.
DERIVATION OF PREPOSITIONS.
§ 68. A few of the prepositions are verbs; as, ba, w7th, along with (prop. to
meet); fi, with, by means of (prop. to make); de, for (prop. to be ready, prepared).
But most of the Yoruba prepositions are composed of a noun and one of the pri-
mitive particles ni, 7m ; si, to; or ti, from; as, nind, in, within (from ni and ind, the
inside). (See Prepositions.)
DERIVATION OF CONJUNCTIONS. '
§ 69. A few of the conjunctions may be primitive words; but it is not difficult
to refer them to verbal roots; as, bi, #f; probably from the obsolete verb bi, to Ce,
which is still retained in composition, e. g. abi, the state of existence.
§ 70. Most of the remaining conjunctions are compound words; as, ndze, then
(from 6n, #, and dée, to be); nitori, because (from niti, év, and ori, reason).
§ 71. The origin of others is more doubtful. Thus, adi, notwithstanding, may
be derived from di, to subtract ; on, and, appears to be the pronoun 6y, he; ki, that,
is a primitive. (See Conjunctions.)
OH ACP TER. TT,
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS.
§ 72. When words are combined together to form propositions, the relations
which they bear to each other are indicated partly by their position with regard
to each other, or collocation, partly by certain subordinate words or particles
employed for this purpose, and partly by changes in the form of words, called
inflexions. In the Yoruba language the first and second of these methods are
2
oO
18 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
mostly employed. Of inflexion, properly so called, the language exhibits but
faint traces.
§ 73. The verb is the most important part of speech, and that from which most,
if not all, the other words in Yoruba may be considered as derived. It would
therefore be proper to commence this division of the Grammar with the verb.
But the verb cannot be conjugated except by means of the personal pronouns; and
hence it is most convenient to begin with the pronouns.
PRONOUNS.
Personal Pronouns.
NOMINATIVES,
§ 74. The primary forms of the personal pronouns are: emi, 7; iwo, thow ; On,
he, she, or tt. Each of these pronouns is inflected, or varied in form, to distinguish
the plural from the singular number; as, emi, 7; awa, we ; but there is no variation
of form to express gender.
§ 75. Besides the primary forms just mentioned, each of the singular personal
pronouns, when employed as the subject of a proposition, has two contracted or
secondary forms, the use of which depends on the principle of euphonic concord
laid down in a previous section (§ 13); and the pronouns of the first and third per-
sons have each two additional contracted forms, founded on other considerations,
which will presently be explained. The plurals are likewise subject to contraction.
§ 76. The contracted or secondary forms of these pronouns may be classified as
follows :
1. The ewphonic forms, which are divided into,
a. The close form ending in ‘o,’ which is used before the close vowels.
6. The open form, ending in ‘0, which is used before the open vowels.
2. The cétative form, the pronouns of which, mi, Z, and i, he, she, ct, appear to be
contractions of ‘emi’ and ‘yi’
3. The future form, so called because employed chiefly in the future tense.
4. All the plural nominatives are sometimes abridged in form by the suppression
of the entire second syllable, to allow of their being more closely connected with
the following verb.
§ 77. The various forms of the personal pronouns, in what may be called the
nominative case, are then as follows:
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Primary Forms. Contracted Forms. Primary. Conti d.
Euphonic. Citative. | Future.
Open. Close.
Need emi mo mo mi n | we, awa a
ie : ,
2, thou, 1wo 0 0 ye, enyiy é
3, he, she, it, 6n, On| 6 6 i yi, a | they, awon, nwon A
LC
‘\,
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 19
Remarks on the Nominatives.
§ 78. The primary forms of these pronouns may be employed on all occasions,
the use of the contracted forms being optional.
§ 79. The close and open forms are employed instead of the primary forms
merely for the sake of euphony.
1. ‘The rules to be observed in their use are as follows:
a. When the first vowel of the following verb is a close vowel, viz. e, i, 0, or u,
the close form of the pronoun must be employed ; as, mo ge, J did ; 0 vi, thow seest.
6. When the first vowel of the verb is an open vowel, viz. e or 0, the open form
of the nominative pronoun is employed; as, mo fe, Z love; 6 md, he knows. This
rule, however, is often neglected in practice.
¢c. Before the neuter vowel ‘a,’ the open or close form of the pronoun is used
iy tile as, mo ta or mo ta, J sell.
. There are two peculiarities to be noted in reference to the use of the close and
Spal forms.
a. None of them can be employed as nominatives to verbs in the future tense.
For instance, it is correct to say either, emi 6 ri, or y 6 ri, Z shall see; but mo 6 ri
is inadmissible.
b. Before the particle ko or k9, not, 6 or 6, he, is uniformly omitted: as, k6 ri,
he does not see; k} md, he does not know. But 6y or 6 is used with that par-
ticle; as, 6y kd md, he does not know.
§ 80. 1. The citative forms, mi, Z and i, xe, are rarely used; but they are
sometimes employed in repeating what has been said, with the suppression of the
verb of saying, asking, or replying; as, mi, nibo, Z (enquired) where ? i, lohun, he
(replied) yonder ; mi, ho, Z (answered) 6; this word ‘6’ being the usual reply to
a salutation, which is aspirated in the above example for the sake of euphony,
2. The pronouns of this form are never employed in negative or interrogative
sentences; neither is there any analogous contracted form for the second person
singular or for the plural.
§ 81. The personal pronoun ‘yn’ appears to be a modification of ‘emi.’ The
manner in which it is formed is seen in the subjunctive phrase, ki emi ri, that I see,
which is frequently contracted to ki em’ ri, and ki ’m’ ri; and is still more fre-
quently pronounced kin ri. Although we have classed ‘n’ along with ‘yi’ in the
future form, its use is not confined to the future tense. It is employed as follows:
1. In the future tense, instead of ‘emi’; as, n 6 ri, Z shall see.
2. In negative propositions, before ké or ko, not ; as, y k6 ri (Z not see), Ido not
see; 1) kO 16h (J not go), Ido or will not go. It is especially employed to express
refusal ; as, 9 k6 ge @, J will not do it; emi k6 ge 6, suggests the idea of denial, 7
did not do it.
§ 82. The use of the demonstrative yi, this or that, as a pronoun of the third
person, is confined to the future tense.
1. It is employed instead of 6n, he, she, zt; as, yi 6 de, he will come.
2. It is often used pleonastically after other nominatives, either singular or plural.
a. In affirmative sentences it is generally preceded by ni, to le; as, baba ni yi 6
ri (father it-is that will see), father will see; awa ni yi 6 md (we its that will
know), we will know.
20 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
In these examples we have probably the full original construction of ‘yi’ in the
future, from which the briefer modes of expression—awa 6 ri, and awa Q mo—
are formed by ellipsis.
}. In negative future propositions, ‘yi’ is always placed between Ki, not, and the
auxiliary 6 or 6; as, emi ki yi 6 ri (1 not that shall see), I shall not see; nwoy ki
yi 6 md, they will not know.
§ 83. The pronoun ‘4’ is employed before verbs in the future tense, as a substitute
both for yi, he, and 6 or 6, will; as, 4 lu mi, he will strike me; & £6 8, he will
break it. .
§ 84. Awon, they, is not employed as the direct subject of a proposition, except
occasionally in the Egba dialect. Its use is restricted to two cases, in both of which
nwoy is inadmissible:
1. Before ti, who or which, it is employed as the subject of a proposition ; as,
awoy tio de (they who he came), they who came ; awoy ti eba ona, they which (fell
by) the road side (Luke 8. 12).
9, Before nouns, to indicate plurality; as, awon agba kpédéo (they elder met),
the elders were assembled ; Sna awoy elese, the way of sinners.
§ 85. The use of the contracted plural forms, , ¢, 4, is optional, and differs in no
respect from that of the full forms, except that 4, they, is used impersonally to form
a substitute for passive verbs. (§ 147.)
OBJECTIVES.
§ 86. The personal pronouns when employed as the object. of a proposition,
whether governed by verbs or prepositions, take the following forms :
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
Primary Forms. Contracted Forms. Primary. Contracted.
1. me, emi mi US, awa wa
2. thee, 1wo 0 you, enyin nyiy
3. him, her, tt, on on | 4, 4, fi, 4, €, 6, 7 them, awon, nwoy won
Remarks on the Objectives.
§ 87. The primary forms, which are the same as in the nominative, are used in
the following cases:
1. When two objective pronouns are connected by a conjunction; as, 6 da iwo
ati emi, he made thee and me; & md on ati awon, we know him and them. In this
case awon is preferable to nwon.
2. When an objective pronoun is connected with ‘nd, having the sense of se/f;
as, nwon kd ri on na, they did not see himself ; 6 kp’ awoy ni, he called themselves.
Here again awoy is preferable to nwon.
3. When an objective pronoun begins a sentence; as, iwo ni mo ri (thee it-is I
saw), I saw thee; awoy or nwon ni & kpe, we called them.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. Onn
4. When the objective pronoun is followed by the relative ti, who or which ; as,
mo ri on tio de (J saw him who he came), I saw him who came ; mo fe awoy ti o
fe emi, I love them who love me. Nwon is not used in this case.
5. The full form is frequently employed because it is more agreeable to the ear ;
as, mo fe awon ti o fe emi, Z love them who love me.
§ 88. As the objective pronouns are generally governed by a preceding word to
which they are closely attached in pronunciation, the contracted forms are, for the
most part, made by eliding the initial vowel of the pronoun, so that it may be more
closely joined to the governing word. On these forms the following observations
are to be made:
1. We occasionally hear e for 0, thee; as, mo rie, J see you. This is a con-
traction of the pronoun of the second person plural, which, as with us, is often used
instead of the singular by way of politeness.
9. a. Reasoning from analogy, we may assume that the original contracted form
of the third person singular, was ‘o, like the nominative; but as this vowel
becomes perfectly assimilated to the final vowel of the governing verb or pre-
position, it assumes in turn all the forms of these vowels; as,mo ra a, bought it ;
mo ge 6, J did it; mo ril, J saw tt; fu fi, to it, ke.
b. The objectives, 4, 6, @, 1, 6, 6, and fi, have no accent, and scarcely any per-
ceptible quantity, especially when they follow a sharp vowel. The practised ear
can discover, however, that they slightly sharpen the preceding vowel. Thus, mo
ri i, Z see it, is pronounced mo ri; and mo md 4, L know him, is pronounced, as
nearly as signs can represent it, mo m0’.
POSSESSIVES.
§ 89. As the pronouns when used to indicate possession are closely attached to
a preceding noun, they assume the same contracted forms as the objectives; the
only difference is that ‘r3’ is employed as the possessive of the second and third
persons singular.
SINGULAR. PLURAL.
r
Primary Forms. Contracted Forms. | Primary. Contracted.
. . |
1. my, emi mi | our, awa wa
2. thy, iwo ré | your, enyiy nyip
3. his, her, its, on re | their, awon, nwon won
§ 90. The full or primary forms are employed as possessives only when the rela-
tion of possession is expressed by the preposition ti, of (see § 131, 2) ; as, iwe ti emi
(book of me), my book; iwe ni ti emi (book it-is of me), it is my book.
§ 91. 1. Frequently, however, the relation of possession is indicated simply by
placing the pronoun immediately after the noun (see § 131, 1), and then the con-
tracted form is employed; as, iwe mi (b00k of me), my book ; iwe re (Look of thee
or him), thy book or his book.
29 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
2, The same forms are used after a so-called compound verb, consisting of a verb
and a noun (§ 36), when, although the pronoun is rendered into English as an
objective, it really stands in the relation of possessor to the noun; as, mg beru ré,
T fear him; lit. mo ba eru re, L meet the fear of him or his fear.
EMPHATIC AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.
§ 92. The personal pronouns are augmented by the addition of several words
equivalent to the English word sf, selves, &c., as follows:
1. Na, that, added to a pronoun makes it emphatic; as, emi né, J myself; iwe ti
emi nda, my own book.
2, Ara, body or self, is used only before possessives, and performs two offices:
a. Before a singular possessive it makes the pronoun reflexive; as, 6 fe ara ré,
he loves himself.
b. Before a plural, it often makes the pronoun reciprocal; as, nwoy fe ara won,
they love each other.
3. Tikara (composed of ati, and, eki, only, and ara, self), sometimes pronounced
tikala, is employed before possessives, and forms emphatic pronouns ; as, emi tikara
mi md (J and-only-self my know), I myself know ; enyin tikara nyin ri, ye your-
SELVES SEC.
4. Kpakpa, se/f, is added either to a nominative or objective pronoun, and ren-
ders it emphatic; as, iwo kpakpa, thee thyself. Kpakpa is more definite than né,
being equivalent to very self. Sometimes tikara with its possessive pronoun is
followed by kpakpa; as, iwo tikara ré kpakpa, thee thyself or thy very self.
But the expression ‘iwo kpakpa’ appears to be equally strong without the addition
of ‘tikara ré’
§ 93. Each of the foregoing expressions may be used in conjunction with nouns,
as follows: babé n4 ri—babda ara ré ri—baba tikara ré ri—babaé kpakpa ri—baba
tikara ré kpakpa ri; each of which sentences signifies, father himself sees.
PLEONASTIC USE OF PRONOUNS.
§ 94. Personal pronouns which would be superfluous in English are frequently
employed in Yoruba, as in the following cases:
§ 95. 1. When a verb is separated from its nominative by intervening words ;
as, okonri kan loro 6 ni iridZti kan (snan one rich he had steward one), a rich man
had a steward.
2. When the objective noun is separated from the governing word by a relative
clause, an objective pronoun is supplied after the governing word, whether it be a
verb or a preposition; as, omo, ti 9 16h oko, ekuy mu fi (the child, who he went to-
the-farm, a leopard caught him), a leopard caught the child who went to the farm ;
alagbe, tio konrin li ode ni, mo fii fu (the beggar, who he sang at the door tt-is, I
gave it to), I gave it to the beggar who sang at the door.
§ 96. Pleonastie 6 or 6, he, she, it, frequently occurs before verbs:
1. When ti, who, which, is the subject of a relative clause; as, nia ti o de (the
person who he came), the person who came; enyiy ti 9 md, ye who know.
2. After ni or li, this one, that one, when employed as asubstitute for the relative
ti; as, énia li o sina, a people who err.
*
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 23
3. After ni or li, when this word is used pleonastically in the sense of fo de ; as,
iwo If o ge @ (thou itis that did it), thow didst it ; iya li o kpé o, mother called thee.
§ 97. A pleonastic pronoun of the third person singular follows verbs of saying,
writing, &., in connexion with kpé, that, to wit; as, 6 ténumo 6 kpé 6n ko ge é
(he affirmed it that he not did it), he affirmed that he did not do it; mo kowe ré kpé
emi mbd (J built-book of-it that I was-coming), [ wrote that I was coming.
§ 98. Yi, he, she, it, is frequently employed pleonastically before verbs in the
future tense; as, oba yi 6 kpa 4, the king he will kill him.
OMISSION OF PRONOUNS,
§ 99. The personal pronoun 6 or 6, he, she, dt, is always omitted before k6, ko,
or ki, not ; as, k6 ri, he does not see ; kd md, he does not know ; ki ise enia rere (not
is person goodness), he is not a good man. But the full form 6y or 6n, he, is not
omitted; and hence, instead of the above expressions, we may use their precise
equivalents, 6n k6 ri, he does not see; 6n kd md, he does not know ; 6y ki ise énia
rere, he is not a good man.
100. Possessives are sometimes omitted for the sake of brevity; as, 16h bo
odzu, go wash (your) face; iya de, (my) mother has come.
Demonstrative Pronouns.
§ 101. The demonstrative pronouns are yi, ¢his ; na, that; ni, this one, that one ;
with their plurals wonyi, these, woni, those, formed by prefixing awon, they, to ‘yi’
and ‘ni!’
§ 102. The demonstratives are placed immediately after the nouns which they
define ; as, ilé yi, this house; ilé woni, those houses. When the noun is followed
by a descriptive word, the demonstrative is placed after both; as, énia rere nd
(person of goodness that), that good person.
§ 103. Both ‘yi’ and ‘nd’ may be attached to plural nouns; as, awon énia yi,
these people; ghoghbo ilé na, all those houses.
§ 104. The pronoun ‘ni’ appears to be, as regards its origin, the near demon-
strative this. At present, however, this word and its corresponding substantive
‘eni’ have the following uses and acceptations.
1. It is employed as an indefinite pronoun, which may be variously rendered
according to circumstances ; as, wi fu ni or eni (speak to one or w person), speak to
me or us; ba ni sise, help one, or us, to work ; ent ti mbd (one who is coming), he
who is coming ; emi ko ri eni kan (I not see some one), L see no one.
2, ‘Ni? is frequently employed as a definite article (§ 108).
3. It is combined with other pronouns in composition; as, eyini (eyi ni), that ;
awoni (awon ni), those; tani? (ta? mi), who? kini? (a? ni), what ?
§ 105. When the demonstratives are employed substantively, they are aug-
mented by the addition of the usual preformatives; as, eyi, alayi, eleyi, this ;
onna, that; of which the plurals are awonyi, iwonyi, nwonyl, these ; awoni, awonnd,
those. Sometimes ‘eyi’ reduplicates the second syllable; as, eyiyi, th/s; and fre-
quently it is compounded with ni, forming the compound substantive pronoun
eyini, meaning that.
1. The substantive demonstratives are construed like nouns; as, eyi li o ge @
24 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
(this it-is he did it), this person did it; onnd li o wil (that itis he said it), that
person said it ; iwonyi mod, these know.
2. ‘Onna’ and ‘awoynd’ are emphatic; as, awonnd ni mo ri (those it-ts T saw),
I saw those very persons, or themselves.
DEFINITE ARTICLE.
§ 106. The demonstratives na and ni, ‘hat, and the substantive pronoun eyi, this,
frequently have the force of the definite article.
§ 107. Na is always equivalent to the English demonstrative that, although in
some cases it may be rendered by the article the; as, okonri na ti o de lana, the
man who came yesterday.
§ 108. Ni is scarcely used as a demonstrative, and is more nearly equivalent to
the article; as, 4 ri odo nla ni, we saw the great river; oba ni li o wil (king the it-
is that said it), the king said it. In the use of ni we observe two peculiarities.
1. It is employed in connexion with kan, one, which is used to indicate sin-
gularity ; as, omode kan ni Ii o se @, the child did tt.
2. It frequently qualifies a phrase or sentence; as, ilé ndzo ni, there is a house on
jive; baloguy medzi, ti o 16h oguy né ni, ko huwa re, two generals, who went to that
war, did not behave well. In these and all similar examples ‘ni’ may be rendered
by dt ts.
§ 109. Eyi, thzs, is employed as a definite article, before the noun, in speaking
of one among a plurality of things previously mentioned. Thus in Luke 15. 12,
after mentioning the two sons, we have the phrase ‘eyi aburo,’ the younger.
The Relative Pronoun.
§ 110. The relative ti, who or which, is applied to both persons and things, and
is not varied to indicate gender, number, or case. Hence, as is the case, for instance,
with the uninflected Hebrew relative, a personal pronoun is often employed in
connexion with it to indicate the number and person which the relative would have
if inflected.
§ 111. 1. a. When employed as the subject of a relative clause, or in what may
be called the nominative case, ti is usually followed by o or 0, he, she, it, which is
used in a general way for all numbers and persons; as, awa ti o ri, we who see ;
iwo ti o ké, thow who learnest.
b. When the verb of the relative clause begins with ‘m, ‘n,’ or ‘yn,’ either as an
auxiliary particle or as a component part of the verb, the ‘o’ or ‘o”’ is usually
omitted ; as, iwo ti nsdro, thou who art speaking ; awa ti mbée, we who are.
2. Frequently, however, instead of ‘o’ or ‘0,’ a pronoun is used, agreeing in
person and number with the antecedent; as, énia ti awon Se @ ( person who they did
it), the people who did it; emi timo md ( L who L know), I who know.
3. It being regarded as sufficient if the plurality of the antecedent is once
expressed, the same thing may be said in several different ways. Thus the sen-
tence, he slew his sons who rebelled, may be expressed in Yoruba either by, 6 kpa
awoy omo ré ti o sote (lit. he slew them son of him who he rebelled); or by, 6 kpa
omo ré awoy ti o sote ( he slew son of him they who he rebelled); or else by, 6 kpa
omo re ti nwoy sote (he slew son of him who they rdelled).
bo
n
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS.
§ 112. 1. In what may be called the objective case, ‘ti’ is not followed by ‘
or any other pleonastic pronoun ; as, ilé ti oba ko, the house which the king built.
2. The relative cannot be governed directly by a preposition, but only through
a noun or pronoun; hence when’ the preposition has no other word for its object,
the pronoun eni, one, is introduced before the relative; as, si eni ti (to one who),
to whom; fu eni ti (for one who), for whom.
§ 118. The possessive case is expressed:
1. By employing a personal pronoun, which must follow the name of the thing
possessed ; as, okonri ti i1é ré dZo (man who house of him burned), the man whose
house was burned.
2. By employing the pronoun eni, one, before ti; as, bata eni ti emi kd td gbé
(shoes of one which I not am-sufficient to-bear), whose shoes I am not worthy to bear.
Eni is sometimes introduced to make a phrase definite; as, gbogbo nyin eni ti
ngbé (all you one who are-hearing ‘g), all you who hear.
§ 114. When its antecedent is a noun signifying time or ‘place, ‘ti’? may be
rendered by when or where ; as, igba ti mo de, the time when L came ; ibi ti 6 wa,
the place where he is.
§ 115. The compound relative what is expressed :
1. By a noun and ‘ti, which; as, emi kd fe nkay ti 6 Se, L do not like what
(lit. thing which) he did.
2. By eyi ti, this which ; as, awa kd mo eyi ti 6 ri, we do not know what he saw.
3. By bi... ti, as... which; as, mo ghd bi o ti wi, LZ heard what thou saidst.
§ 116. We occasionally meet with ni or li, that, employed as a relative instead
of ti; as, énia li o gina li eyi, thas 7s a people that err.
OMISSION OF THE RELATIVE.
§ 117. The relative is omitted in the following cases:
1. Before an adverb composed of a preposition, a noun, and the relative; as,
enyiy li awon nigbati enyin gbd (ye are they in-tine-which ye hear), ye are they who
when ye hear.
2. Before mah, not; as, alagbara mih md éro (strong-man not knows conside-
ration), a strong man who does not consider; abanige mah ba ni ge mé (helper not
with one acts more), a helper who helps no more.
3. Sometimes, instead of making use of a relative clause in dependence on the
main proposition, two separate propositions are employed ; as, amdran md owe, i
ladza oran (wise-man knows proverbs, he reconciles difficulties), a wise man who
knows proverbs reconciles difficulties,
Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns.
§$ 118. Ta? who? is generally, if not invariably, compounded with ni or li, that.
It is employed as follows:
1. As an interrogative pronomns ; as, tani? who? tani ni? who és it? iwo tani?
(thou who), who art thou? tani ge 6? tie did it? or, tall o ge @? (who he did it),
who did it? 6 \i tani? he struck whom? tani 6 wi fu? whom did he speak to? or
6 wi fu tani? he spoke to whom ?
4
26 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
9. As an indefinite pronoun; as, emi md tani 6 li, J know whom he struck.
In the Egba dialect, before the auxiliary particle ‘yn, ‘ta’ is sometimes omitted, and ‘li? only is
employed; as, li nkpé mi? who és calling me?
3. Tani is equivalent to a possessive in various constructions :
a. After the name of the thing possessed; as, ilé tani ndzo? (house of whom
is-burning 2) whose house is burning? At the option of the speaker, ti, of, may be
inserted before tani; as, ilé ti tani ndzo?
b. The same thing may be expressed by tani? who? and ni, to have or own, with
ti, which, following the name of the thing possessed; as, tani ni ilé ti ndzo? (who
house which is-burning), whose house is-burning ?
§ 119. The relative ‘ti’ is employed as an interrogative in the sense of what ?
1. Ti alone is used; as, emi 6 ti Se? (Z shall what do), what shall I do? enyiy
6 ti ge md? (ye will what do to-know), how will ye know ?
2, Very often bi, as, is employed as a complement to ‘ti’; in which case ‘bi’
precedes the subject of the verb; as, bi emi ti nSe? (as [what am-doing), what
am I doing? bi iwo ti $e md? (as thou what dost to-know), how dost thou know ?
§ 120. The particle or pronoun ‘é, which the natives regard as a contraction of
eyi, this, is used for what in the expression, é Se? (what is it), what is the matter ?
why? or, & ti $e, which has the same meaning.
§ 121. Ki? what? which? is also combined with ni or li, that, and is used as
follows:
1. As an interrogative pronoun; as, kini? or kini ni? what ds it? kil 6 nse?
what is he doing? nitori kiniiwo ykighe? (for what thow art-bawling), why art
thou bawling ? lati kini 6 de? (from what it came), from what did it arise?
2, It is also employed as an indefinite pronoun; as, emi md kili 6 se, Z know
what he did.
3. When inserted between the parts of a reduplicated noun ‘ki’ has the force
of whatever ; as, ilé ki ilé, or ilekile, any house whatever (§ 56, 1, @).
§ 122. 1. Wo? which? what? isan adjective pronoun, attached interrogatively
to nouns; as, ilé wo li 6 ra? (house which is-it he bought), which house did he buy ?
énia wo lf © fe ota re? (person what is-it he loves enemy his), what man loves his
enemy ?
2. a. Ewo? formed by prefixing ‘é’ to ‘wo,’ is a substantive pronoun; as, ewo
tio dara? (which that it is-good), which, or which one, is good ? emi 9 md ewo! Ldo
not know which !
b. Ewo is employed as an indefinite pronoun ; as, bére ewo li 6 fe (ask which it-is
he wants), inquire which he wants.
In the Egba dialect ‘si’ and ‘yisi’ are sometimes employed as substitutes for ‘wo’ and ‘ewo’; as, ni
iddo si 6 de? on what day did he come? yisi 6 gba? which did he take ?
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 24
VERBS.
Principles of Conjugation.
§ 123. Through all the variations of person, number, mode, and tense, the
Yoruba verbal root remains unchanged.
§ 124. Person and number are denoted by the form of the personal pronoun
that represents the subject, as follows:
emi ri, Z see or saw. awa Yl, we sce or saw.
iwo ri, thow seest or sawest. enyly rl, ye sée or saw.
6y vi, he sees or saw. nwoy ri, they sce or saw.
§ 125. The modes and tenses are indicated by auxiliary particles placed before
the verb. ‘The whole difficulty of the Yoruba verb lies in the position and meaning
of these particles; and thus the intricacies usually found in the inflexions of the verb
are here transferred, as it were, to the department of syntax.
§ 126. There is but one conjugation, and no irregular verbs, in Yoruba; all verbs
being varied im the same manner. We will here give a synoptical view of the
various forms of the verb.
INDICATIVE FORMS.
Simple,
&
Nara: i Perf. emi ni, L see oY SMW.
Impf. emi yri, I am or was seeing.
Die | Perf. emi ti ri, J have or had seen.
; Impf. emi ti nri or nti nri, Z have or had been seeing.
eee | First. emi 6 ri or dni, L shall or will see.
Sec. emi 6 tini,* Z shall or will have seen.
with ni or li o.
P emi ni ri, J see or saw.
crf. steape es
emi lf o ri, Z saw or see.
Impf. emi ni yri, J am or was seeing.
Past. emi If o ti ri, Z have seen.
. emi ni 6 ri
First. . . . 2 . +l shall or will see.
emi ni yi 6 11,
Sec. emi ni yi 6 ti ri, Z shall or will have seen.
AorIstT.
Future.
OPTATIVE OR POTENTIAL FORMS.
Aorist. emi mari, J may or would see, or am seeing.
Past. emima tini, Z might or would have seen.
Fururr. emi 6 mari, Z may see or shall be seeing.
* This form is scarcely recognised by the Natives.
28 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
SUBJUNCTIVE FORMS.
Simple.
Perf. biemi ba ri, 7f I see or saw.
AORIST, Sy hoi noes ;
Impf. i emi nba vi, 7f Lam or was seeing.
Page Perf. bi emi ba ti ri, if L have or had seen.
; Impf. bi emi nba ti ri, 7f L have or had been seeing.
Fururn, § “st bi emi 6 ba ni, if L shall or will see.
vile
USec. biemi 6 ba ti ri, 7 J shall have seen.
with i,
Present. ki y rior ki em’ ri, that J see.
Fururr. ki emi ki 6 ri, that J shall or will see.
Auwiliary Particles.
§ 127. Before exhibiting in detail the forms of expression in Yoruba which
correspond to our ideas of mode and tense, we will first examine into the nature
and uses of each of the particles by the help of which these various accidents are
denoted.
INDICATIVE PARTICLES,
Particle of Continuance.
XK or m.
§ 128. 1. The particle ‘yn,’ sometimes exchanged for ‘m’ before ‘b’ or ‘fy is
probably a contraction of ni, to de. We have analogous formations in several
words; as, nla, to be great, which is composed of ni, to have, and ila, greatness ; mbe
(colloquial), there, from ni, én, and ibe, that place.
2. When ‘yn’ is attached to a verb, it may be prefixed to the accompanying
particles also; as, emi ysi nsdro, and I was speaking.
§ 129. 1. The use of ‘y’ or ‘m’ in conjugation is to denote a continuing or
unfinished action, or one which was unfinished at the time referred to; as, omo
ysun, the child is sleeping or ts asleep ; nigbati awa mbd lana, when we were coming
yesterday.
2. Although it is not customary to prefix ‘n’ to verbs in the future tense, no
reason is apparent why this should not be done; as, yi 6 nsise, he will be working.
3. This prefix is very appropriately employed in making general propositions,
that is, in asserting that which always holds good; as, keferi nbo dkpe, the heathens
worship the palm-tree ; eni ti nke omo ni nba omo dée, he who indulges a child
spoils a child.
Past Particle.
ti.
§ 180. This particle denotes that an action is, was, or will be finished at or before
es i cee
gawd Vag ae a
wr
4
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 29
some point of time expressed or implied in the sentence. It is variously employed
as follows:
1. To express anything that is past at the time of speaking; as, mo* ti Se @ lana
(L hawe done it yesterday), I did it yesterday ; 6 ti ki, he ts dead; 6 nti nbd lana,
he was coming yesterday ; araghbani ti ysina, the ancients erred.
2. To express what is past in relation to some point of past time; as, mo ti ]éh,
ki 6 t6 dé, L had gone, before he arrived (ki... t6, before).
3. To express what will be past before some future point of time; as, emi 6 ti
16h, ki 6 té dé, Z shall have gone, before he arrives.
4. It is employed indefinitely like the English auxilary have; as, mo ti ri i
nigbakugha, J have seen him often.
§ 131. 1. The origin of the particle ‘ti’ is doubtful. It is not improbably,
however, a modification of t6, to be sufficient, to atta to, which is sometimes
employed as a sort of auxiliary particle; as, bi omo dagba 4 t6 li ogbon (¢f child
is-grown, it-will attain to-have wisdom), when the child is grown, tt will get wisdom ;
nigband ni nwoy té sina (then itis they attained-to erring), then they erred.
2. The use of ‘ti’ as a pleonastic particle seems to favor the suspicion that its
original is ‘td,’
a. It is sometimes employed pleonastically after prepositions expressing instru-
mentality; as in the general proposition, nikpa ise ow6 ti wah, by labor money
comes, lit. attains to, or reaches the point of, coming.
6. Again, ‘ti’ is often thus employed after mah, ki, ko, or ko, not; as, mah ti
lbh! (not arrive-at going), do not go yet! by ko le ti so eso (2 not ts-able to-attain-
to bearing fruit), i cannot bear fruit.
3. The auxiliary particle ‘ti’ coincides with ‘t6’ in accent, but not with any
other particle ‘ti’ in the language,
Future Particles.
6 or 6.
§ 132. This particle is the sign of the future tense, and is generally equrvalent to
shall or will. The difference between ‘6’ and ‘6’ is simply euphonic, ‘6’ bemg
employed before close, and ‘6’ before open vowels (§ 14).
§ 133. It is probable that ‘6’ or ‘6’ was originally the personal pronoun 6 or 6,
he, she, it. Ifso, the expression emi 6 ri, Z shall see, means literally, J am he to-
see, or that ts to see.
§ 184. The particle ‘6’ or ‘6’ is frequently preceded in all persons and numbers
by the pleonastic pronoun yi, he, she, it; as, iwo yi 6 Se 6, thow wilt do it; awa yi
6 ri, we shall see; Oro ti yi 6 Se (word which it will come-to-pass), a word which
will be fulfilled. (Luke, 1. 20.)
a.
§ 135. This particle may be regarded as an emphatic substitute for 6 or 6. It
is used as follows:
* The secondary forms of the pronouns, as, mo or mo, /, are more frequently used than the longer pri-
mary forms.
30 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
1. a. To give emphasis to an assertion, it being used in connexion with a nomi-
native, before any vowel whether close or open; as, emi 4 ri, J shall see; emi A
mo, J shall know.
é. Or without a nominative, when the subject of the verb is of the third person,
either singular or plural; as, 4 ri mi, de or they will see me; & \kpa mi, he or they
will kill me.
2. Before a verb used subjunctively, after ki, that, without a nominative, and
frequently with a preceding clause understood; as in the evening salutation, ki 4
sty re! may you sleep well! lit. I wish that you will sleep wel. Servants fre-
quently ask such questions as, ki A ge @yi? shall Ido this? lit. do you wish that
I shall do this? But the clause preceding ‘ki’ is often expressed; as, 6 ni, ki &
16h, he said, let us go, lit. he said that we will go.
Emphatic Particle.
ni or li.
§ 136. The demonstrative ‘ni’ or ‘li which assumes the nature of a substantive
verb (see § 181), is sometimes employed in the latter sense along with verbs for
the sake of emphasis; as, baba ni nri, father ds or was seeing ; baba li o ri, father
SMW OY Sees.
OPTATIVE PARTICLE.
ma.
§ 187. This particle is used as follows:
1. In affirmative propositions with a nominative of the first or third person, and
in interrogative sentences with a nominative of the second person, it expresses will
or desire ; as, emi ma l6h, L desire to go; nwoy 6ma ldoh, they will go, or will desire
to go; enyin ma 16h? do ye wish to go?
2, In Affirmative propositions, with a nominative of the second person, it
expresses permission ; as, ma l6h, or iwo ma 16h, thou mayst go; é ma gbe 6, ye
may take tt.
This form of expression is much employed instead of the imperative, as being more courteous ; as, ma
kuro, thou mayest get out of my way ; 6 ma yara, ye may make haste.
? re - J? . Io
8. In connexion with words denoting the continuance or repetition of an action,
it expresses what is customary or habitual ; as, ma 16h nigbakigha, we go often ;
6y ma nd mi lodZé6dzumé, he jlogs me daily ; wo ma soro kpodzu, thou talkest too
much ; 6 ma Seun! (he ts always kind), he is very kind! éma kpe! (ye always
stay), how long ye stayed !
§ 138. When the particle ‘ti’ is employed, ‘ma’ precedes it; as, lwo ma ti $e
buburu, thow hast done evil (habitually). But when 1e, to be able, can, or may, is
employed with the verb, it may either precede or follow ‘ma’; as, ki 4 1¢ ma mo,
that we may know ; boya yi 6 ma le dzoba, perhaps he may or can reign. In these
cases also ‘ma’ denotes the continuance of the action.
‘
—
INIFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 31
SUBJUNOTIVE PARTIOLES.
ba.
§ 139. The verb ‘ha’ signifies to arrive at, attain to, mect, Jind, ke. Tt is
employed as an auxiliary particle, chiefly in what may be termed the subjunctive
mode, with something of the sense of reaching, arriving at, or attaining to, the
action expressed by the verb before which it is placed; as, bi iwo ba ri i, kpa 4, af
thow scest it, kill at, lit. if thow attain to seeing it or chance to see it.
§ 140. It is also employed as an emphatic or definite particle in the indicative
mode ; as, ilé timo ba ko ni, o w6 (house which I built it-is, it fell down), the house
which I built has fallen down ; dhuy ti Oloruy ba ti wend, mah fi kpé li aimé
(thing which God has cleansed not make to-call to-be uncleanness), the thing which
God has cleansed call not unclean. .
§ 141. It is customary also to use ‘ba’ after nigbati, when 7 as, nigbati mo ba
de, when I arrive.
aba and iba. .
§ 142. These particles, which appear to be derivatives of ‘ba, imply duty or
obligation ; as, emi aba ge @, or iba ge @, L ought to do it; enyin ki iba ti oh, ye
should not go or have gone. . (For the use of ti after ki, not, see § 131, 2, 6.)
§ 143. In subjunctive sentences ‘iba’ is equivalent to 7/; as, iba ge woli, i ba
mo, 7 he were a prophet, he would know ; iba $e mo ni tye (if tt-were I had
wings), f [had wings ; a form of expression employed for oh! that I had, kc.
ki.
§ 144. Another subjunctive form arises from the use of the conjunction ki, that :
1. If the nominative to the verb is n, Z or a monosyllabic pronoun (except
‘6n’), only one ‘ki’ is used; as,
= oe 7 \ that I see.
ki o ri, that thou see.
ki 6 ri, that he see.
ki & vi, that we see.
ki 6 ri, that ye see.
2. If the nominative begins with a consonant or consists of two or more syllables,
it is usually followed by a second ‘ki, with the pronoun 6 or 6, he, she, ov it; as
ki iwo ki 6 ri, that thow see.
ki awa ki 6 ri, that we see.
ki nwon ki 6 ri, that they see.
ki baba ki 6 ri, that father see.
3. The pronoun 6n, he, she, it, is used with one ‘ki’ or with two; as, ki 6n ri, or
ki 6n ki 6 ri, that he see.
§ 145. These forms are employed as follows:
1. Subjunctively; as, ki y ri, k? emi ri, or ki emi k? 6 ri, which may be rendered,
according to the context, that I see, that I shall see, that I may see.
2. Imperatively; as,
1
32 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
kin ri,
ki emi ri, let me see.
ki emi k? 6 ri,
ki o ri,
ki iwo kf 6 xi, | se ee
ki 6 ri,
ki 6y ri, let him see.
ki 6n ki 6 ri,
3. a. When the verb with ‘ki’ is preceded by an objective, it may often be
rendered by an infinitive; as, mo kpé 0 ki o ge @, LZ called thee that thou do it or to
do it ; mo kpé nyin ki 6 wé 6, L called you to look at it; 6 bebe wa ki & wi, he
begged us to tell ; 6 bebe wa ki 4 mah wi, he begged us not to tell.
- 6. In this construction an objective of the third person plural is sometimes fol-
lowed by ki 6, that he; as, & kpé won ki 6 ge @, we called them to do it.
OCCASIONAL PREFIX.
1.
§ 146. The inseparable prefix ‘i’ (which is not to be confounded with i, he, and
i, not) is attached to verbs for the following purposes:
1. To denote what is permanently true or customary; as, li okpolokpo okan li
enu iso, in the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh.
2. It is frequently emphatic after kd, not; as, nwon ko ide, they have not come.
It would seem that, since ‘k6’ is immutably unaccented, the ‘i’ is introduced to
supply the place of.an emphatic accent on the negative.
3. It appears to be sometimes merely euphonie.
a. After ‘ki’ employed instead of k0, not; as, ki ige awodi, 7 7s not a hawk ;
emi ki 16h ibe, Z never go there.
6. When the ‘o’ which usually follows the relative ‘ti’ (§ 96, 1) is omitted; as,
eni ti 16h, he who went.
Forms for the Passive Voice.
§ 147. In Yoruba, as in many other African languages, there is, properly
speaking, no passive voice. Various forms of speech, however, supply its place.
§ 148. 1. The most frequent form is the plural impersonal, employing the con-
tracted nominative a, they ; as, &ri mi, they sce me, for Lam seen; & ti vi mi, they
have seen me, for I have been seen; & 6 vi mi, they will see me, for I shall be seen.
2. Frequently, retaining this construction, the noun or pronoun denoting the
object is placed first; thus, emi li 4 ri (J 7tis they see), I am seen.
§ 149. Although the above substitute for the passive is applicable in all cases,
there are several other forms which may be used occasionally with good effect :
1. All the compound active transitive verbs, as ba...dze, to spoil, kpa...mo, to
conceal (§ 37, 1), and a few other transitive verbs, may be used instead of passives ;
as, nwon badze, they are spoiled ; awa kpamo, we are hid; 6 Se iodzu mi, et was
done before me, lit. in my eye; dke bd mole, the hills were covered over ; mikpa
dro Oluwa aiye ti da, by the word of the Lord the world was made.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 33
2. Occasionally an abstract noun with a substantive verb is employed instead of
apassive verb; as, mo ge ighaghe (J am a-forgetting), Tam forgotten ; ilé di shoro,
the house is a desolation, or is desolated.
3. All nouns formed from transitive verbs by reduplicating the first syllable have
a passive signification ; as, riri, which is seen; kpikpa, which is slain; sige, which
és done. And any of these nouns may be employed before ni, to de, to form a sub-
stitute for the passive of the perfect aorist tense; as, ririliemi, J wm seen; gbigba
ninwoy, they are received ; kpikpa ni baba, father és killed. In the past and
future tenses of the passives just mentioned, the word which represents the subject
is followed by Se or die, to do, to be, to get ; as, kpikpa ni iwo 6 Se or dée, you will
be killed, or get killed.
- Modes and Tenses.
§ 150. The various forms of the verb, including verbal nouns, may be arranged
in five modes, viz. the Indicative, the Optative or Potential, the Subjunctive
(formed from the two preceding), the Imperative, and the Infinitive.
§ 151. The tenses may be divided into three classes or groups, the Aorist or
Indefinite, the Past, and the Future. In the Indicative mode, and in the Sub-
Junctive formed from it, the Aorist and the Past tenses have a perfect and an
imperfect form, while the Future exhibits a first and second future form. Those of
the Indicative, for example, are as follows:
Aorist Tenses.
Perfect, emi ri, I see or saw.
Imperfect, emi nvi, I am or was seeing.
Past Tenses.
Perfect, emi ti ri, J have or had seen.
Imperfect, emi ti nri, Z have or had been seeing.
Future Tenses.
First, emi 6 ri, J shall or will see.
Second, emi 6 tiri, LT shall or will have seen.
§ 152. The foregoing synopses and remarks present the general principles of the
Yoruba verb; but the importance and intricacy of this part of speech seem to
require a more detailed exhibition of particulars. We will therefore give the
various usual and occasional forms of each tense, and describe the peculiarities of
each form.
INDICATIVE MODK.
Aorist Perfect.
ACTIVE.
Affirmative.
emi Yi,
eminin, }Z see or saw.
emi If o ri, |
emi iri, 7 see or saw continuously.
Pale
ao
34
ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
Negative.
emi 6 (or ko) ri, L do or did not see.
emi ki iri, J do not see.
Interrogative.
emi ri bi?
emi niri bi? }do or did I sce?
emi li o ri bi?
Negative Interrogative.
emi ko ri or 0 (ri) bi? ;
eer (ti) do or did I not see?
emi ri ké?
emi ki iri bi, do ZT not see ?
PASSIVE.
Affirmative.
a on |
emi li 4 ri, §
emi Se riri,
riri li emi,
they sce or saw me—TI am or was seen.
} I am or was seen.
Negative.
& kd (or 0) ri mi, they do or did not see me—L am or was not scen.
emi kd (or 0) ge riri, J am or was not seen.
Interrogative.
4 ri mi bi?
emi |? 4 ri ei 9
. ee qe, ram or was I seen!
emi $e riri bi? {
riri li emi bi? }
N
egative Interrogative.
i kd (or 6) ri mi bi?
emi ko (or 6) Se riri bi? -am or was TI not seen?
riri k6 li emi bi?
Remarks.
158. On the various forms of the aorist perfect we may observe:
1. That the simple form, as, emi ri, Z see or saw, is wholly ambiguous as regards
time, it being used either in a present or past sense.
9. The form with ‘ni’ may be used with a past signification; but it naturally
suggests the idea of present time, and will probably become a definite present
tense.
3. The form with ‘1? 0’ seems to have more of the past signification ; but it can-
.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WoRrDs. 35
not be set down as a definite past tense, because it is still frequently employed in
the present.
4. 'The prefix ‘i,’ in the form ‘emi iri,’ denotes continuous or habitual action. It
is not a usual form, except in the cases already stated (§ 146).
§ 154. As to the negative and interrogative forms, observe :
1. The particles ‘kd’ and ‘3’ are exact equivalents. Before open vowels they
become ‘kd’ and ‘0,
2. Ki, not, is employed before verbs beginning in ‘i,’ as shown in the example.
As the prefix ‘i’ denotes continuation, ‘ki? generally has the sense of never ; as,
emi ki iléh ibe, J never go there. This form is to be rendered by the present tense.
3. The particle ‘bi, or its equivalents abi, tabi, is merely a sign of interrogation,
and is often omitted; as, emi ri? did I sce ?
4. K6, not, is used only in interrogations ; as, emi ri k6? do I not see? and in
negations where the verb is not expressed ; as, 6n k6, it is not he.
Aorist Imperfect.
ACTIVE.
emi yr,
.-.?. »-Lam or was seeing.
emi ni nri,
PASSIVE,
& yri mi,
ar tz am or Was seen.
emi li 4 nri,
Remarks.
§ 155. This tense needs but little elucidation ; still we may observe:
1. That the first form is employed either in a present or past sense ; whereas the
second form more frequently refers to present time.
2. This tense has no negative forms, and the interrogative forms differ from the
affirmative only in the use of ‘bi’ or its equivalents (§ 154, 3) immediately after
the verb.
Past Perfect.
ACTIVE.
emi wa ri, J saw.
em ti 1, ?
-a, 7. . & J have or had seen.
emi Ii 0 ti ri, §
Remarks.
§ 156. The verb wa, ¢o be, is used in all tenses; but there is a tendency to
restrict it to the past. When it is used as an auxiliary particle, it invariably
forms an indefinite past tense ; as, emi wa ri, LZ saw; nwon wali elese, they were
SIMNECYS.
§ 157. A perfect tense is occasionally formed by other particles besides ti; as,
emi ghe 6 de (J brought it come), I have brought it ; emi ge tan (I did done), I
have finished.
56
ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
§ 158. Li o ti ri is rather more definite than ti ri.
The negative, interrogative, and passive of this tense, as also of the past imper-
fect, are formed in accordance with the principles laid down in treating of the
aorist tenses.
First Future.
ACTIVE.
Affirmative,
em 6 11,
n ON, |
emi a 1, r
emi ni 6 ri, |
emi ni yl 6 71,
LT shall see.
Negative.
ae si Du dat kr shall not see.
emi ni ki yi 6m,
Interrogative.
emi 6 ri bi?
emi ari bi?
emi ni 6 ri bi?
emi ni yi 6 ri bi?
shall I see?
Negative Interrogative.
emi ki yi 6 ri bi?
ay. , 212, shall I not see?
emi ni ki yi 6 ri bi?
PASSIVE.
Affirmative.
a6 ri mi
~ ean, 2 et shall be seen.
emi 1]? 4 6 1,
Negative.
aki yi orimi, Z shall not be seen.
Interrogative.
Adm mi bi?
Ran Ape ct shall I he seen ?
emi 17 46 ri bi?
Negative Interrogative.
aki yiéd vimi bi? shall L not be seen ?
Remarks.
§ 159. It is to be observed here
‘>
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 37
1. That the forms ‘emi 6 ri’ and ‘yn 6 ri’ have the same force; and that the
three other forms of the active affirmative are emphatic.
2. That ki, not, is the only negative employed in the future; and that yi, he,
always follows it. This arrangement is designed, partly to distinguish the future
from other similar combinations of words, and partly to avoid uneuphonious
expressions. Thus; if k6, not, were employed, ko 6, pronounced as two syllables,
would be disagreeable to the ear; and if pronounced as one, it would be confounded
with ki? 6, that he.
3. Here, as elsewhere, the affirmative active exhibits a greater number of forms
than the negative, &e.
OPTATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE MODES.
§ 160. As these modes are but variations of the Indicative, it is thought that
what has been said of them, together with the detailed treatment of the Indicative,
will suffice to explain their construction.
IMPERATIVE MODE.
§ 161. The following are the forms of the Imperative mode:
Imperative Active.
Affirmative.
ri, or iwo ri, ‘|
ma ri, o7 lwo ma 11,
ki o ri, or ki iwo ki 6 11,
ki o ma ri, ov ki iwo ki 6 ma ri, J
see or see thou.
Negative.
mab ri, or iwo mah ri,
mah se ri, 07 Iwo mah ge ri,
ki o mah ri, or ki iwo ki 6 mah ri,
ki o mah ge ri, or ki iwo ki 6 mah £e ri, J
see not, or see thou not.
Passive.
Affirmative.
tHe thou Séen.
ki 4 ri o, or wo m Ki 4 ri,
ki 4 ma ri 0, ov two ni ki 4 ma ri,
Negative.
4 mah ri 0,
4 mah £e ri 0,
ma A
e> >
be thow not seen.
Remarks,
§ 162. Here, as elsewhere in the conjugation of the verb, the multiplicity of
38 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
forms arises from two causes: first, from the use of synonymous words, as ‘o’ and
‘iwo’; and, secondly, from redundant words, as ‘ki o’ and ‘ge,’
§ 163. On the use of the above forms observe :
1. That ‘ma’ denotes continuance (§ 187, 3).
2. ‘Ki’ denotes that, and ki 6, that he (§ 144, 2); so that the forms with ‘ki’
are analogous to the French construction, gw] vote, gwil ne voie pas.
3. ‘Mah’ means not, and is employed instead of ‘k6’ in the Imperative and in
some other connexions.
4. The verb ge, to do, is frequently employed pleonastically after mah, not ; as,
mah ge 16h, do not go, instead of mah 16h.
INFINITIVE MODE.
§ 164. The Infinitive Active is regularly and usually expressed by the simple
verb or root; as, emi fe ri, Z desire to see; 6 ygbero loh, he ds thinking to go; 6
ddnmé won se 6, it pleased them to do it. Frequently, however, a substitute for
the infinitive is formed by the verbal nouns treated of in the following sections.
Verbal Nouns.
§ 165. The following are the forms of the verbal nouns which correspond to our
infinitives and gerunds or participles.
iri, fo see; aw seeing.
ari, to be seen ; that which ts seen.
atiri, to see or to be seen; a seeing.
riri, to see or to be seen; a seeing.
atima ri, to be seeing ; a continued seeing.
§ 166. The form in ‘i’ is employed as a gerund:
1. In the nominative; as, isode kd ye fu oloko, hunting is not suitable for a
farmer.
2. In the objective; as, nwon ko fe isode, they are not fond of hunting, or they
do not love to hunt.
§ 167. The form with ‘ati’ prefixed is employed as a gerund or infinitive:
1. In the nominative ; as, atighé ko itd, to hear or hearing ts not enough.
9. In the objective, in which case it is frequently equivalent to a simple infini-
tive; as, 6 k6rira atisise, he hated working or to work ; 4 ma dée atiye, we eat to live.
§ 168. The preposition li, in, im regard to, is frequently inserted between the
gerund or infinitive in ‘ati’ and the verb on which it depends; as, 6 ko Iii atisige,
he refused to work, instead of 6 k0 atigise. The insertion or omission of ‘li’ is not
always optional :
1. When the governing verb is composed of a verb and noun, as béru (ba ern),
to be afraid, ‘li’ is omitted, because the gerund in ‘ati’ sustains the relation of
a genitive to the noun contained in the verb; as, 6 beru atige @ (he met-the-fear
of doing it), he was afraid to do it; 6 mura (mu ara) atishy (he took-himself to-
sleep or sleeping), he prepared to sleep ; nwoy wna (wa dna) atiwd ilé (they sought-
a-road of-entering ox to-enter the-house), they endeavored to enter the house.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 39
2. A simple verb, on the contrary, may govern the infinitive by means of ‘li’;
as, 6 si li atise 6 (he feared in-regard-to doing it), he feared to do it, instead of 6
sd atige @.
a. It should be observed that, although the use of ‘li’ in such eases is not indis-
pensable, yet the people generally prefer it. Hence we constantly hear such
expressions as, nwon rd 1? atikpa &, they thought to kill him; awa kpidéo lt
atikole, we assembled to build a house.
6. In many cases the form with ‘li ati? and the simple form of the verb, may be
employed indifferently and interchangeably ; but when the infinitive is gerundive
in its nature, the form with ‘li ati’ is preferable. Thus it is perfectly correct to say,
awa kpédzo kole (instead of li atikole), we assembled to build a house; but it would
not be proper to say, nwon rd kpa 4 (instead of li atikpa), they thought to hill him,
because the precise meaning of the expression is, they thought of killing him.
§ 169. Nouns formed by reduplication have much the same sense when employed
actively as those in ‘i’ and ‘ati’ Thus, ighd kd itd, atighd kd itd, ebighé ké
itd, hearing is not enough, are equivalent and equally proper forms of expression.
§ 170. In the form atima ri, fo be seeing, the auxiliary particle takes the for-
mative prefix like a principal verb. A gerund or infinitive of this form denotes
continued or customary action; as, atima éé eru ni igoro, to be a slave is hard; emi
nrond li atima ghd dro Olorun, Lam thinking to hear the word of God,i. e. to become
a hearer, or to make a custom of hearing.
§ 171. The infinitive passive is expressed :
1. By the formin ‘a’; as, éhuy ari, @ thing to be seen; nwoy ge agbara re akpa-
ruy (they made power his a-destruction®), they caused his power to be destroyed.
2. By nouns in ‘ati’ preceded by ‘li’; as, 6 kpé won déade li atikpa, he called
them out to be killed, or to kill them.
3. a. By reduplicated forms preceded by di, ni or li, or ge, in the sense of to be ;
as, 6 mu won di kpikpa, he caused them to be slain ; 6 fi won le ge tita, he delivered
them up (fi...le) to be sold ; 6 fu won li eran ni déidée (he gave them to have meat
to be eaten), he gave them meat to eat.
6. But the verb di, ni, or ge is sometimes omitted; as, Yoruba oro fifo, Yoruba
as difficult to speak or be spoken; mo ra agutan kpikpa, Zbought sheep to kill or be
killed.
Participles.
§ 172. The Yoruba language has no participial words except the verbal nouns just
noticed. The substitutes to be employed for participles depend on the nature of
the sentence.
§ 173. Our Present Participle is represented,
1. By a simple verb; as, Se ghogbo ré bére nihinyi, do all of it beginning here.
2. By a verb with the prefix ‘n’; as, Ari énia ndZoko lebé Ona, we saw people
sitting by the road.
3. By nighati, when, with a verb and nominative; as, nigbati 6 si yanu re, 6 k6
* Akparun, which is destroyed, which is to be destroyed ; ari, which is seen or to be seen. A noun in ‘a,’
when it denotes the object or recipient of an action, has no exact equivalent in English. See ‘a’ in the
Dictionary.
40 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
won (when he also opened-mouth his, he taught them), and opening his mouth, he
taught them.
4. By a noun beginning with ‘a’; as, 6 Se aga aruy fi tay, he broke the chair
ruining it entirely.
§ 174. The Perfect Participle is represented much in the same manner as the
present :
1. By a verb with the prefix ‘n’; as, ifefe nmi fu afefe, a reed shaken by the
wind.
2. By a verb used impersonally ; as, igi tid gbin leti 6do (tree which they planted
by river), a tree planted by the river.
3. By a verb used passively with a nominative; as, 4 ba ilé-tubu 6 se (we found
jail-house, it was-shut), we found the prison shut.
4, By ki, that, and a verb; as, mo fe ri nkayn ki 6 towo re Se (J wish to see some-
thing that it by thee is-done), I wish to see something done by thee.
5. By a noun, or preposition and noun; as, nwon ba & oku, they found him dead
(oku, a corpse); 6 sokale si ilé re ni idalare, he descended to his house justified, lit.
in justification.
Substantive Verbs.
§ 175. No language, perhaps, can claim so many verbs expressing existence,
either absolutely or in different relations and capacities. The whole number of
these verbs to de, including those which have other meanings, is ten, to wit: mbé,
wa, ya, gbe, si, ni, ri, Se, dZe, di. Most of them have peculiarities which prevent
them from being interchangeable.
mbé.
§ 176. This verb denotes existence absolutely, as Olorun mbe, God ewists, or God
ds, an expression often employed by the Yorubas as a solemn asseveration. Mbé is
used in all modes and tenses; but in the imperative its place is usually supplied
by gbe or wa.
wa.
§ 177. Wa is also a verb absolute, but is not entirely equivalent to mbe.
1. It is occasionally employed as an auxiliary particle, and in this capacity forms
an indefinite past tense, the only one in Yoruba corresponding to the English
imperfect ; as, 6 wa ri, he saw.
2 In some dialects it is preferred to mbé in the preterite ; as, 6 wa, he was.
3. Wa is preferred to mbé in the future, and in the imperative ; as, yi 6 wa, he
will be; & wa ibe, be ye there.
4. In the Egba dialect, wa is preferred to mbé, to express existence in a place ;
as, 6 wa ilé, he is in the house ; lit. he is house, the preposition ni, ‘nm, bemg omitted
after the substantive verb.
5. In speaking of the duration of existence, wA (but not mbé) is employed in
the sense of to live ; as, 6 wa li ogorun odun, he lived a hundred years, lit. he was
for a hundred years.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 4]
ya.
§ 178. This verb, which denotes existence in @ state or condition, is nearly obso-
lete except in composition ; as, 6 yadi, he 7s diund, lit. ya odi, is @ dumb person.
si.
§ 179. This verb, denoting existence in a place, is chiefly used in negative sen-
tences ; as, kd si ow6, o7 ow6 ko si, there ts no money. ;
2. The only instance in which ‘si’ is used without a negative, is in the phrase
6 si nkan (7 ts a thing), there is something the matter, said in reply to the ques-
tion ka si nkan ? (not ts a thing), is not something the matter ?
ri.
§ 180. Ri denotes a mode of existence, and is always employed in connexion
with such words as behe, so, thus; bi, as; bi... ti, how, &e.; as, behe Ii 6 ri (so
it-is it ts), so it is; bi 6 ti v1, how is wt ?
§ 181. The original of ‘ri’ is doubtful; but it may be ri, ¢o see, employed in the
sense of to appear, to seem.
ni or li.
§ 182. ‘Ni, whether employed as a verb, pronoun, or preposition, usually
becomes ‘li’ before a vowel; as, It ori, on the top. But this change does not
generally take place before the combinations idZ, igh, ih, ik, ikp, il, and in; as, ni
idze, for food ; ni igha, at the time ; ni ika, to have cruelty, to be cruel ; ni ikpa, in
the path ; ni ilé, in the house ; ni ind, in the inside.
§ 183. The substantive verb ‘ni’ or ‘li’ appears to be the demonstrative ‘ni’
employed as a copula, in like manner with the personal pronouns of the third
person in the Aramaic languages. ‘The pronominal origin of the word is shown by
the fact that in many cases it is equivalent to 7¢ ¢s ; as, tani ni? whois it? emi ni,
it is I; awa li o ge @, we it ts that did it. In other cases it may be rendered
simply by the verb ¢o be; as, tani ni babd ré? who ds thy father ? obali iwo, thou
art a king.
§ 184. ‘Ni’ or ‘li’ is frequently employed pleonastically :
1. For the purpose of making a proposition emphatic or definite ; as, emi ni ri
a it-is see), I see; emi li o ri (J am that saw), LT saw. see § 185, 1.)
2. Before nouns following verbs of naming, calling, &e.; as, nwon so oruko re li
Alaidzu, they called his name Alaidiu (lit. to be Alaidén) + A kpé won li dle,
we called them thieves. ;
3. After an objective placed emphatically at the beginning of a sentence ;
as, mali li 4 kpa (cow itis we killed), we killed a cow. And in like man-
ner after adverbs and adverbial phrases; as, behe li 6 wi (so ¢tis he said), he
said so. ;
§ 185. When ‘ni’ is used pleonastically, it is frequently followed by a personal
pronoun of the third person singular employed relatively :
6
42 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX,
1. In the perfect aorist, 6 or 6, he, she, 7t, or that, often follows ‘ni’; as, emi Ii o
ri (L itis that saw), [saw ; enyin Vi 9 md (ye ites that knew), ye knew. But
when this tense refers to present time, the relative pronoun is generally omitted ;
as, emi ni ri (J tt-ds see), I see; enyin ni md (ye és know), ye know.
2. In the future tense ‘ni’ is followed by yi, he, she, 7t, or that; as, emi ni yi 6
ri (J itis that will see), I shall see; eyyin ni yi 6 md (ye ét-ts that will know), ye
will know.
gbe.
§ 186. Ghe, to dwell, abide, takes the place of mbé in the imperative and sub-
junctive; as, ebe ibe, be there; dée ki 6 ghe (make that he be), let him be, or let
him alone.
§ 187. This verb is often pleonastic after adverbs of place; as, ni ilé ti 6 ghe
wa, in the house where he was; nihinyi nwon gbe ki, here they died.
di. q
§ 188. Di, to become, may be rendered by the verb ¢o be, when change of state is
implied; as, iwo 6 di omo buburu, thow wilt be a bad child; 6 di arughd, he as
getting old; Ai atéyhbi, to be born again ; 6 di eni egan (he became one of contempt),
he was despised.
Se.
§ 189. The verb ge, to do, to act, may be rendered as a substantive verb in seve-
ral cases, as follows: :
1. When it has for its object a noun which denotes one who acts in some capa-
city or fills a station; as, nwon se woli, they were prophets, i. e. they acted as pro-
phets or performed the work of prophets; iwo ni nse baba mi, thow art my father ;
eni ti ise akobi, he who is first-born ; okpé li 6 Se,.she is a widow; yi 6 Se ami fu
yyin, it will be a sign to you.
2. The verb ‘ge’ (and sometimes ‘dZe’) is used with a negative instead of ‘ni’;
as, oba li 6n, he is a king ; ki ise oba, he zs not a king.
3. It is also frequently employed to express’the relation of ownership ; as, yi 6
ge ti ré, zt shall be thine.
§ 190. In the imperative with the negative mah, not, ‘sé’ is frequently used pleo-
nastically, like the English do; as, mah ge 16h, do not go. It is sometimes used in
the same manner in connexion with other negatives to express a refusal; as, emi ¢
$e 16h, Z will not go.
dze.
§ 191. Dze appears to be another form for ‘Se’; at least the use of the two verbs
is very similar. D4zZe is employed as follows:
1. To express being or acting in the capacity of an officer; as, o dZe balé (hé
acts governor), he is governor ; tali o fi mi dze onidadzo? who made me to be
judge? i. e. who made me a judge ?
2. Dze is the only word employed in the sense of fo d¢ in connexion with num-
bers; as, 6 dZe ogota (7 makes sixty), it is siaty.
i ci ls el Uae its
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 43
3. Sometimes ‘dée,’ like ‘Se,’ appears to mean simply fo de; as, emi 0 mo eni
tii dée or i Se (LZ not know him who he is), I do not know who he vs.
§ 192. In expressing refusal, ‘de’ is more frequently used pleonastically than ‘se’
(§ 190); as, emi 0 dée 16h, LZ will not go.
Pleonastic Use of Verbs.
§ 193. In addition to the pleonastic uses of verbs which have already been
spoken of, the following are worthy of notice:
Verbs of going and coming are much employed pleonastically after verbs of
motion to or from a place, and this gives peculiar definiteness to the language ; as,
6 gbe é lati oko Iéh, he took it from the farm—to some place at a distance from the
speaker (which fact is indicated by dh, to go or going); 6 ghe @ lati oko wah, he
took it from the farm—and brought it hither (which is indicated by wah, to come or
coming). So, 6 kpada 16h (he returned going), he went back; 6 kpada de (he
returned coming), he came back. And so, lati isisiyi 16h (from now going), hence-
Sorth.
§ 194. After verbs of giving, ni or li, to have, is always added; as, bu mi Jt omi,
give me water ; Oloruy lio fi won li agbara, God gave them power.
NOUNS.
~ § 195. Yoruba nouns are not varied in form to express gender, number, or case ;
or in other words, they exhibit no traces of inflexion.
Gender.
§ 196. Gender is distinguished only where there is an actual difference of sex, as
follows :
1. By using different words; as, ako, @ heanimal, a male, abo, a sheani-
mal, a female; akuko, a cock, aghebd, a hen; dko, a he-goat, ake, a she-goat ;
ékonri, @ man, 6biri, @ woman; baba, a father, iya, a mother; and a tew
others.
2. By adding to a common term one of the above general expressions in appo-
sition.
a. In the ease of animals, by prefixing ako, male, and abo, female ; as, ako mali,
a bull, abd mali, a cow ; ako egin, a horse, abd esin, & mare.
b. In the case of persons, by appending the words 6konri, man, and ébiri,
woman ; as, omdkonri (ome okoyri, child man), a man-child, a boy, ombbiri (omo
6biri), @ woman-child, a girl; iwofa dkonri, a bond-man, iwota obini, a bond-
woman ; egbén okonri, an elder brother, egb6y Sbiri, an elder sister ; aburo 6konri,
a younger brother, aburo ébiri, a younger sister.
3. By compounding two or more words in construction; as, balé (gba ilé, lord
of house), the master of a house, ov father of a family ; iyalé (ya, mother, mis-
tress, ilé, house), the mistress of a house, or mother of a family ; baloguy (oba,
lord, li, as to, ogun, war), a general ; iyalase (iya, mistress, li, as to, ase, cooking),
a female cook.
+4 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
Number.
§ 197. There are two methods of indicating that a noun is plural:
1. By employing the personal pronoun awon, they, before the noun ; as, awoy
Imale fe oguy, the Mohammedans love war ; 40 vi awon esin, we did not see the
horses ; budZoko awoy elegan, the seat of the scornful.
When two or more plural nouns in this construction are connected by a conjunction, ‘awoy ’ is repeated
before each of them; as, awoy alagbara, awon ologbon, ati awon olédodo, the powerful, the wise, and the
righteous. ut ‘awon’ is not employed unless it is really necessary to indicate plurality. Thus in the
general proposition, aragbani logbon, the ancients were wise, it is dispensed with, because we naturally infer
that the noun is used collectively.
2, When the idea of reciprocity or of repetition is connected with that of plura-
lity, the two ideas are indicated by reduplication.
a. The ideas of reciprocity and plurality are occasionally expressed by redupli-
cation and a copulative conjunction ; as, ore oy ore ki iba ard won dza ( friend and
friend not with self their fight), friends do not fight with each other.
/. Repetition and plurality are indicated by simple reduplication ; as, bu ikon-
wo ikonwo eru (take handful after handful of ashes), take handfuls of ashes ; elye
eiye mbe nibé (bird bird is there), birds are there, i. e. in flocks.
c. In the numerals plurality is indicated by reduplicating the first portion ; as,
eghegbérun, thousands, or thousands on thousands ; ogogorun, hundreds, many
hundreds.
Case:
§ 198. There is no inflexion of the Yoruba noun to indicate case. The relations,
however, in which a noun may stand to the other words in a sentence are denoted
in various ways.
§ 199. The subject of the proposition, or nominative, is always placed before the
verb; as, ein sare, the horse runs. To this rule there is no exception.
§ 200. The usage in regard to the vocative is various :
1. In ealling to a person at a distance, the particle ‘o’ is often employed after
the noun; as, omode 0! O child!
©. If the person addressed is not far off, the speaker uses na, that ; as, 6konri nd
wah, man, come.
3. In addressing one who is quite near to the speaker, the demonstrative yi, this,
is frequently employed ; as, omode yi, kuro! child, get out of the way!
4. Usually, however, the name of the person addressed receives no addition ; as,
omode, tO mi wah, child, come to me; eyyin Yoruba, ghd ti emi (ye Yorubas, hear
the words of me), ye Yorubas, hear me.
§ 201. The position of the odjective depends on the character of the sentence :
1. It usually follows the governing word; as, mo ri oba, Z saw the king; diy
dkara fu baba, dake bread for father.
2, In cases of emphasis, however, the objective precedes the governing word ; as,
eray kid di? (meat that we fry), shall I fry meat? obo vi! see the baboon! oy li
4 wi fu (him it-7s we spoke to), we told him.
J°
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 45
3. When the governing verb is an infinitive, depending on another verb, the
objective is Placed between the two verbs; as, ye mi kpé (cease me call), cease
calling me; 6 md iwe ka (he knows book read), he knows how to read ; emi fe
baba ri (L want father see), I want to see my father.
§ 202. The possessive relation is expressed in the following ways:
1. By placing the two nouns in juxtaposition, the name of the possessor always
following that of the thing possessed ; as, lwe omo (book: of child), the child's book ;
ilé ates father’s house ; ; ilé eiye, a hie nest , ebado okuy, the shore of the sea, ot
the seashore okpa i —- a staff of iron, or an tron staff:
2. Less frequently, the relation between the two nouns is expressed, in the Ara-
maic manner, by the relative pronoun ti, who, which, placed between them, which
thus ines anes equivalent to the preposition of’, as, ilé ti baba (house of Vaticn );
father’s house ; Kristi ti Oluwa, the Christ of the ond or the Lord’s Christ.
203. The pronoun or particle ‘ ti’ is necessarily used in the following cases :
1. When the first noun is omitted.
a. In propositions where the relation of possession is predicated ; as, ti babé mi
ni (of father my it-ts), it is my father’s ; agbara tiidze ti Oloruy ( power which is
of God), the power which is God's.
b. In propositions where the possessive relation is simply indicated and not pre-
dicated, but where the name. of the thing possessed is not expressed ; as, nwon ge
ti drisa (they do of idols), they do the work of idols, i. e. they serve idols ; awon
Nasara fe ti Oloruy (they Christian love of God), Christians love the doctrine or
service of God. When a laborer was looking for a suitable stone, another said to
him in my hearing, gbe ti ese re (take of foot thy), take the one at th y foot. The
following instance comes under the same category: ki ise Olorun oku bikose ti
aye, he és not the God of the dead, but of the living.
2. When the names of the possessor and possessed might be mistaken for names
or epithets of the same person in apposition, the relation of possession must be
indicated by ‘ti’; as, Kristi ti Oluwa, the Lord’s Christ; Atiba ti oba, Atiba the
servant of the hing. Atiba oba, means Afiba the King—the present King of
Yoruba being named Atiba.
Apposition.
§ 204. 1. When nouns are in apposition, the principal word comes first; as,
Atiba oba, Atiba the king, or King Atiba; Kumi bale, Awd the governor.
2. When a pronoun is in apposition with a noun, the pronoun comes first ; as, iwo
ome, thou child ; enyiy enia, ye people.
3. If words in apposition be connected by a copula, the predicate usually comes
first; as, emi li Oloruyn (spirit is God), God is a spirit; ologboyn li iwo (wise-
man art thou), thou art wise.
ADJECTIVES.
§ 205. The office of predicative adjectives, i. e. of those which affirm or predicate
a quality, is performed:
1. By simple verbs; as, Aina dara, Aina is good; 6 ti dara, he has been good ;
46 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
yi 6 dara, he will be good; oyin doy, honey is sweet ; igi nla, the tree tslarge. Like
other verbs, they sometimes take the auxiliary particle ‘ni’; as, Aina ni dara,
Aina is good; Aima ni yi 6 dara, Aina will be good.
2. By on verbs, formed by prefixing ni or li, to have, or Se, to
be, to nouns; as, Aina lagbara (Ii agbara, has strength), Bene is strong ; oe
genia (Se eénia, ae a person), thou art kind; 6 sdle (Se Ole, zs a lazy one), he ts
lazy.
§ 206. The office of gualificative adjectives, i. e. of adjectives which are attached
to a noun to indicate quality, is performed:
1. By abstract nouns placed after the nouns which they qualify. These are
either :
a. Abstract nouns formed by reduplication from the simple neuter verbs which
are employed as predicative adjectives; as, ohun didara (thing of goodness), a
good thing; oyin diddy (honey of sweetness), sweet honey; igi nlinla (tree of
largeness), a large tree.
6. Primitive abstract nouns; as, banga Oke (room of upperness), an upper
room, emia agbara, a person of strength, or a strong man, ise wahala (work of
trouble), a troublesome work.
2. By conerete nouns placed in apposition before the noun they qualify; as,
alagbara énia (strong-one person), a strong man ; otosi dbiri (miserable-one woman),
a miserable or wretched woman; okp6 dbiri (widow woman), a widow.
3. By the relative pronoun ti, who, which, and a verb; as, oyin ti o don (honey
which it is-sweet), sweet honey; ida ti o mu (sword which it is-sharp), a sharp
sword ; igi ti o $e (stick which it is-broken), a broken stick.
4. In a very few instances, by a simple neuter verb; as, mo ri obo nla, Z saw a
large baboon; enia re Ii o ge @ (person is-good it-is that did it), a good person
did tt.
Comparison.
§ 207. Higher degrees of quality, answering somewhat to our comparative, are
indicated by the addition of words which perform the office of adverbs.
1. The word most commonly employed for this purpose is dZu, surpassing,
exceeding, very; as, 6 dara dai (t %s-good exceeding), it is very good, it is better.
Loh, to go, is frequently employed pleonastically after dZi; as, 6 dara dzu 16h;
but this adds nothing to the sense.
2. A form of expression equivalent to a comparative is made, when only one
term of the comparison is given, by adding si 7, to 7t, 1. e. in addition, more ; as, 6
dara si 7 (7t ¢s-good more), it is better.
More than is expressed siniply by déu, or dZu 16h; as, iSubu reron dzu idide,
or dau idide 16h, falling is easier than rising ; 6 ye fu ni ki d sige dau ki & Se oto-
$i, it ts proper for us that we labor rather than that we be poor.
§ 208. The highest degree, or superlative, may be expressed:
1. By dzu eoron or dat bone 16h, surpas sing all; as, eyi dara dzu gbogbo
eh (this is-good surpassing all aw ay), this is the best.
2. By tan, completed, perfected, placed after the adjective; as, 6 dara tan (it ¢s-
me perfectly), it is best.
‘
"
(
|
§ 209. The following list exhibits the Yoruba cardinal numer
struction :
a
bo
co to wo bd bw bd DO DW OOOH ee ps ps
SODADNBRWNWH ODO MARD NEB oo
GS ow
OU
39.
40,
45.
50.
60.
70.
80.
90.
100.
=
SHMARNPwwH
. eni, okan.
. edZi.
eta.
erin.
aruy.
efa.
edzé,
. edzo.
. esan.
. 6wa.
lol.
. edzila
. etal
. erinld
. éedéguy
. érindiléguy
. étadiléguy
. édzidilégun
. 6kandiléguy
. ogy.
. 6kaynleléguy
. édZilelégun
. étaleldguy
. érinlelé6guy
. 6eddgbon
. érindilégbon
. étadilédgbon
. Edzidilé6ebon
. 6kandilégbon
- ogbén.
. Okanlel6gbon
. drundilogédzZi
okay dilogdézi
okanla
ogodzi, odZi
druydiladéta
adota
ogota, ota
adorin
ogorin, orin
adoruy
ogoruy, ory
NUMERALS.
Cardinals.
(great 1).
>)
( 6c 3).
( cc 4),
(20—5).
(20—4),
(20-3).
(20—2).
(20—1).
(20+1).
(20+2).
(20+8).
(2044).
(30—5).
(30—4).
(30—3).
(30—2).
(30—1).
(80+1).
(40—5).
(40—1).
(20x 2).
(50—5).
(60—10).
(20x38).
(80—10).
" (20x4).
(00—10).
(20x5).
101.
105.
110.
120.
BO:
140.
150.
160.
170.
180.
190.
200.
210.
220.
230.
240.
250.
300.
400.
500.
600.
700.
800.
900.
| LOOO.
1100.
1200.
1300.
1400.
1600.
1800.
2000.
2100.
2200.
2300.
2400,
2600.
2800.
3000.
4000.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS.
okay lelogdsruy
drundiladéfa
adofa
ogofa, ofa
adodze
ogodze, odze
adodzo
ogodzo, odzo
ddésan
ogosan, Osan)
ewadiligba
igha, or ighéo.
=
ewalelugha
ogtinleligba
ogbdénlehigha
édzilehigha
adétaleligba
odiruy
Iviy Wo, oO” irin’o.
odéghéta
egbéta
odégberin
ahora
egbérin
odégberun
egbéruy
odégbefa
egbéfa
odégbedze
egbédze
eghédzo
eabésay
egba
egba 6 1é ogorun -
egbokanla
egbékanla 6 1é
ogoruy
egbédzila
egbétala
egbérinla
egbéedéguy
egbadzi
47
als and their con-
(100+1).
(110—5).
(120—10).
(20x6).
(140—10).
(20x77).
(160—10),
(20x8).
(180—10).
(209).
(200—10).
(200+10).
(200420).
(200+80).
(200+40).
(200+50).
(400—100).
(600—100).
(200x3),
(800-100).
(2004).
(1000—100).
(200x5).
(1200—100).
(200 x6).
(1400—100).
(200x 7).
(200 x8).
(200x9).
(20010).
(2000+100).
(200x 11).
(2200+100).
(200x 12).
(20018),
(20014).
(200 x15).
(2000 x2).
48 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
5,000. egbeedégbon (200 x25). 16,000. egbadzo (2000x 5).
6,000. egbata (20003). 18,000. egbasay) (20009).
7,000. edégbarin (8000—1000). 20,000. eghawa (2000x 10),
8,000. egbarin (2000 4). or oké kay (one bag).
9,000. edégbaruy (10 ,000—1000). 100,000. oké maruy (5 bags).
10,000. egbaruy (2000 x5). 1,000,000. adota oké (50 bags).
12,000. egbafa (2000 x6), (2,000,000. ogorun oké ~— (100 bags).
14,000. eghadze (2000 x7). |
FORMATION OF CARDINALS.
§ 210. The primitive numerals are the units from one to ten, and the numbers
twenty, thirty, and two hundred. Most or all of these might be referred to existing
Yoruba roots; but it would be difficult to establish any plausible connexion
between the meaning of the root and that of the numeral. ‘The only exception is
igba (from gba, to sweep, to collect into a heap, as by sweeping "), @ collection or
heap, and eae two hundred ; so called from the fact that, in counting cowries, the
Yorubas sweep each two hundred into a separate heap. This number is also called
ighéo (igba ow6), a heap of money.
The number edzé, seven, appears to be 5+23 which makes it not improbable that the latter units are
founded on the first five, as is the case in so many African languages. A more extensive and accurate
acquaintance, however, with the cognates of this language than is now possessed, would be necessary to
establish the fact.
§ 211. The derivative numbers, which are by far the more numerous class, are
formed as follows:
1. By appending the term nla, /arge, to the four first units ; as, okanla (great one),
eleven, de.
2. By subtracting smaller numbers from larger round numbers; as, éedéguy
(arun di ogin, five from twenty), fifteen; erindildguy (erin di li ogtn, four
from on twenty), sixteen ; adota (ewa di ota, ten from sixty), fifty ; odiruy (ory
di irinwo, one hundred fr ‘om four hund od), three hundred ; odégheta (oruyn di
egbeta, one hundred from six hundred ), five hundred.
3. By addition; as, ékaynleléguy (okay 16 li oguy, one laid on twenty), twenty-
one; ewalehigha (@wa le li igha, ten laid on two hundred), two hundred and ten.
4. By multiplication; as, ogodZi, sometimes contracted to odZi (ogin edZi,
twenty two ox twenty twice), forty ; ogoruy or ortin (ogi aruy, twenty five times),
one hundred; eghéta (igha eta, two hundred three times), six hundred; egba Agha
éwa, two-hundred ten times), two thousand ; eghdkanla (igba okanla, two hundred
eleven times), two thousand two hundred.
§ 212. The fact that two hundred, two thousand, and twenty thousand are round
numbers, is to be accounted for by their method of counting cowries as shown in
the following table.
Cowry Table.
40 cowries=1 string, ; : called ogodZi, worth $0.02
5 strings=1 bunch, : ; “ — igbéo, # 0.10
10 bunches=1 head, ; ; “ eg ba, 1.00
10 heads=1 bag or sack, . : “ oké, es 10.00
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 49
§ 213. This custom of counting by cowries also gives rise to the following,
Cardinals of Price.
okay (ow6d kin) leowry. | ewa : 4 : 10 cowries.
édai : De OMe okéwo . ; ‘ 20 Se
eta Ses 6gb6y wo : : SOM ae
erly Aris ogodzi (1 string) . 40)“
arog) agit co Ozorinn, (20h aay). SOM ky
éfa Gants Ocotay Ni(StaE Spe) L208
édzé OOS esod700 (Gaihituy a) 7 160
édzo Su 1? IGNEO. yi CS HE 4g 200M es
ésay) . ‘ : Qe iminjwor (LOe Ke eae 4000)
It will be observed that up to ogodzi, forty, the first vowel of each numeral is
long. The reason of this is that dkan, édzi, &e., are contractions of ow6 kan, ow6
edzi, one cowry, two cowries, Le.
Construction of Cardinals.
§ 214. The cardinal units, from two to ten inclusive, have ‘m’ prefixed to them when
they belong to nouns expressed or understood, as, énia méwa, ten men. Eni, one,
is used only in counting. The word ‘kan’ is employed when the noun is ex-
pressed; as, énia kin, one man; and ‘okay’ when the noun is not expressed ; as,
okay de, one came.
The ‘m’ prefixed to the numerals is probably a contraction of mf, to catch, used in the sense of amounting
to, When an African speaks in English, he generally says, he catch ten, he catch twenty, for there were
ten, de,
§ 215. The round numbers, as-egtin, ogb6n, ogodzi, &e., are generally placed be-
fore the nouns to which they belong; as, ogtin énia, twenty men. The other numerals
follow the noun; as, énia medZi, two men; énia metalelégbon, thirty-three men.
ORDINALS.
§ 216. The ordinals, from one to nineteen, are formed by prefixing ‘ek’ or ‘ek’
(the choice being determined by the law of euphonic concord) to the cardinals; as,
ekini, first ; ekedzi, second; eketa, third, dc. But the vowel of the prefix is often
omitted ; as, kini, kedzi, keta. These ordinals follow the noun; as, odzZo ekedZi
or kedzi, the second day.
DISTRIBUTIVES.
§ 217. The distributive numerals are of two kinds.
1. Distributives of number or quantity, formed as follows:
a. By doubling the cardinals which commence with ‘m’; as, medZimedai, two
by two; metameta, three by three.
6. By reduplicating the two first letters of such cardinals as do not commence
with ‘m’; as, okokan, one by one; ogogun, twenty by twenty.
2. Distributives of price, formed by reduplicating the two first letters of the
cardinals of price; as, 6kokay; one cowry each ; édzedzi, two cowries cach.
7
50 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
NUMERAL ADVERBS.
§ 218. Numeral adverbs are of two kinds, viz. cardinal and ordinal adverbs.
1. a. The cardinal adverbs, signifying the number of times an event takes place,
are formed by prefixing ‘1’ (li, zz) and ‘e’ (a contraction of erin or arin, fme) to
the adjectival forms of the cardinals; as, lekain, once; lemedzi, twice. Very often
eri) or ari is pronounced in full; as, lerin kan, or larin kay.
b. For the round numbers, igba, ¢éme, is employed; and in this case ‘n’ (ni, 77)
is preferred to ‘1, as being more euphonious ; as, ni igba ogiin, twenty times ; ni
igba ogodzi, forty times.
2. Ordinal adverbs, which denote the order in which events occur, are formed
by prefixing ‘le’ to the ordinals ; as, lekini, jirst ; lekedzi, secondly.
ADVERBS.
Formation of Adverbs.
§ 219. In regard to their origin, adverbs may be divided into four classes:
1, primitive adverbs; 2, nouns used adverbially; 8, words compounded of
nouns and other accompanying words, as prepositions, &e.; and 4, verbs used
adverbially.
§ 220. There are but few primitive adverbs, that is words which are adverbial
in their primary acceptation ; as, lai, ever ; ewe, again ; en, yes ; ndau, no.
§ 221. Nouns employed as adverbs are of two classes :
1. Primitive abstract nouns; as, die, @ little, e. g. 6 sty die, he slept a little ;
oke, the parts above, on high, up, e.g. 6 gori Oke, he rose up; isale, the parts
below, down, e. g. 0 16h isale, he went down.
2. Derivative abstract nouns, especially those formed by reduplication ; as,
nwoy gbero kpikpd, they consulted much; 6 hawa buburu, he behaved badly.
§ 222. 1. Many adverbial expressions are composed of ni or li, én, and an abstract
noun (§ 62); as, loni (li oni, im this-day), to-day ; wighani (ni ighani), long ago ;
l6t6 (li 6t6), truly, &e.
2. Sometimes, however, several words are combined into one; as, disisiyi (di isisi
yi, till time this), hitherto ; nighbagbogbo (ni igba gbogho, in time every), always.
§ 223. Verbs are frequently converted into adverbs :
a. t6, to be enough, is used in the sense of sufficiently ; as, 6 sdro t6, he spoke
enough.
b. ton, or tin, to be new, fresh, young, is used for again ; as, 6 tén de, he came
again.
c. kpd, to be common, for in common, or together ; as, nwoy gbero kpo, they con-
sulted together.
d. dizi, to surpass, excel, for more, much ; as, buru dh, more wicked ; 6 Sise dzu,
he labored much ox excessively.
ss
eo, --
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 51
Classification of Adverbs.
924. There is no deficiency of adverbs to express the various relations of time,
place, &e. A few of each class will be given, and the others may be found in the
Dictionary.
1. Of Time: loni (li oni), to-day ; lana (li ana), yesterday ; lola (li ola), to-anor-
row; lodéodéo (li odéo-od40, § 63), daily ; losogu (li ogu osu), monthly ; lekan,
once ; lemédéi, twice ; uehate when ; nigbana, then ; ki... to, before, e. g. ki emi
to de, before I come.
2. Of Place: nihinyi (ni ihin yi), here; nibe (ni ibe), there; loke (li ke),
upwards ; \ehin (li ehin), backwards.
3. Of Manner or Quality: déedze, softly ; Vi okpoloko (in abundance), abun-
dantly ; fi ogboyn (with wisdom), ‘wiechh y; fi ika, eruelly ; fi agbara, powerfully,
violently.
4, Of Quantity: kp, okpo, much ; die, litile ; t6, enough ; bi. .. kpo td,
how much, e.g. bi mo ti fe oe kpo t6 (as oi how wish to-go oe enou righ, how
mach I wish to go! bi...ti, how, e. g. bi emi 6 ti Se md? (as L shall how do to-
know), how shall I know -
5. Of Comparison: déi, more, exceedingly; gidigidi, déodzo, much, very ;
tan, kpé, most, perfectly, completel ly; rere, well; behe, bayi, so, thus; fere,
almost.
6. Of Affirmation: en, yes ; beheni, so, so it ds, yes ; 0, Yes.
7. Of Negation: ndau, n, no; beheke, not so, no; ki, ko, ko, k6, not; to
which it may be added that any grave unaccented vowel, except ‘a’ and ‘e,’ is a
negative.
8. Of Doubt: boya (bi 6 ya, if tt be), perhaps ;. bolége, bolésekpé (bi 6 1é se
kpé, 7 tt can be that), if possible ; ; kogekpé (ki 6 Se kpé, that at be that), if that,
suppose that.
9. Of Inter rogation : bawo? (bi ewo, ¢f what), how ? ese? (eyi Se, this is), why ?
nitorikini? (niti ori kini, as to reason what), wherefore? why ?
Construction of Adverbs.
§ 225. As a general rule, adverbs follow the words which they qualify ; as, mo
id loni, Z saw him to-dlan y. Wemay state, however, three exceptions to this
a7)
1. The adverb is sometimes placed first for the sake of emphasis; as, loni ni mo
ri i, to-day I saw him. But although this construction is emphatic, emphasis does
no always seem intended when it is employed.
. Adverbs of doubt, negation, and some others, generally precede the word
at they qualify ; as, haya yi 6 oh, perhaps he will go; emi ko rit, L did not
see him.
3. Adverbial phrases composed of fi, with, and a noun, precede the verb; as,
6fi ogboy Se @ (he with wisdom did it), Te did it wisely.
ET 5 a ee or oe
52 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
PREPOSITIONS.
Formation of Prepositions.
§ 226. Primitives. Three of the prepositions, ni, 7; si, to; and ti, from, are re-
garded as primitives. It is not improbable, however, that ‘ti’ is the verb ti, to push,
to prop. Retaining a trace of this meaning, it becomes a preposition, ti, by ; as, 6
dzoko ti mi, he sat by me, i.e. touching me. But at present the most usual meaning
of ‘ti’ is from.
§ 227. Verbs employed for Prepositions. Many verbs are employed as prepo-
sitions, although they still continue to be construed as verbs. A few examples will
be given here; the remainder will be found in the Dictionary.
a. ba, to meet, becomes ba, with, for, from; as, 6 bé mi 16h, he went with me ;
6 ba mi ra Adie, he bought a fowl from me ; ba mi wi aso, seck cloth for me, i. e. help
me to procure some cloth. If this word were construed as a preposition, it would
follow the verb; as, 6 16h b& mi; but the phrase would be unintelligible to a
native of Yoruba.
b. fi, to make, becomes fi, with ; as, 6 fi ida $4n, he smote with a sword.
c. fu, to give, becomes fu, to, for; as, wi fu fi, speak to him; mo ra & fu, I
bought it for him. But ‘fu, unlike ‘bd’ and ‘fi? is construed as a preposition.
The reason is that ‘fu’ wherever used is in the infinitive mode; whereas ‘bd’
and ‘fi? belong to the preceding nominative, and the verb which follows is an
infinitive.
d. m6, to adhere, and td, to approach, to follow, are used for to ; as, kay & mé igi
nail it to the wood ; td ri wih, come to me.
e. ka, to place, set, and lu, to strike, are employed for on ; as, gbe € ka ina, set dt
on the fire; 6 Subu lu mi, zz falls on me.
§ 228. Compound Prepositions. We havealready noticed the fact that the Yoruba
language has names for purely abstract relations, which in many other languages
are expressed by adverbs and prepositions. These abstract nouns are frequently
employed as adverbs; but to make them available as prepositions, they must be
compounded with ni, in, si, to; or ti, from; as, nino, in, within, from ind, the
inside.
§ 229. This account of prepositions leads us to notice the manner in which the
mind of the people contemplates relations. First, they regard the relations of wp,
down, within, without, de., a8 actual things, and give them names. Secondly, they
view these relations as fixed or permanent; and to form adverbs of permanent rela-
tion, they pref ni’ or‘ li’ tothe abstract noun. This word ‘ni’ denotes fixedness
of relation, and is always employed after the substantive verb, whence it may be
called the substantive preposition. Finally, the Yorubas contemplate the relations
as in a state of motion or emanation from the subject to the object. Motion from
is invariably expressed by ‘ti, and motion ¢o by ‘si. Thus from each noun of
relation are formed three prepositions, to point out the mode in which the relation
exists between the subject and the object; as, lodo (li odo), down, employed after
verbs of rest or fixedness; sddo (si ddo), down, employed after verbs of motion to
?
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WORDS. 53
or towards the object ; todo* (ti ee down , employed after verbs expressing motion
JSrom the object to the subject ; e.g. 6 wa Todo mi, ¢t 7s below me; 16h sodo mi, go
below me; 6 mbd todo mi, ¢z és ean g below me, i. e. 16 is appr oaching from below
towards me.
§ 230. Of the three fundamental prepositions, ‘ti’ only takes the substantive form
by receiving the prefix ‘a’; as, ati, the fromness. For obvious reasons this noun
does not take the prefixes ‘si’ and ‘ti,’ but it is often compounded with ‘li’; as,
lati 16 de oko, from the house to the farm.
Construction of Prepositions.
§ 231. Usually the preposition is placed immediately before the objective, and
the verb precedes both; as, 6 mbé niné ilé, he ts in the house. But to this rule
we note two exceptions :
1. A finite verb employed as a preposition G2 27. c.) precedes the verb; as,
6 ba mi ra, he bought from me.
2. The Hal fire ti’ precedes the preposition by which it is governed in the objec-
tive, as is sometimes the case in English; as, emi ri ibi ti 6 dzoko si, J saw the
place which he sat in; ‘si’ in this construction being substituted for ‘ni
CONJUNCTIONS.
§ 232. We will here state the peculiarities of the principal conjunctions, arrang-
ing them under the English words to which they correspond.
§ 233. And is represented by various particles.
1. By ‘ti’ in two cases only:
a. To connect personal pronouns; as, iwo ti emi ri i, thow and I saw it; yio
kpa emi ti iwo, he will kill me and thee. The pronouns, whether singular or plural,
which are connected by ‘ti,’ must be of the primary forms, except that ‘ré’ may
be employed after ‘ti’ instead of iwo, thow, or 6y, he; as, emi ti ré 4 6 16h, LJ and
thou will go; emi ti ré ge 6, L and he did tt.
b. In connecting verbs or clauses of sentences, ‘ti’ is frequently employed with
‘si, and, also ; as, Avil, ti A simu fi (we saw him, and we also caught him), we
saw him and caught him ; bi 6 ba de, ti 6 si kpé mi (7 he should come, and he
also call me), if he should come and call me.
2. By ‘ati, the substantive form of ‘ti.’
a. ‘Ati’ is employed to connect nouns, pronouns, adverbs, and prepositions ; as,
6biri ati omo 16h, the woman and the child went; 6 kpe iwo ati emi, he called thee
and me; & vi woy leba ati nind ddo, we saw them by and in the river; 6 soro
lasan ati Jailoghon, he spoke vainly and foolishly.
b. ‘ Ati’ cannot be employed to connect verbs,. because it would make the verb
which might follow it equivalent in sound to a verbal noun with the prefix ‘ati’
Thus, 6 dide ati 16h, he arose and went, would always be taken by the hearer for
6 dide atiléh, he arose to go.
* This form is little used.
54 ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
3. ‘Oy’ is equivalent to ‘ati’ in all respects, only it is sometimes preferable to
connect nouns; as, mo ri Dada on Adegina, J saw Dada and Adeshina.
4, Kpelu, with, is frequently employed in the sense of and to connect nouns
and occasionally pronouns; as, ébiri kpelu omo li o de, the woman and the child
came.
5. ‘Si? (si ehin, to back, go backwards) is employed to connect verbs only ; as,
dide si 16h, arise and go.
Very often a nominative pronoun, agreeing in number and person with the
nominative of the first verb, is employed pleonastically before the conjunction; as,
emi dide, mo si 16h, Z arose and went ; iwo ati emi ri 4 si md, thou and TI see and
know.
§ 234. 1. Because, for, is represented by ‘nitori’ (ni itori), 7 or by reason,
or ‘nitori ti, by reason of, either of which may be employed at the option of the
speaker ; as, 4 ni 16h nitori oba mbd, we must go for the king is coming.
2. Before ‘ati, and, the initial ‘n’ (or preposition ‘ ni’) is dropped; as, nitori mo
beru ré, ati itori ti iwo nSe onroro énia, because L feared thee, and because thow art
an austere man.
§ 235. But, Suebén, bikdge, bidse; as, mo kpé @, Sugbdén kd dZe wah, L called
him, but he would not come; ki ise agiwere bikdge ologbon, he ts not a fool but a
wise man.
§ 236. Jf, bi, koSekpe, iba; as, bi 6 ba mod, 7f he knew or knows; kogekpe
enyin loh, 7f you go; iba mo eyi, yi 6 kpada, ¢f he knew this, he would return.
§ 237. Lest, ki...mdh, sometimes with ‘nitori’ immediately preceding ‘ki’;
as, 4 Sige ki 4 mah Sagbe (or nitori ki mah, &e.), we work lest we should beg.
§ 288. Neither ...nor, ko or ki... behe; as, kd 16h behe ni k6 dzZoko, he neither
goes nor stays. Sometimes ké...k6; as, ko ni babé ko ni iya nd, he has neither
Sather nor mother.
§ 239. Or, tabi, mbi: iwo tabi emi, thow or I; ako mbi Abo? a@ male or a
Female ?
§ 240. Whether...or, iba...iba: iba ge ékonri iba Se dbiri ni, yi 6 kpa won,
whether they be men or women, he will kill them.
§ 241. Since, nigbati: nigbati enyin ti de, A ghd dro Olorun, since you have
come, we hear the word of God.
§ 242. That, is represented by several particles:
1. By ki, ki... ki 6; as, mo ni ki 6 16h, Z say that he must go; or if the nomi-
native following ‘ki’ has two or more letters, ‘ki 6’ follows it; as, mo ni ki 6y
ki 6 16h, Z say that he must go.
2. By ti; as, ki li emi 6 ge ti emi 6 déZogun iye? what shall I do that I may
inherit life ?
3. By kpé; as, 6 ri 7 kpé 6 dara, he saw that it was good; kpé is used pleo-
nastically after verbs of saying, writing, perceiving, &e. ; as, 4 ti kowe ré kpé, saw!
6 mb0d, it ¢s written, behold! he cometh ; emimd kpéiwo seun, [know thou art good ;
6 bi won lére kpé, li oruko ta ni nwon sdro, he asked them in whose name they
spoke ; nwoy be @ kpé ki 6 léh, they begged him to go.
§ 243. Then, ndée; as, ndée 4 6 sin li odan, then we must sleep in the prairie.
§ 244. Though, bi, frequently followed by tile, even; as, bi 4 tile sote si j,
although we have rebelled against him.
INFLEXION AND CONSTRUCTION OF
INTERJECTIONS.
§ 245. The principal interjections are the following:
Alas! oh! ah! yé! aa!
Behold ! w6! saw6! kiyesi! sé kiyesi!
Fudge! hun! kai!
Pshaw ! $16!
Silence! dake! simi!
Wonderful! kpa! ékpa! ari!
Get out of the way! ago! kuro!
WORDS.
or
qo
i a
56 SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION,
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITON.
YORUBA PROVERBS,
ee nl
The Yorubas have no songs, and, I believe, but. few popular stories; but the
language abounds in proverbs, which are at once the poetry and the moral science
of the nation, Many of them are sententious observations on the nature of things ;
others are designed to inculcate the various relative duties of men; and a few are
simply an ingenious play upon words.
We gubjoin some specimens of these proverbs, not only to exhibits the idioms of
the language, but also to illustrate the character of the Yoruba mind. They are
taken chiefly from Crowther’s Vocabulary,
1, Eni aba ko t6 bi oni ore: oni aba kd fe ika; rirun ni i run
Mat of grass not laste ax mat of bulrash: mat of grass not doca bend 3 breaking itds it breaks
womwom., :
lo-pieces,
A. grass mat does not last like a bulrush mat: a grass mat will not bend 5 it breaks to pieces,
g g ,
2, AbafyedZe ko fe ifi idi Oran hain.
Tattler nol does tommake root of matter — appear,
Ft will not do to reveal one’s seorets to a tatiler,
3. Abi ke fe iki m6 ni Ii ese, bikose eni ti nse buburn,
Staple not does drive to-adhere-to one on foot, except one who isdoing evil.
The stocha are not fastened on the foot of one, except of him who does evil,
4, Abata tikete, bienikpé ko b& édo tan.
Marsh standaaloof, asaif not with atroam be-akin,
The marsh stands aloof, an if it were not akin to the stream.—Said of people who are proud and
roporved,
.
1, Kd be, does not;—‘ilka, infinitive after fe, the preformative ‘i’ being very slightly sounded,
Observe the Hebraism, viruy ni i run, breaking it breaks, instead of 6 run, it breaks, "This form ip
poetical,
2. Abatyedde (4, he; ba... d4e, spoils ; niyo, the world), a world-apoiler, ‘KO be? here moans it will
not do, it is not proper, which is quite an English idiom ;—‘fi,.. hin’ (to make, ., appear) isa compound
transitive verb, meaning fo show, reveal ;—idf Oran, the root of the matter, a secret.
3. In various and widely separated countries of Africa, prisoners are sometimes confined by placing a
large iron staple around the ankle and driving the ends into a log, thus forming a rade kind of stocks,
4, Bi enl kpé, as if one should say.
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION. 57
5. Bi odZum6 mé, oléwo ghe owo, iranwu 4 ghe keke, adZaguy 4 ghe akpata,
Tf dawn dawns, trader takes trade, spinner the takes distaff, warrior he takes shidld,
iwonéo 4 bere ghe asa, aghe 4 di ti oy ti aruko, omoode 4
weaver he stoops to-take sley, former le wakes ond he and bxe-handle, child-ct-hunting be
dZi ti akpo ti oron.
wakes and quiver ond bow.
This picturesque proverb, or poem, may be rendered thns—
When the day dawns, the trader betakes himself to hie trode ;
The spinner takes her distaff, the warrior takes his shield ;
The weaver stoups to take his sey (i. ¢. bends over it);
The former omakes, he and his boe-handle ;
The hunter awakes with kis quiver and his bow.
It would not be easy to give 2 more correct description of the ueual day-break scene in every
Yoruba town,
6. Ebi ki kpa Imale, 6 li 6 ki idke ay.
Hunger wh affects Wohammelon, be ways be wt ete momkey.
When a Mohammedan is wot hungry, be ways he never cote monkey, Sat when he is hungry,
he is not so scrupulous.
7. A ki iran eray erin Vi ori Ki 4 ma fi ce tay ire ni il,
One wt carries fish & dcphont om lead that ke may with foot dig crickets in ground.
One ntxer carries Acphanks ficsh om kis head that he may dig tm the ground with his foot for
crickets, 3. ¢. one who has a plenty Af dephant’s meat (which ie considered good food) docs ut
pat it on his head and go about searching for crickets to cat. The proverb is applied to rich
men who stoop to mean actions for the sake of gain.
8. Kpikpe ni yi 6 kpe, cke ko mu 4rd.
Limg-time iis it will telong, Ve wt catch Wey.
A lng time may pass weay before one i caught ia 0 lie ; oat he will be deed xt last.
9 Amn ni fe ein; ete ti imn ni li agogo imo.
Makeng oe tole disgrace ; Ieprosy which attacks ome om yout A we,
The dandcrer brings disgrace om ont, ike 0 leprosy which attacks one om the pint of the wane,
iL ¢. where all se it.
10. Abénige m4h b4 ni fe mé.
Hider wh with one orks more,
He iz 2 hyper win hl ys no wire, i. ¢. he cam no longer be depended om.
5. Vii, 7, when ;—4, lv of de, ploomastic, 22 tt Chen is im animated Gacourse;—ti... ti, ond ... and, om
bth ...an/.
6. Ni, & sy, becomes * ii’ before a vowed. The comstraction is participial, that is, no worl for if
when 2 aayloyed & the beginning of the sentence.
7. Li oni: bandens are commonly carrie’ om the head in Africa —ire, a large cricket used for foo.
6. Aza, body, used for pero, a wonnctiones im Unglish; che mm Gri, 0 lic catches 0 peru, 2m Bommatioc
form ff saying 2 pore 2 canght in a liz,
9. Amu t< e6i9, « making of camsing to be a disgrace, means tmaphy ditgracing, os bringing disgrace om,
10. Bs... te (with ...to do or act), 2 conmpound transitive vere meaning to belp, to aid ; hence debe, ke
whe lelps, 2 belyer ;—2h, ome; mai, my ; 2, thy, dr, may be insertoA bene be- 2x, abhnibe, the per of
one, Bymnihe, my helper, der. ;—ti, who, is omitted belore mth, wot ;—204, again, more, any wore,
%
58 SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION.
11. Akuko gagara ni idadzo fu ni li arin ogandzo.
Cock of bulkiness its decides for us in midst of depth-of-night.
A large cock decides for us in the midst of the night. Persons are supposed to be disputing
about the time of night, when the crowing of the cock shows that it is very late. The proverb
may be quoted whenever a dispute is suddenly decided by unexpected evidence.
12. Akobi ni ti eleran.
First-born is of shepherd.
When a woman takes a ewe or she-goat, both of which are termed eran, cattle, to feed for the
owner, she claims the first-born lamb or kid for her own. Hence the proverb, The first-born is
the shepherd's.
13. Ibaluwe gbe ilé, ge bi = akuro.
Bath-room abides-in house, is like water-side garden.
Although the bath-room is in the house, it is as wet as a garden by the water-side.
14. Ologbén ogbén li 4 rod idéanu; okokan li 4 md iwa_ nia: 4
With wisdom wisdom it-is they forge bridle-bits ; one-by-one it-is we know character of persons: we
ba moO iwa eénia, 4 ba bun o, kd fe; 4 don ni biabadzo.
attain to-know character of person, they attain to-give thee, not desire ; it is-painful to one as calamity.
On various plans bridle-bits are made ; one by one we learn the characters of men: the cha-
racter of a man being known (to be bad), if it were given thee as a present, thou wouldst not desire
at ; it is painful to one as a calamity.
15. Ti idZo ti ayd ni igé idin, wuye wuye ni ise igongo: 4
Both dancing and rejoicing it-is acts the skipper, wriggling wriggling itis acts the worm: they
ydzo, & ynyd; omo banabana yré oko igi.
dance, they rejoice; child of banabana is-going-to farm of wood.
With dancing and joy moves the skipper, wriggling about moves the worm: they dance, they
rejoice ; but the child of banabana is going to the wood-farm.—According to Mr. Crowther, this
proverb means, “ others may amuse themselves, but the poor man has no holiday.”
16. A ki iwa alago ala ni iso elekpo.
We not search him-of-cloth white-cloth in quarters of him-of-palm-oil.
We do not look for a man clad in white cloth in the quarters of the palm-oil maker—We
should not expect any result from incongruous or inadequate means.
17. Okéte ni, 09a%6 gbogbo li 6 md; 6n kd md odé%6 miray.
Rat says, day every itis he knows ; he not knows day another.
The rat says he knows every day ; but he does not know another day ; i. e. he lays up nothing
for the future, in which he is imitated by the improvident.
12. For the mode of predicating possession in Yoruba, see Gram. § 203, 1, a.
13. Gbe, to live or be ina place, is always used without a preposition ;—akurd, a garden by a stream, which
is cultivated in the dry season only.
14. Ologbdn, that which has wisdom ; ogbén, wisdom ; ologbén ogbén, various wisdom or skill ; so
oniru iru, or oniriru, means kinds, this reduplication always implying variety ;—A 19, they forge, is equivalent
to is or are forged (Gram. § 148, 1) ;—a ba, like ‘iba,’ implies a condition (Gram. § 143) ;—k9 fe, the sub-
ject, ‘iwo,’ omitted, a common practice in Yoruba.
15. Ti... ti (see Prov. 5); wuye wuye, wriggling about ; so taka taka, staggering to and fro, repetition
of the act being implied by the repetition of the word; wriggling is thought to indicate pleasure ;—bana-
bana, said to be an insect which carries a bit of wood in its mouth, which is thus an emblem of the poor,
many of whom, both men and women, gain a livelihood by bringing firewood from the farms on their
heads ;—omo banabana is equivalent to banabana simply ; comp. the biblical expression, son of man, i. q.
man.
18.
19.
23.
24.
25.
26.
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION. 59
Odaikdkoro baba okandzua.
Covetousness is the father of unsatisfied desires.
Olégbd baba arokin.
The olégbd is the father of traditionists..
Alagbara mah md ero baba ol
Strong man not knows consideration is father of laziness.
A strong man who is destitute of forethought is the father (or prince) of laziness.
. Eni ti kd gb6 ti ega, 4 li ega nkpdtoto enu.
One who not hears of oriole, he says oriole is-noisy of mouth.
One who does not understand the oriole says the oriole is noisy, i. e. is merely chattering. But
the orioles are supposed to understand each other.—The meaning of the proverb is that men are
prone to despise what they do not understand.
. Eleda eda li Oloruy da ni.
With nature nature it-is God made us.
God has created us with different natures or dispositions ; hence we should not expect to find
the same qualities in every one.
Bi alagbdéra dZe 9 ni iya, ki o fi erin si 7
If great man does thee in wrong, that thow make smile to him.
Tf a great man should wrong you, smile upon him. Because resistance would bring upon you
a still greater misfortune.
Alakpataé kO moO iru _— eran.
Butcher not knows breed of sheep.
The butcher has no regard for the breed of the sheep (which he kills). He attends to his own
business, and does not meddle with matters which do not concern him.
Igbo bfribiri, dkunkuy biribiri; Okunkuyn ni yi 6 sete igbo.
Forest is-dark, night is-dark ; night it-is that will conquer forest.
The forest is dark, and the night is dark ; but the darkness of the night will soon conquer that
of the forest.
Tf not is sloven person, who useth to-wake in morning that he not wash face his clean
Sasa ?
very 2
Except a sloven, who is wont to rise in the morning without washing his face nicely 2
Bi kd ge obon énia, tani iba dzi li otrd ki 6 mah bo 6dZu ré m6
19. The Oldgbo is the chief of the Arokin, whose business it is to remember the history of the country.
20. Before mah, not, the relative is always omitted.
21. Gbé ti, to hear the meaning of, to understand.
22. Eleda eda (see Prov. 14) ;—ni, same as ‘ eni,’ an indefinite pronoun, signifying one, some one, a per-
son, and frequently employed instead of wa, us.
23. Dae, to do, to act ; ni, in, in regard to ; lya, affliction, wrong ; dze...niya, to afliet, oppress, wrong
(Gram. § 37, 2, @) ;—ki, with a nominative, is much used imperatively ; as, ki o fi, make thou, ki 6 fi, let
him make (Gram. § 161).
24. Eran, cattle, a term including horned cattle, sheep, goats, &e.
26. Bikdse (usually written as one word), except.
60 SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION.
27. Emu balé — agbede.
Tongs are governor of smithshop.
The tongs are at the head of the blacksmith’s shop ; because they control the hot iron which
otherwise would be unmanageable.
28. O86 onibudzé kd kpe isan, osd oninabi kd dzi oduy
Ornaments of budéé-woman not remain nine-days, ornaments of inabi-woman not exceed year
1h.
going.
The marks made by the budéé-woman do not last nine days ; the marks made by the inabi-wo-
man do not last more than a year—No advantage or possession is permanent.
29. Biadza ba li eni lehin, A kpa obo.
If dog * has person behind, he-will kill baboon.
Tf a dog has his master behind him, he will kill a baboon.—This proverb is designed to show
the advantage of sustaining and encouraging people in their efforts.
30. Adza ti kd li eti kd Se —ideghe.
Dog which not has ears not do for hunting.
A heedless dog will not do for the chase.—If a person will not take advice, no one will employ
or trust him.
31. Gagalé gubu, owd té akpako.
Stilts fall, hand seizes palm-stalk.
Tf a man let fall his stilts, a hand will be stretched out to seize them.—That is, so soon as one
man loses an office or position, another is ready to occupy his place.
32. A ki dé ow6 léohun ti 4 kd 1 ighé.
We not give hand to thing which we not can perform.
We should not undertake a thing which we cannot accomplish.
33. Onilé ydée eso gbingbindd; aledZo ni ki 4 ge on li ow6 kay
Housekeeper is-eating fruit of wild-beans ; guest says that we do him as-to hand one
éwa.
boiled-maize.
Although the host may be living on wild beans, the guest expects a handful of boiled corn.
28. O$6, an ornament. In this place it means the deep black stripes with which maidens ornament their
faces and arms.— Bud4é’ is the fruit of a small tree of the same name, which when green makes a jet black
stain on the skin. ‘ Onfbudzé’ is the woman who makesa trade of marking the faces and arms of girls for a
few cowrieseach. There isa fable of a jet black and exquisitely beautiful girl who was sought in marriage
by all the nobles and rich men of the country ; but she treated every suitor with disdain. At last a worthless
fellow laid a plan by which she was enticed into his house and detained all night. Although she escaped
uninjured, the community at first thought otherwise; and the disgrace afllicted her so much, that she fled
into the woods, where the violence of her grief changed her into the bush that still bears her name.
‘Inabi’ is a plant the acrid root of which burns a durable black mark on the skin. It is seldom used for
marking.—‘ Loh,’ pleonastic after dz (Gram. § 207, 1).
29. Ba, an auxiliary particle (Gram. § 139) ;—A, he will (Gram. § 135, 1, b).
31. Stilts are made of the foot-stalks of the akpako, or wine-palm, called bamboo by the whites on the
western coast.
33. Ndze (Gram. § 129, 3) ;—8e...li, to do...in regard to, i. e. to supply with.
|
———— ee ee
‘
j
‘
‘
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION. 61
34. Mah gbiyelé ogin; tiowd enini itd ni.
Not — trust-in inheritance ; of hand of one is sufficient-for one.
Trust not to an inheritance ; the product of one’s hands is sufficient for one-—Said to those who
neglect industry because they expect to inherit property.
35. Akdéseba, eyi ti idze odin.
Chance, this which amounts-to year.
He ee waits for chance may wait a year—Said to those who are “ waiting for something to
turn up.”
36. Eni ti g ran ni ni ige li 4 iberu; 4 ki iberueni ti 4 ran nisi.
One who he sends one on message it-is we fear; we not fear one whom they send one to.
We should fear him who sends us with a message, not him to whom we are sent.—Applied to
messengers sent from one king or chief to another.
37. Ero kpesekpese; kO md bi ard ykan igbin.
Light very ; not know as body is-paining — snail.
You say it is a very light blow, but do not reflect that it would hurt a snail.—Said to those
who would: excuse their bad conduct to others on the ground that it does them no great harm,
38. Esin ri ogun, dzo; oko ri ogun, 6 yo.
Spear sees battle, it dances ; lance sees battle, it rejoices,
When the spear sees the battle, it dances ; when the lance sees the battle, it rejoices.
39. Ohun ti 4 fi eso mt ki badze; ohun ti 4 fi agbara mini
Thing which we with gentleness handle not is soiled’ s thing which we with violence handle it-is
ini ni Ii ard.
has one as-to body.
An affair which we conduct with gentleness is not marred ; an affair which we conduct with
violence causes us vexation.—Said to men who are irritable and impetuous.
40. Bi ey& ba di ekuny, eran ni ikpa dze.
Lf wild-cat * becomes leopard, beasts it-is it will kill eat.
When the wild cat becomes a leopard, it will devour beasts.
41. Afedzu toto kO mod ékonri.
Gesticulation much not knows a man.
Much gesticulation does not prove manliness—* A barking dog does not bite.”
34. Ti ow6 (Gram. § 203, 1, 6) ;—eni and ni ( Prov. 22, and Gram. § 104),
35. An elliptical proverb. Roun: Prov. 9 and 10.
36. Iberu; for the initial ‘i, see Gram, § 146, 1;—A ran ni, they send us, for the passive, we are sent,
Gram. § 148, 1. Si and other prepositions frequently close a sentence, as in English,
at Obsenge the ellipses ;—ara kan, it hurts ; so, ind doy, zt is pleasant (Proy. 56).
. Ni... lara (ni... li ard, to have as to the body), to annoy, to cause vexation ;—ni, one, often equivalent
ie wa, Us.
40. Ey, a beast resembling a leopard, but rather smaller, the leopard cat ;—ikpa; for the initial ‘i) see
Gram. § 146,1; kpa dze, to devour, destroy, e.g. efdn kpa on dée, the buffalo killed him totally, violently.
41. AfedZu, frowning and other airs put on under pretence of courage ;—m0, lo prove, to be evidence of.
62 SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION.
42, Oko nld ge alamgba kpensan; 6 ni, behe li eni ti o dau ni 16h
Stone large did lizard crush ; he said, so it-is one who he surpasses one going
ige ni.
does to one.
A large stone (being thrown) crushed a lizard. It said, “So he who is stronger than one
treats one.” —Said in allusion to the fact that the strong oppress the weak.
43. Alantakun biyi 6 ba o dda, 4 ta ka. 0.) i Aas
Spider if it will meet thee to-fight, it extends to-enfold thee as-to body.
When the spider would attack thee, it extends its web to entangle thee—Applied to the intrigues
of men who endeavor to effect the ruin of others.
44, Alagedzi kpere ni ite.
A self-willed man soon has disgrace.
“Pride goes before destruction.”
45. Wiun -yi 6 de, esn yi 6 m6" eSu “yi OG 16h= nibo i
Locust he will eat, locust he will drink, locust he will go; where is-it
alatamkpoko yi 6 wo?
grasshopper he shall enter ?
The locust will eat, the locust will drink, the locust will go; where shall the grasshopper hide 2—
Probably intended to describe the effects of war.
46. Kosi alag4ra ti ita igboku; ghogbo won niita oyin.
Not is snuff-dealer who sells _ stale ; all of them it-ts sell honey.
No snuff-dealer sells stale tobacco ; they all sell the best.
47. Alaradze kO6 md odin; abi igu ita bi igi.
Buyer not knows year; perhaps yams grow like logs.
The buyer does not consider the seasons ; he thinks perhaps yams grow as big as logs.
48. A ge aAlakpa li 086, kd gb6; a ge ohun ghogbo fu igi, 6 ye
We do old wall as-to ornament, it not hears; we do things all for wood, it sutts
igi.
wood.
Tf we ornament an old wall, it is not improved ; if we do anything for wood (as painting or
carving), it is adapted to the wood, i.e. our design is accomplished by making the wood as
we desire it to be-—Some persons cannot be improved by any means that we can employ.
49, Awigb6 ti ifi ow6d adZae md omi.
Disobedience which with hand of neck-cord drinks water.
Disobedience which drinks water with the hand tied to the neck.—Meaning that a person who
is determined to disobey will have his own way in spite of all obstacles.
42. Se... kpensan, to crush.
43, Ba...d4a, to fight with, to attack ;—ta, to stretch a rope;—ka... lara, to enfold, entangle, as a net.
46. Igboku, anything stale ; as, igboku taba, stale tobacco; igboku dkara, stale bread ;—oyin, honey,
applied to that which is excellent; the girls in the street ery, oyin oti! honey beer / that is, beer of the
best quality.
47. M5, often employed in the sense of consider ;—odty, a year, a season, in reference to its quality.
48. Se... li 086, to ornament, adorn ;—gb6, to receive an impression or benefit.
50.
o2.
53.
54.
56.
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION. 63
Afomé kd li egbd; igi gbogbo ni ibatan.
Parasite not has root; tree every as. its kindred.
A parasite has no root ; every tree is its kindred —A parasite does not care on whom he sponges
for a living.
Eri ko ge gmo igi: ert ki, lyaé kd ghd: omo ki, ighe ta; ert
Slave not is child of wood: slave dies, his mother not hears: child dies, cry arises ; slave
Se omo ni ilé iya re ri.
was child in house of mother his once.
A slave is not a block of wood : if a slave dies, his mother does not hear of it ; if achild dies,
lamentation is made : the slave was once a child in his mother’s house.—This fine sentiment exhi-
bits something of the heart of the people who use it as a proverb; and it explains the reason why
the Yorubas usually treat their slaves with a degree of kindness worthy of a Christian people.
Ada Sn igbo, ko ri dre igbo; 6 ro Ona,ko ri ére Ona; ada
Bill-hook cuts bush, not sees profit of bush ; it clears road, not sees profit of road 3 bill-hook
da idaktida, ada da idakida; ada dd, 6 fi aruy
breaks a-bad-breaking, bill-hook bends a-bad-bending ; bill-hook breaks, it with Jive-cowries
gbadi, 6 di oko olowo; ada li eka li oron, 6 ghadzéa girigiri.
girds-its-hilt, it reaches farm of owner 3 bill-hook has ring on neck, it is girded tightly.
The bill-hook clears the farm, but receives no profit from the farm ; the bill-hook clears the
road, but receives no profit from the road ; the bill-hook is badly broken, the bill-hook is badly
bent ; the bill-hook breaks, it pays five cowries to gird its handle with a ring ; it reaches its
owner's farm ; the bill-hook has a ring on its neck (handle), it is girded tightly (for new
labors).—Has reference to the severe and unrequited labor of slaves,
Ibi ki id#h ibi: bi 4ti bi evi i 4 bi omo.
Birth not surpasses birth; as they * bore slave so it-is they bore child.
One birth does not excel another ; as the slave was born, so was the free-born child,
Bio ti wi Ki 6ri, 4 ki reriy abiroy; boya ohun ti o ge 6
As thou * please that it be, we not laugh-at invalid ; perhaps thing which it ails him
loni & $e iwo lola.
to-day will ail thee to-morrow.
One should never laugh at an infirm person ; perhaps the same evil that afflicts him to-day
may afflict thee to-morrow.
Iwo ni nse abodéZuw6d lehin baba; todzu ilé rere.
Thou it-is art superintendent behind master 3 look-to house well.
Thou art the superintendent in the master’s absence ; look well to the house.
Niigba ti dgbe ba di abd oka, in6 ré 4 ddn; nikpa abd
In time when farmer * as-binding bundles of corn, mind his it is-sweet 3 by — bundles
oka ni yangidi owé iti wah.
of corn it-is bundles of money also come.
When the farmer is tying up bundles of corn, he rejoices ; by bundles of corn bundles of money
are obtained.
52
53
54
56
. Say igbo, to clear land for a farm ;—ri ere dze, to receive profit.
. Bi...ti, as ;—4 bi, they bore, in the sense of was born (Gram. § 148, 1).
. Bio ti wa ki 6 se, followed by a negative, is the usual expression for by no means, not in any wise.
. Nigbati, spoken and written as one word, when ;—ba, the subjunctive particle (§ 139), follows nigbati;
—iné ddn, to be pleased, to rejoice ; as, ind mi ddn, TJ am glad ; ind rb ddn, he is glad ;—iti, the con-
junct
ion ti, and, also, with ‘i’ prefixed (§ 146).
64 SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION.
57. Ohun ti ise ohun abukin ki 4 méh Se si omo-enikédzi eni.
Thing which is thing of contempt that we not do to fellow-man of one.
A contemptuous action should not be done to one’s fellow-man.
58. Abulé ni mu ago ild to; éni ti kod ba ge todzu abulé, yi 6 fe
Patch it-is makes cloth last long; one who not * does look-to patch, he will make
ara ré li ofo _—_ ago.
self his in want of clothing.
Patching makes a garment last long ; one who does not attend to patching will come to want
clothes.—A man who neglects the little affairs of his business will fail, or come to want.
59. Bi 4 tiran nini ige, li 4& dze; bi iwo ba seni si i, adabowo
As they * send one on message, it-is we deliverit; if thou * add to it, responsibility
ari ré. :
of self thy.
As one is sent ona message, so he should deliver it ; if thou add anything to it, it is on thy
own responsibility.
60. Adin dorikédo 6 ywd_ ise eiye ghogbo.
Bat hangs-head-down it is-watching work of birds all.
The bat hangs suspended with its head down watching the actions of all birds—This proverb
is probably designed to teach silent observation.
61. O dZ@ aiye dau alaiye ‘16h.
He eats world more than owner of world going.
He enjoys the world more than the owner of the world.—Said of extravagant persons.
62. Dulumé6 ekpa li oron sege, & déZebi Oran wo ti.
Slander of ground-pea on neck of white-pea, it condemns the-cause to-enter tofail.
The slander of the ground-pea against the white field-pea falls upon itself—Designed to show
that aslanderer may injure himself more than he injures another.
63. Obdnidze 6 ba ard ré dae.
LInjurer he * body his injures.
He who injures another brings injury upon himself.
64. Abdnidze méih ba nige ifa énia; enl ti o dze diddn ni idze kikan.
Guest who not with one is profit of person; one who he eats sweet it-is eats sour.
So isa guest who is no advantage to a person ; he who eats the sweet should also eat the sour.—
Said of persons who live on others, and will not assist in the labors of the family.
57. Ohun abukin, a contemptuous action or word ;—ki 4 mah ge, we should not do (§ 145, 2).
58. Ba, after eniti (§ 139).
59. Bi... ti, as ;—hba, after bi, 2f (§ 139).
61. Dzaiye (dZe aiye), to enjoy the world ;—léh, pleonastic.
62. This proverb is highly idiomatic and therefore difficult : li oron refers to an accusation: 6 fi ése re
Ii oron mi, he charged his sin upon me ;—ti implies failure ; 6 k6 ilé ti, he built a house failed, i. e. began
to build and could not finish ;—dzZebi drvan wo ti, means that the condemnation recoiled on the accuser.
63. ba... dze, to injure.
64. The relative is omitted before mah, not ;—ni idze; obligation is frequently expressed by the indicative
form of the verb.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
me
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION. 65
. Abati dlakpa; 4 ba 4 ti, 4 ba & ~~ ré.
Shakiness of old-wall ; we against it push, we with it are-friendly.
It is like a shaky old wall; we push against it, and (finding that it does not fall) we make
friends with it (by sitting down in its shade).—Said of persons whom we are at first suspicious
of, but, on further acquaintance, receive into our friendship.
Abébe ni ibé iku, abébe ni ibé Oran; bi oru ba mt,
Pleader itzs pleads off death, pleader it-is pleads off difficulty; if heat * is-sharp,
abebe ni ibé 6
San it-is dissipates it.
A pleader (or supplicator) wards off death, « pleader wards ofa difficulty ; of the heat is severe,
a fan mitigates it—A fanciful play upon the word ‘abébe’ is the principal design of this pro-
verbial saying. It also shows the power of entreaty.
Iyan mt, ire yo; iyan 1, ire ru.
Famine is-sharp, cricket is-fat ; famine is-relieved, cricket is-poor.
When famine is sharp, the cricket is fat ; when famine is relieved, the cricket is poor —A
paradoxical play upon words. It also expresses the fact that when famine prevails, the cricket
is eaten as if it were fat or delicious; but when the famine is over, the cricket is rejected as
poor and unfit to eat.
Odzo kpa bata bita, bata bata, li ori akpata, li ode adzalubita; bata
Rain beats patter patter, patter patter, on top of rock, im yard of chief-drummer; drum
li igi, bata li awo.
is wood, shoe is hide.
The rain beats, “ shoe drum, shoe drum,” (or patter patter,) on the rock in the yard of the chief
drummer ; the drum is wood, and the shoe is leather—A play upon words.
Kanakdna bé kénakina dz, kaénakina dd kanakéna—EEni.
Crow with crow fought, crow conquered crow. — One.
A crow fought with a crow, a crow conquered a crow—One—The Yorubas sometimes
amuse themselves by repeating a play upon words by way of competition. At the end of the
sentence, each time it is repeated, a bystander says, “one,” “two,” &c.; and he who repeats
the sentences oftenest without marring a syllable is victor.
Ose ni igadzu ekun, abamd = ni-igbehin Oran; gbogbo
Smacking-of-lips it-is precedes weeping, mortification itis follows difficulty ; whole
otokulu kpe, nwon ké ri ebo abamo ge.
of town assemble, they not see sacrifice of mortification to-make.
As smacking the lips precedes weeping, so mortification follows a difficulty ; the whole popu-
lation of the town assembled cannot find a sacrifice to make against mortification.
Ikpa obere li okuy ito.
Path of needle it-is thread follows.
The thread follows the needle-—Applied to anything which happens as a natural consequence.
65. A ba ti (we meet it to-push), we push against it.
66. Oran, a difficulty, generally a cause before the judges.
67, The ‘ire’ isa large cricket eaten by the poor in times of scarcity.
70. Oge; the Yoruba people are accustomed to smack their lips several times before they begin to weep.
9
66 SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION.
72. Aboge ki ige ie 0d26; iSe babdé ni igbd odzd eni.
Job-work not is work of day ; work of master itis receives day of one.
A job (done for oneself) ts not the days work ; the master’s work claims the chief part of
one’s time.—Said of slaves, who may perform little jobs for themselves, but must not neglect
their master’s business.
73. Adaridzini ni isete edzo.
Forgiver _it-is conquers dispute.
He that pardons the aggressor gains the victory in the dispute—Designed to inculcate a for-
giving spint.
74. Bi Olorun ba ka @Se si ni li oron, A ghbé.
If God should count sin against us on neck, we perish.
If God should compute our sins, we would perish—I have heard this remark made by hea-
thens in attempting to settle disputes, but am not sure that it is a national proverb.
75. Fi ohuy wé ohun, fi oran we Oran; fi Oran dain, ki A
Put thing to-compare thing, put matter to-compare matter; put matter to-be-distant, that they
yin 0.
praise thee.
Compare thing with thing, and matter with matter ; forgive the matter, that thou mayest
be praised.— Inculcates, as praiseworthy, the duty of examining into the facts of a dispute and
exercising a forgiving disposition.
76. Abere bo li ow6 adete, 6 di ete; orayn ba es 65 di
Needle falls in hand of leper, it becomes consideration ; matter comes-upon the-land, it becomes
ero,
thought.
If a needle fall from the (mutilated) hand of a leper, it requires consideration (how to pick
it up); fa difficult matter come upon the country, it requires thought (how to avert it).
77. Aditanmd ésuo ti o li ékulu li o bi iya ré
Genealogy of ésuo who he said ékulu itis she bore mother his.
It is like the genealogy of the ésuo, who said his grandmother was an ékulu—Applied to ;
persons who pretend to be related to great families.
78. Elede kpa afo tdyn, 6 nwd eni rére ti yi 6 fi ard& ré yi
Pig ~ wallowing in-mire finished, it is-seeking person good whom he will make body his rub.
The pig, having done wallowing in the mire, is seeking some clean person to rub against—
Said of disgraced persons who attempt to intrude themselves upon good society.
79. Onifuru ti itete ise —_ onile kpele.
Suspicious-character who first does master-of-house gently.
A. suspicious character (being found in a house) immediately salutes the owner of the house
(before he is saluted).
72. Odz6 and odZ6 are not equivalent terms: o0dz6, the space of a day; odzé, time, a day. See Dic-
tionary.
75. Fi... wé, to compare ;—fi...dzin, to forgive.
77. Aditaymd (da itan md), @ tracing of genealogy ;—ésuo and ékulu, two different species of antelope.
79. Onifuru, lit. one who is pale with apprehension ;—se...kpele, to deal well with, to salute civilly.
o>
aT
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION,
80. Agada kO md ori — alagbede.
Sabre not knows head of blacksmith. .
(In battle) the sabre does not know the head of the blacksmith (who made it)—Applied to
ingratitude.
D
Agbedze gb won li, 4 ni ki 4 kpé 4 ni kpansa.
Squash received them safe, they said that they cut it for drinking-cup.
The squash having saved them (in time of famine), they said, Let us cut it for a drinking-
cup.—Designed to illustrate ineratitude.
82. A ri abinidZe agbon isale; bi 6 ki li é6wtrd, 4 ya Ti ale.
We see guest of chin below; if it die in morning, it separates in evening.
We meet with guests who are like the lower jaw ; if one die in the morning, it separates (from
the upper jaw) in the evening—Said of those who forsake their friends in time of trouble.
83. Akparo déare adzZanakpa, Ki li 6 mu _ ago wah ige li oko? A
Partridge reasoned bird-snare-of-cloth, What is-it he brought cloth coming to-do in farm? He
dzare akparo, Li oko li & gbe imu ago ildh.
reasoned partridge, In farm it-is we do bring clothing going.
The partridge argued concerning the bird-snare of cloth, Why did the farmer bring cloth to the
farm? He replied to the partridge, We are accustomed to take our overclothes to the Sarm.—
The meaning of this proverb is, that something can be said on both sides of a question. The
partridge, seeing a cloth so spread out as to form abird-snare, was suspicious and said, What does
he mean by this? The farmer replied, that people always bring their wrappers to the farm
(laying them on the grass or a bush while at work).
84. Adze, Sdluga, 6 fi eni iwadéu sil€ $e eni ehin ni kpele.
Fortune, the Elevator, he puts one before down to-do one behind in gently.
Adzhe, the Elevator, he leaves the foremost to deal favorably with the hindmost——That is, the
first may sometimes be last, and the last first.
85. Adze, omo hé—iya mi goro ga— a kpa mah gbacin.
Witch, child of envy—trouble my is-hard is-high—she kills not — inherits.
The witch, child of envy—my troubles are sore and hard—she kills but cannot inherit-—
Witches are thought to destroy people when asleep by sucking their blood like a vampire.
86, Adzekagu kd mod bi iyan miu.
Loaf-eater not knows if famine prevails.
The man who has plenty to eat does not appreciate the severity of a famine.
87. Akeke ti yké igi kd se; gbénagbéna mbi étu si atari,
Axe which is-cutting tree not refuses ; woodman offers propitiation to head,
The axe which cuts the tree is not afraid ; but the wood-man makes a sacrifice to his head —
Some kinds of trees are supposed to be inhabited by eyil spirits, which might inflict some
injury on the woodman unless he offered a sacrifice to his good genius, which is thought to reside
in the head.
81. The agbedze grows hard with age, and is cut to make cups ;—gba... 1a, fo save ;—ki 4 kpé 4, let
us cut it (Gram. § 145, 2).
82. Agbon, the chin ; agbon isale, the lower jaw.
83. Mu... wah, to bring; mu...16h, to take ;—gbe, to abide, to be, pleonastic like do in Engl sh
(Gram, § 187).
68
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
ie
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION.
Abetele ni ifodZu onidad46; notori abetele ki ilé ige ididZo _otito.
Bribe it-is blinds judge ; Sor bribe not can do judgment of truth.
A bribe blinds the judge, for a bribe cannot give a true judgment.
Bio kin oni kin ola ki oghbe ki 6 kpa agiliti, ddZo 4 ro.
If it remains to-day remains to-morrow that thirst that will kill iguana, rain will fall,
If there remain to-day or to-morrow before the iguana will die of thirst, it will rain—De-
signed to show the providence of God over his creatures.
Fi idzad fu Olorun dz; fi ow6 lé eray.
Give battle to God to-fight ; put hand upon temple.
Leave the battle to God, and rest your temple on your hand (as a spectator).—That is trust
in God’s providence.
Tinotino, téhintéhin ni labaldba ifi iyin fu Olorun.
Within, without it-is butterfly gives praise to God.
By its beauty, the butterfly praises God within and without, i. e. in all its parts.
Dizi agba oti, déi agba etu; eni ti 4 ray wah, ki idZi agba.
Open cask of rum, open cask of powder ; one whom they send to-come, not opens cask.
Open the cask of rum, open the cask of powder (if yours); but he that 2s sent with it does not
open the cask.—The Yoruba carriers are remarkably faithful to their trust.
Ogin kd rd ike, agbede kO rd __ bata; oko kd goro ro, agbede k6
Ogun not works ivory, smithy not works leather ; farm not is-hard to-till, the smithy not
kpa ok6 ta.
makes hoes to sell.
Ogun does not work ivory, the smith does not work leather ; if the farm were not difficult to
cultivate, the smith would not make hoes to sell—That is, every man to his trade.
Ilé kan wa li Oyo niigha atidéo, ti 4 nkpe Akidze: oibé
House one was in Katunga in time of antiquity, which they called Silence: white-man
ki mbé.
died there.
In old times there was a house in Katunga called Silence; a white man died there.
O sure iku, 6 bo si ako ida.
He fled death, he entered into scabbard of sword.
He fled from the sword, and hid in the scabbard—* He leaped out of the frying-pan into the
fire.”
A ri ti eni md iwi, i fi akpadi bd ti ré mole.
We sce that one knows to-speak, he puts potsherd to-cover that of him up.
We see that one knows how to speak (the faults of others), although he covers his own with a
potsherd.
A ki igba Akaka low6 akiti; 4 ki igba ilé baba lowo eni.
We not take squatting from baboon; we not take house of father from one.
We cannot cure a baboon of squatting (because it is natural to him); we cannot take the home-
stead from a man (because it is his by natural right).
93. Ogi is the god of smiths.
94, Historical and other facts are frequently transmitted to posterity in proverbial sayings.
96. Ti re, that of him, his.
Te ee ieee
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION. 69
98. Age dran ikoko febi 6n li & mbawi, abi aré ifu bi
Doer of crime of secresy supposes he it-is they are-speaking-about, being body is-pale as
enl Se ohun.
one who did thing.
The perpetrator of a secret crime supposes it is he they are talking about (if he sees men in
conversation), his face being pale as one who has done something (wrong).—“ Conscience makes
cowards of us all,”
99. Asdrokele bodZuw6 ighé: ighé ki iro; eni ti 4 ba so mi ige ikukpani.
Whisperer watches bush: bush not tells; he who one with speaks it-is acts traitor.
A whisperer watches the bush ; abush never tells secrets 3 he to whom one speaks is the traitor —
Ifa man wish his secrets to be kept, he should not confide them to others,
100. Odo ki kén bd edéa li odd.
River not isfull to-cover fish in eye.
The river is never so full as to obscure the sight of the fish—That is, no scheme or purpose is
_ too deep to be confided toa friend.
PARABLE OF THE PRODIGAL SON.
Luke xy. 11—32.
Okonri kin li omékonri medéi. Eyi aburo ni in6 won wi fu baba re
Man one had son two. This younger-brother in among them said to Sather his
kpé, Baba, fu mi ni iwon ogin ti o tori mi. O si kpin ohuy
to-wit, Father, give me to-have measure of inheritance which it belongs me. He and divided thing of
int ré fu won. Ki isi td idz6 melokay li ehin eyi, eyi omékonri
possession his to them. Not and amounted-to day Sew im after this, this son
aburo k6é ohuy ghogbo ti 6 ni dé, 6 si mu ona ré kpoy
younger-brother gathered thing all which he had together, he and took road his straightway
16h si ilu Okere; niibe ni dgbé nda ghogbo inf réni inakuna. Ni igba
go to town of distance; in there it-is he was spending all possession his in extravagance. In time
ti 6 ba ghbogbo ré dée* tan, iyan nlanlaw4h mt ni ilu ni; 6
which he to-destroy all of it ended, famine of greatness came to be sharp in town that j he
5 PETS , 4 \ , s
si beresi idi alainf. O si 16h, 6 d& aré ré kpd mé oloto kan aré
and began to-be needy-one. He and went, he made self his join cleave-to citizen one inhabitant
iu nd; 6y si ran & Idhsi oko ré 16h iso elede. Ayd ni i ba fi dze
of town that; he and sent him go to farm his go to-watch swine. Joy it-is he would with eat
ondze ti awon elede dée; enikeni ké fi fu fi.
Sood which they swine ate; any-one not give to him.
Ni igb& ti odéi re wah ile, 6 ni, Awon alégbasé babaé mi mélomélo
In time which eye his came to-ground, he said, They hireling of father my how-many
Ii o li ondéZe adéze yé © ati adze ti, emisi nki fu ebi! Emi
itis he have food eating to-befull and eating to-leave, I and am-dying Sor hunger ! Te
* Ba... dze, to destroy.
~T
S
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION.
6 dide sé, emi 6 to babdé mi 16h, emi 6 si wi fu fi kpé, Baba, emi
will arise indeed, I will go-to father my go, I will and say to him to-wit, Father, i
nti ndése si orun, ati ni iwadazi ré; emi ko si ye ti & ba makpe h
have sinned against heaven, and in presence thy; I not and fit that they should may call to-be
omo ré m6, fi mi ge bi okay ni ind awon alagbase re. O si dide 6 to
child thy more,make me do as one im among they hireling thy. He and arose he went-to
babé ré 16h. Niigba ti 6 si ti wa li dkere, babé ré ri 3, ant se
ae 5 ? : ) : ;
father his going. In time which he and had was in distance, father his saw him, pity affected
é, 6 si sure, 6 ro mo O Itporon\ x6 isi) di oenuy ekom 6: els
him, he and ran, he hung upon to-cleave-to him on neck, he and made mouth touch him on
enu. Omo si wi fu fi, kpé, Baba, emi nti ndése si orun ati ni iwadzu
mouth. Son and said to him to-wit, Father, I have sinned against heaven and in presence
ré; emi ko si ye ti & ba ma kpé l omo ré mé. Baba si wi fu awon
thy; I not and fit that they should may call to-be child thy more. Father and said to them
omo-odo ré kpé, EK mu ayo aso igunwa wah,* ki -6 fi i wo 6; 6
servant his to wit, Ye take choice garment of stateliness coming, that ye make it clothe him; ye
fi druka bo 6 li owé, ati bata si ese ré. EH si mi egboro malt
make ring slip-on him on hand, and shoe to foot his. Ye and take young-one of cow
abokpa wah, ki é si kpa 4 ki 4 ma dze, ki 4 si ma Se¢e ariya ;
fatted-to-kill coming, that ye and kill it, that we may eat, that we and may make merriment ;
nitori ti omo mi yi ti ki, 6 si toy yé. Nwon si beresi ise driya.
because that child my this had died, he and again lives. They and began to-make merriment.
Omékonri ré eyi egbon ti mbé li oko, bi 6 si yntit mbo, ti 6
Son his this elder-brother who was in farm, as he and was-coming, and he
sonmo eti ilé, 6 g@bd Orin on idzo. O- si kpé okay mi ind awoy
drew-near-to edge of house, he heard singing and dancing. And he called one in among them
omo-odo won; 6 bere kpé, Kal 4&4 mot nkién wonyi si? O si wi fu fi
servant their; he inquired to-wit, What they knew thing these to? He and said to him
kpé, = Aburo ré de; bab’ re si kpa egboro mali abokpa,
to-wit, Younger-brother thy is-come; father thy and has-killed young-one of cow fatted-to-kill,
nitori ti 6 ri f kpada li alafia ati mi ilera. O si bind, 6 ko hi
because that he sees him return in peace and in health. He and was-angry, he refused as-to
atiwo Tie. Nitori nd ni babdé ré si Se§ dzade, 6 si wa isikpe fu
entering house. On-account of that it-is father his and did go-out, he and was beseeching to
fi. O si dahuyn, 6 wi fu baba ré kpé, Kiye si 7 lati odin mélo yi
him. He and answered, he said to father his to-wit, Take-notice to it from year how-many this
li emi nti ysin 0, behe li emi ko si rufin ré nf igba kan ri; iwo ko
it-is I have served thee, so it-is I not and break-law thy in time one heretofore ; thou not
* Mu... wah, to bring.
+ Bi... ti, as; ‘ti’ having the auxiliary particle ‘yn.’ (Gram. § 128, 2.)
+ The phrase 4 md...si, we know... to, is equivalent to the verb to mean.
§ Se, to do, is generally employed pleonastically after nitori na, therefore.
SPECIMENS OF COMPOSITION. a
si ti ifi omo ewuré kan fu mi ki 6 fi b& awon ore mi ge driya.
and hast given child of goat one to me that it make with them friend my to-make merriment.
Sugbon bi omo ré yi si ti de, eni ti 6 fi kpangaga run ord re, lwo
But as child thy this and has come, one who he made adultery destroy wealth thy, thou
si ti kpa eghoro mali abékpa fu f. O si wi fu fi kpé, Omo
and hast killed young-one of cow fatted-to-kill for him. He and said to him to-wit, Child
titi ni iwo mbé lodo mi; ohuy gbogbo ti mo ni ti ré ni ige. O ye
continually it-is thou art with me; thing all which I have of thee it-is is. It is-fit
ki 4 ma ge riya: nitori ti aburo ré yi ti ku, 6 si ton yé; 6 si
that we may do merriment: because that younger-brother thy this had died, he and again lives; he and
tie | eMOy sae Sverl, «1.
had been-lost, we and see him.
THE LORD’S PRAYER.
Babi wa ti mbé li Oke orun, Owo li oruko re, idZoba ré de; ife ti ré
Father our who art in above heaven; honor be name thy, reign thy come, will of thee
ni ki 4 ge li aiye, bi ti dke orun; fu wa li ondze odz6 wa li om; dari
be that we do in earth, as above heaven; give us have food of day our in to-day; forgive
igbese wa dzi wa, bi awa ti ndaridZi awon onigbese wa; mah si fa wa
debt our from wus, as we are-forgiving them debtor our; not and lead us
si ind idewo, gugbén gba wa ni ind tulasin. Amin.
to within temptation, but deliver us in within distress, Amen.
DICTIONARY
OF THE
YORUBA LANGUAGE.
+
NEO Sear Oe N.
Ir is proper to inform the reader that the following Dictionary contains scarcely one half of the Yoruba
Language. There are doubtless some primitive words which the compiler has not learned ; and several
thousand derivative vocables have been omitted for the sake of brevity. This severe abridgement, however,
is no real defect, since the exact meaning of the omitted words may be ascertained by the rules of derivation
quite as easily as we can determine the meaning of inflected nouns and verbs in Latin from the nominative
and infinitive. For the convenience of the reader, supposing him to be already acquainted with the rules of
derivation as laid down in the Grammar, we here present a review of the various classes of words which
have been omitted.
I. Many verss of the following kinds :
1. Verbs composed of a verb and noun; as, beru, to be afraid ; from ba, to meet, and eru, fear. The
omitted verbs of this class are formed chiefly as follows :
a, Of da, to make, and a noun; as, dese, to sin, from ese, sin.
b. Of de, to be, to act, to make, and a noun; as, dZolu (olu, a prince, officer), to be a prince, to rule as a
prince.
c. Of li, to have, and a noun; as, lése (@e, sin), to have sin, to be sinful, to sin ; laini (aini, need), to be
needy, destitute.
d. Of md, to know, and a noun; as, méte (ete, consideration), to be considerate, provident.
e. Of se, to do, to make, to be, and a noun; as, Saimd (aimd, ‘ynorance), to be ignorant, untutored ; garo
(aro, meditation), to meditate. Verbs of this class are very numerous.
2. A considerable number of verbs which appear to be formed by placing two verbs in juxtaposition ;
as, bilt (bi, to push, and li, to strike), to beat upon, as waves ; siré (sd, to run, and ré, to go), to run; but in
fact, the second member of these verbs is a contracted noun, for ili, a striking, ire, a going. Bearing this in
mind, the omitted verbs of this class are easily defined by referring to the roots.
3. A considerable number of verbs composed of three or four words; as, feset®, to trample on. A little
practice will enable the reader to analyse these verbs, or, as the natives express it, “to take them to pieces,”
and thus discover their meaning. Usually an elision occurs in the first syllable; as in feseté, which is com-
posed of fi, to make, ese, the foot, te, to press. But sometimes the first vowel of the noun is elided; as,
tériba, to bow, from té, to bend, ori, the head, ba, to meet.
4, Many compound transitive verbs; as, fi... han, to show ; da... lebi (li ebi), to condemn.
All the foregoing verbs are in fact phrases, and it is probable that none of them would be treated as
vocables in a dictionary compiled by a native.
II. The number of Nouns omitted from the Dictionary is very large :
1. Several classes of nouns formed from verbs primitive and derivative.
a. Nouns formed by the prefixes ‘a’ and ‘i.
b. By the prefix ‘ai?
c. By the prefix ‘ati?
d, By reduplicating the first syllable of the verb. For the meaning of nouns formed by these prefixes see
“ Derivation of Nouns” in the Grammar, or refer to cach prefix in the Dictionary.
2. Nouns formed from nearly all nouns by the prefixes, al, ail, el, el, ol, ol, alai, olu, oni. (See Derivation
of Nouns and Dictionary.)
3. Nouns formed from most verbs by prefixing ‘a,’ as above, with the addition of a suffix, chiefly dza, to
surpass ; kpd, together ; tan, completed ; as, asedzu, excess, lit. an action surpassing or exceeding the bounds
of propriety; asekpd, an acting together, co-operation ; agetay, a completed action, completion. Sometimes
other suffixes are employed; as, la, to be safe, e.g. asila, a running to be safe, escape, from sa, to run,
4 INTRODUCTION.
and JA, to be safe. Such nouns are easily analyzed, by ascertaining the meaning first of the verbal root
or middle syllable, and then of the prefix and of the suffix.
III. Avverss, or adverbial phrases, composed of a noun and the preposition ni or li, #7, are often omitted ;
as, lola (li ola), to-morrow ; lokere (li dkere), in the distance, far off. The meaning of such words is
obvious so soon as we ascertain that of the noun to which ‘1’ or ‘n’ is prefixed.
The student is requested to observe that the accent of Yoruba words in the Dictionary is marked
only in those cases where it cannot readily be determined from the rules laid down in the Grammar,
§§ 25-27.
ee eels
YORUBA-ENGLISH.
A
a, a prefix, the primary use of which is to form con-
crete nouns from yerbs. But the meaning of nouns
thus formed is various ; and accordingly they may
be classified as denoting :
1. The actor or agent; as, asoro, a speaker, from
soro, to speak; adza, a dog, lit. a fighter,
from dza, to fight.
2. The patient or recipient of an action; as, aba,
that which is met, from ba, to meet: e.g.
6huy aba, a thing which is met.
3. The action itself; as, abd, a coming, from bd,
to come: e.g. ayuy abd mi di emefa loni, my
goings and comings amount to six times to-
day.
4, The abstract quality implied in an intransitive
verb; as, abade, suztableness, from bade, to
fit; aye, the state of being alive, from ye,
to live.
4 pron. he, she, it; and, by contraction of awa and
awon, we, they. Itis much used in forming a sub-
stitute for the passive verb; as, 4 It mi, they struck
me, i.e. I was struck,
a, an auxiliary particle equivalent to shall or will ;
as, enyin 4 16h, ye will go.
a! aa! interj. oh! ah! alas!
ab, x. a contraction of abi, that which is or has any
thing; as, abeti (abi eti), that which has ears,
which is eared: e.g. fila abeti, a cap with ear-
flaps.
ab, a-ba, a prefix formed of ‘a’ and ba, to meet, and
occasionally of ‘a’ and ba, with, implying :
1. Meeting with, or encountering ; as, abadzo
(aba edzo), meeting with a difficulty or trou-
ble.
2. With or together ; as, abase (se, to do), co-
operation, assistance; abasty, a sleeping
together.
a-ba. See root ba.
ABA
a-ba, n. a thinking of, expecting, expectation, hope :
aba ki lio nda? (hope what is-it thou art-making? )
what do you hope for?
a-ba, x. aniron staple ; stocks, consisting of a large
staple driven into a log and enclosing the ankle.
a-ba, n. «a species of wild fig-tree.
a-ba. See root ba.
a-ba, (ba), x. a mat of coarse grass
of the grass abi.
a-ba, n. a stack of corn, crib, barn, store.
a-bé-bu-dza, n. which surprises or thwarts, dc.
See abudza.
a’-ba-da, fa’-ba-da, adv. for ever, used only aftera
negative; as, emi 6 Se é m6 fabada, J will never
: eni aba, a mat
do it again.
a-ba-de (bade), . that which fits ovis fitted ; sui-
tableness, adaptedness, congruity.
a-b4-d6 (do), n. « camping together, a fellow en-
camper.
a-ba-do (ddo), x. a confluence of streams.
a-ba-dza (dza), n. a fighting together.
a-ba-dze (dze), n. an eating together.
a-ba-dze (badze), n. which spoils or is spoiled ; a
kind of yam.
a-ba-dzo (edzo), n. a meeting with trouble or dif-
ficulty. As an interjection, wonderful! shocking!
a-ba-dzu (ba), x. a meeting, dc.; greatly, ex-
tremely: 6 ba mi li abadzu, zt fell wpon me with
a great or grievous falling.
a-ba-dzu (ba), . an excessive plaiting, de.
a-ba-fe, n. a medicinal tree.
a-ba’-fin-dze (ba ofin dze), x. law-breaker ; law-
breaking.
a-ba-fo (fo), n. a speaking together.
a-b4é-g6-ke (goke), ». « going up or ascending
together.
a-ba’-kpa-de (kpade), n. a chance event, accident,
coincidence,
ABA 6
a-ba-lé, n. See bale.
a-ba-md (imd), x. painful reflection on what has
happened, chagrin.
a-ba-mo-le (mole), x.
way robbery.
a-bf-ni-bé-be (eni), x. a fellow-pleader, an advo-
cate, intercessor.
a-bé-ni-dze (ba eni), n. a guest.
a-ba-ni-dze (ba... dze), n.
corrupter.
a-bé-ni-dz6, n. a fellow-dancer, partner.
a-baé-ni-gbe-le (ilé), 7."
a-bé-ni-ka, x. an assistant in counting money or
the like.
a-ba-ni-ko, n.
thering.
ambush, conspiracy, high-
an injurer, slanderer,
an inmate,
an assistant in collecting or ga-
a-bé-ni-ra, 7. a partner in buying ; also, a cus-
tomer who buys from one.
a-bé-ni-rin, n. «a fellow-traveller.
a-bé-ni-r6-le (ro ile), x. an assistant in tilling the
ground,
a-bé-ni-ru, n. an assistant in carrying anything.
a-bé-ni-stin, n. «a bed-fellow.
a-bé-ni-se, n. «a helper, co-worker.
a-bé-ni-Si-kpe. Sce abdnibebe.
a-ba-ni-S6-wo, 7. a fellow-trader, partner.
a-ba-ra (aba ara), x. a slap: 6 gba mi |i abara,
(he slapped me in-regard-to a-slap), he gave me a
slap.
a-ba-ra (abi ara), n. having a body or skin: agiliti
abara yiyl, the rough-skinned lizard.
a-ba-stn, ”. « sleeping with, cohabitation,
a-ba-Se, n. aid, co-operation.
a-ba-ta (ita), 7.
a’-ba-ta, n. a little marsh, a pool.
a’-ba-ti (ba tt), n. failure, shakiness of a wall. (Ps.
62, 3.)
a-ba-wi (ba), n. reproof, the act of scolding.
a-bé-w6n, n. « sprinkling, a stain.
a-be-k4-na (abi ekana), ». that which has claws :
eran abekana, carnivorous animals,
a-bé-re. See bére.
a-be-Se, 2.
yi! you good for nothing!
a public square.
a contemptible person: iwo abese
addressed to infe-
riors.
a-bé-ti (abi eti), x. that which has ears : fila abéti,
a cap with flaps to cover the ears.
a-be-we (abi ewé), x. that which has leaves.
a-be, a-bé, &e. See be and be.
a-be, n. the underneath : 6 wa li abe okuta, he was
in underneath the rock,
a-bé (be, fo cut), n.
a-be-be, n. a fan.
a-bé-be, n. « pleader, an advocate,
a-be-gi (igi), x. a hewer or cutter of wood.
a razor, lancet, penknife.
ABO
a-be-hin (abi ehin), 2. which has something on or
pertaining to the back: abiamé abehin dzidZa, a
mother with a kicker (i. e. a struggling child) on
her back.
a-bé-i-ya-nu, n. importunity.
a-be-ka (abi), x. which has boughs or branches.
a-bé-lé, n. privacy, secresy.
a-bé-lé, n. flatness, thinness of a flat substance.
a-bé-na-gb6-ro (abi), x. which has a wide mouth :
ibon abenugboro, a wide-mouthed gun.
a-bé-nu-gba-gba (abi), x. a kind of loose trow-
sers.
A-be-o-ku-ta, 7. which is under the rock, the name
of the capital of Egba.
a-bé-re, n. See bére.
a-be-re, n. a needle, a pin.
a-be-ri, x. See beri.
a-b€-r0 (ord), n. a trowel, a shovel to trim mud
walls with.
a-be-ru, 7. See beru.
a-be-te-le, x.
bribery, briber.
a-be-tu (abi etu), x. a brook.
a-be-w6 (béwd), n. visitation, visitor.
a-be-ya (iya), n. the armpit.
a-bi, a-bi, x. See bi and bi.
abi, a prefix, implying being in a state of, having.
a begging beforehand ; a bribe,
a-bi, x. an existence, a being: araiye abi odZi kpete,
man, a being of limited eye, i. e. cirewmstances,
a-bi (bi, if), adv. perhaps ; eh? iw6 md abi? you
know, eh ?
a-bi-a-m6, n. a nickname for a mother.
a-bi-ga, n. a mixed breed of large and small horses.
a-bi-ke-hin (kehin), n. the latter or last born.
a-bi-ku, x. an evil spirit, supposed to kill chil-
dren.
a’-bi-la, ». See bila.
a-bi-lé (ilé), x. one homeborn.
a-bi-lé-ko (ba, ilé, oko), 2, a woman living in her
husband’s house.
a-bi-lé (il@), n. a native.
a-bi-mo (omo), n.
a-bi-n6, n. one who is angry, ce.
a-bi-n6-dze, x. See bino dze.
a-bi-no-kG, 7. an enemy. (Ps. 37, 8-)
a-bi-ron (abi iron), 7.
a-bi-ron (ba irdn) 2. a sick person, an imvalid,
a-bi-si (bisi), x. increase, propagation by birth.
a-bi-yé (abiiyé), x. which has feathers, (Gen.1, 21.)
a-bi-ya (iya), n. the armpit.
a-b6, a-b6, n. See bd and bo.
a-b6, ». a female, applied to children and to ani-
mals: abd esin, a mare; abd malt, a cow ; also,
the half cock of a gun.
fi-bo, n. « bag, a bundle.
a parent of children.
See bind,
which is hairy.
ABO
a-bo, n. « shelter, covert, refuge.
a-bo-de (ba), x. the outer yard, the space without.
a-b6-dzG (bd odzii), x. a covering for the face, a
veil.
a-bo’-dzu-w6, ».
ence; a superintendent.
a-bo-lé (ilé), x. a burglar, burglary.
a-bo'-mi-w6p, n. « sprinkling, a sprinkler.
a-b6-ra (ara), n. a garment, a mantle. See bora.
a-b6-ri, n. See bori.
a-bo-ru (abi), . which is hot.
a-bo-yn (abi), x. which ts pregnant.
a-bo, a-bd. See bo and bo.
a-bo, x. cessation; a half: abo sikedzi, two and a
half ; abo siketa, three and a half.
a-b6-dtin, (ba), m. a meeting of the new year, a
living to see it come, the anniversary of the new
year.
a-bo-gi-bo-kpe (igi okpe), ”. an idolator.
a-bo-kpa, x. which is fatted to kill. (Luke 15, 23.)
a-b6-ri-Sa (ériga), x. an idolator.
a-b6-se-dze (ba...dze ose), n. a sabbath-breaker,
a-bo-Se (ise), n. a job, job-work.
a-b6-wo-gap (bu ow6), . a musketo.
a-bu, a-bt. See bu and bi.
a’-bu-dza, n. a cutting across, short cut, anticipation
of one’s words, a confounding : abudza Ona, a cross
road or street.
a’-bu-ka, n. the act of surrounding.
a-bu-ke, . a hunchback.
a-bu-kon, x. an adding, a blessing. See bukéy.
a-bu-kin, ». remainder, deficiency ; contempt (Ps.
35, 26): se li abukwy, to despise. See bukty.
a/-bu-la, x. adulteration.
a-bu-lé, x. a patch, something added to the true
statement.
a-bu-m6, x. an addition, exaggeration.
a-bu-ra, n. who swears. See bura.
a-bu-ran, n. which is carded, prepared to be spun.
a-bu-ro (abi iro), n. which stands erect.
a-bi-ro, ». a younger brother, or any younger rela-
tive male or female.
a-bu-ru, ». See buru.
a-bG-ru-bu-taén, 7. a whale.
a-bu-si, x. « grove ; one who blesses,
a-bu-so, ”. an invention, a falsehood. »
a-da, n. a bill-hook, a pruning knife.
a-d&, a-da. See da and da.
a-dé. <A prefix implying making, constituting, ap-
pointing.
a’-da-ba, a’-ta-ba, ». «dove: adaba suégu, the white
pigeon.
a-da-bi, n. which resembles, likeness.
a-da’-bo-b6-ni (da abo eni), x.
ally.
official visitation, superintend-
See busi.
iu ADE
a-da-bo, . « half: adabo odZa, a market held on
the day after market-day.
a-da-bo-wo, x. self-asswmed responsibility.
a-da-dzi, n. the time just before day.
a-da-dzo, n. a judge, an appointed day.
a-da-guy, . a lake, a pond.
a-da’-gun-lé a-kpo, 7. @ large quiver set on the
battle-ground, from which arrows are given to the
men.
a-dé-ka-dé-ke (ikacke), n. a tattler, a mischievous
person.
a-da-ko (eko), n. « maker of eko.
a-da-kpé, n. contraction of words.
a-da-kpd, n. union, confederacy.
a-da-la-re, x. justification, a justifier.
a-dé-lu, n. mixture.
a-da’-mah’-lé-Se, n. one who makes a failure.
a-da-m0, n. a mistaken opinion, heresy.
a-da’-m6-rap, n. advice, a proposal ; an adviser.
a-da-mu, ». confusion of mind.
a-da-na, n. See dana.
a-da’-ni-d&, n. which is natural or according to
nature.
a-da-ni-du-ro, ». a detainer.
a-da’-ni-dzi, ». that
one.
a-da’-ni-kpa, x. one who is cruel.
a-da'-ni-lé-ga, n. one who is wearisome, impor-
tunate,
a-da-ni-la-ra, x. «a mortifier, disappointer.
a-da-ni-la’-ra-ya, ». one who enlivens or cheers
others.
a-da-ni-le-kun, ». a prohibitor.
a-da-ni-lo-dzu, n. one who disappoints.
a-da-ni-lo-ro, n. @ tormentor.
a-da-ni-ni-dzi, ». one who alarms people, an
alarmist.
a-d4-no, x. which is thrown away or lost.
a-dan, ». which polishes, is polished, &c.
a-dan, n. a bat.
a-da-re, n. a justifier, justification.
a-da-ri-dzi-ni, n. one who forgives.
a-da’-ri-kpon, 7. the red-headed lizard.
a-d4-ro, n. anxiety, one who is anxious.
a-da-ru-da-kpd, n. indiscriminate mixture, con-
Fusion.
a-da-s4n, x. «a hereditary debt.
a-da-si, n. which is spared, reserved, a gleaning ;
an intermeddler, intermeddling.
a-da-sd, n. a fiction, a fictitious report, a lie,
a-da-win, ». instalments of a debt.
a-da-wo, 7. « contribution of money.
a-dé-wo-lé, n. who assumes responsibility.
which awakes or arouses
See dan.
a defender, an|a-de,n. a covering, a crown: de li ade, to crown ;
fi ade de, fo set a crown on.
ADE
a-de, n. a charm to bring home the ghost of one
killed in war.
a-de-bi-kpa-ni (da cbi), x. that which starves one.
A-de-gb6, x. The name of a man, meaning who
comes to hear.
a-de-huin, ». bargain, covenant ; contractor.
a-de-ke, n. a liar.
a-de’-le-bd (ilé), . a newly married woman, a
bride.
a-de-mo, a-de-mu, x. «@ water-gourd.
a-de-na (ona), 2. who lies in ambush ; an unpe-
diment.
a-de-bi, x. condemnation.
a-de-te (da ete), x. a leper.
a-de-ti-si-le, n. a listener to private conversation.
a-di, x. a binding, tangling, dc. See di.
a-di, n. oil of the palm-nut kernel.
a-di, conj. notwithstanding, after all.
a-di-don, n. jlowr of parched corn, anything savory.
a-di-dza (di idza), x. coming to blows or toa fight.
a-di-dzi, x. « scarecrow, a fright.
a-di-dzu, x. «a blinder or deceiver.
a’-di-e. See adire.
a-di-gba-ro, n. acolunder. |
a-di-lu, x. child’s game of casting lots.
a-di-mi-m6 (da mimé6), ». a sanetifier, sancti-
fication.
a-di-m6, n. he who shuts one in, state of being
shut in.
a-di-m6, x. @ secret covenant, a plot.
a-di-mu, 2. who holds fast, a holding fast ; used
also as a proper name.
a-din-gbe, x. which is dried over the fire, jerked
meat.
a’-di-re, n. a domestic fowl.
a-di-ro, x. «a colander.
a-di-si (da isi), x. an inventor. (Rom. 1, 30.)
a-di-tan-m6 (da itay), x. a tracing of kinship.
a-di-ti (eti), . a deaf person.
a-do, x. a small gourd used for a vial.
a-d6, . an adulterer; lewdness.
a-do-do-dze, num. one hundred and thirty (cow-
ries) each: elo o ti A? how dost thow sell it?
adododze, one hundred and thirty each.
a-do-dze, num. one hundred and thirty.
a-do-gun (da ogun), n. which causes war.
a-do-dzo, num. one hundred and sixty.
a-d6-dzo-dzo, num. one hundred and sixty each.
See adododze.
a-do-do-fa, nwm. one hundred and ten each.
a-do-fa, num. one hundred and ten.
a-don, n. flavor, taste, sweetness,
a-do-rin, num. seventy.
‘a-do’-ro-rin, num. seventy each.
a-do’-ro-ruy, num. ninety each.
8 ADZ
a-do-run, num. ninety.
a-do-san, num. one hundred and seventy.
a-do’-so-san, num. one hundred and seventy each.
a-do-ta, num. fifty.
a-do’-to-ta, num. fifty each.
a-du, 7. a few: adu énia, a few people.
a-dG, n. a very black person.
a’-du-gbo, x. an old acquaintance, a neighbor.
a-du’-gbo-lu. a stumbling block.
a-du-kpe, n. thanks, thankfulness: adukpe lodo
Olorun, thanks to God.
a-du-ra, x. prayer to God only.
a-dza, x. adog; a fairy skilled in medicine.
a-dza, n. an attic, a loft, a ceiling overhead.
a-dza. See adzara, of which it is a contraction.
a-dza-ba, n. trouble, unhappiness.
a-dza-bd, n. escape through hard struggling.
a-dza-di, n. which is broken in the bottom ; adzadi
aghon, a broken bottom basket.
a-dza-dze, n. a low, mean fellow.
a-dza-e, n. a cord with which a prisoner's hand is
bound to his neck.
a-dza-ga, n. a neck-shackle, a yoke.
a-dza-ga-dzi-gi, n. a violent jerking at something
solid.
a-dza-gbon, n. the tamarind-tree.
adza-gun, x. a soldier, a title of respect much like
“ esquire.”
a-dza-i-lé, n. a ceiling over the mouth of a grave
or pit.
a-dza-ka, a-dza-ka-le, x. «an epidemic, pestilence.
a-dza’-ka-Su (dze akasu), n. one who eats the large
loaf, i. e. who has plenty.
a-dza-ko (oko), n. a kind of wild dog.
a-dza-kpa, n. a petty trader, a nickname given to
the tortoise,
a-dza-la. See adzibo.
a-dza’-na-kpa, n. a bird-snare made of cloth.
a-dza’-na-ku, n. the elephant.
a-dzan, n. meat cut small to retail.
a-dza-o, n. a kind of large bat.
4-dza-6-su, n. the moon’s dog, i. e. the evening star.
See aguala.
a-dza-ra, n. a climbing plant the leaves of which
impart a black stain.
a-dzé, n. the god of money, fortune. |
a-dze-dze, n. a stranger or alien: adzedée ilu, a
strange or foreign town; se adzedze si, to be es-
tranged from. (Ps. 78, 30.)
a-dze-re, n. an earthen pot pierced full of holes to
dry meat in.
a-dze, n. a paddle, an oar.
a-dzé, n. a witch.
a-dze-kun, ». « remnant afler eating.
a-dze-kpod, n. the cud, an eating together.
ADZ
a-dze-le, x. an official agent, consul.
a-dze-ni-a (énia), x. @ cannibal.
a-dze-ti, n. eating and leaving a part uneaten.
(Luke 15, 14.)
a-dze-y6, n. eating to the full. (Luke 15, 17.)
a-dzi-b6-wa-ba, n. which pre-exists.
a-dzi-dzin, n. ashadow, (Ps. 23, 4.)
a-dzi’-gbe-se, n. a debtor.
a’-dzi-m6 (Arab.), x. the Mohammedan Sabbath.
a-dzi-na, n. expenditure, expenses.
a-dzi-nde, n. a rising up, the resurrection.
a-dzin, n. profound silence, the depth of night.
a-dzin-sin-sin, n. deep concealment, that which is
concealed,
a-dzi-re! good morning ! (lit. did you wake well ?)
a-dzZo, n. a journey.
a-dzo, n. anxiety: ge adzo, to be anxious.
a-dz6-guy (dze ogun), n. an heir.
a-dzo-kpa-run, n. which burns fiercely, devour-
ing fire.
a-dz6-6-k0i (6, nol), n. which is unquenchable.
a-dz6-ran, n. a catching fire from something else
on fire.
a-dzo-wu, n. one who is jealous ; jealousy.
a-dzo, n. an assembly, crowd: adzo odin, a feast,
Festival.
a-dzo-dze-kp6, a-dZo-mo-kp6, n. an assembly
for a feast. (1 Pet. 4, 3.)
a-dz6-kpin, n. « partaker, sharer: se adzokpin, to
partake, share.
a-dZo-rin, n. a travelling together: egbé adzorin,
a travelling companion.
a-dz6-r6, n. a consultation, council.
a-dzo-so, n. a talking together.
a-dzo-y0, . a rejoicing together.
a-dzu-ba, x. anewly cleared field.
a-dzu-de (ode), x. an armlet of iron worn by hun-
ters.
a-dzu-mo, n. an acting or being together, com-
panionship.
a-fa. See fa.
a-fa. See fa.
a-fai-mo (fi aimo), adv. perhaps, possibly, doubt-
fully : bi yi6é de lola afaimo, if he will come to-
morrow is uncertain,
a-fa-ra, n. a bridge; two sticks rubbed together to
produce fire: afara oyin, honey-comb.
a-fa-ra, n. slowness, dilatoriness.
a-fe,n. «a kind of rat.
a-fe-bi-kpa, n. See adebikpa.
a-fe, n. pleasure, affection, love: mo fé li afe tan, I
love with perfect love.
a-fe-dzu, x. a frowner, a frowning.
a-fe-fe, n. wind, air, spirit.
a-fe-hin-ti (fi ehin), n. @ prop, support.
2
9 AGA
a-fe-m6-dzu-m6, n. the dawn, daybreak.
a-fe-no, n. which is winnowed away.
a-fe-nu-si (fi enu), ». a meddler.
a-fe-re, n. lightness ; cork-wood.
a-fé-ri,n. search, a seeker: Se aféri, to seck.
a-fe-s6-na (si dna), x. whois betrothed.
a-fe-tan, n. perfect love.
a-fi, a-fi-bi, conj. unless, except.
a-fi-bi-kpo-re (fikpé), ». an ungrateful person.
a-fi-dzi, n. forgiveness, repeal of law.
a-fi-han, n. a showing, guidance, exhibition.
a-fi-lé (fi ilt), n. abandonment, renunciation.
a-fi-na (fin dna) x. an engraver, engraving.
a-fi'-n6-Sa’-dze-re (fi ind ge adzere), n. one with a
treacherous memory, an unreliable person, unteach-
able.
a-fino-se-hin (ehin), a-fino-60-de (ode). See
the preceding word.
a-fin, n. a palace ; an engraver, engraving; an
albino.
a-fin-dzu (odzu), n.
son.
a-fin-gba (igba), n. an engraver of calabashes.
a-fi-re-Se (ire), 7. wilfulness in doing an evil action.
a-fi-son, n. one who is accused.
a-fi-yan-dzu-se, ». acting by constraint ; reluc-
tance.
a-fi-ye-si (iye), . attention, notableness. (Acts 2
20.)
a-fo, n. a space, room ; openness, an opening.
a-fo-dzu-di (fi), n. insolence.
a-fo-dzu-s6-na, n. a looking for, expectation.
a-fo'-fo-ro, n. cork-wood.
a-fo-m6, x. « parasite, mistletoe.
a-fo’-ni-f6-dzi, n. a valley.
a-fo-re-Se-bi (fi ore se ibi), n. an ungrateful person.
a-fo-ta, x. purblindness : 6 se afota, he is purblind.
a-fo, n. hogs’ mire.
a-fo-ba-dze, n. overthrow, destruction.
a-f6-dzGi (fo), n. a blind person,
a-f6-gun, ”. « bottle.
a-f0-ko-ko (ikoko), . « pot-washer. (Ps. 68, 8.)
a-fo-na-hap (fi dna), ”. a guide.
a-fon-fe-re,n. a flute-player, piper.
a-f£6-d-gb6 (6, not), n. wnruliness, disobedience.
a-fd-ran-lo (fi dran),n. one who investigates a case
or dispute, a reconciler.
a-fO-ran-m6 (fi oran), x. accusation, suspicion.
a-£0-86, n. a fulfilled prediction ; a foretelling.
a-fo-w6-b6 (fi ow6), n. a secret.
a-fo-w6-ra, n. pilfering.
a-fo-w6-ta, ». a careless search.
a-fu-ra (fii ara) n. a@ suspicious person.
a-ga,n. which is high, a height; a rampart, ladder,
chair, stool, table.
neatness, tidiness ; a tidy per-
’
AGA
a-ga. See agara, of which it is a contraction.
a-ga-ba-ge-be (guy aba guy ebe), a double-dealer,
a hypocrite.
al-ga-da, x. « short sword: agada kd md ori ala-
gbede, the sword knows the head of the blacksmith
(who made it).
a’-ga-da-go-do, x. a lock, especially a padlock,
a-ga-kpo-si, x. «@ bier.
a-ga-la-ma-Sa, ”. a trick, deceit, naughtiness.
a-ga-na,n. « highway robber.
a-ga-ndzu, x.
a-ga-ndzu.
a-gan,n. which sews or is sewed, culs or is cut, &e.
See gan.
a-gan, x. which despises or is despised, a despising,
contempt; a barren woman: yaagan,
a-gan-gan, ”. a flat stone on which glass beads are
ground or polished.
a-gan-gap, . «a pinnacle, topmost point.
a-ga-ran. weariness: agara aiye ma di mi, J am
weary of life.
a-gé-ra, x. the coney (hyrax).
a-gba, x. a cask.
a-gba, n. help.
a-gba, n. an elder, an adult, a man: agba agba,
man by man.
a-gba-bon (ibon), x. « cannon.
a-gba-bo, n. a foster-child.
a-gba-da,x. a loose garment ;
Exodus, the laver.
a-gba-do, n. maize.
a-gba-du, 2. a viper.
a-gba-dza, x. a girdle.
a-gba-dzo, x. an assembly of the whole people.
a-gba-gba, x. a plantain: agbagba eiyele, @ spot-
ted pigeon.
a-gba-gun, ». that which causes the assembling of
soldiers ; an army.
a-gbai-ye, ». the whole world : odzi agbaiye, the
face of the earth.
a-gba-ko, n. « coming in contact, a precise point of |
time ; a moment: li agbako na, at that moment.
a-gba-ku, n. a frame in which a load is placed to
be carried on the head.
a'-gba-la, x. a walled garden.
agba-la-dza, n. a kind of shirt.
a-gba-la-gba, n. an elderly or honorable man.
a-gba-le, n. « kind of insect.
a-gba-lu, n. the whole town, the population.
a-gba-mi, n. the open sea.
a-gba-ni, n. « helper.
a-gba-nré-re, 2.
kan, the agbanrére és one-horned.
a-gba-o-dzo, x.
person.
a palace.
See agindzu.
to be barren.
in the translation of
the unicorn: agbanrere olowo
one who is old in days, an aged
10
AGB
a-gba-ra, n.
a-gb4-ra, n.
a-gba-ra, n. «a stockade.
a-gba-ri, n. the skull. ‘
a-gba’-ri-gba, n. a kind of antelope.
a-gba-sa, n. a mass of rocks.
a-gba-si, n. accumulation.
a-gba-sin, x. a ewe taken care of for a portion of
her increase.
a-gba-ée, n. help for hire: fu mi li agbase, hire
me. (Matt. 20, 7.)
a-gba-tan, n. entire help, helping throughout.
a-gba-to-dzu, n. one who keeps something for an-
other, a trustee.
strength, violence.
a strong climbing plant used for ropes.
a-gba-w0d, n. which is hired or rented, as a house.
a-gbe, n. a resident, inhabitant ; forgetfulness ;
begging for alms.
a-gbe, n. a large gourd-bottle.
a-gbe-bo, n. a hen.
a-gbe-de (ob6), x. one skilled in language, « lin-
guist.
a-gbe-de-me-dzi, n. the middle, midst.
a-gbe-dzi (gba edzi), x. « rain hat.
a-gbe-dzo-lo, n. «a long-necked gourd.
a-gbe-dzv, x. great assistance ; 6 gbe mi li agbe-
dzu, he aided me much.
a-gbe-gbe, . neighborhood, surrounding region.
|a-gbe-lé-bu, x. a cross, (Luke 21, 21.)
a-gbe-nde, x. a raising up, the resurrection.
| a-gbe-ni, x. who exalts or aids one.
a-gbe’-ra-ga, n. who exalts himself, is proud.
a-gbe-re, n. fornication.
a-gbe,n. «a whetter; a farmer ; a kind of sword.
a-gbe-de (aghe idé), n. a smith’s shop, smith work,
lit. the whetting of brass.
a-gbe-dze, n. a kind of squash.
a-gbe-ku-ta (okuta), x. a stone-cutter, a lapidary.
He makes beads and other ornaments of agate,
jasper, and cornelian.
a-gbe-ma-ye, n. «a barren hen.
a-gbin-yi-ka-gba (ogba), n. a hedge.
a-gbo, x. « flock, a ring of dancers, a stack of corn :
omo agbo, a babe ; agbo ilé, the inner court of a
house.
a-gbo, 2. a ram.
a-gb6, n. which is old, an old person: se aghd, to
be old ; a cat-fish ; a fermented medicinal wash.
a-gbé-de-gba, n. «a thief stationed out of doors to
receive what burglars steal.
a-gb0-dzulé, n. who perseveres, acts firmly.
a-gbo-w6-de (gba ow6 ode), 2.
taa-collector.
a_toll-gatherer,
a-gbon, ». the cocoanut-tree, a cocoanut.
a-gbon, x. the chin: agbon isale, the lower jaw.
a-gbon, x. « basket, hamper.
AGB
a-gbdn, n. « wasp.
a-gbon-rin, n. « kind of antelope.
a-gbo-ti (gba oti), n. a butler.
a-gbo-ya, n. hearing quickly: iwo gbd agboya
(thou hearest hearing-quickly), you pretend to be
deaf.
a-ge-re, n. the stand on which Ifa is set.
a-ge-m6, n. a chameleon ; the cock of a gun.
a-gi-di, ». stubborn ; an obstinately wicked person.
a-gi-di, x. bails of cold eko wrapped in leaves.
a-gi-liti, n. « kind of lizard.
a-gi-ndzu, n. a wilderness, a desert.
a-gisa,n. avrag.
a-go, a-go-go, 7. « bell, a clock : ago melo? what
o'clock is it 2 ago med4i ni, zt és two o'clock ; ago
medzi ro, the clock struck two.
a-go, 7. a cup, small box as for pills.
a-go, 2. a striped rat.
a-g0/ get out of the way! Ag6 mi li Ona, get owt o7
my road! agd esin, get out of the way of the
horse !
a-g0-go, n. that which is tall ; tallness.
a-go-go-ri (gongo ori), n. a sharp point.
a-go-ro, n. a rabbit.
a-go-r0, n. a striped rat.
a-go, . a shroud.
a-g6, n. a tent, hut, shanty.
a-g0, a-gO-ni, n. one who neglects family discipline.
a-gon, ». « grudge, hatred, strife. (Rom, 1, 29.)
a-§0D-§9, ”.
a-gu-a-la, x.
dog.
A’-gu-da, n. «a Spaniard, or other dark European.
a’-gu-fon (gun ofon), x. the crested crane.
a-gu-na, n. an embroiderer.
a-gu-ndze (gun dze), n. a table-fork.
a’-gu-tan (guy itan ?), 2. a sheep.
a-ha, n. a drinking-gourd.
a-ha-le, x. «a boaster ; boasting.
a-ha-m6, n. entanglement, difficulty.
a-ha’-mo-ra, x. who is entangled in business, who
is harnessed in armor.
a-ha-na, x. a reckless, wicked man.
a-han-han, n. «a lizard resembling the iguana.
a-ha’-ri-ya, n. bird-shot.
a-he-re (ere), ”. a farm-house, a barn.
a-ho’ (hd), an exclamation of contempt: ge alf6 si,
to despise.
a’-ho-ro, n. desolation, ruins.
a-ho-to, n.
a-hén, x. the tongue.
a-hu-sa, n. an esculent nut.
al, a prefix. not, un-, in-.
ai-ba, n. which is not met, dc., not meeting, &c.
See ba.
one armed with a club.
the planet Venus, called the moon's
tight pantaloons.
11
AIL
ai-ba-dze, n. which is not corrupted ov sj oiled, in-
corruptible,
ai-ba-wi, n. blamelessness. (Mat. 12, 5.)
ai-be-ru, n. cowrage, boldness, (Acts 18, 26.)
ai-b6, n. defencelessness.
ai-d4, n. unceasingness, uncreatedness.
ai-d4-a-ra, n. bad health.
ai-de-ra, n. unnegligence, strict application.
ai-di’-ba-dze, n. wncorruptedness, incorruption.
ai-dze, x. which is uneatable ; a not permitting,
unsuitable,
ai-dze-bi, x. innocence, uncondemned.
ai-dzi-yan, n. which does not dispute, is indis
putable.
ai-fe, n. unwillingness, indifference.
ai-fe-ni, x. wncharitableness.
ai-fo-ya, n. boldness, courage.
ai-f6, n. soundness, unbroken.
aifo, n. wncleanness, unwashed.
ai-gba-gbo, n. unbelief.
ai-gbe-de, n. state of ignorance of a language.
ai-gbo, 7.
ai-gbo, n.
ai-gb6, n. disobedience.
al-gbon, n. lack of wisdom, folly, &c.
ai-gbé-ran, .
aika, n. which is uncounted, left out, excepted :
sluggishness, stubbornness.
unripeness, immaturity.
See gbon.
See aigbé.
gbogbo won Ii aika eyi, all of them except this.
ai-k6n, n. which is unfilled. See the next word.
ai-k6n-si-n6 (si ind), 7. being unsatisfied, a mur-
MuUring.
ai-kpa, n.
ai-kpé, n.
ai-kpé, n.
aikpin, n. which is undivided, undistributed.
ai-ku, ». immortality, aiku,
usually pronounced aku! or oku! is a very common
which is not killed, unquenched.
who is not invited, uncalled.
undurableness.
unquenchableness ;
salutation, whence the Yorubas are called in Sierra
Leone “ the Aku people.”
ai-la’-ba-won, n. which is unstained, unblemished.
ai-la’-bu kun, n. which is faultless, uncensurable.
ai-la’-bu-la, 7.
ai-le-ra (lé ara), n. infirmity, weakness.
aile-ri (li eri), x. purity, cleanness.
aile-wu (li ewu) ». which is in safety.
ai-le-bi (li ebi), x. which is guililess.
ai-le-mii (li emi), ». which is spiritless, dead.
aile-nu (lienu), 2. which has no mouth or opening.
ai-le-ri, (li eri), 2. which has no testimony, is un-
proved.
ai-le-se (ese), x.
ai-lé-Se (se), n.
ai-lo-la (ola), n.
ailo-mo (omo),
lomo, he was childless.
which is unadulterated.
which has no feet.
which is sinless, innocent.
which is unhonored.
n. who is childless: 6 wa li ai-
«
AIM 1
ai-m6h, «a double negative employed pleonastically
after another negative; as, emi 0 lé ise aimah 16h,
T must go, lit. I not am able to do not go. Ailéh
or mah 16h may be used instead of aimah 16h.
ai-mo-re (md dre), n. ingratitude, who is un-
grateful.
ai-mo-ye (moye), x. ignorance, who is ignorant.
ai-md, x. ignorance, which is unknown or unusual,
ai-m6, x. which is unclean, not clear or light ; un-
cleanness, pollution.
aini, n. who has not ; need, destitution.
ai-ni-di (idi), x. which is causeless, unreasonable :
nwo kérira ré Ii ainidi, they hated him without a
cause, or unreasonably.
aini-kpai-ya, n. fearlessness.
aintkpe-lé, x. which has no addition: li aini-
kpelé, without addition.
ai-ni-kpe-te, n. which is undesigned, unintended :
li ainikpete, without intention, undesignedly.
ai-ni-kpe-kun, n. which is endless, everlasting.
ai-ni-kpi-le-se, x. which is unfounded or has no
foundation.
ai-ni-ni-ye, x. which is numberless.
ai-nt-ye-n6, n. who has no understanding.
ai-nt-yin, n. which is unpraised, unhonored.
ai-ni-yo-n6, x. which has no mercy or compassion :
6 16 won li ainiyond, he drove them unmercifully.
ai-ra-kpa-da, n. who is unredeemed.
ai-re-ko-dza, x. soberness, temperance.
ai-re-lé, n. which is unhumbled, lack of humility.
al-ri-ran, ». dimness of sight.
airi-wi, n. who is inexcusable, finds nothing to
plead ; inexcusableness.
ai-ro, x. thoughtlessness, inconsiderateness,
ai-ro-dz@ (ri odzii), n. a being busy, unremitting
occupation.
ai-ro-wo (ri ow6), n. Same as the preceding.
ai-s4n, n. sickness: se aisan, to be sick.
ai-s{, 7. absence.
ai-si-mi, n. wnrest, perseverance.
ai-sin, n. independence.
ai-S4, n. which is uncut, wnreaped.
ai-Sa-n&@ (se anil), n. wnmercifulness. (Jas. 2, 13.)
aise, n. inaction ; which is not done.
ai-Se-de-dé, n. transgression.
ai-Se-gbe, n. equity, impartiality.
ai-se-me-le, n. diligence ; industry.
aise, n. which is unfulfilled.
ai-sé, n. which is innocent, faultless. (Ps. 59, 4.)
ai-se-tan (etan), . wndeceitfulness, sincerity.
ai-Sime-le. See aisemele.
aisi-ye-me-dzi, n. wndoubtedness, certainty.
ai-So-do-do, n. injustice, unrighteousness of action.
ai-So-dzG-sa-dzG, ». impartiality.
ai-so-t6 (se ot6), n. injustice, wrong.
2 AKE
ai-ta-ra, n. equality: esin sure li aitara nwon yo,
the horses ran equally and came out together.
aito, n. insufficiency: se aitd, to be not enough.
(Mat. 25, 9.)
ai-t6, x. crookedness, absurdity.
ai-wié-ka-ra (wu), 2. wnleavened bread.
ai-wé,n. which is unwashed: aiwe owd, unwashed
hands, (Mat. 15, 20.)
ai-w4G, n. which is unswelled or unleavened: awa
akara, wnleavened bread.
ai-ya, x. breast, chest, heart, stomach, bosom ; cou-
rage, influence.
ai-ya-fo, al-ya-dza, ai-ya-kpa, ai-ya-la, to
affect with fear: aiya fo mi, J am afraid, lit. the
heartjumps me ; da aiya fd, to frighten one (Ps. 10,
18); alya kpa mi, my heart fails, (Ps. 40, 12.)
ai-ya-kpa, x. undeviatingness, union, as opposed to
schism.
ai-ya-to, x. which does not differ, identity.
al-ye, n. theworld ; condition, days or times of one,
circumstances in life, duration of life, as distin-
guished from aye, life.
alyé, x. which is not understood, unintelligibleness ;
uUnceasingness.
ai-yé, n. which is lifeless ; lifelessness.
aiye-rai-ye, ai-ye-titi-lai, n. which is ever-
lasting ; eternity.
ai-ye, x. See aigbo.
ai-ye-se (yi ese), n. firmness, steadfastness.
a-k4, n. a crib.
a-ka-be, n. the cloth-beam of a loom.
a-ka-dan, . a felon on the finger.
a-ka-ka, n. the squatting posture.
a-ka-la, . the large vulture.
a-ka-lé-mbi, n. a sack.
a-ké-m6, n. the act of surrounding.
a-kan, n. a crab; an epaulet.
a-kan-8e, n. a rarity; which is made to order ; a
speciality. (Acts 19, 11.)
4-ka-ra, n. bread.
a-kf-so é-wu, n. «a sack coat, loose garment.
a-ka-s6, n. stairs, ladder, fork of a tree.
a-ka-su, n. a large loaf or ball of eko.
a-ka-ta, n. a kind of wild cat.
a-ka-ta, x. the wmbrella-hat of the natives.
a-ka-tan-kpo, n. a cross-bow.
a-k&-ta-ri, n. the zenith.
a-ka-we, 7. metaphor, allegory, explanation: aka-
we oral), @ comparison of matters.
a-ka-we, n. a reading, a lesson.
a-ka-yin (ka chin), . a toothless person.
a-ke, n. an axe: ike gboro, an adze.
a-ke-de (ode), n. “a public crier.
a-ke-dza-O-na, ”. a cross-road.
a-ke-gi (igi), x. a chopper or hewer of wood.
AKE
a-ke-gun (0k6), ». an old worn-out hoe.
a-ke-ke, n. See ake.
a-ké-ké. See akerekére,
a-ke-kup, n. stubble.
a-ke-lé, x. dropsy of the chest.
a-ke-re,n. @ very small person.
a-ké-re-ké-re, n. a scorpion ; the trigger of a gun.
a-ke-re-ko-ro, n. a nickname given to spiteful little
people.
a-ké-ri (ke, to cut, ori, head), n. a hater.
a-ke-ru, ». « bob-tail.
a-ke-si, n. a call, a caller, visitor.
a-ke-te, n. «a bed of earth, a bed.
a-ke-ti, n. « crop-ear.
a-ke, n. a large she-goat.
a-ke-dun, n. the gout.
a-ke-hin-da-si (ehin), x. a turning the back upon,
one who forsakes (Mat. 26, 33) : se akehindasi, to
Sorsake.
a-ke-san, n. « palace.
a-ke-Se, n. the red-flowered cotton.
a-ké-te, n. «a hat.
a-ke-ton, n. a new hoe ; a bough.
a-ki-i-dze (I, not), n. who does not reply, silence.
&-ki-loh, x. «a salutation on parting, good-bye.
a-ki-mé6-le (ilé), x. that which is pressed down.
(Luke 6, 38.)
a’-ki-ra, n. African tobacco,
a-ki-ri, n. a wandering, a wanderer.
a-ki-sa, x. a rag, scrap of cloth.
a-kitan. See atan.
a-ki-ti,n. ababoon: oibé akiti Agha! the white man
is an old baboon / (cried in the streets of Abbeokuta
by the children when they see a white man.)
a-ki-ye-si, n. «attention to, an overseer, that which is
notable.
a-ko-bi-a, n. barrenness : ya akobia, to be barren.
a-ko-de (aka ode), ”. a salutation to one in the
streets.
a-ko-dza, n. a bringing to an end, finishing, com-
pletion.
a-ko-dzo, n. a piling up, accumulation, a lump
(Rom, 14, 16) : se akodzo, to gather in a crop.
a-k0-ka, n. the first of a series, first counted.
a-k6-ki, n. a salutation on meeting in the road.
a-ko-ko, ». «@ tooth ; a woodpecker.
a-k6-ko, n. « point of time; akdko kodda, the time
is past.
a-k6-kun, n. «a remainder, remnant.
a-k6-kpo, x. «a collecting
draught. (Luke 5, 4.)
a-ko’-16-lo, . «a stutterer, a stammerer.
a-ko’-ni-Si-Se, n. « taskmaster, a driver.
a-k6-ri-ra, n. a hater.
a-k6-ro, n. « boggy or muddy place.
together, collection,
13
IX AEN
a-k6-sa, n. a bird of prey.
a-k6-so, n. control, restraint: Se akoso, to rule over.
(Gen. 1, 16.)
a-ko-So, n. a smelling-botile.
a-k6-tan, n. a completion of collecting : li ak6tan,
jinally. (1 Pet. 3, 8.)
a-ko-to, n. a calabash.
a-ko, n. the male of beasts. See abo. Also, full
cocked (gun); harshness, roughness : okuta ako, a
hard stone.
a-ko, n. a stork ; a scabbard.
a-k6-bi, ». first-born.
a-ko-dzv, n. a very learned man, scholar.
a-k6-gba, n. a fence, hedge.
a-ko-kan, n._ the first, the foremost.
a-ko-lé, n. a superscription (Luke 23, 38); the
address on a letter.
a-k6-le, n. a builder.
a-ko-mu, n. that which is first taken.
a-ko-ni (eni), x. a strong man.
a-k6-ni (eni), 7. a teacher.
a-kon, a-kun, 7. beads made of shell.
a-ko 0-dz6, n. every fifth day when full market
as held,
a-kon-rin, n. «@ singer.
a-k6n-si-né6 (ind), x. a grumbling, a grumbler.
a-k6n-wo-si-le (ilé),”. which is full to overflowing.
a-k6-r6, n._ the first rains.
a-ko-ron, ». «a closet, private room.
a-k6-se-ba (ese), n. chance, luck.
a-k6-so (eso), x. first ripe fruit, first fruits.
a-k6-8e, n. first made, beginning.
a-k6-tan, n. one who is perfectly taught, well in-
formed.
a-k6-wah, n. the first coming, first comer.
a-ko-we (iwe), n. a writer, a scribe.
a-kpa, n. an arm, wing, side, bough: li akpa kay,
on one side, aside,
a-kpa, n. a thorny tree.
a-kpa, . «a prodigal, a spendthrift ; a drum cord,
a pack rope: akpa agavra, a roll of tobacco.
a-kpa-da, n. a return; renovation.
a-kpa-da-ht, ». a fresh. start, a young sprout.
a-kpa-di, ». a potsherd.
a-kpé-gbé-yin, x. «a runt.
a-kp4-ko, n. a board, a plank floor.
a-kpa-ko, n. a footstalk of the wine-palm.
a-kpa-la, n. «a kind of gourd ; a clod of earth; a
whistle.
a-kpa-lo (alo), x. « riddle-maker : akpalo kpatita,
a riddle-maker makes them to sell.
a-kpa-mo-ra, n. long suffering.
a-kpa-ni (eni), x. « murderer, an executioner.
a-kpa-ni-dze, n. a devourer. (Mat. 7, 15.)
a-kpa-ra, n. barrenness of land,
AKP 14 ALA
a-kpa-ri, n. « bald-headed person.
akpa-ro,n. a partridge.
a-kpa-ron, ». « kind of ratan.
a-kpa-ta, n. a Shield.
akp4-ta, x. a rock,
a-kpé-dze, n. an invited guest.
a-kpé-dzo, n. an assembly.
a-kpe’-dzu-re, n. a pattern, model.
a-kpe-lé, x. a surname.
a-kpe-na, 7. one who summons or calls a meeting
together.
a-kpé-na, n. warp-pins of a native loom.
a-kpe-re, x. a pad to ride on.
a-kpe,n. a staying: akpe lio kpe, you stayed long.
a-kpé, x. a clapping of hands: 8€ akpé, to clap.
a-kpe-dza, n. .a fisherman,
a-kpe-re. See akpedzure.
a-kpe-ta, x. part of a dead body, as a finger, a
nail, or a lock of hair, brought home from the battle-
field to the relatives.
a-kpi-ni, n. the chief of the priests called odze.
a-kpi-nti, ». a kind of drum.
a-kpo, x. a quiver.
a-kpo, n. a bag: Akpo agadagodo, a kind of lea-
thern bag ; akpo igana, « bag for flint and tinder.
a-kpo-fin, n. the chief archer.
a-kpo-kpo, 7. a roll of cloth ; the pod of certain
trees.
a-kpo-lu’-ku-tu, . the large cocoon of the African
silkworm.
a-kpo’-ri-ki, . See akpofin.
a-kpo-ro, ». a walk in a garden.
a-kpo-ro (kpa ord), x. an antidote.
a-kpo-ti, 7. a box, a stool: akpoti itise, a foot-stool.
a-kpon, x. a bachelor: akpoy obiri, a woman who
has weaned her child.
a-kpon, n. restlessness.
a-kpo-nti, a-kp6-ti, n. a brewer.
a-kG@ (aiki), x. a salutation.
a-kua-bo (abd), . salutation to one returning.
a-kua-lé (alé), x. salutation in the evening.
a-kua-re (ar¢é), ”. salutation to one who is fa-
tigued.
a-kua-ro (aurd), ”. salutation in the morning,
good morning.
a-kua’-ti-dzo (atidzo), ». salutation to one who
has not been seen for a long time.
a-ku-bd. See akuabo.
a-ku-din, n. the heart-wood of a tree.
a-ki-dz6-ko, n. salutation to one who is sitting.
a-kue-ru (eru), salutation to one carrying a load.
a-kui’-e-gbe, 2. rheumatism.
a’-ku-ko, 7. a male fowl, a cock.
a-ku-lé (ilé), n. salutation to one in the house.
a-kun, a-kun-re-te, 7. a stupid person.
a-kun-yun-gba, x. « court flatterer, a bard, ua
drummer.
a-ku-rd, n. a garden by the water side, for the dry
season.
a-kt-ta, n. sulutation to one who is selling.
a-la, x. fine white cloth, linen, cambric, dc.
a-la,n. adream: la ala, to dream.
a-la’-ba-dze, n. «a fellow-guest, an associate.
a-la’-ba-kpa, n. «a partner in hunting or fishing.
a-la-ba’-kpa-de, n. chance, luck.
a-la’-ba-kpin, . a partner, a sharer.
a-la’-ba-mo-lé, x. a highway robber, a kidnapper.
a-la’-ba-rin, n. a fellow-traveller.
a-la’-ba-Se, n. a helper.
a-la'-bi-n6-kG, n. a deadly foe.
a-l&-b6, x. a shelterer, defender.
a-la’-bo-dzu-to, n. a superintendent.
a-la’-b6-0-w6, n. the owner of a bundle of cowries.
a-la/-bu-k6p, n. who blesses or is blessed.
a-la’-bu-kin, x. who despises or is despised: ala-
bukuy aron, an invalid, a disabled person.
a-la-bu-si, x. one who bestows.
a-la’-da-m6, n. an errorist, w heretic.
a-la’-da-si, n. a meddler.
a-la’-da-so, n. one who speaks in the name of ano-
ther without authority: aladaso ni Mohomodu,
Mohammed was self-sent.
a-la-de, ». one who wears a crown, a crowned head,
king: omo alade, the king’s children.
a-la-di, x. «a dealer in the oil adi.
a-la-don, . paste of bene-seeds.
a-la-do-ta, n. which costs siaty cowries.
a-la’-du-gbo, n. a neighbor.
a-la-dza, n. «a peace-maker, a reconciler.
a-la-dze, n. a self-assumed nickname.
a-la’-dzo-kpa. See alabakpa.
a-la-dzo-ni, . «a partaker ; one in the same con-
dition, a fellow.
a-la’-dzu-ku, ». a seller of dzuku tobacco.
a-la’-fe-ti-gb6 (fi eti), n. a hearer.
a-la’-fe-hin-ti (fi chin), x. « prop, a supporter.
a-la’-fe-nu-si (fi enu), x. @ meddler, a busy-body.
a-la’-fe-ri, n. a seeker.
a-la-fi-a,n. peace, safety, prosperity.
a-la’-fihan, n. a shower, exhibitor ; a traitor.
a-la’-fi-la, n. a dealer in caps.
a-la-fin, n. one who owns a palace.
a-la-fi-ye-si, n. an observer, overseer, superintend-
ent.
a’-la-fo, n. a hole, scuttle ; a valley.
a-la’-fo-dzu-to (fi odZu). See alafiyesi.
a-la’-fu-ra, n. @ suspicious person.
a-la-fu-ta, x. a purse, a wallet.
a-la-ga (aga), . «@ dealer in chairs.
a-la-ga-ri,. a saddler.
A L A 1
a-la-gba, n. an elder, honorable man, gentleman.
a-la'-gba-f9, x.
a-la-gbé-ra, n.
a-la’-gba-r6, n. a hired farm-servant.
a-la’-gba-so, a-la’-gba-wi, ». «a spokesman, an
advocate.
a-la’-gba-se, 7.
a-la’-gba-ta, n.
a-la’-gba-to, n.
a-la’-gba-wi. See alagbaso.
a-la-gbe, n. a beggar.
a-la’-gbe-de, n. «a blacksmith, a smith.
a-la’-gbo-wo (gba ow0), n.
a-la’-gb6-ran (gbé oran), n.
obedient.
a-la-gi, n. a splitter or sawer of wood.
a-la-gi-di-gba, n. beads manufactured from
palm-nuts.
a-la-gi-sa, n.
a-la’-he-re, n.
a-la’-he-so, 7.
a washerwoman.
a strong man, a great man.
a hireling.
one who sells on commission.
a foster-nurse.
a receiver of money.
one who is heedful,
a ragged person, a dealer in’ rags.
one who gathers in a crop.
@ news-monger, a smatterer.
a-la’-ho-ro, ». one who is desolate.
a-lai-b6, x. which is unsheltered, defenceless.
a-lai-du-ro, n. which is unstable, changeable.
a-lai-gbe-de (gbé ede), n. one who is ignorant of
the language, a barbarian.
a-lai-gb0, a-lai-gb6-ran, n. one who will not take
advice.
a-lai-gbon, 7.
a-lai-ko-la, n.
a-lai-k6, n.
a-lai-ku, n.
a-lai-la, n.
a-lai-le, x. which is weak, unsound.
a-lai-le-ra, n. who is weak or infirm.
a-lai-lé-re, n. which is unprofitable.
a-lai-le-so, n. which is fruitless, barren.
a-lai-lé-se, n. who is sinless, innocent.
a-lai-l6-gbon, 7. one without wisdom.
a-lai-lo-la, n. one without honor.
a-lai-mo-re, one who is ungrateful.
a-lai-mo-ye, n. one without understanding.
a-lai-md, n. one who is ignorant.
a-lai-m0-wé, 7. one who cannot read.
a-lai-n{, one who has not, who is needy: ge alaini, to
need, to want.
a-lai-ni-ba-b4, n. a fatherless child.
a-laini-gba-gb6, ». an wnbeliever.
a-lai-ntka-n6, n. one without cruelty.
a-lai-ni-to, n. one who has not enough.
a-lai-nt-ya (iya), . a motherless child.
alaint-ye, n. which is numberless,
a-lai-ni-ye-n6 (iye ind), n.
standing.
a-lai-ri-wi, n.
one who is unwise.
who is untattoed, uncircumcised.
one who is untaught, ignorant.
who is immortal.
who is unsaved, unsafe.
who is without under-
one without excuse.
~
A L A
alai-sf, ». one who is absent.
a-lai-se, n. one who fails to do ; which is necessary.
(Acts 15, 28.)
a-lai-Se, n. one who does not sin.
a-lai-So-do-do, n.
a-lai-s6-t6, n.
a-lai-t6, x.
a-lai-ya,n. who has a heart: alaiya mimé, one with
(Ps. 19, 18.)
one who is unrighteous.
one who does wrong.
which is not right.
a clean heart.
a-lai-ye {liaiye),”. the owner of the world : 6 déaiye
dzu alaiye 16h, he enjoys the world more than the
owner of the world (said of extravagant persons).
a-lai-yé, n.
a-lai-ye, n.
which is alive.
one who is unfit, unworthy.
a-lai-y6, n. one who is hungry. (Luke 6, 11.)
a-la’-ka-ra, n. «a baker, a dealer in bread.
a-la-ka-tan-kpo, ». a cross-bow man.
A-la-ke, n. the Lord of Ake, a title of the King
of Egba, from Ii, fo have, and Ake, the name of the
royal city.
a-la’-ke-le, n.
a-la’-ke-si, n.
a-la-kon, . «an addition to.
a-la’-ko-Se, n.
a-la’-ko-ti, n.
a’-la-kpa, n. an old wall.
a-la’-kpa-rup, 7.
a-la'-kpa-ta, n.
a-la’-kpé-dze, n.
a-la-kpin, ». « divider, sharer.
a-la’-kpo-lu, x.
a master weaver.
a visitor.
a beginner.
a disobedient person.
a destroyer.
a butcher.
an invited guest.
a mixer, an apothecary.
a-la-la, n. which is white.
a-la-la, x. «a dreamer.
a-la-lé, x. evening by evening: li alalé, every
evening.
a-la’-lu-kpé-yi-da, n.
a-la’-mgba, a-la-m6, n. the red-headed lizard.
a-la-mi, x. a spy, a secret observer ; which is spot-
ted, speckled.
a-la-m6, n. a secret. See alamgba.
A-la’-mo-re, n. A title of Obatala, as the maker of
the body, lit. the owner of the good clay.
a-la’-mo-ri. See alamgba.
a-la-ni-yan, n. one who is anxious.
a-la'-nta-kup (ta okuy), a-lan-sa-sa, n. a spider.
a-la-nu, n. one who is merciful.
a-la-ra (liara), x. which has a body (Mat. 14, 36),
a free person.
a-la’-ra-ba-ra, n. kinds, fashions: onirtru alara
bara, all sorts of fashions.
a-la’-ra-dze, 7.
a-la’-ran-se, n. a helper.
a-la-re, n. one in the right, righteous.
a-la-ré-ke-ré-ke, n. a scoundrel.
a-la’-ré-k6-dza, mn. @ transgressor.
a juggler.
one who buys his provisions.
ALA 16 AMO
a-la’-re-na, n. one employed to engage a bride for] Al-ku-ra-ni (Arab.), n. the Koran.
another, a go-between.
a-la-ri, n. scarlet.
a-la’-rin-dz6, n. a strolling dancer.
a-la’-rin-ki-ri, n. «a wanderer, stroller.
a-la-ro, n. which is blue.
a-la’-ro-bd, n. a petty trader.
a-la’-ro-ko, n. a farmer, tiller.
a-la’-ro-ye, n. a great talker.
ala-rt, nr. a porter, carrier.
a-la-sa,n. «a king’s messenger.
a-la-sé, ». a cook.
a-la’-si-ki, n. who is prosperous.
a-la-so, n. a talker.
a-la-sd, 7. a quarrelsome person.
a-la'-so-d6n, ». «a flatterer, one who exaggerates.
a-la-Sa,. a military officer.
a-la-Sé-ra, n. «a dealer in tobacco or snuff.
a-la'-se-dza, n. who acts extravagantly, a self-
willed person.
a-la’-Se-rap, ». one whose actions infect others, a
leader in evil.
a-la-80, x. one who has cloth, a dealer in cloth.
a-lata’-mkpo-ko, n. a grasshopper.
a-la’-ti-le-hin, x. a sustainer, swpporter.
a-la-ton-Se, n. one who mends or repairs, a re-
former.
ala-we, n. which has cotyledons.
a-la-we, n. « faster, a mourner.
ala’-wi-i-gb6, n. one who is unruly, who refuses
advice.
a-la’-wi-t-ye, n. one who does not speak intelligibly.
a-lLa’-wi-k4, n. a wizard, a witch.
a-la'-wti-ye, n. one who explains.
a-la-w6, n. a diviner, a priest.
a-la-wd, n. a leather or hide dealer ;—as an adj.,
which has color: mali alawd kpukpa, a red colored
cow ; alawd kpikpd, many colored.
a-la’-w0-fin (afin), x. one who lives wn a palace.
a-la-yan-dze, n. a swindler.
a-la-ye, n. which is spacious, roomy.
a-la-ye, n. which has life.
ala’-ye-kan, n. «a kind of apron.
a-la-yi, pron. this.
a-la’-yi-dé-yi-d4, n. an artful fellow, a dissem-
bler. (Ps. 26, 4.)
a-le, n. a concubine.
a-lé-bu, ». one who vilifies, or abuses.
a-le-dzo, n. a stranger.
a-le-gba, n. «a kind of yellow monkey.
a-le-so, which is fruitful.
a-le, n. evening.
a-li-ga’ri-mi, . a spirited horse.
a-liké-ma,n. wheat.
a-li-ki-ba, n. a blanket.
a-16, 2. a district ; flame.
a-lo-ngo, ». tight-legged trowsers.
a-lo-re, n. a sentinel’s stand, a gibbet.
a-lo, rn. which is inverted ; a riddle.
a-l6,n. which is bent, grafted : alé ina, flame.
a-lo’-le-Ke (ileke), n. a bead-grinder.
a-lo’-mo-ri (omo ori), 2, which has a lid.
a-lo-m6, 7. which is engrafted.
a-16-ni-16-wo-gba (lo ow6), x. an extortioner.
a-lu-ba-ra, n. a beetle. See bambam.
a-li-ba-ta, n. a beater of the drum called bata.
a-lu-bo-sa, 2. an onion.
alt-don-don, x. «a beater of the drum called
dondon.
a’-lu-fa, ». a learned man, religious.
a-lii-fa, n. teacher, doctor in religious knowledge.
See olifa.
a-lu-gba, ». a door-facing.
alu-gbe, x. domesticated honey-bees.
a-lu-gbon, . a likeness, resemblance.
a-lu’-Kan-rin, ». a crow.
a-lu-ka-sa-fa, n. a jacket, tunic.
a-lu-ka-wa-ni, n. an agreement.
a-lu-ke-mbu, 7. a stirrup.
a’-lu-ko, x. a cockatoo.
alu-k6, x. purple. (Acts 16, 14.)
a-lu-kpa’-yi-da, n. sleight of hand.
a-lu-ma-ga-dzi, . sczssors.
a-lu-se, x. a door-lock.
a-lu-sin, ». «a damage, misfortune.
a-lu’-wa-la, n. ablution.
a-lu’-wa-si, parade, ostentation.
a-ma-l4 (md ald), x. an interpreter of dreams.
a’-ma-la, n. yam-flowr mush.
a-mb6 (bé, to peel), a white man, in the Iketu dia-
lect; whence orombo, lit. orange, or the white man’s
Sruit.
a-mbo-sin, a-mbo’-to-ri, adv. what else?
a-mbu-a, 2. red ink.
a-mé-wa (md éwa), 2. a judge of beauty.
a-mi, 2. a sign. ;
a-m{, 2. a spy.
a-mi-kan, n. « breathing on.
a-mi-kpd, n. which is shaken together, (Luke 6,
38.)
a-mip, adv. amen.
a-mi-sf, x. a breathing into.
a-m6-fin (md ofin) x. @ lawyer.
a-mo-dzt-kt-ro (mu), . an overlooking, or not
observing.
a-mo-re, n. « thankful person.
a-mo-ye, n. an intelligent person.
a-mo,n. a large earthen pot.
a-mo, 7. potter's clay.
@
AMO
a-m6, x. which adheres ; figuratively, @ child.
a-mo-dun, x. next year: woyi amoduy wm’ & té
gbanga-gbanga, by this time next year I shall be a
great man.
a-mo-dza, n.
a-m6-dze, x.
water ordeal : ge amodze, to try by water.
a-mo-dzi, x.
a-m6-dz0, x. drunkenness, « drunkard.
a-mod-hun-gbo-gbo, n. who is omniscient.
a-mo-kpa, a-mo-kpa-ra, ». drunkenness, a
drunkard,
a-m0-kpé, conj.
a-mo-kun, x. a lame person, lameness.
a-mo-le (mo ilé), x. @ builder.
a-mo-lé, n. «@ conspirator : Se amolk, to conspire.
a-mo-lé-kpa, n.
a-mod-na, n. a guide: se amdna, to guide, lead.
a-m6-na, n. booty, plunder.
amé6-ra, x. an attendant, body-servant.
a-mO-ran, ”. @ wise person.
a-m0-e, n. wilfulness, obstinacy.
a-m0d-t4n, x. pretended knowledge, self-conceit.
a-mo-te-kun, ”. an animal like a leopard.
a-mo6-te-le, n. foreknowledge.
a-mu, 2. «a hook.
a-mu, x. confusion of mind.
a-mu-b4, n. means, instrumentality.
a-mu-di, ». a cold.
amu-kpa-da, x. a bringing back, restoration.
amu-ran, n. « tailors hook, to hold the cloth
while sewing.
amu-re, n. «a girdle; a kind of lizard.
a-mt-rop, 2. « bleeding at the nose.
a-mu-w4h, n. result, effect, issue.
a-mu-ya, n. seizure of goods for debt.
ana, n. yesterday: 6 de li ana, he came yesterday.
fna,n. a relative by marriage ; extension of kin-
dred. (Gen. 30, 20.)
a-na-bi (Arab.), . the prophet: anabi Musa lio
wi, the prophet Moses said.
a-na’-bi-ri (obiri), ». @ female relative, sister,
aunt, &e.
a-na’-kon-ri (okonri), .
a-ni (ni, to say), adv. even, yea.
a-nf-a-ni, n. doubt, uncertainty.
a-ni-do-kpin (de okpin), x. complete possession.
a-nini-la-ra, n.
ani-tan, x. complete possession ; used also as a
proper name.
ani-yan, n. anviely, care.
a-nte-te, n. «a kind of cricket.
ant, . pity, sorrow: se ant, to pity ; ko ant, to
mourn.
an-fa-ni, which is easily performed ; advantage.
3
a guess: $e amddZa, to guess.
one who tries suspected persons by
one who is well informed.
though, notwithstanding.
assassination.
a male relative.
an oppressor.
a
a-ri-huy-gbo-gbo, x.
AKI
an-ge-re, n.
a-ra,n. an oath.
ara, n. body, skin, member of a community, self :
aralé (ilé), family ; avdle (ile), citizen ; ara mi dé,
my body is well, i.e. Iam well ; avi mi fun, my
skin is pale, i.e. Tam alarmed ; ava kay mi, my
a wooden leq.
body pains me, i. e. I am grieved, vexed ; ara
iyara, the body itself, the natwral body.
a-ra, n. thunder.
a/-ra-ba, ». the cotton-tree (bombax).
a-ra’-bi-ri (obiri), 2. @ sister, a female relative.
a-ra-dZo (ré adZo), x. @ traveller.
a-ra’-kon-ri, 7.
a-r4-lé, n. «a member of the family.
a-ré-lé, a-ré-lu, n.
a-ra-m6-1i, n.
a male relative.
a citizen, inhabitant.
a tight cap.
a-ran, n. intestinal worms.
a-réy, n. velvet.
a-ran,». dotage: ge aran, to be old and silly.
a-ran-ba-ta, n. a shoemaker.
a-ran-kan, n.
a-ran-mO, n. which is infectious.
a-rén-nil6-wo, ». help, a helper.
a-ran-Se, n. Sce the preceding.
a-ran-So, n. a sewer, tailor.
a-ran-wu, 7.
bitterness, spitefulness.
a cotton-spinner.
a-ra-ra, adv. at all, in the least.
a-ra-ra,n. a dwarf.
4-ra-run, num. five by five.
araé-tu-bu, x. @ prisoner, one in jail.
a-ra-ya, n. liveliness, cheerfulness, merriment.
a-re,n. a being inthe right: emi sé are, [am right.
aré-ke-ré-ke, x. dishonesty, knavishness ; a trick,
aknave: edzo ge arékeréke, the serpent was subtle.
(Gen, 3, 1.)
a-re-re, n. deep silence.
a-re, n. eldership, older ; as a title of honor, gene-
ralissimo : iwo $@ are mi, you are older than I ; are
ni i dze, he is the are.
a-re, n. fatigue: aremu mi, [ am tired : 6 t6 are,
it is enough to tire one ; ava mi di are tan, Iam
tired. (Ps. 73, 26.)
a-re-k4-kan-f6, n. a general in the army.
a-re-ka-nda, n.
are-lé, x. abasement, an abaser.
a-re-mo (omo), n. the eldest child, first born.
a-re-ni-dze, n. a cheater.
a-re-wa (ard ewa), 2. @ beautiful person.
ari, x. whichis seen: etu mbe li oko ? ari, are there
any guinea-fowls on the farm? there are: avi! see
now |
a-ri-di-dzi, n. an apparition.
a-rxifi,n. which is hot, heat: in6 re ghona bi arifi,
deceit.
the inside as hot as heat.
all-seeing.
ee ie
We
ARI 18 ASO
a-rin, n. the centre, time, previousness : li arin re,
in the middle of it: mo se @ li arin kay, J did it
once ; mo ri liarin kan, L have seen it before ; li
arin OdzZo, in the midst of the rain.
a-rin-dzo, x. a street dancer.
a-rin-ko, n. «a point of time ; chance.
a’-ri-w4, n. the north.
a-ri-wi, x. an excuse, extenuation.
a’-ri-wo, n. noise, uproar.
a-ro, n. meditation: $@ ard, to meditate.
a-r6,n. a corn-crib ; blue dye.
a-ro, ”. sorrow, mourning: d& aro, 8é@ aro, to
mourn, to be sorry.
4-ro, 2. restlessness ; a hearth, a stand on which pots
are set to boil.
a-ro-bo, x. petty traffic.
a-r6-dze, x. «a resting-place on the road.
a-r6-hun-gbo-gbo. See arihungbogbo.
a-r6-kan, n. painful reflexion, grief, remorse.
a-ro-ko, n. the head man of a farm.
a-ro-kpin, 7. a limit: se arokpin, to limit.
a-ro-le, x. an heir.
a-ro-m6-le, . the afternoon.
aro-ni-k4, 2. a witch, wizard.
a-ro-si-lé, a-ro-té-le, x. a thing agreed on, terms,
bargain.
a-ro-wa,7. now: wah li arowa, come now.
a-ro-ye, n. grumbling, disputing: 86 aroye, to
grumble, dispute.
a-ro, n. one with withered limbs, a cripple.
a-r6, n. the smith’s trade.
a-ro, n. affliction, lamenting.
a-ro, x. a quiver made of a long gourd.
a-ro-kin, 7. one skilled in traditions.
a-ro-ku-ro, ». the latter rains.
a-r6-mo-bi-mo (6ri omo), x. one who has grand-
children.
A-ro-ni (aro énia), x. the name of a fairy. (It is
sculptured as a female, with one arm and one leg,
with a long queue and a ball at the end.)
a-ron, x. sickness: ni ibule ardy, in sickness. (Ps.
41, 3.)
a-ron-ka-ron, 7. all sorts of diseases; an evil
disease.
a-ru-da, 7. « propitiatory sacrifice.
a-ru-fin, n. « law-breaker.
a-ru-gb6, x. «an old person.
a-ru-go-gay, . «an iron hook.
aru-kon, x. a freshet ; an extra sacrifice.
arun, num. five.
a-run-di-lo-gbon (di li, from on), num. twenty-
jive.
a-ruy-le-lo-ta (le li, laid on), num. sixty-five.
a-sa,n”. a saddle.
a-s4, 7. a flight, a running.
a-s4! interj. excuse me! said by a bailiff when he
arrests aman. See asia.
a-sa-di-dze, ». a foot-race.
a-sa-ka-ni-lé, n. the square of a house.
a-s4-la, x. a fleeing for safely, escape, refuge: sa
asala, to escape.
a-s4-lé, n. barrenness: di asalé, to be barren. (2
Pet. 1, 80.)
a-san, 2. emptiness, vanity, naught: asay li origa,
idols are vain or contemptible ; li asan, in vain,
without excuse or cause.
a-sin-k6n, n. full payment.
a-Sa-re, n. a runner.
a-S4-sé, n. «a cook.
a-sé-sin, ». «a runaway, who forsakes his father to
live with another.
a-se, a-Se, x. paint, color.
a-sé, n. a meal, a feast: ase alé, a supper ; ase
idzo, a public feast ; ase iyawo, a wedding-feast ;
ast Owurd, breakfast ; ase osan, dinner.
a-se-kpon, n. «a barren woman, used as a term of
reproach,
a-se-ndze. See asise.
a-se-n6, 2. a barren woman.
a-se, n. «a strainer ; the fetid field-rat.
a-se, ai-sé,n. a large door.
a-se-mi (omi), ”. a water-filter.
a’-si-a,n. a flag, ensign.
a’-si-a! interj. excuse me! I beg pardon! alas!
See asa.
a-si-ki, n. good luck, success.
a-sin, 7. service.
a-sin-gba, n. «an express, or the sending of things,
generally the king’s goods, from post to post.
a-sin-kpa, ”. bitter service.
a-sin-rin, . the rat called ase.
a-sin-win, ». «a fool, a crazy person, lunacy.
a-si-wa,n. the last state. (Luke 11, 26.)
a'-si-wa a’-si-b0, adv. now at last: ndzé, asiwa
asibd yi 6 de, then, at last he will come.
a-so-fei-ye-dze (fu eiye), %. «@ species of fig (lit.
it bears for birds to cat).
a-s0-gb6, x. ripe fruit.
a-s0, a-sO-kpo, 2. wrangling: asd baba idda,
wrangling is the father of fighting.
a-s0-dOn, 7. sweet talk, flattery, exaggeration.
a-s6-ni-dé-ho-ro, x. «a desolation.
a-sO-ni-da-yé, ». which quickens, or makes
alive.
a-son-k6n, . increase, the dropsy.
a-son-m6, n. nearness, proximity.
a-sd-ro-dze-dze, a-s0-ro-ke-le, n. a whisperer,
tattler.
a-so-tay, n. completeness of talking : 6 sore li aso-
tan, he spoke perfeetly. (Acts 18, 26.)
ASO 1
a-so-té-le, n. prophecy, prediction ; so asottle, to
prophesy, predict. (Acts 19, 6.)
a-so-ti, x. an unfinished talking, a failure in
making a speech.
a-so-ye, n. «a reasoning, explaining : so asoye, to
convince. (Acts 18, 28.)
a-sv-bd, x. a gilding, or plating of metal.
a-stn, n. state of being asleep.
a-stn-kt, x. the sleep of death.
a’-suy-w6p, ”. « wallet, a purse.
a-Sa, n. « fashion, a custom: asa lailai, an old
custom.
a-Sa, n. a falcon: asi ni Takpa eiye, the falcon is
the Takpa of birds, (The Takpa or Nufe people
are said to be the swiftest of men.)
a-S4, 2. which is picked up: asd enia, an idler,
lounger, vagabond.
a-Sa-dzu, n. a forerunner.
a-Sa-gbe, 7. a beggar.
a-Sa-gi (igi), 7. chips.
a-Sa-gon, ”. contention, a contentious person.
a-Sa-kpa, 2. a canopy over a corpse.
a-S4lé, n. barren or worn out land.
a-Sa-le, n. evening. ,
a-San, n. food without meat or sauce.
a-Sf-ra,n. snuff.
a-Sa-ro, n. mush, porridge.
a-Sa-ro,n. meditation, meditator: Se asaro, to meditate.
a-Sa-ti, n. a stack or shock.
a-Sa-ti, rn. which is rejected.
a-s4/-wa-da, n. jesting, playfulness.
a-Sa-wi, n. « one-sided statement, special pleading.
a-Sa-ya, n. playfulness, as that of a kitten.
a-Sa-yay, n. which is selected.
a-Se,n. an action, actor ; paint,
a-se-dzu, x. extravagant behavior, excess.
a-Se-fe-fe, n. who is puffed up, proud.
a-Se-han, n. which is done for display.
a-Se-kfn, n. a final action.
a-se-kpe, n. which is perfected. (1 Pet. 5, 10.)
a-Se-kun, n. which remains unfinished.
a-Se-le-ke, x. falseness. (Jas. 1, 21.)
a-Se-Sa, n. disgraceful action.
a-Se-tan, n. which is completed.
a-Se-ti, n. «failure. See asekuy.
a-Se-ti-n6, n. self-will. (2 Pet. 2, 10.)
a-Se, n. power, a commandment ; good speed, suc-
cess: age ikd, authority, commission (Acts 26,
12); ise age, a mighty work, a miracle ; kpa ase,
kpa... li age, to command, decree.
a-Se,n. which comes to pass, a fulfilment, effect ;
imprecation ; the menses.
a-Sei-ye-Sa-te (eiye ate), x. «@ double-dealer, dis-
sembler.
a-Se-hin-de (ehin), . an agent.
9 ATE
a-Se-nu (enu), rn. an advocate, mediator.
a-Sé-Se-ko-Se, n. beginning.
a-Si-kpa-ya, n. «a revealing, disclosing.
a-Si-ri, n. a secret, a discovery.
a-Si-Se, x. a laborer, a poor man.
a-Si-So-ri, n. a pistol.
a-Si-wé-re, n. a fool. (Ps. 31, 33.)
a-86, n. « morose sour look: ago erin, an elephant
feeding alone.
a-So-dzu. See agehinde.
a-So-re, ». a well-doer, benefactor.
a-So-ri, n. a tree to which the natives ascribe the pro
perties of the upas.
a-S0-r6, ». « sharp-pointed knife.
a-86-r0, n. a tormenter, a vindictive person.
a-S0-wo, n. « trader, merchant.
a-S0, n. cloth, clothing ; a watcher : aso 080, a fine
dress ; aso tita, a curtain.
a-Sd, 7. one who is fierce, a savage.
a-80-lu (aso, watcher, ilu, town), n. a magistrate.
a-So-te, n. a revolier, rebel, hater.
a-Su-kan, n. a kind of bread.
a-SU-WOD, ”. @ measure.
a-ta,n. ved pepper.
a-ta, n._ the ridge of a house.
al-ta-ba, n. a dove: ataba orenkére (ré ni kere),
a wild pigeon.
a-té-dza-te-ran (ati adda ati eran), ». cattle, do-
mestic animals of any kind.
a-ta-fo, n. «a whitlow.
a-tai-ye-rai-ye, adv. everlastingly.
a-ta-lé, n. ginger.
a-ta-li-a, n. the larger species of Malaghetta pepper.
a-ta’-mkpo-ko, n._ the thumb.
a-ta’-mo-ra, n. one who is girded with armor, or
entangled in business.
a-té-na-m4-na (atiana mé ana), adv. from yester-
day till now.
ataind, n. what is thrown away, refuse.
atan, x. «a dung-hill, dirt-pile.
a-ta-re-re, n. «a kind of pepper.
a-ta-ri, n. the crown of the head.
a-te, x. «a kind of rat.
a-te,n. «a hat; bird-lime.
a-te-te, n. which is first, youngest.
a-te-te-ba, x. which is first met,an outer yard, fron-
tier.
a-te-te-bi, x. the first-born.
a-te-te-ko-Se, a-te-te-Se, n. the beginning.
a-te, n. flatness, insipidity, disgrace.
ate, n. a fan for winnowing.
a-te-gun, n. a fresh breeze.
a-te-le, x. which follows, the next, the second.
a-té-le-bo-si, n. the outer yard.
a-tele-hin, n. a hunchback.
ATE
the sole of the foot.
the palm of the hand: ibu atelowé,
a-te-le-se, n.
a-té-lo-w6, 7.
a hand-breadth.
a-te-mo-ra, x. long suffering.
ate-ru,. a slave-dealer,
a-te-wo-gba, x. which is acceptable.
a-ti, a prefix, forming nouns which present the
meaning of the verb in a substantive form; as,
atiri, seeing ; & nwona atiri, we are trying to see.
a-ti, prep. from.
a-ti, conj.
emi, both you and I.
ati, n. a sheaf.
a’-ti-b4, n. a meeting, « coincidence ; used also as
a proper name.
a’-ti-ba-ba, n.
a’-ti-bd, zn.
a’-ti-de, n.
a-ti-dza-run, from five days till now: emi 6 ri ili
atizaruyn, [ have not seen him for five days.
a’-ti-dze-fa, n. from six days till now.
a’-ti-dZo (ati odzo), n. old times, former days: i
atiddo iwa, from the day of being, i.e. from the
beginning of creation.
a-ti’-kpi-le-Se, n. the beginning.
a’-ti-Kpo, n. «a resident, sojourner, immigrant: se
a'tikpo, to sojourn, emigrate.
a’-ti-ma, auzil. part. denoting continuance: atima
ri, to be seeing.
a-ti-ran-di-ran (iray de iran), n. genealogy.
a-ti-si-si-yi-l6h, n. this time and forward: li
atisisiyiléh, henceforth.
a’-ti-Se-ni-se, n. «a punishing, punishment.
a’-ti-tu’-ni-n6, x. a comforting, consolation.
a’-ti-w4h, x. a coming, arrival, advent.
a'-ti-w&h o-dzo, . the east.
a/-ti-w9 o-run, 7. the west.
ato, x. which straightens, a long-necked gourd.
a-to, a-to-to, x. xoise: kpa ato, to make a noise ;
atoto! hear ye! “oh yes!” a word used by the
town criers.
a-to-ni-mo-ni (ati oni m6 oni), n. morning till
now: emi > dzehuy li atonimoni, Z have not eaten
to-day.
a-to-ri, n. reason of, account of: li atori, for the
reason that, on account of.
a-to, n. urine: ilé ato, the bladder.
a-to-dzo-m6-dzo, x. « long time ; which is old:
dro atédZomodzo, an old story.
a-to-dzu, n. «a director.
a-to-ko (tu oko), x. a pilot, helmsman.
a-to-kun, ». a leader, guide.
a-to-mo-do-mo (ati de omo), ». generation to
generation: yi 6 wa Ii atomodomo, it will remain
Srom generation to generation.
and ; ati—ati, both—and: ati iwo ati
a platform, a scaffold.
a coming, an advent.
an arrival,
20
wet Ve oe Se eee
AWI
a-t6-na, x. a spy, watchman on the road.
a-ton-bi, a-tun-bi, n. regeneration.
a-ton-d4, n. a recreating.
a-ton-ht, n. a repetition of behavior, a fresh
sprouting out, revival.
a-ton-kKpa, ». «a candle.
a-ton-Se, x. a mending, amendment.
a-ton-wi, n. repetition of a thing said.
a-to-run-wéh (ati orun), n. which is original.
a-t6-si, n. gonorrhea.
a-to-wo-do-wo (ati de owé), n. tradition. (Mat.
15, 2.)
a-to-wo-w4h, x.
a-tu-bd-Se, x.
a-tu-b6-tap, x.
which originates with oneself.
which brings to completion.
termination, end of life.
a-tu-di-m6, n. a covenant breaker. (Rom. 1, 31.)
a-tu-ko, x. one who rows or paddles a bout.
a-tulé, n. which breaks up the ground, asa plough.
a-ti-nini-n6, rn. which comforts.
a-tuy. For words beginning in atun, see aton.
a’-u-r6, 7. morning. :
a-wa, pron. we: awa na, we ourselves ; awa tika-
ra wa, we ourselves, our own selves ; ara wa, our-
selves.
a-w4, n. a sparrow.
a’-wa-da, a jest, a joke: $@ awada, to jest.
a’-wa-m6, 7. adherence.
a’-wa-no, n. a waster, spendthrift.
a-wa-ri, n. search: wah |i awari i, look till you
Jind it.
a-wa-tan, n. perfect or perfected search.
a-wa-ti, x. an abandoned search, a failure to find :
a wah a li awati, we looked but could not find it.
a-wa-wi (wih wi), n. an excuse, subterfuge.
a-wa-ya,n. bird shot. ;
a-wa-ya4, n. struggling, agony: se awayd, to
struggle, to be in agony.
a-we-re,n. the yellow monkey.
a-wé-re, n. folly, silliness.
a-we, n. breadth of cloth ; a cotyledon,
a-we, n. mourning, a religious fast: gba awe, to
Sast.
a-we-m6, 7.
a-we-nd, 7.
or pure,
a-wi-gb6, n. hearsay, plain speaking.
a-wi-ida-Ke (i, not), n.
a-wi-i-gb6, n. one who refuses to receive advice.
a-wi-kpe, conj. provided that.
a-wi-méh-yi-huy (ohun), n. a@ true statement,
one who speaks without equivocation.
a-win,2. credit: tali awin, to sell on credit.
a-wi-rin, n. a witch, a wizard.
a-wi-si, n. which is said in addition, superadded
terms.
a washing clean, purification.
which is washed off, a being cleansed
incessant talking.
9
al
AWI
a-wi-ya-nu (enu), 2.
a-wi-ye, n.
explain, discuss.
importunity.
discussion, explanation : sd awiye, to
a-wo, x. any white earthen vessel, a plate ; a shock
of corn; the black-crested Guinea hen: awo koto,
an earthen basin ; awo oko, awo kpoko, a dish ;
awo imi, a chamber-pot ; awo aiya, a breast-plate.
a-w6, n. a secret bargain, a superstitious mystery ;
a spy-glass : awd oddt, spectacles ; awd dzidzi, a
looking-glass.
a-wo-di, ». « hawk.
a-w6-ko, 7. colic.
a-w6-ko, x. the mocking-bird.
a-w6-ni, n. a visitor.
a-w6-ray, n. a likeness, resemblance.
a-wo-re, n. luck.
a-w6-Se, n. « pattern.
a-w6-t4p, rn. acure: se awodtin, to cure.
a-wo-tLri, n. «a bow-knot.
a-wo-wo, ». « channel.
a-wo-ye, n.
a-wo, x. a hide, leather; color, outward appearance :
awo sama, @ cloud.
a-wo-hin, x. « hunch-back.
a-wo/lé-ha, a. « fabrication, a lie,
a-w0-le-w06-ri, x. « bowlegged person.
a-wo-ni, pron. those.
a-won, 7. « tortoise; a cunning scamp, a miser,
stinginess : $6 awon, to be stingy.
a-won, pron. they: dwon na, awon tikara won,
they themselves.
an inspector, spy.
a-w6p, ”. the tongue.
a-won, ”. « net.
a-won-k4p, pron. certain, some.
a-Wo0D-SO, 7. a weaver.
a-wop-yi, pron. these.
a-wu-dze, n. red beans.
a-wu-dzo, x. the midst of a crowd.
a-wi-dzu, n. confusion, the midst.
aya,n. a wife.
a-ya, 7. a monkey.
a-ya-ba, n. a king’s wife, a queen.
a-ya-ba, x. devoutness. (Acts 17, 17.)
a-ya-ko, n. « mother-in-law. (Mat. 10, 35.)
a-ya-kpa, ”. division, separation.
a-ya-mo, 7. a daughter-in-law.
a-ya-mo-bi, n.
a-ya-ndze, n.
otherwise, unless.
a cheat, imposition.
a-yan,n. «cockroach, a stench: Se dyan, to stink.
a-yay, n. inquisitiveness.
a-yan-fe, n. which is chosen, beloved ; a friend ;
in the translation of Scripture, “ the elect.”
a-yan-ga,”. «@ word of threatening or rebuke to an
inferior. :
a-yan-se, x. which is made or done to order,
i BA
a-yan-8e-bi, conj. unless, except.
a-ye, n. space, room, opportunity, or time to doa
thing ; aye agba, @ chief room.
a-yé, n. breadth of cloth.
a-ye, n. the state of being alive, that which is alive.
a-ye-tan, x. perfect understanding of a thing.
(Acts 24, 22.
a-yida, nx.
season.
a-yi-da’-yi-da, x.
ayika, n. a surrounding, circle, halo.
a-yin, ». a palm-leaf mat.
a-yin-rin, n. light blue color.
change, cycle of time, a year, next
much talk, loquaciousness,
a-yo, x. the game called warry.
a-yo, n. which is beloved, much prized.
a-y6, n. eating to the full, which is full.
ayo, n. which is selected, chosen.
a-yd, n. joy, happiness : yd ayd, lo rejoice.
a-yo-lu-w6 (ilu), n. a spy sent lo survey a town.
a-yo-mo, ». a daughter-in-law, the wife of a
king’s son.
a-yo-ni-w6 (eni), x. a spy set over one.
a-yo-san, n. money paid for sacrifice.
a-yo-Se, x. which is done by stealth.
a yan, x. a going: aytn abd, ayfin awh, going
and returning.
a-yun,n. «a saw, a file,
B
ba, v. to come in contact with ; and hence, to meet,
overtake, find, befall: ba ti ve 1dh (meet of thee
go), go thy way ; go about thy business ; bars
dhun (See ba... lohuy); ba... li oruko dze (See
ba... lorukodze); ba...ni ind dze (See ba...
ninodze).
pa, v. to bring in contact with ; and hence, to plait ;
to strain, to bespeak, to come to the point in speaking
about a thing ; fo fit ; toalight ; to sit, to lie close
or hide; to bend or to be bent: ba aro, to strain
potash ; mo ba esin, I bespoke the horse ; eiye ba
16 okuta, the bird alighted on the rock ; iboy ba,
the gun is bent.
ba, aux. pref. shall, will, would, should, ought.
bé, adv. at all: ki ise n ba, it is not he at all,
ba, ba-un, adv. so, as: talio wiba? who said so ?
iru énia ba woni, seach people as these.
DA, prep. with, from, for : ba mi 1oh, go with me :
6 ba mi ra adie (he from me bought fowl), he bought
a fowl from me; ba mi wa owd (for me find
money), find or get money for me.
ba-ba, n.
ba-b4, 7.
bé-ba, 7.
copper, red Guinea-corn.
a father, a master.
a great matter.
BA
pa-ba, n. a small matter: baba bd baba mole, a
great affair covers up a small affair.
ba-ba-la (baba ula), x. «@ grandfather, a patri-
arch,
ba-bé-la-se (alasc), x. a chief cook.
ba-ba-la-wo (alawo), x. @ priest of Ifa.
pa-bi-ka, n. a popular dance.
bé-bu-dza (abudza), v.
suddenly, to thwart.
ba-da, ». a title.
bai...dé-kpo, v. to wnile with, to join: 6 ba won
dakpd, he joined them.
ba-de, v. to suit, agree, fit: 6 bade, it suits or fils:
bata bé mi Ii ese de, the shoe fits me (on the foot).
ba...dze, v.
badze, to be spoiled, de.
ba...dzi-yan, v. to contradict: 6 ba mi dziyan,
he contradicted me.
ba-dzo (edzo), v. to get into trouble: mo badzo ni
Tlorin, Z got into trouble at Morin.
ba-fin (ba afin), x. a eunuch, in the King’s palace,
where there are six of them.
pbé-ga-dai’! by the staff of Eguy ! (an oath):
bagadai’! igida oloko sa, the tree fell and frightened
the farmer, i. e. the mountain labored and brought
forth a mouse.
bai, adv. See bayi.
pbai-bai, adv. dimly shining.
paé-ka-n4i (biokan na), adv. alike, the same,
ba-l4-bu-dza (ba li abudZa), 7. See abudza.
ba-la-ga (ba lé aga), x. a youth, a young man
nearly grown, an adolescent.
pale (ilé), x. « master of a house, landlord.
pba-lé, v. to be quiet, contented.
pa-lé (ilé), x. a governor.
ba...le-ru (li eru), v. to frighten.
pa-lo-guy (li ogun), n. @ military officer.
pa...16-hun (li 7m dhun), v. to assent to. (Luke
23, 51.)
pa...lo-ru-ko-dze (ba dze li oruko), v.
der: 6 b& mi loruko dZe, he slandered me.
ba-lu-we (ibi aluwe), n. a bath-house.
bam-bam, n. « beetle, for beating mud floors.
bé-md, v. to consult with.
ba-mo-le (mé ile), ». to lie in ambush.
ban-gi-dzi. See obangidzi.
b4é...ni-dzam-ba, v. to do violence to, to assault.
ba... nin6-dze (ba dze ni ind), v. ¢.
to surprise by coming upon
to spoil, corrupt, injure, destroy:
to slan-
to vex, to
grieve.
b4-o, adv. See bawo.
ba-ra, . the vine of the egusi.
bé-ra, xz. See elegbara.
ba...re,v.t. to agree, to be friendly.
ba...re-kpd, v. f. to be adapted to. (Luke 5, 36.)
ba...r6, v. to advise, to consult with.
29
aa
-be, v.
BE ‘
baé-sa (Egba), x. a large room, parlor.
ba&...80,v. to quarrel with, scold.
ba...sty, v. to cohabit.
b&...se, v. to assist, co-operate; to suit. (Acts
15, 15.)
ba-So-ruy. Sce ibagorun.
ba-ta, n. hide, leather, shoe, sandal, hoof ; a small
bow.
bé-ta, n. a kind of drum.
ba...tap, v. to be akin.
ba...ti,v. to miss (as an arrow): mo ba eiye ti,
I missed the bird.
ba-tu-re (Hausa), 7.
b&é... wi, v. to rebuke, to blame.
ba... wi-dzo (wiedzo), v. to judge. (Acts 7, 7.)
ba-wo, adv. how ?
ba... won, v. to blot, besprinkle.
ba-yi, adv. so: 16h bayi, go in this or that direction
(as the speaker points out).
ba-ni (Egba), adv. in the hand : mi oké bani, take
a hoe in your hand.
be, an obsolete verb signifying to heap up (?) whence
bebe and ebe.
be-be, x. the bank or brink of a river or ditch ; a
shoal ; a heap: bebe idi, the rump: bebe odzt,
the eyebrow,
be-kpe-dze, (ba ekpe dze), v. to swear falsely.
bé-re, v. to ask, to inquire, to exact: 6 bére o, he
inquired after you.
be-se, n. a saddle-cloth.
l.tocut ; 2.tojump; 8. to be of a red color ;
4. tobe impudent; 5. formerly, perhaps, to descend,
whence abe and bére; -6. to breed, applied to
pigeons and to carnivorous animals only ; 7. to cool
by fanning : be le (il8), jump down : be sangan, to
split into strips: be... li ori (See be... lori).
bé, bé-be, v. to beg, entreat.
be-he, adv. so, thus: behe k6, no, not so; behe
gege, even so; behe ni, yes, so it is ; behe ni ko,
a white man.
neither.
be-kpe, x. «@ pawpaw.
be-le, be-le-be-le, v. to be thin, flat.
be-le-dze, adv. beautifully ved or yellow.
be... lo-ri (li ori), 7. to behead.
be-nde, n. a blow with the fist: ko...ni bende,
to strike with the fist.
be-nte, v. to be lean, weakly : ara mi bente, J am
lean.
be-re, n. a kind of grass (broom-sedge).
bé-re (be and re), v. to be low, flat, sloping ; to
stoop: kt bére, to be lying dead.
bé-re-si, 7. to begin.
be-ri (ori), 7. to behead.
be-ru (ba eru), 7. to fear.
be-ru-be-ru, v. fo be timid ; adv. timidly.
BE 2
be-ru-ke-ru (eru ki eru), ». to fear something ;
generally employed in the negative : emi 6 beru-
keru, 7 fear nothing.
be... w6, v. to visit, to investigate.
bi, v. to ask; to affect, or cause to suffer; bi... li
ebi (See bi... lebi); bi ino dZe (See binodze).
bi, v. to generate, beget, bear, breed ; to follow or
succeed.
bi, v. to push, vomit: bi kiri, to beat or drift about
on the water.
bi, conj. af, as, though, whether: bi enia, like a
person ; bi ofin, according to law.
bi? a sign of interrogation: 6md bi? does he know ?
bi-ba-wo? adv. whereby? in what way? how ?
bi-bé, n. a begging, supplication.
bi-bi, x. birth, a bearing: 6 dekuy bibi, she left
off bearing.
pbi-b6, x. a covering, which is covered.
bi-b6-mo-le, x. which is overwhelmed. (Ps. 77, 3.)
bi-bu, x. a patch in a roof.
bi-é-ni-a, adv. humanlike, humanely.
bi-e-ru-kpe, adv. like dust.
bi-e-ni-kpé, adv. as, as if.
bi-e-ran-ko, adv. brutishly.
bi’-ki-ta, v. to notice or regard.
bi-k6-Se, bi-k6-Se-kpé, conj. but, except, unless.
bi-la, v. to open a way or give place in a crowd.
bi... le-bi (li ebi), v. to ask, inquire: bi on lebi,
ask him.
bi... 1é-re (li ére), v, to question, interrogate.
bi...1€-dZo (li edZo), v. to arraign, interrogate a
person in a court.
bi...16-hup (li hun), v. to reproach for a fault.
bi-lu, v. to beat against, as waves.
bi-mo (omo), v. to beget, or bear a child.
bi-na-bi-na, n. abusive language.
bi... ni-n6 (ind), v. to grieve, to vex.
bi-n6 (ind), v. to be angry.
bi-n6-dze, v. to feel grieved or vexed.
bi-6-Su-ma-ré (osumare), adv. in the form of a
semicircle,
bi-o-kon-ri, adv. manly.
bi-o-16-run, adv. godlike, godly.
bi-ri, «a suffix, contr. from biti, @ woman: omo-
biri, a girl. ast
bi-ri, v. to be small (applied to land).
bi-tzi, v. fo be large (applied to land).
bi-ri, bi-ri-bi-ri, x. darkness ;—adv. darkly, very
dark.
bi-ri-ga-mi, n. «a haversack, satchel.
bi-ri-ko-to, v. to be small, asa hole in the ground:
da iho birikoto, dig a small hole.
bi-si, v. to increase or multiply.
bi... ti, adv. and pron. as, how, what, that: ge bi
ti énia, do like a person ; bi emi 6 ti $e? how or
3 BO
what shall I do? eni bi ti Egba, a mat like those
of the Egbas ; bi ti ind re, according to your mind
or will ; ni bi ti, znasmuch as.
bi... tile, conj. though, if even: bi tile Sote sii,
though we have rebelled against him.
bi-ye-si (bu), to respect or reverence the great. See
kabiyesi.
b6, v. to peel, to strip off, to bray like a he-goat.
bo, v. to cover, to be full of leaves, to overwhelm.
bd-bo, adv. very or intensely (hot).
bo-de (ba ode), x. a custom-house.
b6-dZo (bi ddzo), adv. like a coward, cowardly.
bo-dzu-m6 (ba odzu), ». to chide, reproach.
b6-dzu-to, b6-dzu-w6, v. to look upon, to care
for, to see after.
bo-dzu-w6 (bid), v. to look at, visit.
b6-dzu-yay (ba odzu), v. to blind with brightness :
drun bodzuyan, the sun’ ts blinding.
b6-1é (ilé), v. to rob a house, to confiscate.
bO-1é, v. to cover or thatch a house.
bo-le-bo-le, 7. a robber.
bo-le-b6-le, ». a thatcher.
bo-lé-Se-bi, bo-lé-Se-kpé (bi), adv. ¢f possible.
bo-le (ilé), v. to cover the ground ; to flourish.
b6-lo-b6-lo, n. a honey-making gnat without sting.
bd-mi-w6y (bi omi), v. to sprinkle with water.
bo-mo, the white-grained Giuinea-corn (a species of
Sorghum).
b6...m6-lé, v. to overwhelm.
b6-ni (Egba), v. to be large.
bo-ni-bo-ni, v. to be very large.
pb6-ra (ara), v. to cover, to cover the body.
b6-ri (bd ori), v. to surpass, to prevail, to cover the
head or top.
bo-ro, very near (as to distance). See ghoro.
bo-ri-ko...dze (ba oruko dze), v. to slander.
pb6-ti, v. to tear half-way open, to half strip.
bo-ti-bo-ti, adv. foolishly (talking), sillily.
bo-yuy (abi oyun), v. to be pregnant.
bo, v. 1. to drop (as of a solid); hence 2. to slip
or slide ; 3. to take down, as froma peg ; 4. to
take off one’s clothes; 5. ¢o feed ; hence, 6. to wor-
ship ; 7. to wash any part of the body, as the face ;
8. to beat, as a mud-floor; 8, to empty (Ps. 10, 8):
oran na bo If ow6 mi, that business failed in (lit.
fell out of ) my hands ; mo bo li ewu na, Z escaped
(lit. slipped out of ) that danger.
bd, v. 1. to insert ; 2. to pierce ; to boil or cook in
water ; 4. to put on a garment; 5. fo shake (lit.
insert) hands ; 6. to enter or go out of a house;
7. to arrive, to be in the act of coming: bd le, get
down ; sokalé bd, come down ; 6 ntutu bd, zz as
getling wet ; nwon sare bd, they are coming on a
run ; 6 mbod wah, he is coming.
bo-dzu (odzti), v. to wash the face.
BO 24 DA
bo-gi (igi), v. to worship a tree or image.
bo-ki-ni, x. a neat person, dandy.
bo-l4 (bv ola), v. to honor, reverence.
b6-18, v. do full down, as when struck. (Ps. 89, 23.)
b6-lo-gi, xn. « kind of lily.
bo-lo-dzo, adv. beautifully (black). Comp. beledze.
bd... 1o-w6 (li ow6), v. to shake hands.
bo-mi (omi), v. to put into water, to dip.
bon, v. to be filthy, slovenly.
bo-ni, x. akind of acacia used by tanners.
bo-ra (ara), 7. to wash oneself.
bo-ru-ko-nu, nr. a stupid spendthrift ; wasteful-
Ness.
bo-se (bd ese), v. 10 go aside on a call of nature.
bo...si-kpo (ikpo), v.
or position.
bo-wah, v. to be in the act of coming: & nbdwah,
we are coming (now on the road).
bo-wo (bi owo), v. to divide.
bd-w6, v. to shake hands.
bd-wo (bd dwo), v. to honor,
bo-wo-lo-wo, adv. fancifully made.
bo-ya (bi 6 ya), adv. perhaps.
to restore one to his’ place
bt, v. to cry aloud, to abuse ; to stink ; to take a por-
tion of.
pba, v. 1. to give; 2. to cut or break, as bread; 3.
to cross each other, as roads; 4. to roast in the
ashes; 5. to moulder or rot: bd mi li omi, give
me some water.
bu-ba (ibi iba), x. @ hiding-place.
bu-bu-ru (buru), 2. badness: enia buburu, a bad
person.
pu-do (ibi idd), n. a camping-place.
pbi-dza (odza), to entrust a thing to one to be sold.
bu-dza (ba idza, a reaching the road ; see dZa), v.
to make a near cut to a place, to anticipate what
one is about to say.
pu-dzé, n. a fruit used for making black ornamen-
tal marks on the skin.
pbu-dzZe (ibi idze), x. a feeding-place, a stall.
bu...dze, v. to bite.
ba...ka (ika), v. to surround, encompass.
bi... k4,v. fo distribute around: mo bi owd ka
won, J gave them money all round.
bu...ka, v. fo set on the top of: buikoko ka ina,
set the pot on the fire.
pi-ke (bu Oke), v. to swell, to rise in a hump or
hillock.
pi-k6p, v. to add to, to fill up ; to bless.
pa-kin, v. to be deficient, to despise, to make little
of. (Jas. 2, 6.)
bila, v. to mix, to adulterate.
ba...14-bu-ka (li abuka), v. to surround.
bd... la-dzan (adéan), v. to cut into bits, to mince.
pbu-le’, v. to add to, to patch.
bi...10, v7. to overwhelm, to smite with, to affect
with: 6 bd ifodzu IN won, ke smote them with
blindness.
bi-m6, v. to add to; to hide or conceal itself about
one, as vermin: 6 bd m6 nyin, if hides about or
cleaves to you.
bun, for bd, v.
bu-ra (ara), 7. to swear, to take an oath.
bu-ru, v. to be bad, ugly.
bu-ru-bu-ru, adv. badly, closely (hiding).
bu-ru-ku, adv. intensely, very.
Bu-ru-kG, 2. an evil deity who causes some kinds
of fits, and produces death in small-pox.
bi-sif, v. to add to, to bless, to offer sacrifice to.
bu-s6 (ibi isd), v. @ tying-place for animals, @ stall.
bu-sd (ibi isd), x. a resting-place, where travellers
put down their loads.
bu-si, ». loose, heavy sand.
bu-sudy (ibi istin), x. a sleeping-place, a bedstead.
ba... 84, v. to bite severely, as a dog: o bd mi
san, he bit me.
ba... wn. v. to sprinkle with anything.
ba-yin (iyin), v. to praise, to honor: mo bdyin
fu o, J praise thee.
to give.
D
d4, v. 1. to make, create.
. to assault, strike: 6 da mi li igi, he struck me
with a stick.
3. to flash : manamana da, the lightning flashes.
4, to break or be broken: 6 da mi li ese, he broke
my foot, or leg: ese mi da, my foot is broken.
5. to cease: ddzo da, the rain ceases.
6. to be dry, without rain: oda da li odfy Yi,
there is a drought (lit. it droughts) this year.
. to give: da eko fu adza, give mush to the dog :
da ow6, to contribute money.
8. to prepare or buy : di eko, buy mush, i. e. have
it prepared.
9. to pay: da ow6 Ode, to pay a tax.
10. toprescribe: tali o dd ebo na? who prescribed
that sacrifice ?
11. to speak or mention: mah ge da oruko re, do
not mention his name.
12. to conquer, whip: kanakana di kanakana, a
crow whipped a crow.
13. to be intelligent, give promise: omo n& da,
that child is intelligent.
14. to be sound : ari mi da, my body is sound.
15. to overturn, as a stone or anything heavy:
di...liaga. See dé... Jaga.
da,v. 1. to pour out.
2. to overturn, capsize, as a boat.
bo
I
DA 25
. to remove a thing from one position to another.
mm co
to betray, disappoint.
to purify, as silver.
to be acceptable, as a sacrifice.
Ta
to turn about, change the position of.
to offer a sacrifice,
to become.
om 7
10.
11. to attend to, as catfle.
da, adv. where? iwe mi da? where is my book 2
da-ba (aba), v. to think of, expect, suppose.
da-ba, v. to be flat, as a roof.
da-bi, v. to resemble, be like, to act the part of.
da-b6-b6 (abo bd), v.
da-da, n. which is made.
Da-da, n. one of the Yoruba idols, a proper name
of @ person.
da...du-ro, ».
da-dza, v. to serenade.
da-dzi, v. to arise before day.
da-dz6-ko, v.
da-dZo, v. to appoint a day for any purpose; to
judge.
da-dzu, v. to be evident, confident, impudent.
da-dzu-da-dzu, adv.
tainly.
d&...£6, %. to invent a report or story.
da-gba (agba), v.
da-gbe-re (da), ». to bid farewell.
da-gbe-se, v. to run in debt.
da-gbo (ogbo), v. to grow old.
da-gin, ». the back of a furnace or chimney.
da...gi-ri, v. to frighten, to drive people together,
as when they collect from fear of war.
da-gupn (ogun), v.
da’-ho-ro, v. to desolate or destroy a town.
da-huy (da ohuy), v.
dai-ya-fo (d6 aiya), v.
da-ka-ka, v. to squat.
dé-kan, v. to strike against.
to bend or be bent, as a-sword.
to shelter, defend, protect.
to detain.
to sit, to sit steadily or long.
evidently, confidenily, cer-
to grow, to be developed.
to collect into a pool or pond.
to reply, answer.
to frighten, discourage.
da-ke, v. to be silent, to cease ; figuratively, to be
dead.
dé-ke-dzé, da-ke-r6-ro, v. to be calm, as the
wind. :
da-ko-dza, v. to step over, pass by, to neglect.
da-kpa-ra,v. to be hard, as flint; to canker, to rust.
da...kpé, v. to contract a word.
da...kpd, da... kpd-m6, »v.
mingle. :
da-kG, v. to faint, to be at the point of death.
da-kun, v. io withhold.
da-kun, v. to reel thread.
d&...ku-ro, v. to release, acquit ; to depart.
da...la-da-dzu (li),
da...la-ga (li aga), v.
4
to adhere, join,
to over-drive, as a flock.
to weary.
DAN
da...la-gbe-de-me-dzi, v.
vide.
da...la-mu (li), 2.
da...la-ra (li), v.
lo cut in two, to di-
to confuse, confound.
lo disappoint, to annoy.
da...la’-ra-ya, v. to enliven, to cheer.
da...la-re,v. to justify.
da...la-win, v. to trust, to sell to on credit.
da...la-ye,v. to give life to, to quicken.
da...1é,v. to put down.
da...le-kun, v. to prevent, forbid.
da...le-se (li), v. to cripple the foot or leg.
da...1é-Se, v. to convict of sin.
da...li-da,v. to strike with a sword.
da...16-dzo, v. to frighten, intimidate.
da...lo-dzG, 7. to make one certain: 6 da mi
lodzf, Zam sure of it.
da...lo-dzt, v.
da...lo-go, v.
da...16-hun, v.
da...lo-ro, v.
da... AU y.
da...lG,v. to mingle, adulterate.
da-It, v. to full upon: okuta dali kpa 4, @ stone
fell on and killed him.
da...me-dzi (medzi), v.
parts.
to disappoint.
to glorify.
to answer, reply.
to torment, torture.
to bore.
to cut or divide into two
So, da...meta, da...merin, &e., to divide
into three parts, four parts, &c.
da...m6, v.
to impute: ko da se m6 wa, he does not impute
sin to us: ko da @se m6 Adama, he did not create
Adam a sinner.
da-m6, v.
doctrine, to be a heretic.
da-mo-dza (amodza), v.
da-m0-ray) (dray), v.
da-mu (amu), v.
founded, to be damned.
da’-mu-re (amure), v7. to gird.
da-na (ina), v. to make or kindle a fire.
da...ni-da (da ni ida), v.
cording to nature, to look or be natural.
da-ni...da-gi-ri,». to frighten people, as war,
which drives them together.
da...ni-de (ide), v. to redeem, set free.
da...ni-dza (idza), v.
da...ni-dzi (idzi), v.
da... ni-gi (igi), v.
da...ni-kpa (ikpa), v.
to separate or alienate friends.
da-ni...lo-dz@ (odzu), v.
6 danilodzf, we are certain of it, confident as to its
truth.
da...n6o, v.
soro dand loni, they failed in their negotiation to-
day.
to cause to adhere, to strike against,
to hold an erroneous opinion, to invent a
to guess.
to purpose, advise.
to perplex, confuse; to be con-
to be or to make ac-
to throw in wrestling.
to frighten, surprise.
to beat with a stick, to cudgel.
to cause division or strife,
to make one certain:
to pour out, throw away, waste: nwoy
DAN
dé-n& (enu), v. to be fluent, talkative.
dan, v. to be smooth, bright, as metal; to be slip-
pery, asa road; to polish ; to be good, all right.
Can, « sign of interrogation: iwo md dan? do you
know ?
dan-dan, 7.
dan-ka-re, n. soldiers.
dan... w6, v. to try, to tempt ; to consult anora-
cle or a priest, to divine.
da-ra (di ara), v. to be good, handsome, pretty.
da-ra (ira), v7. to introduce a new fashion or custom.
da-ra-da-ra, n. goodliness ;—adv. in a good man-
ner, well.
da-ray (dran), v.
da-ran-da-ran, n. a cattle-driver, herdsman.
da’-ra-ya (araya), 7. to make or to be cheerful,
merry.
da-ri (da ori), v. to lead, to drive.
da-ri... dai (dari and dzi, fur), v.
da-ri...dzo,v. to assemble, to meet.
da-ro (ar6), v. to dye blue.
da-ro (iro), v. to grieve, to feel uneasy about a thing.
da-ru,v. tostir up, confuse things; to be mingled in
a confused manner.
da-ru-da-kp6, da-ru-kp9, v.
confusedly.
da-ru-da-ru, adv. entirely: ikuku bo ilu mole
darudaru, the fog hides the town entirely.
da-ru-gb6 (di arughs), v. to grow or be old.
da-sa, n. «@ small covered dish.
da-sa, v. to tire down, to fail and stop.
da-se (ese), v. to stop going to a place; to cease,
leave off.
da...si, v. to intermeddle ; to reserve, to spare.
da... si-lé (ile), v. to cause a thing, to introduce ;
to reserve, spare, discharge.
da...s0, v.
a tale mirror.
to transgress, to commit a fault.
to forgive.
to mia or be mixed
to talk about, mention.
da-S4, v. to presume, dare. (Acts 5, 13.)
da-Sa, v7. to introduce a custom or fashion.
da...8e,v. to fail, to risk. (Ps. 12, 1.)
da-So-b6 (aso), v.
dau-du, ». eldest son of a prince, the heir apparent.
da-win (iwin), n.
da... w6, v.
gods,
da-w6 (ow6), v. to contribute, lo pay: daw6 ésu,
to pay into the savings club ; daw6 le, to pay down.
da-wo-kpo (ow6), v.
da-w0-lé (ow6), v.
dé-w (owt), v.
dé-ye-lé.
de, v.
to ; to cover with a lid; to wear, as a hat: ba mi
de odZa Ona, go with me to the gate ; de...li ade
(see de... lade).
lo clothe, cover.
to pay by instalments,
to consult an oracle, to inquire of the
to combine im a scheme.
lo lay hands on, undertake.
to reel or wind thread.
See diyele.
to come to, arrive at, come upon, to extend
26
-\de-han (ohun), v.
a.
DI
de, prep. for, ready for, to.
dé, v. to bind, shackle: dé mé, to bind to,
de-bi-kpa (da ebi), v. ¢. do starve.
de-de (Egba), pron. all, every.
dé-dé, adv. rightly, properly.
to conclude a bargain.
| de-ke (da), 7. to invent or tell a lie.
de...la-de (Ji ade), x. 0 crown.
de...16-na (dna), v. to withstand, oppose.
de...m6-16, 7. to cover up. «~
dé-na (dna), v. to stop the road, to obstruct : dena
de, to lie in wait for.
de-ri (ori), 7. to cover the head.
de-ti. See diti.
de-w6 (da ewo), v.
grounds.
de, v. to hunt, chase, to set a trap: de si, to seta’
dog after ; de sile, to lay a snare. -
dé, v. to be soft, ripe, loose, slack ; to grow negligent,
to mitigate, as pain: dé...li ara (see dé...
lara). -
de-bi (da ebi), v. to pronounce guilty, to condemn.
dé-dé, adv. near by, at hand: ddzo gu dede,
the clouds are dark and low, i. e. near the earth.
de-d6 (odo), v. to fish with a net.
de-dza (edza), v. to fish.
de-dza’ (azda), v. to hunt with a dog.
dé-dzG@ (od4t), m. coarse cloth.
de-gbe, v. to hunt in the woods or prairies.
de-hin (Egba), adv. again, more: mah dehiy seke,
don’t lie any more.
dé-kun (da ekun), v. to cease, to yield: dékuy !
forbear! desist! let me alone !
dé-kun’(dkun), v. to set a rope snare.
de ...la-ra (li ara), v. to relieve, to make comfort-
able.
dé-n6 (ind), v. to fast.
dén-gé, x. soft mush.
de-ra (ara), v. to be negligent, slothful.
dé-re-dé-re, adv.
de-ru (eru), v. to be terrible: 6 deru si mi, zt is
terrible to me.
de-ru (di), v. to bind or puck goods.
de-ru-ba (eru), ». to make afraid.
de-se (ese), v. to slacken the pace, stop.
dé-Se (da ee), v. to sin.
de-ti (eti), ». 10 incline the ear, to listen, hearken :
deti sile, to listen secretly or attentively.
dé-ti, v. to be difficult, to fail in an attempt.
de..-w6. See danwo.
di, v. to bind, tie, close up ; to wreathe ; torequire ;
to chew tobacco ; to be entangled, complicated ; to
coagulate, to grow hard on cooling, as tallow ; to be
deficient, to lack: 6 di eddi, it lacks two cowries ;
di... li oddu (see di...lodzu). See din.
to prohibit on religious
loosely hanging.
3S
DI )
t
di, v. to be, become, to be changed: 6 ydi arughé |
16h, he is growing old ; di Oto, to disappear, vanish ;
titi 6 fi di isisiyi, 122 now (lit. till it made to be-|
come now); 6 di old, wait till to-morrow (lit. till |
it becomes to-morrow); 6 di id4z6 kedZi nwoy 16h,
they went the next day.
di (di), prep. from, employed in composition: |
medi di li oguyn (two from on twenty), eighteen.
di-ba-dze, v. to spoil, be corrupted.
di-bi. See da-bi.
di-bo (da), v. to cast lots.
di-da, n. which is made, which is healthy: dida
ebi, condemnation ; dida ara, health ; Se dida ara,
to heal.
di-de, v. to arise.
di-di, n. which is bound, wreathed. See di.
di-di, n. the game of drafts.
di-dza, v. to cause war, to become a fight.
di-dze, v. to complete, to emulate.
di-dzi, v. to be afraid, to be disappointed, mistaken :
mo didzi babé mi ni, J thought it was my father, |
but was mistaken.
di-dzu, v. to be entangled.
di-é, xn. a little, a few, some. .
di...e-le-se mu-lé or ni-lé, v. to establish, con-
jirm.
di-fe, v. to bloom, to blossom.
di-gba-ro, v. to remain sbunding, to wait.
di-gba-ti, conj. tll.
di-gbo-Se, adv. by and by.
di-gi, n. a glass, a mirror.
di-go, n. «a breech-cloth.
di...ha’-mo-ra, v. to gird.
di... ka-lé,v. to establish, confirm.
di-kpa-ra, v. See dakpara.
di...la’-mu-re (li), 7. to gird.
di...le-ti (li), v. to deafen, to refuse to hear.
di-le, v. to be dilatory, at leisure.
di...le-ru (li), v. to enslave.
di...le-won (li), v. to chain.
di-lo-dz&i (li), 7. to tangle, to blindfold.
di-lu, v. to congeal.
di-m6, v. to fasten on, to cleave or cling to.
di-m0, v. to agree upon, covenant.
di-mu, v. to hold, uphold, lay hold on.
di-na, v. to block up the road, impede, hinder.
di-nf-bo (ni), v. to grasp, enclose in the hand.
di-ni-gbe-sin (ni), v. to take captive.
din, di, v. to bake, parch, fry.
din-ka-ra (akara), 7. to bake bread.
di-ri-ki-si, v. to conspire, plot against.
di-roy (iron), v. to plait the hair.
di-si-si-yi, adv. till now, hitherto.
di-ti (eti), v. to be deaf.
di-w6, v. to be in a strait or difficulty.
( DUR
di-ye-le, v. to seta price on, charge for.
do, v. to encamp, to cohabit (an indecent word) : dé
ti kd, to encamp against, to besiege.
do-do, . the navel ; in the Iketu dialect, @ room
in a house.
d6-dé, do-do-d6, n. truth, righteousness : $e dodo-
do, to be upright.
do-dzu-bo-lé, v. to turn the face towards the
ground, to hang down the head.
do-dzu-de, v. to twrn upside down.
do-dzu-k6-do, v. to hang down the head, to medi-
tate, ponder.
do-dzu-ti, v. to make ashamed, to put to shame, to
abash.
d6-gi-ri, v. to gallop.
do-go-ti, v. to dun.
do-guy, v. fo rust.
dom-dom-ai-ye (don dd), x. comforts, luxuries
of life.
do-ri-k6-do (ori). See dodzukédo.
do-ba-1é (da ibal@), v. 40 prostrate, to le flat.
do-de, n. a raven.
do-do, adv. much shrivelled or cool.
do-gba, v. to be equal, right, straight.
do-ko-du-ro (dko), v. 40 anchor.
dén, v. to cry, as any beast or bird.
don, v. to be sweet, pleasant ; to affect pleasantly or
painfully: ind mi doy, my mind is pleasant, 1. e. I
am pleased ; ind addy mi, my belly aches or pains
me ; ind mi doy sii, J am pleased with him (Mat.
3, 17); ki li o ddy 0, what ails thee.
doy-don, . «a kind of drum.
don-m6, v. t. to please.
dG, v. to be black.
du, v. to deny, to refuse, to grasp: 6 du mi li owé,
he refused me money.
du-bu-lé, v. to lie down: dubulé aron, to be sick
a-bed.
du-du, . blackness.
du-dze, v. See didze.
du-gbo-lu, x. a stumbling-block-.
du-ke-lu-ke, adv. merrily.
du-kpe, v. to thank.
du-lu-m6, v. to slander.
dan, day. See don, don.
du-ra, v. to make an effort to prevent falling when
one stumbles.
du-ro, v. to stand, to wait, stay: duro ti, duro tiri
si, to stand by, wait on ; mu...duro, to make or
cause to stand.
di-ru, ». « violin, a guitar: 1 diru, to play the
violin; li odét Okun diiru, on the harp. (Ps.
49,4.)
du-ru-du-ru, n. greatness (applied to the works of
God).
DZA
dza,v. to jerk, to break, as a rope; to break loose, |
as a horse; to snatch, to drop from aloft, to jind
out a thing; to reach the road.
aza, prep. through, throughout a place.
dza, v. to fight, quarrel, strive; to rage, as a
storm: aga Ole, to steal ; nwoy dza a to bale 16h,
they dragged him to the governor ; dza...li dle
(see dz... 1ole).
dza-bo, v.
dza-de, v.
turn out f
dza-fa-ra (dze afara), v. to be slow, to loiter.
dzé-gan, v. to be rough, harsh.
dzé-gb4, v. to perform a job (applied to pawn-
servants, who must do jobs for the pawnee, when
to escape by struggling.
to go out ;—adv. out, forth: dzade!
calied on).
dzé-gba-dzaé-gba, adv. confusedly.
dza-gi-di-dza-gan, ». « low, mean fellow (Acts
17, 5); base conduct.
dza-gu-dé-kpa-li, adv.
dza-gu-du, v. to struggle together, tug at each other.
dza-gun, v. to fight, in war;—n. a title.
dzé-hin-dza-hin, adv. ‘through, from side to side.
dzai-ye (de), v. to enjoy the world, to act extra-
vagantly.
dza-ka,n. a mug.
dza-ka-di, v.
dza’-ka-re, 7.
dza-ko-ro, »v.
dza’-ku-m6, 7. «@ leopard.
dza-kun (okun), v. to break a rope, to break loose.
Dzi-ku-ta (okuta), n.
Sang, the god of thunder.
dza-la, v.
through.
dza-le (dle), v. to steal, pilfer.
dza...le-ka-na (li ekana), v. to pinch, to scratch.
dza-le (ilé), v.
the ground (see koro) ; flatly, utterly refusing.
dza-le, dz4-le-dz4-le, adv.
dza ...1é-nu (li enu), v.
dza...16-le (li dle), v.
dza-10, v.
daza-ma, 7. a soldier.
dza-mba, n. damage, violence: ba ni dZamba, to
assault, to do violence to.
dza-na (6na), v.
in one’s position.
dza...ni-de (niide),v. to release one by force.
dza. .ni-ko-ro (ikoro), v.
dza...ni-yan (iyan), v.
dza-nu (enu), v. to boast. .
dzan-dzan, adv. intensely hot: oru mf dzan-
dzan, the sun is very hot.
dza-ngbo-ro, n. the knee-cap.
on any account,
to wrestle.
soldiers.
to contradict, oppose.
the stone-caster, a name of
to escape by fighting, to fight one’s way
to go through the country ;—adv. to
thoroughly.
to wean.
to steal from.
to attack by surprise.
to reach the road, to be reasonable
to contradict.
to dispute with.
28
DZ
dza-yk4-w6, 7. soot.
dza-re, v. to be right; to justify, to be justified ;
if you please.
dza-si, v. to reach, arrive al, drop into ; to be or act
as: dzasi bi, to be according to.
dza...tilé (ti ile), v. to cast down.
dze-gbe-dze-gbe, adv. childishly, foolishly.
dzé-ni-a-dzé-ni-a, x. a cannibal.
dzé-re, v. to gain, deserve, earn.
dzé-re-dzé-re, adv. sparklingly, dazzlingly.
dze, v. to be, to act in a capacity: bi Oloruy ba
dée kpelu mi, if God shall be with me.
dze, v.
gain, earn, get ; to perform, to make ; to reply, to
deliver (a message) ; to let or permit, to be willing,
will, would ; to mean, asa word, to be named: dze
fu, to consent to (Gen. 34, 23); dze...li eri (see
dze...leri). ‘
dze, dze-dze, adv. quieily, still.
aze-bi (ebi), v. to be guilty, to be condemned.
dze-di-€-di-é, x. « kind of cockatoo, so ealled from
its ery.
dze-dze-dze, adv. very gently, quietly.
dze...gbe-se. See dzighbese.
dze-gt-du-ra-ga-du, ». a vagabond, a loafer.
dze-huy (ohun), v. to cat: daehuy lara (li ara), to
feed on. (Ps. 49, 14.)
dze-ka, v7. to snore. -
dze-la-ra (li ard), v. to feed on.
dze-le-ri (li eri), v. to bear witness.
dze-lo-we (li owe), 2.
dze-ni-ya (iya), 2. to punish, afflict.
dzé-ri, ». See dZe-leri.
dze-ruy; v. to devour.
dze-un, v. See dzehup.
dze-wo (ow), v. to confess.
dzi, v. to steal.
dzi,v. to awake, awaken, quicken, frighten.
azi, dzin, v. to fall into a hole, to tap a cask, to
knock ; to be deep, obscure, or hard to understand,
to be distant : zi li ese (sce dzi... lese).
dzi...di-de, v. to arouse, to raise from the dead.
dzi-dza, n. which is lustrous.
dzi-dza. See dza.
dzi-dza-du, v. to scramble for a thing.
dzi-dze, n. food. See dze.
dzi-dzin (dzi),. depth, distance, lowness.
dzi-dzo, n. See dzo. :
dzi-dzu, n. which is cast, dc. See dzu.
dzi-gbe-se (die), v. to go in debt, to owe.
dzi-gbi-ni, adv, abundantly fruitful.
dzi-gon-roy, v. to be deep, as a pit.
dzi-hin (dze), 7. to deliver a message, to answer
for an offence. ‘
dzi-ka-nu (Nufe), .
to eat, to consume; to owe; to deserve, to
to aid in work.
resemblance.
a brick.
—
DZI 29 EGB
dzi...le-se (li ese), v. to strike the foot against,
to supplant.
dzi...le-Sé (es¢), v. lo strike with the fist.
dzi-mi-dzi-mi, adv. gorgeously.
dzi-mi-ra-ta, n. a lerm of abuse.
dzi-na, v. to heal, as a wound.
dzi-na (dna), v. to be far off
dzi-nde, v. to arouse, to raise from the dead.
dzi-ndi (di), v. to steal and conceal : déindi dzindi
to be thievish.
dzi-nle (ni ile), v. to be deep, abstruse, mysterious.
dzi-Se (dze ise), v. to deliver a message, to act asa
mediator.
dzi-ya (iya), v. to suffer.
dzi-yay (iyan), v. to be careful, anxious ; to contra-
dict, deny.
dz6, v.%. to dance, to whirl; to burn.
dz6, v. to leak, to drop, as water.
dzo-fo-lo, n. «a kind of cap.
dzo-guy (ogi), v. to inherit, possess.
dzo-ko, v. to sit, dwell, abide: dzoko de mi, wact
for me.
dzo-kpa, v. t. fo consume, burn up.
dzo-na (ina), v. 7. to burn.
dzo...ni-run, v.¢t. to burn up, consume.
dzo-ray, v. to catch or take fire.
dzo-run, v. to burn up, consume.
dzo-we-re (dza), v. to struggle, to be in trouble.
dzo-wu (dze owt), 7. to be jealous.
dzo-ye (dze oye), ». to be a ruler, to govern.
dzo, v. to bealike ; to assemble, to be together : dzo!
please ! déo mi li oron, let my neck alone ; dZo xe,
let it alone ; Azo mi lowo, let me alone.
dzo-ba (dze oba), v. to reign, rule.
dzo-dzo, adv. very, greatly, well.
dzo-la (dze), v. to enjoy an honor due to another.
dz0-16, n. «a long-necked calabash.
dzo-wo (dze ow6), v. to let, permit ; to let alone.
dzo-wo...dze,v. to let alone.
dzo-wo-lo-wo, v. to release, dismiss.
dzu, v. to be worm-caten, as wood; to take up a
thing.
dzu, v. tocast, to throw; to surpass. In compa-
rison, more, more than, above, very. (See Gram.
§ 207.)
dzu-ba, v7. to respect, to remember with gratitude.
dzu-di-dzu-di, adv. confusedly, applied to the
mind.
dzi-fu, x. an armlet.
dzu-ku, n. tobacco of native manufacture.
dzu-m6o, adv. together.
dzu-nd, v. to throw away, to lose, to be lost.
dzu-re, v. to point, direct, show how to do._
4
dzu-w6 (é6w6), v. to beckon.
EK.
e, a prefix, having the power of a.
6, interrog. what? which ? & ti $e? why ?
€, adv. and prefix, in-, un-: emd, unknown; &
dara, not good.
6, pron. him, her, it, after a verb ending in ‘e?; as,
Se @, do it, kpe 6, call him.
é-be, 7. a hill to plant yams in: k6 ehe, to make
yam-hills,
e-be, n. yam-parings: fi ebe fu eran, give the yam-
peelings to the goat.
e-bi, xz. a journey: mo re ébi, L went a journey.
e-bi, x. hunger: ebikpa, hunger affects ; ebinkpa
mi, Lam hungry; ebi ko kpa o, thow art not
hungry.
e-bi, x. vomit.
&-bi, 2. a question, interrogation: bi i li ébi, ask
him.
e-bi-li-si, x. a demon, the devil.
é-bo, 7. «a binding ; a species of fig-tree.
e’-bo-lo, n. a pot-herb.
e-bu, ». a crossing ; a curse, abuse.
é-bu, n. mildew.
&bu, x. small yams to plant, yam-plantings.
e’-bu-te, n. alanding-place, wharf: omi bd ebute
mole, the water covers the wharf.
e-de, n. a crawfish, a prawn.
é-de, x. a language, a nation: emi 9 gbd éde re, 7
do not understand thee.
e-di, n. «a deficiency.
e-di, n. a cause, origin. See idi.
é-di, x. a binding, a bond.
e-di-di, x. «stopper, a cork; a bundle, parcel.
é-do-16, n. the house-cricket.
e-dG, . charcoal.
e-dza-n6, n. passion, intense feeling.
e-dzé, num. seven.
e-dzi, num. two.
é-dzi (Egba), n. rain.
é-dzi-k4, n. the shoulder.
é-dzi-kan, n. «a thief, a robber.
e-dzi-la, num. twelve.
é-dzo, x. «a snake: edzo li ord, the snake zs poi-
sonous.
e-dzo-no (ind), x. an intestinal worm.
e-dzu-dzu, ». «a kind of fan.
e-ga-ke, e-gi-ni,. a tickling: mah rin omo li
egake, do not tickle the child.
e-gba-ya, n. a pole tied across rafters.
e-gbe, n. profit ; vindication ; contiguity.
e-gbé,n. loss, perdition: egbé nifuo! damn thee /
e-gbe-re, x. «a kind of evil spirit.
e-gbin, x. a kind of antelope,
EGB 30
e-gbin, v. filth.
e-gbo, x. bran, husk of grain.
e-gb6, x. boiled maize, hominy ; toughness.
é-gbo, x. «a root ; a sore, ulcer.
e-gb6n, 7. « flea, a tick.
e’-ge-de, adv.
e-gi-ni. See egake.
e-gi-ri, n. chilliness: egiri mu mi, J am chilly.
e-gun, 7.
e-guy, e’-gun-guy, ”.
E-gup-gup, 7. one of the gods.
only.
an imprecation.
a bone.
e’-gu-re, n. . a village.
é-gutin, n. dirt, filth.
e-hi-se, e-hé-ti-se, adv. why? what for?
e-he-re, n. a crop, @ harvesting.
e-hin, 7. a tooth: chin okainkan, a front tooth ;
ehinddn, toothache.
e-ho-ro, x. « rabbit.
e-hu, 7. a sprout, blade of young grass.
e-ha, n. which is old and stale,
e'-i-bd, 0/-i-b6, x. a white man.
ei-di, n. a wart.
e-kan, e-ka-na, « claw, finger-nail.
e-kan, 7. young sprouts.
é-kan, n. «@ wooden pin or peg.
e-ke, n. «a lie, falsehood ; a liar.
the seventh.
the second.
e-ke-dze, num.
e-ke-dzi, num.
eki, adv. only: eki wura, pure gold.
e-ki-ri, n.
@é-kiti. See okiti.
e-k6, n. which is callous ; hard pods of okra.
e’-ko-lo, n. the earth-worm.
é-ko. Sce oruko.
e-kpa, ».
e-kpe, n.
e-kpo, n. chaff, husk, bark ; palm-oil.
e-ku. See ekute.
e-ku-ku, n. a cocoon.
e’-ku-lu, n. a kind of antelope.
e-kun, e-ku-kun, x. @ knife-handle, a hilt of a
sword.
e-kun, 2. protracted sickness ; a region of coun-
a kind of goat.
a crust.
a curse, an oath.
try.
e-kun, e-ku-run, ”._ the knee.
e’-ku-ro, n. the dry palm-nut.
e-ku-ru, n. bread of pea-meal.
e’-ku-ru,n. dust.
e-kt-ru, 2. the mange.
e’-ku-te, n. a rat.
e-ku-ya, n. «a pot-herb.
e-le, x. force, violence, hardness.
e-lé,n. a cowrse or layer, on a wall; an eminence ;
iron tools, weapons ; interest on money: élé! to
arms !
ERI
e-le-gbe, x. an aider, instigator ; one who responds
in chorus.
e-le-gé-de, z.
e-le-ke, 7.
e-le-kpe, n. a swearer.
ele-ni-ni, 2. a backbiter, a despiser.
e-lé-ri, n. which is filthy, filthiness.
e-le’-ru-kpe, n. which is earthy ov earthly.”
e-lé-se, n. a maker or seller of colors.
e-le-so, ». which is fruitful, fruit-bearing.
e-lé-su, n. one possessed with the devil.
e-le-ti, n.
e-le-yi, pron. this.
Elo, adv. how much? in price: élo yi? how much
for this 2
@-lo, n. use ; furniture, a utensil, ingredient : ohun
a pumpkin.
a liar.
one who is obedient.
elo, a vessel.
e/-lu-bo, n. yam-flour.
e-mi, pron. J, me: emina,emi tikava mi, Z myself.
e-mi-na, ». the fruit-bearing yam-vine.
e-mi-rin, 7. the sand-fly.
e-m6, ». a bur growing on grass: emd agbo, a
large kind of bur.
é-md, x. which is unknown, strange ; a monster, @
wonder ; emd de loni, a wonderful thing has hap-
pened to-day.
e-na,n. a stretching ; a visit.
é-na, 7.
e-ni, num. one.
é-ni, n. an addition to price or quantity, something
added to a message.
&-ni-a,n. a human being, person ; mankind, people.
e-ra, ira, x. a kind of antelope.
e-ra, 7. a small black ant.
é-réyn. See iran.
é-ran, n. crab-grass.
é-ran, nr. inflection.
e-ré, v. an imprecation.
e-ré, n. animage ; goodness, gait, going : ere esin,
warp-pins of a loom.
the gait of a horse.
é-re, n. a question: bi li Gre, to ask ; Gre idi re?
why ? for what reason ?
é-ré, n. the boa constrictor.
@-re, n. gain, desert, guilt, interest on money; 4
crop: dze ére, to gain.
e-re-ké-re, n. dishonest gain, filthy lucre.
e-re-ké-ti, n. @ dunghill.
e-re-ko, x. « hamlet.
e-re-ku-Su, n. an island.
e-re-ni, n. the fourth day hence: y 6 16h li Grem,
T will go four days hence.
e-ri, for ori, x. the head: eri ekun, the knee-pan.
é-ri, Erin, n. filth, wet bran fed to goats.
é-ri-gi, 7.
e-rin, 7.
the gums.
an elephant.
ERI 31 EDZ
é-rin. See Gi.
e-rin-mi (omi), ». the river-horse, hippopotamus.
€-FO, rn. a caravan; anit.
e-r6, n. a percussion-cap, a lucifer match.
ro, x. consideration ; a relation or telling ; a de-
vice, thought. 7
e-ro, rn. a funnel, lamp-filler.
e-rG, n. deceit, craft.
é-ru, 7. ashes, lime, ash color.
e-ru-ku-ku, n. the tame pigeon.
e’-ru-kpe, n. dust, earth.
eruyn, rn. an ant.
e-sa,. a small red ant.
e-se, n. acat; the butter-tree nut.
é-se, n. preparation for the future, providence.
é-se, . paint, color.
e-si, n. | a reply.
e-so, n. fruit, a seed-vessel of any kind.
e-sOn, 2. accusation, a suit at law,
e-sil, n. jasper, carnelian.
é-su, rn. a payment to the funds of a club,
E-sG, n. sugar-cane grass.
e-su-e, rn. nausea: kpa Ii esue, to nauseate.
e-su-ru, n. a small bitterish yam.
e-su-su, ». «@ leech.
e-Se, n. gleaning.
ESé, adv. why?
&é-Si, x. « mistake, accident, error.
e-sin-Sin, n. a fly.
e-SG, n. a locust, the white ant when winged.
@-su, x. the devil, Satan.
e-su-Su. See esusu.
e-Su-wa, ». former times.
e-ta,n. dry bran ; soreness of the gums.
e-te, n. «a lip ; intention, thought, device.
e-té, rn. a fragment, morsel.
e-ti, n. an ear; edge, proximity: fi eti si ti emi,
hear me; eti igoy, « corner, angle.
e-ti-le (ile), x. vicinity, nearness: 6 wa li etile, he
was near.
e-ti-ri, x. numbness.
€-titzi, adv. why? See eyi.
é-ti-Se, adv. why? what for?
e-tu, ». which is loosed, stripped off ; a discovery.
é-tu, rn. an old farm nearly worn out.
étu-tu, 2. pacification, reconciliation.
e-we, n. childhood, youth, a child.
e-wé, n. a leaf, herb.
e-w€-bé (dbe), m. an esculent herb of any kind.
e-we-ke-we, n. a leaf or herb of any kind.
e-wé-ko (oko), n. - « garden herb of any kind.
e-wi, 2. insanity.
e-w6, pron. which? what? why ?
e-w6, 2. lime, season: ewO OdZo, the rainy season.
é-wo, x. prohibition, something prohibited.
e-wu, 2. danger: di ewu, to be or become dan-
gerous.
e-wu, n. grey hair.
é-witra, n. a kind of soft yam.
é-wu-ré, vn. a goat.
é-wu-ro, 2. «& pot-herb.
e-yi, e-yi-yi, pron. this: eyi ti, this or that which ;
eyi na, this, that, the same ; eyitiri? why ?
e-yi-ni, pron. that: cyini ni, that is.
e-yip. See chin.
e-yita-wt-yi (tid), adv. just now, straightway,
directly, immediately.
e-yo, x. «a pod of okra,
18;
e, a prefix, See a.
e, adv. yes. See he.
€, pron. ye, you.
6, pron. him, her, it.
e-ba, n. nearness, proximity to the ground : li eba,
by (if near the ground). See leba.
e-ba-d6 (ddo), n. the water-side, shore.
€-be, n. entreaty, supplication.
e-bi, n. fault, guilt, condemnation.
e-bi-ri, x. a large quiver.
e-bi-ti, n. a trap, an insecure crag, or the like.
e-bo, n. « sacrifice: ebo alakoto, the sacrifice in the
basket or vessel, i. e. a human sacrifice.
E-bo-ro, x. a name of Eguyguy.
€-b6-to, n. cow-dung.
e-bu, x. an abode; a kiln, a furnace.
e-bG, n. a crosswise direction.
e-bup. See ebu.
€-bun, n. a gift, present.
é-bu-ru, x. a back door or passage.
e-da,n. a flower.
e-da, n. a creature ; instinct, natural properties,
nature ; creation; a kind of rat; interest on
money: sé eda, to create.
e-d4-lé (ile), x. @ deceiver, traitor.
e-dan, 7. the Ogboni sta/f.
é-de, n. which is soft, ripe, slack.
é-dé-gba-rin, num. seven thousand.
é-di-n6o-gun, num. sixteen.
é-dd-guyn, num. fifteen.
e-d6, x. the liver ; resolution, firmness: edd foto,
trascibility.
e-don, ». «@ kind of monkey.
e-ddn, n. sweetness ; grief (see ddn) ; a hatchet ;
a proper name frequently given to one of twins :
imi eddy, a sigh.
e-dza,. «a fish.
edze, n. blood: eni edze, a bloody or bloodthirsty
man.
EDZ 8
e-dzo, num. -cight.
e-dz6, x. a criminal matter ; dispute ; harm: da
edz6, to judge, as a magistrate; di...li edz, to
condemn.
ee-di-né-gun, &e. See é-di-né-guy, We.
e-fa, num. six. ;
e-fa, n. a kind of trowsers.
e-fe, n. fault-finding, accusation.
é-fe, n.
to mock, ridicule.
é-fi, 6-fin, n. smoke.
e-fo, n. greens, pot-herbs.
e-fo-ko (dko), n. shipwreck.
e-fon, ». a corn-husk ; footstalk of a palm-leaf ; a
crossbow arrow : efon iha, a rib.
a jest, mockery : 86 &fe, to jest ; $é efe si,
efon, ». a buffalo.
e-fa-fu, x. wind, breeze, air.
e-fun, ». chalk, lime, white clay.
e-ga,n. the yellow palm-bird.
é-ga,n. a grasshopper.
e-gan, n. « thick forest: egan ogusu, a thorny
Sorest,
@-gan, x. contempt, reproach, blasphemy: sdro
égan, to blaspheme.
egay-ran, n. unripe fruit.
e-gba, x. which is swept.
e-gba, x. the mangrove tree.
E-gba, 7. the name of a tribe.
é-gba, n.
e-gba, num.
e-gba-dze, num. fourteen thousand.
e-gba-dzi, num. four thousand.
e-gba-dzo, num.
e-gba-fa, num. twelve thousand.
e-gba-ra, n. a kind of rat.
e-gba-rin, num.
e-gba-run, nwin.
e-gba-san, num.
e-gba-ta, num.
e-gba-wa, num.
e-gbe, n. the side, the loins ; a companion, a com-
pany, society : exbe-egbe orilé ede, a multitude of
the palsy.
two thousand.
sixteen thousand.
eight thousand.
ten thousand.
eighteen thousand,
six thousand.
twenty thousand.
nations.
e-gbé-d6-gun, num. _five thousand.
e-gbe-fa, num. twelve hundred.
e-gbe-gbé-run, num. adv.
e-gbe-ra, n. equality.
e-gbe-ri, n. obscurity, mystery ; one initiated.
e-gbe-rin, num.
e-gbé-rin-la, num.
e-gbe-run, nw.
e-gbe-san, num.
e-gbe-sin, n. nettle-rash.
e-gbe-ta, num. siw hundred.
e-gbé-ta-la, num. twenty-six hundred.
by the thousand.
eight hundred.
twenty-cight hundred.
one thousand,
eighteen hundred.
9
=
ELA
-
e-gbin, x. filth.
e-gbon, n. an elder brother, a male relative.
égbon, x. which is shaken or to be shaken : taboy
owt, cotton whipped with a bow ready for spinning.
e-gbo-ro, n. the young of cattle: egboro mali, a
calf.
e-ge,n. a snare, a trap ; brittleness,
e-gi, n. a dog’s collar.
e-gu, 7. «a seat in a tree on which a hunter sits to
watch for beasts.
e-gan, x. « thorn, brier, prickle: egin ikoko, a
large thorn used for arrow-heads.
e-ha, ». a close-fitting garment.
e-hin, x. the back, hinder part ; the last of a series;
the outside of a town; the top of anything in a
vessel; absence: ehin ola, after to-morrow: chin
asa, a remnant of cloth left in the loom; & 6 Vi
agbara li ehin Olorun, we have no power without
(or apart from) God ; Se @ li chin mi, do it in
my absence ; wo ehiyn, to look after one who is
walking away.
e’-i-ye, n. rebellion, revolt.
ei-yé, x. a bird.
e-ka, n. a band, ring; a branch, bough, prong ;
the collar-bone.
e-kan, adv. once: li ekay, once, at once, imme-
diately, formerly ; mo ti se li ekan, J have done
il once.
e-kan, 7. sowrness.
e-ke, x. indulyence to inferiors, confidence.
e-ké, n. a beam, joist, rafter ; the trigger of a gun.
e-ko, n. sown mush of maize.
e-k6, x. which is hard, as truit.
e-k6, n. doctrine.
e-ko-ké-ko, n. superstition, false doctrine.
e-k6n, ». which fills up, fulness, a supplement.
e-k6n, n. « grumbling, murmuring.
e-kpa, n. the ground pea or pea-nut: ekpa roro,
the oily pea-nut ; ekpa bisan, the mealy pea-nut.
e-kpop, ”.
e-kpop, ”.
e-kpon, x. « testicle.
e-kpo-ro, . «a ditch, drain, sewer.
e-kG, x. «@ kind of trap or snare.
e-kt-lé, n. « gable end, a back yard.
e-kun, n. cessation, prohibition, a door, shutter :
da ekuy, to cease; da...li ekun, to forbid, pro-
hibit ; sé ekuy, ha @kun, to shut the door.
e-kGn, ». a crying, weeping.
é-kun, n. « leopard ; region, a waste place.
é-ku-ya, x. the herb Cleome.
el, ele, (see al, ala), prefixes, denoting the actor,
owner, dc.
e-la,n. which is cloven, splitoff ; «detached portion,
fragment.
@ spoon, a dipper.
redness, ripeness of fruit, flattery,
ELE 33 ESO
e-lé-be, x. « pleader, alvocate.
e-le-b6-to, n. cow-dung.
e-le-da, . a creator.
e-le-de, rn. a hog.
e-le-dze, n. which is bloody.
e-le-fin, rn. which has smoke, is smoky ; a smoker, a
steamer.
e-le-gan, x. a despiser, scoffer.
e-le-gba, n. a helper, deliverer.
e-lé-gba, ». a palsied person, a paralytic.
e-le-gba-ra, x. the devil.
e-le-gbe, x. a companion, a leader.
e’-le-ge,n. which is fragile, brittle.
e-le-go-do, n. coarse calico.
e-le-ké'-re-de, n. which is weak, infirm.
e-le-kun, x. a weeper, mourner ; figuratively, a
daughter.
e-le’-kpe-re, x. «a kind of soft maize.
e-le-la, n. a part or portion.
e-lé-mi (@mi), n. one who has breath ; a servant, so
called because his master’s life is in his hands,
e-le-mo, x. a palm-wine dealer.
e-le-m6-So, n. one who is tasteful in dress.
e-le-no, x. a spider.
e-len-ga, x. a grasshopper.
e-le-ri (eri), n. an eye-witness.
e-le-se, n. which has feet, which relates to the feet:
elese merin, which has four feet, a quadruped ;
di elese nile, to establish, confirm.
e-lé-Se, x. who has sin, a sinner,
e-le-Sin (esin), x. a horseman.
e-le-tan, n. a dissembler.
e-le-ya (eya), n. who is scorned, despised ; ridi-
cule ; a@ scorner.
e-le-ye, n. a tidy person, who has clothes made to
order.
e-le-wa (ewa), n. @ handsome person.
e-le-won, n. who is chained, a prisoner.
e-lo-mi, e-lo-mfi-ran, pron. «another, others.
elu, x. indigo ; a mixture.
e-la-lu, x. a thrush.
e-lu-ru, x. «@ mouse.
é’-me-dzi, num. twice.
é’-me-fa, num. six times.
e-me-ta-lo-kan (meta liokan),. that which has
three in one; the trinity.
e-me-wa (m9 ewa), x. @ chief councillor, a prime
minister.
e-mi, x. the shea-tree, its fruit, the butter made of it.
é-mi, n. breath, life, spirit.
€-mo, e-mu, 7». palm wine.
e-mu, n. tongs, pincers ; seizure.
ena, n. inversion of words or letters ; as, de mi
baba, for baba mi de.
eni, nr. « mat.
5
e-ni, pron. a person, one: eni ikpe, one who is in-
vited ; eni kan, some one, any one, the only one ;
enl kedzi, @ companion, friend, the next person ;
eni ti & da tan, a happy man.
e-nu, x. «a mouth, opening: enu kokoro, the beak of
abird ; enu ikpa, the mouth of ariver ; enu dna, a
gate, door ; enu ogoro, eaves of a house ; enu mira,
my appetite fails or is bad ; enu mi si, my appe-
tite is good ; enu mi ya, J am astonished.
en-yin, pron. ye, you: enyin nad, enyin ard nyin,
enyiy tikara nyin, ye yourselves. :
eran, n. a beast, a goat or sheep; meat, flesh:
eran nla, acow ; eran fun, a kind of buffalo ; eran
abekana, acarnivorousanimal; eran ara, man’s flesh.
e-ran, n. the temple of the face.
e-ran-ko (oko), n. a wild beast, a brutish person.
é-ray-la (nla), x. a cow.
é-re, n. a bank, gully, mire, bog.
e-re-ke, n. the cheek, jaw-bone.
e-re-rin, num. by fours.
e-ri, n. witness, testimony: gba... se erf, to take
as a pledge.
e-rin, num. four: erin di logun (four from
twenty), sixteen ; erin di logogi, thirty-six.
6-rin, x. (number of) fémes: li Grin medZi, twice.
erin, x. laughter.
e-rin-la, num. fourteen.
e-ro, n. skill, contrivance, subtlety.
€-ro, v. softness, gentleness.
e-rG, x”. «a slave; a hoe or axe-handle.
ert, 2. «@ load, luggage, goods.
éru, nr. fear, awe, terribleness.
e-rt-bi-ri (dbiri), x. a female slave.
eran, rn. a fragment, a crumb, splinter.
é-rup, x. the dry season, great heat.
e-s4n, n. payment, retaliation, vengeance.
é-san, num. nine.
e-se, rn. a row, order.
&-se, n. a foot, track, cowrse.
e-se-sap, num. nine by nine.
é-sé-se, n. an orderly manner.
e-si, e-sin, n. Shame, ridicule ; a secret.
é-so, rn. carefulness, gentleness.
e-sdn, e-sun, 2. an accusation, a suit at law.
e-Sé, n. a blow with the fist ; a broken part, piece ;
slenderness.
é-Se, n. sin, guilt: ese edze, blood guiltiness ; ese
oba, treason.
€-Se-na (ina), x. coals of fire.
e-Se-ri, x. rancidity.
e-Sin, n. a horse: gun esin, fo ride on horseback ;
disgrace.
e-Sin, v. a spear.
e-So, n. a watchman, guard, police,
€-S0,n. newly smelted iron.
ETA
34
e-ta, n. a bulb, tuber, ear of corn, course flour ; ex- fa-gbon (agbon), 7. to shave the chin.
tension ; a sting.
e-ta, num. three.
é-ta, x. «a fragment of a corpse brought home to the
family, over which funeral rites are performed.
e-ta-la, num. thirteen.
é-tay, n. deceit, allurement : 8é etan, to deceive.
e-té, n. disgrace, reproach.
Ete, x. leprosy, scrofula.
e-te-ta, num. by threes.
é-ti, xn. a failure.
e-t6n, x. a bough, branch.
e-tu, n. «a kind of antelope.
é-tu, n. gunpowder.
é-tu, n. checked cloth, a guinea-fowl ; coolness ; a
propitiatory sacrifice.
e-wa, num. ten; mind, intentions.
e-wa, n. beauty, likeness : li ewa, to be beautiful.
é-wa, nv. «a jest, a joke.
e-we, vn. a kind of bean.
é-we, conj. again, on the other hand.
e-we-wa, num. by tens.
e-wi-ri, n. a bellows.
e-Wo0, 2. & company, caravan.
é-wo, 2. hail.
e-won, 7. « thistle.
é-wopn, 7. «a chain, bondage.
é-wu, 2. which pleases ; a loose garment, shirt.
e-wu-ni, 7. a pit covered with earth.
e-ya,n. a kind of panther.
é-ya, x. separation, contempt ; a division, tribe.
e-yé, n. fitness, worthiness.
e-yi, adv. yes (used only by males to superiors).
e-yin, x. a palm-nut ; the eye-ball.
e-yin, . an egy.
é-yin, n. praise, that which 2s celebrated.
e-yin-ko-lo, x. little hills made by earth-worms.
e-yin-no-gi, n. starch made of maize.
e-yon, 7. toe-atch.
F.
fa, v.
fa, v.
to shrink, as a raw hide; to abate: fa... li etay
(see fa... letan).
fa, adv. leisurely, freely, without restraint ; exceed-
ingly.
fa-ba-da. See dbada.
fa-da, x. (at Tlorin), the aristocracy, the aristo-
cratic quarter of the town.
fa-da-ka, n. silver.
fa-dze-re, n. the dawn.
fa-dzu-ro, v. to look sad.
lo scrape, shave, wipe, pluck ; lo prefer.
to draw, lead, crawl, creep, as a melon-vine ;
FEK
fa-gun, v. to protract.
fa-kpa, v. to withdraw, draw back.
fa...la,v. to lick.
fa...16,v. to tighten, to string a bow.
fa...le-tan (li), v. to seduce.
fa-m6, v. to cleave, to adhere.
fa...m6-ra (ard), 7. to embrace, to hug, to cleave
to.
fa-ra-hapy (fi ara), v. to become visible, to appear.
fa-ra-kp4, v. to hurt, to wound.
fa’-ra-m6 (fi), v. to adhere, to adjoin.
fa’-ra-we, v. to compare, make a trial of powers,
emulate.
fa-ri, v. to shave the head.
fa-ri, n. display, parade.
fa-r6, v. to be sad.
fa...se-hin (si chin), v. to draw back, withdraw,
abstain ; to shun, delay, withhold.
fa-té-le, n. a small cance.
fa...ti,v. to draw aside.
fa-tila, n. «a lamp.
fa-tu, v. to loosen, pull up by the roots.
fa...ya,v. to tear, rend: 6 fa mi gokoto ya, it
tore my trowsers.
fa-yo, v. to draw out, extricate.
fe, adv. long (in time), for ever.
fe-bi-kpa (ebi), v. to famish, starve.
fe-fe, n. boasting: se fefe, to boast.
fe-re, n. asthma.
fé-re, n. a flute, pipe.
fé-re, v. to sip.
fé-re-se, n. a window. -
fe-si (fi esi), v.
fe-ti (fi eti), v.
12.)
fe, v. to blow, fan: fe 16h, to blow away ; fe efe si,
to find fault with.
f£€, v. to love, to wish, desire, to be willing ; to woo,
to marry, procure in marriage. (Gen. 21, 21.)
fe, v. to breathe heavily, to puff, to distort the face,
to frown ; to enlarge: f£&...1]i efe (see fe lefe).
fe-di, Sce fe idi.
fe-dze (idze), v. to seek food.
fe-dze-fe-dze, n provender, food.
fe-dz0-m6 (fi), v. to accuse.
fe-dzti (odzfi), v. to look angry, to frown.
fe-dzu-fe-dzu, adv. frowningly.
fe-fe, v. to be few, to be near.
f€-fe (efe), v. to find fault, to accuse.
fe-fG, v. to betroth for or to.
fe-hin-ti (fi ehin), v. to lean on, to trust in; to
prop, support.
fe-i-di,v. to investigate.
fe-ka, v. to scatter, to strew.
to reply.
to listen, hearken, regard. (Gen. 21,
-
FEK
fe... kun, v. fo miss what is lost: mo fe iwe mi
kuy, J miss my book.
fe-le, fe-le-fe-le, v. to be fine in texture, smooth,
flat, thin.
fé...le-fe (li efe), v. to accuse, find fault with.
fe...lo-dzu (li odzZu), v. to choke.
fé-ni-fé-ni, x. dry pea-hulls.
fe...ni-ya-wo, v. to court, woo.
fe-n6d, v. to fan or winnow away, blow off.
fe-nu-ko (fi enu), v.
fe-nu-si (enu), v. to reply, intermeddle.
fe-ra (ara), . to be selfish.
fe-re, v. to be light, as to weight.
fe-re, adv. almost: fere mah, with difficulty,
scarcely.
fe-re-fe-re.
fe-ri (ori), v.
quire after.
fe-si, v. to find fault with.
fe...sd-na (si), v. to betroth: 6 ti fe aya sdna, he
has betrothed a wife.
fi, v. to make; to place, put, apply to a purpose.
fi, prep.
won, he smote them with a sword ; fii se baun, do
thus with it; fi oruko oba, in the name of the
king ; ami woli 4 6 fi md eyi? by what sign shall
we know this? fi ghogbo odzZo, for or during the
whole day.
fi, v. to swing, vibrate, wave, sling, incline to one
side.
fi... ba-le (ile), v. to place on the ground, to put
down ; to reject : fiagbon bale, set the basket down ;
mo fi okay bale, J laid my heart on the ground,
i. e. I rested, was contented, satisfied.
fi...bo,v. to put into, to put on, as a garment; to
dip, to soak: fi oka bo di 61rd, soak the corn till
morning.
fi...bo-mi (omi), ».
to kiss,
See fefe.
tocool the head, to rest ; to seek, in-
to dip, immerse, soak in
water.
fi... bu, v. to put on oath, to swear one; to accuse.
fi... bG,v. to abuse, vilify, curse.
fi... da-le (il@), ». to throw, as a horse his rider.
fi-di-ba-le (idi il@), v. to sit down.
fi...dz&-fa-ra, v. to slight, to treat with dis-
respect,
fi...dza-re, v. to justify, in a forensic sense.
fi...dze,v. to place in authority, to appoint.
fi...dze-bi (ebi), v. to condemn, to regard as
guilty.
fi...dze-wo ai-ye, v. to condemn to death.
fi...dzi,v. to forgive, to remit sin, repeal a law.
fi...dzi-ya (de), v.
to punish, to give up to
misery.
fi...dz6-na, 7. to burn: fi igi dZona, burn the
wood,
3 F
with, in, by, for, during: 6 fi ida gal”
ry
FIR
o
to appoint to office.
to appoint one to be king.
fi...dzo-ye (dze), v.
fi... dzo-ba (dze), v.
fi-fa, n. a tearing, that which is torn ov to be torn.
See fa.
fi-fa-yo, n. which is drawn out, extricated.
fifi, fin-fin, x. dimness, twilight.
fi-fi, n. a swinging, which swings, &e.:
wave-offering.
fi-fo, n. which is broken. Sce f6.
fi-£0, x. which is washed. See fo.
fi...fu, v. to give to, endow with.
fifa. See funfun.
fi...gbe, v. to give up to destruction, to destroy.
fi-gbo-na, v. to heat, to warm.
fi...guy, v. to put to the male.
fi...ha,v. to hang up, to suspend.
fi... han, v. to show, exhibit, reveal, betray.
fi... ka, v. to place or set upon.
fi... k6n, v. to add to: fi omiray kéy 6, add an-
other to it.
fi... kpé, v. to suppose, to pretend, to mean (Gen.
33, 8): nwon fii kpé woli, they supposed him to
be a prophet ; 6 fi ara ré kpé ynkan, he pretended
to be something great.
fi...1é-16 (ilé), fi...16, fi...sile, v. to put
down, leave, forsake: fi oye 18, to abdicate, resign
office.
fi...1é-lo-wo, v. to deliver to.
fi...li-kpo, v. to substitute.
fi...lo, v. to investigate, inquire, interrogate.
fi...m6, v.
ebo fifi, a
to suspect, attach to, impute.
fi...m06, v. to cause to know, to show, inform of.
fi...mu, v. to take hold of, grasp: fi ese mu ilu
(or ile), to grow firmly, to be established, confirmed.
fi... mu-lé (ile), 7. to establish, confirm: 6 fi ese
mu ilé wayi, he és now established.
fina, x». «a leather string.
fi-na, fe-na (fe ina), v.
fi...ni-lé. See fi-lé-Ié.
fin, v. to terminate, to be perfected ; to discover ;
to engrave, embellish ; to be fine, nice: bé...18
abé fin, to peel off the bark.
fin, v. to fill with smoke, smother, suffocate.
fin-dzu (odzi), v. to be neat, tidy, tasteful in re-
gard to one’s appearance.
fin-fin, n. which is carved, engraved, de.
fin-fin, n. dimness, twilight.
fin-rin, n. a thread.
fi-o-fi-o, adv. very (high): ilé ga fiofio, the house
as very high.
fi...ra-na. See fi... gbona.
fi-ran (oran), v. to aggress, to seek a quarel.
fi...ré,v. tocurse: firé, to be accursed.
fi-ri (fi and ri, to be), a complement of dzu, fo sur-
pass, employed in the sense of more ; as, 6 tobi
to blow the fire, kindle.
See fin.
FIR
déa énia firi (he is great surpassing man), he is
greater than man.
...TO,v. to twist, to sprain a joint.
.ro. See fina.
..TO, v. to chew, to dip into sauce.
.ru-bo, v. to sacrifice.
... 84D, 7. fo value: 6 fi Agutan san egha, he
valued the sheep at two thousand (cowries) ; fi..-
siy ow6d kan, to value at one cowry, i. e. to treat
with contempt ; mah fi omo sin ow6 kan, do not
treat the child with contempt.
fi...si,v. to add to, to contribute.
fi...si-lé,v. See fi... lé-le.
fi... si-n6 (ind), v. to keep or harbor in the mind.
fi... sin or sin-sin, v.
fi...so-lé (ilé), 7. to dash down, to lay the foun-
dation of a clay house.
fi...sdp or SUD, v. fo accuse, to sue.
fi...Se, v. to appoint.
fi...Se-en, v. to ridicule, disgrace.
fi... Se-fe, v. to ridicule.
fi... Se-le-ya, v.
fi... So0-fo, v.
fi...su,v. to deliver to.
fi... Su-ra, v.
fi-ti, v. to lean against ; to suspend oy postpone.
fi-ti-la, n. a lamp.
fi... to-re, v.
fi... we,v. to compare ; to wrap up.
fi... wd, v. to put into, to clothe with, indue ; to
bait a fish hook.
fi...yana. See figbona.
fi-ye-de-n6, v. to be patient under trials.
fi-ye-sf, v. to attend to.
fo, v. to be empty, wasted, lost ; to feel bereaved.
£6, v. to fly, jump, palpitate; to break away, as
clouds: aiyo fo mi, L am alarmed ; fd soke, to
float.
£6-dzi-sdy (odzi), v.
fo-dzu-di (odzf), v.
fo-dzt-kay-w6, v.
fo-dzi-kpé, ». to wink to, give a hint.
fo-dzt-si,v. to look at, attend to.
fo-dzG-sd-na (si dna), v.
fo-dzt-ti, v. to abash.
fo-dzt-to, v.
fo-fo,. foam.
f6-fo, v.
brightly, radiantly.
f6-ko-dza, v. to pass by, neglect. (Mat. 23, 23.)
£6-lo-f6-lo, n. the lights, lungs.
f6-re-si-gi, n.
fo-ri, v. to be thin, empty, as an ear of corn.
fo-ri-ba-le (ori ile), 2%.
submit.
to conceal.
to set at naught.
to waste.
to treasure Up.
to give, make a present.
to accuse of adultery.
to be insolent.
to squint. .
to look for, expect.
to oversee, superintend.
to be bright, glittering, radiant ;—adv.,
an ungrateful person, an ingrate.
to bow down, worship,
36
FUL
fo-ri-bo (ori), v. to plunge into.
fo-ri-fun, v. to submit to. (Gen. 4, 7.)
fo-ri-ti, v. to endure, persevere.
fo-ro, v. to afflict, to be bitter against.
fd-ya (aiya), v. to fear, to be discouraged.
fo, v. to skin, flay.
£6, v. to break, as a vessel ; to ache, as the head.
£0, v. to wash, cleanse ; to speak,
f6-dzu (odzt), v. tobe blind.
fd-huy (shun), v. to speak.
fd-kan-si (fi), v. to set the heart on, to be in
earnest,
fd-kan-sin, v. to be devout, to serve in heart.
£6-1€ (ilé), nr. to break into a house.
fo...li-o-dzu. See fo... lodzu.
fo...lo-dzu (li), v. to blind, put out the eyes of.
fo-lu (ilu), v. to destroy a town.
fo-na (ina), v. to take fire from the hearth.
fO-na-hapn (fi), 7. to show the road, direct, guide.
fon, v. to scatter, to sow ; to be slender ; to press,
squecze, choke ; to blow a flute or trumpet, to kin-
dle a fire.
fon-fon, adv. soundly (sleeping).
fon-gbin, v. to sow seeds.
fon-ka, v.- to scatter abroad, disperse.
fon-kon, v. to discharge menses.
fon-kpa, v. to choke.
fon-kpo (ikpe), v. 40 blow a trumpet.
fon-kpd, v. to crowd, as in a congregation.
fon ...lo-ron (li), v. to choke.
fO-ran-m6 (dran), v. to accuse, charge with.
fon-ru-gbin (iru). See fongbin.
fo-wo-ba (fi), v. to touch, feel.
fo-wo-ko, v. to go hand in hand, to embrace.
fo-wo-kpé, v. to beckon to.
fo-wo-ra-nu (enu), v. to be silent under wrong or
affliction.
fo-wo-ta (fi), v. to search or seek for carelessly.
fu, v. to grow, as a plant.
fu, fun, prep. for, to, of, by, with, on account of
mu @ fu mi, catch it for me; so fu won, speak
to them ; 6 k6n fu omi, tt is full of water ; fu ara
ro li 6 ge 6, he did it of himself, or of his own ac-
cord ; ifefe nmi fuafefe, a reed shaken by the wind ;
odéf r8 wuwo fu drun, his eyes were heavy with
sleep ; d46 fu ayd, to dance for joy.
fa, fan, v. to give, to be white.
fia, adv. quickly, at once, rapidly.
fu-dza, v. to brag, to boast.
fu-fu, fun-fun, n. whiteness, purity ; boiled yams
pounded.
fu-ke-fu-ke, adv. violently (palpitating).
fu-le, v. to be soft, as corn.
fu-le-fu-le, adv. softly.
fu-lu-fu-lu, rn. dry corn-husk.
FUN
fun. See fu. Fon alone, or as a syllable, is often | gba-di (idi), v.
pronounced fuy.
fu-ra (ara), v.
wickedly.
fu-ra, n. beer of grain and honey.
fu-ru, adv. silently, quietly.
fu-te-fu-te, adv. easily (torn).
fu-ye, v. to be light, as to weight; to be better, in
sickness.
G:
ga,v. to be high, tall.
ga,n. a title.
ga-bau’! interj. wonderful !
ga-ba-si, n. the east.
gé-fa-ra, v. an excuse: ge gafara fu mi, excuse me ;
$e gafara lodo won, let them alone.
gi-fa-ra! interj. beware! take heed! (Gen. 24, 6.)
ga-ga, adv. closely (crowded).
ga-ga-lo, n. stilts.
ga-ga-ra,n. a large gawky animal.
ga-la,n. «a kind of antelope.
ga-mu-ga-mu, ”. «a tomahawk, batile-axe.
gani-ga-ni, n. a despiser.
ga’-ni-ki, ga’-ri-ki, n. a shield.
gay, v. to pierce, to stab; to sew coarsely ; to cut
bushes ; to take by little at a time ; to be upright,
perpendicular. -
gan, adv. firmly: duro gan, to stand firmly.
gay, v. to despise, revile.
gan-gayn, 7. asmall quantity of sauce or the like.
gan-gan, v. to be perpendicular ; overhead ;—n.
erectness, perpendicularity : osayn gangan, midday.
gan-gan, adv. erectly, exactly, very.
gan-gayn, 7. «a kind of drum.
gan-ran, adv. straight (onward).
gan-ran-gan-ray. See gagara.
ga-ri, n. farina.
ga-ri,n. a saddle.
géri-ki, n. a shield.
ga-sa,v. to be tired out, much fatigued.
gé-sa! interj.. wonderful! indeed !
gauy, adv. very (much).
gba, v. to slap, to sweep, to collect together, to float
about: gba fu, to permit to remain at ease: gba...
lodZu (li), to slap in the face.
gba, adv. loudly (slapping) ;—v. to sound.
gba, v. to take, to take away from ; to receive, to
hold, as a vessel; to assist, succor ; to strain ; to
wrap up; to flourish ; to consent: obi iddraya,
to recreate, amuse oneself; wba aye, to be large,
roomy ; fi oddZa gba, to gird, encircle with a
band.
37
to be pale, to be suspicious, to do| gba-du-a, gba-du-ra, v.
GBA
to encircle the loins or the hilt of a
sword,
to pray to God.
to slander.
the barber's trade.
to let blood, to bleed, cup.
to assemble, to collect an assem-
gba...da-lu-mo, v.
gba-dza-m6, n.
gba-dze (edze), v.
gba-dZo (adzo), v.
bly.
gba-e-ri-dze, v.
gba-gba, n. which is capacious, wide.
gba-gban’-di-di, 7.
gba-gba-ro, n. eaves of a house.
gba-gbe (igbe), v.
gba... gb6, v. to believe, to obey.
gba-ge-de, n. a wall around a yard.
gba-guyn (ogtin), v. to inherit.
gbai, adv. loudly, noisily.
gbai-ye (gba), v. to Live, to be in the world.
gba-ko, adv. exactly, fitly.
gba-kpe (gba erukpe), v. to make mortar.
gba...1a,v. to save, rescue.
gba...la-ba-ra (li), v.
gba...1la-wipn (li), v.
gba-lé (ilé), v.
to bear witness.
a dry uncut gourd.
to forget.
to slap.
to credit, trust for goods.
to sweep the house.
gba-lé (ild), v. to sweep the ground or yard.
gbalé, v. to spread over the ground, to extend, in-
crease, flourish.
gba...le-dze (li), v. to bleed or cup.
gba... le-ri-dze (li), v. to bear witness for.
gba...lo-dza (li), v. to gird (Ps. 18, 32), swaddle.
gba...16h, v. to take away: 6 gba mi li ago 6h,
he took away my cloth.
gba...lo-wo (li), v. with one objective, to help,
succor ; with two, to deprive of, to take away
from: 6 gba mi lowo, he assisted me ; 6 gba omo
lowo mi, he deprived me of my child.
gba...1u, v. to dash or cast upon the shore, as
wayes: 6 gba dko It okuta, 7¢ cast the ship upon
the rocks.
gbam-gbam, adv. tightly, compactly (tied up).
gba... mi6-ra (ara), v. to embrace, hug.
gba...mu,v. fo seize upon, to make a pretext of.
(Luke 11, 54.)
gban-ga, n. a large room, hall, parlor.
gban-gba, n. publicity, which is exposed to public
view.
gba-ra, v. to boil slightly, parboil.
gba...r6,v. to relate in behalf of one, to defend a
cause: gba dran mi rd, defend my cause.
gba...silé (ile), v. to redeem by exchanging one
thing for another, (Exod, 13, 13.)
gba...so-do (si), v. to receive into friendship.
gba...se,v. to obey, observe a rule,
gba-ti, v. to crowd after one.
gba-we (aiwe), v.
to mourn, to fast,
GBA
gba-ye (aye), v. to be broad, large, roomy.
gba...w6, v. to hire or rent a house.
gbe, v. tobe, tolive, toabideat ; to take up, raise ;
to make, cause, perform ; to bear with one.
gbé, v. to perish, to go to perdition.
gbé, v. to be near, to help ; to be dificult: kd gbe
badde, (it) 2s not hard to spoil.
gbé-de (2b6), v. to understand a language.
gbe-de-gbe-yo (gba éde gba yo), v. to interpret
for persons speaking different languages.
gbe...di-de, v. to cause to rise, to raise up.
gbe...du-ro, v. to cause to stand, to uphold.
gbe-dze, v. to remain quiet, to be undisturbed.
(Ex. 28, 11.)
gbe~..ga, 0,
mote in rank,
gbe-go (ago), 2.
gbe:...ha, v:
gbe...ka, v.
the fire.
gbe...ka-le, v. to set down, set before, establish.
gbe-lé (gba), v. to exact usury, to take interest.
gbe...lé,v. See gbe... ka.
gbe...le-bu (li), 7. to lay crosswise.
gbe...le-ke, v. to exalt, extol.
gbe...1d-ray (li), v. to clear, acquit.
gbe...mi,v. to swallow.
gbe-ra-ga (ara), v. to exalt oneself, to be proud,
vain.
gbe-ré, v.
gbe-ri (ori), v.
gbé-ro (gba), v.
to raise up, exalt, magnify, to pro-
to dwell in a tent, to tabernacle.
to hang up, suspend.
to set upon: gbe é ka ina, set et on
to bid farewell.
to lift up the head, take courage.
to consider, intend, consult, think,
purpose.
gbé...ro,v. to cause to stand, erect, build.
gbe...rt,v. to lay upon. (Ps. 89, 19.)
gbe...San-le, v. to dash down.
gbe...wa&h, v. to bring.
gbe...w6,v. to raise from the ground in order to
judge of the weight.
gbe-ya-wo (iyawo), 7. to take a bride, to marry.
gbe, v. to be dry; to sharpen, whet ; tocarve, hew ;
to cackle, as a hen.
gbe-du, ». a kind of drum.
gbe-du-gbe-du, x. an overflowing, a wide extent
of water.
gbe-dze. See gbadze.
gbe-hin (ebé ehin), v. to follow ; to be too late.
gbe-dzo (gb6), v. to hear a cause or swit.
gbe-kap, v.
is sore or aches.
gbe-ke-lé, gbd-kan-lé (gbé), v.
depend on: mo gbekelé won, or mo ghokayn mi lé
to trust in, to
won, J trusted in them.
gbe-na-gbe-na (ona), n.
gben-gbe, adv. widely (extending).
a carpenter,
to feel sore: ara mi ebekan, my body |
38
| gbo-mi-gbo-mi, ».
GBO
gben-gbe-gben-ghbe, n. largeness or bulkiness.
gbé-san (gba), v. to take vengeance, to avenge.
gbe-se (gbe), v. to step nimbly.
gbé-Se (gba), v. to sin.
gbi-dza (gba), v. to asswme a quarrel, to defend.
gbi-gba, x. which is received, &e. See gba.
gbi-gbe, n. which is exalted.
gbi-gbe, n. which is dry, dryness ; which is hewn.
gbi-gbo-na, n. which is hot, heat.
gbi-gb6, x. which is heard, hearing.
gbi-hin (2b6), v. to hear news.
gbi-ke (gba), v. to accept a propitiation (applied
to idols).
gbi-kpe, v. to accept consolation, to take comfort,
to be comforted.
gbi-kpo (gba), v.
tuted for.
gbi-le. See gbale.
gbi-md (¢ba), v.
gbi-na (gba), v.
to glow. ;
gbi-ni-k6p, v. to fester, to be full of pus, to in-
flame. ;
gbin, v. to breathe heavily.
gbin, v.
gbin-gbi-ni-ki, n.
gbi-ro. See gbero.
gbi-yan-dzG, v. to endure.
gbi-te (ite), v. to accept worship or caressing.
gbi-ye-lé (iye). See gbtkelé.
gbo, v. to bark asa dog; to rub: gbo esin Ii ara,
curry the horse.
gb6, v. to be or grow old, to ripen, to be tough: gb
‘16h, to wax old.
gbo’-do-gi, n. the yaws.
gbo-dzu (odZu), v. to be bold, impudent.
gbo-dzt-gba, v. to be bold, impudent.
gbo-dzu-lé, v. to be resolute, confident.
gbo-dzu-w6-ke (oke), 7. to look up.
gbo-gbo, pron. all, every: titi odzo gbogbo, all
the day.
gbo’-go-d6, v. to be clumsy ;—adv. clumsily.
gbo-hun (gb6), ». to hear: gbdhun! hear! an
exclamation during a public address.
gbd-hun-gbo-hup, ». an echo: gbhohungbohuy
gba, the echo sounds.
gbo-ku (gba), v. to be stale, rancid.
gbo...le-nu (li), 7. to contradict.
gbo-lo-hun, x. @ single word, just « word.
gbdm-gbo, v. to be large, as a heap.
to take one’s place, to be substi-
to consider, advise, consult.
to be on fire, to catch fire, kindle,
to plant, sow.
bulk, bulkiness.
to be large, as a surface.
gbo-na, v. to be warm, hot, zealous, fervent.
gbo-nu (enn), v. to resist a proposition.
gbo-ngbo, x. rool, bottom of a matter.
gbd-ngbo-ta, ». Malaghetta pepper.
GBO
gbo-ro, n. a kind of snare.
gb6-ro, v. to be narrow.
gbod-ro, v. to be wide.
gbo-ruy (gbé oruy), v. to smell, lit. to hear a
scent,
gb6, v. to hear, heed: gbé ti, to hearken,
gbd, v. to flourish, as a plant.
gbo-do (gba edo), v. to dare, presume: 3 gbodo,
kd ghodo, no, not (emphatic).
gbo-go-do, adv. (falling) with a crash.
gbo-hin (ihin), 7. to hear news.
gbo-huyn (dhun), v. to hear a voice, to hear, See
gbohuy.
gb6-kan-lé. See gbekele.
gbd-ko (gba), v. to be navigable.
gbon, v. to be deep, great.
gb6n, v. tobe wise, cunning ; to strike ; to bale out
water.
gbon, v. to shake ; to move to tears, to be in dis-
tress, to sling a stone, to cast, throw.
gbon-gbon, ». depth ;—adv. headlong.
gbon-gbon-gbon-gbon, adv. clumsily.
gbod-ran (dran), ». to hear a cause, to hear.
gbo-ro, n. greens of squash-leaves.
gbd-ro, v. to be long and slender.
gbu-ro (2b6 iro), v. to hear of.
gbu-ru, adv. violently (raining).
ge (Egba for ke), v.
to cut.
gé,n. «a kind of cloth.
ge-ge,n. «a lot: se gege, to cast lots,
gé’-ge-le, n. «a bank of earth, a furrow.
ge-guy, n. a curse.
ge-le, n. a handkerchief.
gé-le, v. to be elevated, raised above the surface.
ge, adv. exactly.
ge-de-ge-de, n. dregs, sediment.
ge-ge, adv. even so, well: gege bi, even as.
ge-ge,n. a wen,
sene-gene, 2.
dilatory.
ge-re-ge-re, adv. in a lambent manner, as flame.
gé-re-gé-re, n. descent, slope, or brow of a hill.
ge-Sin (guy esin), v. to mount, to ride.
gi-di, a pleonasm in the Egba dialect: libisi 6 nloh
gidi, whither art thou going ?
gi-di-gi-di, adv. very much.
gi-di-gini, 2. tumult, uproar.
gi-ga,n. height.
giga-gi-ga, n. great height ;—adv. loftily.
gi-gan, x. which is pierced or to be pierced.
gi-gan, z. which is despised. (Acts 19, 27.)
gi-gi, gi-gi-le (ile). See gdgele.
gi-gi-e-se, x. the heel.
gi-go, n. which is slender ; which is puzzling.
gi-gd, x. which is stupid, awkward.
dilatoriness : $e genegene, to be
39
HAL
gi-guy, ». which is long; which is to be ridden,
(Acts 23, 24.)
gin-gin, ». a very little quantity or thing.
gi-ri, gi-ri-gi-ri, adv. closely, firmly, diligently.
giri-gi-ri, x. «a corn cob.
go-go, n. sharp points ;—adv. sharply, severely:
ara mi hay gogo, L am lean.
g0-ke (gun), go-ri, v. 0 go up, mount, ascend.
gon-go, v. to be sharp, acute.
go-ri. See goke.
go-ro, adv. shrilly.
go, v. to be long and slender, to stoop, to hide.
g6, v. to puzzle, perplex.
gO, v. to be stupid, awkward.
go-go, v. «a horse’s mane; a stick with a hook at the
end, for plucking fruit from trees; a child’s play
of lots. ?
§9-§0-wu, 2.
goi-goi, adv.
go-mbo, x. a table-spoon.
gon-gon, v. to be prominent, as the eyes; to be
large, as a bird’s beak.
§9D-S0D, §OD-S0D-§9D-s Ov, 2.
gu. See oun.
gu-de-gu-de, x. cloudiness.
gG-du-gt-du, ». scrambling: se gtidugidu, to
scramble ;—adv. entirely. (Gen, 31, 15.)
gu-du-gt-du, n. «a poisonous wild yam.
gu-fe, v. to belch.
gu-na (Ilorin), x.
gu-nu-gu-nu, n.
a sheet.
sluggishly.
a height, a steep.
the esculent watermelon.
a buzzard.
guy, v. to climb, to ride; to be long.
guy, v. toencamp ; to land, as a boat; to pond, as
water.
gan, v. to strike against, pound, stab, pierce: gungi
(igi) fo, to be torn or broken, as a bush in travelling.
gun-le (ile), v. to land, to run aground.
guy-ron, v. to recline.
guy-wa,v. to put on stately dress, to sit in state.
guy-ye (iye), v. to be fledged, feathered.
gu-su (Hausa), n. the south.
He
ha, v.
ha, v.
narrow.
h4, an expletive auxiliary.
ha, n.
nished.
ha! interj. denoting wonder.
ha-ha, x. a blade of corn, fodder.
ha-kun (ekun), 7. to shut a door.
ha...la-ye (li), v. to throng, crowd.
ha-lé (ile), v. to boast.
to scrape, scratch, bruise.
to lock, to wattle, to be entangled, crowded,
astonishment: ha ge won, they were asto-
HAM 40 IBE
hé...m6,v. to lock up, imprison. ;
ha...m6-ra (ard), v. to gird ; to be armed, har- L
nessed.
ha-na, x. to be crazy, to act the madman. i, a prefix forming nouns of action, and occasionally
hé-na-ha-na, 2.
ha-nta, adv. scrawnily: 6 rd hanta, he is very
lean.
ha-ntu, ha-ntu-ru (Hausa), v. to write.
hay, v. toscrape, to be worn out, asland ; to scream.
hap, v. to appear, become visible ; to draw out a nail ;
to hang up. :
hap ...1é-m6 (li), v. to maltreat.
ha-ri (ori), v. to do homage, to worship, to reve-
rence ; to share.
roughness.
hau! See ho.
he, v. to pick up things scattered.
he...so,v. to collect news to tell, to pick up crude
knowledge, to smatter.
he-wu (owu), 7. to grow grey-headed.
he, adv. yes (addressed by females to superiors).
hee, x. malignant envy.
he-le, adv. pantingly.
he-yi, adv. used for he by males.
hi-ha,n. narrowness.
hi-ht, x. conduct, behavior.
ho, v. to boil, ferment, lather, foam ; to shout, roar,
hoot at; to peel, strip: hé iho, to make a noise ;
6dzo nho bd, the rain is close at hand, lit. roaring
to come.
ho-kup, ».
ho-lé, ».
ho, v.
to move hastily ; to retreat.
h6, k6, adv. not: eyi hG! is it not this?
hd! ho-hu! an exclamation of contempt or of op-
position.
h6-hG, x. « kind of crow.
hoy. See huy.
h6n, v. toitch, be irritable.
hdn, v. to caw: kanakana dze, 6 yo, 4 hon, the
crow has eaten, he is full, he caws.
hop-rup, v.
hG, v. to pull up by the roots, to disinter.
hv, v. to moulder, rot ; to be feeble ; to germinate,
come up, as a plant; to behave ; to occur, to come
into notice, to be notable, distinguished : lailai li 6
hu, he flourished in ancient times.
hu-ko (oko), v. to produce herbs, as the earth; to
spring Up.
hu-ko, v.
hu-m6, v.
notion.
hun, v. to grunt.
hi-wai (iwa), v.
hu-ye (iye), v.
to shout, applaud.
to salute by acclamation.
to be narrow ; to peel or pare; to scratch ;
to snore.
to cough.
to meditate, devise, originate an idea or
to behave, to conduct oneself.
to be fledged, feathered.
other nouns from verbs; as, iba, a meeting, from
ba, fo meet. It is also used with the subjunctive
mode.
i, pron. he, she, it.
Z, pron. him, her, it.
i, adv. not: odudua igba nla medi, 4 de 1 8i, the
universe is two large calabashes, which are shut
and can not be opened.
i-ba, n. the act of meeting, &c. (see ba); a hiding,
an ambuscade ; a@ coincidence, a lucky hit.
iba, aux. part. should, ought, might, suppose
that: iba ge énia, if he were a man ; awa iba ti
kpada, we might have returned ; iba ge! would
that ! if that!
i-ba. See ba.
iba, n. fever: iba nse 6, he is sick of a fever.
i-ba-de, n. fitness, accordance.
i-ba-di (idi), n. the hips or loins.
i-ba-dze, n. «a spoiling, corruption, injury.
i-ba-dZo, x. a meeting with trouble, a difficulty.
i-ba-fin. See bafin.
i-bai-ye-dze, n. mischief, a stirring up of strife.
i-ba-ka, xn. a mule.
i-ba-ka’-si-e, 7.
i-ba-kpa-de, x.
i-ba-le (ile), x.
or tail of a loose garment; @ throwing or casting:
ibale oko, a stone’s throw.
i-ba’-lo-gun, x. a military officer. See baloguy.
i-ba-l6h, n. accompaniment, attendance.
i-ba-mé6-le, n. an ambuscade.
i-ba-nte, x. an apron.
i-bé-ra, x. the passage of migratory birds : awodi
16h Ibara, the hawks are gone to Ibara.
i-ba-re, n. friendship, alliance.
i-ba-r6, n. consultation.
i-ba-so-kpd, x. «a talking together, conference.
i-ba-So-run, 7”. « prime minister.
i-ba-tan, n. a relative, kinsman.
i-ba-wi, ». a judging, rebuke.
i-be-dzi (bi edzi), n. twins.
i-be-kpe-dze, n. perjury.
i-bé-re, n. an inquiry.
ib, adv. that place, yonder, there: nibs, there ;
sib, to there, yet ; niha ibe, near there.
i-bé-be, x. entreaty, supplication.
i-be-kpe, n. a pawpaw.
i-be-re, x. astooping ; a beginning, commencement.
i-be-ru, n. fear, dread, a fearing.
i-be-ru-bo-dzo (ba odo), 2.
bling.
a camel.
a chance meeting.
quietness, contentment ; the train
fear and trem-
a
IBE
i-bé-té-le, n. bribery.
i-bé-w6, x. «@ visitation, investigation.
Lbi, ». «a place, this place, here: ibi ghogbo, every-
where, every respect ; ibi iyawo, @ marriage ; ibi
oku, a burial ; ibi dZoko, an abode ; ni ibi ti, where.
Lbi, x. evil, hurt; a question.
L-bi, n. birth: ogtin ibi, birthright; ibi t®, travail
(Gen. 35, 16.)
any place whatever.
one home-born.
a native,
the natural state, untutoredness.
vexation, anger, wrath.
sorrow, regret, vexation.
a couch, a sofa. .
comes on.
Lbi-ki-bi, x.
i-bi-lé (ilé), 2.
i-bi-lé (ile), n.
i-bi-mbi, x.
i-bi-n6, n.
i-bi-n6-dze (ind), n.
i-bi-ro-gbo-ku, n.
L-bi-si, 7.
i-bo, x.
niha ibo, where away, in what place? ara ibo li
iwo? a citizen of what place art thou? or whence
art thou ?
i-bo, x. breadth ; lot, sortilege.
i-bo-de (ba ode), . custom-house at the gates of
towns.
i-bo-dzi, n.
i-bo-dzin, n. a shade.
i-bo-dzZo, n. a fearing, trembling for fear.
i-bo-dzu (odzf), x. a veil ; dissimulation.
i-bo-dzu-w6, n. superintendence.
i-bo-mi-w6p, ». sprinkling, affusion.
i-bd-mo-lé, n. a concealing, concealment.
i-b6-ra (ara), x. a covering for the body.
i-bO-ri (ori), n. a covering for the head or top.
i-b6-se (ese), n. @ hoof.
i-bo-ni, n. « supporting of one’s cause.
i-bon,7”. «@ gun.
i-bo’-ri-Sa, n. idolatry.
i-bo-se (ese), x. a stocking.
i-bo-wo (ow6), x. a glove.
i-bu, ». abstraction of a part.
i-bu, i-bu-bu, n. breadth, diameter ; an abyss, a
channel ; depth.
i-bu-ba, n. «a hiding-place.
i-bi-bu, n. crosswise, coastwise: ni ibiibu ;—adv.
crosswise.
i-bu-do, ”. «@ camp, encampment.
i-bu-du-ro (ibi iduro), ». @ stand, stand-point.
i-bu-dze (ibi idze), n. a feeding-place, a manger.
i-bu-dzo-ko, x. a habitation, abode.
i-bu-ke, n. a carver, engraver, carving.
i-bu-kon, n. a blessing: ibukoy fu li iwo, blessed
art thou.
i-bu-kup, ».
tempt.
i-bu-mo (ibi imo), x. « watering-place or trough.
i-bun, x. « gift, present.
6
increase.
the place in which, where: ni ibo, where ?
a den, pit, grave.
a deficiency, remnant ; disgrace, con-
4]
{i-bu-ra, n.
IDA
an oath,
i-bu-ru, ». wickedness, evil-doing.
i-bu-si, n.
i-bu-w6n, x. « sprinkling, staining.
i-bu-yin, x.
ida, n. wax, resin.
i-d4, n. which is created, which is natural ; a din-
sion, part, point of time: ni ida ana, at this time
an addition, a blessing.
honor, reverence,
yesterday ; ida kevin, @ fourth. part ; ida merin,
Jour parts.
i-da, n. See da.
i-da,n. a sword, cutlass.
i-da-a-sa, x. «a scrap of cloth, a patch.
i-da-do, x. «an island, a detached abode.
i-da-du-ro, n. detention.
i-da-dzi (edzi), n. half; a flaw in cloth.
i-da-dzo, n. «a collecting, a collection.
i-da-dzo, n. judgment, sentence of the judge.
i-da-dzo-la, n. condemnation.
i-da-gi-ri, n.
i-da-gi-de, n. cold cloudy weather.
ida-gun-sile, n. which causes war.
i-dé-ho-ro, n. desolation.
i-da-hun, n. «a reply.
i-da-ke, n. silence, quietness.
i-da-ke-dze, i-da-ke-ro-ro, n.
i-da-ko-dza, n. a passing over or by.
i-d4-ko-r6 (dko), x.
i-dé-kpd, n. mixture, fellowship, wnion.
i-da-k-da, ». a bad breaking.
ida-ki-da, ». a bad bending.
i-da-me-dzi, n. half.
idame-rin, x. « fourth part, quarter.
ida-me-ta, n. « third.
i-da-me-wa, 7”. « tenth.
i-da-md, x. «@ mistaken opinion, heresy.
i-da-mo-rap, ». a plan, device, invention.
i-da-mu, n. confusion, perplexity.
i-da-na, n. a little portable furnace ; a feast.
i-da-nde, n. redemption.
i-da-ni-la-ra, i-da-ni-lo-dzu, n.
trouble.
i-dan, n. which is smooth, sleck ; sleight of hand ;
a joint of grass ; brightness ; a piece sewed to the
bottom of trowser legs : omo idan, « damsel.’
i-dan-ra-w6 (ara), n. a trial of strength, exertion.
i-dan-w6, n. trial, temptation.
i-da-ra, n. goodness, beauty.
i-da-ray, n. transgression.
i-da-ra-ya, n. cheerfulness, liveliness.
i-da-ri-dzi, n. forgiveness, pardon.
ida-ro, n. anxiety, sorrow.
i-d4-ro, n. dross of iron, cinders.
idéron-sile, n. which causes disease or pesti-
lence.
an alarm,
quietness, a calm
an anchor.
disappointment,
IDA 42
i-daru-da-kpd, x. a confused mingling or mixture. |
ida-si, ». which is spared, a remnant, gleaning,
officiousness.
i-da-silé, n. a beginning, cause ; an ordinance or
law.
i-da-se, n.
i-dé-w6, n. consulting the gods or an oracle.
ida-wo, 7. See idaro.
i-da-wo-kpd, n. union, combination.
ida-ye-da-ye, adv. now and then, occasionally.
ide, n. bondage, bond ; a binding: ni ide, bound.
i-de-bi-kpa (da ebi), x.
i-de-hun, ».
ide-le, n. guardianship ; family medicine.
idena,». a king’s officer who has charge of the
revenues of a district ; a custom house ; an ob-
struction in the road, a hindrance ; a lying in wait,
a venture, risk, hazard.
starvation.
a bargain.
an ambuscade.
i-de-ni, x.
ide-ri, n. a lid, a cover.
i-de-ti (idi eti), n. the bur of the ear.
i-de. See de.
i-de, x. brass.
i-de, n. a demijohn.
i-dé. See dé.
i-de-kun, . @ snare. |
i-de-ti, x. failure, inability.
i-de-wo, 7.
bondage.
a trial, temptation, snare.
i-di, n. «a bundle, sheaf, bunch ; costiveness.
i-di,n. the rump, buttock, hilt ; a source, cause, rea-
son: vi idi, to understand, to prove ; wa idi, to in-
vestigate ; so idi, to explain.
idi, n. an eagle: idi baba akosa, the eagle is the
father of birds of prey.
i-di-dzi, x. a fright, an alarm.
i-di-gba-r6 (da), x.
posture.
idi-kpo (da), 7.
i-di-le (ilé), ».
i-ditu (ilu), 7.
i-di-n6 (ind), n.
i-din, 7.
worms.
i-di-ron (iron), 7.
i-di-rdy (ordn), 7.
i-do’,n. encampment, settlement, colonization ; siege;
the herb canna.
i-do-do, 7.
i-do-gbo-lu, 7.
i-do-ko, x. an arriving at the farm ; the name of
a town.
i-don, x. the bed-bug, chinch.
i-don, x. sweetness, pleasantness.
i-du-gbo-lu. See idogbolu.
i-du-ro, ».
a remaining in a standing
union, combination.
kindred or race of the same stock,
a mixing, a mixture.
anger, passion ; costiveness.
a maggot, skipper: di idin, to breed
a plaiting of the hair.
a neck-tie.
the navel ; in the Iketu dialect, a room.
a stumbling-block.
a standing, the erect position.
IFA
i-dza,n. a blow.
i-dza, n. wrestling, fighting, war, strife : 1dza 1dzi,
motion of the whirlwind.
i-dza-ba, x. trouble, annoyance.
i-dza-dan, n. fruit which the bats have gnawed.
i-dza-de-l6h, n. a going forth.
idza-du, n. scrambling, earnest contest.
idza-i-ya, x. fear.
j-dza-k4-di, n. wrestling, struggling.
i-dza-kpa-ti,n. a pitched battle, contest ; a snatch-
ing from the hand.
i-dza-loh, n. the black ants called “ drivers.”
i-dzanu, n. a bridle-bit ; a club with an iron hook
on the end used by kidnappers.
i-dzan-dza, n. small pieces.
i-dza-ro, n. detection of falsehood.
i-dza-San, n. a leathern guard on the left wrist to
defend it against the bow-string.
i-dze, n. «a race, competition, emulation.
i-dzé, n. a reed ; the seventh day.
i-dze-dzi-la, n. twelve days ago.
idze, x. an effect ; a response, reply.
idze, n. feed, food, wad of a gun.
i-dze-bo, x.
i-dze-ka, n.
an altar.
deep sleep, snoring.
i-dze-re, n. the silk of maize.
i-dze-ri, n. testimony, evidence,
i-dze-rin, n. four days ago.
i-dze-ta, n.
Ldzi, n. a whirlwind, a storm ; fright, surprise.
i-dzi-gbo, x. «a chief priest.
i-dzi-go-ron, 7.
i-dzi-ka, n.
i-dzi-la, x.
i-dzi-le, n.
i-dzi-m6, 7. See adzimé.
idzi-na, x. depth (from the top of a height), dis-
tance, expenditure.
i-dzi-ni (oni), . seven days hence.
i-dzin. See idzi and idzina.
i-dzi-Se-kpa-le (ilt), . the early afternoon.
i-dzo-wu, . jealousy, envy.
i-dzo-ye, ”. officer.
i-dzo, v. an assembly.
i-dz6, x. a day: idz6 odin, new year’s day ; idzé
bibi, birth-day ; idz6 ghogbo, daily.
i-dz6-k4n-lo-gb6p (li ogbdn), adv. seldom, occa-
sionally, now and then.
i-dzo-ni, x.
three dags ago.
a ravine, valley.
deep sleep.
a famous or notorious person.
depth, mysteriousness.
eight days hence.
Tdzu, n. wilderness.
i-dzu-re, x. « pattern. See akpedzure.
T-fa, n. one of the Yoruba idols.
ifa,n. around shave, used for scooping out the
pulp of green calabashes.
ifa,n. gain, luck ; abatement, ebbing.
? x ? ? ?
IFA
ifa-gi (igi), rn. « drawing-knife.
i-fa-ni, n.
ifa-ron (oron), m. an tron instrument with which
the bowstring is drawn.
ife,n. acup; a whistling.
i-fe-fe, n. a reed.
ife-re,n. a flute, a pipe.
ife-ti-si (fi), x. attention to, obedience.
i-fe, n. love, will, desire.
i-f6, n. a belching, eructation.
i-fe-kt-fe (ki ife), m. irregular desire, lust.
ife-ni, x. charity, philanthropy.
ifé-se-dzi, n. forgiveness of sins.
i-fi-bu, x. who is cursed: ifibu li on, accursed is he.
ifi-bun, ». a gift, present.
i-fi-dzi, n. pardon, remission,
ifi-han, n. «a showing, revelation.
ifimo,ifi-ran-mo,n. suspicion, a fastening u (pon.
i-fo-le, n. « home-born slave.
i-fo-ri-fo, rn. «a flake, a spark of fire.
i-fo-ya, n. fear, dread.
if6, n. abundance ; bawling.
if6, n. cleansing ; utterance.
i-fo-ko, n. shipwreck.
ifo-le (ilé), x. burglary.
ifo-lu (ilu), x. the destruction of a town.
ifon, ”. a gut, bowels, tripe.
ifn, n. a severe eruptive itching of the hands.
ifon-fon, x. a small honey-making fly.
i-fon-kpo, x. «a crowd.
ifun, rn. whiteness.
iga,n. height, stature.
i-ga,m. stretch, extension: na iga, to stand at full
stretch, reaching up.
the space of six days.
Igana, x. a wall, a walled enclosure, the name of
a town.
igan, n. contempt, contemptuousness : igan amado,
the large wild boar.
igan-gan, n. «a kind of yam.
i-gan-gan, n. largeness, hugeness.
i-gan-rin, n. a mattock. =
i-gan-re, n. a pick-aze.
i-ga-ra,n. arobber, robbery.
igba, x. admittance, reception ; beating upon; a
gourd cut for use ; time, opportunity : ni igba ti,
in the time which, when; ni igba na, then ; ni
igha kpikd, many times ; igba ori, the skull.
i-gba,n. the African locust-tree,
i-gba, num. two hundred.
igb4, n. tomato.
i-gba-dzi, n.
i-gba-dze, n. «a large gourd.
igba-gbe, n. forgetfulness, oblivion.
i-gba-gb6, n. fuith.
i-gba-ko, n. a ladle.
a loin-girdle.
4
3 1GO
i-gba-ku-gba, n. any time: ni igbakugba, often
L-gba-la,n. salvation, deliverance: gc igbala, to save.
i-gba-mu, n.
i-gba-ni, n.
i-gba-ni, n. ancient times: ard igbani, ancients.
i-gba-ro-ko, n. the hip-joint.
igba-ti (cti), x. @ border, edge.
igbe, x. «a taking ; Sorgetfulness. See ighagbe.
i-gbe-kun, n.
i-gbe-le, n. usury, interest: ge igbele, to exact
USUTY.
i-gbe-ra, n. self-defence, vindication.
i-gbe-ri (gbe and ri), x. nearness.
i-gbe-ri (ori), x. position above the head.
27, 37.)
i-gbe-ri-ko, n.
i-gbe-ro, n. consideration.
i-gbe-se, ». debt, desert.
i-gbé, n. bush ; figuratively, feces.
igbe-hin (igba), n. the last, the afterpart, the end
of a period.
i-gbe-ke-le, x.
i-gbe-sin, n.
i-gbi-md, x. «a councillor.
i-gbin, x. a snail ; an effort to remove anything.
i-gbo, x. a forest.
Lgbo, x. an assembly of priests, a sacrifice.
i-gbo-du, i-gbo-fa, n.
i-gbo-i-ya, i-gbo-dza, n.
i-gb6-kun (gba), n.
i-gb6-ro, n. bush-grown fallow land.
i-gbo-ro, ». a street.
i-gbo-ro-bo, n. the thumb.
i-gbo-Se,x. after awhile: 6 diighose, let him wait
a while, after a little ; yié wah ni igbose, he will
come by and bye.
i-gb0, n. hearing, attention, trust, obedience.
i-gbo-kG-gbo, n. credulity, one who is credulous.
igbon-ra (ara), x. a shaking of the body.
igbon-w6, n. the elbow, a cubit: $0 ni ighonwé,
to jog with the elbow.
i-gbo-wo (gba), 2
ige-de,n. a mystery (superstitious).
i-ge-re,n. a fish-pot.
seizure.
a@ span.
a male captive.
(Mat.
a neighborhood, province.
hope, assurance. See gbekele.
a female captive.
@ sacred grove.
courage.
a sail,
a pledge, token ; a cubit.
i-ge,n. a sitting, perching.
i-ge, x. the breast, chest.
i-ge-kpa, n. a bird-snare.
i-gi,n. wood, tree, stick, stalk, stem ; igi imo, snout.
i-go,n. a bottle.
i-g6n-go, n. a grub-worm : igdygo ofon, the wind-
pipe.
i-gon-gon, n. tip, end.
i-g6, n. perplexity : igo igi, roots above the ground
bracing the tree.
i-gon, nr. the shin.
Peat an +r aera
1GO 44 IkP
i-gon, 2. «a corner, an angle. li-kf, n. salutation.
iguyn, x. a vulture. iki-be, n. a sash, a band.
igun-wa, 2. siting in state, stateliness (of dress). |i-kKi-ni,x. salutation.
i-gu-so, x. «a tobacco pipe, a forked stich, an instru-
ment of torture.
iha, ». the side, a part, portion, region : iha ikpiy
il8, the ends of the earth ; iha ind, the enward
parts ; ni iha ibé, in those parts ; iha ekpo, the
husk of the palm-nut.
iha-ga-ga, 2. a press, a crowd.
i-ha-ho, n. crust or burnt part at the bottom of the
pot.
iha-le, xn. poverty.
iha-ri, n. homage.
ihin, n. place, this place, here, hither.
Lhin, x. narration, news, thing, reputation.
ich6, n. noise, &e. See ho.
tho, n. a hole, pit, ditch: iho imo, ‘the nostrils ;
iho itebo, @ socket for a tenon, @ mortise.
tho, iho-ho,i-h6-ri-ho, x. nakedness : ni ihoho,
naked.
i-ho-kun, ih6-lé, ». acclamation.
ih6, n. a district spared for hunting, a park.
ihd-hu, vn. down.
i-hu-lé (ile), ”.
ika,n. a finger.
i-ka, n. cruelty, obstinacy, wickedness.
i-ka-ka, n. a muscle (shell-fish).
ika-kika, n. great wickedness.
i-ka-ndu, x. «a large stinging ant.
ika-ni, n.
i-ka-ni-la-ra (kan li), nm. piercingness, or power of
words.
i-ka-n6 (ind).
origin, rise.
a waist-band.
See ika.
i-kan, n. cane with which chairs are bottomed.
i-kén, n. the white ant, a large species of termites.
i-kan, xn. « kind of egg-plant.
i-kan-dzu, n. «a hastener: ikandZu dzaiye, one
who hastens to be rich.
ikan-guyp, 2.
i-ka-ra,n. a back yard ; a clam.
ika-si, n.
i-ké-w6, n.
ike, rn. wory;
sculpture ; a joint, a partition, a ring of bread ;
extremity, remote corner.
respect ; that which is stale.
control, mastery : $e ikawo, to subdue.
a hump or hunch; carving,
an outcry.
ike-de,n. «proclamation: se ikede afidzi, to pro-
claim the repeal of a law.
ike-le (ilé), . @ partition, a room.
i-ke, x. indulgence, devoted attention to.
ike, n. hoarseness.
i-ke-hin, x. the end, the last: ni ikehin, at last.
ike-kun, 7”. «@ snare.
ikena, n. large wood for the fire.
Lki, n. thickness of a liquid, as soup.
iki-ri, xn. wandering.
iki-we-dze, ». «a wrinkle.
i-ko, x. palm-leaf fibres woven into cloth : iko-eti,
a binding on the edge of cloth.
i-ko, x. a large tall basket in which peas are stored.
i-ko-dzo, x. «a gathering: ikodZo oko, harvest.
i-ko-gun, n. plunder, captivity.
iko-ko, n. «a pot: ikoko taba, a tobacco pipe.
i-k6-ko. Sce ikoriko.
i-ko-l6h, ». a carrying away, captivity.
ikon-ko-S0, n. «a kind of rat-trap.
iko-re, x. a harvest, a crop.
iko-ri-ko, n. grass; a hyena.
i-ko-ro, n. bitterness.
ik6-ro, n. a sky-light.
i-ko-ro, ». a perch (fish).
i-ko-ti, n. « hair-pin.
i-ko, x. acold chisel, a tack ; w cough ; a skein ;
doctrine. Sce ko.
i-ko, x. a messenger.
i-k6-dzu-si, x. a fronting on, moving or
towards.
i-ko-ko, ». the inner corner of a thing, a secret
place, privacy.
i-k6-ko-ro, n. a hook.
i-ko-ku-Ko (iko ki iko), n. false doctrine.
i-ko-le (ile), n. the head man of a farm.
i-kon, 7. a squirrel ; mucus ; fulness.
i-kOn, n. «@ murmuring.
i-kon-d6 (ddo), x. a freshet.
i-kon-du, n. the end, as of a box.
i-kon-ra, n. fatigue, satiety.
i-kOn-si-no (in6), x. a grumbling.
i-kon-wo (ow6), a handful.
i-kon-w6-si-le (ile), x. an overflowing full mea-
sure.
i-ko-ra, xn. a loud howling, a crying out.
i-ko-se (ese), x. a stumbling, a hindrance.
i-k6-se-b4, n. an unexpected event, a chance.
ikpa, x.
road. :
i-kpa, x. power, circumstances in life ; a part, a ~
party ; a kick.
i-kpai-ya,n. fearfulness.
ikpa-ka, n. « corn-floor, barn.
ikpa-kan, x. a part.
i-kpa-ka-ra, n. «a spacious back yard.
i-kpa-ko, n. the hollow on the back of the neck :
yi ikpako si, to flee from.
i-kpa-kpa, n.
i-kpa kpo, 7.
i-kpa-la-ra, n.
looking
a path, foot-print, channel: ikpa Ona, @
a prairie.
a mingling, a mixture.
hurl, injury.
Wacen 45 IMA
i-kpa-le-m6, ». preparation: ikpalem6 oko, har-
vest.
i-kpa-na, . a place: iwo mbé ni ikpana mi, thow
art in my place or seat.
i-kpa-ni, x. manslaughter, murder.
i-kpan-ka, n. a bargain as to price.
i-kpan-ko-ro 9o-mo, 7. «@ girl.
i-kpa-ra, x. suicide ; rust on metal.
i-kpa-ré, ikpa-run, 7. destruction.
i-kpa-ri (ori), x. baldness.
i-kpa-ro, n. «a change, exchange.
i-kpa-se (ese), . a foot-print, a path.
i-kpe, x. «a trumpet. See kpe.
i-kpe-dze, n. an invitation to a feast.
i-kpe-dzi, n. an opening, interval, interstice, as be-
tween the teeth, or between threads of cloth.
i-kpe-le, x. a distant relation.
i-kpen-kpe-dzu, ». the eye-lash.
i-kpe-re, n. the small snail.
i-kpe-ti, n. a snare for beasts. .
i-kpe, x. the shoot of maize or Indian corn ; a fish-
scale ; a flat stick on which raw cotton is wound.
ikpe, x. entreaty : S86 ikpe, to beseech.
ikpé-fon, ». a bailif’: ikpefon ighese, petty debts.
i-kpe-kpe, a scale, as of a fish, @ small shell; ikpe-
kpe okuy, a sea-shell,
ikpe-re, n. «a halter for a horse.
i-kpé-re, x. young people.
i-kpilé, ikpile-se, n. foundation, beginning.
i-kpin, x. one’s good genius ; a species of rough-
leafed fig ; a division, dc. (See kpin): ikpin ile
nini, @ portion of an inheritance ; ikpin re, his
share.
i-kpin-ka, n. distinction.
ikpo, n. place, stead, office, rank, condition ; fold,
double: ikpo okfi, the place of the dead, hades.
ikpo-m6, x. mingling, mixture: ikpOm6 énia,
mingled people.
i-kpo-rup, ”. « parasol.
i-kpd, n. abundance, cheapness.
ikpd-dzu, x. the greater part, majority.
i-kpon, ». thickness ; a wooden spoon. Sce kpon.
ikpon, x. irony: ran ikpon si, to speak ironically
of.
i-kpon-dzu, n. distress, adversity.
i-kpo-ri, x. the great toe.
i-kpo-si, n. scorn, contempt.
i-ku, n. end, termination.
i-ka, n. death.
i-kd, n. the gable of a house, end of a box.
i-ko-du, n. a clay pit.
i-ku-dza-re (de), n. the gathering of locust fruit.
i-ku-gbu, x. preswinption.
i-ku-ku, n. the fist.
i-ki-ku, nr. a cloud, fog.
i-ki-le (ilé), nthe gable of a house.
i-kuyn, 2. the belly, abdomen ; a cavity, bowl.
i-kup-ra (ard), ”. ointment for the body.
i-ku-sa, ”. nearness.
i-la,n. okra.
ila, x. «a cleaving, a cleft; salvation, escape ; ap-
pearing, state, condition; tattoo ; circumeision :
ila orun, swnrise, the east.
ila-gun, x. first fruit of the season.
ilai-ya, ». boldness, courage.
i-la-ka-ka, n. forcible impression.
ila-na, ». «an ordinance: ge ilana, to ordain.
i-la-ra,n. envy ; freedom: Se ilara, to envy.
ila-ri,n. a king’s herald.
i-la-sa,n. the okra leaf.
i-la-sa-d6, ». a kind of herb.
i-lé, n. ahouse: ilé abere, a needle-case ; ilé Ase,
a kitchen ; ile ato, the bladder ; ilé evo, an inn ;
é eiye, @ bird’s nest ; ilé iso, a stable ; ilé oku, a
tomb.
ile, n. a bird snare. See also le.
i-le-ke, n. which is above, an upper garment.
i-lé-ko. See ileto.
i-le-ko, x. a pistol.
i-le-ra (ara), n. strength, which is strong.
i-le-ri, n. «@ promise, vow: $e ileri, to promise.
i-le-ru, ». a furnace.
i-le-to, x. a village.
i-lé, x. ground, earth (see le): il€ ini or nini, a pos-
session ; 118 oku, a burying ground ; ilé oba, a
kingdom ; ile mé, it is daybreak ; ile Su, it is dark ;
ilé aiye, the earth ; ile biri, a small piece of ground,
a field,
ilé-da, black soil, manure.
ile-ke, n. w-vad: ileke okpolo, toad’s eggs.
i-le-kpa, ». «a grave, tomb.
ile-kun, ». a door-shutter.
i-le-Se, n. the beginning.
i-lo, i-lo-ro, ». « porch.
ild, xn. a using, use: ohuy ild, a vessel.
i-lo-ri, x. « whirling round.
ilo, n. an accusation, a charge. Sce lo.
iloh, x. See loh.
i-lo-lo, n. fetidness ; lukewarmness.
i-lo-ra, n. delay: Se ilora, to delay, tarry.
i-lo-So, n. @ squatting posture.
ilu, n. agimlet; atown. See lu.
ilu, nn. adrum. See lv.
i-lu-ke-dzi, n. « small village.
i-ma, aux. part. a sign of continued action. See
ma.
i-ma-do, n. a kind of wild boar.
i-ma-le,x. a Yoruba proselyte to Mohammedanism.
i-ma-ra-du-ro (mu ara), x. continence, self-re-
straint.
IMA
i-ma-ti-ko, x. an instrument for drawing the bow-
string.
ime-le, x. idleness, indolence: ge imele, to be an-
dolent.
imi, x. dung.
imf{, x. «a breathing.
imi, 7». a shaking: imi eddy, sighing, a sigh.
i-mi-lé,n. « shaking of the earth.
imi-si, x. breathing on, inspiration.
i-mo-dzZo, n. «a kind of rat.
i-mo-dun-dzu-o, imo-dzu-o, n.
im6-re, n. gratitude,
i-mo-ru (imu orn), ». heat of the sun:
odZé, the heat or middle of the day.
imo-ye,». intellect, understanding. See moye.
imo,z._ the nose.
i-md, 2. knowledge, interpretation, decision : fi imd
sokay, to agree together.
imo-dze, 7.
im6-dzt, x. drunkenness.
i-m6-dzu, 2. superior knowledge.
i-m6-dzu-m6, n.
i-m6-le, n. light: se imole, to enlighten.
i-m6-le, n. «@ conspiracy.
i-mo-mo, 7.
imo-ni-no, x.
i-mo-ran, ”. a wise man.
i-mo-ta (mo ta), x. a having sold out.
im6-te-le, x. foreknowledge.
i-mu, x. sharpness, severity. See mu.
i-mu-b4, 2. means, instrumentality.
i-mu-ku-ro, 7.
imu-le, 7. j/irmness, as to standing.
immu-na-mu-na, 7. the fire-fly.
imu-ni-bi-no, x. a provocation.
imu-nt, 2. activity, in a cause.
imu-re,n. a flea.
ima,n. a fire; a blossom; a louse.
i-na, x.
See na.
ina-bi, n. a plant which blisters the skin.
ina-ki, n. the chimpanzee, ape.
ina-kt-na (ki), 2.
inan, 7. sight, vision.
ine-dzé-dzi, n.
inf, n. possession: ini ré kpd, his possessions are
the fore-finger.
imoru
the water ordeal.
the dawn.
the grass-nut,
conscience.
taking away.
See na.
a whipping, a stripe or stroke with the whip.
extravagance.
sides of the doorway.
great.
ini-la, nz.
i-ni-la-ra, n.
ini-ra, n. freedom ; difficulty, strait, need.
ini-rap, 7.
ind, x. the inside, mind, womb ; an indentation or
bowl (Ex. 25, 34): iné diddy, pleasure (of mind):
greatness,
oppression.
remembrance.
46
IRO
hearted ; in6 badze, to be displeased ; ind yo,
to pity ; ekon ind, the fulness of a thing (Ps. 50,
12); ni ind, in, within ; ind middn, L am pleased,
happy ; in6 ddy mi, L am pained, grieved.
i-no-bi-bi, n. fretfulness.
ind-dzG, n. «a towel for the face, a handkerchief.
in6-le (ilé), n. inside the house.
i-no-se, n. a foot-towel.
in6d-w6, n. a hand-towel.
ita,n. «a morass, a bog ; a kind of horse.
i-ra-do, n. compassion.
i-ra-kpa-da, n.
ira-le, n. lathing, laths.
i-ra-le,n. evening.
i-ra-na, n. «a propitiation made for the dying.
iran, . «a sight, seeing ; a generation, a race ; re-
semblance.
i-ran-di-ran, n. successive generations, genealogy.
i-ran-Se, 2. a servant.
i-ran-wu, ». a cotton-spinner. (Pr. 44.)
i-ra-wo, n. «a star,
i-re,n. play.
i-ré,n. a going off, as a trap: @ curse, an urging
forward, haste. .
i-ré, n. goodness ; well-wishing ; gait of a horse.
i-re-de (dde), n. revelling, revelry.
ire-gun, n. abuse, a curse.
ire-ke, n. sugar-cane.
i-re-ko-dza, n.
i-re-kpa, n. transgression.
i-re-kpe, x. «a scrap or remnant of cloth.
i-re-ni, n. four days hence.
i-re-ra,n. pride.
i-re-ri,n. «a being past harvest time.
i-re-ti, x. hope.
i-re,n. friendship, dc. See re.
i-re, 7. a corn-tassel.
i-re-na, x. candle-snuffers.
i-re-ni-dze, n. a cheating, fraud.
i-ri, n. sight, dc. See ri.
iri, xn. dew, mist.
iri-dz2t, n. a steward.
i-ri-na, n. a sight, a spectacle.
i-ri-ndo, ».
i-rin, n. iron; a kind of rat-trap.
i-rin, i-rin-le, i-rin-miy, ».
i-trin, ». See rin.
i-ri-ra, n. hatred, an abomination.
i-ri-ran, 2.
i-ri-ri, n.
iro, 7.
1-46, 2.
iro,n. the chimpanzee.
See ra.
redemption.
a passing over.
NAUSEH,
dampness, moisture.
walking, be.
See irina.
experience.
a telling, de.
a stirring, &e.
See ro.
See ro.
ge ind ddy si, to be pleased with, delight in; ind |\i-ro-bi-n6-dze, n. grief, trouble.
rere, a good disposition ; se ind rere, to be kind-
i-ro-gba, ». an assembly of the elders.
1IRO 47 ITA
ir6-kt-+6, n
i-ro-na, ».
i-ro-n6, 7. consideration, thought.
i-ro-n6-kpi-wa-da, n. repentance.
i-ro-ra, n.
an evil thought.
a going in quest of.
pain, groaning.
iro, x. «a relating, interpretation, dc. See ro.
i-r6, n. a fib; texture, the warp of cloth.
1-ro, n. an equal, a companion.
i-ro-gbo-ku, ”. « couch.
i-ro-kpd, n. acting for an absent person.
i-ro-n6, n. abstinence from food, solemnity, pain in
the stomach,
iro-nu, x.
i-ron, n. hair: iron gaungaun, « bristle.
iron, 7. prayer by rote.
iron, n. a being sick.
iron-gan, ». barrenness.
Lron-gboy, ». the beard.
i-ro-ra (ari), . a bolster.
i-ro-ri(ori), x. a pillow.
iru, n. «@ rising, a fountain, an uproar, ce.
See ru. .
i-ru, x. seed of plants; kind, species, such :
cyi ti 6 fe, such as (bi... ti) he loves.
iru, 2. the tail; a gadfly.
iru-di, x. «a bud.
i-ru-gbin, . seed for sowing.
irt-ke-ri-do, n. «a tumult, insurrection.
i-ru-ke, n. «a cows tail carried as a badge.
iru-ke-re, n. corn-silk.
iru-_kpe-kpe, n. vevation ; vigorous growth.
izwla, n. okra seeds.
iruwlu, . a tumult, an uproar,
iru-mi, 7. waves.
i-ru-mo (omo), ». seed, offspring.
iri-ru, r. «a variety of kinds, any kind. .
iru-ya, 7.
i-sa,n. flight, dc. See sa.
i-sA, nr. agrave, a pit.
tenderness, compassion.
bi iru
an emetic.
isa, x. anatiempt, dc. See sa.
i-sa-bo-ti, n. an outer yard.
isa-ga-da-gba, n. a regular set-to in battle.
isa-ga-ti, n. @ siege.
i-sa-le, . the lower part, bottom, below.
isan, x. retaliation, de.
i-san, i-sa-ni, n.
i-san, . a sinew.
i-s4y-duy (odty), 2. harvest.
i-say-sa, 2. a deserter, a runaway.
isa-se, n. a feast.
i-sé-lu, x. confection.
ise-le, 7.
isi, n. a new invention, a new era.
isi-mi, 7. rest, the sabbath.
isin, 7.
See san.
nine days hence.
an earthquake.
service.
i-sin-ki-sin, n.
isi-si-yi, n.
180, n. a tying ; anemission of wind ; a producing
of fruit: iso melokan, a little while. (Gen, 24, 55.)
i-so-fin, n. agiving of law, a prohibition.
i-so-ko, n. « mooring-place.
i-so-kpa, n. « hard knot.
i-so-lu, n. «a coupling.
i-so-ro, n. a hanging, a curtain.
i-so-yi-gi, 7.
i-so, n. «a place, station, quarter of the town: isd
agba, meeting-place of the elders. ‘
i-so-di, n. which is made, or caused to be.
i-so-ka, . a kind of bird snare.
i-sd-kt-so, n. silly or evil talk.
iso-nu, 7”. the Mohammedan supper after the long
fast.
i-son, 7. a fountain.
i-su-wa, ». goodness of a proposition or act.
i-Sa,n. ebb-tide.
i-Sa-dzu, x. former (time or state).
i-Sa-na, n. a flint and steel.
i-sa-kpa, x2. a kind of hibiscus.
i-San, ». a flood ; a vein, artery.
i-Sa-SUD, 7”. 4 sauce-pan.
superstitious worship.
this time, now.
marriage.
fete
-Se, n. custom, fashion, character, dic. See ge.
-Se-un, . kindness: igeun ife, loving kindness.
i-se, n. work, trouble, distress : ige Ami, a sign ; ige
ase, a miracle ; ise ikpa, hard toil ;
ige oro, torment ;
bs
ise isin, duty,
service ; l6h sibi ise, go to
work.
i-Se-ki-Se, i-Se-ku-Se, n. a wicked work.
i-se-kpe, ”. small fire-wood.
ise-kpo, x. a fold, a double.
i-Se-no, n. abortion, miscarriage.
i-se-ti, 7. a hem.
i-si, x. paleness, fading.
i-Si, i-sin, n. « kind of indigenous fruit.
i-si-nu, x. appetite.
isin, n. « tree and its fruit.
i-Si-Si, n. «fault, error of action.
i-So, n. pecvishness.
1-60, n. slackness, as of a rope.
i-So-de, . patrol, police.
i-So-kan, .
i-So-ra, n.
a ray, 2. «an offence, an offender, evil doer.
-So-te, n. enmity, rebellion, sedition.
‘ Su, 7. the yam, ce. (see Su): iéu
ode, wild yam ; isu okpe, palm-cabbage.
isu-ra, n. treasure.
i-ta, n. «street ; woof of cloth; pain, pungency ; a
setting sail, dc. See ta.
ita-do-gun, 7. seventeen days.
i-ta-fo (local), n. a table.
concord.
watchfulness.
a ball, a lump ;
ITA 48 TeyeAl
i-ta-le, n. a worm which comes up from the ground
and attacks people when asleep.
i-ta-le-mo, n. «ancestors.
i-tta-mo-ra, 7. accoutrements for war.
i-ta-na, n. a flower, blossom. .
itan, n. the thigh,a ham; kinship, tradition, com-
pletion, dc. See tay.
i-tan-kpa-ra, . an ulcer caused by small-pox.
i-ta-ra, x. haste, hurry, zeal, anwiety.
ita-so-ri, x. which is poured on the head.
i-ta-So (aso), x. @ cloth stretched or hung asacurtain.
ite, n. «a throne, &e.
ite-bo,n. the underside of a roof ; a tenant. See iho.
ite-hin, . a saddle-cloth.
i-te-le, n. the leg of a beast.
i-te-le, n. foundation.
ite-le-se, . a private sign (as a nod, wink, &c.)
to attract attention.
i-te-ri-gba, x. the lintel of a door.
i-té-se, n. the treadle of a loom.
iti, n. timber, a log.
iti, n. a bundle, sheaf, wisp ; breaking, snapping in
two.
iti-dzu, n. shame, modesty.
iti-se, x. a foot-stool.
i-to-ri, x. «a share: Se itori, to share.
i-to-ri, n. the cause, reason ; therefore.
ito-si, n. nearness: nitosi, near.
i-to-t6, ». truth.
ito-ye, . merit, value.
ito n. straightness ; a creek ; old age, endurance,
leading ; spittle, dc. See to.
i-td, n. urine, dc. See to.
i-tto-dzu, n. oversight, care, perseverance: se
itodzu, to persevere, to oversee.
i-td-ko, n. an oar, a rudder.
iton-ri-ran, ». recovery of sight.
i-to-re,n. a gift: itore anu, alms.
ito-wo, 7. «an earnest, anticipation.
itu, n. overthrow, eradication, dc. See tu.
itu, 7”. « sparrow.
itd, n. ease, relief: itd edo, consolation ; Se itd
ara, to rest.
itu-m0, x. interpretation, sense, meaning.
i-tu-n6, n. comfort, consolation.
i-tu-ra, n. ease from pain, refreshment: itura odZ6,
the cool of the day.
iwé4,n. distribution. (1 Pet. 4, 10.)
iwa, x. being, origin, life, duration of life, conduct,
disposition, nature of a thing, presence (Gen. 43,
9): iwd ikpa, violence ; iwi buburu, wickedness ;
iwad tito, integrity, honesty ; iwa titu, meekness ;
iwa ibi, iwa ika, mischief; iwd mimé, holiness ;
iwa ara, brotherhood ; iwa Olorun, the Godhead ;
0d46 ody iwa re, the years of his life.
i-wa-dze, n. gain, profit, seeking for food.
i-wa-dzu, n. the front, presence, before, brow.
i-wa-ku-wa, ». bad behavior, caprice.
i-wa-le, n. «a digger ; figuratively, a@ man child, a
son.
i-wa-na, n. a smith’s poker.
i-wa-ra, 2. haste, impatience: Se iwara, to hasten,
hurry.
i-wa-Se, n. powder, fine grains ; the menses.
i-wa-wi, n. an excuse, extenuation.
i-wa-yaidza,n. struggling, agony.
i-we, n. the kidneys.
i-wé, n. «a book, a comparison.
i-we-dze, n. a wrinkle.
i-we-dze, x. a curl, a tress.
i-we-re, n. silliness, folly: Se iwere, to be foolish,
to act foolishly.
i-we-ri, x. « head-band.
i-we, x”. a frog ; fineness of grain or of threads.
i-we-fa, n. a eunuch.
i-wo,n. «horn.
i-w6, n._ the thrush in children.
i-w6-do, . «a ford.
i-wo-ro, n. « heathen, an idolater.
i-wo-ye, x. foresight, providence.
i-wo-yi, ». the present time, now.
i-wo, pron. thou.
i-w6, n. the navel, crookedness ; husk of certain
seeds ; a horn.
i-w0d, x. poison put in food; entering, dc. See
wo.
i-wo, n. switableness, form ; a fish-hook,
i-wo-dzo, n. «a gathering together, an assembly,
crowd.
i-wo-fa, n. a pawn servant.
i-w0-ni, pron. those.
i-won, 7. scarcity of food, &e.; «a long neck, as
of a gourd.
iwodp, 7. «a measure of quantity or distance, size +
iwdn fadaka, a piece of silver, as money; ni iwdy
bi, so long as ; iwdn enia, as many people as.
i-woyp-wop, 7. the iguana ; a bundle.
i-won-yi, pron. these.
i-wo-ra, n. greediness.
i-wo-si, n. contempt, spite: Se iwosi si, to insult,
i-wo-So, x. «a ball of thread, wound up ready for
weaving.
i-wt, n. «a choice, preference, dc. See wu.
i-wu’-ka-ra (akara), 2. leaven.
i-wup, 7. a thing.
i-ya,n. the armpit.
Lya, x. loss, poverty, suffering: dze iya, to suffer ;
emirin dZe ni ké t6 iya, the bite of a sandfly is not
so sharp as poverty.
Lya, n. mother, mistress of a servant.
=
_Lyan-dzt, n.
IY A 49 *
i-ya-fin (afin), n. a queen, mistress of a house.
i-ya-gba, n. a midwife.
i-ya-ko, n. «a mother-in-law.
i-ya-kpa, n.
1-ya-l4, i-ya-nla, n.
i-ya-la-se, n. a female cook.
i-ya-le (ilé), x. the mistress of the house (that is,
the first wife).
i-ya-le-ta, n.
i-ya-lo-de, x.
i-ya-nu, ». wonder, astonishment.
separation, a sect.
a grandmother.
about eight o'clock in the forenoon.
a wise woman.
Ly4an, n. boiled yam pounded.
i-yan, n. denial, contradiction, a question in dis-
pute, dc. See yin.
Tyan, n. famine.
i-yan-dze, n. «a cheat, imposition.
exhortation, perseverance, constraint.
See ayanfe.
dryness, that which is dried.
chaff.
i-yan-fe, n.
i-yan-gbe, n.
i-yan-gbo, n.
i-yan-ran, n. «an oven.
i-yay-rin, n. sand: iyanrin dide, quicksand.
i-ya-ra,n. activity, nimbleness : ava iyara (eyiara),
the body itself.
Lya-ri, n. vivacity.
iya-to, n. difference, separation.
Lya-w6, n. a bride: ibi-iyawo, a wedding.
i-ya-wu, x. a sledge-hammer.
i-ye, in composition, this, self, very.
See iyékuru.
Lyé, n. mind, understanding.
i-yé, n. life, dc. See ye.
Lye, nr. number, value, price: so iye, to value, set a
price on; a reed; in composition, mother, as,
iyekan.
iye-bi-ye, x. great price, preciousness.
iye-kan, n. «a mother’s relative.
i-yé-ku-ru (iye), . the very dust.
i-ye-me-dzi;. doubt: se iyemedaz}, to doubt.
i-ye-ni, xn. which is intelligible.
i-ye-n6, n. sense, understanding.
iye-re, n. black pepper.
i-yé, n. fitness, comeliness ; a feathers akpa-iyé, a
wing.
Lye, 7”.
i-ye-fun, x. flour.
iye-gbe, x. a kind of trowsers.
i-ye-ka, n. the very branches, natural branches of
a tree.
i-ye-w6, n.
i-ye-wu, n.
i-yin, ». praise.
i-yi-So, n. «a pin to turn the weaver's beam.
i-yo-dz@ (iye), ». the natural face. (James 1,
23.)
i-yo-kup, n.
7
dust of worm-eaten wood.
investigation.
a chamber.
the remainder, the rest.
KAW
Tyo, n. salt, the flood tide (see yo): iyo oibé,
sugar.
i-yo-n6, n.
i-yo-nu, n.
i-yop, n.
compassion.
trouble. °
coral, pearl.
K.
kG, v. to gather, to reap, to pull a tooth ; to fold, to
roll ; to fail.
kA, prep. around, on ;—adv. around.
ka,v. tocount, to read ; to regard, respect ; to set or
place upon.
ka (ki) 4), adv. not. Sce Gram. § 179.
ka, adv. presumptuously.
ka-ba-ka-ba, adv. roughly, unevenly.
ka-bi-ye-si! (ki 4), let ws reverence! an excla-
mation as the king approaches.
ka-dun (odun), v. to be the space of a year.
ka-fo, n. tight-legged pantaloons.
ka-ghba, v. to hang or be entangled in.
ka-huyp. Sce kaup.
kain-kain-ka, n. chaff of millet.
ké-ka, n. which is strong, stiff.
ka-ka, adv. instead of, otherwise ; presumptu-
ously.
ka-kan-fo, n. a military general.
ké-ka-ra, n. «a muscle-shell.
ka-ka-ra-ka, adv. strongly, stiffly.
k4-ki-ri, adv. abroad, wanderingly.
ka-ko, v. to curl, to twist.
ka-ko, v. 0 be stiff.
ka...k6n, v. to add to.
ké-la-m6, 7. «a pen to write with.
ka...la-ra (li), v. to enfold, entangle, as a net.
k4...le-hin (li), v. to pull a tooth of.
ka-le (ile), v. to set down, to deposit, to establish ;—
adv. around, abroad.
ka-16h (ki 4 16h), v. det us go to follow !
ka...m6, v. to surround, to enclose.
ka-na-ka-na, n.
ka-na-ka-na, n.
ka-no, v. to be cruel, harsh.
a crow.
a sling.
ké-nu, v. to be sorry, to grieve, mourn.
kan, adv. at once, quickly.
kan, v. to be sour, morose, painful, opposed to ; to
bore.
kan, num. one: awoyn kan, certain ones ; miray
kin, others; owd kan, the last cowry ; ise kan,
the last action ;—adv. precious. (Ps. 22,20.)
kan, v. to drip, drop, as water: to pluck, nip, to
take off, as a ring.
kan, v. to knock upon, nail, touch ;
kan-dzu, v. to hasten.
to gore, aS aN OX.*
KAW
kan-ga, x. « well.
kan-gi, n. to be difficult, callous.
kan-guy, ». to be the last, at the end.
kay-kan, adv. hastily.
kan-kan, kan-ri-kan, n. soft fibres used instead
of sponge.
kan-ki, xn. tight pantaloons.
kan-kun (ckun), 7. to knock at the door.
kan ...la-ra (ard), v. to pierce, as words.
kan...m6,v. to nail or fusten to: kanmé agbe-
lebu, to crucz/fy.
kan-mo-le, v. 0 stick fast, as in mud,
kan-mu-kan-mu, adv. sweetly (flavored).
kan-ra (ara), v. to be morose, peevish.
kan-ri (ori), v. to nail a cut-off head to a tree; to
touch the head with a sacrifice.
kan-ri, kan-ri-kan-ri, adv. far d estant.
kap-run-kan-run-fé, x. «a long time.
ka-ra, n. a gland.
ka-ré, adv. loudly.
ka-ra-won, ». «@ conch-shell.
ka-ri (ori), v. to set on the head.
ka-run, num. fifth.
ka-san, x. sarsaparilla.
ka-se, v. to walk leisurely ; to terminate.
ka-si, v. to be stale.
ka...si,v. to place upon, to impute, to respect :
kd kA dro Oloruy si, he does not regard the word
of God.
ka-sinkan ? (ki 4 si), what’s the matter 2 is any-
thing amiss ? kd si ykan, there is nothing! 6 si
nkan, there is something.
ka-8a, adv. proudly (walking).
ka-Sa, v. to introduce a new fashion ; to recite the
names of the gods.
ka-ta-ka-ta, adv.
ka-ta-ri, v. to be in the zenith, overhead.
ka-ti, adv. (not) at all, (none) whatever.
kaun, x. trona, carbonate of soda (from the Great
Desert).
kaun-kaun, adv. sweetly (scented); quietly.
kfé-we, v. to wind.
ka-we (iwe), 2.
ka-w6 (ow6), 2.
ka-w6 (6w6),v. to abstain from things prohibited ;
to assort ; to grasp, rule over.
ka-woy. See karawoy.
ka-wf (owt), v.
ke, v. tocry out ; to cut, chop.
ke-de, v. to be scarce, unfrequent.
ke-dé (dde), v.
ke-de-re, adv.
ke-dze, num.
ke-dzi, num.
ké-fe-ri (Arab.), x. an unbeliever, a heathen.
scatteringly, staggeringly.
to read.
to count money.
to reel, wind ; to walk to and fro.
to proclaim aloud.
clearly (seeing).
seventh.
the second, the next.
50
KEY
ke-gi (igi), v. to cut or chop wood.
ke-ke, n. a stick on which carded cotton as wound
Jor spinning.
ke-ke, n. ring of metal, &c., when struck.
ke-ké, n. child’s play of lots ; « custom-house, a
ticket or check.
ké-ké, adv. clamorously.
ke’-ke-ke, n. Littleness, a little one.
ke-ke-lu-ke, n. which is full-breasted, as a bird.
ké-Ke-re, n. smallness.
ke-kpé, v. to call, to call upon.
ké...le-gf-ke (li), 7. to tickle.
Ke-lo, adv.
ké-ni-G,n. a lion.
ke-re, v. to be litle.
ke-re-o-w4, x.
k6é-ri (ko), v. to grow dirty, to be filthy.
ke’-ro-ra (irora), v. to cry out for pain, to groan.
ke-si, v. ¢o visit.
ke-ti, ke-ti-ri, v.
how many ?
cotton-seed.
to be benwmbed, asleep, as the
foot.
ke-to, v. to call upon, to cry to.
ke-wu, v. to read.
ke, v. to indulge, cherish, as a child or wife; to set
a snare.
ké, v. to extend, to grow worse, as a sore; to be
hoarse ; to glow.
ke-dzo, num. eighth.
kee-do-gun, num. fifteenth.
kee-d6-gbon, num. twenty-fifth.
ke-fa, num. sixth.
ke-gan (ko), v7. o despise.
ke-gbe, v. to associate with.
ke-hin, v. to be last, to follow.
ke-hin-da-si, v. to turn the back on, to forsake.
ke-ke, n. cackling, as of a hen; a black squirrel.
ke-ke, n. a wheel of any kind, a distaff’.
ké-ke, n. profound silence.
ké-ke, adv. slowly, gradually.
ke-ke-kpa, v. to be dumb, quiet.
ke-ké-ru, x. @ wagon, cart.
ke-ko (ko),v. to learn, study.
ke-le, adv. gently.
ke-le-ke-le,n. a spy, vanguard j—adv. gently.
ke-le-k@, x.
ke-re, n.
ké-re, n. «@ simpleton.
ke-re-de, v. to be weak, infirm.
ke-rin, nwn. fourth.
ke-rin-l4, nwm. fourteenth.
ke-san, num. ninth.
ke-ta, num. third.
ke-te-ke-te, 7.
ké-wa, nw.
ke-y6n, .
calico.
a kind of mat.
an ass,
tenth.
the toe itch.
5
Ke
ki? pron. what? kilieyi? what is this? 0dZ6 ki
0dz6, any day whatever. ;
ki, conj. that: ki iwo ki 6 loh, that thow go; ki...
to, ki... teni, before ; ki 6 to léh, before he goes ;
ki 4 to loh, before we go.
ki, v». to be thick, as oil or bushes; to ram, to press
down.
ki, v. to salute.
ki, v. to press, load, as a cart.
ki, adv. not.
k(-bi-ti, adv.
ki-bi-ti, adv.
ki... bo-mi (omi), v.
in a small compass.
in a large compass.
to press into the water, to
immerse,
ki-dzi-ki-dzi, adv. tremulously (shaking), with
quivering.
ki-dzi-kpa, n.
ki-gbé (ke), v.
ki-ki, n. salutation.
ki-ki, adv. only: kiki wura, pure gold.
ki-ki-ni, n. a small particle or bit.
ki-k6n, 2. that which is full: kik6y omi, a freshet,
a flood.
ki-kun, xn. which is hard, loud.
ki-kun-ki-kun, adv. hardly, loudly.
ki-lo, v. to warn, caution, threaten.
ki...mo-lé, v. to press to the ground.
Kini, n. «a thing, something.
ki...ni-be-nde, v. {0 strike with the fist.
kini-dze-be’, adv. no! not atall!
ki-ni-ki-ni, adv. neatly, accurately.
ki-ni-si, n. a carpet.
ki-ni-G. See keniu.
ki-nla? pron. what is it?
kin-kin, n. a very little portion.
kin-rin, v. to rub, to curry.
ki-re-dze, v. to twist, entangle, as thread.
ki-ri, ». to wander, stroll.
ki-ri, ki-ri-ki-ri, adv. about, wanderingly.
ki-ri-biti. See kibiti.
ki’-ri-m6, v. to press one, to insist on, to apply
closely to work.
ki’-ri-kpa, n.
ki-ron (iron), v.
ki-san (kon isan), v.
kita, v. to be three days.
ki-Gn, 7. a very little.
ki-we-dze, v. to wrinkle.
ki-wo-bo (ow6), v. to thrust the hand into.
ki-yan, adv. at once.
ki'-ye-si, 7. to notice, look, attend to: kiyest ara,
take care of yourself.
ki... y6,v. to cram full.
a kind of coarse cloth.
to cry aloud.
which is dry and hard.
to pray by rote.
to be nine days.
1 KOT
ko anu, to mowrn ; ko frira, to hale; ko fu, to de-
liver to; ko woy to mi wah, bring them to me,
k6, v. to meet, confront: bi 6 1e ko, if possible, if it
may be.
k6, adv. not: ko gekpé, if, suppose that.
ko-bi-ko-bi, adv. thickly (breaking out).
ko’-bi-ta, x. riding shoes with spurs.
ko’...da-n6, v. to take up and throw away.
k6-dé-de, adv.
ko...dzo, v.
ko-dzu-dza, v.
k6-fi-ri, v. to espy, to happen to see.
ko-guyn (ogun), v. to inheril, to take property.
ko-ki-ki, v. to magnify, extol.
ko-ko, n. «knot, protuberance, wen: koko owé, the
knuckles ; koko ese, the ankle.
k6-ko, adv. very much.
k6-ko, n. the tania, root and plant.
k6-ko-r6, n. a worm, an insect.
ko-ko-se e-se, x. the ankle.
ko...kp6. See ko...dzo.
ko-lé (ilé), v. to steal from or plunder a house.
k6-le-ra (ard), v. to be feeble, infirm.
k6...le-ru (li), v. to despoil, to rob.
k6-lo-ba, x. a@ mattock.
k6-lo-bo, n. an oil-pot, a lamp-filler.
ko...lo-dzti (li), v. to confront.
kx6-lo-fin (li), z. a lawless person.
k6-lo-lo, v. to stutter.
ko...16h, v. to take away, carry off, lead captive.
ko...16-na (li), v.
ko...lo-no (li), v. to discowrage, alarm.
ko-mo-kun, n. the muscle between the breasts.
ko-ni-ba-b4, n. a fatherless child.
ko...ni-be-nde, v. See ki...ni bende.
ko...ni-dza-nu, v. to hold in with a bridle.
ko-ni-gba-gbe, v. one who is not forgetful ; also
a proper name.
kon-ko-to, n. a play-god of children, a kind of dove.
ko-re (ere), v. to gather, to reap.
k0'-ri-k6, n.
k6/-ri-k6, ». the hyena.
ko’-ri-ra, v. to hate, abhor.”
ko-ro, v. to be bitter, spiteful.
ko-ro, adv. very, entirely : okuta la dzale koro, the
stone split to the very bottom.
k6-ro, n. a smelting-pot, crucible.
ko-ro-ko-ro, ». @ small brass bell.
ko’-ro-wo, n. «@ ditch.
ko-so, n. «a kind of drum.
ko-sun (kun), 2. to paint red.
ko-ti, v. to collect around ; to encounter.
ko-to, n. «@ hole, pit, ditch: koto aiya, the pit of
the stomach ; koto dzigonron, adeep ravine ; koto
no wonder ! no doubt!
to collect, heap up.
to resist, withstand.
to meet, encounter.
grass.
ko, v. to gather, collect ; to grow hard ; to take up,
as a load; to strike two hard substances together :
Oke, a valley, glen.
ko 5
ko, v.
another (Gen, 21, 14) ; to dig earth into heaps ; to
to learn, teach ; to build, to lay one thing on
mark, tattoo, write ; to flash ; to call, crow, shout ;
to entangle: ko okun, to make a rope.
k6, v. to be not: emi ké, it is not L; iwo li oba
k6? art thou not a king ?
kO, v. to refuse, reject, rebel; to hang up, to deter.
k0, adv. not.
ko-bi, ». tall projecting gables of a royal palace ;
hence, a projection.
ko-dza, v. to pass by, to omit, to be beyond: 6 fd
soke odZti ré kodZa rére, it is above far out of his
sight.
ko-dzu-dza-si, v.
ko-dzu-si, v. to face, to attend to.
ko-gba (ogba), v. to build a fence.
koi-koi, v. indirectly, suspiciously.
ko-kan, num.
k6-ka-ra, v. to howl aloud.
ko-ko-ro, n. a hook, a key, a bird's beak : kokoro
gun, the iron pin with which a weaver turns the
to resist, oppose.
one.
warp-beam.
k6-ko-so.
ko-kn, x.
ko-kun, n.
ko-la, v.
ko-la, x. the small goorah-nut.
ko-le (ilé), v. to build a house.
ko-le, v. to make hills or beds of earth.
ko... 16 (ilé), v.
ko-lo-fin, n. a secret place, closet.
ko-lo-ko-lo, x.
the casra.
ko-lu, v.
ko-ni, 2.
ko...ni-ya-w6, v.
ko-no (ono), v.
Kon, kop-rin, v. to sing.
k6n, v. to fill, to be full, to feel heavy: owd kon
mi, my hands are heavy (Ex. 17, 12); orun kon
See konkoso.
green color.
to make a rope.
to tattoo, to circwimeise.
to renounce, forsake.
a beast commonly called the fox,
to assault, to smite.
to teach.
to refuse a betrothed bride.
to dread, to stand in fear of.
mi, J am sleepy.
k6n, kun, v.
kon’-ko-so, x.
k6n-ron, 7.
kop-sa, v.
ko-ri-si, v.
k6-ro. See konron.
ko-se (¢se), 2.
ko-se-ba, v.
ko-ti, adv.
Ko-we, v.
kpa, v.
anut; to beat upon, as rain; to rub, as in polish-
ing; to peel off bark; to beat in playing a game ;
to hum, murmur, grumble, begrudge.
a sieve of palm-leaf.
the bed of a stream.
to fall or pounce upon.
to move towards.
to trip, to stumble.
to meet by chance.
heavily, reluctantly.
to write.
to kill, extinguish ; to cut in two ; to crack
to relate a parable ; to break up fallow land; to set
KPA
up a tent; to betray; to hatch; to make one
drunk ; to cease, knock off: ebi kpa mi, I was
hungry ; kpa édzobo, to make a loop or bution
hole.
kpa, adv. at once, suddenly.
kpa! interj. wonderful !
kpa...da,v. to turn, return.
kpa-da, adv. again, in return.
kpa...da-no, v. to lose.
kpa...de,v. to shut, close ; to meet with ; to help.
kpa-de-guy (oguy), v. to meet in battle.
kpa-de-lu, v. to come in collision.
kpa-dé-ru, v. to meet together.
kpa...dze,v. to devour, destroy utterly ; to for-
get the day of the month.
kpa-fa, x. a butcher's bench.
kpa-fe-fe (afefe), v. to take the air.
kpa-fo (ato), v. to wallow in mire.
kpa-go (ago), 7. to pitch a tent.
kpa-hin-ke-Ke (ehin), v. to gnash.
kpa-ka (oka), v. to thresh corn.
kpa-ka-dza, v. to adjust one’s wrapper.
kpa-ki-kpa-ki, adv. very (sound in health).
kpa’-ki-ti, n. a kind of mat.
kpa-ko. See akpako.
kpa-kpa, n.
kpa-kpa, n._ self.
kpa-kpa, adv. violently (trembling); slammingly.
kp4-kpa-la,adv. in a shrivelled state, from drying
or parching.
kpa-kpe (akpe), v. to clap the hands.
kpa...kpo, v. to mingle, to confound or confuse ;
to be very abundant.
kpa...kG,v. to kill.
kpa-ku-ta, ». a small stewpan.
kpa-la, adv. with difficulty or with much effort.
kpa-la (ila), v. to separate from, divide.
kpa-lai, adv. by no means.
kpa-la-ka, n. a fork, as of a stick, or between the
fingers.
kpa...la-nu (Ii), ».
kpa-la-kpa-la, n.
kpa...la-ra (li), v.
kpa...1a-ré (li), v.
kpa...la-se, v.
kpa-le (ilé), v.
kpa-le-m6, 2.
kp4-le-m6, v. to prepare ground, to prepare.
kpa...le-nu-m6 (li), 2.
kpa...le-rin, v.
kpa...le-tan, v. to outwit, deceive.
kpa-li, n. lids of a book.
kpa...lo-dzo, ».
kpa...lo-kpe, v.
kpa...lo-se, v.
a prairie, a pasture.
to make sorry.
which is rough, as a road.
to hurt, wound.
to fatigue.
to command, give orders.
lo rub a dirt floor, to plaster,
to set a house in order.
to put to silence.
to make one laugh.
lo intimidate.
to fool, to puzzle one.
to paint, color or stuin.
KPA 5
0
kpa-lo (alo), v. to propose riddles.
kpa...16h,v. to sail along the coast.
kpa...16-kan-da (li dkay), v.
to change or convert him.
kpa...m6, ».
to be hid ; kpa enu mé, to be silent ; kpa oko mé,
to gather inacrop ; kpa...m6 kuro, to withhold ;
to convince one ;
to keep, preserve ; to hide: kpamo,
fi ara kpamo, to restrain oneself, refrain.
kpa-mo-le, zx.
kpa-mo-ra, v.
kpa-ndu-k@, n. an uncut gourd.
kpa-ni, kpa-ni-a (énia), v.
murder.
kpa-ni-kpa-ni, n. « murderer.
kpa...ni-ye, v. to confuse.
kpa...ni-ye-da, v. to persuade ; to change one’s
mind,
kpa-nsa, x. See kpanduka.
kpa-nsailé, x.
kpa-nsa-ga, z.
kpé-nti-ri, x.
kpap-hup, adv.
a viper.
to endure, bear.
to kill a person, to
a grave.
adultery, an adultress.
a bramble.
at one blow, at once.
kpa-ra (ara), v. to hurt oneself ; to anoint oneself.
kpa-r4, x. the plate or timber laid on the top of the
piazza posts,
kpa-r4, adv. with a sudden noise.
kpa-ra... da, v.
disguise oneself.
kpa-ra-m6, v.
be humble.
Kpa-re, v. to fade away, put out, destroy.
kpa-ri, v. to finish, come to an end ; to conclude
from premises; to be bald-headed.
to turn around ; to change ; to
to restrain oneself, to keep close, to
kpa-ri, x. the jaw-bone.
kpa/-ri-da, v. to turn a thing about, to change its
course.
kp4-ri-wo (ariwo), v. to make a noise.
kpa-ro, v. to exchange, barter; to change the
character or purpose.
kpa...ro-ro, v._ to still w commotion or a storm.
kpa-ru-bo, v. to kill a sacrifice.
kpa-run, v. to rub out, to destroy, consume,
abolish.
kpa-sa, kpa-San, n. an oyster.
kp4-San, n. a whip.
kpa-Se (age), v. to command, enact.
kpa-si-kpa-ro, v. to exchange, barter.
kpa-ta, v. to prepare, make ready.
kpa-ta-ki, n. which is chief, principal.
kpa’-ta-k6, x. « wooden shoe, a hoof.
kpa-ta-kpa-ta (ototo), adv. entirely, altogether.
kpa-ti, v. to be forcible, violent.
kpa-ti-kpa-ti, adv. forcibly, violently.
kpa-ti-re, n. a switch, twig.
kpa-to, kpa-to-to (atoto), n. to make a noise.
3 KPI
kpé, conj.
kpé, v.
kpé, the money is right ; iwa re kpé, his character
that, to wit.
to complete, perfect; to last long: owd
is perfect.
kpé, v. to call, to invite, to assemble: fi... kpe
nkan, to esteem.
kpé-dzo, v.
kpe-ge-de, v.
kpe-na (ena), 2.
kpe-kpe-le, n.
to call an assembly, to assemble.
to be right, proper.
to call an assembly, to assemble.
a bank of earth in a room to sleep
on.
kpe-re, adv. only.
kpe-ri, v. to mean, to say.
kpé...ro, v. to drill soldiers, to form a line.
kpé-se (kpa), v.
kpe-te (kpa), v.
kpe, v. to stay long at a place, to last long.
kpe’-hin-da (kpa), v. to turn the back on.
kpe-ka (kpa), v. to shoot forth branches.
kpe-ke-kpe-ke, n.
kpe-kup, v.
to prepare.
to intend, to think of doing, devise.
which is streaked, speckled.
to terminate, come to an end.
kpe-Kpe, adv. gently (striking).
kpe-kpé, x. «a slip of wood, a shelf, an altar; a
bird-snare ; a shell.
kpe-kpe-kupn (kup), x.
kpe-kpéi-ye, n. a duck.
kpe-le, adv. gently.
| kpe-le-be, v. to be flat.
kpe-le-kpé, x. a kind of wild dog.
kpe-lu, conj. with, in
with joy ; kpelu @se, in sin.
kpe-lu-kpe-lu, adv. moreover, besides, yea.
kpen-Sapn, n. «a crushing: se kpengan, to crush.
kpe-re, v. to be soft ;—adv. gently.
kpe-ré, adv. suddenly.
kpe-re-kpe-re, adv. (tearing) into rags or pieces ;
very much.
kpe-se, adv. gently, easily.
kpe-se-kpe-se, n. gentleness of conduct or dispo-
sition.
kpe-se-m6 (kpa), v.
one’s pace.
kpe-te-le, n. level ground, a plain.
kpe-te-kpe-re, adv. comfortably.
kpe-te-kpe-te, n. mud, mire.
kpi, adv. entirely, wholly.
kpi-dan (idan), v. to perform sleights of hand, to
juggle.
kpi-dZe (kpa), v. to pull or cut grass for feed.
kpi-kpa, n. which is to be slain.
kpi-kpé, n. perfection.
kpi-kp6, n.
kpi-le-Se, v. to commence.
kpi-mo (kpa), v.
kpi-nu, v. to bargain, purpose, conclude, resolve.
a sea-shell.
also ;—prep.
: kpelu ayd,
to restrain the feet, slacken
much, abundance.
to counsel, suggest.
*
KPI 54 LA
kpin, v. to share, divide ; to terminate. kn, to sift, to run here and there, to thunder mutter-
kpin-i-ya, v. to divide, separate. ingly : kv ékuru, to throw dust.
kpin-huy (hun), 7. fo conclude a bargain or
agreement.
kpin-kpin, adv. fast or tightly, closely.
kpin-le (ile), v. to terminate.
kpin-ya, v. to divide, separate.
kpi-tan (kpa), v. to relate traditions, to recount
old events.
kpi’-wa-da (kpa...da), 7. to reform, repent.
kpi-ye-da, v. to change the mind.
kpi-ye (kpa), v. to plunder.
kpo, v. to knead.
Epo, v. to smelt.
kpd’-hup-re-re, v.
kpo-kpo-ndo, n.
kpo’-kpo-r6, 2. a corn-stalk,
kpop-se, 7. a nut of which snuff-boxes are made.
kpo-ri, kp6-ri-ri (ori), v. to whirl around.
kpo-rin (irin), v. to smelt iron ore.
kpo-ro-kpo-ro, adv. talkatively.
kpo-si, x. a coffin.
kpo-tu-tu (kpa), v.
to cry aloud, bewail.
a large wild bean.
to feel cold.
kpo-we (kpa), v. to speak a parable.
kpo, v. to vomit.
kpd, v. to be abundant, great, common, cheap: kpd
si, to multiply or increase.
kpd, v. to turn from, to separate, turn away. (Gen.
14, 8.)
kp6, adv. in common, together.
kpo-ko, ». a kind of calabash.
kpo-m6, v. to be mixed, mingled.
kp6n, v. to be red, to be ripe ; to sharpen, whet ; to
flatter, make much of: kpoy rusurusu, to be
brown.
kpop, v.
kpon-gé, 7.
the earth from falling in.
kpon ...16-dzu (li), v. ¢o afflict, torment, oppress.
kpon-mi (omi), v. to draw or dip water,
kpop-mu, v. to whet, sharpen.
kpon-so, v. to ripen, as corn.
kpon-ti (oti), v.
kpo-si, v. to increase.
kpo-si-lé, kpo-so-de (ilé, ode), v.
and out.
to carry on the back; to dip up.
sticks placed across a grave to prevent
to brew.
to be busy in
kpo-to-kpo-to, n. mud, mire.
kpu, adv. precipitately.
kpu-kpa, v. to be red ;—n. redness: kpukpa
eyin, the yolk of an egg.
kpu-kpo. See kpikpo.
kpw-ro (kpa iro), v. to fib.
kpu-tu, adv. well, foamingly \athering, as soap.
ki, v. to die, to wither, to terminate, to come short ;
to be blunt or dull,
a blanket ; peaty earth.
to be fond of, to love.
the globular form ; bread of bean-
ku-bu-su, 2.
ku-don, v.
ku’-du-ru, 7.
flour.
ku-fe-ku-fe, n. braggadocio.
ku-gbé, v. to perish.
ku-gbe, v. to die in the bush: o kugbe! may you
die in the bush !
ku-gbu,v. to charge furiously ; to be presumptuous.
kd-hu, adv. loudly shouting.
ku-kpa, v. to be very busy.
ku-ku, adv. rather.
kt-ku, x. «a corn-cob.
ku’-ku-m6, 7. a tunic.
ku-ku’-ndu-ku, ». the sweet potato.
kt-ku-ru, x. shortness.
ku’-ku-te, n. stem or boll of a tree.
ku-mbu, n. a coney (hyrax).
ku-m6, v. to cleave to, as dust.
kt-mo, 7. a cudgel.
ku-na, v. to be smooth, fine, as thread or meal.
kun, v. to burn, to enkindle.
kun, v. to remain, to lack ; to daub, paint, anoint ;
to be busy here and there: ky si déde, to be near,
at hand.
kun-kup, v.
kun-kup, adv.
kup-le (ilé), v.
to purr.
loudly, aloud.
to plaster a house.
kup-le, v. to kneel.
kun ...si-lé,v. to spare, to give up.
ku-ro, v. to get out of the way: kuro ni, kuro
nino, from, from in ; 6 dzade kuro ni ile, he went
out of the house.
ku-ru, v. to be short.
ku/-ru-ba, n. a pail, a bucket.
ku-ru-hd, x. the cry of a hen when she sees a
hawk.
ku’-ru-kt, x. fog, mist, cloud.
ku’-ru-mti! adv. no, not at all!
ku-sa, v. to make a bold attempt.
ku-sa-ta, n. a compound or block of houses.
ku-si, v. to torment.
kt-ta, v. to find dull sale, to sell a thing slowly.
kt-tu-ki-tu, 2. very early in the morning.
ku-ye, v. to be forgetful.
1k
14, v. to lick ; to dream.
la, v. to split; to wade; to appear ;
through, escape, be safe; to be rich: 14 imo, to
devise,
to pass
LAB
la-ba, n.
la-ba-la-ba, zn.
la-ba-mo-le, n. robbers, kidnappers.
la-be (li), prep. under, beneath : & sty labe igi, we
slept under a tree.
la-bu-la-bu, ». fresh ashes.
la-di (idi), v. to explain, to prove.
la-di-ro, n. a beer-strainer.
la’-du-gbo, n. a large earthen pot.
la-dza (idZa), v. to reconcile, to pacify.
1a-dz4, v. to pass through, traverse.
la-dzo (edzo), v. to settle a dispute.
la-ga, n. the brow-band of a bridle.
la-gba, n. a horse-whip.
la-gba-mo, x. the brow-band of a bridle.
la-gba-ra (li), v. do be strong.
la-gi (igi), v. to split wood, to saw into boards.
la’-go-go (Id), v. to ring a bell.
la-guy (ogun), 7. to sweat, perspire.
lai (li ai), @ prefix, implying not having, without :
as, latberu, without fear, fearless ; ima fi fu ni lai-
gbdéw6 (li al gba), he gives to us without money.
laf, lai-lai, adv. ever, for ever.
lai-laf, n. +oldness, ancientness : ile lailai, a very old
house.
lai-kpe, adv. soon, quickly.
lai-ku-ku, adv.
lai-le-wu (li), 2.
lai-lé-se (li), v.
lai-lo-wé6 (li), v.
less.
lai-ni, adv.and prep. in need of, without: 6 l6h
laini bata, he went without shoes.
lai-ni-di (idi), adv. without cause: 6 ba mi wi
lainidi, he reproached (ba... wi) me without cause.
lai-Sé (88, to sin), adv.
fault: nwon kpa @ laise, they killed him without |
sin, 1. e. without his being guilty of offence.
lé-ka-ka, v. to strive to do a thing.
14-ka-lé-ka, v. to hop on one leg.
la-ki-ri, n. patience, clemency.
14-ki-Sé, adv. however.
14-ko-Ko (li), adv. punetually, at the time: lakoko
na, then.
1é-ko-tan, adv. finally, in short.
la-ko, v. to gain a prize, to win a race.
1a-kpa-ta, ». a kind of fried cake (masa).
la-kuLe-gbé, n.
14-la, n. trouble, annoyance.
la-l4 (ala), v. to dream.
1a...16h, v. to go through.
la..16-na, v. to ordain, decree, enact.
1a-m6 (im9), v.
a leathern bag, satchel.
a butterfly.
not rather.
to be without danger, safe, secure.
to be free from sin, sinless.
to be destitute of money, money-
without sinning or being in
a kind of rheumatism.
to devise.
la-m6-ray (la imo oray), v.
pose.
to plan, advise, pur-
LER
55
la-na (li), adv.
la-na (dna), Vv.
la-ni (li), v. to be merciful.
la-ra (li), prep. on, in, from: gbesay mi lara ota
mi, avenge me on my enemy ; lara igi tutu, in the
green tree ; gbe won lara mi, take them from me,
i. e, deliver me.
la-ra (li), v. to be stout of body, bulky, fat.
la-ra, n. the castor-bean.
1a-re (li), v.
la-ri, v. to prove, make manifest.
la-rin (li), prep. in the midst of, amongst: larin
kay, once, before or previously. See lerin kay.
1a-say (li), adv. im vain, vainly : enia lasan, trifling
people.
la-Se-ran, v. to cause infection, to be infectious.
la-ti, prep. from, often followed by a pleonastic
verb; as, 6 mu fi lati oko wah, he brought it from
the farm ; lati odo, from, when the object is a
person ; lati ow6, by the hand of, by; 6 ran &
lati ow6 maleika, he sent it by the angel.
la-to-ri (lati ori), conj. because of. See nitori.
la-wa-ni, n. «a belt, a girdle.
la-wu, adv. all's well: alafia ko wa? is it peace ?
lawu, zt zs.
la-wu, adv. very (white).
la-ye, v. to be spacious, roomy.
la-yé (li), v.
1é, v. to be strong, hardy, healthy ; to be more than,
above, overhead : mu mi lé, make me strong ; ow6d
1é eta, the money is three (cowries) too much: 6
gabe nibé 16 ni idzo mewa, he stayed there more than
yesterday.
to open a road ; to propose, decree.
to be tiresome.
to be alive ;—n. a living animal.
ten days.
1é,v. to lay upon ; to appear ; to drive, pursue ;
to blister.
1é, prep. on, upon: fi lé ile, put it on the ground.
16, v. is able, can, may.
le-bi (li, to have), v. to be hungry.
1é-guyn (oguyn), v. to prevail in batile, to beat back
the enemy.
le-ke (li Oke), prep.
le-ke (li dke), v. to be above, to be prominent, ex-
alted.
le-ke-le-Ke, n.
le-kpa (ikpa), v.
le-1é, le-ilé, v.
on the ground : k6 lelé, to be troubled, perplexed,
with dkan, heart, or ara, body, for the nomina-
above ;—adv. up.
an egret.
to follow, pursue.
to be satisfied, at ease ;—adv. down,
tive.
le-ra (ara), v.
le-re (ire), v.
lé-re (li), v. to be profitable.
le-ri (Id ori), v. to promise, lit. to strike the head
(forehead, with the hand).
le-ri (li ori), prep. on, upon.
to be strong, healthy.
to hasten, urge forward.
LES
le...so-nd, v. to drive away in theft.
1é...8e, 2. to compel: 6 le mi se 6, he compelled
me to do tt.
le-ti (li, to have), v. to be obedient, docile.
le-ti (li, on), prep. by.
le-wu (li), v. to be grey-haired.
le, v. to be sluggish, lazy.
le, v. to be evening ; to lay one thing lightly on an-
other, to engraft, transplant: alé le, it is evening
(nearly dark).
1é, v. to replenish, to patch ; to be elastic, pliable ;
to be strong, as the wind.
1é, for nilé, adv. down, on the ground.
le-ba (li), prep. by, at, dc. ; by the side of, applied
to things near the ground.
le-be, n. anything narrow and flat, a fin.
1é-bu-lé-bu, n. new ashes.
le-he, adv. well, that’s right.
le-hin (li), prep. and adv. after, behind, outside: 6
mbd lehin wa, he is coming behind us.
1é-hin-le-hin, adv.
le-k4n, adv. once, first: lekedzi, secondly ; léme-
dzi, twice ; lemeta, léketa, &e.
1€-16,n. which is yielding, elastic, as air. :
le-rin-k4p. See lékan.
le-ro,v. to be skilful.
le-ru (li), v. tobe terrible, dreadful : ibi yi leru t6!
how dreadful is this place !
le-se-se, le-se-e-se, adv.
der.
le-se-kan-n4, adv.
le-so-le-so, adv.
le-wu, 7. down at the foot of palm leaves, used for
tinder.
li, euphonic for ni, to be, to have, to say. See ni.
li-bi-si? (ibi), adv.
li-bo ? (li), adv. where ?
li-dze-ta (li), adv. three days ago.
li-kpo (li), prep. for, instead of.
li-le, li-le-li-le, n. which is hard, violent, strong.
lili, n. «a kind of porcupine.
li-li-lf, adv. by littles, scatteringly.
16, v. to use ; to bend, to be elastic : 16 gbd, to wear
out; 10...ni mimé, to use sacredly, to sanctify.
(Ex. 20, 8.)
16-bo-tG-dzé, n.
backwards.
immediately.
carefully, strictly.
where 2
the physic-nut (curcans).
lo-de (li), adv. outside.
lo-di (li), adv. contrarily.
16-do (li), adv. below.
lo-dzi-dzi, adv. suddenly, abruptly.
lo-dZo (li), v. to be timid, cowardly.
lo-dzo-dzu-m6, adv.
lo-dz& (li), v.
lodZf, my affairs are prosperous, in good condition.
lo-dzG, prep. before, in the presence of.
daily.
to be attentive, observant: dray mi
5
in a row, in regular or-|
6 LUK
lo-dza-kan-nf, adv. immediately.
lo-dzG-ré-re, adv. favorably, graciously.
16-ke (li), adv. above, up, on, beyond.
lo-kiti, n. a false-bottomed vessel for straining
potash.
lo-ni (li), adv. to-day.
16...ni-mi-m6, v. See lo.
lo-ri (li), prep. on, upon.
16-ri, v. to whirl.
lo-ru (li), adv. by night.
lo-S0, v. to squat like a dog, to crouch.
16-ti-t6 (li), adv. truly.
16-6 (li), adv. truly, verily.
lo-y&p (li), v. to conceive, be pregnant.
lo, v. to play a stringed instrument.
lo, v. to be lukewarm.
16, v. to engraft, to transplant ; to wring, to grind ;
to be twisted, crooked, contrary ; to wrest the mean-
ing of one’s words; to cry lost goods ; to investigate,
compare.
lo-do (li), prep. by, with, among. (Gen. 24, 40.)
lo-do-duy (li), adv. yearly.
lo-dzo-dzo (li), adv, daily.
10-fe, adv. early in the morning.
lo-gan (li), adv. instantly, immediately.
16h, to go, used adverbially in the sense of off, away :
gbe é loh, take it away, pleonastic after dzu, very ;
as, dara dzuv 16h, very good.
lo-huy (li), adv. yonder.
lo-ko-kap (li), prep.
lo-kpo-k6, v. to grow, fill up, as an ear of corn.
1o-14 (li), adv. to-morrow.
10-16, adv. lately.
lo...lo-ron, v. to strangle, choke.
lo-ra (li), v. to be slow, to linger.
lo-ro (li), v. to be rich.
1d-ro (li), v. to be eloquent.
lo-san (li), adv.
lo-So (li), v. do be adorned, ornamented.
lo-to (li), v. to be distinct, separate, different.
lo-wo, prep. from: yid bere rélowo nyin, he will
demand it of or from you ; & $e 6 lowo mi, it was
done by me.
lo-wo-lo-wo. See lold.
lo-wo-wo, adv. lukewarmly :—n.
ness.
lu, v. ‘to bore, to scuttle ; to be discovered.
1G, v. to mingle, adulterate.
1u, v. to strike, knock ; to make a move, as in chess ;
to beat a drum, to play a stringed instrument: s&
lh, to flee against. (Ex. 14, 27.)
1a... bo-le, v. to beat down, destroy.
lu...dza,v. to break into, as a house.
lu-ha, v. to be difficult, abstruse.
towards, opposite to.
by day, at noon.
lukewarm-
lu-k6-ro, v. to hint or insinuate against one.
LUK 5
la... Kpa, v. to smite fatally, to slay.
lu-le (ilé), v. to strike down ;—adv. down.
lu-lu, adv. entirely (burnt up).
lu-m6, v. to be hid.
la-ru, n. powder of dried leaves, for sauce.
lu-w6, v. to bathe, to swim.
M.
ma, an auxil. particle, conveying the idea of con-
tinued action.
ma, adv. very, truly, well: 0 ma geun, you are
very kind ; esiy ma sare, the horse runs rapidly.
ma-de-ko-so, n. a strolling beggar, who tells news
Sor a living.
mé-di-mi-l6-run (mah di mi li oruy), x. @ drop-
sical person.
ma-do-fun, n. white leather.
ma-dza-la, n. flakes of burnt grass which fly
through the air.
ma-dze-re, ma-dze-we, n.
ma-dze-si,n. a child.
ma-dze-mu (mah), ». @ covenant.
ma-ga-dzi, n. an heir, especially the first-born.
méh, adv. not: emi k6 lé ge mah wi, Z must speak.
ma-ha-ru, x. the howl of a wild beast.
ma-ké-lu, n. a forked stick.
ma-ka-ri, x. compasses, dividers.
ma-la-dzu, n. akind of rat.
ma-lei-ka (Arab.), n. an angel.
ma-ld’,n. an animal of the cow kind: ako malt,
a bull ; abd mali, a cow ; omo mali, a calf.
ma-m0-dza, v.
ma-na-ma-na, 7.
ma-na-ma-n4, n. lightning.
m4-ra-du-ro (mu ara), v. to restrain oneself.
ma-ranp-ma-ran, adv. in a bright dazzling man-
ner.
ma-ra-run, num.
ma-ri-ma-dze, n.
kinds of food.
ma-ri-w6,n. strips of palm leaf, a garland.
ma-sa,”. «a kind of pancake.
ma-so, adv. only, even.
ma-Sa-la-Se, 7.
ma-Se-gbin, 7.
ma-ta-k4, n. a smith’s hammer.
a saddle-girth.
to guess, conjecture.
a kind of snake.
the whole five, by fives.
a person who has no regard for
a@ mosque.
a kind of antelope.
ma-te, n. a kind of snare.
ma-t6, n. which is sacred, not to be touched ;—
inter}. hands off!
ma-w6 (mu awo), v.
of.
ma-ya-fi, 7.
ma-ya-mi, 2.
8
a sash, belt.
a hunter's bag for bullets, &c.
to assume the form or nature |
7 MO
mbé, v. to be.
mbé, adv. for nibe, there.
mbi, conj. or.
me-dze, num. seven.
me-dze-dze, nwm.
me-dze-dzi, num.
me-dzi, num. two: medé4i meddi, a pair.
mé-lo? adv. how many? many (Acts 24, 10): iye
egberuy mélo? how many thousands ?
mé-lo-k4n, pron.
mé-lo-mé-lo, adv.
mé-ro (mu éro), v. to consider, meditate.
me-te (mu), v. to reflect, consider.
mé-do-gun, num. sixteen.
me-dzan-me-dzan, adv.
elastic manner.
me-dze-dzo, nw.
me-dzo, num. eight.
me-fa, num. six.
me-fe-fa, num.
me-gbe, n.
me-ne, n. «a kind of broom-grass.
me-re-rin, num. the four, by fours.
me-rin, num. four.
mé€-ro (md), v. to be skilful.
me-Se-ri (mu), v.
me-ta, num. three.
me-ta-lo-kan, .
me-te-ta, nw.
me-wa, num.
mé-wa (md), v.
mi, pron. me, my.
by sevens, the seven.
the two, both.
some, certain ones.
how much more.
with a spring, in an
the eight, by eights.
the six, by sixes.
a mealy yam or potato.
to be rancid.
which is triune.
the three, by threes.
ten.
to be a judge of beauty.
mi, v. to breathe: mi si, to inspire; mi hele, to
pant.
mi, v. to shake ; to swallow.
mi-e, pron. See miray.
mi-m6, 7. cleanness, purity, holiness.
mi-mu, 7. sharpness.
mi-ran, mi-re, pron. another, other.
mo, pron. J.
mo-dzu-ku-ro (mu), v.
nive at, to impute not.
moi-moi, 7. «a kind of cake.
mo-kuy (mu), v.
m6-re (md), v.
mo-ru (mu), v.
mo-ye (m0), v. to be perceiving, intelligent, discreet.
mo, v. to drink, to suck ; to build or form of clay.
m6, v. to be light (as day), to shine, to be clear,
clean, holy ; to adhere.
m6, adv.
mo, v.
as a substitute for the verb to mean ; as, ki li 4 le
mo eyi si? what does this mean? 6 g6 mi bi A ti
to be inattentive, to con-
to receive strength, grow strong.
to be grateful.
to be sultry.
again ; after a negative, more.
to know, to understand ; mo si is employed
ba m6 eyi si, it puzzles me as to what this means.
MOD
mo-di (odi), x. to build a wall.
mo-du-mo-du, x. brains, marrow.
mo-dze (adze), v. to try by water ordeal.
m0-dZG (odzi), v. to be tame.
mo-dzu-mo, v. to be light in the morning, to dawn.
mo-kan-la, num. eleven.
mo-kpa-ra (ara), v. to get drunk.
mo-kun, v. to be lame.
mo-le, v7. to build a house.
mo-lé (ile), adv. to the ground.
mo-lé, v. to conspire ; to shine.
mo-lé-wu, n._ the grape-vine.
mo-ra (ara), adv. closely, near to one.
mo-ray (md), v. to know the law as to disputes,
to be wise.
mo-ti (mu), v.
mo-ti-mo-ti, n.
drunkard.”
m6-ti-m6-ti, adv. closely joining, hard by.
mo-tL-y6, v. to get drunk.
to drink spirits.
a drunkard ; a gnat called “ the
mu, v. to drink, to suck, to absorb.
mu, 2”. rice.
mG, v. to catch, to hold ; to be sharp; before an
accusative and verb, to cause ; as, 6 mi mi duro,
he caused me to stand, he upheld me; mt dna
kpon, go your way.
mu, v. to sink, to disappear, as in a crowd.
mu...ba,v. to fit or adapt to; to employ as a
means.
mu...be-ru, v. to make afraid.
mu...dze,v. to devour, as a wild beast does.
mu...dzi-na,v. to heal a wound. }
mu... dzG-t6 (odzu), v. to sce to, attend to.
mu...g0, v. to fool one.
mu...ka-le, v. ¢o spread, as famine or pestilence.
mu...k6n, v. to fill.
mu...kpa-da, v. to bring back, restore.
mu...1a,v. to save.
mu... la-ra-da (li), 7. to heal.
mu...1é,v. to strengthen.
muwlé (ile), v. to stand firmly, to confirm.
mu-nt, v. fo be active, fiery.
mu-ra (ara), v. to prepare oneself, make ready.
mu...ro-lé,v. to tranquillize.
mu-su-lu-min’ (Arab.), 2. « Mohammedan.
mu...Se, 7. to bring to pass, to fulfil.
mu... wah, v. 0 bring, to fetch.
mu...w0,v. to bring in, introduce, entertain a
guest.
n, adv. See nn.
na, adv. already, now.
na, pron. that, the same, the.
58
NIG
na, v. to spend money.
na, v. to flog; to stretch, extend.
na-dza (dda), v. to trade, traffic.
na-ga (iga), v. to stretch in reaching up.
na-gu-dt, x. «a kind of trowsers.
na-huy (shun), 7. to extend the voice, to speak
aloud.
na-mai, . a ring with which the bow-string is
drawn.
Na-na,”. madam.
na-ni, v. to be careful of, to make much of.
nan, day ? interrog. interj. eh ?
na-ro, v. to stand erect.
na-s4-ra (Arab.), x. a Christian.
na...stlé,v. to let down from above, to lower.
na-wo (ow6), v. to spend.
na-wo-na-wo0, n. «a spendthrift.
na-w6 (ow6), v. to extend the hand, to pass from
hand to hand,
ndayn, adv. not. See nan.
ndau, nda-wo, adv. no.
nde, v. to arise, get up.
ndze, adv. then, therefore.
ne. See na.
ne-ga. See naga.
ni, v. to be, it is, it was.
ni, prep. in, on, at: ni bi, whereas, that whereas.
ni, v. to have, to own; must.
ni, v. to say.
ni, v. to load a canoe or ship.
ni (eni), pron. one, person, us, that, the.
ni-bai, ni-ba-yi, adv. there, yonder.
ni-bé (ibe), adv. there,
ni-bi, ni-bi-yi, adv. here, hence.
ni-bi-kan, adv. somewhere.
ni-bi-k{-bi, adv. wherever.
ni-bi-ti, adv. where, whence.
ni-bo, ni-bo-ti, adv. where, whence.
ni-bo-mi-ran, adv. elsewhere.
ni-bu, ni-bii-bu, adv. crosswise.
ni-dé-ye-da-ye, adv. now and then.
ni-di, ni-di-ti, prep. about, concerning.
ni-dze-fa, adv. six days ago.
ni-dze-rin, adv. four days ago.
ni-dze-ta, adv. day before yesterday.
ni-dzo-gbo-gbo, adv. every day, daily.
ni-dzo-kap-lo-gbon, adv. seldom.
ni-gba, ni-gba-ti, adv. when, while.
ni-gba-gbo-gbo, adv. always.
ni-gba-ku-gba, adv. at any time, often.
ni-gba-n4, adv. then, at that time.
ni-gba-ni, adv. anciently, in old times.
ni-gban-gba, adv. publicly, openly.
ni-gba-wo? adv. when?
ni-gba-yi, adv. now, at this time.
oD
NIG
ni-gbe-hin, adv. afterwards, hereafter, at last.
ni-gbo-se, adv. by and by, after a while.
ni-ha, adv. near, alongside, about.
ni-hin’, ni-hin-yi, adv. here, hence.
ni-hé-ho, ni-hd-ri-ho, v. to be naked.
ni-kan, ni-kan So-S0, adv. alone, singly, only.
ni-ke-hin, adv. at last, lastly.
ni-k6, adv. See nko.
ni-ko-ko, adv. in private, secretly.
ni-kpa, ni-kpa-t{, prep. by, concerning, as to, ac-
cording to.
ni-kpa-se (ese), prep. by (means of).
ni-kpe-kup, v. to have an end, to terminate.
ni-kp6, prep. instead of, in the room of.
ni-kpop, v. to be thick, asa board,
ni-ku-sa, prep. near, close to.
nila (nla), v. to be large.
. ni-lai-lai, adv. anciently.
ni... la-ra (Ji ari), v. toannoy, vex, press, as a job
of work.
ni-Ié (ni), adv. on the ground, down.
ni-lo-16, adv. lately, recently.
ni-na, x. extent, extension.
ni-ni, adv. quite (cold) : tutu nini, to flourish, as a
plant. (Ps. 92, 14.)
ni-ni, n. «@ hail-stone.
ni-ni, x. property, possessions ; an owner.
ni-n6, prep. inside, within, among, in.
ni-ran, v. to remember.
ni-sa-lé, prep. below, beneath.
ni-si, v. to be concerned about, to care.
ni-si-si, ni/-si-si-yi, adv. now.
ni-sa-dzu, adv. before, formerly.
niti, ni’-ti-ti, prep. in that, for that, for, con-
cerning, in, of, from.
ni’-ti-kpé, conj. as to, in regard to that.
ni’-to-ri, ni’-to-riti, conj. because, for, for the
sake of ;—prep. for, concerning.
nito-ri-n4, adv. therefore, wherefore.
ni’-to-si, prep. near.
ni’-t6-t6, adv. in truth, truly.
ni-wai (ni), v. to be amiable, of a good disposition.
ni-wa-dzu, prep. and adv. before.
ni-wo-yi, adv. now. ?
ni-won, adv. moderately ; at the time of.
ni won-bi, adv. inasmuch as.
ni’-ye-n6 (iye ind), v. to be intelligent.
ni-yin, v. to be praised, honorable.
nla, v. to be great: igi nla, a large tree.
nlé-nla, n. greatness.
nn, adv. no.
nd, v. to be lost ; to wipe j—adv. off, away.
nd...nd, v. to wipe off, blot out, brush away.
noy-yi, 2.
nso, v. to go on, proceed.
to rest a little.
9 ODO
nwop, pron. they.
nwop-yi, pron. these.
nyin, pron. you.
N.
YD, an auxiliary prefix, denoting an action which is
or was in being at the time alluded to in the pro-
position ; as, 6 nta, he zs selling.
yD, pron. I.
ngba! interj. take it!
Ngb6! interj. hark! hear.
pkan (ohuy kan), x. @ thing, something.
ykan-ki'-pkan, n. « trifling thing.
nk6, v. to be not: 6 nk6, i is not he; 6 vii nko?
{he saw it is-it-not or did-he-not) did he not see
at ?
yS6. See nso.
Dyin, pron. you.
O.
0, pron. thou.
6, « word of assent : to mi wah, come here ; 0, yes,
or J will.
6, pron. he, she, it, that ; used without the tone-mark
after li, ti, and other particles ; as, emi li o de (J
it-is that came), I came.
6, adv. not.
6, aux. part. shall, will.
o-bi, rn. a parent ; a female, of cattle.
O-bi, x. the kola or goorah nut.
6-bi-ri, 6-bin-ri (dbo enia), rn. a woman.
0-b6, n. a hint, private information.
O-bo, x. pudendum muliebre.
o-bo-tu-dze, n. _physic-nut (curcans).
0-b6, 2. a foster-parent, a nurse.
0-bd, x. «@ roller for ginning cotton.
o-bu, n. which is insipid, stale ; a rotten egg.
o-da-le, x. « breaking down : ge odale, to break
down.
o-de, x. the outside, out of doors.
o-de, n. a small bat.
o-dé, x. «@ parrot.
o-di, n. malice, wrongfulness : odi si, opposition,
Per ver seness.
o-di, n. « town wall, breastwork ; 4 dumb person.
o-di-de. See ode.
o-di-di, n. « bunch, cluster ; the whole.
o-di-n6, ». a passionate person.
o-do, x. a division, section, party, district.
0-d6, n. « mortar for pounding things in.
6-do, n. water in a body, as a river or pond.
0-d6-di, o-do’-ro-di, adv. never, not at all.
ODO
o-do-do, n. truth, righteousness, justice.
o-do-dé, x.
o-do-gi, x.
O-du, 2.
6-du, x. «@ boiler, caldron.
O-du-a, O-du-du-a, n. heaven and earth ; the god-
dess, Nature: Odudua, igba nlé medzi 4 de i $i,
heaven and earth, two large calabashes shut not to
scarlet color.
scrofula.
the companion of Tfa.
be opened.
o-dze,n. sap of plants.
0-dzé, x. lead.
o-dzi, x. «a reviving, revival.
6-dzi,x. forty ; adultery.
o-dzi-a, 7. gum, resin.
o-dzi-dzi, x. an electrical fish.
o-dzi-dzi, o-dzi-dzin, n. «a shadow, shade.
6-dzi-dzi, num. by forties ;—n. suddenness.
o-dzi-gbe-se, n. «a debtor.
o-dzi-gbon, n. the outer corner of a house.
o-dzi-ya,n. a sufferer, one oppressed.
0-dzo, n. cowardice, a coward.
6-dzo, x. rain: OdzZo oti, new weak ale,
0-dzo-bo, 7.
0-dz6-dzo, x. ague.
o-dzo-dzt-le, n. every house.
o-dzo-dzu-mo, 7. every day, daily.
o-dzo-gan, ». «a kind of scorpion.
o-dzo-gap, 2.
0-dzo-ro, 7.
o-dzo-wu, 7.
0-dz6-ye, 7.
0-dz6, n. the space of a day: ondZe odzé, daily
bread ; comp. odzé.
0-dzo-ro, n.
o-dzu, x.
o-dzG, n.
knife or sword ; an opening : odzt dna, the middle
of the road, the road, a gate ; odZt ré wah ile, he
came to himself (after being insane); odzi ala, a
dream ; odztiaiye, the sky ; odzti ow6, the principal
(money), as distinguished from interest; odZf orun,
sleep ; odztt ori, the grave ; odztiagbara, a gutter,
a wide street ; odzi sama, acloud ; gbe odzt ako,
to cock a gun; gbe odZtt abo, to half cock a gun.
o-dzu-gba, n. « companion, an equal.
o-dzu-gon, ». the shin.
o-dzu-kapn-n4, n.
o-dzt-k6’-ko-ro, 7.
to covet.
o-dzu-kpo,n. a skylight in the palace where the
king takes the air.
o-dzu-kpon, n.
o-dzu-la-fe-ni, ».
o-dzu-le (ilé), ».
o-dzu-lu-mé6, n.
a loop.
an inheritor.
one who cheats at play, a cheat.
a jealous person.
a ruler, officer.
an iron mace.
@ sore, a scar.
the eye, face, appearance, edge, as of a
immediateness.
covetousness : $e odzukdkoro,
trouble, perplexity.
a time-server, an eye-servant.
a doorway.
an acquaintance,
60
OGU
o-dzu-m6, 2.
o-dzu-nla, n. a covetous person ; envy, greediness.
o-dzu-ran, n. dream, a vision.
o-dzu-ré-re, x. favor, grace: ge odzurére, to favor.
o-dzu-ri, n. an eye-witness.
6-dzu-son, n. a fountain.
o-dzu-sa-dzu, n. partiality.
o-dzu-ti, ». shame, modesty.
o-dzu-w4, 7. a sharer, distributor.
o-fe, x. «a parrot ; a dexterous fellow.
o-fe-re, n. the morning star ; about three o'clock in
the morning.
o-fi, n. a loom, lit. a swinger.
o-fi-dzi, n. forgiveness.
o-fin, n.
6-fin, n.
6-fo, n. loss, calamity, emptiness, desolateness.
o-f6-fo, n. a busy-body, tale-bearer.
6-fo-ro, rn. a kind of squirrel.
o-fa-ru-fG, n. the firmament, space.
o-gbi-fo, . an interpreter.
o-gbi-gbi, x. a kind of owl.
o-gbo, for gbogbo, pron. ail.
o-gb6, n. old age; a kind of wildcat.
o-gbo-do, zn.
o-gbo-dzu, x.
o-gbo-gbo, n. a mallet.
o-gbo-16-gbo, x.
o-gbo-ni, x. «a sort of free-masonry ; a respectable
elderly man.
o-gbu-fo. See ogbifo.
o-ge, 7. a fop, dandy.
o-ge-de, adv. only.
o-ge-de-gbe, o-ge-de-mgbe, 7.
ogedemgbe ;—adv. headlong falling.
o-gi, 2.
6-gi, n. starch of maize.
o-gi-dan, ». a leopard. ‘
o-gi-di-gbo, ». a kind of drum.
o-gi-ri, xn. «a yard wall.
o-gi-ri, 2. a gallop, a rush of a crowd.
o-g6, n.
6-g0, 2.
him into the payment of a debt.
o-go-do, n. the young of cattle, a calf, colt.
o-go-du-gbé, x. dropsy.
o-go-dze, num. one hundred and forty.
o-go-dzi, num. forty.
0-g0N-g0, x.
6-go-ti, n.
o-gu-fe, n. a wether.
o-gu-li-tu, .
o-gu-na, 7. «a coal of fire.
o-gun, 7.
O-g4n, nN.
morning, dawn.
a law, prohibition.
a pit.
a young or green yam.
a daring man.
ancientness, old age.
headiongness : li
an old dog, an old bachelor.
glory, vaunting.
a person sitting at one’s door daily to shame
the ostrich.
See dgo.
a clod of earth.
war, an army, a battle.
the god of blacksmiths and of soldiers.
OGU
o-gn, 2. an inheritance ;—num. twenty.
6-gan, n. a chair.
0-gtn, 2. perspiration.
O-gun, x. medicine, poison, a charm.
o-gun, . a round pole, foot-stalk of a wine-palm
leaf.
o-gu-ro-do, n. a standing upright.
6-gu-r6, n. palm-wine.
O-gu-sd, 2. a tobacco-pipe.
Oh! the usual reply to a salutation,
o-ho! a word of exclamation.
o-hun, ». «a thing: ohuy ilo, a vessel, utensil ;
ohuy ini, property, possessions ; ohuy ona, a tool,
instrument ; ohuy osin, a domestic animal,
6-hun, ”. the voice, speech, a sound.
o-hun-k6-hun, ». any thing whatever.
0-1-b6, e-i-b6, a-mb6, x. a white man.
See 6.
O-ka,n. a ring.
0-k4pn, 2. one cowry.
6-Kay-ai-ya, 7. the breast, chest.
O-ke, x. top, hill, height, mountain: Oke orun,
heaven.
o-ke-lé, n. «a package of salt.
0-ke-lé, n. a bit, a morsel.
o-ke-re, n. distance, far off, aloof.
6-ke-té, n. a bale of goods, a wallet ; a rat.
o-ké-hin-da, x. renunciation, forsaking.
o-ke-le-ndze, n. a kind of lizard.
o-ki, x. failure to fire (asa gun), or to cut (asa
dull knife).
0-ki, x. jflatiery, compliments.
o-ki-ki, n. fame, rwmor.
o-ki-ki-ri, x. hardness, difficulty ; a knot.
o-ki-ri-bi-ti, n. the area of a circle.
o-ki-ri-kpa, n. dryness and hardness, as of leather :
okirikpa adza, an old dog.
6-ki-ti, n. a swmmerset, a headlong fall.
6-ki-ti, 6-ki-ti o-gGn, x. a white-ant hillock, a
heap.
o-ki-ti a-ro, n. a potash-strainer.
o-kiti é-be, x. a hill for planting yams, corn, &c.
o-ko, n. «a farm: oko ale, afternoon’s farm work ;
oko eru, bondage, slavery.
0-k6, x. « stone.
0-ko-b6, x. a eunuch; a liar.
0-k6 i-bon, 7. the lock of a gun.
o-ko-to, n. a kind of snail.
0-ko, nr. «a name.
o-kpe, n. a puzzle, ignorance ; a simpleton.
o-kpe-kpe, x. a youth.
o-kpin, n. an end, boundary.
o-kpin-lé (ile), x. boundary of land, ends of the
earth,
o-kpo, x. the place of audience in the palace ; a
raised place to sleep on.
61
OLO
o-kp6, n. a post; a widow: okpé oko, a mast.
o-kpo-kpo, ».
o-kpo-ro, n.
an avenue outside a town gate.
which is common, usual.
o-kG, ”. a corpse, the dead, state of death, insipidity.
0-kG, for aikt, ». a salutation.
o-ku-ku, x. the woof of cloth.
o-kG-na (dna), . an old overgrown road.
o-kun, n. strength, ability.
o-kun, . a rope, a string: okdy tinrin, twine.
0-kun, n. the ocean.
0-kun, 6’-kun-kun, 7.
o-kun-fa, n.
o-kun-ra, n.
o-kun-ron, n. illness.
o-ku-ru-ro, n. an ill-natured person.
o-ku-Sa, n. ale of millet.
o-ku-Sa-le, x. worn-out land.
o-kG-Su, . refuse from dyeing vats.
o-ku-ta, n. a stone, a boulder.
o-ku-ye, n. one dull of memory.
O-la, . the cloth-moth.
o-la, rn. that which saves, saving, salvation.
O-1é, n. a roof.
O-le, nv. a thief, theft.
o-li-fa, n.
advantageous.
0-lo-b6, n. one who hints, or gives a caution.
o-lo-di, n. which is walled, fortifier’.
0-lo’-do-do, n. a righteous person.
O-lo-du-ma-re, n. the Hver righteous, a nate of
God.
0-16-dzo, n. a stranger.
o-lo-dzu, 7. oneself, an owner.
o-lo-dzu-kan, n.
o-lo-fin, n. a lawgiver.
0-lo-fo-fo, o-lo-fo-ro. See oféfo.
o-lo-gbo, n.
0-16-gb6, 7”. the king’s traditionist or chronicler.
o-lo’-gi-ni, n. a cat.
o-lo-go, x. who is honorable, glorious.
0-16-g0, n. one who duns, a dun.
o-lo’-gon-Sse, 7.
o-lo-gun, 7. «a physician.
o-16-huy (li), 2. @ man of influence.
o-lo’-ki-ki, . who is famous.
0-16-kun, ». which has strings ; a rope-maker.
o-lo’-ku-rop, 7.
o-16-1a, n.
6-lo-16, x.
darkness.
an attraction, encouragement.
anything rotten.
which has or pertains to Ifa; which is
a one-eyed person,
a cat.
a sparrow,
a sick person.
a professional tattooer.
a stuttering, stammering.
o-lo-ni. See oni.
o-lo-nka. Sce onka.
o-16-re, x. «a benefactor : oldre ofe, one who is gra-
cious, benevolent.
o-lo-ri, 7.
o-lo-ri, n.
a head man, chief, captain.
gute
a great man's wife.
OLO
@ singer.
all sorts, variety.
an idolator.
0-16-rin, 2.
o-lo-ri-o-ri, 7.
o-lo’-ri-Sa, n.
o-lo-ro, n. which is venomous.
o-lo’-ru-ko, n. who is distinguished, famous,
o-lo’-Su-ma-re, n. which is curved.
0-16-t6, 0-16-ti-t6, x. a just person.
o-lo-w6, x. who is rich.
o-l6-ye, n. who is wise, prudent.
0-16-ye, x. an officer, a noble.
o-lo-yo, x. the yellow monkey.
o-lo, x. powder of any kind,
o-lG, x. a chief, an owner: olft ofin, a lawgiver or
owner.
0-10, 7.
o-lu-bo, x.
mud floor.
o-1G-bu-kon, 7.
a hammer.
who adds, or blesses.
o-lu-da-nde, n. a redeemer, ransomer.
o-lu-da-re, n. who is justified.
o-lu-fe, x. who loves, or is beloved.
0-1G-fi-sdn, n. an accuser, plaintiff.
o-lu-fo’-kan-sf, x. a devout or devoted person.
o-lu-fu-ni, 7. a giver.
o-la-gba-la, n. a savior.
o-lu-gba-ni, 2. a helper, deliverer.
o-lu-gbe, x. who lifts up, or raises.
o-lu-gbd6n-g bo, n.
cloth is fulled.
o-lu-gbo-ro, rn. a cudgel.
o-lu-gb6, n. a believer.
o-lu’-ko-lo. See abiku. .
o-lu’-ko-re, n. @ reaper, crop-gatherer.
o-lu-ko, o-lu-ko-ni, n.
o-lu-kpa, o-lu-kpa-ni, x.
cutioner.
o-la-kpa-mo, n.
o-lu-kpa’-ra-mo, n.
o-la-kpi-le-se, n.
o-lu-kpin, ». «@ sharer, divider.
o-la-kpon-dzG, ». one who is poor, distressed.
o-lu’-ku-la-ku, pron.
o-lu-m6, n. a builder.
o-lu-m6-ran, 7.
o-lG-ran-16-wo, n.
o-lu-ran-Se, 7.
o-lu-ré, 7. a comforter.
o-lu’-re-ron (iron), ”.
o-lu-sin, 7. a server, worshipper.
0-1G-Sa-r6, 7.
o-lu-se, x. a doer, actor.
o-lu-se, n. a victor, conqueror.
o-lu’-Se-tan, 7.
o-lu-8d, 2. a watcher: oluso agutan, a shepherd.
o-lw’-s6-gba (ogba), 2.
a teacher.
a preserver.
one who is long-suffering.
a beginner, author.
each, every.
a@ wise man.
a helper.
a sender.
a sheep-shearer.
a thoughtful person.
an enemy, a hater.
a gardener,
who maintains or feeds ; who beats a
a smooth round block on which
a murderer, an exe-
63 ONT
o-lu-tan,n. « relative, a kinsman.
o-lu-to, n. a director ; one who brings up a child,
a nurse.
o-lu’-to-dz@ (odzfi), n. « guardian, a keeper,
o-lu-wa, 7. «a lord, master, owner.
o-lu-wa-re, x. an individual, a person.
o-lu-w6, 7. a priest.
o-lu’-wo-dzG, n. one who respects persons.
o-mi, x. water: omi kikan, foul water.
o'-mi-dan, n. a young chicken; a maiden.
o-mi-dze, omi-odzG, n. a tear.
o-mi-ran, ». «a giant.
o-mf-ran, pron. other, another, the other.
o-mi-rin, . the throat ; swallowing with ease.
o-mi-to-ro, ». broth.
om-ni-ra, 7. a free person.
o-mu, 7. the grass-nut.
o-nde, n. an amulet tied to the body.
o-nde-re, x. a parrot.
o-ndze, n. food.
o-ni, x. this day, to-day: oni oloni, this very day ;
6 de li oni, he came to-day.
o-nf-ba-ta, n. the owner of a shoe, a shoe-maker.
o-ni-bo-de, x. a custom-house officer.
o-ni-bu-s{, . one who blesses.
o-ni-d4, ». a creator, maker.
o-ni-da-dzo, x. a judge.
o-ni-da-la-re, n. a justifier.
o-ni-dé-m6-ran, n. an adviser, proposer.
o-ni-da-nde, n. a redeemer.
o-ni-dan-wo, . a tempter.
o-ni-di-kan,n. a child who has one parent free and
the other a slave.
o-ni-fa-ra-ro (fi), . @ supporter, backer,
o-ni-fa-ra-we, n. an imitator, emulator,
o-ni-fe-fe, n. « proud person, boaster.
o-ni-fo, n. a washer.
o-ni-gan, x. a catechumen of an idol.
o-ni-gb4-dza-m6, x. «a barber,
o-ni-gba-gbo, x. a believer.
o-ni-gba-ni, ». @ helper, savior.
o-ni-gbe-se, n. a debtor.
o-ni-gbo-wo (gba), 7. @ surety.
o-nf-ha-le, x. who is poverty-stricken.
o-ni-ka, o-ni’-ka-n6 (ind), x. one who is cruel.
o-ni-ke-ke-re, n. one who has little of a thing:
enyin onikekekere igbagbo, ye of little faith.
o-ni-ke-re, x. a small person.
o-ni-ki-ri, n. a wanderer.
o-ni-ko (iko), x. one who is troubled with a cough.
o-ni-kpa, n. one who takes part in a transaction, a
participator, sharer.
o-ni-kpe-lé, x. one who is gentle, courteous.
o-ni-kpin, n. he who appoints our lot, the disposer
of events.
ONI 63 OSI
o-ni-ku, 7. one who is mortal. o-ri, x. the head, top; a kind of pigeon ; shea butter:
o-ni-ku-kpa-ni, 7. « betrayor, traitor. ori amo, . butter.
o-ni-la, x. who is tattooed or circumeised. o’-ri-ka (ika), n. the end of the finger.
o-ni-la-dza, n.
o-ni-le-ra, n. who is healthy.
o-nf-lo-ra, n. who is slothful.
o-ni-na (ina), ”. which is fiery.
o-ni-ni, n. «@ possessor.
o-ni’-no-ni-bi“-ni, x. @ persecutor.
o-ni-n6 di-ddy (ind), ». @ good-natured person.
o-ni-n6 fu-fu, ». @ pure-hearted person.
o-ni-n6 ti-te, n. « meek person.
o-nfi-re-ra, n. who is proud.
o-nfi-re-lé, m. who is humble.
o-nf-r6-bi-n6-dzé, n. who is broken-hearted.
o-ni-ro-ra, ». who is pained, in sorrow.
o-ni-ron, n. which is hairy.
o-ni-ru, 7.
o-ni-ru-ru, 7.
o-ni-sa-dzu, 7.
o-ni-sa-dzu, x. who is partial.
o-ni-se-gun, n. « doctor.
o-ni-Se, 2. a worker.
oni-si, ». an author or inventor of a thing.
oni si-ti, n. «a powerful or eloquent speaker.
o-ni-So-guy, . « doctor, physician.
O-nfi-S6-wo0, n. a trader.
o-ni-so-na, 7. a mechanic.
o-ni-ti-won, pron.
o-ni-tu-bu, 2. a jailor.
o-ni-wa, nn. who has a disposition or character ; a
circumstance ; oniwa iwa, all circumstances or con-
ditions.
o-ni-w4-si, onfi-wa-su, 7. « preacher.
oni-we-re, x. which wriggles, a wriggler.
o-ni-wo-ra, n. a greedy person.
oni-ye, x. one who has a good memory.
a peace-maker.
one who is similarly endowed.
variety, various kinds.
who is modest, bashful.
any one, lit. their person.
o-n6, x. prehension of danger, dread.
on, pron. him, her, it.
On, conj. and.
6n, pron. he, she, it.
on-fe, n. one who is chari table.
on-gbe, n.- thirst: ongbe gbe mi, J am or was
thirsty.
on-Ka, n.
on-la, x.
on-na, pron.
01)-r0-T0, 7.
one who counts, a counter.
that which saves, a saver.
himself, that.
one who is austere.
on-Se, 7. a messenger.
o-ra, 2. a purchaser.
o-re, n. «a bulrush, a mat of rushes.
o-re, n. «a watch-tower, a watching from a tower.
G-re, n. goodness, kindness: Ore ofé, grace.
o-re-re. See okpokpo.
o-re, n. the porcupine.
o-ri-ke, n. «a joint of the limbs.
o-ri-lé, n. a family, race, nation, tribe: orilé ede,
a nation.
o-rin, x. « tooth-brush made of a root bearing the
same name.
6-rin, n. «@ song, a tune.
o-ri-so, n. a stall, a tying-up place.
o-ri-son, n. a spring, a fountain.
o-ri-Sa,”. an idol.
O’-ri-S4-Ko (oko), n. the farm-god.
O/-ri-Sa-nlé, n. a name of Obatala.
o-ri-se 4-lu-fa (ise) n. priest’s work, the priestly
office, priesthood.
0-ro, n. honey ; a stick to stir ale with ; provo-
cation, difficulty, hardness, fierceness.
O-ro, n. the god of civil government, the executive
of the state deified.
0-r6, n. venom of reptiles ; torture, torment: sise
ord, to be tormented.
6-16, n. the erect posture, erectness ; the indigenous
mango.
0-ro-bo, . good luck, fortune.
o-ro-mbo (éré ambé), x. an orange, lime, lemon.
o-ro-re, n. pimples on the face.
0-r6-ro, n. bitterness, gall.
0-r6-ro, x. oil: fi ami ordro yan, to anoint.
6-r0,”. morning.
o-ro-nu, ». which is tender.
o-ru, . heat, steam.
ord, 2. a pitcher, jug.
O-ru, nr. night.
o-ru-ba, n. an oil-pot.
o-ru-gapdzo, n. midnight.
o-ru-gu-du, ». « short thick bottle.
o-ru-ka, n. aring.
o-ru-ko,. a name; a he-goat.
o-ru-lé (ilé), x. @ roof.
o-run,n. sleep: oruy kéy mi, Jam sleepy.
6-ruy, 7.
the sun sets ; Se-drun, the large red setting sun.
o-rtn, 7.
thesun: Oruy la, the sun rises ; Gruy wo,
a smell, a scent.
o-se, n. paint.
o-sé,n. the hippopotamus.
o-sin, n. which is tamed, a domestic animal, cattle.
o-sin, x. the left, the post of honor : dsin yama, the
south.
0-Se,n. a smacking of the lips for sorrow ; the club
of Sangd.
0-SE-SE, 7.
0-Si, 7.
o-Si-Se, 7.
wretch.
See ose.
meat of the first quality.
misery.
a@ poor or miserable person, a pauper, a
Oso
0-80, ”. a witch, sorcerers $e O80 si, to bewitch.
o-so-n6, n. an ill-natured person.
o-Su, x. the new moon, a month.
o-su-kpa, 2”. the moon.
o-su-mé-re, rn. « rainbow, semicircle.
o-su-me-re.n. a lily.
o-su-su, n. a grove, thicket: kpa ogusu, to form a
grove, to stand in a grove.
6-SuU-WOD, 7. «@ measure, a weight.
o-ta, n. a seller.
o-te, x. the corner of a house.
o-ti-to, x. truth: otito idf, the true cause or reason.
0-to-lo,”. a kind of antelope.
0-to-Si. See osise.
6-6, n. truth.
o-ton-kpan-yap, 7. one who creates disturbance.
o-tu, o-tu-tu, n. cold, a cold in the head.
o-tu-mo, o-tu’-di-m6, ». @ covenant-breaker.
o-we, x. a proverb, a parable ; plumpness.
O-we-re, x. struggle, effort, wriggling, writhing.
O-wi-wi,n. an owl.
o-wo, 7. a horn.
0-wo, 7. a boil.
0-w6, n. cowries, money s Sc ow6, to make money.
O-wo, n. trade, traffic: Se Owo, to trade.
o-w6-bo-de, x. tax, customs.
o-wo-kan-ai-ya, 7.
0-w6-Se (ise), 2.
O-wG, x. cotton, thread ; jealousy.
6-wi.1r0, 7.
o-wu-su-wiLsu, 7. fog, gloomy weather.
o-ya, 7.
o-ye, n. anumber: li arin mélo? how often? nwoy
the bosom.
wages.
morning.
that which separates, a comb.
k6 Ii oye gba, they set no number (of times).
o-yé, n.
derstand ; k6 li oyé, he has no sense.
O-ye, n. «a title of honor, office: dzé dye, to hold an
office.
o-yi, nv. giddiness: oyi nkpa mi 16h, Z am dying
of vertigo.
0-yi-b6, 0-i-b6, n.
o-yin, ».
oyin alugbe, bees in a hive.
0-Yo, 7.
o-yan,”. pregnancy ; a hand-saw: \i oyun, to con-
ceive, to be pregnant.
understanding, intellect: oyé ye mi, I un-
a white man.
a honey-bee, honey: oyin igay, wild honey ;
a small owl.
0.
0, pron. thou.
6, pron. he, she, it.
0, adv.
6, aux. part. shall, will.
Q-ba,n. «a king ; father, sire: Oba Ogd, God.
o-ba-kan, ».
not,
a father’s kinspeople.
64
OFO
o-ba-le, x. prostration.
O-bn-gi-dzi, n. the Lord, the Almighty.
O-ba-ta-la, n. the originating god (an androgyne),
the generative principle.
Q-ba-ra, n. cord, pack-thread.
0-bé, x. a knife.
0-b6, x. sauce, hash, soup.
Q-be-do, x. green scum on water (lemna); hence,
green color.
0-bo, n. a baboon.
0-b6, n. coarse white cloth.
0-bon, x. a filthy person, sloven.
Q-bon-bon’, x. an umbrella ; a beetle (insect).
0-bo-ro, n. which is plain (not marked).
Q-dé, ». drought, dearth, need ; old ale: oda da
nyin? do you need anything 2
O-da, n. wax.
o-da-dz@ (da odzii), x. one who is shameless.
o-dan, n. an inconsistent story ; a vain talker.
0-day, n. «a species of fig-tree.
O-dan, n. a prairie.
Q-de,. «a hunter: de ode, to hunt for; ohun ode,
prey.
o'-de-de, n. a piazza.
o-di-a-kpa-sa, ». a remnant of cloth in the loom.
o-do, n. presence of a living being : li odo, si odo, ti
odo; see lodo, sodo, todo: lati odo, from.
0-d6, ». the young of domestic animals: odé agu-
tan, a lamb.
o-do-dun, . every year, yearly : Ii ododun lid ri 3,
we see it every year.
o-don, 9o-dun, n. cloth of palm-leaf fibres.
o-dan, 2.
9-dza, x. aband, a girth; that which ts broken off.
O-dza, n. amarket, merchandise.
o-dze-hun, 7.
0-dZ6, n. time, a day: 0dZ6 ale, afternoon ; odz6
ibi, n. birthday ; 9dZ6 idzo, assembly-day ; odz6
iwa, the day of being, the creation, beginning of the
world ; 0426 isi, a notable day, an epoch.
0-dzo, n. «a place of settlement, lodging-place: so...
Ii ddZo, to set or place. (Gen. 1, 17.)
0-dzo0-dzo, n. every day, daily.
0-z6-dz0-dz6, n. many days, old times.
o-dzo-ka-rin, 7. noon.
o-fa, num.
0-fa, n. an arrow, a pledge, a pawn ; the state of
being in pawn.
6-fe! an exclamation of those who carry a corpse
through the street.
0-fé, n.
0-fe, n.
o-fe-re, n.
o-fin, 7.
0-f9, n.
a year.
a glutton.
one hundred and twenty.
gratuity, gratis.
the dawn, a gentle breeze.
the being nearly, the being almost.
a pit to catch a thief or beast, pit-fall.
a squabble, palaver.
OFO
0-fo, n. mourning for the dead.
o-fon, ”. the neck.
o-ga,n. who isexalted, a hero: Oga Ogo, the Most
High ; oga 6riga, the chameleon. :
o-gan, ». a thorn, a cocks spur: yo ogan, to put
forth spurs.
o-g4n, n. an instant ; the hillock of the white ant.
O-gan, ». the large wild boar ; a vain boaster.
o-gan-dzo, x. midnight: ogandzo medze, great
darkness.
o-gan-ran, n. « straight course.
o-gba, rn. agarden, a fence.
O-gba, rn. equality, a balance, an equal.
o-gban-gap, n. a hand-bell.
o-gbe, n. a wound: nwoy gba ogbe de ind, they
were cut to the heart, vexed ; ogbe ind, internal he-
morrhage.
o-gbe-lé (ilé),n. dry land: ara ogbelé, ika abenu
gbdro, dry-land thunder, death
mouth, a riddle, meaning @ gun,
d-gbo-do, n. a dare, defiance, challenge ;—inter).
no !
o-gbon, n.
extreme end ; bristles of a turkey-cock.
)-gbdn, z. abdy ge 6,
did it wisely.
o-gbdn, num. thirty.
O-gbon, ”. gauze.
o-gbd6n-gbon, adv.
o-gb6n-ko-gbon (ogbén ki oghdn),n. subtlety, dis-
honest dealing.
o'-ge-de, ”.
0-g¢-86, 7.
0-§e10, nv.
o-ge-yi, x.
0-g0,”. aclub, a rod ; a package (of salt). é
9'-g9-do, n.
0-g0-dzo, num.
o-go-fa, num.
o-go-rin, num.
o-go-ruy, num.
o-go-ta, num.
o-han, adv.
o-he, n.
o-hup, 7.
there, yonder.
o-ka, x. Guinea corn, the large red millet (sorghum) ;
any kind of corn.
O-ka, x. name of a disease: dka ikt, the death
struggle.
o'-kandzt-a,n. avarice, a miser.
o-kan, num. one, the same: 8é okay, to agree,
with a wide
a precipice, a depth, a deep ditch ; the
he
wisdom, cunning: o flo
wisely.
the banana.
the cassava.
which is gentle, soft.
cold gloomy weather.
a clay-pit, a pit.
one hundred and sixty.
one hundred and twenty.
eighty.
one hundred. ‘
sixty.
yes.
a stupid person.
that place, the place beyond: li Shun,
coincide.
0-kan, x. the heart, reins. (Ps. 16, its)
o-kan-l&, num. eleven.
9
65
OLO
0-ké,n. a sack.
O"-ke-re, n.
o-ke-re, nv.
a proper name of a man.
the squirrel.
o-ko, n. a husband : oko iyaw6, a bridegroom.
o-k6, n. a hoe; the shoulder-blade : ok6 asa, a stir-
rup.
0-ko, x.
spear; nwoy ba ti dko 16h, they went by ship.
o’-ko-kan, .
or opposite to.
o-ko-kan, nw.
o-ko-la-ya, 6-ko-lo-bi-ri, n.
o'-kon-ri, x.
0-k6-Se, n.
o-kpa, n.
staff.
o-kpa-gun, 7.
o-kpai-mb6 (okpe ambd) n.
o-kpa-ko, x. a pole to push a canoe.
o-kp4-la-ba, 7.
o-kpa_lai, x.
o-kpe, x.
o-kpé, xn. thanks: da okpe, se okpe, to thank.
o-kpe-le, n.
o-kpe-re, 7.
o-kpo, x. abundance, a multitude, much.
o-kpo-l6, n. «a frog.
9-kpo-lo-kpo, ».
o-kpon, 7. « bowl.
o-kpo-wom, x.
6-kun, 7.
a canoe, boat, ship, trough, shuttle; a
the direct line; the direction towards
one by one, each one,
a married man.
a man.
one who refuses todo a thing.
a staff, a pole: okpa ikpo, a travelling-
an ensign, a banner.
the pine-apple.
a bottle, a vial.
a squabble, a dispute.
the oil-palin.
a messenger of Ifa.
a canoe, a boat.
abundance.
an innumerable swarm.
an insect (ulus); @ stupid person.
o-la, n. to-morrow.
0-14, n. honor, authority, majesty.
o-la, x. wealth, safety.
o-la-dza, n.
o-la-ra, n.
o-le, n. laziness, one who is lazy.
0-1é, n.
o-le-le, n.
o-lo, n.
o-lo-dza, n. an executioner.
o-lo-gan-ran,”. «a kind of cricket.
o-lo-gba, ”. « gardener.
o-lo-gb6n, ”. @ wise person.
o-ld-kan, n. which has, or pertains to, a heart:
oldkan mimé, one with a holy heart.
o-lo-ko, .
0-16-ko, x.
o-lo-kpa, 0-lo-kpa-ga, ». a staff-bearer, a bailiff,
policeman.
o-lo-la, n. an honorable or official person.
o-lo-mu e-ko (omu), n. @ maiden nearly grown.
o-lo-na (ona), . a mechanic.
o-ld-na (dna), x. the owner or overseer of a road.
o-lo-re,n. @ giver.
a peace-maker.
an envious person.
a foetus, embryo.
a kind of cake.
a mill-stone.
a spearman.
a master or owner of a ship.
OLO
o-ld-ro, rn. a rich man, an eloquent man.
O-lo-run (6 li orun), x.
plied to the inferior gods, or ‘ 6riga’
o-lo-Sa, 7.
o-lo-tan, 7.
o-lo-te, x.
o-lo-ti, 7.
o-lo-to, x.
zen.
o-mo, 7.
God, a name never ap-
a licensed robber, i. e. a land privateer.
a distant relative.
a rebel, a seditious man.
a brewer, a iquor-dealer,
a child, servant, offspring ; a kernel: omo
agbo, « babe ; omo alade, children of « king, prin- |
ces ; omo ale, a bastard ; omo ehin, a follower, a
. . }
disciple ; omo odo, a body-servant ; omo oguy, a
soldier ; omo kewu, a scholar, school-child ; omo
odzu, pupil of the eye ; omo okt, an orphan ; omo
own, a smith’s hammer ; omo odo, a pestle ; omo
sika, a key.
6-m6-bi-ri (obiri), n.
o-mo-dan, 7.
o-mo-dé, x.
o-mo-din, x.
o-mo-do, n.
o-mo-dun, n.
o-mo-ko-ko, 7. « potter.
o-m6-kop-ri (okonri), x. a boy, a son.
o-mo-le (ilé), x. the house-lizard.
o-mo-lo-dzu (li), x.
o-mo-ni-ke-dzi, n. another person, another,
o-mo-n6-ya (in6 iyi), 2. a brother or sister by the
same mother.
o-mo-ri (ori), 7.
9-m6-se (es¢), 7.
o-mo-ti, 2.
ant.
o-mu, 7.
flat stick to divide the woof.
ona, 7.
O-na,n. «a road, a channel ; a president of any de-
partment of government: as, dna Iwefa, the chief of
the Eunuchs ; dna Isokun, the chief of the Coun-
a girl, daughter.
a young woman,
a child.
the litile finger, little toe.
a rivulet.
tender leaves of a tree.
a grand-child,
a lid, as of a pot.
a toe,
a drunkard, tippler; a kind of
mechanics work, carving, decoration.
cil of Twenty-two.
o-ni, 7. « crocodile.
Qo-no, 7. apprehension, fear of results.
o-r4, n. fat, fatness: ord eguyguy, marrow.
o-ra, . a purchase, a purchaser.
O-ran, 2. a matter, a cause, an affair: fi dvan 16h,
to appeal.
o-re,n. «a friend.
o-ré, n. aswitch, a small whip.
Ore, 7. a gift, present, offering: dre anu, charity,
alms.
o-re-ke-Sse, x. a small cowry-bag made of grass.
o-re-re, n. salt.
6-re-re, 7. convulsions.
o-rin, nwin. eighty.
66
a rich ov distinguished person ; a citi-|
the female breast, udder ; breast milk ; a.
ro)
oT
d-rin, x. diarrhea: drin edze, dysentery ; drin nse
6, he is sick of diarrhea.
0-r0, n.
6-46, 7.
0-r0, x.
0-40, 7.
_0-ro, 2.
euphorbia.
a kind of rope.
equivocation, deceit.
wealth ; clay; aghost, a fairy.
a word, conversation: dro ikdko, a dark
saying (Ps. 49, 4); dro idzinle, a mystery.
o-ron, n. the neck.
o-run, 7. « bow, the sky, heaven, the invisible world,
hades: oruy akpadi, hell ; Oke orun, heaven.
o-ran, num.
o-rup-la, n.
O-sa,n. name of the lake at Lagos.
o-sf,n. flight, retreat : sd osa, to flee from.
O-sa, n. a space of time: Osa agogo kan, the space
of an hour.
one hundred.
dried okra.
o-sa, n. robbery.
o-sfin, n. daytime.
o-san, n. an esculent fruit.
o-san-gan-gan, n. midday.
o-san-han, n. the straightforward direction.
O-say-hin, n. the god of medicine.
o-se,n. the sabbath, a holy-day.
o-se-ge, n. very wide cloth.
O-siD, 2. an osprey.
d-sin, x. domestic animals, catile.
0-80, n. much talk, exaggeration, complaining.
6-sun, 2. «@ common pot-herb.
0-SAn, n.
lean person.
0-Se,n. soap; a kind of crane.
o-Si-gi, n. grains of maize boiled.
-Sin, 7.
-SO, 7.
-80, n. an iron digger ; thorns in a pitfal.
-Son-Son, n. a rat-trap; a hard kind of wood.
Q-86-ro, x. drippings of rain from the eaves of the
house, a cascade :
a bow-string, a cord: osan enia, a long
one who makes a mistake.
decoration, show: Se li oo, to adorn.
10 0/0 +O
iz 3 :
osoro adire, @ young chicken ;
enu os6ro, eaves of a house.
o-ta, 2. an enemy, adversary: ota Okan, a deadly
foe.
o-ta, n. a bullet, shot.
o-tan, adv. all right, very well.
o-ta-o-lo-dza, n. an executioner.
o-te, n. enmity, rebellion.
o-te-se, n.
o-ti, n.
9-to, n. difference, separateness : nia 4 ma ya li oto,
men are different ; ya si oto, separate or withdraw
rom.
o-to’-ko-lu, x.
9-ton, n.
9-t6n, nN.
as to rank.
a private informer.
ale, beer, spirituous liquor.
the whole population.
holy water in the idol houses, &e.
the right hand side or direction ; second,
TO
67 REL
o-ton-lé, x. the day after to-morrow.
o-to-to, n. the whole, totality.
o-wA, n. the foot-stalk of a wine-palm leaf.
O-wa-ra, n. which is scattered, a shower of
ran.
o-wa-ri-ri, n. a trembling.
O-we, n. a company invited to do a piece of work,
an accomplice, abetting : 6 dze Ole li Swe, he aided
the thief.
o-we-re,n. the small intestines.
o-wé-re, n. a kind of perch.
O-wo, x. a broom.
o-w6, n. the hand ; a flock, caravan, assoriment :
ow6 ina, flame ; ow6 te, to attain
O-wo, 7. honor, respect.
to.
o-wo-d6-wo, 7. hand to hand, tradition.
o-wo-le, n. time (for doing a thing), opportunity.
O-won, ”. retaliation, recompense.
o-wop, 7. @ black snake, said to
spittle.
O-w6D, n. scarcity, dearness, as to
person.
0-won, ”. a pillar, a column.
o-ya,n. hire, wages.
eject venomous
price; a wicked
O-ya,n. the Niger (the wife of Sang6).
o-ya, . a creature like a hedge-hog.
O-yé, n. the harmattan-wind.
O-yo-mi-si, x. the elders of Oyo.
R.
ra, v. to perish, dissipate ; to ache slightly.
r4,v. torub upon ; to crawl, to str
uggle.
ra, v. to buy; to lay one thing on another, to te
together, to lath a house; to rot,
to moulder ; to
soar around, to hover near, as a hawk.
ra-bi-ta, n. a piece of scarlet cloth.
ra-di, v. to recompense, retaliate.
ra-do (edo), v. to be peevish, splenetic ; to pity.
ra-do-b6, v. to hover, as a hen; to shelter.
ra-dzo (re), v. to go a journey, travel.
ra-gan-bi (rd agan bi), n. a child born after the
mother has been long barren.
ra-huy (hun), v. to murmur, grumble.
ra-hun-ra-hun, v. perplexity: se rahunrahun, to
be perplexed.
ra-ko, ra-ko-ro, v. to crawl, creep, as an insect.
ra... ku-na, v. to crumble.
ra-le (ilé), v. to lath.
ra-le (alé), v. to be evening.
ram-ram, ra-mu-ra-mu, adv.
(crying or roaring, as a lion).
loudly, harshly
ra-na (ina),v. to warm or dry at the fire.
ra-ndzGi (ni odZi), v. to look sternly or fiercely.
ra-nti (ni eti), v. to remember.
ray, v. to twist, to spin, to sew ; to send ; to help ;
to grow slowly ; to endure: ray ikpo, to speak
ironically ; ran 16h, to appoint ; ran ni si wa, send
to us.
ran, v. to communicate, as fire or infectious disease,
to shine, burn ; to cut, wound.
ran... le-ti (li), v. to remind.
ray ...lo-dzu (li), v. to dazzle.
ran ...lo-wo (li), v. to help.
ray...lu, v. to sew small pieces of cloth to-
gether.
ray...ni-ran, v. to remind,
ran...ni-se, v. to send on business.
ray-se, v. to send a messenger.
ray-So, v. to sew cloth.
rapn-wu, v. to spin cotton.
ra-ra, adv. at all.
ra-raé, adv. loudly.
ra-re, v. to linger in sickness.
rau-rau, adv. entirely.
re, v. to shed off, to moult.
ré, v. to spring or go off, as a trap.
ré, v. to go; to be good ;—adv. well.
re-bi (ebi), v. to journey, travel.
re-de-re-de, adv. foolishly.
re-di (idi), v. to wag the tail.
re-fin (ru ofin or efin), v. to break a law.
ré-fin, v. to smoke, as a chimney.
re-ke, adv. ina high degree.
ré...ko-dza, v. to cross over, to pass beyond, to
surpass ;—adv. much, surpassingly ; re mi kodZa,
to pass by me. (Mat. 26, 42.)
ré-kG, v. to kill, as a trap.
re-ra, v. to be proud.
re-re, adv. far, at a great distance.
ré-re, n. goodness ;—adv. in a goodly manner,
well,
re-ri,v. to be past harvest time, entirely gathered.
re-ru, v. to be entirely out of sight, gone.
re-ti, v. to expect, hope ; to pick the ear.
re, v. to dye, to soak.
ré,v. tocut, shear, to skim milk ; to stick or adhere,
to be friendly ; to suit, agree.
ré, v. to be weary, heavy of heart, humbled ; to
comfort or quiet ; to shed leaves, fade, wither, to be
red ; to increase or multiply.
ré, pron. his, her, its, thy ; him, thee.
re...dze,v. to cheat.
re-ge (ré), v. to set a snare.
ré-kpd, v. to agree, accord.
re-le, for ra-le, v. to lath.
REL 68 RU
re...1é (ilé), v. to bend down, decline ; to humble,
abase : rel®, to be humble.
re...mo-lé, v. to cut down, mow.
re-re, adv. closely: lé...rere, to pursue; rere
odzi, an eye-servant.
re-rin, v. to laugh: rerin wesi, to smile.
re-roy (iroy), v. to shear, to trim the hair.
rew..si-le. See ré... le:
re-yin (oyin), v. to take honey from the hive.
ri, adv. heretofore.
ri, v. to be, to have ; to see, to seem, to find ; to be
defiled.
ri, v. to sink, to drown, to hide, to plant a tree or a
post in the ground ; to pass threads through the
sley.
ri-di (idi), v. to wnderstand or ascertain the nature
of a matter.
ri...gba,v. to recedve.
ri-ki-si, v. to plot against, to conspire ;—n. a plot.
ri-ndo, v. to be nauseated.
rindo-rindo, x. strength of stomach.
rin, v. to water, to be wet ; to press to the earth, as
a weight.
rin, v. to laugh.
rin, v. to walk, wander, sail ; to tickle: dko nama
rin, that ship sails well or rapidly.
rin ...le-do (li), v7. to make sick at the stomach,
to nauseate. :
ri-ran, 7. a sending ; brightness. See ray.
ri-ran, v. to sce, to see a vision or wonder.
ri-re. See re.
ri-ri, x. seeing, sight ; which is seen or to be seen, a
sight. See ri.
ri-rf, adv. slightly (trembling).
ri-ri, adv. greatly (trembling).
ri-ri, n. «a sinking. See ri.
rin-rin, adv. (weighing) heavily.
ri-ro, x. See the root, ‘ro.’
ri-ru, n. «@ swelling, a sprout of a vegetable, an
issuing forth : viru omi, waves.
ri...s4,v. to flee from, to shun,
ro, v. to tell, to relate; to sound, to strike, as a
clock; to cut weeds from the ground, to till ; to
drip or drop, as water ; to pain, to throb ; to stand
erect ; to excite: ro kale, to publish abroad.
r6, v. to stir, to think, meditate, intend ; to trouble.
ro-dzo (edzo), v. to give account of, to answer for,
ro-dzu (odzu), v. to delay.
r6-dzu, v. to look sad, to be perplexed.
ro-gun, v. to drain off, distil.
ro-hin (ihin), v. to tell news, to relate.
ro-ki-ro-ki, adv. brightly (red).
ro-ko (oko), v. to till, to farm.
ro-le (ilé), v. to succeed by inheritance to the head-
ship of a family, to inherit property.
ro...lo-dzu, v. to be or seem difficult.
r6-na (dna), v. to open a road, to spy ; to meet by
appointment.
ro-n6 (ind), v. to meditaie, to be solemn.
ro-n6-kpi-wa-da, v. /o repent.
ro-ré, n. a pustule, a pimple.
ro-ro, adv. with a fine red color.
r6-ro, n. a door-mat of twigs.
r6-ro, v. to be austere, harsh.
ro, v. to slacken, to wither ; to scrape together, to col-
lect into a mass.
r6, v. to turn from a course or position, to yield or
give place, to bend or break at the edge ; to gush
out, to rush, to sprain ; to explain, to translate.
rd, v. to cool, ease, mitigate ; to be soft; to rain ;
to swing, to suspend on a thing, to lean ; to urge,
press, insist on ; to fabricate from any raw mate-
rial, as iron, leather, or ivory.
r6-be-re, v. to explain at length, by relating the
facts of the case.
ro-bi, v. to travail.
r0-dzZo (ddzo), v. to rain: rddzo si, to sprinkle
water on.
ro-dzo, v. to wither.
r6-dZu (odzu),v. to persevere, to bear patiently, to try.
ro-dzu, v. to be tame, gentle, as an animal.
ro...gba-k4, v. to surround, beset.
ro-gbo-k4, v. to lean on the elbow, recline.
ro-gun, v. to lie in wait, to set a watch for ; to pro-
duce, as yams.
ro-ke-ke, v. to make active preparations for some
public enterprise ; to make an uproar or tumult.
ro-kin, v. to relate traditions.
ro-kon, v. to rebel.
ro-kpo (ikpo), v. to take the place of another.
ro-kpd, v. to mix, mingle.
ro-le, v. to cease, to be tranquil.
ro-m6, v. to hang or lean upon.
ro-ndon, v. éo be pale.
ro-no, v. to fast, to be solemn.
roy, v. to dip into, to sop.
r6n, v. to chew.
ron, v. to be sick: 6 roy egha, he is sick of palsy.
ro-ndop-ro-ndon, ”. paleness.
ron-gan, v. to be barren from disease.
rop-gbon, x. the beard.
ron-ron, v. to be easy.
ro-ra (ard), 7. to be gentle, go softly: ma rora, be
careful! a common salutation on meeting in the
road.
r0-ro, x. the bearded sheep.
ru, ». to rise, swell, to spring up, as a fountain ; to
smoke, to be elevated, to be angry, to be agitated, to
boil over, to stir up, to sprout, to flourish, to break
out, to be exposed ; to mmgle.
RU
ru, v.
a thing ; rd ebo, to offer a sacrifice.
ru-bo (ebo), v.
ru-bu-tu, x. a writing, a manuscript.
ru-di (idi), 7. to bud.
ru-du-ru-du, n.
ru-fin (ofin), v. to break the law, transgress.
ra-gu-du, v. ¢o be thick and short.
ru-ke-ru-d6 (dke ddo), v.
ru... lai-ya (li), v. ¢o make one vomit.
ru-lu (ilu), v. to stir wp the town, to cause sedition.
ru-luw-ru-lu, a-ru-lu, x.
ru-no (ind), v.
lo sacrifice.
confusion.
to make a tumult.
a seditious person.
to be vexed, indignant.
ray, v. to consume, destroy ; to break to pieces, to
perish.
run, v. to stink ; to chew a stick, to rub the teeth
with a stick.
ruy-lé (ilé), v. to dig into a house, as thieves.
ra-ra, adv. confusedly.
ru-we (iwe), v. to put forth leaves, flourish.
8.
sa? adv. where ?
s4, v. to run, to flee, to fear; to dry in the sun: sa
kuro nin6 or lodo, to flee from.
4, conj. for ;—adv. now, only: si ghd! hear now!
8a, v.
to make: si akpere, to make a model or pattern.
sa,adv. a while, for a time.
sa-ba (sin), v. to sit, as a hen, to incubate.
sa-di (idi), v. to take refuge under a person’s pro-
tection.
sa-ga-da-ga, v.
sa-ga-ti (aga), v.
works before a town, to besiege.
sa-gba-ra-ka (so agbara ka), v.
cially with stockades.
sa-guy (ogun), v.
sa-ka-ni, x. the surrounding neighborhood.
sé-ka-sé-ka, n. hay, dried provender.
sa-kpa-mo, v. to abscond, hide.
sa-kpa-ra, 7.
sa-kpe-re, v. to make a pattern, sign, ov token.
sa-ku-sa, x. «a bird noted for its song.
sa-la-h4, s4-la-la, x. « kind of apron.
sa...la-mii (li), v. to set a mark or seal on.
sa-lan-ga, 7. a privy.
ga...lo-dza,v. to slip from the memory.
sal6h, v. to run away, desert.
sa-li-ba-ta, n.
sga-ma, 7. See saynma.
sa-mi (ami), v. to mark, to make a sign on.
to aim or point at,as with a gun; to attempt,
to become a close conflict or battle.
to encamp against, to cast up
to fortify, espe-
to make a charm.
barren land.
a sandal.
69
to bear, carry ; to be lean: ri 16h, to remove |
| se-hin (si), prep.
SI
san, v. tobe in health ; to pay, recompense, benefit :
say tele, to prepay ; say esan, to retaliate ; 6 say
die, he is a little better ; aiya san won, they prosper
in the world.
san, adv.
san, v.
thunder.
san-ma, n.
san-ra (ara), v.
san-san, adv. in strips or slips.
san-yan, 7». silk.
sa-ra (si), prep. on, in (after a verb of motion).
sa-ra, sa-ra-h4, n.
sa-re (ire), 2.
sa-re, n. the square of a house.
sa-re-kpe-gbe, n. the messenger of a society, who
calls the members together.
sa-ri, x. the Mohammedan meal before day during
the fast.
s4-rin (si), prep.
of motion).
sa-r6-ta, n. a cigar.
sa-rit-ba, n. «a border sewed to a blanket or sheet.
sa-se, v7. to make a feast.
ga-ta, n. a household, a group of buildings under
one head man.
sé-w6! interj. behold! look!
sé, v. to shut a door, to close up ; to be barren, to
miss, in shooting.
sé, v. to cook, to dye cloth or leather.
se-bo (ibo, feeding), v. to grow fat, to be gross.
se-d6 (ddo),v. to dam.
se-gi-ri (sa), v. to be chilly.
se-kpon, v. to be barren or unfruitful.
se...m6,v. loshut up, imprison.
se...mo-lé, v.
se-se, n._ the stinging bean.
se-so (so), v. to bear fruit.
se-si, adv. perhaps, haply. (Acts 5, 39.)
emphatic and nearly expletive: as, y 6
loudly, vividly, straight forward.
to gird, to tie around ; to crack, to split ; to
a cloud.
to be healthy, to be fat.
alms (Mohammedan).
to run.
in the midst, among (after a verb
to shut in.
se, adv.
dide se, J will arise (Luke 15, 18) ; 6 mbé se 0,
he is really coming (‘0’ pleonastic).
sé, v. lo strain, as milk; to deny: 6 sé Oluwa re,
he denied his Lord.
sé,v. todistil, as dew, or water from the ground ;
. to quake, as the earth; to interrogate, inquire.
se-gi,n. a kind of bead, ancient Egyptian beads
dug from the earth at Ife and other places.
behind, outside ;—adv. back,
backward (after a verb of motion).
sé-mi (omi), v. #0 drip, to filler.
sé-mi (sin), v. to preserve one’s life or breath :
Olorun semi re, God preserve thee! (said to supe-
riors).
si,v. to be.
ew
SI (
si, prep. to, against, of, at, from, in, into: 16h si ilé, |
go to the house ; 6 dide si mi, he arose against me ; |
4 ye si ikt, we are worthy of death ; mo yo sii, T
rejoice at it; nwon dzina si wa, they are far from
us; bo si yara, go into the room.
si, conj. and.
sia? sa? adv. where?
si-an, su-an, v. impers. it is good, it is well.
si-bé (si), adv. there, yet, still, more: 6 wa sibe, he
as yet alive.
si-bi (si), adv. here, after a verb of motion.
si-cha (si), prep. by, towards, dc., after a verb of
motion.
si-hin, si-hin-yi, adv. here.
sik-sik, si-Ki-s{ki, n. hiccup.
si-kzpa (si), prep. towards, unto, in regard to, con-
cerning.
si-lé (si), adv. to the ground, down.
si-mi, v. to rest, to pause ;—interj. simi! hush /
si...ndze,v. to imitate, mock.
si-ni-k4, n. pewter.
si-ni-si-ni,n. a tyrant.
si-n6, prep. into, among.
sin, adv. before; preceded by tete, first or early:
6 téte de sin mi, he came before me.
sin, v. to string,as beads; to bury; to sneeze.
sin, v. to serve, to worship ; to accompany, to lead ;
to tame or pet, to raise cattle, &e.; to cease; todun;
to domineer over, to prevent from doing.
sin-gba, v. to putin pawn; to transmit from town
to town.
sin-hun. See sinwin.
sin-ka-fa, n. pewter.
sin-ku (oku), v. to bury.
sin-sin, adv. closely.
sin-sin, n. burial.
SiN-SiN, n. service, religion.
sin-win, v. to be silly, crazy.
si-so, n. «@ speaking, which is spoken: evi dro siso, |
one who speaks fluently.
si-wa, adv. forward: siwa sehiy, forwards and
. backwards, to and fro.
si-wa-dzu (si), prep. before ;—adv. before, more,
Jor a little space.
so, v. to tie, to hang ; to bear fruit.
s6,v. to break out aloud, to break wind.
s0-bi-a, n. the Guinea worm.
s0-de (si), adv. owt of doors, out.
so-dzi (si), adv. near, into the shadow or presence
of: mu...sodzi, to receive into favor. (I's. 85, 6.)
s0-fin (sd), v. to enact, to prohibit.
s6-ke (si), prep. and adv. above, up.
so-kpa, v. to le into a hard knot.
so-kpan-kpa, v. to value goods for the market, to
appraise.
0 SON
so...lo-ron (li), v. to hang a person,
so-m6, v. to tie to.
So-ri (si), prep. on, upon, on the top of.
so-r0, v. to hang up so as to swing, to suspend.
so-yi-gi, v. to marry persons, unite in marriage.
SO, v. to throw, to leap ; to move a thing; to sew
up a wound or broken calabash, to mend ; to cause
or make (see so...di); to shoot forth from the
stem, as leaves.
sd, v. to speak, talk, pronounce, to call or name
(Luke 6,13); to quarrel, scold, complain ; to come
down, descend, to let or put down from the head or
shoulders : sd asoddn, to exaggerate ; sd itumd, to
expound, explain ; sd odi si, to speak against, to
gainsay. :
so...d&-ho-ro (di), v. to desolate.
so...dai-m6,v. to pollute.
so-di (idi), v. to explain, prove,
so...di,v. to cause to be or todo: so... di asan,
to bring to naught, to annihilate ; so... di nla, to
make great ; so... di mimé, to sanctify ; so... di
kpikpd, to increase.
so-do (si), prep. to, unto a person.
so-fa (ofa), v. to put in pawn, to pledge.
so-huy (si), adv. yonder, used after a verb of mo-
tion to.
so... ka-lé, v. to come, put, or bring down.
so-kun (ekun), v. ¢o weep. i
so...18,v. to dash down, to lay a foundation, to
pound,
so-lé-dzé, x. «a child’s play, a sort of dancing
doll.
so...lo-fin (li), v. to prohibit, forbid a thing.
so ...lo-ku-ta (li), v. to stone.
so...lo-dzo (li), v. to locate in a place, to assign
to lodgings.
so-lu, v. to pelt.
so-mi-do-lo-to, n. a solitary yellow monkey.
so-na-si (son ina si), x. drritation, excitement: be
sonasi, to excite against.
so-ni-di (so eni di), v. to make, appoint, or con-
stitute one, as to a purpose.
so...nd,v. to throw away, to lose: ke sond, to
cut off.
son, sun, v. to broil, to burn. (Mat. 3, 12.)
s6n, sGn, v7. to move, to shove, to filter ; to plough ;
to send forth water, as a fountain.
SOD, SUN, v. to accuse, to sue ; to point or aim at.
sov-ki, v. to shrivel, contract; to shrink from,
shun.
son-k6n, v.- to drip full of water.
son-mi (omi), v. to filter, drip.
son-m6, 7. to approach.
s6-m6 (ims), v. to snug” the nose, as one with a
cold, to sniff.
SOR
89-FO (dro), v.
or commune
to talk, converse: ba sdro, to speak
with ; sdro odi si, to speak against ;
sdro ni rere, to speak well of.
so-ro-dze-dze or ke-le, v.
privately.
so-ro-le-hin, v. to backbite.
so-te-le, v. to predict, prophesy.
so... ti, v. to miss, in throwing at.
so-ye, v.
sG,v. lo sow, to retail any liquid, as beer; to re-
move from the socket or handle; to perplex, to
to whisper, to talk
to explain, to value, set a price on.
puzzle ; to break out, as measles; to be weary ; to
fall lame, to coat with metal, as in gilding: st
dzade, to bring forth herbs, as the earth.
su, v.
instrument is dull.
sG-a, su-an, v. impers. is good, nice, well: 6 suan,
it is well ; very well, all right.
sa-a, adv. universally.
su-bo, v. to coat with metal.
su-fe (so ife), v. to whistle.
su-m6. See sonmo.
sun, adv. (looking) with surprise: aditi wo ni li
enu sun, the deaf look with surprise on people's
mouths (when speaking).
sap. See sdp.
sty, v. to sleep; to grow thick on cooling, to coa-
gulate, as oil; to freeze.
sun. See sdy.
sup-ko-nu, v.
suyp-ye, v. to doze, to take a short nap.
su-re (so ire), v.
sG-re (sa ire), 2.
st-ru, x. patience: ge stiru, mu sitru, fo be patient ;
to fail in cutting or wounding because the
to cease.
to bless or call a blessing upon.
to run.
stiru imu, taking patience, or being patient. (Jas.
5, 10.)
stti, n.
tempt.
su-wa, su-won.
a contemptuous pouting of the lips ; con-
See suan.
T~
Sa,v. to fade.
sa, adv. awhile.
84, v. to smite, hack, wound ; to snap a gun.
84, adv. only ; by all means.
$a, v. to pick up, collect ; to pick out, select.
Sa-ba. See gafin. |
Sa-d6 (Se), v. to commit lewdness.
$A-dzo (se), v.
sa-dzu, v. to go before, precede; to go forward,
advance.
to be anxious, apprehensive,
(a
| 84n-gbe (igbe), v.
| say-lé, Vv.
sa-fa, v. «a kind of tree: gata kpukpa, yellow color.
San
Sa-fe-ri (sc), 7. to seek.
$a-fin, Sa-la, n.
arm.
$a-fo-dzG-di (se), v. to be saucy, insolent.
Sa-fo-w6-ra (Se), v. to pilfer.
Sa-ga-la-m4-Sa (ge), v.
of double dealing.
Sa-gbe (sc), v. to beg, to borrow.
Sa-gb6, v. to be old.
Sa-hé (Sc), v. to despise, to ridicule.
Sai! inter). of contempt or defiance.
Sai-say (se), v. to be sick.
Sa-ka, adv. entirely, wholly.
sa-ka-t4, n.
Sa-ki, n. paunch, tripe.
S4-ki, v. to miss fire or snap, asa gun; to fail in
cutting, to be naught.
sa-ki-Sa-ki, adv. «unevenly, raggedly, badly : & $d
a logbe Sakigaki, he was badly wounded.
$4-ko-k6 (se), v.
tune.
Sa-ko-so (se), v.
over.
sa-kpa-na, n. smail-pox.
sé-kpa-sa-kpa, adv. in a disorderly manner.
Sa-kpe-dzu-re, Sa-kpe-re. See sakpere.
Sa-kpe, v. to clap the hands.
Sa-la-bé-kpa-de, v. to chance, to happen.
Sa...10-gbe (li), v. to wound, by striking with a
weapon.
Sa-lu-ga,n. who elevates; fortune; a title of Adze,
god of money.
s4-na (ina), v. to strike fire.
Sa-ni-a-ni (se), v. to be doubtful, uncertain.
sa-nu (se) v. to pity: mo s&nu won ; Anu won ge
mi, Zam sorry for them.
say, adv.
Sap, v.
bushes ; to daub ; to eat dry bread or yam.
sap, v. to be loose ; to flow, as a stream; to burst,
to burst forth, as thunder: ago say le, the cloth
is dragging on the ground.
Sa-pfa-ni (se), v. to be profitable, advantageous.
Sa-ngo, n. the god of thunder.
an won chain or ring worn on the
lo play tricks, to be guilty
a morass, a bog.
to occur seasonably, to be oppor-
to control, govern, have dominion
twinklingly, as stars ; wprightly, erectly.
to strike against something hard ; to cut
to cut bushes, to clear land.
san-gbo (igbd), v. to cut down a forest.
san-k&, v. to die in the prime of life.
san-ku-ta, v.
to dash down.
to strike the feet together in walk-
to dash against a stone.
San-se (ese), 2.
ing.
sar-Say (see san), adv.
$4n-w6 (ow6), v. to swing the hands rn walking.
San-w6, v. to be empty-handed, i. e. having no
presents in hand.
in splits or strips.
SAR 72
Sa-ran (se), v. to be silly from age, be in one’s
dotage.
Sa-re (se), v. to make right, to be right.
Sa-re (Se), v. to be older than.
$a-r6, v. to meditate, to be thoughtful.
sa-ro-kpin, v. to limit.
sa-ro-ye, v. to dispute, complain.
sa-Sa, n. an old broom ; scars left by small-pox.
$a-Sa, adv. entirely, thoroughly ; scatteringly.
Sa-ta, n. mud, mire.
Sa-ti, v. to cast away, to set at naught.
sa-ti-kpo, v. to sojourn, emigrate.
gsaun-saun, adv. well, thoroughly: 6 gbéde wa
Saungaun, he wnderstands our language well.
$4-wa-da (se), v. to jest, joke.
84-wo (se), v. to plot, conspire.
sa-wo-tan (se), v. to heal, cure.
sa-wo)n (se), v. to be stingy.
Sa-yay (se), v. to stink.
sa-yay (se), v. to pick out, cull, select.
Se, v. todo, to make ; to be; to ail: 6 $@ ehin bi
elede, he has a back like a hog ; ki ise ti wa, tt is
not ours ; awa Se ti Olorun, we serve God ; bata
kO ge guy ori okuta, shoes are not good to climb up
a rock ; nwon sé odin, they are keeping new year's
day; se @ ki 6 mole, make it shine ; wiwo liao se
ni tito, the crooked shall be made straight ; ki ise
€? what ails him ? iba née, fever ails him ; ant re
nge mi, Z am sorry for him ; ko lé Se mah (or ai)
must ; awa k6 lé ge mah dza (or aidZa), we must
Sight.
se-be, n. a black snake.
$e-bi, v. to suppose, to do as if.
se...dzi-na, v. to deepen.
se-fe-fe, v. to be vain, to brag.
se-g4-fa-ra, v. to excuse.
Se-gbe, v. to perish, to be lost.
Se-i-ro-na. See serona.
se-ke (eke), v. to tell a lie,
se-kpe (se), 7. to swear.
se...la-bu-kun (li), 7. to dishonor.
se...14-le-dZo (li), v. to entertain a guest.
Se-la-ra (ilara), 7. to envy.
Se...1é-gi-ri (li), v. to chill.
se... 1é-m6 (li), v. fo treat coldly.
se-le-ri (ileri), v. to promise, to vow.
Se... le-te (li), 7. to communicate the leprosy to.
se...lé-wa,v. to beautify, to decorate.
se... lo-fo (li), v. to bereave.
se... lo-re (li), v. to befriend.
se ...16-re (li), v. to confer a favor.
Se...lo-so (li), v. to clothe, to adorn, to Sur-
nish.
se-ni, v. to trouble, annoy.
sé-ni-a (se), v. to be kind, accommodating.
BY
sé-ni-sf, v. to exceed or go beyond one’s instruc-
tions, to add to the price.
se...ni-dzam-ba, v. to do violence to, to mal-
treat.
Se...ni-Se (ise), v. to punish.
se-ri-dzG, v. to serve as a steward.
Se-ro-na, v. to go in search of.
se-sin (esin), 7. to ridicule.
Se-tan, v. to complete, to be completed.
Se-ti, v. to pertain to, to serve.
se-uy (ohuy), v. to be kind, good: o Seu, thank
you, well done !
se, adv. greatly.
Se, v. to come to pass, to happen, to be fulfilled.
Sé, v. to break, as a stick; to break up or subdue as
a town; to make a noise: 86 okun bo imé esin,
make the rope into a noose on the horse’s nose.
Sé, v. to sin; to commence.
se-bo (se), v. to make a sacrifice.
se... bo, v. to make into a noose on a thing. See
be
sé.
Se-da, x. silk,
Se-da (Se), v. to create.
Se-dzt (oddu), v. to wink the eye.
Se-fe (Se), v. to jest, mock, ridicule,
Se-gbe (se), v. to associate with,
Se-ge, n. a kind of grass, broom-sedge.
$e-guy (ogun), v. to conquer, prevail over.
Se-hin (se), v7. to be behind or last.
Se/-i-ye (Se), v. to rebel, revolt.
Se-ke-ke, v. to reckon by tickets, to cast lots ; to
give an account.
se-ke-re, n. acalabash-drum, tambourine.
se-ke-Se-ke, n. fetters, shackles.
Se-ke-te, n. beer of maize or Indian corn.
se-kpe, v. to wither.
se-kpo, v. to be double.
Se-ku (si), v. to open the door.
Se... kun, v. 0 diminish or remove a part. (Exod.
5,8) 21.)
Se... le-ti,v. to hem.
Se-le-ya (sc), n. to despise, contemn.
Se-mbe, adv. in a flickering manner.
Se...ni-kpo, 2. to double.
Se-n6 (ind), v. to miscarry, to suffer abortion.
Se-o-run, n. the setting sun when it appears large.
Se-ri,v. to turn into another course, to take another
direction.
Se-sin, v. to ridicule, to be ashamed.
Se-Se, Se-ton, adv. nearly, recently.
Sé-SE, n. which is broken.
Se-tan (se), v. to be deceitful, to deceive.
Se-te (ke), v. to conquer, to gain the victory in a
dispute.
Se-tu (Se), 7. to be speckled.
|
|
|
/
SI
81, v. to make a mistake, to miss ; to fade in color,
to be pale ; to rinse.
Sf, v. to open, to remove, to slip owt of the hand, to
push off from the shore.
Si-bi, x. a spoon.
SI-bo, n. the papaw.
Si-di (idi), v. to pluck up, to remove.
si-dzi, Si-dzZi-b6 (se), v. to shade, to overshadow.
8i-dZG, v. to open the eyes, to be daring.
Si-dzu-w6, v. to look upon, to regard.
Si-fi-sf,v. to misplace.
si-gb6yn. See sugbdy.
Si-gi-di, v. to be short and thick.
Si-gi-di. See stgudu.
Si-gun (oun), v. to go forth to battle.
si-gup, n. the physic-nut.
Sik, a contraction of ge ikéy, to make a fulness, or to
Jill up, employed as a prefix to numerals after abo,
a half ; as, abo siketa (eta), three and a half; abo
Sikaruy (arun), five and a half.
si-ka, n. a key.
si-ko (oko), v.
si-kpa-y4, v.
close, reveal.
si-kpe (sc), v. to entreat, to beg pardon.
sikpo. See si nikpo.
Si-kun (ekun), v. to open the door.
si-kty, v. to remain, after some has been taken.
Si...la-dze, v. to condemn for witchcraft.
Si... lai-ya (li), v.
Si-lo, xn. acurved grass-knife, reap-hook, sickle.
Si...lo-dzu (li), 7. to stimulate or revive, as when
weary.
8i-16h, v. to start, depart.
si-mbo (igiamb6),x. the papaw, lit. the white man’s
igi.
si-mO-ray (se), v.
deration,
si-na (dna), v.
50, for Se Sna, or Sona.
Si...ni-kpo, si...ni-di (ni), v.
Si...ni-ye (ni), v. to remind.
Si...nd,v. fo wash, rinse.
Sin, v. to run precipitately ; to be guilly ; to lend,
to borrow. ‘
Sin, Sin-Sin, adv. uprightly, steadfastly.
Sin, adv. piercingly, keenly.
Sin-sin, n. « porcupine quill.
Sin-sin 6-bé, x. a kind of sauce.
Si6! interj. pshaw! tut!
si-ra (ard), v. to be quick, to hurry.
si-re (sc), v.
si-re-guy (se), v.
proach.
Siri, n.
10
to get under way.
to lay open, expose to view; to dis-
to alienate.
to counsel, to take into consi-
to miss the way, to err. In Ps. 78,
to remove.
to play.
to rebuke for ingratitude, to re-
a stalk of corn or rice with the grain on it.
73 SOF
Siro (Se), v. to reckon, calculate.
Si-se (@se), v. to move the foot, to hasten.
Si-Sa, x. which collects, a collection, &e.
si-san, n. which flows, &c. See gay.
Si-Se, n. to mistake, to do amiss.
Sise, x. which can be done, which is possible.
Si-Se (Se), v. to work, to labor, to be in distress :
Sise oro, to be in torment.
Si-Si,n. which errs ; an error.
si-Su, x. whichis dark ; darkness.
Si-su, adv. rapidly (boiling).
Si-wa-dzu (se), v. to be before, first.
si-we-re (Se), v. to be silly, insane.
Si-wo! an exclamation of defiance.
Si-w6 (ow6), v.
to remove, drive away (Exod. 8, 81): nwon siwo,
they have knocked off work ; ow6 t6 Sf, it is time
to knock off.
Si-won (Se), v. to weigh. (Ps. 62, 9.)
si-ye-me-dZi (ge), v.
So, adv, very slightly (touching).
86, v. to be passionate, morose.
80, v. to be slackened or loosened.
§0-b6 (se), v. to hint.
so-di-n6, v. Sce s6.
S0-dZo-ro (ge), v. to cheat in play.
so-dzu-ko-ko-ro, v.
so-dzu-ré-re, v. to be gracious, to favor.
s0-dzu-sa-dzu, v.
86-fo (Se), v. to suffer loss of property, to be
empty, to waste, to feel bereaved.
80-fo-fo (se), v. to tatile.
S0-go (Se), v. to glory, to exult, to act valiantly.
s0-ke-hin-da, v. to be offended, to forsake.
S6-ko-to, v. to be small, narrow, as a room.
s0-ko-t6, v.
so-kpe (Se), v.
so-kun, so-kun-kup, v.
80-16, n. a rivulet.
So-lo-ri, v. to command, to rule over.
So-n6, v. to be peevish, surly.
Son-SO, n. the point or tip; a pinnacle; a small
item, a particle.
S0-re (Se), v. to do good.
So-ro, v. to be difficult.
$0-r6 (se), v. to be sharp pointed ; to be spiteful,
furious.
so-so, adv.
S0-So (ée), v.
So-w6 (gc), v.
$6-wo (se), v. fo trade.
So-yi (Se), v. to be dizzy.
$6, v. to watch, to guard.
so-de (ode), U.
so-fo, v, to mourn for the dead.
See 82.
to remove the hand, to stop work ;
to doubt, to hesitate.
to covet.
to be partial.
trowsers, pantaloons.
to be simple, ignorant.
to be dark,
singly, only.
to bewitch.
to make money.
to patrol.
Bis
SOF
74
TAW
$0-fon, v. to be persuasive: 4 Sofon bi alakara, he su-n6 (ind), v. to be loose, to run.off, as the bowels.
is as persuasive as a cake-seller.
S0-gba (se), v.
s0-hom-bi-a, x.
80-kan (Se), v.
80-kpe (se), v. to thank.
$0-14 (se), v. to honor.
$0 ...10-So (i), v.
80-na (se), v. to work at a trade, to carve.
80...ni-gbo-w6, v. to strike with the elbow, to
J0g.
80D, adv.
80, adv. precipitately, with a plunge.
860, v. to abstract by little at a time.
S0D-gOD, ?.
agowo mah dé odza, (a riddle), @ long slender
to keep a garden.
a boot.
to be one, to agree, act in concert.
to garnish, adorn.
coolly, calmly.
to be long and slender : aSongon obiri
trading woman who never reaches the market, i. e.
a canoe, which is left at the landing-place when
the owner goes into the market.
80N-gon, S0D-goy-S0N-gon, x. which is long and
slender.
$o-ra (ard), v. to watch over oneself, be careful.
$d-ray (de), v. to commit an offence.
80-re (Se), v. to be friends, to associate : 6 ba mi
gore kpd, he was my friend,
$0-ro. See songon.
so-rom-bi-a, n.
50-SO (Sc), v.
80-SO (Se), v.
80-te (Se), v.
So-w6 (se), v.
$o-wop (se), 2.
su, v. to cast out, to evacuate frces,
8G, v.
blacken, as clouds: ilé sf, it ts dark ; $4 okunkun,
See sohombia.
to adorn.
to complain, to talk much.
to be u foe, to revolt.
to hand over, send over, deliver.
to be scarce, dear, precious.
to discourse ; to intrust ; to grow dark, to
to be dark, obscure, difficult to be understood ; su
dzikana, to make bricks ; st si, to care for or no-
tice what is amiss.
sv, v.
round as a ball, to be cylindrical ; to collect, as a
to knead, to make into balls or loaves ; to be
swarm of bees; to be disagreeable to.
st-b6, v.
su-bu (ge ibu), v.
su-dzo, v.
su-gb6n, conj.
sd-gu-du, n. an image made of clay.
su-kp6 (okps), v. to marry a widow,
su-kt, n. a little hand-basket.
s@-ku-r4, n. a partridge (the akparo).
su... le-se (li), .
su...16-huy (li), v.
su-lo-kpé (li).
sa-m6, v. to gather around, to press wpon, in a
crowd; to settle on, as bees.
su...ni-n6 (ind), v.
See sumé.
to fall: bi gubu, to push down.
to collect, as a crowd.
but, yet.
to besmear with paint.
to censure, to abuse.
See sukpo.
to purge.
su-ra, v. to treasure up.
suru, v. to be in a heap or bunch.
su-su, v. to be plump.
su-Su, adv. greatly, utterly.
x:
ta, v. to shoot, to kick; to sting, to burn, as pepper ;
to spill or shed, as blood ; to open a boil; to pour,
to anoint ; to cast, to fall on ; to spread, as a sail;
to shine ; to produce, as yams or potatoes, to shoot
forth roots or branches; to sound aloud ; to go
from place to place: ta ire, to imprecate evil upon.
ta? pron. who?
ta, v. to sell ; to fine.
ta-ba, n. tobacco.
ta-bi, adv. or, indeed.
ta-dze (edze), v. to shed blood,
ta-dzi, v. to awake suddenly.
ta-dzu (odzi), v.
ta-fa (ofa), v. to shoot a bow.
ta-fa-la, v. to waste.
ta-fa-ta-fa,n. an archer. is
ta-ge-re, v. to hasten.
ta-gbo-kup, v. 10 set sail.
ta-gbon-gbon, v. to stagger, to decline to one side.
tai, tai-tai, adv. indifferently, insolently.
ta-ka (ika), 7. to snap the fingers.
ta-kar-da, n. paper.
ta’-ke-te, v.
to be in haste, to be anxious.
to throw a summerset.
ta-ke-te, v. to stand aloof.
ta-ko-ko, v. to tie a knot.
ta-ko-ta-b6 (ate), . a pair, male and female.
ta-kkpa (ikpa), v. to kick, strike, snatch away.
ta-kpe (ikpe), v. to shoot or put forth ears, as
maize.
ta-kun (okun), v. to stretch a rope.
ta-l4, n. white cloth, whiteness.
ta...lai-ya (li), v. to strike on the breast, to be
contrary to, as the wind.
ta-la-ka, n. which is poor, a poor person.
ta...lo-re (li), 7. to give a gift to.
talu-bo, x. young fruit.
taé-ma-ha, v. to suppose, to hope.
ta-mkEpa, n._ the breast-bone.
ta-na (tan ina), v. to light a lamp or candle.
ta-ndze, v. to cheat, to deceive.
ta-ndzu, v. to look stern.
té-ni-taé-ni so-ko, n.
ta-no, v.
tan, v.
tan, v.
Sectly.
a centipede,
to throw away, cast out.
to be akin to ; to run a canoe aground.
to be finished, perfect ; to cure ;—adv. per-
TAWN
tan, v. to shine, to light, as a lamp; to entice, de-
ceive, scatter: tay molé or imole, to shine.
tan’-ga-ra, n._ tin, a plate.
tan-gbo, v. to take root.
tan-ka-le, v. to spread abroad, promulgate.
tan-kpa-ra, v. to ulcerate.
tan-Sap, v. to shine, as a lamp.
tay-tan, adv. (stretching) to the full extent, vio-
lently, as in conyulsions.
tan-ta-si, n. a yam-vine left to rattoon.
ta-ra, n. gravel.
ta-ra, adv. straight forward, hastily.
tar-d4, n. ink.
ta-ri (ori), ».
ta-sa, x.
ta-se, v.
ta-se (2c), 2.
ta...si-l6, v.
ta-Se, v.
ta-so, v.
ta-wo, ta-yo, v.
ta-tu, adv. very (light); sadly, gloomily: igi yi
fere tatu, this wood is very light.
to push violently.
tin or pewter.
fo miss.
to kick.
to spill, to shed, as blood.
to imprecate evil on.
to warp thread for weaving.
to play the game called ‘ warry?
te, v. to fondle, worship, propitiate.
té, adv. (sitting or alighting) on the top.
té-de, n.
te-dzu, v. to look after, superintend.
té-fe-té-fe, adv.
te-mi, pron. of me, mine.
te-ni. See toni.
te-ni-te-ni. See tonitoni.
te-re, n. a wave of the sea.
te-re, adv.
“here and there.
te-te, adv. early, soon, first ; with a quick pace.
te-te, n. the leg of a beast.
te-te-k6, adv. first.
té, v. to lay, to spread out; to be flat, insipid, dis-
graced ; to beat or outdo ; to push forward ; to
erect, as a tent or an altar.
té, v. to trample; to bend; to castrate; to ap-
proach, to be near: t® si, to agree to.
té-ba, té...ba-lé, v. to bend, to bow, to be cast
down.
té...bé-re, v.
té... bo, v.
hook or pin.
té...bo-mi (omi), v. to dip into water.
te-do, v. to be patient, to act calmly, lesurely.
te-d6, v. to encamp, to found a settlement ; to in-
a kind of parrot.
wholly, entirely.
scatteringly : eni tere edzi tere, one
to bend, bow, level.
to dip, to immerse ; to hang up on a
habit, to dwell.
té-dzu, v. to be flat, smooth; aso ttddu, plain
cloth.
té-dza, té-dzu-m6, v. to fix the eyes on, to gaze
at.
75
TOTES
te-fa, v. to consult Ifa.
te... gben-gbe, v.
te-gun, v.
an army.
te-hin-gbe-sa, n.
te...lai-ya (li), v.
te-lé, v. .
té-le, adv. beforehand, previously.
té...1é, té... le-se, té.... si-1é, v.
trample on ; to spread out, prepare food.
te...lo-go (li), v.
té...1lo-ron (li), v.
té-m6, te...m6-lé.
té-na, adv. already.
té-ni-té-ni, n. abject poverty, distressed condition.
té...nikpa (ni), v. to compel.
té-n6 (ind), v. to be meek ;—adv. quietly.
té-nu-m6 (enu), ». to agirm.
te-nte-re, n. a kind of vulture.
ten-yin (ti), pron.
to expand,
to set in battle array, to lie in wait, as
a crust,
to soothe, pacify.
to follow, pursue.
to tread down,
to glory or triumph over.
to satisfy, to comfort.
See téle.
Yours.
te-re, n. lime, shells of which lime is made.
té-re (ti), pron. his, thine.
té-re, v. to be slender, be long and narrow.
té-ri, té-ri-ba (ori),v. to bow, to bend the head down.
te-ru, xn. white cloth, sheeting, shirting.
té-ru (ta), v.
té-ru-té-ru, zn.
te...si-le. See téle.
te...se,v. to compel to do a thing.
te-te, vn. a game of chance ; the name of a weed.
te-té-gtan, te-tee-gan, x. a kind of cane.
te-te-ré, adv. carelessly, awkwardly.
te-tu, n. an executioner, sheriff.
te-w6-gba (ows), v.
ti, aux. part. have, has, had.
ti, x. to gnaw ; to tie, bind.
ti, pron.
ti, adv.
is there already.
ti, ti, prep. from,of,by ;—conj. and: A ti oko de, we
came from the farm ; Oro ti Oluwa, the word of the
Lord ; duro ti mi, stand by me; emi ti ré 4 16h,
TI and thou will go.
ti, v. to thump, to strike against ; to fade, as to
color, to consume.
ti, v. to lean against, push, prop, support ; to lock or
fasten, to lock -up, imprison: ti lehin, to sustain,
strengthen ; ti Subu, to push down,
ti, adv. heavily, vehemently (beating upon, as the
to deal in slaves.
a slave-dealer.
to receive, accept,
who, which, that.
how, where, when, already : 6 ti wa nibs, he
sun or waves).
ti, an adverbial particle denoting failure ; as, 6 kolé
ti, he failed in his attempt to build a house.
ti-an, adv. distant, far off.
ti-bé, adv. from there, thence.
ti-bd, Os. LO kindle.
TIDZ
ti-dzti (odzu), v. to be ashamed.
ti-ha, prep. from.
ti-ka-la, ti-ka-ra, n. self.
ti-ko, adv. sluggishly, unwillingly.
ti-kpa-se, prep.
ti-kG-ro, v. to cast off, reject.
ti-lé-ti-lé (ati ilé ati ilé), adv. with all the house.
tilé, adv. from the ground, even: ko til® se kpé,
not that, not because.
ti...le-hin, v. to sustain, strengthen.
ti...lo-dzu, v. to abash, to be ashamed of.
tim6-ti-m6, adv. closely (adhering).
tim-tim, n. a pillow, a cushion.
tina-bd (ina), ». to set on fire, to kindle,
ti-n6 (ind), prep. from within, from out of.
ti-n6-ti-n6, adv. heartily.
ti-ra, n.
a book.
ti-ré (ti), pron.
ti-ri (ori), v.
opposite to.
ti-rin, v. to be slender: okun tirin, twine ; Ogun
kin, Osa kdn, 6 kin tirin kd kpade (a riddle),
there remain the Ogun (river), the Qsa (lake), and
the slender, which you have not met (i, e. crossed);
meaning the nose.
ti-rin-mo-lé (tiirin), v. to stand firm.
ti-ro, v. to stand on tiptoe reaching upward.
ti-ro-ti-ro, adv. with consideration, advisedly.
ti-Sa-dzu, x. which is former or foremost.
ti-ta, n. which is for sale, dc. See ta.
ti-tan, rn. who is cheated, or deceived, cc.
tité, n. which is lowly, de. See te.
ti-ti, adv. continually, for ever, till: yi
ola, he will be better by to-morrow.
ti...ti, adv. wholly, altogether: ti og6 ti og, all
glorious. (Ps. 45, 13.)
titi, adv. tremulously, violently (shaking).
ti-ti-ai-ye ti-tilai, adv. for ever.
ti-to-ri, conj. because, on account of.
ti-to, n. which is straight, true, dc.
titon, ». which is new or young.
ti-wa (ti), pron. ours.
ti-won, pron. theirs.
to, adv. by drops, as water; without clouds,
tO! interj. well! very good!
t6, v. to be enough, sufficient, capacious ; to reach :
ko t6 nkan, few, not much ; 6 kpd t6! how much
or how big it is! & td ogorun, they are as many as
a hundred ; fi odz@ t6, to put the eye to, to attend
to; to bi, as much as; t6 behe, so much, inas-
much as ; ase Oluwa t6, the commandments of the
Lord are right; agogo té lu, it ts time for the
clock to strike ; 6 t6 bi eni odun mewa, he is ten
years old.
by, by means of.
a Mohammedan charm ; anything written,
thine, his.
to stoop, to look downwards : tiri si,
See tan.
A
9
say titi
See to.
7
6 TOL
t6, v. to stand or place in a row, to set in order, to
keep or ponder in the mind ; to lay up, to be re-
stored, as a broken limb: td dzo, to lay up, as
treasure.
to-bi, n. «a napkin, a towel.
t6-bi, v. to be large.
to-bi-nd-w6 (nd ow6), 2.
to-dzG-bo, v. to pry into.
to-gbé, v. to doze, to slumber.
to-ge-dén-gbe, v. to come tumbling down.
to-16, n. a watile.
to-16-to-16, n.
tom-ba, ». a sort of club or cudgel.
to-ni, te-ni (td oni), adv. till to-day: ki... teni,
before ; ki a teni de, before we come.
to-ni-to-ni, te-ni-te-ni, adv. till now.
to-ni-to-ni, adv. cleanly, nicely.
to-nto-ro, n. a small bit, a particle,
to-ri (ti), v. to fall to one’s share, to pertain to :
tori odzfi, to satisfy, satiate.
to-ri, prep. from on.
a towel,
which is wattled, i. e. a turkey.
to-ro, v. to be narrow.
to-ro, n. an upper garment, a coat.
t6-ro, v. to settle, as dirty water; to be tranquil:
ile toro, the country is at peace.
to-ro-gbé, v. See togbé.
to-to, adv. clearly, without clouds.
to-to, to-to-hun, adv. (never again) at all, totally,
thoroughly.
t6-t6, n. truth: ni totd, truly.
to-ye, v. to be of equal value, to be meritorious.
to-ye-to-ye, adv.
t6, v. to guide, lead, bring up, educate ; to watch
over or take care of ; to be straight, right, true ; to
correct ; to be long, durable ; to split into strips ;
to touch ; to urge, trouble, enrage ; to taste.
to, v.
urinate : td mi 15h, td mi lehin, follow me; tO mi
wah, come to me; ke... t0, to cry to.
td...da-gba, v. to bring up, as a child.
to-do (ti), prep. from, from the presence of.
tO-dz0 (odzfi), x. to look after, take care of.
to-ho, adv. well, very (employed in commending) :
iwo Seuy toho, you have done well.
to-huy (ti), pron. that one yonder.
td-kan-td-kan (ti), adv. with all the heart,
Sreely.
to-ko (tu), v. to paddle a canoe, to steer.
td-kpa (ikpa), v. to follow, trail, trace out.
td-kpe-re (akpere), v. to copy.
td... Kpd, v. to bring up together, as children.
to-kuy (okun), v. to guide, direct.
considerately, discreetly.
to follow, to approach, resort to, arrive at ; to
t6...la-ra (li), ». to touch one.
td... le-hin (li), v. to follow.
to...16h, v. to go to, to follow.
TON
t0-na (6na), 7. to go along the road, to trace the
footsteps, to take the lead.
ton, v. fo run, as a melon-vine.
t6n, tan, adv. again, once more.
to-re (ta), v. to give a present, to offer: tore anu,
to give alms.
t0-ro, v. to borrow, to beg.
td-se (20), v.
t0-to, v. to be whole, complete ;—adv, fully.
t6...w6, v. to taste.
to... w6 (ti ow6), prep.
to-wo-bo (te), v. to dip the hand in (Mat. 26, 23).
to-w6-te-se, adv. (bound) hand and foot.
t6-wo0-t0-wo (dwo), adv. respectfully, reverently.
tu, v. to throw out, to spit ; to pluck up ; to fail.
ta, v. tountie, to loosen ; to break loose, as a horse ;
to pour out, to gush, to tap a barrel; to scatter, to
plunder, to unfold, to blossom, to break up, as a
crowd ; to pull a paddle or oar: ttt ofo, to bring
tidings that the bearer’s friend is dead.
tt, v. to cease from paining, to ease, to reconcile ; to
be cool or cold.
tu-ba (Arab.), v.
tu-bo (tun), v.
tu-bu, ». a jail.
tu-dzu-ka (odzf), v.
tu...ka,v. to scatter.
tu-ko, v. to navigate.
tu-kpt, adv. precipitately.
tu-kt, x. a wild hog.
tu...la-ra (li), v. to refresh.
tu-la-sin, x. misfortune, evil.
tu...la-So (li), v.
tu-lé (ile), v. to break up the earth, to plough.
tu...le-do (li), 7. to console.
tu...lo-dza (li), v. to tame, to charm, as one does
a serpent. .
tum-bu, x. the silk-worm.
tu-m6, v. to disclose a secret, to baffle a plot; to
explain words, to expound.
tu...nf-ho-ri-ho, v.
tu...ni-no (in6), v.
propitiate.
tu-n6. Sce tu...nino.
ta-ra-ri, n. perfumery of any kind.
tu-to, v. to spit.
tu-tu, ». coldness, greenness (not dry, as plank) ;
rawness, which is wet ; freshness (not salt): 6 dée
é ni tutu, he ate ttraw.
ta-tu, adv.
to trace out, track, examine.
by (means of).
to repent.
to try again.
to take courage, be cheerful.
to strip one.
to strip naked.
to pacify, comfort, console, to
entirely.
We
wa? adv. where? iwe mi wa? where is my book ?
17
WEL
wa,v. toseck ; to share ; to tremble: wa ri, to find
out, discover.
wa,v. to be, live, endure, stand ; to dig, to pull an
oar or paddle: wa imd, to perceive ; wa laye or
li aye, to Live.
wa, pron.
wa, adv. loudly.
wa-di (idi), v. to examine into, to scrutinize.
wa-du-w4-du, adv.
wa-dze, v.
gain.
wa-dzi, n.
wa-dzo, n.
wrong.
wa-ga, x.
wa-gan, n. mush.
wa-gi, n. butter.
wa-gun (ogun), v.
wih, v. to come.
wa-hé-la, v. to trouble.
wa-hé-la, n. trouble, affliction.
wa-ha-ri, x. a slave woman taken for a wife.
wai. See wayi.
wa-ka-si, wa-ra-ka-si, n.
wa’-ka-ti, n.
wa...ki-ri, v. to seek for.
wa-la, n. «a board to write on, a slate.
wa-la-mi, 7. «an oar, a canoe-paddle.
wé-le (ilé), 7. to search a house.
wa-lé, v. to be at home.
wa-lé (ilé), v. to dig the ground, to dig.
wan-ran-wap-rap, adv. irregularly, foolishly.
us, OUT.
hurriedly.
to seek or seize food, to forage; to
blue dye or color.
to investigate a cause; to avenge a
a package of kauy.
to set in battle array.
cheese.
time, season, hour.
wa-lxpo, v. to be end to end, to abut.
wa-ra,n. a shower.
wéra, v. to be nimble.
wa-ra,n. milk.
wa-ra-kpa, n. epilepsy.
wa-ri, v. to divide or share; to do homage, to
worship.
wa-ri-fa, . «a counsellor, one of the cabinet.
wa-ri-ko (ori), v. to sit head to head, as two per-
sons leaning forward in conversation.
wa-rtLri,v. to tremble.
wa-triri, v. to tremble greatly.
wa-ron-ki (oron), v. to stiffen the neck, to be
obstinate.
wa-si, wa-su, v. to preach.
wa-wa,n. a leaf of maize.
wa-wi, v. to make an excuse.
wa-w6, v. to cease, abate.
wa-y4-i-dza, v. to come to a close contest.
wa-yl, adv.
we, v. to twist, to curl, to fold ; to wean a child.
we... kpo, v.
wee-le, adv. wavingly, as grass in the wind.
now.
to twist or wind together.
WEM
we...m6,v. to wind upon.
we-re, v. to be silly.
we-re, v. to be quick motioned.
we-re-kpe, n. the stinging bean.
we-re-we-re, adv.
we-wu (wd), v. to enter into danger.
nimbly.
we, v. tobe fine, as grains or fibres ; to chew, grind,
mash ; to sport or be playful with each other.
we, v. to wash, to swim ; to adorn, decorate : we
dzade, to swim out.
we for ewe, adv. again, now: © se we? what's
the matter now ?
we... 1é-wa (li), 2.
wé...m6, we...nd, 2.
purify.
we-ra (ara), v.
we-re, We-We, v.
we-w6 (ow), v.
wi, v. to speak, to say, tell: & wi, they say, it is
said,
wi, v. to singe.
wi-dzo (edZo), v.
wi-kt-ri, v. to publish about.
wi-ndi, v.
win, v. to lend, to borrow.
win-rin, v.
wiri-wi-tri, n.
wi-ri-wi-ri, adv.
wi-wo, nv.
wi-wu, n.
wo, v. to doze, sleep lightly.
w6,v. to fall; to break, cut, or push down ; to be
dead, applied to large animals: egin w6, the horse
to castrate.
to wash off, cleanse,
to wash oneself.
to be small.
to wash the hands.
to complain of a difficulty.
an under garment.
to be near a place.
twilight.
quickly, hastily.
which is crooked, crookedness.
which is swollen, a swelling, a tumor.
is dead.
w6,v. to look at, behold; to wait on the sick ; to
visit, superintend, search ; to look, seem.
w6...ba-lé, v.
nuisance.
wo-du, v. to look black or dark.
wo0...dzi-na, v.
w6-dz0 (odzf), v.
w06-fi-ri, v. to glance at, to look at stealthily.
wo-hin w6-hup, v.
w6-ke (oke), v.
w6...kpa-lé. Sce wo... bale,
to break a thing down, to abate a
to heal a wound.
to regard.
to look here and there.
to look upwards.
w6-lé, v. to fall down.
w6-lé (il@), v. to look at the ground ; a common
salutation.
wo-li, x. a prophet.
wo6-lt,v. to fall upon from a height.
w6...10-lé (il). See wo... bale.
wo-ran, v. to look on, to look. (Luke 23, 35.)
WoO-Fro, n. a grain or seed,
wo-we, nr. hail.
wo-ye, v. to perceive, to observe.
-T
nN
YA
wo-yi, adv. at this time (to-morrow or next year).
w6,v. to drag, to crawl, as a snake; to flock; w6
dzade, to drag out.
wo, v. to be hollow, to enter into; to abide in a
house, to lodge ; to excavate ; to put onclothes ; to
set, as the sun; to disappear, as an eruption ; to go
to roost, as fowls; to shed leaves, to press down as
a burden; to distress; to be suitable, convenient.
wo0-bi-a, rn. greediness, lasciviousness.
wo-dza, v.
w0-dzo-kp9, v.
wo-hun (w6 ehuy), v.
17, 23.)
wd-ko (ko), 2.
wo0...la-ra (li), v.
w0...1a-So (li), v.
wo-le (ilé), v. to go into the house, to enter a place.
w0-lé (ilé), v. to sink into the ground.
wo-nd6, v. to take soundings.
woO-ni, pron.
w0-n6 (ind), v.
Wop, pron. them.
wp, v. to be scarce, dear, precious, stingy, to catch
any thing thrown to one ; to descend on, as a curse ;
to wean; to sprinkle; to weave, plait, knit ; to
to cast down.
to gather together.
to look or see there. (Luke
to embark.
to enter into one.
to clothe.
those.
to enter, go or come in.
blame, to retaliate.
won, v. to measure, to weigh ; to prune, to pick
off ; to aim or pomt at.
w6n-S0 (aso), v.
won-yi, pron. these.
wo-ra (ara), 7. to enter into one.
wo-rin (irin), 2. to make nails.
wo-ro-wo-ro, adv. lukewarmly, as water.
W0-SO (aso), v. fo put on, to wear.
wo-ti, v. to draw aside, as for conversation, to sté
by.
wd-wé (ewe),v. to wither, to cast the leaves.
wo-w0, v. to be copious, to be lukewarm.
wu, v. to please one by its appearance or character :
bidtiwukia ge (as you please that it be), be that
as it may, by all means.
wi, v. to swell, to rise as bread ; to increase, to stir
up sediment; to look gloomy ; to impend, as dan-
ger: ori re wi, he was frightened.
wu-ndi-a, 2.
wiera,n. gold.
wu-re (wiire), v. to bless. -
wieru-wieru, adv. confusedly (mixed).
wu-wo0, v. to be heavy, dull of action.
to weave.
a virgin.
Ye
ya, v. to hasten, to be sprightly, lively ; to be easy
of performance ; to select an image to worship ; to
hold in pawn ; to warm, to be warm.
f
YA ‘
9 YEORN|
ya,v. to tear apart; to comb, adjust ; to pluck ears | y&-yO (ayd), v. to rejoice.
of corn; to cave in, as a well; to depart, separate|ye,v. to lay eggs ; to be pleased ; to cease doing a
from company, give place in a crowd.
ya,v. tobe: dyaaro, he isa cripple. (Acts 14, 8.)
ya-bo-de, v. to smuggle.
ya-di (odi), v. to be dumb.
ya-dzu (odzu), v. to be saucy.
ya-gan (agin), v. to be barren.
ya-gbe (ighe), v. to evacuate feces.
ya-hG-di (Arab.), n. a Jew (so called at Ilorin).
ya-kpa (ikpa), v. to separate, to go astray, to err.
ya-kpa...si-lé, v. to separate from, avoid, shun.
ya-ku-ro, v. to leave, clear out, to be absent.
ya-la, conj. whether.
ya...lo-to (li), v.. See ya... soto.
ya-ma, n. the west.
yam-yam, ». «a musketo.
ya-na (ina), v. to warm at the fire.
ya-na (ona), v. to step out of the road, to get owt of
the way.
ya...ndze, v. to cheat.
ya-ndzu (ni odzi), v. to be beautiful.
ya...niha,v. to chagrin, to mortify.
ya-nu (enu), v. to open the mouth: yanu si, to
gape or wonder at.
yan,v. tobake,fry,parch ; towalk leisurely, proudly.
yan, adv. brilliantly (shining).
yan, v. to gape, to yawn, to neigh ; to kick.
yan, v. to choose, select, appoint, to take out from
among several, to buy food from a cook, to extract
a thorn: yay 1é, to appoint over, (Exod. 5, 14.)
yan-gan, n. maize.
yayn-gi, n. claystone cemented with iron.
yan-gi-di, n. a bundle of cowries.
yan-han, ya-un, n. a cat.
yap-huy (dhun), v. to threaten,
yan-kon, v. to add select things to.
yan... kpa-mo, v. to lay wp, as money.
yan...ni-lkepa,v. to set at variance.
yan...ni-kpo-si, v. to set at naught.
yan...ni-tete, v. to kick (applied to beasts).
yan-ran, v. to boast of one’s knowledge, to be
obstinate in one’s opinion.
yay-we (owe), v. to be plump, as a young bird.
yay-yan, adv. entirely... | ,
yan-yap, adv. roughly, unevenly.
ya-ra,n. a room: yara Oke, an upper room.
ya-ra,n. a ditch around a town.
ya-ra (ara), v. to hasten, to be active.
ya-ra (ara), v. to warm oneself.
ya...so-to (si), v. to separate, or set apart toa
purpose.
ya-to (oto), v. to be different, to differ.
ya-un, v. to mew ;—n. a cat.
yaya, adv. nimbly, briskly.
thing; to be comprehensible: 6 ye mi, 6 ye won, I
understand it, they understand it.
yé! interj, oh! alas!
ye, v. to live, to be sound in health.
ye’-me-dz4, n. the goddess of streams.
ye-ye, n. mother.
ye, v. to be fit, worthy, suitable.
yé, v. to make much of, indulge, praise.
yé, adv. a little, lightly (sleeping).
ye, v. to turn out of place, change, postpone.
ye-mo-ti. See yonmott.
ye-na (dna), v. to open a road.
yeé-ra (ara), v. to change one’s position, to turn
aside, to depart.
ye-tu-ye-tu, n. a blossom.
ye-wu, x. a chamber.
yi, v. to turn, revolve, move, pervert.
yi, v. to be tough, fibrous.
yi, pron. this.
yi...da-nd, v. to overturn, spill,
yi-gbi, v. to be dull or slow in hearing or believing.
yi-gi, x. marriage.
yi-huy (ohup), v. fo prevaricate.
yi-ka, v. to encircle, to surround.
yi... ku-ro, v. to avert, to cross the hands in salu-
tation.
yin, v. to move, to shake slightly, to lay eggs, to
attract attention, excite covetous desires.
yin, v. to praise, admire ; to eject suddenly.
yin-bon (iboy), v. to fire a gun, to shoot.
yin-fin (ofin), x to break a law.
yi... kpa-da,v. fo twrn, convert, pervert, avert.
yikpo, v. to turn aside, to pass away.
yin ...lo-go (Ii), v. to extol, glorify.
yip...ni-bon, v. to shoot, to shoot at.
yin-yin, n. hail.
yisi? pron. which?
yi-yé, v. cessation, failure, healthiness.
yi-yi, n. which is rough, scaly.
yo, v. to be full, satisfied with food.
y6, adv. deeply (red).
yO, v. to pull out, to draw, as a sword; to deliver,
to escape ; to put forth young leaves ; to appear,
as the new moon.
y6, v. to melt, to feel compassion ; to slip, to be
slippery, to walk stealthily : ino mi yé sii, L pity
him.
yd, v. to rejoice, to be glad, to triumph over.
yo-dza-de, v. to protrude.
yd-dzG (odzu), x. to be conspicuous, to appear,
yo...le-nu (enu), 2. to harass, annoy.
yo-nu (enu), v. fo wash the mouth ; to be trou-
blesome.
Ss a sb
YON 80 YUN
ydn, v. to itch. yo-ro, n. vermin on fowls,
yon, adv. with force (falling) ; in a swarm, yo...su-tisi, v to thrust out the lips at, to
yon, v. to cut or saw off. deride.
yoo-mo-ti, n. sesame, the bene plant. yo-yo, n. a group, a flock, a constellation.
yo-ri (ori), v. to raise the head, as from the midst | yGn, v. to conceive, to be pregnant ; to go to and
of tall grass; to appear, to be conspicuous, pro-| fro.
manent,
Ree
APPENDIX.
[Some of the following words have been supplied from memory, and others from Crowther’s Vocabulary, a work which I
was not able to procure for a long time after my return to America.—T. J. B ]
ABA
a-bai-ye-dze (4 bi...dze aiye), m. a mischief
maker, a tattler.
a-ba-ku-lu-dze, n. a kind of egret.
A-bo-do-rin (abd de orin?), n. a proper name.
a-bo-gan, ». See abéwogin.
a-d&-d6 (da do), n. an island ; a house or settle-
ment in a retired situation.
A-de-rin, « proper name of a man.
A-de-gb6, a proper name of a man.
a-di-reira-na, x. the fowl of propitiation, killed
just as a person dies.
a-di-ri (ori), m. grape-shot.
a-do-te-si-lé, x. an insurrectionist, one who pro-
motes rebellion or enmity.
a-dun, n. See addn.
a-dza,n. ajerking; one who jerks, which is jerked,
dc. See dza. :
a-dza, n. a fighting, a fighter, de. See dza.
a-dza-so, n. a flying report, hearsay.
A-dza-sé, n. (broken by war), a town west of Ba-
dagry.
a-dze, . the water ordeal.
a-dze-fo-wo, n. a pot-herb.
A-Uzi-bo-kpe, ». (palm-worshipper), a proper
name.
a-f6-re-Si-bi, a-fO-re-Si-gi, n. an ungrateful per-
son.
a-fon-ru-gbin, 7. «asower; which is sowed, kc.
a-gan-ran, n. the green parrot.
a-gan-wo, 7. a tree used for timber.
a-gba-kap-kan, n. a forest bird.
A-gba-ma-ya, n. the name of a town below Abe-
okuta.
a-gba-w6, n. See agbasin.
a-gba-yon, a-gba-yon-kon, ». the miraculous
berry, the sweet taste of which remains in the
mouth for a long time.
a-gbe, x. one who takes, &c. (see gbe); a cockatoo.
a-gbin, n. which is planted, a planter. See gbin.
agbin-yi-ka-gba, x. « hedge or fence around a
garden.
a-gb6, x. which is heard ; a hearer. See gbé.
a-gb6n-gbe-re, n. the snatch-game, played by
11
AIM
children: agbéngbere kpete igara, snatching re-
sembles (lit. thinks of) robbery.
a-gbon-yi, n. «a kind of antelope.
a-gbu-bo, ”. a forest bird.
a-gé, n. a petty officer, a king’s servant.
a-go-ro, n. a title of honor.
a-gu-mo-na, ». a running plant.
aguyn, x. aclimbing, a riding, which rides, is rid-
den, &c, See guy.
a-ha, n. See the root ‘ ha’
a-he, n. See the root ‘he’
a-he-so, n a newsmonger, a smatterer, dc. See
heso.
a-ho, n. a cawing, dc. See ho.
a-hu. See the root ‘hu’
ahu-so, x. which is false, a falsehood, a false re-
port.
ai-ba-de, n. wnsuitable, unbecoming.
ai-be-le, x. not flat, uneven.
Ai-b6, n. a town in Yoruba.
aida, n. which does not refuse, which consents.
ai-dza, n. Sce the root dza.
ai-dzo, x. wnlike, dissimilar. See dzo.
ai-gbe-se, x. not indebted, not owed.
aihe, n. not picked up or gathered. See he.
ai-ke-si, n. not visited, wnvisited.
ai-ki, ». not saluted, dc. See ki.
aLkilo, x. not warned, unadmonished.
ai-ko, n. wungathered ; not hard. See ko.
ai-ko,n. wninstructed, ignorant. See ko.
aiko-la,n. wntattooed, uncircumcised.
ai-kon, ai-ktn, x. wamurmuring. See kon.
ai-ko-se, n. free from stumbling, void of offence.
aikiy, n. which is not remaining; finished, ex-
hausted, used up.
ala, n. unsaved ; invisible, &c. See la.
aila-di, x. unexplained.
ai-la-dza,». umnreconciled.
ai-la-dzo, n. unsettled, as a dispute.
ai-li-fa, n. disadvantageous, unprofitable,
ai-lu, n. the name of a plant.
ailu, n. not perforated, imperforate.
ai-mé-te, ai-mé-ro, ». inconsiderate, improvident.
AIM 8
ai-me-le, x. not lazy, industrious : $é almele, to
be industrious.
ai-mi, n. unshaken, dic. See mi.
ai-mo, ai-mu, x. which is not drunk, dev See
mu.
aim, n. not sharp, dull.
Ai-na, 2. «a proper name.
ai-ra, n. wnbought, dc. See ra.
aire, n. wnshorn, de. See re.
ari, . unseen, dc. See ri.
airo. See root ro.
ai-Si, x. unopened, dc. See Si.
aita, n. unsold. Seeta. +
a-ka,n. the name of a tree ; the armadillo,
ake,n. acrier; acutter, which is cut, de. See ke.
a-ke-ri, n. a hater ; a saponaceous plant.
ake, n. a climbing plant, used for ropes.
A-ki-o-la, rn. (only honor), a proper name.
a-ki-sa-lé, n. a running plant.
a-k6n-ron, . @ closet.
a-kpa a-Sa-ra, n. a roll of tobacco.
‘a-kpa i-k6-ko, x. a fibrous plant, of which shoe-
thread is made.
a-kpd-dzt, n. the majority, abundance.
a-kpop, n. a king-fisher.
a-ku-mala-kpa, n. the young leaf of the shea-
tree.
a-la, a-la, x. See the roots ‘la’ and ‘1a,
a-la, a prefix equivalent to ‘oni,’ implying the owner,
the actor, dc. (Gram, § 52, 1, 4).
a-la-ba-la Se (ala ba niase), x. the oracle ; aname
of Obatala.
a-la-ba-w6n, n. a sprinkler ; one who has a stain
on his character.
a-la-dt, n. arefuser.
a-la-fe,n. a lover.
a-la-fe-ni, x. a charitable person, a philanthropist.
ali-gba-da, x. a maker or dealer in the garment
agbada.
a-la-gun, ”. «a perspirer.
a-la-h6n, ». which has a tongue, tongued.
a-la-ri,n. «a king's spy or policeman.
a-le, x. the name of a plant.
A-If, a proper name.
a-lo-Ke-le, n. the fig-eater, a bird.
al-ma-ga-dzi, n. scissors, shears.
A-lu-di, « proper name.
a-lu-ki, n. a slender prickly plant: bi ina dZo, &
bdwo fu aluki, when the fire burns (the woods), it
respects the aluki (and leaves it unburned).
a-lu-ma-ga-dzi, m. See almagadZi.
a4-mkan, a-mu-kan, ”. sorrel plant.
a-m0-dze We-we, n. «a medicinal plant.
a-mgba-du, 2. the name of a pot-herb.
ara, n. the name of a bird.
2 BIB
a-ra,n. a fashion, custom.
a-rai-ye (ard aiye), n. the people of the world,
mankind,
a-ra-ra, adv. at all.
a-ra-wo0, n. «carnivorous bird.
a-re-ke-re-ke, n. dishonesty, a dishonest person.
are-re-gbo-sup,. a small bird with red feathers.
a-ri-ya, &-ri-yo, n. merriment.
a-ro, x. a small bird with blue feathers.
a-ro-si-lé, n. a previous agreement, a bargain.
a-ru-gbo-ru-gbo, n. a very old man.
a-ru-ko, n. a hoe-handle.
a-ru-kpe, rn. adwarf. |
a-ru-lu (ilu), x. @ seditious person.
a-sa, interj. See asia.
a-sa, x». the batten of a loom.
a-ta,n. a resinous tree.
a-tan-ko-ro, n. «a disease in fowls.
a-tilé-nde (ati ile), n. a youth, adolescent.
a-ti-nf, x. possession, attainment.
a-ti-o-ro, n. a tassel; a kind of bird ; a kind of
plant.
a-to-ri, x. a tree the wood of which is very elastic.
a-ton-w4h, n. a coming again, a returning.
atun-se. See atonse.
a-wa-wa, n. «a small climbing animal which barks
like a dog.
A-wa-ye, 7. the name of a town.
a-we, n. a washing, cleansing, that which cleanses.
a-wé-de (ide), ». an herb used for cleaning brass :
onibaba ni itddZa orombo, onide ni itodza awede,
the owner of copper looks for a lemon, the owner of
brass looks for awede.
a-w6p e-kun, n. « nettle, lit. leopard’s tongue.
a-wiu-ka-ra (akara), . leavened bread.
a-ya-m0-kpé, conj. otherwise, unless.
ayon, a-yun, 7. «@ saw, a file.
B.
pba-bo, n. a tree with a broad leaf.
ba-na-ba-na, ». «a kind of insect.
ba-na-ba-na, be-na-be-na,n. a narcotic plant.
ba-uy (ba oy), adv. so, thus.
be-d2i (bi), v. to bear twins.
bé-ke (bi), v. to give a false reply, to utter a false-
hood,
bé-ro-fu (bi), v. to reflect upon, to think about.
Be-se, x. a town in Yoruba.
bé-mi (bd), v. to give life to.
bi-a-ti-pwi, adv. just now, at once, immediately.
bi-ba, x. a meeting, dc. See ba.
pi-ba, n. a bending, &c. See ba.
bi-bi, n. that which is pushed, dc. See bi.
BIB ras
bi-bo, n. that which is fed, a feeding, dc. See bo.
bi-bd, ». that which is given, dc. See bi.
bi-fe-dze (ba...dZe), v. to spoil love, to cause en-
mity.
bi-kp6, v. to breed together: mu bi kpo, to cross
breed.
BL6-kG, n. (if he does not die), a proper name.
Bi-o-lo-run-kpe-lu, xn. (if God be with us), the
name of a town,
Bi-ri, n. (darkness), the slave of Sangd.
bi-yo-si (bu), ». to salt.
bo-dzi, bo-dzin, x. See ibodzi.
bom, 2. «a kind of tree.
bo-mu-bo-mu, n. a tree the leaf of which curdles
milk.
bo...la-So (li), v. to strip off the clothes.
bo-sf, v. to enter, enter into.
bu, adv. nearly, almost: 6 bu se, or 6 bu tan, it és
nearly finished, completed, all gone.
Bu-ki, ». See Buruku.
bu-st,v. any soft springy substance, loose heavy
sand, soft peaty earth.
bu-st-gba (igha), x. the soft pulp of the locust
Sruit.
D.
da-b6d, v. fo cease coming, to cease.
da... bu-lé, v. to cause to lie down, to lay down.
da-kpa-ra, v. to sneer at, to make a jest of.
da-kun, v. to cease.
da-kun (kun), v. to make yarn into hanks.
da... ku-ro, v. to release, acquit, redeem. é
da...le-bi, v. to condemn, censure.
dan-ka-re, n. soldiers.
da-o-ru-ko, da-ru-ko, v. to mention by name.
da... w6n, v. to enclose, shut in: Sakata ni ida
won won ni Bese, the marsh shuts themin (the town
of) Bese,
de-hay (dhun), v. to lower the voice.
di-le-di-le, adv. dilatorily.
di-yan (da), v. to be careful, thoughtful about.
do-gun-silé (da), v. to cause war.
d6-ti, v. to encamp against, besiege.
do-te-si-lé (da), v. to cause enmity.
du-du, adv. blackly, gloomily, darkly: 6dzo su
dudu, the rain (i. e. the clouds) gathers darkly.
dza-na-dzana,n. the name of a disease.
dza-ndu-k6, . a wicked person.
dza-6-ke, n. the name ofa shrub.
dza-ta, v. to be unconcerned about, to be careless.
azu-dzu, x. a confused mass, chaos.
3 EIU
E.
e-ba, n. an oil-~jar.
e-bo, n. a peeling off.
e-d4, n. a creating, creation.
e-de, nm. Slackness, as of a rope ; ripeness.
e-dzi-e, e-dzi-re, n. twins.
e-dzu, n. «a casting, which is cast.
e-ga,n. a height.
e-ga-ni, n. Sce egake.
e-gun, ». length.
e-ha, n. a scraper.
e-he, n. a gathering or picking up, a collection of
things.
e-kan a-wo-di, n. hawk’s claw, a prickly shrub
so called.
e-kan e-kun, 7. leopard’s claw, a prickly shrub so
called.
e-k0, e-k6 o.dan,n. the winding up or end of the
year.
e-ko-ro, nr. that which is bitter.
e-k6n, ». that which is full.
e-ku-Se, 7. the name of a disease.
e-le-ri, . See olori.
e-lé-Si, n. one who is mistaken.
e-na a-wop (ena for ina, fire; awon, the tortoise), n.
the flickering appearance of the atmosphere in hot
dry weather.
e-ré, e-we-re, n. a kind of white bean with a black
eye.
e-ro-dzi-ka-si, ». «a kind of sweet plum.
e-sin, n. a kind of tree.
e-su-o, rn. a kind of antelope.
é-Se, é-se, n. paint, color.
e-su-su, n. a running prickly plant.
e-tu-tu, n. a small species of white ant or termes.
e-we e-ti, n. ear-leaf, i. e. convolvulus, so called
because the juice of the leaf is mixed with oil to
heal sore ears.
e-we ina, ». _fire-leaf, an acrid poisonous shrub,
the leaf of which blisters the skin.
F.
e-de, n. «a kind of tree.
e-do-fo-fo, n. irascibility ; lit. a liver of foam.
The liver is supposed to be the seat of the passions ;
hence gbodo (gba edo, to receive liver), to be cou-
rageous, to dare.
e-gaatkpa-so, n. a kind of palm-bird.
e-g6, e-go-ro, n. a kind of plant.
é-gu-sf, 7. water-melon seeds, the oil made of them.
e-hi-ri, . @ poisonous plant.
e-hi-ru, 7. a kind of large bird.
EN 84 IDZ
eiye-le (ilé), ». a pigeon ; lit. house-bird.
e-ka-do-rin, nw. the seventieth.
e-ka-do-run, num. the ninetieth,
e-ka-do-ta, num. the fiftieth.
e-ké, n. the cheek, the jaw-bone.
e-ke-dzo, num. the eighth.
e-ke-rin, num. the fourth.
e-ke-san, num. the ninth.
e-ke-ta, num. the third.
e-ké-wa, num. the tenth.
e-ko-kan-la, num. the eleventh.
e-ku, 7. @ running plant.
e-kt-ku, x. @ very viscous plant.
e-le-bu, n. one who owns or occupies a house, or a
kiln for making oil or burning earthen-ware.
ele-gbe ina, ». companion of fire, a bird which
hovers over the fire (to catch insects) when the
prairie is burning.
e-le-yin-dzG (eyin odzf), n. a person with pro-
minent eyes, pop-eyed.
e-li-ri, e-lu-ru, n. @ mouse.
elu i-wa-Se, x. the small-leaved indigo, an her-
baceous plant much like the American indigo.
elu o-gbo, x. the broad-leaved indigo, a small tree
with very long virgate branches. The fine indigo
of Sudan is the product of this plant.
e-mo,7. a kind of brown rat.
é-rin-di-l6-gun, num. sixteen.
é-rin-di-l6-gbon, num. twenty-six,
ért, rn. a« kind of spice, used as medicine,
E-ru-mu, 7. (caught by deceit), a town east of
Ibadan.
e-rup, x. a medicinal tree, A fumigation of the
bark is employed to drive away evil spirits.
eta, n. «a kind of leopard.
é-wa,n. grain, i.e. corn of any kind ; a mixture
of boiled corn and beans.
e-wu-tu, 2. a pit-fall covered with earth,
e-yin, x. that which protrudes or is prominent.
e-yin, x. charcoal.
e-yin-dzG, . the eyeball.
F.
fa-ti, adv. freely, leisurely, greatly. See fa,
fe-ri-ba-le, v. See foribale.
fe-ri-bo, v. Sce foribo.
fe-riti, v. See foriti.
fe-ti-si (fi), 7. to put the ear to, to listen attentively, |
to hearken.
fila, acap.
fi...Se-sin, v. lo put to shame, to shame, disgrace.
fo-ri-si (fi), 7. to pay attention to, to apply the
mind to.
fo... kpe-te-kpe-te, v. to destroy.
fo...rau-rau, fo...ru-ru, fo...tutu, v. to
destroy entirely.
fo... yap-yan, v. to break to pieces, to smash.
fo-nu, x. an elastic wood used for bows.
fo-nu (enu), v. to boast, brag.
fo-w6-lé (fi), v. to place the hand on ; to under-
take.
fu-la, x. a kind of beer. See fura.
fu-lé-fu-lé (fu il8, for the earth), adv. freely, co-
prously.
fu-lé-fo-lo-run, fun-le-fu-lo-run, adv. (lit. for
the earth and for God), of one’s own accord, freely,
of choice.
fuy-kun, fon-kun, v. to discharge mucus.
G.
ga-ga-dze,n. a tree which grows near the water.
gba, v. to wrap up, to envelope.
gba a-du-ra, v. (lit. to take prayer), to pray.
gba ida-ra-ya, v. to take exercise or recreation.
gbai-kpe, v. to take comfort, to be comforted.
gbe (to be), a pleonastic particle much used after
adverbs and nouns of place; as, nihinyi Ii 4 gbe
kO ara wa (here it-is we to-be met selves our), we
met here.
gbin-gbi-ndd (gbingbin ddo, planted by the water),
a tree growing near streams which bears an esculent
bean.
gbd-do-gi (gba Odo igi), n. the name of a plant.
ir
i-ba-d6 (ddo), n. the water's edge, coast, shore.
I-ba-dan (iba odin), x. (the meeting of the woods
with the prairie), a large town fifty miles east of
Abeokuta.
L-ba-ra (ba ra?), 2. « town near Abeokuta.
I-ba-ra-kpa, x. one of the Yoruba tribes, living
west of IdZaye and south of Isaki.
Lb6, n. (who is peeled), a proper name.
I-bo-lo, x. one of the Yoruba tribes, in the N. E. of
the kingdom.
L-dé, x. (hunting), a large town east of Ibadan.
L-d6, n. (camping), the name of a town.
i-d6-do, n. See adddo. :
idu-kpe, n. a thanking, thanks.
T-dza-ka, n. (a fighting around), the name of two
towns on the Yeriwa river, called Idzakoke or 1dza-
kauke (ke), upper Idzaka, and Idzakodo (do),
lower ldzaka.
I-dzalé, n. (a fighting for home), a town in Iketu.
*
IDZ 85 IYE
Ldza-yé, n. (fighting for life), a large town fifty
miles N.E. of Abeokuta.
Ldze-sa, n. a tribe in the NE. of the Yoruba
country.
i-ro-ke-ke, n. a tumult, an uproar.
i-ru-ke, 7. See irukere.
i-sa,n. avrat’s hole; a running plant.
i-s4, n. « sharp stick or bar for digging holes in the
I-fa-gbe-mi, ». (Jfa helped me), a proper name\ ground.
given to children in honor of Ifa.
L-se-hin (i-se-i), n. a town west of the Oguy.
L-£8, n. (enlargement), a tribe and a town of Yo-\i-sin-ku (oki), n. a burial, a funeral.
ruba.
I-ga-la, I-ga-ra, n. «a semi-Yoruba tribe east of
Yoruba.
I-ga-na, x. a considerable town in Ibarakpa. See
Tgana.
Lgbe-ti, n. (entangled with bushes ?), a town on a
mountain west of Morin.
L-Sa-be, n. (a doing or an opening beneath?) a
: town in the west of Yoruba.
I-Sa-ga,n. (the making of a heap or height’), a
town west of Abeokuta.
L-sa-ki, ». (a snapping, as of a gun, a failure), a
large town in the west of Yoruba.
T-Sa-la, n. a town near Aibo.
I-gbo-ho, n. (the noisy forest’), a town in the ise-dza, n. the twinkling of an eye, an instant:
N.W. of Yoruba, formerly twenty miles in cir-
cuit but now much reduced, Lander’s Bohoo.
i-hu-lé-hu-lé, n. See ihule.
ikaé-nu, r. See iko infra.
ni ixedzfi kan, in a moment, instantly.
i-se-ke-ke, n. the casting of lots, a lottery.
ise-kpo-lo-hun, n. a kind of tree, a kind of grass.
-Se-ti, n. a hem.
-S
e
Lke-tu, x. (a cutting loose ?), « tribe and town of |\i-Si-guy,n. prairie shrub with aromatic roots.
Yoruba.
i-si-ko, 2. a species of tree called also igi or isin.
i-ki (ikki), n. an animal with large eyes and small i-Si-Se, n. « wrong action, a misdeed.
erect ears, Which feeds on the kola or goora nut:
i-si-ye-me-me-dzi, n. « doubting, a doubt, a
iwo lé dée Obi, o sé iki bi? thow art able to eat| scruple,
(art always eating) hola nuts ; art thou an iki?
i-so-n6, n. peevishness, surliness.
Lki-si, x. (an opening of the thicket ?), alarge town |i-So-ro, n. severity, provocation.
near Igboho.
i-ko, n. the act of gathering ; the act of feeling a
i-S6-ro, n. a difficulty.
isu, vn. the act of casting out, emission, evacuation.
mental emotion: iko anu or ikanu, a pitying, a|i-8G, nr. the state of being dark, gloomy ; darkness.
feeling compassion or sorrow. See kanu,
i-kpan-ko-ro, n. the name of a plant.
Lla-de, x. a proper name, a town on the Niger.
i-su-bu, x”. «a fall, the act of falling.
ita, n. the name of a tree much used for fuel.
I-ta-bo, x. (shaded by the ita tree?), a town in
L-lé o-de, n. (the hunter's house), a village near Yoruba.
Idzaye.
Tle-sa, ». a very large town, the capital of Idzesa.
ita-gbo-kun, ». the act of setting sail, a being
under sail.
The syllable ‘a’ in these two words is a contrac- ita’-ma-ha, n. hope, hoping, expecting.
tion of a proper name.
Tle-san, x. a town in [barakpa.
Llo-rin, n. (a going to walk ?), a large town in the
north of Yoruba, a proper name of persons.
Llu-ku, n. the name of a town.
ina-ki-ri, n. a carpenter's compasses.
Lra-wo, n. (star), the name of a town in the west-
ern part of Yoruba, the head-quarters of Orisako.
ira-wo i-lé, n. (ground star), « medicinal plant.
i-rin o-kpa i-kpd (walking-staf’, abundance), n. a
rapid journey, a forced march.
i-r6o-dzu, n. perplexity, vexation, sadness of coun-
tenance,
i-ro-ko, x. farm labor, tilling ; « farmer.
i-ro-k6, n. an esculent running plant.
i-ro-ko, n. a kind of okra or esculent hibiscus.
i-ro-ko, n. «a fine timber tree, called sassa wood in
Liberia.
i-ro-dzu, n. patience, perseverance.
i-ta-me-ta, ». the meeting of three streets or roads.
ite, n. «a fondling, a worshipping. See te.
Ite-ro, x. a town west of Igana.
ité, xn. « trampling on, dc. See té.
ité-do (t® edo), x. composure, patience.
ite-le-di, n. the under garment, worn around the
hips.
i-te-wo, ite-wo-gba, ». acceptance, reception.
itile-hin, n. aiding, abetting, support of a person
in his cause.
I-t6-bo-lo, n. a town in Tketu.
i-wa-ri, n. homage to a king.
i-w6, n._ the tree which bears the bitter kola-nut.
i-w6,n. «falling; a pushing down, a felling. See
wo.
i-w6, n. «a look, appearance ; @ raven.
i-y4, x. «a tree with broad leaves. ,
Lye-mo-dza (omo edZa), n. (the mother of young
fishes), one of the Yoruba idols,
IY E
i-ye-re, n. the seeds of the African locust.
Lye-wa, x. (our mother), one of the Yoruba
idols ; a small river which falls into the Osa west
of Badagry.
iye-yé, n. «a kind of sour plum.
i-yi-kpa-da, x.
a turning, conversion, *
Ke
ké, k’4 (ki 4), am optative particle much used in
conversation, let us ; shall we? shall IT? may we ?
may you: k’& bere, let us inquire ; ka kpe won ?
shall we call them? Wa gesin? shall I ride? ka
de bé li alafia! may we reach there in peace! ka
sii re! may you sleep well! a very customary
salutation on retiring to rest at night. See kabi-
yesi and kaloh.
ka-fe (introd. from Hausa), n. coffee.
kai! an exclamation of displeasure, sometimes of
wonder.
ka-na (kan na), pron.
same person.
ka-ndz&@ (kay od2f), v.
ka-ndzti dzai-ye, n.
rich, a covetous person.
ka-nti-ka-nti, n. a kind of gnat called “the
3” a kind of ant.
to ache.
the same: enia kana, the
See kandzt.
one who makes haste to be
drunkare
kan, v.
kan, v. to reach, to arrive.
kan-ga-ra, n.
kan-gba, v. See kagba.
kan-rin, v. to be far off.
kan-rin-Kan-rin, adv. far off, out of sight, clean
gone.
ka-ro, n. « bird so called from its cry.
ké-gi-o, ké-gi-ro, n. « kind of bird.
ke-ke-le-ndze, n. a small kind of lizard.
ke-lé, v.
chest.
ki-kan, n. sourness, dc. (see kan) ;—adv.
nestly, strenuously.
a kind of bill-hook or pruning knife.
to cut down ; hence akele, dropsy in the
ear-
kikan, ». «a dropping, dc. Sce kan,
ki-kan-ki-kan, adv. earnestly, strenuously.
ki-ke, n. Sce ke.
ki-ke, ki-ké, 7.
ki-ki, ki-ki, n.
ki-ko, ki-k6, n. See ko and ko.
ki-ko, ki-k0, n. See ko and ko.
ki-kon, ki-k06n, ». See kon and kody.
ki-ku-na, ». smoothness, fineness.
ki-ye-sa-ra (kiyesi), 7. to take care of oneself, to
be careful.
k6i-t6, adv. not yet, lit. it is not enough: koité
J6h, it is not time to go.
See ke and ke.
See ki and ki.
86
LER
ko-ko, ko-ri-ko, 2. grass.
k6-m6-re-k6-mo-ra (md Gre md ora), rn. an wn-
grateful person, lit. he knows not goodness, he knows
not the purchaser of the thing which he enjoys.
k6-ni-lé-k6-l6-na (ni, to have ; ilé, a house ; Ona,
a road),n. «a vagabond, a vagrant.
ko-ro-kpo-ma, n. the name of a plant.
k6-si-a, ko-su-an, k6-su-wa, ad).
not proper. See sta.
k6-si-pkan, n. nothing, lit. there is nothing.
k6-t6. See koité.
k6-wé, n. a bird so called from its cry.
k6-bi-k6-bi, adv.
castellated wall.
built in this way.
ko-ro-gain, 2.
wound,
ko-so-ko, x. a kind of bird.
K06-so-k6 (k0 si ok6), x. a proper name.
k0-t6, adj. not straight or right, crooked, wrong.
kpa, ». Additional phrases to those already given
are, kpa agbo, to form a circle, as in dancing ; kpa
alo, to cease burning ina flame ; kpa ald, to pro-
pose a riddle ; kpa ase, to command, to proclaim a
law ; kpa ete, to intend, purpose ; kpa imo, to con-
sult, suggest, hint ; kpa iyé, to forage in the farms ;
kpa osu dze, to miss or forget the month ; kpa
not good, it is
with many projections, like a
The walls of royal cities only are
an iron pin on which thread is
osusu, to form a grove; asori ki ikpa ogusu, the
upas never forms a grove, only one tree being found
in a place; kpa odZo dde, to miss or forget the
day.
kpa-kpa-g6-ri, 7.
kpa kupn-re-te, n.
kpa-l6 (ald), v.
kpa-mo (imd).
kpa-nsu-kG, 2.
cover,
kpa-nti, 7. See kpantiri.
kpa-si, n. a coarse grass used in thatching.
kp6-kpo-la, x. a tree with scarlet flowers.
Ku-mi (k6n omi?), x. @ proper name.
ku-rii! an outery of women to drive away hawks.
a kind of bird.
a kind of dove.
to cease burning in a flame.
See kpimo.
a large calabash with a lid or
ie
la-gba-de-me-dzi (li), adv.
midst.
lai-be-ru, adv. without fear, boldly. :
lai-b6, adv. in an uncovered or unsheltered state.
lai-dze-bi, lai-lé-Se, adv. innocently, without sin
or guilt.
1a...16-na (li), v.
La-Si-me-dzi, ». « proper name.
1é-ri (li), 7. to have filth, to be filthy, unclean.
in the middle or
to enact, ordain.
LEB
le-bi (li), v.
1é-Se (li), v.
li-la, 7.
li-16h, n.
to be guilty, to be condemned.
to be sinful.
which is split or to be split, de. See la.
a going, a departure.
M.
Ma-dé-ri-ke, x.
Mah-kt, x.
matki-ri, n.
Ma-ma, ». a proper name.
ma-na, x. «a kind of bird.
mé (emi J, é not), in the Egba dialect, J will not:
me dehin ra aso, Z will not buy cloth again,
me-dzi-ld, num. twelve.
me-dzi-me-dzi, num.
me-yan-me-yan, adv.
to atoms.
mo-ko-Ko (ikoko), v.
mo-nu-mo-nu, x. See modumodu.
mo-hun-gbo-gbo (ohun), v. to know all things,
to be all-wise,
a proper name.
a proper name.
embroidery.
two by two.
im small pieces, (broken)
to make earthenwa re,
o>
O-bo-ni, x. a secret society of great power and
influence, connected with the religious and civil
government of Yoruba.
0-dz6, xn.
O-fi-ki, n. a proper name.
o-fu-a, x. a kind of kola-nut; the name of a me-
dicinal tree,
O-gbo-mo-so, ». (the wild cat caught the sen-
tinel ?), a large town in Yoruba.
o-gbo-y4, x. a small carnivorous animal.
o-gbu-gbu, x. a wild duck (?); a kind of grass ;
dyed cotton wool.
O-gu-ba-na, n.
O-gu-b6, x. a proper name.
o-gu-du-gbé, . See ogodugbe.
o-gu-mo, n. an esculent herb.
O-gu-nto-ro, n.
o-gun-guy, 2.
o-gu-r6-do, n.
o-ki-ti-kp6, n.
o-ki-yan, n.
rocks.
o-kpe-re, x.
always asleep.
6-kpo-kpo, x. a kind of banana,
o-lo-fe-re, . name of a bird.
o-lo-gi-ri, x. a species of oriole.
o-lo-gii-ni, x.
o-lo-kpi-ri, 7.
See ogboni.
a dancer » & proper name,
a proper name,
a proper name.
a kind of tree.
(standing erect), a kind of bird.
name of a tree.
a small animal which lodges under
a bird which is said to be almost
a small gregarious bird.
name of a bird,
87
OMo
O-lu-ko-nto, x.
O-ni-se, n.
@ proper name.
(a doer), a proper name.
O-ra, n. «a medicinal tree,
o-ri, xn, a kind of wild pigeon.
O-ri, n. a large fruit similar to the black haw.
o-ri e-ya, n.
o-ri o-ya,n. a hind of hedgchog.
o-ri...8i, o-ri...ya, v. to feel lively, be well
pleased : ori woy si, they are delighted, lit. their
head opens.
O-ri... Wu, v.
a tribe.
to be delighted with the conduct or
words of an inferior who is much beloved ; to yearn,
O-r0, 7. custom, habit, fashion.
o-ro-fo, n.
0-ro-gbo, n.
0-ro-ré, n.
o-ru-kpa, 7.
o-ru-wo0, n. a kind of tree, useful for timber.
O-sin i-we-fa, x. (the lefl hand eunuch), a eunuch
of the third rank.
o-sin i-ya-lo-de, n.
hand), a title next to that of oton-iyalode.
O-sin iya-ma, n. (the left hand of west), the
south, ’
o-Se, n. name of a tree.
o-si-kpi, 7.
a kind of wild pigeon.
a kind of kola-nut.
the name of a bird.
the name of a tree.
(a wise woman of the left
name of a tree.
o-Su-su, . « kind of prickly bush.
O-we, 7. young leaf of the plant ewere.
O-we a-wo), n.
o-we-re-dze-dze, n.
o-wu ake-Se, 7.
o-wu 6-go-do, n.
a trailing leguminous plant,
a kind of trailing shrub.
a kind of cotton with small pods,
a kind of cotton with large pods.
O.
o-bai-ye-dze. Sce abaiyedze.
o-ba-k4p-bi-ke-dzi, .
ther’s side.
Oba Ku-so,n. the King of Kuso, a title of Shangd
" who was a king of Kuso or Koso in Yoruba, at
a first cousin on the fa-
which place he descended alive into the ground,
and for that reason was deified.
o-ba-ni-dze, n.
O-ba O-g6, n.
o-dan-ko, .
o-dze-re, n.
O-fa, n. a town in Yoruba.
O-ka, . the name of a plant employed to cure the
disease called dka.
o-kpe-re, x.
o-kpopn si-b6, n. the pine-apple.
o-kpo-to kiti,n. a kind of wild fig-tree.
o-lo i-n6,n. the kidneys.
o-mo-lala, n. a great-grandchild,
See abanidze.
King of Glory, a title of God.
a species of wild fig-tree.
a medicinal plant.
the pepper-bird.
- O-mo-ri oO-lo, 7.
OMO
o-mo-ri-ka, n.
o-mo-ri 0-d6, ».
the tip of the finger.
a pestle.
the upper mill-stone.
o-mo-té, v. (child bends or prostrates), to be taken
with the pains of child-birth.
O-ta,n. a town and tribe south of Abeokuta.
0-t6n ga-ba-si, n. the north.
0t6n i-we-fa, xn. a eunuch of the second rank.
0-t6n i-ya-lo-de, ».
rank.
o-w6 té, v. (hand bends or grasps), to attain to,
come into possession of : ow6 re té dla, he attained
a wise woman of the second
to honor.
O-w0-wo, n. «a bird which lodges in holes.
O-yan, n. name of a tributary of the Ogun.
o-yé, n. grey color: esin oyé, a grey horse.
Oyo, n. the capital of Yoruba.
o-yd, n.
9-y0-g6-ho-g6-ho, n.
motions are supposed to-indicate joy.
one who rejoices, a rejoicer.
a bird so called because its
i:
rayn-huyn ran-hup, n.
sedly.
ray-kpo (ikpo), ».
ré...me-yan-me-yap, ».
rin ...la-ga-ke or le-gi-ni (li), v.
perplexity ;—adv. confu-
to speak ironically.
to crush to atoms.
to tickle.
ri-ra,n. that which is bought or to be bought, de.
See ra.
ri-ré, n. a going, dc. See re.
ri-ro, n. withering, de.
See ro,
ri-rin, ».
sumed, de. See ray.
rO...lo-dz&i (Ii), ».
ra-r, adv.
the act of forging iron ;
a consuming, that which is to be con-
to tame, domesticate.
utterly (destroyed or broken to pieces).
<
8
si-sé, n. «a cooking, to be cooked, dc. See se.
si-so, n. a tying, dc. Sve so.
si-sin, x. «a sleeping, dc. See sty.
so... de-ru (ci), v.
so... di-di, so...1i-Ii, v.
so-di-mi-lo-to, x.
so...diray-hun ran-hup, v.
so...do-mo (di), v.
so... do-r0 (di), v.
su-na-si, n.
suu-ru, 7.
to enslave.
lo play a game.
the solitary yellow monkey.
lo perplex.
to adopt.
to enrich,
provocation.
See sti-ru.
88
TOM
SAfa,n. an iron ring worn on the wrist by hunters.
Sa-gbe-Sa-gbe, n.
$a-gon (sc), v.
san-kpa-n4, n.
$a-Sa-ba-ku, n. the coffve-tree.
Se bai-bai, v. to grow dim, to be obscure.
Se gbe-de-gbe-yo, v.
preter.
Se-ne-wo, n. name of a bird.
Se...ru-bu-tu, 2.
se su-na-si, v.
se-tan, adv. after all ;—v. to complete.
se-da e-le-fin, n. purple-shaded silk.
se-da yo-ri-yo-ri, n. white silk.
se-kpo-lo-hun, n. name of a prickly shrub.
se... lo-dzu or le-ka-na, v. to wink or beckon by
way of giving a hint.
se-ni-fin-ran, 7.
se... ni-fdn, v.
of another.
Se...ni-Se, v.
Se-sin, v.
si... le-nu, v.
open the mouth.
Sin, v.
So-f-mi-de, So-a-nde, n. a proper name.
so-we-ra (sc), v.
a beggar.
to be contentious.
See sakpana.
to interpret, act as inter-
to write.
to provoke.
name of a thorny shrub.
to suit ; to rub or scratch the body
See ge... nise.
See se-sin.
to open one’s mouth, to cause one to
See si.
to struggle, to make a great
effort.
so-fo-din, ». an esculent herb.
sG-ru, v. to be small, applied toa leaf or bunch.
su-ru, v. to be large, applied to a bunch or any-
thing expanded.
su-si, v.
ken to.
to eare for, to notice, to reply when spo-
ae
ta-ki-ri, n.
té-ma-han, v.
tan-ga-la, n.
tan-gi-ri, n.
used in dressing morocco leather.
ta-ré (ire), v.
té...na, adv.
come already 2
te\..rt, v:
ti-a,n. See tira.
ti-an-ti-an, adv.
ti...so-de (si), v.
ti-won-ti-won, 7.
tom-b6, an unmeaning word used by children at
clemency.
See tamaha.
the name of a bird.
a running plant, the fruit of which is
to umprecate evil upon.
already: iwo te de na? hast thou
to put under, submerge ; hide, suppress.
abundantly.
to push out, to exclude.
a wart; the name of a bird,
play, while hopping on one foot: lakalaka tombd !
hop along tombé !
TOR
t6-ro, ». a kind of rat, noted for its fatness.
t0-fo (ti), . to tell mournful news, to bring news
that a friend is dead.
tu...dz6 (odZ6), v. to dismiss an assembly :
tudzo, to disperse, adjourn.
wU.
Q, pron. him, her, it, after a verb ending in ‘u,’
W..
wa...laiya (li), 7 to encourage, embolden
strengthen,
wa-kKpa, ». See warakpa.
wa-kpa-kan (w0), v. to squint.
w4-lé (wah ilé), to come to the ground: odzu re
wale (his eye came to the ground), he came to him-
self, after being drunk or crazy.
we-re-we-re, n. a dwarf.
wi-li-ki, x. leather worn by males.
wo-lu-ha, n. among the Mohammedans, family
prayer,
12
89
YOR
w6-hin (chip), v.
backed.
Ww0n-d6 (Odo), v.
sound,
‘W0-S0-W0-S0, 7.
to be crook-backed or hunch-
to measure the depth of water, to
the name of a bird.
Nes
yé-be-dzi (ibedzi), v.
god of twins.
ya-ha-na (ahana), v. to be wild, wicked, lawless.
yay-k6-to, n. an esculent herb.
yan-ran-yan-ran, adv. brilliantly.
yap-rin, x. an esculent herb.
yap-rin mi-mi or yi-yin-rin, n. quicksand.
yaé-re (ere), v. to make or purchase an image to
worship,
ya-zrin, x. a disease in fowls.
yi-fo (yi, to turn), v. to dress greens for the table.
yin-rin, v. to yield or give way under the feet.
yo...16-hupy (li), v.
to purchase images of the
to seek to entrap in conver-
sation.
you-yon, ”. «@ plant used for washing horses.
yo-ri, n. name of a bird,
“
=)
a:
i
7 *~
aa 7
t 42 4
I
» ved,
thy. - i?
r ve
Ms 4
f ‘
4
. op
iy >
_-
a
€ sgity
aun,
= ?
a
feagestar om
alae Ee.
ENGLISH-YORUBA.
ABA
abaft’, adv. lehin, sehin.
aban’don, v. fisilé.
aban’donment, ».
abase’, v. relé.
abase’/ment, n.
abas’er, n.
abash’, v.
lodza.
abash’ment, n.
abate’, v. fa, mu... fay waw6.
abat/ed, a. afa.
abate’ment, nz. ifa.
abbre’viate, v. ke kuru.
abbrevia'tion, x. ike kuru.
abbre’viator, n. ake kuru.
ab‘dicate, v. fi oye 1é.
abdica’tion, n. ifoyelé.
abdo’men, x. ikun.
abdo’minal, a. ikun, ti ikun.
abdue’tion, x. igbeldh.
abet’, v. See aid, help.
abet’ting, x. dwe.
abet’tor, n. oldwe.
abhor’, v. korira.
abhor’red, a. akorira.
abhor’rence, n._ ikorira.
abhor’rent, a. li irira.
abhor’rently, adv. i akorira.
abide’, v. gbe, dzoko, wd.
abi’dingly, adv. liagbe, niikpe.
ability, n. agbara, ikpa, okuy.
ab‘ject, a. aténi, aréle.
ab/jectness, n. téniteni, iténi.
ab/jectly, adv. li aténi.
abjura'tion, n. egfi.
abjure’,v. se egiin.
abjur’er, n. asegiin.
a’/ble, a. le, lera.
a'ble-bodied, «. alagbara, alera.
ifisilé,
arelé, irelé,
arelé.
dodzuti, lodzuti, ti...
idodzuti.
!
ablu'tion, n.
a’bly, adv.
abode’, n. ebu, ibudzdko.
abo'lish, v. kparun.
abo'lishable, a. tialé kparun.
abo'lisher, n. akparun, eni tio
kparun.
aboli'tion,”. akparun, ikparun.
abo’minable, a. akorira.
abo’minate, v._ korira.
abomina’tion, nz. irira.
abori’ginal, n. atetedelé.
abor’tion, 7. iseno: to suffer
abortion, Seno.
abor’tive, a.
abound, v.
increase.
about’, adv.
about’, prep.
above’, adv.
above’, prep.
soke,
abreast’, adv. lokankan, niha.
abroach’,a. atti.
abroad’, adv. kakiri, kale, lode. |
ab’rogate, v. See repeal.
abrupt’, a. odzidzi, ogan.
abrupt'ly, adv. lodzidzi.
abrupt/ness, 7. ddzidzi, og4n.
abscond’, v. kpamé, saloh, sa-
kpamé.
abscond’er, . asaléh.
ab’sence, n. aisi, ehin.
absent, a. kési, aisi, lehin.
absent’, v. fakuro, yakuro.
absentee’, n. alaisi.
absolu'tion, n. afidzi.
absolve’, v. fidzi.
absolv’er, x. afidzi.
aluwala, iwend.
li agbara.
asan.
kpd. See multiply,
kiri, niha.
nidi, niditi, niha.
leke, loke, soke.
dzu, leke, ldke,
| accede’, v.
|abu’sive, a.
ACC
absorb’, v. mo, mu.
absorb’able, a. tia lé mu.
absorb’ed, a. amu.
absorb’ent, n. agbemu.
absorp’tion, x. amu.
abstain’, v. fa...sehin, rond.
abste’mious, a. aroné.
abste’miously, adv.
ronoroné,
abste’miousness, 7.
ab’stinence, n._irond.
ab’stinent, a. ironé.
abstract’,v. gbe...léh,mu...
16h, $6.
abstruse’, a. dzinle, luha.
abstruse’ly, adv. dzinle, luha-
luha.
li arond,
arono.
| abstruse’ness,. adzinle, idzi-
nle.
absurd’, a. k6 dzana.
absurd ‘ity, x. aidzana, aitd.
absurdly, adv. laito.
abund’ance, n. ifo, okpd, okpd-
lokpo.
abund’ant, a. kpikpd, kpd.
abund’antly, adv. li okpd-
lokpo.
abuses a \buy fi-cabi; sus.
lohun.
abuse’,x. binabina, ebu, iregfin.
abu'ser, x. alébu.
ebu, li ebfi (li, to
have).
abu'sively, adv. li ebiai (li, in,
with),
abut’, v. wakpd.
abut’ment, n.
abyss’, 7.
iwakpo.
ibu, ibubnu.
See agree.
ACC
ac’cent, n._ iwilé.
accent’, v. wi lé.
accent’ed, a. awilé.
accept, v. gba, gbike, tewogba.
accept’able, a. atewdgba, da.
accept’ably, adv. liatewégba.
accept/ance, n. itewdgba.
accept’ed, a. atewdgba.
acceptier, n. atewdgba.
ac’cess, z. isumo.
access‘ible, a. tia lé sumo.
ac’cident, n. abakpade, esi.
accident’al, a. akdseba.
accident/ally,adv. liabakpade.
acclama’tion,n. ihdkin,ihdle.
accom’modate, v. mu...ba,
mu... bade.
accom’modating,a. aseun (ap-
plied to persons).
accommoda'tion, ». (room),
aye, ibi, wo.
accompaniment, ». asinldh,
ibal6h,
accom ’pany,v. ba... 1éh, sin.
accom ’panying, a. ti ba wah
or 16h,
aecom’'plice, n. dwe.
accomplish, v. kpinu, setan.
accomplished, a. akpinu.
accom ’plisher, x. akpinu.
accom ’plishment, 7. akpinu.
accord’,v. ba... de, rekpo.
accord’, n. ibade.
accord’ance, n. ibade.
accord’ant, a. abdade.
according to, prep. gege bi.
accost’, v. ki.
account’, v. rodzo.
accountabil'ity, n. idzise.
account’able, a. ni idzise.
accou'trements, n. itamora.
accu’mulate, v. k6...dzo.
accu’mulated, a. akodzo.
accumula’tion, x. agbasi,
akodzo.
accuracy, n. akpé, ikpé.
ace’curate, a. kpé.
ac’curately, adv. kinikini.
accurse’,v. See curse.
accusa’tion, 7. afdranmé, efe,
esdn, esty.
accuse’,v. f&...léfe, fi... bi,|
fi...sdn, foranmé, sdn, san.
accus’ed, 7. afisdn, eléfe.
accus’er, 7. olufisdp.
accus’tom, v. 16.
ache, v. f6, ra.
a’eid, a. kay.
92
, acknowledge, v. dzew6.
acknow’ledgment,n. idzewé.
acquaint’ance, x. adugbo,
aladugbo, odzulum6,
acquit’,v. da&...kuro.
acquit'tal, n. idakuro.
acquit’ted, a. adakuro.
across’, adv. li ebu.
act, v. se.
act, n. ase, ise.
ae’tion, n. ase.
active, a. munt, yara.
ac’tively, adv. munumunu.
acti’vity, ». imun4, iyara.
ac’tor, . ase, oluse.
acute’, a. gongo, mi.
acute’ness, . agongo, amu,
imi.
adapt’, v. muba, mu... bade.
adapta’tion, ”. amuba.
adapt’ed, a. barekpd.
adapt’edness, x. abade.
add’,v. bu...k6én, bumé, busi,
fi...kén, fi...si, ka...k6p,
geni si.
add’er, x. olubukéy.
adding, x. abukén.
addi’tion, ». abukéy, abumé,
éni, ibusi.
additional, a. alakén.
ad’dle, v. se obu.
ad’dled, a. obu.
adhere’,v. da...kpdmé,da...
m6, fa...mé, faramé, mé, ré.
adhe’rence, . awamt, idakpd,
mo.
adhe’rent, a. amo.
adhe’sion, n. imé.
adhe’sive, a. amé.
adhe'siveness, x. imé. For
other roots, see adhere.
adieu’, adv. See farewell.
adjoin’, v. faramé, gbe.
adjoin’ing,«. afaraméd, ifaramé.
adjourn’,v. tu...ka.
adjura’tion, 7. afibi, ifiba.
adjure/, 7.) 4... bu.
adjust’, v. kpakaddza, ya.
ad’mirable, a. ni iyin.
ad’mirably, adv. toho.
admire’, v. yin.
admit’, v. gba, gba... nilé.
admittance, rn. igba.
|}admo'nish, v. kilo.
admoni'tion, ». akilo, ikilo.
admo’nitor, ». onikilo.
ado’, ». ariwo.
jadopt’, v. gba, gba... se.
AFT
adorn’, v. se... logo, soso, we.
adorn’ing, n. oso.
adrift’, a. 0, afo.
adult’, x. agba.
adul’terate,v. bila,da...lu,lu.
adul’terated, a. abula, adalu.
adul'teration, 7. abula.
adul'terer, n. ado.
adul'teress, n. kpansaga.
adul’terous, «. aladé onise
kpangaga.
adul'tery, ». 6dzi, kpansaga.
advance’,v. fi...sadzu, korisi,
gadzu.
advance’, n. iwadzu.
advance’ment, nx. afisadzu,
ifigadzu.
advan'tage, n. anfani.
advanta’geous, a. sé anfani.
ad’vent, n. atibd.
ad’'versary, 7. ota.
ad’verse, a. odisi, sé odi si.
adver’sity, n. ikpondzu.
advice’, n. adamdran.
advise’, v. ba...rd, damoran,
gbimd, lamoran.
advi'sedly, adv. See consi-
derately.
advi’ser, ». adamdran, onida-
moran.
ad’vocate, v. gba... wi, bebe
fu, sikpe fu.
ad'vocate, . abéebe, alagbaso,
agenu, elébe.
adze, 7. ake gboro.
afar’, adv. li Okere.
affair’, . ran.
affect’, v. kpa, don.
affec’tion, n. afe, ife.
affec’tionate, a. onife.
affec'tionately, adv. li afe, fi
ife.
affirm’, v. tenumd.
affirma’tion, ». itenumd.
afflict’, v. foro, kpon ...lodzt.
afflict’ed, a. olikpondza.
afflic’tion,n. ikpondzu, wahdla.
affu'sion, x. ibdmiwén.
afloat’, v. li afo.
afoot’, adv. ba ti ese: he went
on foot, 6 ba ti ese loh.
afraid’, a. aiyafo, beru.
afresh’, adv. titon, ton.
af’ter, adv. lehin, sehin.
afternoon’, ». odzé ale, aro-
mle, idzisekpale.
afterwards, adv. igbehiy, ni
gbehin.
AGA
again’, adv.
ton, we.
against’, prep.
age, n. ogbo.
a’ged, a. arugbo, ogbo.
a’gent, x. adzele, asehinde, ago-
dzu.
aggress’, v. firan.
aggressor, n. onifiran.
a’gitate, v. ru, ru...soke.
a’gitated, a. aru, ru.
ago’, adv. kodza.
a’gonize, v. sé awaya.
a’gony, n. awayd iwayd-idza.
agree’, v. bade, bare, dimd, ré,
rekpo, sdkan tési.
agree’ment, x. alukawani, iba-
de: a@ secret agreement, adimd.
aground’, adv. gin, td.
dehin, ewe, kpada,
si, ti.
a’gue, n. odzodzo.
ah’, interj. aa.
ahead’, adv. lf iwadzu, si iwa-
dzu.
aid, v.
lowo.
aid’er, n. elegbe, oluranlowo.
ail, x. se, ddn: & Se 0? what ails
thee 2 ‘
aim, v. si, sdn, sn, won.
air, ». afefe, efufu.
air, v. kpafete.
air’y, a. onifefe.
akin’,a. ba... tan, tan.
alarm’, v. deruba, dagiri.
alarm’, n. idagiri, ididzi.
alas’, interj. aa, asia, ye.
albi’no, 7». afin.
ale, n. oti.
a’lien,n. adzedzi.
a‘lienate, v. si... laiya.
alight’, v. ba.
alike’ (be), v.
dabi, dzo.
alive’, a.
4
dze... lowe, gbe, ran...
alyato, bakana,
alaiye, aldyé, aye,
layé.
Al’coran, ». alkurani.
all’, a. gbogbo, dede, ogbo: at
all, vara, arara.
allegory, ». akawe.
alli’ance, n. bare.
alligator, ». oni.
all-see’ing, n. arigungbogbo.
allure’ment, n.
Almigh’ty, n.
gidzi.
almost’, adv. fere ofere.
alms, x. itore anu, ore Any, sara,
saraha.
etan.
Obangidzi, Ban-
93
aloft’, adv. ldke, sdke, leke.
alone’, a. nikay, nikangogo.
alongside’, adv. niha.
aloof’, adv. okere:
aloof, takete.
aloud’, adv. kuykun.
alrea’dy, adv.
al'so, conj. kpelu.
al'tar, x. idzebo, kpekpe.
altoge’ther, adv. kpatakpata.
al'ways, adv. nigbagbogbo.
ambuscade’, x. buba, iba, ide-
to stand
na, ne.
na.
am’bush, v. bamolé, dena, ro-
gun.
am ‘bush, n.
amen’, adv. Amin.
amend’, v. ton... se.
amend’ment, n. atonse.
a’miable, a. niwa.
amid’, amidst’, prep.
amiss’,a. sise.
among’, prep. lari, nind, Sarin,
sind.
amount’ to, v. dda si.
a’mulet, x. onde, tira, dgun.
an’cestor, n. italemo, baba.
an’chor, v. ddkoduro, dokoro.
abamolé, adena.
larin.
anchor, n. iddkoro.
an‘cient, n. igbani.
an’ciently, adv.
lailai.
nigbani, ni-
an’cientness, . ogbologbo.
and, conj. on, si, ati, ti, dehin.
maleika.
ibind, idind.
an’gel, n.
an’ger, n.
an’ger,v. bi... nind.
an’gle, x. igon.
an'gry, v. bind, ru, rund: an an-
gry man, abino.
an'kle, n. kokose.
anni'hilate, v. so...di asa.
annoy’, v. da...Jara, yo...
Jenu.
annoyance, 7. idzaba, Jala.
anoint’, v. kun, kpara, ta, fi
ororo yan.
anoint’ed, n.
yay.
ano’ther, pron.
ran, mire, omirayn, omonikedzi.
an’swer,v. dahun, da... lohun.
an’swer, 7. esi, idahun.
ant, x. erun; different kinds are
called, éra, esa, idZaléh, ikandu,
enl to 4 fi ororo
elomiran, mi-
ikan, ota.
antece’dent, ». asadzu.
an'telope, 7. the various kinds
ARM
are called, agbari-eba, abonrin,
egbin, ékulu, era, etu, gala, ma-
Segbin, otolo, esuo.
anti’cipate, v. budZa, daba.
anticipa'tion,». abudza,itowo.
an'tidote, x. akporé.
anxi’ety,n. ‘dzo, aniyan, idaro,
itara.
anxious, «.
adzo, dziyan.
anxiously, adv.
any, a. eni.
a'‘ny-one, pron. eni kan.
a'ny-thing, x. ohuykohuy.
apart’, adv. |i akpakan.
apartment, n.
ape, n. inaki, iro.
apiece’, adv. fi olukuliku.
apologize, v. sikpe, wawi.
apology, . awawi, isikpe.
apparel, . ago, ibora.
appa’rent, a. hay, tio han.
appari'’tion, ». arididzi.
appeal’, v. fi dran Jéh.
appear,v. fara...han, han, la,
le, yo, yodzu, yori.
appearance, n.
alaniyan, tadzu, ge
fi adzo.
yara,
*
. ,
awo, odza.
appearing, a. ila.
appease’, v. tu, tu... nino,
appertain’, v. tori.
appetite, n. isinu.
applaud’, v. hokuy.
applause’, 7. ihokun.
apply’, v. fi, fi si.
appoint’, v. fi...dze, fi...se,
ray ...l6h, sonidi, yan: to ap-
point a day, dadzo.
appoint’ed,a. ayan: appointed
day, adadzo.
appoint’ment, z. ilana, ifidze.
appraise’,v. sokpaykpa.
apprehen’sion, 7. ond, ond.
apprehen’sive, a. sAdzo, $on6.
approach’, v. sonmé, sumé, td.
apron, n. alayekan, ibante.
archer, x. akpofin, akporiki,
tafatata.
ar’gue, v.
arise’, v.
fore day, dadzi.
ddiyan.
dide, nde: to arise be-
aristo’cracy, nv. fada.
ark, n. oko.
arm, 7”. akpa.
arm,v. di... hamora: to arms!
ele!
haméra.
adzude, dzifu, gafin,
armed’, a.
arm let, 7.
gaba,
ARM
ar’mor, 7.
armpit, 7.
ihamora.
abeya, abiya, iya.
ar’my, 7. agbaguy, oguy.
around’, prep. ka.
around’,adv. ka, kale.
arouse’,v. dzi...dide, dzinde.
arraign’,v. bi...ledzo.
arrange’,v. to.
arrangement, n. ito.
arri'val, n. atide.
arrive’, v. bd, de, dzasi, td.
ar’row, n. ofa.
ar'tery, 7. isan.
art’ful, a. alayidayida.
as, adv. ba, bi, bienikpé, bi... ti.
ascend’,v. godke, gori.
ascen’sion, 7.
ascertain’, v.
ashamed’, a.
lodzu.
ash’es, n.
ashore’, a.
aside’, adv.
igdke,
ridi.
Sesin, tidzu, ti...
éru, labulabu.
gunle.
li akpakap.
ask, v. bére, bi, bi...lebi, bi...
lere.
asleep’, a. astn, nsty.
ass’,x. ketekete.
assassina'tion, x. amolekpa.
assault’, v. ba...nidzamba, da,
da... nigi, kolu.
assemble, v. dari...dzo, gba
...dZ0, dzo, kpée, kpé...dzo.
assembly, ». adzo, akpedzo:
an assembly for a feast, adzé-
dzekp6, adzZémokpd.
assent’, v. baldhun.
assist’, v. ba...se, gba, gbe,
ray... lowo.
’ assist’ance, n.
assist’ant, 7.
asso’ciate, v.
sore.
asso’ciate, n. alabadze, egbe.
assort’,v. kaw6.
assort’ment, 7.
assume’, v. mawo.
assu’rance, n. igbekele.
assure’,v. fi or mu...dadzu.
assuredly, adv. dadztidadzu.
asth’ma, vn. fere.
asthma ’'tic, n. alafere.
astonish, v. enu ya, yanu, ya
..-lenu, ha se.
asto’nishment, ».
astray’, adv. yakpa.
asunder, adv. oto.
at, prep. leba, li, ni, si, ti.
athirst’, a. ongbe gbe.
ibage, iranlowo.
abase, abanise.
i ,
kegbe, segbe,
2
Ow 9. e
ha, iyanu.
{
94
atone’, v. se etutu.
atone’ment, vn. etutu.
attach’, v. fi... mo.
BAT
back, adv. lehiy, sehin.
back’bite, v. sorolehin.
back’biter, n. alenini, asorole-
attach’ment, 7. afimdé. hin.
attack’, v. dzald, kolt. back-door’, x. éburu.
attain’, ». owé te. backed, a. abehin.
attain’ing, n. atini. backslide,v. fa...sehin.
attempt’, 7. kusa, sa. back’ward, adv. lehin, lehiy-
attempt’, x. isa. lehin, sehin.
attend’, v. da, fodzuto, fodzusi,
fiyesi, kiyesi, kodZusi, mudzuto.
atten’dance, n._ ibaloh, isin.
bad, a. buru, buburu.
badness, ._ buburu.
bag, x. abd, akpo, laba.
atten’dant, x. améra. bag’gage, n. eru.
atten’tion, n. afiyesf, akiyesi, | bai/liff} x. ikpefon, olokpa.
ifetisi, igbé. bait, v. fi...w0d.
attic, n. adza. bake, v. di, din, yan.
attract’, v. kunfa. baker, n. alakara.
attrac’tion, n. okunfa. balance, rn. dgba.
at'tribute, n. iwa. bald, a. kpari, akpari.
au’dible, a. tia lé gbé. bale, v. (water), zbdn ; (to pack),
austere’, a. onroro, roro.
au'thor, nr. olfikpilese, onisi.
authority, n. ola.
au'thorize, v. fi ola le.
avail’,v. ere dze, dzére.
a'varice, n. okandzZua.
di... li 6keté.
bale, n. dkete.
ball, x. isu, iwogu, ota.
ball, v. su, di...]? osu.
bamboo’, n. okpagun, (wine-
palm) akpako.
avari’cious,«. olokandéua. |bana’na,x. dgede.
avenge’, v. gbesin, wadzo. band, bandage, n. odza, agba-
aveng’er, n. olugbesan. dZa, eka.
a'venue, x. okpokpo, orere. ba’nish, v. 1é kuro or dzade.
aver’sion, x. aife. bap'tism, n. itebomi.
avert/,v. yi...kuro,yi...kpa-| baptize’, v. tebomi. ©
da. barbarian, ». alaigbede.
avoid’, v. sa kuro. bar'ber, n. onighadzamé.
await’,v. durode. bard, n. akanyungba.
awake’, v. dzi: to.awake sud-
denly, tadzi.
bar’gain, v.
bar’gain, n.
dehuy, kpinu.
adehuy, arosilé,
awake’, a. adzi, aisdn. arotéle.
aware’,a. mod. bark, v. gbo.
away’, adv. kuro, 16h, nd. bark, n. ekpo.
awe, n. éru. barn, 2. ahere.
awe, v. deruba. bar’rel, x. agba.
aw’ ful, a, li éru. bar’ren, a. agan, Sagan, ase-
awhile’, adv. sa, Sa. kpon, sen6, yagay, sekpon, iron-
awk'ward, a. gigd, gd. gan, asend, (said of land) asale,
awk'wardly, adv. teteré.
awk'wardness, 7, gigd.
akpara, sakpara.
bar’renness, x. See barren.
awl, 7. olu. bar'ter, v. kparo, kpasikparo.
axe,n. ike, akeke, eddy. base, a. adzadze.
base, n. _isale, idi.
bash’ful, a. onisadzu, olodzuti,
B. tidzf.
ba’sin, x. awo koto.
baboon’, x. akiti, obo. bas'Ket, n. agbdn, suku.
ba’by, x. omo-agho, omo-owé. | bas’tard, x. omo-ale.
ba'chelor, n. akpon, ogi. baste, v. gan.
back, . ehin: back of a fur-| bathe, v. luwe.
nace, dagin.
bath’-house, n. baluwe.
BAT
battle, n. idzakpati, oguy.
bat’tle-axe, n. gamugamu.
bawl, v. kighé.
bawl'ing, x. ikighé, ifs.
be, v. mbé, wa, ya, ni, gbe, ri,
si, $e, di, dze.
beach, x. ebute, ibado.
bead,x. ileke: shell bead, akon;
palm-nut bead, alagidigba; fos-
sul—old Egyptian glass bead, segi.
beak, x. kokoro.
beam (of a house), n. eké.
bean, x. ewe, awudze, kpo-
kpondo,
bear, v. bi, bimo: to bear fruit,
so, seso 3 to bear a burden, carry,
ru; to bear with patience, to en-
dure, ru, kparamé,
beard, n. irongbon.
beast, n. eran, eranko.
beast’ly, a. bi eranko.
beat, v. 10, bo, té, bild, kpa.
beau 'tiful, a. li @wa, yanddu,
aréwa, dara.
beau'tify, v. ge... lwa.
beau'ty, n. @wa, idara.
because’, conj. nitori, nitoriti,
latori.
beck’on, v. dzuwé, fowokpe,
sakpere.
become’, v. da, di. See suit,
bed, ». ibusdy, akete, okpo,
kpekpele.
bed’-bug, x. idon.
bed’-fellow, x. abdnisin.
bee, n. oyin, olugbe.
bee’-hive, n. ilé-oyin.
beef, x. eran mali.
beer, n. oti, Sekete.
bee'tle, rn. (a heavy mallet),
alubara, bambam; (an insect),
obonbon.
befall’, v. ba.
before’,adv. ki...to,ki... teni,
larin kan, niladzu, niwadZu sin,
siwadzu.
before’, prep. iwadzu, lodzi,
niwadzu, siwadzu, giwadzu.
before’hand, adv. téle.
befriend’, v. ge... liore, ge...
lore.
beg, v. ba, bebe, sagbe, toro.
beget’, v. bi, bimo.
beget’ter, n. obi.
beg’gar, x. alagbe, agagbe, ma-
dekoso.
beg’ging, x. agbe.
begin’, v. béresi.
5
9
begin’ner,n. alakose, olukpilege.
begin’ning, n. ak6ge, asesekose,
atetekose, atetese, atikpilege,
ikpilé, ikpilese, ilege.
/begrudge’, v. kody, kin.
beguile’, 7. tan, tan... dze.
beguile’ment, n. itandze.
behave’, v. ha, hawa.
/beha'vior, x. hihd, iwa, iwa-
kuwa.
behead’, v.
behind’, a.
behold’, v.
be ... lori, beri.
lehin, sehin, gehin.
kiyesi, saw0, wo.
behoove’, v. ye fu.
/be’ing, x. iwa.
belch, x. ife.
belch, v. gufe.
belief’, 7.
| believe’, v.
believ’er, x. olugbé, onigbagbé.
bell, x. ago, agogo, korokoro,
Saworo, gbangan.
bell’-ringer, n. alagogo.
bellows, n. ~ ewiri.
belly, n. ikun.
belong’, v. de ti, ge ti, tori.
belov’ed, a. ayanfe, ayo, olufe,
below’, prep. and adv. isalé,
| ldo, nisalé.
belt, x. lawani, mayafi.
bend, v. ba, da, 19, rele, té,
teba, te... balé, te... bére.
beneath’, prep. _labe, nisale.
benefac’tor, n. asore, olore.
be’nefit, v. da... lere, san.
bene’volence, n. ifeni, anu ofé.
bene’volent, a. oldre off, olanu
off.
benumb’ed, a. keti, ketiri.
bereave’,v. gba... li (Gen. 43,
14), Se... lofo.
bereav’ed, a. fo.
bereave’ment, n. ofo.
beset’, v. ro... gbaka.
besides’, adv. kpelukpelu.
besiege’, v. doti... ka.
bespeak’, v. ba.
best, a. dara dzii gbogbo léh.
bestow’, v. busi.
bestow’er, n. alabisi.
betray’, v. da, fi... han, kpa.
betray’er, x. onifihan, oniku-
kpani.
betroth’,v. fe... fu, fe...s
betroth’ed, a. afesdna.
bet'ter, a. fuye, san.
between’, prep. larin, niné.
bewail’, v. kpdhunrere.
igbagbd.
gba... ¢bd.
ona,
LI
beware’, v. kiyesi.
bewil'der, v. damu.
beyond’, prep. kodza, loke.
bid, v. kpé.
bier, n. aga-kposi.
big, a. tobi, lara.
bill’-hook, n. ada.
bil’low, n. tere, irumi.
bind, v. de, di, demé, deru.
bind ‘ing, x.
bird,x. eiyé: bird of prey, akdsa.
bird’-cage, x. ilé-eiyé,
bird’lime, n. ate.
bird’-shot, x. ahariya, awaya.
bird’-snare, n. adza-akpa, ige-
kpa, isoka, kpekpé.
birth, n. _ ibf.
birth’day, n.
birth'place, x. ibi-ibf.
birth’right, x. ogun ibi.
bit, ». gangan, kikini, okele: a
bridle-bit, idzanu.
didi, ébo, édi.
idZ6 ibi, 0dZ6 ibi,
bite, v. bu...dze, bu... say.
bit'ter, a. koro.
bit’terness, x. arankan, ikoro,
ororo,
black, v. df.
black, a. adi (bolodzo),
black’ing, x. edu.
black’'ness, ». dudu.
| bladder, x. ilé ato.
blade, x. (of grass), ehu.
blame,v. bdé...wi, fi... dZebi,
won.
blame'less, a. aibswi.
blan’ket, x. alakiba, kubusu.
blaspheme’, 2,
sdro egan.
SO... egan,
blasphem’er, x. asdro_ egin,
olusdro egan.
blas’phemy, x. egan.
blast, v. fifon.
blaze, . owo-ina.
bleed, v. sedze gbadze, gba...
ledZe.
bleed’ing, . isedze, igbadze :
a bleeding at the nose, aniroy.
| bless, v. bikon, busi, sure, wure.
bless’ed, a. alabuk6n, ibukon ni
fu.
bless’er, n.
bless’ing, x.
olfbukon, onibusi.
abukon, ibukon,
ibusi.
blind, a. fodZt: a blind person,
afodzt.
blind, v. fo...lodztii: to blind
with brightness, bodzuyay.
| blind’fold,v. di...lodét.
blis'ter, v
BLI
blind’ness, 7. airirvan, ifodzt.
Ne:
wu.
bloat, v.
block, x.
block, v.
(of houses), kusata.
dina.
pblock’head. See stupid.
blood, n.
pblood’guiltiness, 7.
edze.
7 . x7 4
ese edze.
pblood'iness, 7. eledze.
blood’shed, x. itadzesilé.
plood’y, a. edze, eledze.
bloom, v.
bloom, 7.
dife, tu.
ina, itana, yetuyetu.
plot, v. ba...wdéy, kparun.
blot, x. abiawon.
blow, v.
fe, fon: to blow off,
fend; blow away, feloh.
blow, 7.
idza: «@ blow with the
fist, bende, ese.
blowing, a. fifon, ife.
blue, n. ar6, ayinriy, wadzi.
blunt, a.
kf.
bo’a-constric’tor, ». éré.
boar, x. akoelede: a wild boar,
ogan, amado, igan.
board, x.
boast, v.
akpako, kpako.
se fefe, fudza, hale,
dZanu, yanray.
boast’er, . ahale, onifefe.
boasting, 7. fefe.
boat, x. dko, okpere.
boat’‘man, 7». atuko, oloko.
bob’tail, n. akeru.
bo’died, a. abara, alara.
bo’dily, adv. taratara.
body, 7.
ard.
bog, n. Gre, ira, Sakata.
bog’gy, 4.
akoro.
boil, x. dwo.
boil, v.
boil’er, x.
Rea
bd, ho, ru.
odu.
bold, a. gbodzu, laiya.
bold’ly, adv. laiberu.
bold’ness
,n. aiberu, aifdya.
bols’ter, 7. irora, timtim.
bond, z.
bond, «a.
edi, ide.
onde, oloko-eru,
bond’age, x. éwon, ide, ideni,
oko eru.
bond’maid, x. iwofa obiri.
bond’man, 7. iwofa 6konri.
bond’-servant, ». iwofa.
bond’-service, n. dfa.
bone, n.
bo’/ny, a.
book, n.
egun, egupguy.
eleguy.
iwe, tira.
boot, x. sohombia, Sorombia.
boo'ty, x.
-
amdéna.
96
bor’der, 1.
odZa-le.
bore, v. lu, da... lu.
born, a. bibi.
borne, @. riru.
bor’row, 2. - toro, win, sin.
bor’rower, 7. atdro, onitoro.
bo’som, 7. owokanaiya.
both, conj. ati, medzedzedzi.
both’er, v. yo...lenu.
bot’tle,n. igo, afégun, okpalaba.
bottom, x. isale, gbongbo.
bot'tomless, a. ainisale. |
bough, 7. aketon, akpa, eka, |
eton kpeka. |
bound, a. ide, ni dide.
bound’ary, x. okpin, okpinle.
boundless, a.
kpekuy.
bow, v. foribale, teba, te... bale,
teri, teriba.
bow, n. oruy.
bow’knot, x. awotiri.
bow’'legged, a. awodlewori.
bow’els, n. ifon.
bowl], x. okpon.
bow'string, n. osan.
box, 7. akpoti, ago, bata.
boy, 2. omokonri.
boyhood, x. iwa omo.
brag, v. sefefe, fudza.
braggado’cio, x.
afudza.
braid, v. ba, diron.
brain, x. modumodu.
brake, n. igbé.
bran, 7. egbo, eta.
branch, n. See bough.
brand, v. sami si.
brand, n. ami, isami.
brand’ed, a. alami, onisami si.
brass, 7. ide.
brave. See bold.
brawl, v. sd, dza.
bread, . dkara; various kinds
are called, Sukan, ekdru, kXduru.
bread’-seller, n. alikara.
breadth, x. igboro, awe, ayé, ibo.
break, v. bu, da, dza, se: to
break loose, déakuyn, tu; break
out, ru; break to pieces, ran;
break down, w6 3 break up, ta.
break’fast, . asc-owuro.
breast, x. aiya, ige, omu.
breast’bone, x. tamkpa.
breast’plate, n. awo-aiya.
breast’work, ». odi.
breath, n. mi.
sarttba, okpinle, |
ailokpin, aini- |
kufekufe,
| bright, a.
BRU
breathe, v. mi, mi &mi, fe, gbin.
breath'ing, n. imi.
breathless, a. ailemi.
breech’es,n. See pantaloons.
breed, v. bi.
breed, x. oruko: alakpata ko
bere oruko, the butcher does not
enquire the breed.
breeze, n. afefe, ategun, ofo.
brew, v. kponti.
brew’er, n. loti.
brew'ery, 7. ebu-oti.
bribe, x. abetele.
bribery, . abetele, ibetele.
brick, zn. dzikanu.
bride, ». iyawo, adelebd.
| bride’groom, 7. oko-iyawo.
bridge, n. afara.
bri’dle, x. idzanu.
bri’dle, v. ko... li idzanu.
bri’er, x. egfy.
dan, fofo.
bright/en, v. day, mu... dan.
bright’ly, adv. rokiroki.
bright’ness, x. idan, riran.
brilliant, a. ran, yan.
brilliantly, adv. yan.
brim, 7. eti.
brim’ful, a. kéy di eti.
bring, v. mu...wah, gbe...
wah.
brink, n. bebe.
brisk, a. yara.
brisk’ly, adv. yaya.
bris’tle, x. iron gaungaun: a
turkey’s bristle, ogboy.
brit'tle, a. elege.
brit’tleness, n. eve.
broach, v. tu.
broad, a. gboro, nibo.
broad ’cast, adv. ni gboro.
broil, v. son, sun.
broiled, a. sisuy.
bro’ken, a. dida, sese: broken
in the bottom, adzadi.
bro’ken-hearted, a. onirdbi-
nodzé,
brook, x. abetu.
broom, 7. owo, gasa.
broom ’sedge, 7. bere, mene,
broth, x. omitoro.
bro'ther,n. ard, arakonri, aburo,
egbon.
bro’therhood, n. iwa ara.
brow, n. iwadzi: brow of a hill,
gereg=re.
brown, a. kp6n rusurusu.
bruise, v. ha.
BRU 97 CHA
bruis’ed, a. hiha, fifé. ca'labash, n. akoto, igba,;carv’er, x. ibuke.
brute, x. eranko. kpoko. carv'ing, n. ibuke, ike.
bru’tish, a. bi eranko. cala’mity, n. ofo. cascade’, 7. osoro.
buck’et, x. kuruba. eal’culate, v. gird. case, n. dran.
bud, v. rudi. calf, n. egbdro mali. cask, n. agba,
bud, nr. idi, irudi. ea'lico, n. kelekf. cassa’va, 7”. ogege.
buf’falo, n. efdn. call, v. kpé, kekpé, ko. cast,v. gba...1d, gbdn, dz...
bug, 2. kokoro. eall, n. akesi, ikpe. tilé, dZu, Sati, su, wodZa, ta, ta...
build, v. ke, kolé, mo, molé,| cal’lous, a. ek6, kangi. no; te. ba, to... bale, tis.
modi, calm, a. dakedzé, dakeréro. kuro.
builder, x. akolé, amolé, dumo.} calm, 7. mu... dakedzé. cast’away, 7. adond.
bulb, x. eta. calm, n. idake, idakedze, ida-| cas’trate, v. te, we... lewa.
bulk, x. gbingbiniki. keroro. ca’sual, a. abakpade.
bulk’y, a. lara. ealm'ly, adv. son, tedo. cat, n. ese, ologini, ologbo, yay-
bull, x. ako maln. camel, n. ibakasie, rakumi. huy, yauy.
bullet, 7. ota. camp, v. dé, tedd. catch, v. mu: catch fire, gbina,
bul'rush, ». ore. camp, 7. budo, ibudo. dzoran.
bul’wark, n. odi. can, aux.v. le. catch’ing,n. imu: catching fire,
bunch, vn. odidi. ean’did, a. awimahyihuy. adzoran.
bundle, x. abo, idi, iti, iwon-|can’dle, x. atonkpa. ea'terpillar,n. kokoro.
won, yangidi. cean’dlestick, x. okpaatonkpa.| cat’tle, x. dsin.
bur, x. emd. ean’dy, n. oyin. cause, v. da... silé, so, sodi.
bur'den, . eri. cane, n. ikan, teteguy. cause, n. edi, idasilé, idi, itori,
bur’glar, x. abolé, bolebole. ean’ker, v. dakpara. Oran.
bur’glary, 7. ibolé, ifolé. cannibal, x. adzenia, déenia-| cause’less, a. ainidi, aise.
burial, n. isin, sinsin. dzenia. . cau 'tion, x. kilo.
burn, v. dzé, dzona, dzoniruy,|can’non, 7. agbabon. cau'tioner, n. olobd.
déorun, kun, ran, son, sun, ta. | canoe’, n. fatele, dko, okpere. | Cave, v. ya.
bur’nish, v. dan, mu... dap. cap, x. fila, abeti, araméri, dzo-| caw, v. hon.
burst, v. be, san. folo. cease, v. da, dabd, dake, dase,
bu'ry, v. sin, sinka. capa’cious, a. gbagba, to. dekun, kpa, role, siy, sunkonu,
bush, n. igbé, igboro. caprice’,n. iwakuwa. waw6, ye.
bu’siness, n.- ise, Oran. capsize’,v. da. cease’less, a. aida.
bu’sy, a. airodzfi, airowo, kiy,| cap’tain, x. olori. ceil'ing, n. adza: ceiling over a
kposilé. cap'tivate, v. ko...1léh. grave or pit, adzailé.
bu'sybody, x. ofdfo, ofoforo,|cap’tive, n. (male), igbekun;| cen’sure,v. féfe, fe... lefe, fesi,
olofofo. (female), igbesin. su... lohun.
but, conj. sugbon, bikose. capti'vity, x. ikogun, ikoléh. | cen’tipede, x. tanitani soko.
but’cher, n. alakpata. caravan’, 7. ero, ewo, owd. cen‘tral, a. arin, ti arin.
. but’ler, n. agboti. eard’ed,». aburay. cen'tre, . arin.
butt’-end, n. idi. care, v. bodzutdé, bodzuw6, nisi,| cer’tain, a. danilodzfi: certain
butter, . ori amo, wagi. ge aniyan. ones, awonkan, mélokay.
but’terfly, x. labalaba. care, . aniyan, itodzu. cer'tainly, adv. dadzidadzt.
but'tock, n. idi. care’ful, a. diyan, nani, gora. | cer’tainty, x. aisiyemedzi.
buy, v. ra, da. eare’fully, adv. _lesoleso. cessation, 7. ekuy, yiye.
buz’zard, n. gunugunu. eare’fulness, 7. éso. chaff, n. afend, ekpo, iyangbo.
by, prep. leba, fi, leti, lodo,| care’less, a. aitodzi, aikiyesi. chaf’fy, a. elekpo.
nikpa, nikpase, siha, niha, ti-|care’lessly, adv. tetere. chagrin’, v. ya... niha.
kpase. caress’, v. nani. chagrin’, ”. abamo.
by-and-by’, adv. nigboge, di-| car’nal,a. ard, ti ara. chain, n. éwon.
gbose. carne’lian, n. esu. chain, v. di...lewon.
earni’vorous,«@. eran abekana.| chair, n. aga, dgfiy.
car’penter, ». gbenagbena. chalk, x. efuy.
C. ear’pet, 2. kinisi. chamber, 7. iyéwu, yéwu.
ear'rier, n. alaru. chame’leon, n. agemd, oga
eack'le, v. gbe. car'ry,v. ru. orisa.
eack'ling, x. keke. cart, x. kekéru, chance, n. abakpade, akéseba,
cake, x. Akara, moimoi, olele. | carve, v. gbe. alabikpade, arinko, ikdseba.
13 .
CHA 98
choice, n. iwi.
choke, ».
kpa, fon... loron.
choose, v. yay.
chop, v. ke, kegi.
chance, v. salabakpade.
change, v. di, kpaldkanda, kpa-
rada, ye, yéera.
change, n. ayida.
change’able, a.
fe...lodzu, fon, foy-
alaiduro.
chan'nel, x. awowo, ibu, ibubu, | chop’per, 7. akegi.
ikpa, kdnron, koro, Ona. cho’sen, n. ayanfe.
nasira.
ologbo.
adzo, akpedzo.
chap, v. la.
chap'’ter, n.
cha’racter, 7. ise.
characteris'tic, x.
char’coal,n. edu.
charge, v. foranmd, kugbu: to
charge for, diyele.
charge, n. ilo, ase, ise.
cha'ritable, «. onfeni, olore
Chris’tian, n.
chro’nicler, 2.
church, 7.
churn,?v. mi wara.
cigar’,n. sarota.
cim’eter, 7. .agada.
cin’ders, x. idaro.
cir'cle, x. agbo, ayika.
cir’cular, a. alayika.
ori.
lwa.
anu. cir’cumcise, v. kola, ko...
charity, ». ifeni, ore anu. nila.
charm, 7. tu...lodzi. cir’cumcised, a. onila.
charm, n. ade, dgun, tira. circumcei’sion, n. ila.
chase, v. de, lé, tokpa. cir'’cumstance, n. alye, iwa,
cheap, a. kpd, kd wop. ikpa.
cheat, v. re...dée, tandze, ya|cir’cumstanced, 4a. oniwa,
...ndZe: to cheat in play, So-| onikpa.
dzoro. citizen, x. aralé, aralu, gloto.
cheat, n. ayandze, irenidze. ci'ty, n. ilu.
cheat’er, n. arenidze: a cheater
in play, odzoro.
claim,v. fi...kpé: he claimed
the horse, 6 fi esin kpé ti re.
check, 7. keke. clam, 7. ikara.
checked, a. abila, etu. cla’mor, 7. ariwo.
cheek, n. ereke. cla’morously, adv. keke.
cheer, v. da... laraya. clap, v. kpakpe, sakpe.
cheer’ful, a. daraya, tudzuka.
cheerfulness, n. araya, ida-
raya.
cheese, n.
cher'ish, v.
clap'ping, 7.
class, 7. iru.
claw, n. ekan, ekana.
claw,v. dza....lekana.
clawed, a. abekana.
akpé,
wakasi, warakasi.
ke.
chest, x. aiya, ige, dkanaiya. |clay,n. oro, efuy.
chew, v. fi...ron, ron, wé: to|clean, a. awemé, awend, mo.
chew tobacco, di.
clean, v. we, we...nd.
chick’en, n.
adire, adie. clean’ly, adv. tonitoni.
chide, v. bodzumé. clean’ness, 7. aileri, mimo.
chief, a. kpataki. cleanse,v. fd,we...m6d, we...nd.
chief, x. old, olori.
chief priest, ». akpim, idzigbo.
child, x.
omode.
child’hood, 7. ewe, iwa omo.
childish, a. bi omode.
child'ishly, adv. dzegbedzegbe.
child ’less, a.
cleans’ed, a. avwend.
cleans‘ing, x. fd.
clear, v. ge...m6: to clear land,
ganebe; clear off, as clouds, ti.
clear, a. mo.
clear’ly, adv. kede, toto.
cleave, v. bumé, di...mé, fa
. ..m6, faramd, kumé.
ewe, madzesi, omo,
ailomo.
chill, v. se... légiri. cle‘mency, ”. likiri.
chil'liness, ”. egiri. climb, v. gun.
ehil'ly, a. segiri. cling, v. m6, di...méd.
chimpan’zee, n. inaki, iro. clip, v. ré.
chin, n. agbon. clock, n. ago, agogo.
chip, n. asagi. clod, n. akpala, oguliitu.
chi'sel, x. iko. close, v. di, kpade, sé.
COL
close, a. itosi: close by, dede,
nitosi, nikusa.
close’ly, adv. buruburu, gir,
girigiri, mora, motimoti, kpin-
kpin, rere, sinsin, timotimo.
clo'set, n. akoron, kolofin.
cloth, x. aso: dealer in cloth,
alago.
clothe, v.
wo... logo.
cloth’ing, ».
cloud, 7.
ma, sama.
cloudiness, n.
cloudless, a. toto.
clo’ven, . ela.
clo’ven-footed, a. elese ela.
club, x. adZoro, ogo, tomba.
clum'sily, adv. gbogod6, gbon-
gbon gbongbon.
dagobd, ge... lose,
aso.
awosama, ikuku, say-
gudegude.
elum'sy, a. gbogodé.
clus'ter, ». odidi.
coadju’tor, x. abanise.
coa’gulate, v. di, si.
coal, z. egena, oguna, edt.
coarse, a. aikuna.
coast, n. ebute, ibado.
coast’wise, x. ibubu.
coat, n. akaso @wu, toro.
cob, x. (of corn), girigiri, kuku.
cock, n. dkuko: cock of a gun,
agemo.
cock’atoo, ». aluko.
cocked, a. ako.
cock’roach, n.
co’coa-nut, ». agbon.
cocoon’, x. akpolikutu, ekuku.
cof’fin, x. . kposi.
cohab/it, v. ba...sty.
cohabita’tion, n. abastn.
coil, v. See wind.
coin’cidence, .
co lander, n.
cold, n.
cold, a.
co'lic, x.
collar, x.
egi.
col'lar-bone, 7. eka.
collect’, v. gba, ko, kodzo, ro,
gudzo.
ayan.
atiba, iba.
adigbaro, adiro.
amudi, otu, otutu.
nini, kpotutu, tutu.
owoko.
idirdy : a dog’s collar,
collect’ed, a. akétan.
collee’tion, x. akokpd, isa.
collece’tor, n. asisa.
colli’sion, x. ikpade It.
coloniza'tion, n. ido, itedo.
co’lor, n. ase, ase, se, awe.
colored, «. alawo.
CoOL
colt, ». omo esin.
column, n. dwopn.
comb, x. oya: comb of a house,
roof-ridge, ata.
comb, v. ya.
combina'tion, 2.
idikpd.
combine’, v. dawokpd.
come, v. de, wah: to come by,
pass, $e; come down, sd, sdkale;
idawokp9d,
come in, wolé, wond.
come’liness, 7. iye.
come’ly, a. li éwa.
com’fort, v. de...lara, re, té
..-loron, tu... nind.
com’fort,n. domdomaiye, itund.
comfortably, adv. kpete-
kpere.
com’forter,». atunininé, olure.
com’forting, a. atitunind.
coming, x. atibd, bd, bdwah.
command’, v. kpase, kpa.:.
lage, golori.
commander, . olori.
command’ment, n. ase.
commence’, v. kpilege, se.
commence’ment, ». ibére,
idasilé, ikpilese.
commend’, v. yin, buyin fu.
commisera’tion, ». anit.
commis’sion, 7. ase iko.
commit’, v. fi...le lowo.
com’mon, a. okporo, kpo.
commune’, v. bi... sdro.
communicate, v. ray.
compactly, adv. gbamgbam.
companion, . egbe, elegbe,
enikedzi, iro, odzugba.
companionship, x. adzumo.
com’pany, 7. egbe, ewo.
compare’, v. farawe, fi...
compar'ison, 7. iwe.
com’passes, ”. inakiri.
compas’sion, 7. ani, irado,
ironu, lyonu.
compas’sionate, a.
yo.
compel’, v.
compelled, a. alaigbodo.
com'pensate, v. san fu.
compete’, v. didze, dudze.
competition, x. idze.
complain’, v. sd, garoye, sso,
widzo.
complaint’, x.
complete’, a.
completely, adv.
tan.
we.
sant,
1é...8e.
080.
kpe, setan, toto.
kpatakpata,
99
comple’tion,n. akodza,asetin,
itan.
complicated, a. di.
com’pliment, 7. oki.
comprehen ’sible, a. ye.
com’rade, n. See companion.
conceal’, v. de...mdle, fi...
sin.
conceal’ment, 2.
ibomolé.
conceive’, v.
concep’tion, ». iyuy.
concern’ed, a. nisi.
concern ‘ing, prep. nidi, niditi,
niti, nititi, nitori, nitoriti, sikpa,
ti.
adzinsinsin,
loyGn, yin.
conch, 7. karawon.
conclude’, v. kpari, kpinu,
kpinhun.
conclu’sion, ». ikpinu.
con’cord, n. isokan.
concord’ant, a. sdkan.
con’cubine; n. ale.
condemn’, v. dadzolt, da...
lebi, de...bi, fi...dzehi, (to
death) fi...dzewo alye, si...
ladze.
condemna’'tion, 2.
ebi, idadzolv.
condemned, a.
condi'tion, x.
conduct’, v.
con’duct, .
co’ney, n.
confe’deracy, 7.
confe’derate, a. dakpo.
confedera'tion, n. idakpd.
confer’,v. ba...sokpd, damoran.
con ference, n. ibadokpd.
confess’, v. dzewo.
confes’sion, n. idzewo.
confidant’, 7. ore okay.
confide’, v. gbekele.
con’fidence, n. eke.
confident, v. dadza, gbodzulé.
confine’,v. di, de.
confirm’, v. dielesemulé, di...
kalé, fi... mulé, mule.
confirma’tion, ». imule.
con’fiscator,n. abole, bolebole.
conflict’, v. se odisi.
confluence, 7. abado.
confound’,v. da...lamu, kpa
... kpd.
confound’ed, a. damu.
confound /ing, a. abudza.
confront’, v. ko, kodzusi, ko
...lodZu.
dida ebi,
dzebi.
alye, ila.
hiwa.
hihd, iwa, ihdwa.
agara, kumbu.
adakpd.
CON
confuse’, v. da...limu, dimu,
da...ru, kpa...niye.
confu’sedly, adv. dzagbadZa-
eba, dzudidgZudi, rari, wuru-
wuru.
confu’sion, 2.
idimu, awudzu, rudurudu.
conglo’merate, v. su.
conglomera’tion, 7. asu, isu.
con’gregate, v. kpedzo.
congrega’tion, 2.
awudzo.
amu, adamu
adzo, idzo,
congru ity, . abade.
conjec’ture, v. mamddza.
con’jure, v. kpiday.
connect’, v. dikpd, sokpd.
eonnive’,v. modZukuro.
con’quer, v. da, segun, sete.
con’queror, 7. olusete.
con’science, n. imdnind,
consent’, v. gba.
; : ;
con’sequence, n. igbehin.
consider, v. gbero, méro,
ebimd, mete, simdran.
consi'derately, adv. tirotiro,
toyetoye.
considera'tion, . éro, igbéro,
irond.
consist’ent, a. ibade, abade.
consola'tion, n. itu edo, ituné.
console’, v. tu...nind, tu...
ledo.
conspi’cuous, z.
conspi’cuously, adv.
gba.
conspi'racy,”. abamolé,iméle.
conspirator, 7. améle.
conspire’, v. se amdle, dirikisi,
mole, rikisi, Sawo.
con’stancy, n. itirinmole.
con'stant,a. aida.
con’stantly, adv.
yodzu, yori.
hi gban-
li aida.
constella’tion, x. yoyo.
con’stitute, v. sonidi.
constraint’, x. _ ifiyandzase,
iyandzu.
con’sul, n. adzele.
consult’, v. bamd, bard,dan...
wo, gbéro, gbimd: consult an
oracle, di... wo.
consulta'tion,n. adzéro, ibard,
idawo.
consume’, v. dze, dzokpa, dzo-
nirun, dZorun, kparuy, ray, to.
con’summate, v. kpari, setan.
con'tact, x. agbako.
conta’gious, a. rin, oniran,
abe.
CON
contain’, v.
contemn’,». seleya.
contempt’, ». abukty, ahd,
égan, éya, ibukuy, igay, ikposi,
iwosi, suti.
contemp’tible
abese.
contemp’'tuousness, 7. igay.
contend’,v. dza.
content’ed, a. bale.
conten'tion, n. asagon.
conten'tious, a asagoy, ga-
gon.
content’ment, ». ibalé.
con'test, n. iddadu, iddZakpati.
contiguity, n. egbe, itosi.
con’tinence, x. imaraduro.
conti’nual, a. ge iwadzu.
conti’nually, adv. titi.
contract’,v. sonki: to contract
words, dakpe.
contrac'tion,n. isonki,adakpé,
idakpe.
contrac’tor, x. adehuy.
contradict’, v. ba...dziyan,
gbo...lenu, dzakoro, ddZa...
nikoro, dziyan.
contradic’tion, n.
con‘trarily, adv.
con'trary, a.
laiya.
contri’bute, v.
contribution, n.
contri’butor, n.
con’trite, a. See humble, meek.
contrition, n. ironékpiwada.
contri’vance, x. ero.
control’, v. sgakoso.
control’, x. akdso, ikaw6.
convene’. Sce congregate.
conve’nient, a. wd.
conversa’tion, n.
ro.
converse’, v. sdro.
aba.
person, «a.
iyay.
lodi.
lo, odi si, ta...
dawé6, fisi.
idawo.
adaw6.
dro, isd-
conver'sing, a. adzoso.
conver'sion, n. iyikpada.
convert’,v. kpa...lokanda, yi-
kpada.
con'vict, 2.
convince’, v.
convul’sion, 7.
cook, v.
cook, n. aldsé, asdsé, asendze,
cool, v. feri, rd, tu. ;
cool, a. tu, tutu.
cool’ly, adv.
cool’ness, 7. etu.
co-o’perate, v. ba...ée.
80 asoye.
orere.
se.
bs
Son.
100
co-operation, x.
mo.
co-o’perator, zn.
cop’per, x. baba.
co'pious, a. wowo, kp.
co’pulate, v. dd, sadé.
abase, adzu-
abanise.
copula’tion, n. idd.
co'py, v. tokpere.
eo’ral, . iydy.
cord,n. obara, ogy,
cork, n. edidi.
cork’wood, 7. afere, afoforo.
corn, n. agbado, oka,
corner, nv. eti, igon, ikanguy,
odzigboy, ote.
corn’-floor, n.
corn’-silk, n.
corn’-stalk, n.
corn’-starch, n.
corn’-tassel, n.
corpse, ». oki.
cor’pulent, a. lara.
correct’, v. 6, kpé.
correct’, a. kpé.
corrupt’, v. ba... dze.
corrupt’ed, a. dibadze.
corrupt'ible, a. ni ibadze.
corrup’tion, ». ibadze.
corrupt’ness, n. abadze.
cost, n. iye, elo iye ré? how
much did it cost? 6 li ow6 kpi
kpd, or, ow6 ré kpd, tt 2s costly.
cos'tive, a. iné di, ind ré di, he
is costive.
cos’tiveness, n.
cost'ly, a. li owé.
cot’ton, x. owi, akese.
cot’ton-seed, n. kere owt.
ikpaka.
idzere, irukere.
kpokporo.
eko.
ire.
idind.
cot’ton-tree, n. araba.
cotyle’don, 7. awe.
cotyle’donous, a. alawe.
couch, ”. ibirogboku, irogboku.
cough, v. huko.
cough, 7. iko.
could, aux. le.
coun’cil, x. adzéro.
coun’sel, v. simdran.
coun’sellor, x. warifa.
count, v. ka.
coun’tenance, 7. odzi.
onka.
ainiye.
counter, 7.
count’less, «a.
coun'try, ”. ilé, ilu.
cour’age, ». aiberu, aifoya,
igboiya, igbodzi.
courage’ous, a. alaiberu.
courage’ously, adv. fi aiberu,
course, 7”. ése, ikpa, dna,
CRO
court, v. fe, fe... niyawo.
cour’teous, a. onikpele.
co’venant, v. dimd.
co’venant,n. adimd,madzemu.
co’venant-breaker, n. atu-
dimd, otumd, otudimd.
co'ver, v. bd, bora, dagobd,
de...molé: cover with a lid, de.
co’'vered, a. obo.
co'vering, x. ibora.
co’vet, v. sodzukokoro.
co’vetous, a. odzunli.
co’vetously, adv. fi
kokoro.
co’vetousness,n. odzukokoro.
cow, x. malt.
cow’ard, n. aberukeru, odZo.
cow’ardice, n. odzo.
cow’ardly, adv. boddzo, lodzo.
crab, . akan.
erab’bed, a. onroro.
odzu-
crab’bedness, 7”. iroro.
crack, v. kpa, say.
craft, n. era.
cram,v. ki... yé.
erane, 7. ose: crested crane,
agufon.
craw’fish, ». ede.
crawl, v. fa, ra, rako, rakdro,
wo.
era’ziness, n. gbéregbére.
era’Zzy, a. asinwin, siywin.
cream, ». ori wara.
create’, v.
cerea’ted, a.
crea'tion, n.
crea’tor, x. eleda, onida.
crea’ture, n. eda.
cre’dit, v. da...lawin, gba...
lawin. :
cre’dit, n. awin. .
credu'lity,n. igbdékugbé.
cre’dulous, a. onigbékugbé.
ereek, n. ito,
creep, v. ra, rako, rakoro.
ereep'ing, a. ti rakoro.
crib, n. aba, aka, aro.
crick’et, n. antete, édold, olo-
ganray.
cri’er, ». akede.
crime, 7. ése.
erim’son. See scarlet.
crip’ple, ». aro.
crip’ple, v. da...lése, da...
da, seda.
ida.
eda, odZo iwa.
laro,
ero’codile, ”. oni.
crook, v. See bend.
crook’ed, a. alé, wiwo.
CRO
crook’edness, 2.
wiwo.
crop, n. ¢re, ikore.
crop’-ear,x. aketi.
cross, x. agbelébu.
cross, v. bu, rekodda.
cross’bow, 7. akatankpo.
cross’bowman, 7. alakatan-
kpo.
cross’ing, a. ebu.
cross’road, 2.
akedZa Ona.
cross’wise, a. ebt,ibiibu, nibu,
nibubu: to place crosswise, gbe
...lebu.
alté, iw,
abudza ona,
crouch, v. logo.
crow, n. kaénakéna, alukanrin,
hoho.
crow, v. ko.
crowd, v. foykpo, ghati, ha...
laye.
crowd, n. adzo, ifonkpo, iha-
gaga, iwodzo.
crowd’ed, a. gaga, ha.
crown, v. da...li ade, de...
lade.
crown, 2.
atari.
crown ’ed, «a.
crucible, x.
cru’cify, v.
lebu.
eru’el, a.
eru'elly, adv.
eru’elty, x.
ikano.
crumb, 7. erty.
erum ble, v. ra... kuna.
erush, x. kpensay.
crush, v, se... ni kpeygay.
crust, ». ekpa, ihaho, tebiy-
gbesa.
ery,v. sokuy: cry aloud, bi, ke,
kigbé, kpohunrere.
ery ing, x. ekap.
eu'bit, n. igbowé.
cud, x». adzekpo.
cud’gel,v. da... nigi.
cud’gel, x. kimo, olugboro.
cull, v. sa... yan.
cul'tivate, v. rd, roko.
cultiva’tion, x. iroko.
cul'tivator, ». aroko.
farmer.
cunning, «.
ade: of the head,
alade.
kéro.
kan ..1md agbe-
kané, onikand,
fi ikand.
adanikpa,
See
-
awon, gbdn, o-
ebon.
cun’ningness, x, ogbdnko-
gbon.
101
cun’ningly, adv. fi ogbdn.
cup, v. gbiadze.
cup, 7. ago, ife.
cure, v. sawotan, tan.
eur’ed, a. awotan.
eurl, v. kako, we.
curl, n. iwedze.
cur’rent, 7. isan, isan odo.
cur’ry, v. gbo, kiyrin.
cur'rycomb, n. oya esin.
curse, v. fi...bu, fi.7..re.
curse,n. ebu, egin, ekpe, gigun,
ire, iregun.
eurs’ed,a. elegun, elekpe: thou
art cursed, ire mi fu o.
cursing, x. eguy.
eur'tain, n. aso tita.
curve, n. bi osumare.
curv’ed, a. bi ogumare, ologu-
mare.
cush‘ion, x. timtim.
cus’tom, n. Ara, asa, ise.
cus’tom-house, 7.
idena.
cus'tom-house officer,n. oni-
bode.
cus’tomer, 7.
cus’toms, n. owdbode.
cut, v. be, ge, ke, kpa, ran, ré,
wo: to cut in two, da... meddi,
da...lagbedemedzi; to cut off,
ke...kuro, ke..
you.
cut’lass, 7. ida.
cy’cle, n. ayida.
eylin’drical, a.
bode, ibode,
abara.
ues
.sond, say,
=~
=
D.
dab, v. gay.
dag’ger, n. asord.
<7 sy c 4
dai'ly, a. idzdgbogbo, oddo-
dzumé, odzodzo.
daily, adv. lidzégbogbo, lodzo-
dzumé.
dam, v. sedo.
dam, 7. isedo.
ge...ni dzamba.
damage, ». alusin, dZamba.
damn, v. da... lebi.
damnable, «a.
dam ‘ned, v.
dam/age, v.
adzebi.
dzebi, dami.
damp, a. li irin, tutu.
damp’ness, 7. iriy, irinmi,
irinlé.
damsel. See maid.
dzé,
alarindz6, arindzo.
dance, v.
dan’cer, x.
DEF
dan’dy, 7. bokini, oge.
dan’ger, ». ewu.
dan’gerous, a. lewu, di ewu.
dare, v. dasa, gbodo.
dare, x. debodo.
dark, a. gu, sigu, sokun.
dark'ly, adv. biri, biribiri.
dark’ness,z.__biri, biribiri, okun,
okunkun.
dash (down), v. so...1e, fi...
solé, San... 18, gbe...ganle.
daub, v. kun, gan.
daughter, x. omobiri.
daugh’ter-in-law, n. ayamo.
dawn, v. moddumo.
dawn, . afemodzumo, fadzere,
imodzumé, oddumé, dfe.
day, x. id46, od4é, odzé.
day’light, n. osan.
daz’zle, v. ran... lodzu.
daz’zlingly, adv. dzéredzére
maranmaray.
dead, a. ku, dake, ok, w6.
deaf, a. aditi, deti, diti.
deaf’en, v. di... leti.
dear, a. wé6y, sowéy, olufe, ayo.
dear’ness, 7. owdy.
dearth, n. oda.
death, n. ikG, oki.
death'like, adv. bi oka.
debt, n. igbese, gbese, (ancestral)
adasan.
decay’, v. ra.
deceit’,n. agalamasa, arekunda,
eni-étay, ord.
deceit’ful, a. setan.
deceit’fully, adv. fi @tay, li
étay.
deceive’,v. tan, tandze, tan..
dée: deceived, atitay.
decei’ver, 7. eletan, edale.
de’cent, a. bokini.
decide’,v. kpinu.
deci’sion, v. ikpinu, didadzo,
imo.
declare’, v.
decline’, v.
de’corate, v.
decoration, 7.
decree’, v.
wi, tenum6.
relé, fi.
um; !
we, se... logo.
ogo, ona.
lana, la... 16na.
deep, a. dzin, gbon, dzigonron,
dzinle, ogbon.
deep’en,v. se... dzin.
deep’ness, 7.
defence’, n.
defend’, v.
defend a cause in court, gba... ro.
defend ’er, v. adabobo, alabo.
dézidzin, ogbon.
abo, igbidza.
dabobo, gbidza: to
DEF 102
despi’ser, x. alabukiyn, gani-
gani, elegan.
despoil’, v. ba...dze, ko...
leru.
de’stitute, a. alainf.
destitu’tion, ». aini.
destroy’, v. ba...dze, Iv...
bole, kparuyn, kpare, ray.
destroy’er, x. alakparun.
destrue'tible, a. onibadze.
destruc’tion, x. ibadze, afo-
badZe, ahoro.
detach’, v. ya...soto, ya...si
(ise kan).
detach’ed, a. ela.
detail’, v. rdbere.
detain’,v. da...duro.
detain’er, x. adaduro, adani-
duro.
deten’tion, n. diduro, idaduro.
deter’, v. kd, daiyafo.
deve'lope, v. dagba, yori.
de’viate, v. yisakpa kan, yi li
ona.
device’, n. ¢éro, ete, idamoran.
de’vil, n. su, ebilisi.
devise’, v. humd, kpete.
devo'ted, a. olufdkan si.
devo’tedness, devo'tion,
ifokan si, afOkay si.
devour, v. kpa...dze, dzerun,
mu...dze.
devour’er, x. akpadze, akpa-
nidze.
devour’ing, a. adzokparuy.
devout’,a. fdkay si, olufdkay si.
devout’ness, ”. ayaba.
dew, 7. ii.
dex'trous, a. ofe.
dia’meter, 7. ibu, ibubu.
diarrhe’a, n. isund.
die, v. ka, w6.
dif’fer, v. yato.
dif’ference, n. oto, iyato.
different, a. yato, iyato, loto.
differently, adv. oto, li oto.
difficult, a. soro, deti, gbe,
kangi, Iuha.
difficulty, . abadzo, ahamo,
diwo, inira, okikirin, oro, isoro.
diffuse’, v. tan...kale, ro...
kale, tu... ka.
dig, v. wa, wale.
dig’ger, v. iwalé.
di/latory, a. dile, se genegene,
— ers =)
defence’less, a. aibd, alaibo.
defi’ciency,x. obukuy, ibukuy.
defi’cient, a. bukuy, di.
defile’, v. ri, ba...dze, Se...
leri.
delay’, v. dzafara, fa...sehin,
rodza.
delight’, v. ge diddy ind, se ino
don.
delight’, x. ind diddy.
deliver, v. fi...le lowé, fi...
gu, ko... fu, Sowd, yo.
deli/verer, x. olfigbala, olugba,
elegba.
delude’,v. tan... dze.
de’luge, x. ikdn omi.
demand’, v. bere.
de’mijohn, x. ide.
demo’lish, v. w6...lule, kpa-
ruy.
de’mon, 2. ebilisi.
den, x. hd, ibodzi.
deni/al, ». iyan.
dense, a. ki.
density, . iki.
deny’, v. da, sé, dziyan.
depart’, v. ya, yera, loh.
depend’, v. gbekelé, gbokanle.
depend’ence, x. igbekele.
depo’sit, v. gbe... kale, kale.
deprive’, v. gba...lowé.
depth, ». dzindziy, iddzinle,
gbongbon, egbon, ibu, ibubu.
deride’, v. yosuti si.
derision, x. iyosuti si.
descend’, v. 80, so... kalé, be,
won.
descend’ant, ». omo, (i plu-
ral) iru omo.
descent’, x. isokale, gégére.
describe’,v. so or wi bi...tiri.
desert’, v. saloh.
desert, n. agandzu, agindZu.
desert’, n. ére, igbese.
desert’er, x. isansa, asaloh.
deserve’, v. ddzére, dze.
desire’, v. fé.
desire’, x. ife.
desist’, v. dékun.
de'solate, v. dahoro, so... da-
horo.
de’solated, a. ahoro, alahoro.
de’solateness, 7. idahoro, ofo.
desola’tion, x. ahoro, idahoro.
despise’, v. gin, kegin, saho,
bu... kun, seleya.
despised’, a.
gan.
dzatara.
di'latoriness, n. afara, gene-
gene, idile.
gig’, elenini, ele-
DIS
diligence, n. aigemele.
diligent, a. aisemele, ko ge-
mele, alaisemele, alaidzafara.
diligently, adv. girl, girigiri.
dim, a. se baibai.
di’mity, x. gé.
dimly, adv. baibai.
din’ner, n. ase-osan.
dip, v. bd, kpon, ron, fi... bo,
tO\-1- DOs
direct’, v. fonahan, dzure, td-
kun, to.
direc’tor, n. afdOnahan, atodZu,
oluto.
dirt, x. Ggurin, erupke, éri.
dirt’y, v. kéri, se... léri.
dirt’y, n. eleri.
disagre’able, a. aiwu,se aiwn,
yo...lenu.
disagree’, v. se aikpade, se
aire.
disappear’, v. di Ofo, ge aihan,
wo.
disappoint’, v. da, da...lara,
da... lodzu.
disappoint’ed, v. didzi.
discern’, v. ri, woye.
discern’ment, 7. iye, oye,
iwoye.
discharge’, v. da...silé, ray
NeelOl's
disci’ple, x. omo-ehin.
disclose’, v. sikpaya.
disclo’sure, n. asikpaya.
discour’age, v. daiyafd, ko...
lono.
discour’aged, a. foya, afoya.
disco’ver, v. lu, ri.
disco’very, ”. asiri, etu.
discreet’, a. moye.
discreet'ly, adv. toyetoye.
discuss’, v. sd awiye, wadi.
discus’sion, 7. aro iye, aroye,
iwadi,
disease’, n. aisdy, ardn.
disgrace’,v. fi... sesin,se... li
ate, ge nibukuy.
disgrace’, n. ate, ete, ibukin,
esin.
disgraced’, a. té.
disgrace’ful, a. asesa.
disguise’, v. kparada.
dish, x. dasa, awokpoko.
disheart’en, v. daiyafo.
disho'nesty, n. ogbonkégbon,
arekereke.
disho’nor, v. se... labukuy.
See disgrace.
DIS
disho’norable, a. ailol4, ainiyin.
disinter’,v. hf.
dislike’, n. aifé.
dismiss’, v. dzowdé...lowo, tt.
dismount’, v. sd, sdkale.
disobe’dience, x. afodgbé,
aigbo, aigboray.
disobe’dient, a.
olukoti.
disobey’, v. ks, se aigbo.
disor’der, v. ba...dze, tu...
kd, ru... s0ke.
disorderly, adv. sakpasakpa.
disown’, v. ko, kd... silé.
dispatch’, v. ran, ran... nise.
dispel’, v. tu...ka.
dispense’,v. kpin... fu.
disperse’, v. fon... ka.
display’, v. se fari han.
display’, n. asehan, fari.
dispose’, v. See dispense.
dispo’ser, ». onikpin.
disposi'tion, ». (of mind), iwa.
dispute’, v. saroye, dziyan.
disputing, ». aroye.
dissem’ble, 7. setan, sé eletan.
dissem’bler, n. eletan, alayi-
dayida, aseiyesate.
dissimula’tion, 7.
ibodzu.
dissipate, 2.
heat, cool, be.
dissolve’, v. yo, fi... yo.
distaff n. keke.
dis‘tanee, 2.
dzindzin, okere.
distant, a. dzin, idzina, kanri,
alaigboran,
etan, isetan,
ra: to dissipate
idzina, odzina,
rere,
dis'tantly, adv. tian, li okere.
distil’, v. rogun, sé.
distinet’, a. gbangba, loto.
distinet’ly, adv. li gbangba.
distin’guished,a. hu, oloruko.
distress’, 7. wo, sise, Se... mi-
kpondzZa.
distress’, 7.
distri’bute, v.
sop ite
distribu’tion, n. ikpinfu, iwa.
distri‘butor, ». odzZuwa.
dis’trict, n. ald, odo.
disturb’er, x. otonkpanyan.
ditch, x. ekporo, iho, korowo,
koto, yara.
dive, v. ri.
divide’, v. bowo, da...medzi,
da...lagbedemedzi, kpala, kpin,
wati.
ige, ikpondza.
ba...ka, kpin
1038
divi’der, n.
divine’, v.
divi'ner, 7.
divi’sion, n.
ikpin, odo,
divorce’, v.
81),
divorce’, n. ikosilé.
diz’zy, a. Ssoyi.
diz’ziness, n.
do, v. se.
do’cile, a.
doc’tor, 2.
alakpin, olukpin.
geanwo, ge alawo.
alawo.
iyakpa, idanikpa,
ko... sil® (Mat. 5,
oyi.
leti.
ologuy, onisogun,
alufa.
doc’trine, x. iko, ikokuko.
do’er, n. oluse.
dog, ». adza: old dog, ogi; wild
dog, adzako.
dog, v. dedza.
dog’gish, a. bi adza, adZagadi-
dzigan.
domes'tic, a. ilé, ti ilé, osin.
domes'ticate, v. sin, ro...
lodzu.
domineer’, v.
done, a. tan, setdn.
door, a. ekun, ilekun, ase.
do’tage, n. aran.
dou’ble, a. sekpo.
dou’ble, 7. se...nikpo.
dou’bled, a. asekpo.
dou’ble-dealer, x.
ageiyesate.
sin, 16 ikpa st.
agabagebe,
doubt, . aniani, iyemedzi.
doubt, v7. siyemedzi, Saniani.
doubt’ful, a. ganiani.
dove, n. adaba, ataba.
down, adv. 1é, lelé, lulé, nile,
silé, nisalé, lodo.
down, ». (feathers), ihuhu.
down’ ward, adv.
doze, v.
drafts, n.
drag, v. wo6, sin.
dra’gon, n.
drain, v. roguy.
draught, x. akokpo.
draw, v. fa, fi... kpada om se-
hin, fa... ti, fa... yo, yo, kpon-
mi.
draw’er, 7. ifa.
draw ing-knife, x.
sisalé,
sunye, togbe, wo.
didi.
ere,
if.
drawn, a. ofa, fifa, fifayo.
dread, v. kono, beru.
dread, n. ono, iberu.
dream, v. lala, la.
dream, . ala, odzit ala, odzi
ray.
EAG
dregs, . gedegede.
dried, a. iyangbe, ogbe.
drill, v. kpéro.
drink, v. mo, mu, moti.
drink’er, n. omoti.
drip, v., kén, ro, semi, sonmi.
drive, v. 1é, dari.
drop, v. bo, dza, dZasi, dz6, kan,
ro, td.
drop’sical person, n. madimi-
lorun.
drop’sy, 7”. asonkéy, ogodighé,
akelé.
dross, n. idaro.
drought, ». oda.
drown, v. 1.
drum, ». ilu: different kinds
are called, akpinti, bata, dondon,
gangan, gbedu, koso, ogidigbo,
sekere.
drum ’-cord, x.
drum’mer, 2.
kpinti, &e.
drunk, a. mokpara, motiyé.
drunk’ard,7. omoti, motimoti.
drunk’enness, 2.
amodzu.
dry, a. gbe, kinkpa: to be dry,
be a drouth, da.
dry, v. sd, si...loruy or sorny.
dryness, 7.
duck, x. kpekpeiye.
dull, a. aimi, 9d, kG, wuwo.
dullness, 7.
dumb, a. yadi, odi.
dumb, n. odi, kekekpa.
dun, v.
dun, 7.
dunce, n. ono.
dung, 7. imi, igbe.
dung’hill, x. atan, erekéti.
du’rable, a. 6.
dust, n. ekuru, iyekuru, erukpe.
dust’y, ”. elerukpe, elekuru.
du'ty, n.
dwarf, n. arara.
dwell, v. ddéoko, gbe, tedo.
dwell’er, n.
dwelling, ».
dye, v. re, se: to dye blue, daro.
dye, n.
dys’entery, 7.
okpa.
olibata, old-
amokpara,
gbiebe, okirikpa.
aim.
dogoti, sin.
ologo.
isin-ise, isiy.
agrbe.
ibudzoko.
aro, ose.
.
0 rl qj.
E.
olakilu.
Idi.
each, pron.
ea’gle, n.
EAR “
ear, n. eti: ear of corn, eta.
eared, a. abéti.
early, adv. kitukitu, _ tete,
lofe.
earn, v. dzére, dze.
earnest, a. fodkansi. «
earth, n. ilé, erukpe.
earth'ly, a. elerukpe.
earth’quake, x. isele.
earth’y,a. elerukpe.
ease, n. itd, itura: at ease, lel®.
ease, v. ro, tu.
eas’ily, adv. fa, futefute, kpese.
east,». ila oruy, gabasi, atiwa-
odzo.
eas’y, a. anfani, ronron, ya.
eat, v. dze, dzehuy.
eat’able, a. dzidze.
eaves, 7. enu ogoro, ghagbaro.
ebb, v. fa.
ebb’ing, 7. ifa.
ebb'tide, n. isa.
e’cho, x. gbdohungbohup.
edge, n. eti, odzt.
e’ducate, v.16.
effect’, x. amuwab, ase, idze.
effect’, v. Se.
effe’minate, a. bi dbiri.
effervesce’, v. ho.
ef fort, n. owere.
egg, n. eyin.
egg’-plant, n. ‘ikan.
e’gret, n. lekeleke.
eight, num. edzo, medzo.
eighth, num. kedzo.
eight’y, num. ogorin, orin.
ei'ther, conj. tabi.
eject’, v. su, yin.
eject’ed, a. esu.
elas'tic, a. 18, lelé, lo.
elas'ticly, adv. medzanme-
dzan.
el'bow, n. igbonwo.
eld’er, n. agba, agbalagba, ala-
gba, egbon.
eld’est, a. akobi, aremo.
elect’, n. ayanfe.
elephant, x. adZinaku, erin.
e'levated, a. ru.
ele’ven,num. okanla, mokanla.
e'loquent,a. dro, onisiti, oldro.
else’where, adv. nibomiran.
ema'ciate, v. mu...ru, so...
ru.
emancipate, 7. da...silé.
embark’, v. woko.
embar’rass, v. damu.
embellish, v. fin.
104
embrace’, v. fa... mora, fowo-
ko, gba... mora.
embroi'der,v. ko...ni maikira.
embroi‘derer, x. aguna.
embroi'dery, ». maikira.
em'bryo, 7. ole.
eme'tic, x. iruya.
e'migrate, v. satikpo.
e’minence, 7. elé.
emis’sion, ». itu dzade.
emit’,v. tu... dzade.
employ’, 7. kpe...se.
employ’ment, n. ikpése.
emp’tiness, ». asa, Ofo.
emp’ty, v. bo, da...nd, yi...
dando.
emp'ty, a. aikdn, fo, sofo.
emp’ty-handed, a. sanwé.
e’mulate, v. didze, dudze, fara
... We, :
emula’tion, ». idze.
ena’ble,v. mu... t0é&e, fiagbara
fu.
enact’, v.
sofin.
encamp’, v. dé, guy, tedo: to
encamp against, sagati.
encamp’ment,7. budo, ibudo,
ido.
encir’cle, v. gbadi, yika.
enclose’,v. ka...md6.
encom'pass,v. bu... ka.
encoun’'ter,v. ko...ldna,kotit
encour’age, v. gba... niyan-
dzu.
encour’aged, a. gberi.
encouragement, x. igberi,
okunfa.
end,n. ekun, iki, ikehin, ikongu,
ogbon, okpin: the end of life,
atubotay.
end, v. kpari, kpekun.
endea'vor, v. danwo.
end’ed, a. fin, tan.
end'ing, n. akodza.
endless, a. ainikpekun.
endu’rance, 7. ito.
endure’, v. foriti, kpamora,
gbiyandzu, ran, t6, wa.
en’emy, 7. ota, abinoka.
engrave’, v. fin.
engra'ver,n. afin, afina, ibuke:
engraver of calabashes, afingba.
enig’ma, 7. alo.
enig’matist, n. akpalo.
enjoy’, v. dze: to enjoy the
world, dzaiye.
enlarge’, v. 12, so... digboro.
la...ldna, kpase,
ESC
enlight’en, v. se imile.
enliv’en,v. da...laraya.
enmity, 7. isote, ote.
enough’, a. 0.
enrage’,v. t6, mu.. .-biné.
enrich’, v. so... dord.
en’sign, n. asia, okpagun.
enslave’, v. so...deru.
entan’gle, v. di, kagba, ko.
entan’gled, a. abhamora, ata-
mora, didZu, ha.
entan’glement, 7. ahamo.
en’ter, v. bd, wd, wond: to
enter a house, wolé; enter into
one, Wo... lara, wora.
entertain’, v. mu...w6, ge...
laledZo.
entice’,v. tan, tan... dze.
entire’, a. ni gbogbo, sokay.
entire’ly, adv. darudaru, lulu,
kpatakpata, kpi, raurau, saka,
gaga, tefetefe, tutu, yanyan.
entreat’, v. be, bebe, sikpe.
entrea'ty, 7. é@be, ibébe, ikpe.
enve'lope, v. gba.
en’vier, 7. olara.
en’vious, a. olara.
en'vy, 7. he, hee, idzowu,
jlara, odzunla.
en'vy, v. se ilara.
e’paulet, x. akan.
epide’mie, n. adzaka, adzakale.
e’pilepsy, . warakpa.
epilep'tic, x. oniwarakpa.
e’poch, n. 0d2Z6 isi.
e’qual, a. dogba.
equal, n. iro, odzigba, dgba.
equality, ». aitara, egbera,
dgba.
equity, n. aisegbe.
equi'vocate, 7. kpuro.
equivoca'tion, 7. ord.
era, n. isl.
era’dicate, v. tu... ni gbongbo.
eradica’tion, 7. itu.
erase’ v. nd...nd, kparup.
erect’, v. gbé...r0.
erect’, a. aburo.
erect’ly, adv. gangan, San.
erect’ness, x. gangan, 6r0.
erelong’, adv. ko kpe.
err, v. sina, sise, yakpa.
er’rand,”. ise.
erro’neous, a. _lesi, elesi.
error, 7. e8i, isige, sisi.
er'rorist, n. alddamd, osin,
sisi.
escape’,v. ddzabd, dzala, la.
ESC
escape’, n.
asala, ila, yo.
escort’, v. sin.
espouse’,v. fe... fu, fe...siona.
estab’lish, v. di elese mulé, di
... kale, fi... mul®, gbe... kale,
kale.
estab’lished, a.
fi ese mulé.
esteem’, v.
es’timate, v.
estranged’, a.
lémo.
eunuch, z.
okobo,
euphor’bia, n.
eva’cuate, v.
e'ven, adv.
... tild, til’.
e’ven, a. kuna, dogba.
e’vening, x. ale, asile, irale.
event’, x. abakpade.
e’ver, adv. lai, lailai.
everlast’ing, a. ainikpekun,
alyeraiye, alyetitilai.
addabd, adzZala,
di elese mule,
fi... kpe ykan.
dayelé, diyelé.
Seiyakpa, se...
bafin, ibafin, iwefa,
ord,
! Sea.
bose, su, yagbe.
ani, gege, maso, bi
everlast'ingly, adv. atalye-
raiye.
e’very, pron. dede, ghogbo,
olikuliku.
e’vidence, n.
e’vident, a.
idZeri.
han dadzu or ni-
gbangba.
e’vidently, adv. dadéudadZu,
mgbangba.
e’vil, n. ibi, tulasin.
e’vil, a. buru, buburu.
e’vil-do’er, n. isoran.
e'vilness, vn. iburu.
ewe, x. abo agutay.
exact’, v. bére.
exactly, adv.
exag’gerate, v.
exag’gerater, n.
exaggeration, 7.
don, sd.
exalt’, v.
leke.
exalt’ed, a.
exa’mine, v.
example, 7. akpere.
ex’cavate, v. wo.
exceed’, v. dzi, se dzii.
exceed ingly, adv. fa.
ge, gbako.
x s
sd asoddn.
alasoddn.
abumé, aso-
gbe...ga, gbe...
gbigbe leke, oga.
tose, wadi.
excel’, v. bori.
except’, v. fi...lé or si akpa-
kan.
except’, conj. afi, afibi, ayan-
gebi, bikdse, bikosekpé.
14
105
|excess’, x. asedZu.
exchange’, v. kparo, kpasi-
kparo.
excite’, v. ro.
excite’ment, n. sonasi.
exclude, v. ti... sode.
excommunicate, v.
or silé.
excuse’, v.
ko...18
se gifara, wawi.
excuse’, n. ariwi, awawi, iwawi.
ex’ecute, v. se.
executioner, 7.
kpa, olukpani, olodza, otaolo-
dZa, tetu.
exer’tion, n. idanrawo.
exhi’bit, v. fi... han.
exhibi’tion, n. afihan.
exhort’, v. gba... niyandzu.
exhorta’tion, x. iyandzt.
exist’, v. mbé, wa.
exist’ence, n. iwa.
expand’, v. tegbengbe.
expect’, v. daba, fodzusdna,
akpani, olu,
reti.
expecta’tion, ». aba, afodzu-
sona.
expecting, 7. aba, afodzusona.
expenditure, ”. adzina, idzi-
na.
adzina.
iriri, imd.
expen’ses, 2.
expe rience, n.
explain’, v. ladi, r6, sodi, soye.
explain’er, n. alawiye.
explana'tion, x. akawe, asoye
awiye.
explode’, v.- ti.
expose’, v. sikpaya.
exposed’, a. ru.
expound’, v. tu imd, sd itumd,
sodi.
express’, 7.
extend’, v.
na.
exten’sion, n. eta, iga, nina.
extent’, n. nina.
extenua’'tion, 7.
exter’minate, v.
exter’nal, a. ode.
extin’guish, v.
kparuy.
extol’, v. gbe... Icke, kokiki,
yin... logo.
extort’, v. léniléwogba.
extor’tion, 7.
| extor’tioner, v.
extract’, v. fa...yo, yan.
extra’vagance, inaku-
ha.
asingba.
ebale, gbilé, ke,
ariwi. iwawi.
kpa...ruy.
kpa, kpare,
Sena,
iredze.
alénilé6wogba.
nN,
FAR
extra’vagant, 4.
asedZu.
extra’vagantly, adv. ddZaiye.
extremity, n. ikanguy.
exult’, v. sogo.
eye, nr. odzf.
eye, v. wo, fodzuwod, fodZuba.
eye’ball, x. eyin odzu.
eye’brow, n. bebe odzu.
eye’lash, x. ikpenkpedzu.
eye’lid, x. ikpenkpedzu.
alasedzu,
eye’-servant, x. odzulafeni,
rere odzu.
eye’-service, n. ifodzufé.
eye’witness, x. eleri, odzuri.
EE
fa’bricate, v. dafo.
fabrica'tion, n. awolehi.
face, n. odzu.
face, v. kodzusi.
fa’cing, n. (door), alugba.
fade, v. kpare, re, ga, $i, ti.
fa’ding, a. isi.
fee'ces, n. igbé, igboyse, imi.
fail,v. dai...sa, da...se, deti,
ka, saki, ti, tu.
fail’ure, ». alaise, abati, ada-
mahlése, asekuy, éti, ideti, oki
yiye.
faint, v. dakf.
fair, a. (weather), m6; (action),
t6.
fai’ry, n. adZa, aroni, ord.
faith, x. igbagbo.
faith’ful, «. aldto.
faith’fulness, x. otito.
faith'less, a. alaigbagbo.
fal’con, n.
fall, v. subu, bolé: to fall upon,
dali, wolt; fall down, wolt;
ns
asa.
fall into, as a hole, dzi, dzin,
wo.
false, a. eke, li eke.
false’hood, n._ ir6, abuso, eke.
false’ness, 7.
fame, n. okiki.
fa’mily, n. aralé, orilé.
fa’mine, n.
fa’mish, v.
fa’mous, ¢@.
aseleke.
lyay.
febikpa.
olokiki, oloruko.
fan, n. abebe, ate, edZudzu.
fan, v. fe: to fan away, fend.
be »wolowe »
fan ‘cifully, adv.
far, a. dzina, okere, rére, tian.
FAR
fare’well, n. idagbere: to bid
farewell, da gbere.
fari’na,n. gari.
farm, 7. oko.
farm, v. roko.
farmer, 7.
farm’-house, 7.
fash'ion, 2.
ay .
ise, oro.
agbe, alaroko.
ahere.
ard Gt an
alarabara, ara, asa,
fast, n. awe.
fast, v. gbawe, dend, rond.
fast, adv.
fast’en, v.
fast’er, 7.
fat, n.
fat, a. sayra: to grow fat, sebo.
father, n. baba, oba.
fa’therless, «.
nibaba.
fatigue’, v.
fatigue’, n.
kankay.
dimo, ti.
alawe.
,
ora.
alainibaba, ko-
kpa...lare.
are, ikoyra.
fatigued’, a. asa.
fat’ness, 7. ora.
fat’ted, a. abokpa.
fault, ». ebi, isise.
fault’finding, a. fe.
faultless, a. aise.
fa'vor, n. odzurere.
fa'vor, v.
fa'vorably, adv.
i ENG
selore, sodZurere.
lodzurere.
fear, n. eru, iberu, ididzi, idzai-
ya.
fear, v. beru, foya, kono, sa.
fear'ful, a. li eru, aleru.
fear’fulness, 7.
fear'less, a. aiberu, alaiberu.
fear’lessness, 7.
ikpaiya.
aiberu.
feast, n. ase, idana, isase.
feast, v. sase, adzo odun.
fea'ther, 7.
feathered, a. gunyé, abiyé.
fea'thery, a. abiyé.
fee’ble, a. hi, kolera.
feed, n. idze.
feed, ».
».. lara.
feed’er, .
feel, v. fowoba.
fellowship, 7. idakpo.
fe'lon, n. akadan.
fe’male, n. abo: female of
beasts, obi.
fence, n. akégba,
fence, v. kogba.
ferment’, v. ho.
fero’cious, «..
fer’ryman, n.
fer’vent, a.
iyé.
bo: to feed upon, dze
olubo.
ogba.
asoro.
oloko.
rbona.
og
5
| fi’nisher, n.
| fir’mament, 7.
106
fester, ». gbinikon,
fes'tival, x.
fetch, v. mu .
fe'tidness, n.
fet’ter, n..
fe'ver, n.
few, «a.
fib, n. idafd, ird.
fib, v. kpuro.
fi'brous, a. yi.
fie'tion, . idaso.
fid’dle, x. duru.
fid’dler, x. oluduru.
field, ». adzuba.
fierce, a. aso.
fierce’ness, n.
fi'ery, a.
fife, n.
fi'fer, n. afonfere.
fifteen, num.
fifteenth, num.
fiftieth, nw.
fifth, nwm.
fifty, num.
fig’-tree, n.
adzo odty.
wah.
ilolo.
adzae, sekeseke.
iba.
adu, die, fefe.
oro.
munfi, onina.
fere.
édoguy.
keedogun.
oladota.
karuy, ekaruy.
adota.
aba, asofeiyedze,
oday.
fight, v. dza.
fight, n. idza.
fight’er, n. adza.
file, m. ayuy.
fill, v. bu...k6n, fi... kon, mu
ae KON.
fil’ter, x. asemi.
fil’ter, v. sémi, sonmi.
filth, n. égurin, egbin, Gri, ern,
egbin.
filth’iness, ». eléri.
filth’y, a. bon, eléri, obon.
fin, ». lebe.
final, a. asetan.
finally, adv. akotan, lakotan.
find, v. ba, ri.
finding, ». atiri.
fine, v. ta.
fine, a. fele, felefele, kuna, wé.
fine’ness, x. iwe.
fin'ger, n. ika: the little finger,
omodin.
finish, v. kpari.
finished, a. tan.
olukpari.
fire, n. ina.
fire, v. tinabo.
fire’fly, n.
firm, a.
imunamuna.
alyi, alaiyi.
oftrufu.
firmly, adv.
firmness, ”.
girl, girigiri.
| flow, ».
| fly, x.
FOA
first, a. akokan, siwadZu, tete.
first, adv. lekan, lerikan, tete,
teteko.
first’born, n.
tebi.
first’fruits, n.
fish, v. dedza, kpedza.
fish, n. edza.
fish’erman, n.
fish'hook, n.
fist,2. ikiku,
fit, a. ye.
fit, 7. ba... bade, muba.
fit’ly, adv. gbako.
fit’ness, n. abade, eye,
iyé.
five, num.
flag, x.
flake, n.
flame, n.
flannel, zn.
flash, v. da, ko.
flat,a. bele, belebele, bere, daba,
fele, kpelebe.
akobi, aremo, ate-
akdso.
akpedza.
lwo.
ibade,
arun.
asia, okpaguy.
iforifo.
P Pa
al6, ow6-ina. \
kubusu.
flat’ness, 7. ate.
flat’ten, v. té.
flatter, v. kpdon.
flat'terer, .
yungba.
flat'tery,
oki,
flaw, n.
fla’vor, a.
flay, v.
flea, x. egboy, imure.
fledged, a. gunye.
aldsoddy, akun-
n. asoddyn, ekpdn,
idadzi.
diddy.
fo.
flee, 7. si, saldh, ri... sd.
flee’ing, n. asala.
flesh, n. eran.
flesh’y, a. alara.
flick’ering, a. sembe.
flight, ». asa, ida, osa.
float, v. gba.
flock, n. agbo, ow6, yoyo.
flock, v. wo.
flog, v. na.
flood, x. isan, kik6y omi.
flour, n. yam-flour, Elubo ; wheat-
flour, iyefuy.
flourish, 7. gba, gbilé, gb, ru.
sén, stn, San.
flow’er, 7.
flowing, ”.
flu’ent, a.
flute, 2.
eda, itana.
sisan.
danu.
fore.
esinsin.
fly, v. fo.
aiyese, odo,imulo. foam, v. ho.
FOA
foam, n». fofo.
foam’y, a. kputu, olofofo.
tod’der, ». haha.
foe, n. ota: a deadly foe, ota-
Okan.
fog, n. kdruku, owusuwusu,
fold, v. ki, we.
follow, v. td, td... ]ehin, td
.--ldh, tdkpa, telé, lekpa, ke-
hin, kaléh, ebehin, bi.
follower, n. omo-ehin.
fol'‘lowing, n. atelé.
folly, x. aigbon, awere, iwere.
fondle, v. te.
food, n. ondZe, idze, dzidze, fe-
dzefedze.
fool, n. asinwin, asiwere.
fool, v. mu...go, kpa...lokpe.
fool’ish, a. se iwere.
fool’ish (be), v. were, se iwere.
foolishly, adv: botiboti, dée-
gbedzegbe, ge iwere, rederede,
wanraynwanran.
foot, n. ése.
foot’race, n. asadidze.
foot’step, x. ikpase.
foot’stool, n.
fop, n. oge.
for, prep. ba, de, fi, fu, nikpo,
niti, nitori, nitoritf, ti.
for, conj. nitori, nitoriti, sd.
forasmuch’, adv. bid tise kpé.
forbear’,v. dékuy.
forbid’, v. da...lekun, da...
lese, so... lofin.
force, v. lé.
force, n. ele.
for’cible, a.
akpoti-itise, itise.
kpati.
for’cibly, adv. kpatikpati.
fore’finger, x. imogundZzuo.
for’eign, xn. adzedzi.
foreknowledge, x.
imdtele.
fore’most, a. akokan, ti Sadzu.
forerun’ner,». asadzu.
foresee’, v. ri... tele.
foreshow’, v. fi... han tele.
fore’sight, x. iwoye.
for’est, n. egan, igbo.
foretell’, v. wi... tele.
amdtele,
foretel'ler, n. alabalase.
foretel’ling, n. afdsé.
fore’ver, qdv. abada, fabada, fe,
lai, lailai, titi, titiaiye.
forget’, v. gbagbe.
forget’ful, a. kuye, okuye.
forgetfulness, n.
abe.
agbe, igba-
107
forget’ter, n.
forgive’, v.
dzi.
forgive’ness, n. afidzi, idari-
dzi, ifegedzi, ofidzi.
fork, ».
akaso, kpalaka.
fork,v. §
for'ked, «a.
form, 7.
for’mer, a. isgadzu, ti gadzu.
for'merly, adv.
for’mer rains, 7.
for’nicate, v.
fornica’tion, n.
for'nicator,”. asado, asagbere.
forsake’, v. fi...18, fi... silé,
ko...1e, kehindasi, se... ke-
hinda.
onighagbe.
Clebiters 1G Zia tines
agtindzé : fork of a tree,
e akasé, ya akas6.
makélu,
lwo.
nisadzu.
akérod.
Sado, sagbere.
agbere.
forsa’ker, n. akehindasi.
forsa’king, rn. okehinda.
forth, adv. dzade, 16h.
fortifica’tion, n. odi, agbara.
for’tified, a. olodi.
for'tify, v.
for’tune, n.
for’ty, nw.
for’ward, adv. siwa, siwadzZu.
for’ward, a. sadzu, agadzu.
fos’ter-child, n.
fos'ter-pa’rent, n.
sagbaraka.
4 a 7 te
adZe, orobo, saluga.
ogodzi, OdZi.
5
agbabo.
obo.
foul, a. eléri, kikan.
found, v. so...1é.
founda'tion, ». ikpilé, ikpilése,
itele.
foun'tain, n. iru,ison, odzuson,
orison.
four, num. erin, meri. —
four’fold, adv. ni meriymerin.
fourth, num. keriy, ekerin.
fra’gile,«. élege.
frag’ment, n. eté, ela, erfin.
fra’grance, n. ado.
fragrant, «a.
fraud, n. irenidze.
free, a. fa, onira.
free, v. da... nide.
free’dom, n._ ilara, inira.
free’ly, adv. fa, tokantdkan.
free’man, vn. alara, omnira.
freeze, v. sty.
fresh’et, n. arukon, ikondo.
fresh’ness, 7. tutu.
fret’fulness, 7. inobibi.
friend, 7. ore, ayanfe, enikedZi.
friend ly, adv.
friend'ship, n.
fright, n. adidzi, ididzi, idzi.
aladdy. :
baie. ore, ré.
ibare, ire.
| gar’den, n.
&
GAT
fright’en,v. ba... leru, deruba,
da...giri, da...nidZi, daiyafo,
mu... beru, dZi.
fright’ened, «.
frog, . iwe, okpolo.
from, prep. ati, ba, kuro niné,
biti, nititi, ti, ti, tiha, tind, tori.
front, n. iwadzu.
fron’tier, n. ateteba.
front’ing, a. ikoddusi.
frown, v. fe, fedzt.
fruit, r. eso.
fruit’ful, «.
didzi.
aleso, eleso.
fruit’fully, adv. dzigbini.
fruit’less, a. aileso.
fry, v. di, din, yan.
fulfil’, v. mu... se.
fulfil’led, a. se.
fulfil/ment, ».
full, a.
eye
afose, ase.
kon, yo.
ful'ly, adv. tdto.
ful’ness, x. ek6n, ikon.
fun'nel, ». ero.
fu'rious, a. gord.
fur’nace, n.
fur’niture, n.
fur’row, n.
fu'ture, x.
ebu, idana, ileru.
élo, ohun élo.
gegele.
ehin ola.
fu'ture, a. ola, ti mbd.
futu rity, x. igba ti mbd, odzé6
ola.
G.
ga’ble, n. ékule, iki, ikule,
kobl.
gad’fly, x. iru.
gain, n. ére, ifa, iwadze: dis-
honest gain, erekére.
gain, v. dzére, dze, wadde; (a
prize), lako.
gain’say, v. so odisi.
gait, x. ere, ire.
gall, x. or6ro, idakpa.
gallop, v. dogiri.
gallop, x. ogiri.
gang, x. owd.
gap,n. éfo.
gape, v. yap.
dgbala, ogba.
garden, v.
gardener, n. olusogba, ologba.
gar’land, n.
gar’ment, 7.
ment, agbada, akaso @wu.
gar’nish, v. se... logo.
gate, n. 0
sogba.
mariwo.
abora: loose gar-
enu ona, odZft Ona.
GAT
ga’ther, v. ka, ko, kore, sf,
wodZokps, sum.
ga'thered, n.
ga’thering, x.
reri.
ikodzo, iwodzo.
gauze,n. dgbon.
gaze, v. tedzu, tedzumo.
geld, v. té.
genea'logy, 2. atirandiran,
atomodomo, irandiray.
general, n. ,arekakanfo, ka-
kanfo.
generalis’simo, n. are.
generate, v. bi, hi.
genera'tion, 2.
atomodomo, iran.
gen’tile, n. kéferi.
gentle, a. ogerd, rddzu, rora.
gen'tleman, 7. alagba.
gen'tleness, 7. éro, eso, kpese-
kpese.
gen'tly, adv. dzedzedze, kele,
kelekele, kpele, kpekpe, kpere,
kpese.
get, v. dze.
ghost, .». ord, iwin.
gi’ant, n. omiran.
gib’bet, n. alore.
gid'diness, n.
gift, n.
ore.
gild, v. su, subd.
gilding, x. asubd.
gim let, x. ilu.
gin’ger, n. atalé.
gird, v. damure, di haméra, di
...lamure, gba...lodza, san,
ha... méra.
atirandiran,
oyi.
ébuy, ibuy, ifibun, itdre,
gird’ed, x. agbadza.
gir’dle, . agbadZa, amure,
igbadza, lawani.
girl, x. ikpankoro-omo, omobiri.
girth, n. madzere, madzewe,
odza.
give, v. bi, bin, da, fi... fu,
fi... tore, fa, fin, ta... lore.
giv’er, n. olufuni, olore.
glad,v. yo.
glad'den, v.
glance, v.
gland, 7.
glass, n. dzigi, dzidzin.
glean’‘ing, ».
glen, x. koto oke, éfo.
glit'tering, ». fofo.
glob’ular, «. kuduru.
gloom‘ily, a/v. tatu.
glo’rify, v.
logo.
mu... yo.
wofiri.
kara.
nea hes
ese, idasi.
da...logo, yin...
'
| grass -nut, x.
108
glo’rious, ¢. ologo.
glo’ry, n. og6.
glo’ry, v. sg0g06.
glove, n. ibowo.
glow, v. gbina, ké.
glut'ton, n. odzehuy.
glut’tony, ». iwobia.
gnash, v. kpahinkeke.
gnat, x. motimoti, kantikanti.
gnaw, v. ti.
go, v. dh, ré: to go out, dézade ;
go up, goke, gori; go in, wile,
Wwono,
goat,n. ake, ékiri, ewure, oruko.
God, x. Oloruyn, Olédumiare.
god’head, x.
iwa-oloruy.
godlike, x. biolorun.
godliness, x. iwdbioloruy.
gold,» wura.
gone, v. reru, léh.
gonorrhea, n. atdsi.
good, a. dara, re, sian, suan,
seun.
good, n. idara.
good-bye’, x. akiléh, agbere.
good’ly, adv. daradara, re, rére.
good-morn'‘ing, x. adzire, aku-
oro.
good’ness, n. idara, didara, iré,
Gre, rere, isuwa.
goods, ». eri.
gore, v. gin, kan.
gor’geously, adv.
gos’pel, n. ihiy rére.
gourd, x. the various kinds are
called: ademo, aha, Agbe, agbe-
dzolo, akpala, ato, igbodZe, igba.
gout, n. akedun.
go’vern, v. dzoye, sakoso,
go’vernor, n. bale.
dzimidzimi.
grace, n. odzurere, dreofe.
gra’cious, a. alore ofé, gsodzu-
rere.
graciously, adv. loddurere.
gradually, adv. keke.
graft, v. ‘le, 16.
grain, ». woro.
grand’child, x. omolodZu.
grand’father, 2.
banla.
grand’mother,7.
grape’-vine, n.
grasp, v. di...nibo, du, kawé.
grass, x. ikoriko, koriko, ogbu-
ebu.
grass/hopper, n.
éga, elenga.
babala, ba-
iyala, iyanla.
moléwu.
alatamkpoko,
imomo, omu.
GUE
grate’ful, a. more.
gra'tis, n. off.
gra’titude, x. imore.
gratuity, n. off.
grave, n. ibodzi, ilekpa, isa,
odzuori, kpansa-ilé.
gra'vel, n. tara.
gray,a. ew, oyé.
grease,v. fi ora kpa.
great, a. gbon, nla, kpo.
great’er, adv. ikpddzi.
greatly, adv. dzodzo, se, susu.
greatness, n. duruduru, inila,
nlania.
gree’diness, n.
wobia.
gree’dy, «a.
green, a.
greens, n. efo.
greet, v. ki.
greet/ing, n. ikini, kiki.
grief, n. ardkan, eddy, ibadze,
irobinodze.
grieve, v. ba...ninddZe, bi...
nin6,daro... kanu, kpa... lanu.
grieved,.a, binddze.
grin, v. fehin.
grind, v. 16, wé.
grind’er, x. (of beads), aloleke.
groan, v. kerora.
groaning, a. irora.
gross, a. sebo.
ground, v. gunle, tan.
ground, n. ile.
groundless, a. ainidi.
ground’-pea, n. ekpa.
group, r. yoyo.
grove, n. abusi, osusu:a sacred
grove, igbodu, igbofa.
grow, v. dagba, darugbé: to
grow as a plant, fu, ray.
grown, v. dagba.
grub, n. igongo.
grudge, ». agon.
grum/ble,v. sé aroye, kon, kin,
rahuy.
grum’bler, n.
grumbling, ».
grunt, v. kip.
guard, n. eso.
guard, v. 6.
guar’dian, n. olutodzu.
guar’dianship, ». idele.
guess, x. amddza.
iwora, odzunla,
oniwora.
koku, tutu.
akonsiné.
aroye, ikonsind,
guess, 7. ge amddza, damddza,
mamddZa.
guest, n. abanidze, akpédze,
alakpedze. -
GUI
gui’dance, . afihan.
guide, v. se amdna, fonahan, t6
tokun.
guide, x. afdnahan, amodna, ato-
kun.
guile, n. etan.
guile’ful, a. eletan.
guile’less, a. ailetan.
guilt, rn. ére, ebi.
guilt’iness, x. idzebi, elebi.
guilt’less, a. ailebi.
guil’ty, a. dzebi, sin.
gui’nea-corn,n. oka: red qui-
nea-corn, baba; white guinea-
corn, bomo.
gui’nea-fowl, n.
gui’nea-worm. 7.
gul'ly, x. ére.
gum, n. odzia.
gums, 7. érigi.
gun, x. ibon.
gun’-lock, n. ok ibon.
gun’powder, x. étu.
étu.
sobia.
gush, v. 16, ti.
gut, n. ifon.
gut, v. tufon.
gut’ter, n.
odzu-agbara.
Tete
ha’bit, x.
habita’tion, zn.
hack, v. 8a.
had, v. tf.
ha‘des, n. ikpo-oku, orun.
hail, n. wo, wowe, yinyin, nini.
hair, n. iron.
hair'less, n. ailiron.
hair’-pin, n. ikoti.
hair’y, a. abiron, oniron, liron.
half, n. abo, idaddi, idamedzi.
hall, x. banga, basa.
ha'lo, n. ayika.
halt, v. dese.
hal'ter, n. ikpere.
ham, n._ itan.
hamlet, n. ereko.
ham’mer,n. matakd, oli, omo-
owu, iyawu.
ise, aga.
ibudZdko.
ham'’mer, v. li fi mataka 1a,
kan.
hand, n. ow6.
hand’breadth, n. ibuatelewo.
hand’ful, x. ikénwé.
hand’kerchief, 7.
- dzu.
gele, ind-
?
109
handle, n.
ekukun. y
hand’some, a. dara, elewa.
hang, v. fi...ha, fi...ko, gbe
..- ha, han, kagba, kd, romé, so,
(of a knife), ckun,
soloroy, sord, te... bo.
hap'ly, adv. segi.
hap’pen, v. galabakpade, ge.
hap’piness, 7. ayod.
hap’py, a. layd.
ha’rass, v. oun, yo... lenu.
hard, a. dakpara, kikuy, kiri-
kpa, ko, lé.
hard’en, ».
seal:
hard’negs, x.
rikpa, oro.
hark, v. gbé.
har‘lot, n. kpangaga.
harm, n. tulasin, alusiy.
harmat’tan, n. oyé.
har’ness, v. ha... mora.
har’nessed (in armor),
mora, atamora.
harp, n. diru.
harp’er, x. oludiiru.
harsh, a. dzagan, kané, rdro.
harsh’ly, adv. ramram, ramu-
ramu.
har'vest, 7.
har'vest, v.
has, v. ti.
hash, ». obé.
haste, 7. itara, iwara.
has’ten,v. h6, $e iwara, kandzu,
ya, yara, Sise, tagere, tadzu.
has'tener, n. ikandzu.
hastily, adv. kaykay, wiriwiri,
tara.
hat,n. akata, akete, ate: arain
hat, agbedzi.
hatch, v. kpa.
hatch’et, n. ake.
hate, v. korira.
ha’tred, n. agon, irira.
ha'ter,n. akeri, akorira, agote.
mu... dakpara, mu
ele, okikirin, eki-
aha-
ikodzo-oko, ikore.
kore,
have, v. li, ni, ri, ti.
hawk, xn. awodi.
hay, 2. sakasaka.
haz’ard, n. idase.
he, pron. 4, i, 6, 6, on, on.
head, x. eri, ori.
head’-band, n._ iweri.
headlong, ghonebon, li ogede-
mabe, okiti.
head’longness,n. ogedemgbe,
ogedegbe.
head’-man, n. lori.
i
HER
heal, v. ge dida ard, déina, mu-
dzina, mu... larada, wo... ddi-
na.
health, x. dida ara, say.
health’ful, a. ye.
health’iness, n.
health’y, a.
sanra,
heap, x. bebe, dkiti, dkitiogan.
yiye.
1é, lera, onilera,
heap, v. be, kodZo, guru.
hear, v. gbdhun, gbd: to hear
news, gbohin, ebohun; to hear
of, gburo, gboran.
hear’er, n.
hearing, nN. ghigbd, igbd.
heark’en, v. deti, detisile, feti,
alafetigbd.
gbéti.
hear'say, ». awigbo.
heart, n. aiya, dkan.
hearth, n.
heart’ily, adv.
aro.
tinotino, tokan-
tokan.
heart’-wood, n. akudin.
heat, x. erun, gbigbona, orn.
heat, v. fi
heat’ed, n.
hea'then, n.
hea'ven, n.
hea'’vily, adv. ti, koti.
hea'vy, a. wuwo.
hedge,n. agbinyikagba, akégba.
hedge’hog, n. oya.
heed, v. :
height, x. aga, iga, giga, oke:
great height, gigagiga, gongon.
heir, x. adzégun, arole: heir
apparent, daudu, magadzi.
...gbona,
arifi.
iworo, kéferi.
oke orun, orun.
hell, x. oruy akpadi.
helms’man, 7. atoko.
help, n. agba, agbise, agbitan,
aranniléwo, aranse.
help,v. gba... lowo, gbé, kpade,
ran, ranlowo.
help’er, n. abanige, agbani, ala-
bage, alarange, ardnnildéwo,
arayse, elegba, olugbani, olt-
ranl6wo.
helve, x. eri.
hem, n. iseti.
hem, v. sc... leti.
he’morrhage, 7. ogbe ind.
hen, n. agbebo.
hence, ad».
nihipyi.
hence forth, adv.
16h.
her, pron.
her’ald, zn.
nibi, nibiyi, nihin,
ati isisiyi-
ny SR Aenea
a, €, e, 1, Te.
ilari.
HER
herb, n. ewé, ewéb’, ewéko,
efo.
herd, x. owé.
here, adv. ihin, nibi, nibiyi, ni-
hin, nihinyi, sibi, sibin, sabinyi.
hereafter, adv.
he’resy, n.
he’retic, n. aladamo.
here’tical, a. damd, adamd.
here'tofore, adv. ri, nidzelo.
nigbehin.
adamd, idamd.
he’ro, x. oga.
hesiitate, 7. siyemedzi.
hew, v. ke, kegi.
hew’er, n.
hibis’cus, n. igakpa.
hic’cough, nv. - sikisiki, siksik.
hid (be), v. ldmé, kpamo.
hid’den, a. ikoko.
hide, v. ba, ri, kpamé, sakpamé.
hide, x. awo, bata.
hid'ing, n. iba.
high, a. ga, géle.
high'ly, adv. reke.
high'wayman, n.
akegi.
agana, ala-
bamolé.
hill, v. ko, kole.
hill, n. Oke, okiti ébe.
hilt, x. ekun, ekukun.
him, pron. 4, é, @, i, 6, 6, fi, on,
on.
him’self, pron. onna.
hin’der, v. dina.
hin’derance, n.
hind’most, a.
hint, v. fodzukpe, lukoro, gobé.
hint, n. obo.
hint’er, n. olobé.
hip,x. ibadi: hip-joint,igbaroko.
hippopo’tamus,7. erinmi,osé.
hire, v. gba...w0d.
hire, ”. oya.
hired’, v. agbawod.
hire'ling, n.
his, pron. re, tere, tire.
hit, 7. iba, 1d.
idena, ikose.
ehin.
alagbase, alagbar6.
hit, v. lu.
hith’er, adv. ihin.
hoarse, a. ke.
hoarse’ness, n._ ike.
hoe,n. oké, Akeguy oké, aketon.
hoe, v. ro, ké.
hog, n.
hold, v. dima, gba, mf.
hold’fast, 7.
hole, x. alafo, iho, kéto.
ho’liness, n.
hollow, a.
hol’low, ».
elede.
adima.
mimé, 1wa mimé.
wo.
Analg
Cfo, wo.
110
ho'ly, a. mé.
hom’age, n.
homage, v.
home, n._ ilé.
home’bred, ».
ho'miny, ».
ho'nesty, ”. iwa tito.
ho’/ney, ”. oro, oyin.
ho’ney-comb,n. afara oyin.
ho’nor, n. ibuyin, old, dwo.
ho’nor, v. bola, bowo, buyin,
ihari.
hari, wari.
ibilé.
egbd.
sola.
ho/norable, a. niyin, ologo,
olola.
hoof, x. bata, kpatako.
hook, n. amu: a@ tailors hook,
amuran, arugogan.
hoot, v.
hop, v.
hope, n.
hope, v.
ho.
lakalaka.
aba, igbekele, ireti.
reti, tamaha.
horn, n. iwo, owo.
horse, n. esin; various kinds
are called, abiga, aligarimi, ira.
horse’man, n. elesin.
horse’whip, n. _ lagba.
hot, a. gbona: very hot, bobo,
dzandzan.
hot’negs, n. arifi.
hour, ». wakati.
house, n._ ilé.
house’hold, zn. sata.
ho’ver, v. TAs radobo.
how, adv. bawo, bibawo, ti, biti:
how many? kelo? melo?
howe'ver, adv,
how], n. ikékara, mahuru,
howl, vw. kékara.
hug,v. gba... mora.
huge’ness, n. igangan.
hum, v. kon, kun.
hu’manly, adv.
hum’'ble, a. onirelé.
hum dle, v. kparamé, re... 18.
humbled, x. ré.
humi'liate, v. re...silé.
hump, 7”. ike.
hunch’back, 7».
hin, awohin.
hun’dred, num.
hun’ger, n. ebi.
hun’ger, v.
hungry, a.
hunt, v.
hun’ter, 2.
hur’ry, v.
hur’ry, 7.
lakisé.
biénia.
abuke, atele-
ogorfiy, ortin.
lebi, ebi kpa.
alaiyo.
de, degbe.
ode.
ge iwara, gira.
itara.
IMP
hurt, n. ibi, ikpalara.
hus’band, 7. oko.
hush, v. dake, simi.
husk, ”. egbo, iwo.
hut, n. ago.
hye’na, ». koriko, ikoriko.
hy’pocrite, n. afindsadzere,
afinésehin, afindsode, agaba-
gebe.
I, pron. emi, mi, mo, mo, n.
iden'tity, n.
idleness, n.
i’dol, ». orisa.
idol’ater, ». abogibokpe, abo-
risa, oloriga, iworo.
if; conj. bi, bi...tile, iba, kd-
' me s s e: ‘ , al
sekpe: as if, bienikpé; if pos-
al yato.
imele.
sible, bolesebi, bolésekpé.
ignorance, 2.
okpe.
ig’norant, a.
igua’na, 7.
illiterate, a.
ill-na'tured, a.
aimoye, aimd,
aimoye, alaimd.
iwopwon.
alaimowe.
be Tinea
okururo, ogond.
ill’ness, ». okunron.
i/mage,n. ere.
imitate, v. sindze.
immaturity, ». aighd.
imme’diately, adv. biatinwiyi,
kan, kiyan, lesekanna, lodzu-
kanna, odzukanna, logan.
immerse’, v. fi... bomi, ki...
bomi, té...bomi, té... bo.
immodest, a. aitidzu.
immor'tal, a. alaiku.
immortality, nr. aiku.
impart’,v. fi...f@.
impartial'ity,n. aise
dzasadza,
impa’tience, x.
impede’, v. dina.
imped iment, n.
impend’,v. wil.
importu'nity, x.
awlyanu.
imposi'tion, x. ayandze.
impossibil’ity, n. alaise.
impos’sible, a. aise.
impos’ture, ». iyandze.
im’precate, v. tase.
impreca’tion,n. ase, egiin, ére.
impri’son, v.
impro’per, 7.
Helene
abe, aigo-
iwara.
adena.
abeiyanu,
ha...mé6, semdé.
aité, aldara.
thurt, ». farakpa, kpa...lara. jimpro’vident, ». aimete.
IMP
im’pudent, ».
dzu.
impure’, a.
impute’, ».
Ka)... «181s
in, prep.
sara, ti.
inability, ». ideti.
inac’tion, 7. aise.
ina’dequate, a.
inatten’tion, zn.
inatten’tive, a.
in’cense, x». turari.
inces’sant,a. aisimi: incessant
talking, awiidake.
incline’, v. fi.
incomplete’,a. aikpé, aisetan,
incomprehensible, a.
inconsi’derateness, ».
incorrup'tion, n. aidibadze,
aibadze.
increase’, v.
ebilé, re, so... kpikpo, wa.
in’crease, n.
kon.
incredulous, a.
in’cubate, v.
indeed’, adv. gasa, sé, tabi.
independ’ence, zn. aisiy.
in'dicate, v. fi... han.
indif ‘ference, n.
indifferent, 7. alaikiyesi.
indifferently, adv. tai, taitai.
indig’nant, a. rund.
indigna’tion, n. irund, ibiné.
indigo, n. elu.
be, dadzf, gbo-
we
aimo,
da...m6, fi...m6,
fi, li, ni, nino, niti, lara,
até.
aikiyesi.
modzukuro,
alyé.
ard.
bisi, kposi, gbale,
abisi, ibisi, asoy-
kose igbagbo.
saba,
aikiyesi.
indirect/ly, adv. koikoi.
indiscriminate, «a. idaru-
dakpo.
indis’putableness, . aiddi-
yay.
individual, n.
in’dolence, v._ imele.
indolent, a. semele.
indue’, v. fi... wo.
indulge’, v. ke, yé.
indulg’ence, x.
oluware.
eke, ike.
indus’trious, a. onise, aige-
mele.
industry, ”. aisemele, aisi-
mele.
inexcu’sable, a. airiwi, alai-
riwi.
inexpres’sible, a. ailéwi.
inextin’guishable, a. aikpa,
ailékpa.
in’fant, n.
infect’, v.
omo-owo.
ral.
111
infec’tion, rn. eran.
infec'tious,a. aranmd,laseran.
infe’rior, 7. :
in’finite, a. ainikpekun.
infirm’, a. alailera, kolera, ke-
rede, elekérede.
infirm ‘ity, x.
inflame’, v.
influence, zn.
se
alseobe.
ailera.
| , ik6
g b1N1 KOI).
alya.
influen'tial, a. oldhun.
informed’, v. akétan.
ingraft’, v. le, 16.
ingraft’ed, v.
ingra'titude, n.
ingredient, x. élo.
inhabit, v. tedd.
inha’bitant, n.
arailu.
inhe’rit, x.
kogun, role.
inhe’ritance, n.
inhe’ritor, x. odzogun.
inhu’man, a. aisénia.
inhumi'lity, n.
iniquity, n.
ini'tiated, a.
in‘jure, v.
injurer, x. abanidze.
injury, . ibadze.
injus'tice, x.
alomé.
aimore,
agbe, araile,
ebaguy, dzogu
gbaguy, dzogun,
ogun.
airele.
ve
ese.
egberi.
ba... dze.
aisédodo, aisoté.
ink, x. tarda: red ink, ambua.
in'mate, n. abanigbele.
inn, 7. ilé ero.
in/nocence, n.
in’nocent, a.
lege.
innu’merable, a. ainiye.
inquire’, v. bere, bi... lebi, fi
Sooo) Be
inquiry, 7. ibére.
inqui’sitiveness, n.
insane’, a. siwere.
insanity, x. ewi, gbéregbére.
in’sect, rn. k6ékoro.
insert’, v. bo.
in’side, x. ind, nind.
insi’pid, a. obu, té.
insipid’ity, n. ate, okt.
insist’, v. kirimé, ro.
in’solence, x.
aidzebi, ailese.
She esa 103
aise, ailese, alai-
ayan.
atodzfidi.
in’solently, adv. tai, taitai.
insolv’ent, v. fodzfidi, Safo-
dzudi.
inspect’, v. be...w6, woye.
inspect’or, n.
inspira’tion, 7.
inspire’, v.° mi si.
instalment, 7.
awoye.
amisi, imisi.
adawin.
IRO
in'stant, 7.
ogay).
in’stantly, adv. logan.
instead’, prep. nikpo.
in'stigator, n. elegbe.
in’stinet, n. eda.
instruct’, v. ko.
in’/strument, 2. elé, ohun
ona.
instrumental'ity, n. amuba,
imuba.
insufficiency, n. aitd.
insurrec’tion, n. irukerudo.
integ’rity, n.
in'tellect, n.
iwatito.
imoye, oyé.
intel/ligent, a. da, amoye,
moye, niyand,
intel'ligible, a. iyeni.
intend’, v. ebero, kpete, rd.
intense'ly, adv. buruku:
tensely hot, dzandzan.
inten 'tion, n.
in’terest, n.
inte’rior, ». ind.
intermed'dle, v.
nusi.
intermin’gle, v. da... kpd.
inter’pret, v. gbedegbeyo.
interpreta’tion,n. imd,itumd.
inter’preter, n. agbedegbeyo:
interpreter of dreams, amala,
inter’rogate, v.
... lebi, sé,
interroga'tion, n.
intes’tines, x.
intimidate,
kpa...10dZo.
in’to, prep. nind, sind.
introduce’, v.
8a, MU... WO.
intrust’, v.
in’valid, n. ardy, abirdy, olo-
kuron, alabukuy.
invent’, v. bu...so, da... silé.
inven'tion, x.
ray, isi.
inventor, 2.
invert’, v. dodzude.
invert’ed, v. alo.
inves’tigate, v.
..-lo, 16 wadZo.
investiga’tion, x.
in-
ete.
elé, ére, eda.
da...si, fe-
bi...lere, da
ebi, Gre.
ifon, owere.
v. da...lodZo,
da...silé, da...
re
su.
abuso, idamo-
adisi, onisi.
be... wo, fi
ibew0, iye-
wo.
investigator, n. afdranld, fe-
idi,
invisibility, 2. airi.
invita'tion, 7. ikpedze.
irascibil'ity, n.
iron, 7”. iri.
ed6 fofo,
IRO
ironically, adv. to speak iro-|
nically, ray ikpon si, ran ikpo.
i/rony, 7». ikpon.
irre’gularly, adv.
ray.
irrita’tion, n.
is‘land,n. adad6, idado, erekugu.
is’sue, 2. amuwah.
it, pron. A, 4, 6, 6, i, i, 6, 6, on,
on, re.
wanray wan-
sonast.
itch, x. toe-itch, eydn, key6y.
itch, v. yon.
ivory, x. ike.
J.
jack’al, n. adza-oko.
jack’et, n. alukasafa.
jail, x. tubu.
jailer, rn. onitubu.
jas'per, n° csi.
ja'velin, n. dko.
jaw’-bone, x. ereke, kpari.
jeal’ous, a. dzowu, odZowu.
jealousy, ». ow, idzowu.
jerk, v. dZa.
jerk’ed, n. (meat), adingbe.
jerk'ing, n. adzagadzigi.
jest, v.
jest, n.
jest'ing, n.
job, v. dzagba.
job, . abose.
job’-work, n.
jog, i SCiewere nigbowd,.
join, v. badakpd, da... kpdmé.
joint,n. ike, orike: jointofgrass,
idan.
joist, n.
joke, x. awada, wa.
jour’ney, v.
jour’ney, n.
joy, ”. ayd.
joy ful, a.
judge, ».
judge, n. adadZo, onidadzo,
judg'ing, n.
judg’ment, n.
jug, . ord.
juggle, v.
jump, v. be, fo.
just, a. oloto, olotito.
jus’tice, n.
justifica’tion, n.
jus’tified, a.
jus'tifier, n.
justify, v.
A oop
sawada, sefe.
awada, fe, Ewa,
asdwada.
,
abose.
eké.
radzo, rebi.
adzo, ebi.
layd, alayd.
Dale cvs widzo, dadzo.
ibawi.
idaddZo.
kpidan.
ododé.
adalare.
oludare, dZare.
onidalare.
da...lare, dzare.
112
K.
kaw, v. hon.
keen, a. mi.
keen'ly, adv.
keen ‘ness, n.
keep, v. kpamé.
keep’er, n. olutodzu.
kernel, n. omo.
re
sin.
imu.
key, n. kokoro, sika.
key’hole, n. odzu gika.
kick, ». ikpa.
kick, v. ta, takpa, tase, yan,
yan... nitete.
kid’napper, 7.
alabamile, ]a-
baméle.
kid’ney, n. iwe.
kill, v. kpa, kpaka.
kiln, n. ebu.
kind, a. scun.
kind, ». alarabara, iru, onirurn.
kin’dle, v. dana, kun, tibd, ti-
nabod.
kind'negs, n.
kin’'dred, n.
king, n. oba.
king'dom, n.
kins’folk, n. ara, ibatan.
kins’man, vn. olutan.
kiss, 7. fenuko.
kitch’en, n.
knave, x. arékeréke.
knav’'ishness, x. arékeréke.
knead, v. kpo, sd.
knee, 7. ekun, ckurun.
knee’-pan, n. dzaygboro.
igeun, Ore.
ita.
ile ol ya.
ile-Ase.
kneel, v. kunle.
knife, n. obé: sharp-pointed
kn ife, asoro.
knit, v. won.
knock, v. dzi, dzin, kan, kan-
kun, Id.
knot, v. sokpa, takoko.
knot, x. isokpa, koko, okikirin.
know, v. mo.
know ’'ledge, n. im, imddzt.
knuckle, rn. koko-ow6.
koran’, x. kurani, alkurani.
L.
la’bor, n.
la’bor, v.
la’borer, 7.
labo’rious, a.
lack, v. di, kin.
lad'der, n.
An
ise,
sise.
aS a
asise, onise.
onise.
akas6.
LEA
lade, v. kpdn.
la’dle, n. igbako.
lake, n. adaguy.
lamb, ». od6 agutan.
lam'bent, a.
lame, a. amokun.
lame, v. mokun.
lameness, x. imokun.
lament’, v. kponrere.
lamp, n. fatila, fitila.
lamp’-filler, n. ero, kdlobo.
lance, x. dko.
lan’cet, n.
land, v. guy, gue.
landing, n. ébute.
land‘lord, n. balé.
lan’guage, n. éde.
large,a. tobi, boni, gongon, nila,
nla: very large, boniboni, biri.
geregere.
abé.
large'ly, adv. kibiti.
large’ness, x. igangay.
lasci'viousness, 7. wébia.
last, v. kpé, kpe.
last, a. ehin, igbehin, ikehin,
kehin, Sehin: the last born, abi-
kehin ; the last state, asiwa.
last’/ly, adv. nikehin.
latch, neha.
latch, v. ha, ti.
late, adv. gbehin, nigbehin.
late'ly, adv. lold, nilolé.
late’ness, n.
lath, v. ra, rale, rele.
lath’er, v. hé, kputu.
lath’ing, n. ivale.
lat’ter, a. ikehiy, abikehin.
lat'terly, adv. ni lolé yi.
lat'ter-rains, n. arokuro.
laugh, ». erin.
laugh, v. rin, rerin.
laugh’ter, 7. erin.
law, n. idasile, ofin.
law’giver, 7. olofin.
lawless, x. kolofin, ailofin.
law'yer, 7. amofin.
lay, v. 1é,fi...le, té, gbe...tu:
to lay down, fi... lelé; lay hands
on, dawolé ; lay eggs, ye, yin.
la'ziness, n.
la’zy, a. le.
lead, n. odzé.
lead, v. dari, fa, sin, $e amdna, td.
lead’er, n. atokun, elegbe.
igbehin.
ole.
lead'ing,.n. ito.
leaf, x. ewe.
leaf, v. ruwe.
leaf’less, a. ailewe.
leaf'y, vu. abewe, elewe, bo.
LEA
leak, v. dzo.
lean, a. bente, rd.
lean,v. fehinti, fi... ti, rd, roma,
ti.
leap, v.
learn, v.
learn’ed, a.
man, dlufa, imddzu.
learn’er, . akowe, eni ti nko.
learn’ing, n. iko, eko.
lea’ther, x. awo, bata, madofuy.
leave, v. fi...le, fi...sile: to
leave off, dase, yakuro.
lea’ven, x. iwukara.
80.
ko, keko.
akoddZu: learned
leech, n. esusu.
left,a. dsin.
leg, n. itéle, tete.
lei’sure, n. dile.
lei’surely, adv. fa, tedo, kase.
lend, v. sin, win.
length, ». iguy.
leo'pard, vn. ekuy, dzakumé,
ogidan.
le’per, n. adete.
leprosy, 7. @te.
lep’rous, a. ete, eléte.
les'sen, v. bid... kin.
lest, conj. kd...mah.
let, v. dze, dzowo.
le’vel, v. +é...bére.
lewd'ness, . add.
li/ar, n. eke, adeke, adakadeke,
eleke, okobo.
li’berate, v. da...silé.
lick, v. fa...1a, la.
lid, x. omori, ideri: lids of a
book, kpali.
lie, n. awodlehu, eke, iro.
lie, v. deke, seke, kpuro.
lie, v. (down), dubule.
life, n. &mi, iyé, aye.
life’less, a. aiyé.
lift, v. gbe.
lift’er, n. olugbe.
light, v. tana.
light, x. imdle.
light, a. fere, fuye, tatu: light
as day, m6.
light’en, v. k6 manamana.
light’ness, ~. afere.
lightning, x. manamana.,
lights, n. folofdlo.
like, a. ba, dabi.
like, v. {é.
liken, v. fi... we.
like’ness, n. alugbon, aworan,
ewa.
like’wise, adv.
15
kpelu.
113
lily,n. different kinds are called,
bélogi, osumere. ;
lime, 7. éru, efun, tere; (fruit),
orombo.
li’mit, v.
li’mit, 7.
lin’en, x.
lin’ger, v. lora, rare.
lin’guist, n. agbede, ogbufo.
lion, x. kénifi.
lip, n. ete.
lis'ten, v. deti, deti silé, feti.
lis‘tener, n. adetisile.
lit'tle, adv. dié, kinkin, kitty, yé.
lit'tle, a. kere.
lit’tleness, 7.
live, v.
ye.
live'’liness, n.
live'ly, a.
sorokpin.
arokpin,
ala.
kekeke, kekere.
gbaiye, gbe, wa, walayé
araya, idaraya.
daraya, ya.
li'ver, n. edo.
|liv’ing, a. layé.
li’zard,n. the various kinds are,
adarikpén, agilfti, ahanhan, ala-
mo, alamori, amure, okelendze.
lo! interj. sawo!
load, n. eru.
load, v. deru, diru, ki, ni.
loaf, n. akasu.
loafer, x. asdénia, dzegudura-
gudu.
lo’cate, v. so... lodzo.
lock, n. agadagodo, aluse.
lock,v. ha, ti: to lock up, ha...
m6, ti... sino.
lo’cust, n. esti:
igba.
lodge, v. wo.
lodg’ing, x.
loft, m. adza.
loft‘ily, adv.
log, n. iti.
loin, x. egbe.
loiter, v. dzafara.
long, a. giguy, gin, gbdro.
long-suffering, x». olukpa-
ramo, olukpamora, atemora.
look, v. bddzuto, bédzuwo, fo-
dzusi, kiyesi, wo, woran, saw6,
locust tree,
odzo.
gigagiga.
fidzuwo: to look up, gboddZu-
woke. ,
|look’ing-glass, n. awodzidzi.
‘loom, nv. ofi.
loose, a. de, gan, sund.
loosed, a. ctu.
loose’ly, adv. deredere.
\loos’en, v. fa... tu, ta.
‘loos’ened, a. £0.
MAG
loqua’ciousness, ». ayida-
yida.
lord, n. oluwa.
Lord, x. Obangidzi.
lose, v. dzZund, kpadand, so...
nod.
loss, x. egbé, adand, iya, fo.
lost, a. fo, dZund, nd, segbe.
lots, n. adilu, gege, ibo.
loud, a. kikun.
loud’ly, adv. gba, gbai, kara,
likuykikuy, kunkuy, sanwa,
ramram, ramuramu, rara.
louse, 7. ina.
lous’y, a. lina, olina.
love, n. ate, ife.
love, v. fé, kudon.
lov’er, ». olufé.
lov’ing-kind’'ness, 7. iseun ife.
low, a. bere.
low’er, v.
lowly, adv.
low’ness, n. dzidZin.
luck, 2x. alabakpade,
awore, ifa, orobo.
luck’y, a. akdseba.
lu’ere, n. erekére.
lug’gage, n. eri.
luke’warm, a. lo, wowo.
luke’warmly, adv.
woroworo.
luke’warmness, n.
: 15
na... silé.
tite.
asiki,
lowowo,
ilolo, lo-
wowo.
lull, v. dakeréro, mu... dake-
roro.
jlump, x. akodzo, isu.
lu’nacy, n. asinwin.
lu’natie, a. onisinwin.
lung, . folofdlo.
lust, x. ifekufe.
lust, v. fé...nifekufe.
lus’tre, n. idan.
lus'trous, a. dzidZa.
lux’ury, 7. domdomaiye.
|lye, n. aro.
M.
| mad, a bind.
ma’dam, 7. nana.
madden, v. mu... bind.
made, a. dida.
mad’man, 7». hana.
|mag’got, n. idin.
ma’gistrate, n.
|mag’nify,v. gbe...
mag nitude, n.
!
agolu.
ga, kokiki.
itobi,
MAI
maid, n. omodan.
maid’en,n. omidan, olomu eko.
maimed, a. alabukdy-aron.
maintain’er, 7.
maize, n. agbadd, yangay.
majesty, n. ola.
major‘ity, n. ikpodzu.
make, v. da, fi, dze, sa, se.
ma’ker, ». eleda, onida.
male, x. (of beasts) ako.
malefac’tor, n. onise buburu,
orufin.
malice, n. odi.
mali'cious, a.
olubo.
olodi.
mali’ciously, adv. fi odi.
mallet, n. ogbogbo.
maltreat’,v. se...nidzamba.
mam mon, 7. adze.
man, x. okonri, enia.
mane, n. (horse’s) gogo, roro.
mange, ». ekuru.
man’ger, x. ibudze.
man’grove, 7. egba.
manhood, . agba.
manifest, v. lari.
mankind’, x. araiye, énia.
manly, adv. biokonri.
manner, 7. ise, aga.
man’ners, 7. ise, iwa.
manslaughter, n. ikpani.
mantle, x. abora.
manure’, x. iledd, iledudu.
ma/nuscript, 7. rubutu.
ma’ny, a. kpd, okpd, kpikpd.
mar, v. ba... dze.
mare, 7. abo esin.
mark, v. ko, sami.
mar’ket, x. adabodza, ddza.
mar’ket-day, 2. odzo ddza.
marriage, 7. isoyigi, yigi.
mar’ried,a. okolaya, okolobiri.
mar’row, 7. modumodu, ora-
egugun.
mar’ry,v. fé, gbeyawo, soyigi.
marsh, n. abata.
mash, v. wé.
mast, ». okpo oko.
baba, oluwa.
ikawé.
master, 7.
mas'tery, 7.
mat, n. aba, ayin, eni, kere,
kpakati.
match, n. erd, isana.
mate, n. egbe, ekedzi.
mat’ter, n. ran.
mat’tock, x. iganrin, kdloba.
mature’,v. gbo.
matu’rity,n. agbo, igbo, ogbo.
may, aux. le, ma.
| me, pron.
mead, n.
mea’dow,
meal, x.
meal’y, a.
mean, nv.
mean, v.
meaning,
means, 7.
mea’sure,
osuwoy.
mea'sure,
meat, n.
114
mi.
fura.
nN.
kpakpa.
ase.
megbe.
(person) adzadze.
dze, kperi.
n. itumo.
amuba, imuba.
nm. asuwon, iwon,
v. won.
eran), osese.
mechanic, n.
med'dle, v.
med'dler, n.
mediate, v.
onigona, olona.
da...si, fi enu si.
afenusi, aladasi.
dzise.
media'tion, x. addise.
me’diator, n. asenu.
me’dicine, ». oguy.
me’ditate, v. $e ard, se asaro,
dodztikodo, humd, mero, ro,
rono.
medita’tion, n.
me’ditator, 7.
meek, a.
meek’ness, 7.
meet, v. ba, dari...dzo, ko, |
ko... léna, koseba, kpa... de,
meet’ing, . atiba, iba.
mellow, a. de.
melt, v. y6.
member, n. ara, akpa.
me’mory, 7. iyé.
mend, v. ton...se, 80.
mend’er, 7. alatonse.
men’seés, 7.
men’tion,
da 80.
mer’chandise, 7.
mer’chant, n.
mer'’ciful,
mer’ciless, a.
mer’cy, ”.
merit, 7.
merito'rio
merrily, adv.
merriment, 7.
mer’ry, v.
mes’sage,
mes’senger, n.
me’taphor, x.
yauy.
mid’day, n.
mew, v.
middle, 7.
ard, asaro.
asaro.
= 2 < 4
onino tite, tend.
iwa tutu.
age, awase.
vy. da, da...ruko,
odZa.
asowo.
alana.
ailanu.
anu.
itoye.
us, a. toye.
dukeluke.
araya,
daraya.
mn. ise, Oro.
a.
alasa, iko, onse.
akawe.
osangangan.
agbedemedai, arin.
mid'night,x”. orugandzo, ogan-
dZo.
midst, n.
. 1
arin, awudzu.
|
|mo’derate, v.
MOD
arin.
iyagba.
agbara, ikpa.
le.
alagbara,
gatikpo.
ébu.
mid’way, n.
mid'wife, n.
might, n.
might, ava.
might’y, a.
migrate, v.
mildew, n.
milk, n. wara.
milk, v. fon wara.
mill’stone, n. olo.
mi’mie, v. sin...dze. q
mince, v. bid... ladzan. |
mind, ». ewa, ind, iyé.
mind, v. kiyesi, todza. |
mine, pron. temi.
min’gle,v. da...1f, lf, kpa...
kpd, rokpo, ru.
ming’ling, n.
minute’, a. kefin, kitn.
miracle, n. ise ase.
mire, n. tre, kpetekpete, kpoto-
kpoto, gata: pig’s mire, afd.
mir'ror, x. digi, awodzidzi: a
tale mirror, danday.
mis’anthrope, n. alaifeni.
misan’thropy, ”. aifeni.
miscar’riage, n. iseno.
miscar’ry, v. send.
mis’chief, n. ibaiyedze, iwa-
ibi, iwa-ika.
miscount’, v. si ka.
mi’ser, x. awon, okandzua.
mi'serable, a. osise.
mi’sery, 7. osi.
misfor’tune, n.
mishap’, ”. esi.
misinter’pret, v.
misname’,v. si kpe.
misplace’,v. si fisi.
miss, v. (in shooting), bati, le,
soti, Saki, si, tase: to miss some-
thing lost, fe... kun.
mist, 2. iri, karuku.
mistake’, v. i, sise.
mistake’, x. adamé, ési.
mis’tletoe, ». afomd.
mis'tress, ”. iy, iyale.
mi'tigate, v. dé, ro.
mix, v. bila, da...kpd, daru-
dakp6, darukpd, rokpo.
mix’ture, n. adalu, elu, ida-
kpd, ikpakpd: indiscriminate
mixture, adarudakpo.
mock, v. sefe, sin... dze.
mock’ery, 7. éfe.
mock’ing-bird, ». awoko. .
mo’'del, x. akpedzure, akpere.
kpa...m6.
idakpd, ikpakpd.
alusin, tulasin.
io :
Sl Wl.
MOD
niwon.
ikpamé, ikpa
mo’derately, adv.
modera'tion, 7.
ramo.
mo’dest, a.
modesty, n.
onisadzu.
itidzu, odZuti.
moham’medan. See mussul-
man.
moist’ure, x. irin, irinmi,
irinle.
molas’ses, . oyin ireke.
molest’, v. yo...lenu.
moment, ». ogin: in a mo-
ment, ni sedzt kan, li ogty.
money, 7. ow0.
mo’neyless, a. ailow6.
mon’key, n. different kinds are
called, alegba, awere, fiya, edon,
oloyo.
mon’ster, n. émo.
monstrous, além6.
month, zn. osu.
month'ly, a. losu.
moon, x. osukpa, osu.
Moor, x. bature.
mooring, x. isoko.
morass’, 7. ira, Sakata,
more, a. dehin, dzv.
more, adv. sibe, siwadzu.
moreo’ver, adv. kpelukpelu.
morning, x. aiird, dro, Gwtird,
odzumé.
morose’, a. as0, kay, kanra, $0-
mor’row, 7. ola.
mor’sel, n. eté, okele.
mor’tal, a. oniku.
mor’tar, n. odo.
mor'tify, v. ya...niha, ra.
mosque, ”. masalase.
Most High, x. Oga Ogo.
moth, ». dla.
mo’ther, x. abfamo, iya, yeye,
iyé.
mo’ther-in-law, 7. ayako.
mo’therless, a. alainiya.
mould’er, v7. ba, ha, ra.
moult, v. re.
mound, x. okete, oke.
mount, v. gesin, goke, gori,
guy.
moun’tain, 7. dke.
moun’tainous, a. oldke, oke.
mourn, v. ké ana, kanu, da aro,
ge dro, gbawe, sofo.
mourn’er, 7. alawe, elekun.
mourning, n. aro, awe, Ofo,
ekun.
mouse, 7. eluru.
mouth, x. enu.
115
move,v. 10, so, sdn, sin, yi, yin.
mow, v. re...mole.
much, a. kpd, okpd, kpikps.
much, ». okpd, kpikpo.
much, adv. — gidigidi, kéko,
kperekpere, rékodZa.
mucus, 7. ikon.
mud,n. kpetekpete, kpotokpoto,
,
sata.
mug, ”. ddZaka.
mule, ». ibaka.
mul'tiply, v. bisi, kposi, ré.
mul’titude, ». dkpo.
mur’der, v. kpani, kpania.
mur’der, n. ikpani.
mur’derer, n. akpani, olukpa,
olukpani, kpanikpani.
mur’mur, v. kody, kin, rahun,
konsin6.
mur’murer, n. akonsiné.
mus’cle, n. (shell-fish), ikaka.
mush, n. asaro, déngé, wagan.
mush’room, n. aikperi.
music, x. orin.
mus’lin, ». ala.
musqui’to, x. abéwogan, yam-
yam.
mus’sulman, x.
imale.
must, aux. ni, ko le mah.
mute, a. odi, aifohun.
mut’ter, v. kdn, konsiné.
my, pron. mi.
myself’, pron.
rami.
myste’rious, a. dzinle.
myste’riousness, 7. idzinle.
mys'tery,n. awd, egberi, igede,
dro idzinle.
eae
mdsulimin,
emi na, emi tika-
N.
nail, n. iso, igo irin: finger-nail,
ekan, ekana.
nail, v. kan, kin...mé.
na’ked, a. nihoho, nihoriho.
na’kednesgs, 7. iho, ihdho, iho-
riho.
name, n.
name, v.
named, a. dze.
name’less, a. ailoruko.
nap, v. sunye, wo.
nap’kin, n._ tobi.
narrate’, v. rohip.
narra’tion, n. ihin, irohin.
nar’rative, n. ihin.
oko, oruko.
so... li oruko,
NIG
arohin.
gboro, ha, hé, $6-
narra’tor, 7.
nar’row, «.
koto, tere, toro.
nar’rowness, n.
nas'ty, a. ko mé.
na'tion, 7. éde, orile, orile-éde.
na'tional, a. ti orile-cde.
na'tive, n. abilé, ibilé.
nati’vity, 7. ibi.
na’tural, %. adanidé, danidd,
eda, ida.
na’ture, n.
naught, ». asan, saki.
nau’sea, n. esue, irindo.
nau’seate, v. kpa...li esue,
rin ...ledo: nauseated, rindo.
na’vel, n. dodo, idodo, iwé.
hiha.
dada, eda, iwa.
na’vigable, a. gbdko.
na’vigate, n. tuko.
near, a. dedé, fefe, gbée, nitosi,
mora, niha, sod2i, t@, ti.
near'ly, adv. sese, Seton.
near’ness, 7. asonmd, etile,
igberi, itosi, ikusa.
neat, a. bokini, findzu.
neat’ly, adv. kinikini.
neat’ness, 7. afindzu.
neck, nv. ofon, oron.
neck’kerchief, n. idiron.
neck’lace, n. idiron.
need, n. aini, inira, oda.
need, v. se alaini.
nee’dle, n. abere.
need’y, a. olaini.
neglect’, v. da... kodZa, fo...
kodZa.
neglect ful, a.
neg’ligence, x. aikiyesi.
negligent, a. de, dera, won.
ne’gro, 7. eénia dudu, adi.
neigh, v. yan.
neigh’bor, 7.
neigh’borhood, x.
igberiko, sakani.
nei'ther, conj. behe ni... ko.
nest, x. ilé.
net, 2. awoy.
net’'tle-rash, n. egbesin.
ne’ver, adv. ododi, odorodi.
new, a. titon.
news, 7. ihip.
news monger, 7.
alaikiyesi.
aladugbo.
agbegbe,
alahéso.
next, a. atele, ked2i.
next year, 7. amoduy.
nice, a. sfia, suay.
nice’ly, adv. tonitoni.
nick’name, 7.
nigh, prep. nitosi,
aladze.
NIG
nigh’ness, 7. _ itosi.
night, rn. dru: the dead of
night, adzin, addindzin; by
night, loru.
night’ly, adv. loruloru.
nimble, a. wara, yara.
nim’bleness, 7. iyara, iwara.
nim 'bDly, adv. gbese, werewere,
yaya.
nine, num. esa.
nine’teen, num.
nine’ty, num.
ninth, num.
nip, v. kan.
nip’pers, 7.
nit, x. ero.
no, adv.
nadwo, nn.
no’ble, n.
nod, zn.
noise, nr. ariwo, até, atoto: to
make a noise, kpariwo, kpato hid.
noise’less, a. aikpato.
nois'ily, adv. gbai.
nois’y, a. kpato.
nominate, v. kpé.
non’sense, 7. isdkuso.
noon, ». odzokarin.
noose,n. isebo: to make a noose,
$e... bo.
north, ».
nose, n.
nos’tril, x. iho imo.
not, adv. hod, i, ki, kd, kd, mah,
ndan, nko, 6,
no’table, a. aktyesi, ha.
no’tableness, z. afiyesi.
no’thing, n. kosinkan.
nothingness, 7. asap.
no’tice, v. _ bikita, kiyesi.
notwithstanding, conj. adi,
amdkpé.
nour’ish, v. ke, te, bo.
now, adv. arowa, _biatinwiyi,
eyitawiyi, iwoyi, niwoyi, na, sa,
okay dilogun.
adoruy.
kesan.
emu.
kinidZebe, kurumu,
oléye.
téri.
driwa.
imo.
x
oO.
we, nigbayi, isisiyi, nisisi, nisisiyi,
wayi.
null, a. asan.
numb, a. ketiri.
number, 7. lye, oye.
num ’berless, ». alainiye, ai-
niye.
numb’negsg, zn. etiri.
nurse, 7. obd, oluto.
nurse, v. bo, td.
116
O.
oar, n. adze, itdko, walami.
oath, x. ara, ekpe, ibura.
obe’dience, n. ifetisi, igbd.
obe’dient, a. eleti, leti.
obey’,v. gbha...gbo, gba... ge.
object’, v. ko.
objec’tion, n. ikd.
oblige’, v. 1lé, te... se, te... li.
obli’vion, n. igbagbe.
obscure’, a. gokunkun.
obseu'rity, n. egberi.
observe’, v. woye.
observ’er, z. alafiyesi, alami,
ob’stacle, x. idina, odogbulu.
ob’stinacy, 7. amdse, ika.
ob’stinate, a. agidi, waronki.
obstruct’,v. dena.
obstruc’tion, . idena.
obtain’, v. dze, ri... gba.
obtuse’, a. kf, aimu.
occa’sional,a. idayedaye, igba-
kugba.
occa ’sionally, adv.
nidayedaye.
occupa'tion, n. ise.
occur’, v. hi.
o’cean, n.
of, prep.
off, adv.
idayedaye,
okuy.
niti, nititi, ti.
nd, 16h.
offence’, n. isoray.
offend’, v. st, dese.
offend’ed, a, sokehinda.
offend’er, n. isoray.
of’fer, v. tore.
of’fering, n. dre.
of’fice, n. dye.
officer, n. idzoye, odzoye,
oléye.
offi’cial, x. olola.
offi’ciousness, 7.
off'spring, 7.
of ten, adv.
oh! interj. aa! yé!
oil, m. adi, ordro.
oint’ment, 7. ikunra.
ok’ra, n. ila.
idasi.
irumo, omo.
nigbakugba.
ee Bee ey '
old, a. arugbd, dagbé, éhu, ga-
abo,
old age, x. ito, ogbologbo.
old’en-time, nv. atidzo.
old’er, a. are, sare.
old’ness, n. agbd, laf, lailai.
o’men, n. ami.
omit’, v. kodza.
omnipotence, z.
gbo.
agbara gbo-
OUT
omni’scient, a.
gbo,
on, prep.
sara, sori.
once, num.
kan.
one, num.
kay, okan.
on‘ion, x. alubosa.
on'ly, adv. égede, ogede, kiki,
maso, nikan, nikangogo, kpere,
Saga, Sogo.
open, v. 8, ya:
door, sikuy.
o’pening, x. enu, ikpedzi, odZa.
openly, adv. nigbangba.
o’penness, 7. afo.
opportune’, a. sakoké.
opportu’nity, ». aye, igba,
owole.
oppose’,v.
kodzudzasi.
oppos’ed, a.
op’posite, a.
dzusi.
opposi'tion, x. odisi.
oppress’, v. kponlodzt.
oppres’sion, 7. inilara.
oppres’sor, 7. aninilara.
or, conj. mbi, tabi.
o’racle, n. alabalage.
o’range,”. orombo.
ordain’,v. la... ldna.
amdhuygbo-
ka, lara, 1é, leri, lori,
ekan, lekan, larin-
a,eni, eni, ni, kay, ko-
to open the
de... ldna, dzakoro,
kan.
ékokay, tirisi, ko-
order, v. kpalase, td.
order, n. ese.
or’derly,adv. ésése, lesese, lese-
lese.
or’dinance, n. idasilé, ilana.
origin, n. edi, ihulé, iwa.
original, a. atorunwah.
ori’ginate, v7. humd.
ornament, 7. oso.
ornament/’al, a. logo, ologo.
or’phan, 7. omo okt.
os’prey, ”. osin.
ostenta’tion, n. aluwasi.
os’trich, n. ogongo.
o’ther, pron. mire, miray, omi-
ray, elomiray.
o'therwise,
kaka.
ought, aux, ba, iba, n'.
our, pron. wa.
ours, pron. tiwa.
ourselves’, pron.
tikara wa.
out, adv. dzade, sode.
out’ery, ”. ike.
adv, ayamobi,
ara wa, awa
OnUG
outdo’, v. té.
outer, a. ode, ehin.
idZade.
dagba déu.
ilé ode.
lo dzu.
sare dzu.
ehin, lehin, sehin,
out’going, x.
outgrow’, v.
out house, 7.
outlast’, v.
outrun’, v.
outside, 7.
ode, lode.
outwit’, v. kpa...letan.
o’ver, prep. loke, lehin.
overcome’,v. se, bori.
overflow’ing, x.
ikonwosilé, gbedugbedu.
overhead,’adv. gangan, katari.
overlook’, v. modzukuro.
overlook’ing, a. amodzukuro.
overrun’, v. gbilé.
oversee’, v. fodziito.
overse’er, 2.
alafodzuto.
oversha’dow,v.
o’versight, x. itodzu.
overspread’,v. gbolé.
overtake’, v. ba.
overthrow’, x. afobadze, itu.
overturn’, v. yi... dando.
overwhelm’,v. bd, bo...mé-
Jé, bali.
overwhelm’ed, a.
akiyesi, alafiyesi,
$idZi, Sidzibo.
bibomole.
overwise’,a. amddzu,amotan.
owe, v. dze, dze... gbese.
owl, rn. ogbigbi, owiwi, oyo.
own,v. ni.
owner, n. nini, olodza, olf,
olawa.
ox, 7”. mali.
oys’ter, x. kpasa, kpagay.
iP.
pacifica’tion, n. étutu.
pa’cify, v. tunind.
pack, v. deru, ki.
pack’age, n. okelé, ogo, waga.
pack’rope, n. akpa, obara.
pad, n. akpere.
paddle, . ade, walami.
pad’dle, v. wa.
paddler, ». atuko.
padlock, x. agadagodo.
pail, m. kuruba.
pain, n. eddn, irora, ita.
pain, v. don, ro.
pained’, a. onirora.
pain’ful, a. kan.
paint, v. ase, ose, ese, ase.
|
paint, v.
pair, x.
palace, n.
say.
pala'ver, x.
pale, a.
pale’ness, 7.
palm, 7.
;palm’-nut, x.
palm ’-oil, x.
palm’-tree, x.
akdnwosilé, | pal’pitate, v.
117
kun, kpalose, sa.
takotabd, medzi.
afin, agandzu, ake-
ofd.
fura, rondon, $i.
isi.
atélew6.
ékuro.
ekpo.
okpe.
palm’-wine, 7. emo, ogurd.
fo.
pal’sied person, n. elégba.
pal’sy, n. gba.
pant, v. mi hele.
pantaloons’, x.
akoto, sokoto,
kafo, kanki.
pant/ingly, adv. hele.
pa’per, n. takarda.
parade’, n. aluwasi, fari.
pa'rasite, n. afoméd.
parasol’, x. ikporuy.
par’boil, v. gbara.
parch, v.
pardon,
par’don, .
pare, v.
pa’rent,
pa'ring,
park, n.
par’lor, x.
pa’roquet, n.
par’rot,
téde.
part, n.
di, din, yay.
dari....dzi, fil... 21.
idaridzi, ifidzi.
uv.
hd.
nm. abimo, obi.
n. (yam) ebe.
ihd, abata.
basa, gbanga.
aganray.
n. ode, ofe, ondere,
elela, ida, iha, ikpa,
ikpakan.
part, v.
partake’, v.
partak’er, n.
ya, da, kpa, la.
se adzékpin.
adzokpin, ala-
dZoni, alabakpin, alakpin.
par’tial,
a. onisadzi: to be par-
tial, Sodzugadzu.
partiality, n.
parti’cipate, v.
par'ticle, n.
odzugadzu.
kpin, wari.
kinikini, sonso,
tontoro.
parti'tion, x.
part/ner, .
fishing
par’tridge, n.
par'ty, ».
pass, v.
ike, ikele.
egbe, ekedZi: in
or hunting, alabakpa.
akparo, sukura.
ikpa, odo.
da... kodZa, fo... ko-
dZa, kodza, la, rekodZa, yikpo.
pas’sion, 7.
pas’sionate, a.
pass’over, 7.
past, a.
4
edzan6, idind.
odiné, $6.
irekodZa.
kodda, ehin.
PER
paste, v. fi...md,
pas’ture, n.
pateh,v. 1@,bu...le, ran... lu.
patch, ». abulé, ida-asa.
patch’work, vn. iranlu.
path, x. ikpa, ikpase.
pa'tience, n. lakiri, siiru.
pa'tient, v. fiyedené, mu siru,
tedo.
pa'triarch, n.
patrol’, v.
patrol’, x.
pat’ter, v. kpa bata bata.
pat’tern, n. akpeddure, akpere,
awose, idZure.
paunch, n.
pause, v.
pawn, n. ofa.
pawn servant, ». iwofa.
pawn, v. singba, sofa.
pa’paw, ». bekpe, ibekpe, abo,
simbo.
pay, v. da, daw6, san: to pay
by instalments, dawin.
payment, x. esi.
pea, n. ere.
peace, n. alifia.
peace’maker, n.
dZa, oladza.
pearl, n. iydy.
peck, v. san.
peel, v. bd, hd, hé, kpa.
peep, v. wo.
pee’vish,
gond.
kpakpa.
babala, babanla.
gode.
igode.
gaki, ikon.
simi.
aladza, onila-
a. kanra, rado,
pee’vishness, 7. iso.
peg, ”. ekan.
peg, v. kay... lékan.
pelt, v. so...1u.
pen, 2. kalamo.
pe’netrate, v.
pen’knife, x.
peo’ple, n.
pep’per, n. ata, atilia, atdrere,
gbéngbota, iyere.
perceive’,v. moye, woye.
perch, n. (jish), ikoro, owére.
perch, v. ba, ba le.
perch’ing, a. iye.
percus’sion-cap, n.
perdi'tion, x. egbé.
per fect, a. kpé, kpikpé, tan.
perfect’ed, a. asekpe, fin.
perfec’tion, n. kpikpé.
perfectly, adv. tan.
per’forate, v. da...lu.
perform’, v. gbe, dze.
perfu’mery, ”. turari.
gan, wo.
abé.
énia.
ero.
PER
perhaps’, adv. abi, afaimd,
boya, sesi.
peril, n. ewu.
pe’rish, » gbé, kugbé, ra, rin,
segbe.
per jure, v.
perjury, 2. ibekpedze.
permit’, v. dze, dzowo.
perpendi’cular, a. gan, gan-
gay.
perpet’ually, adv. titi.
perplex’, 7. damu, 96, si.
perplexed’, a. ko lelé, rodzu.
bekpedze, bura eke.
perplex'ity, n. idamu, ig,
odzukpon.
per’secutor, 7. oninobini.
perseve'rance, n. aisimi, ito-
dz iyandzu.
persevere’, v.
rodzu.
per’son, 2.
ware.
perspira'tion, n. dg.
perspire’, v. liguy.
persuade’, v. kpa... niyeda.
persua’sive, a. sofoy.
pertain’, v. Seti, tori.
perverse’ness, 7. odi sf.
pervert’, v. yi, yi... kpada.
pervert’er, ». —afindsadzere,
afinosgehin, afinosode.
pestilence, . adzaka, adza-
kale.
pes'tle, x. omo-od0.
pet, v. ke, kpdn, sin, yé.
peti'tion, n. ébe.
pew'ter, n. sinika, tasa.
philan’thropy, ». ifeni.
physi’cian, x. ologuy, onigo-
guy.
phy’sic-nut, n.
gun.
piaz’za,n. odede.
pick, n. tu: to pick up, he, $a;
pick off, won.
picked, a. (wp), asa.
foriti, $e itodzA, |
énia, eni, ni, olu-
ldbotuddé, gi-
pick’-axe, x. igayre.
picture, x. aworan.
piece, n. es¢, idzandza.
piece, v. bulé, ran... mé.
pierce, v. bd, gan, gin, kan...
lara.
pierced, a. gigan.
pierc’ingly, adv. Sin.
pierc’ingness, n._ ikanilara.
pi’geon, 7. eiyele, erukuku:
white pigeon, adaba sugu; wild
pigeon, ataba orenkére.
118
dzale, gafowéra.
pil’fer, v.
piling, n. akodzo.
pil'lage, v. kpiye.
pillar, x. dwon.
pil'lory, ”. aba.
pil'low, x. irora, timtim.
pilot, x. atoko.
pim’ple, x. orore, roré.
pin, 7. abere.
pin’cers, 2. emu.
pinch, v. dza...lekana.
pine’-apple, x. okpaimbé.
pin’nacle, x. agangan, sonso.
pipe,n. fere: tobacco-pipe,igusd,
ogusd, ikoko-taba.
pipe, v. fdy, fonfere.
pip’er, . afontere.
pis'tol, x. asigori, ileko.
pit, x. iho, koto, ofin, dgodo,
liboddi, isi: clay-pit, ikudu.
pitch’er, n. ort.
pi'ty, ». and.
pi'ty, v. rado, sanu.
place, n. ibi, ikpo, ihin, ikpana,
iso.
place,v. ka,ka...si,so...lodzo.
plague, v.
plain, n. kpetele.
plain, a. oboro,
plain’ness, ”. gbangba.
plaintiff} n. olwfisdn.
yo... lenu,
plait, v. ba, won: to plait the
hair, diroy.
plan, ». idamoray.
plan, v. lJamoran.
plank, n. akpako.
plant, v. gbin, ri.
plan’tain, x.
plas’ter, v.
plate, n.
gara,
plat’ing, x.
plat’form, x.
plat’ter, n.
agbagba.
kpale, kunle, kdy.
awo, awokpoko, tan-
asubd.
atibaba.
awo-kpoko.
play, . ire.
play, v. sire.
play’ful, a. wé. :
play fulness, 2. asdwada,
agaya,
plead, v. be, bebe.
plead’er, n.
plead'ing, x.
pleading, asawi.
plea’sant, a. ddy.
plea’santness, n. iddn.
please, v. don-mé, wu.
pleased, a. ye.
pleas’ing, adv.
abébe elébe.
ibebe: speceal
éwu.
POD
plea’sure,n. afé,inddiddn, ewu.
pledge, v. sofa.
pledge, x. igbowo, ofa.
plen’tiful, a. kpd, kpikps.
plen'ty, ». okpd, okpdlokpd,
kpikpo.
pli’able, a. le.
plot, v. dirikisi, rfkisi, sawo.
plow, v. tule.
pluck, v. fa, ka, kan, sidi, tu, ya.
plump, v. yanwe, susu.
plump’ness, 7. owe.
plun’der, v. kpiye, tu.
plun’der, 7. améona, ikogun.
plun‘derer, x. akpiye.
plunge, v. foribo.
pock’et, x. akpo.
point, x. (sharp) agogori, gogo,
sonso.
point, v. dzure, sd, sdn, sun,
won.
point’ed, a. sor6.
poi’son, . ogun, ord.
po’ker, n. iwana.
pole, x. ogun, okpa.
police’, x. isode.
police’man, x.
kpaga,
po'lish, v.
pollute’, v. so...daimé.
pollu’tion, x. aimé, éri.
pond, v. daguy, gun.
pond, x. adagun, odo.
pon’der, 7. dodzukdédo, to.
pool, x. abata.
poor,n. asige, osise, otosi, talaka,
olukpondzu,
popula'tion,”. otokolu,agbalu.
porch, n. id, iloro.
por’cupine, n. lili, ore.
por’ridge, x. asaro.
port’er, x. alaru.
por'tion, . elela.
position, ». ikpo.
possess’, v. dzogun, ni.
possess'ing, 7. atini.
posses’sion, n. anidékpin, ani-
tan, inf, il@ nini, nini, ohuy ini.
posses’sor, n. onini.
pos’sible, a. sise.
pos’sibly, adv. afaimd.
post, x. okpo.
postpone’, v. fiti, yé.
pot, x. amo, ikoko, kélobo, oru-
ba: ot-pot, eba.
olokpa, olo-
dan.
pot’ash, n. aro.
pota’to, x. kukunduku.
pot’sherd, n. akpadi.
pot’'ter, n.
pouch, n.
pounce, v.
pound, v.
pour, 2.
ta.
po’verty,z.
powder, x.
pow’er, 7.
guy.
(out)
ih
POD
omokoko.
pot'ter’s clay, ».
akpo, birigami.
konsa.
amo.
da, da...nd, ta,
ale, iya, teniténi,
iwase, laru, olo.
ase, ikpa, agbara.
pow’erful, a. alagbara.
pow’erless, a. ailagbara.
prai’rie, n.
ddan.
praise, v.
praise, n.
praised, a.
prate, v.
iyly.
pra'tingly, adv.
ede.
prawn, n.
pray, .
pray’er, 7. (to
idols) ikpe, (by
preach, v.
preach’er, x.
precede’, v.
pre’cious, «a.
téle.
predic’tion, 7.
pre-exist’ent,
prefer’, v.
pre’ference, n.
pregnancy, n.
preg’ nant, a.
yun.
preme'ditate, v.
prepara tion, 7.
prepare’,v. da
kpata, kpese.
prescribe’, v.
prepay’, v.
pre’sence, x.
pre’sent, n.
pre’sent, z.
dre, itore.
present’, v.
lore.
pre’sently, adv.
preserve’, v.
serve life, semi.
preserv er, n.
kpakpa, ikpakpa,
biyin, yé, yin.
niyly.
sdro botiboti.
botiboti.
gbadua, ebadura, kiron.
God) adura, (to
rote) iroy.
wasi, wasu.
oniwasi, oniwasu,
gadZu.
kan, w6n, sowon.
pre’ciousness, 7. iyebiye.
pre’cipice, n. ogbon.
preci’pitately, adv. kpi, sin,
$6n, tukpa.
- predes’tinate, v. yan... téle,
lana... téle.
predict’, v. sd...téle, sd aso-
asotele, afose.
a, adzibowaba.
fa, fi... Sadzu.
iwt.
oyan, aboyun.
yan, boyt, lo-
Tro... téle.
ése, imura.
, mura, kpalemé,
da.
san téle.
iwadzu, odo.
isisiyi, iwoyi.
ebin, ibuy, ifibun,
fil, «HOCH tA siete
logan.
oD
kpamé: to pre-
olfikpamo.
119
press, . ihagaga.
press, v. fon, ki, ki... mole,
kirimé.
press’ed, a. akiméle, rin, wo,
gumé,
presume’, 7. dasi, gbhodo, ku-
gbu.
presumption, ». ikugbu.
presump’tuous, a. kugbu.
presump'tuously, adv.
kaka.
pretend’, v. fi... kpe.
pret’tiness, «a.
pret’ty, a. dara.
prevail’, v. bori, seguy.
preva’ricate, v. yihun.
prevent’,v. da...lekun.
pre’vious, a. iwaddu, sadzu.
ka,
daradara.
pre’viously, «adv. larin kan,
téle, ri.
pre’viousness, 7. arin.
prey, 7.
price, v.
price, n.
ohuy-ode.
dayelé, diyelé.
lye, iyebiye.
prick'le, n. egin.
pride, n. irera.
priest, n. aldwo, alufa, oluwo.
priest’hood, nx.
oluwo.
pri’mitive, a. ateteko.
prince, x. omo alade.
prin’cipal, x. kpataki, olori.
prison, x. tubu.
pri’soner, x. aratubu, elewon,
onde,
privacy, vn. abelé, ikoko.
pri’vately, adv. nikoko.
privy, 7. salanga.
prized, a. ayo.
proba'tion, x.
proceed’, v. nso.
proclaim’, v. kede.
proclaim ’er, n. akede.
proclama'tion, n.
pro’digal, x. akpa.
produce’, v. rogun, ta.
orise-alufa, ise-
idanwo.
ikede.
pro’fit, v. da...lero.
pro’fit, x. egbe, ere, iwadze,
anfani.
ee
sanfani.
dew, sdfin, so...
pro’fitable, «.
prohibit, v.
lofin.
prohibi’tion, x.
isofin, ofin.
promenade’,v. kaw4.
pro’minent, a. gongon, Icke,
yori.
pro’mise, x.
ew 0, ek uy,
ileri.
PUB
promise, v.
promising, a. da.
promote’, v. ray...lowo.
promul’gate, v. tan... kale,
wi... kalé.
leri, ge ileri, geleri.
pronounce’, v. sd.
proof, n. iladi.
prop, x. afehinti, alafehinti.
prop, v. fehinti, ti, ti... lehin.
pro’pagate, v. bisi.
pro’per, a. kpegede.
pro’perly, adv.
pro’perty, n.
pro’phecy, n.
prophesy, v.
pro’phet, x. anabi, woll.
propitiate, v. te, tu...niné,
tund.
propitia'tion, 7.
propi'tiator, n. atund.
propo’sal, x. adamoran.
propose’, v. damdran, lana.
proposer, x.
prosperity, . alafia.
pro’strate, v. dobalé.
prostra’tion, n. obalé.
protect’, v. dabobo.
protract’,v. fa... gun.
protrude’,v. yo... dzade.
protu’berance, n. koko.
proud, a. gberaga, agberaga,
asefefe, onifefe, rera, onirera.
proud'ly, adv. kasga, yay.
prove, v. ladi, lari, sodi.
pro’vender, . sakasika.
pro’verb, x. owe.
provide’, v. kpese...sile.
pro’vidence, x. ése, iwoye.
pro’vince, n. igberiko.
provi'sion, n. fedzefedze.
provocation, x. imunibino,
oro.
provoke’, v. mu... bind.
proximity, 7. asonmé, eti, eba,
ikusa.
pru’dence, x. iloye.
prudent, a. oldye.
prune, v. won.
prun ing-knife, n.
pry, v. (into) todzubo.
pshaw ! interj.
pub’lic, n. igbangba.
pub’'lic cri’er, n. akede.
pub’lic square, n. abata.
publicity, . gbangba.
pubilicly, adv. nigbangba.
pub'lish, v. ro...kale, wi...
kiri.
dédé.
nini, okuy ini.
asotele.
sd asotéle, sotéle.
itund.
onidamoran.
ada.
$16 !
Pare
puff v. fe.
puffed up, @. asefefe.
pull, v. fa, ka, yo.
pump’kin, n.
pune'tually, adv.
pun’geney, 7. ita.
punish, v. dze...niya, se...
nise,
punishment, n.
pu'pil, x. omo-odzu.
pur’blindness, ».
celegéde.
lakoko.
ei
atisenise.
atota.
pur’chase, v. ra.
pur’chase, n. ora.
pur’chaser, n. ora, ora.
pure, a. eki, mo.
pure’-hearted, a. oninifufu.
purge, v. su...nind.
purifica'tion, n.
purify, v.
eereilO.
purity, n.
pur’ple, a.
pur’pose, v.
awemo.
Sees Bats
da, wé...md, wé
Raa Pe wes eae has
aileri, fufu, mim6.
aluko.
ebero, lamdran,
kpinu.
purr, v. kunkun.
purse, n. alafuta, asunwdn,
orekese.
pursue’, v.
rere, tele.
pus, n. aikperi.
push, v. bi, wd, si, té, ti: to
push down, bi subu, ti subu, tari.
pus’tule, . aroré, roré.
put, v. fi: to put away, fi...
sile, ko... sile; put down, fi...
bale, fi... 16, "fi. sssiles) ? put
upon, fi...lé, bu... ka; put
into, fi... bo, fi... sind, fi... wo.
pu'trefy, v. ra.
puz’zle, n. okpe.
puz'zle,v. 26, kpa...lokpe, st.
puzzling, a. gigo.
lé, le... kpa, le...
Q:
quad’ruped, x.
quad’ruple, a.
meriy.
quake, v.
quan'tity, ». iye.
quar’re],v. dza, sd, ba...
quar’relsome, a.
quar’ter, v.
quar’ter, n.
queen, n.
queer, a.
quench, v.
elesemerin.
emerin, eme-
sé,
sd.
alasd.
da... meri.
idamerin.
ayaba, iyafin.
emd, lemo.
kpa.
120
ques'tion, x. ¢ébi, Gre, Ibi.
ques’tion,v. bi... lére,fi... 1d.
quick, a. yara, wére, sira.
quick’en, v. da... loye, dzi.
quick’ener, 7. asdnidaye.
quick’ly, adv. fa, kan, wiri-
wiri.
quick’sand, zn. iyanrin dide.
qui’et, v. bale, re.
qui’et, a. dakedZe, dakeroro,
kekekpa.
quietly, adv. furu,dze, dzedze,
kaunkauy, tend.
qui’etness, n. ibale, didake,
idake, idakedze, idakeroro.
quill, n. iye.
quit, v. dékun, yé, ye.
quite, a. nini.
qui’ver, 7.
ard, ebiri.
qui’ver, v.
akpo, adeguyleakpo,
mi, wariri.
Ri:
rab’bit, n.
agoro, ehoro.
race, n. ,
iran, idile, orilé ; idze.
rack’et, n. ariwo.
ra’diant, a. fofo.
raf'ter,n. eké.
rag, 7”. agisa, akisa.
rag’man, n.
rage, v. dza.
rag’ged,a. kperekpere, alagisa.
raiment, n. aso.
rain, n. édzi, odzo.
rain, v. rd, rddzo.
rain’bow, v.
raise,v. gbe, gbe...dide: to
raise from the dead, dzi... dide,
dzinde.
raising, x.
rake, v. ha.
rake, n. oha.
ram, 2. agbo.
ram, v. ki.
ram’ble, v.. rin... kiri.
ran’cid, a. gboku, meseri.
alagisa.
osumiare.
agbende.
rancid'ity, n. eseri.
rank, n. ito.
ran’som,v. ra... kpada, da...
nide.
ran’somer, 7. oludande.
rap, v. kan.
ra'pidly, adv. fi.
rarity, n. akanse.
ras‘eal, x. dzagididzZagan.
rasp, 7”. ayuy.
REC
rat,n. ekute; different kindsare
called, afe, ag6, agoré, ase, asin-
rin, egbara, imodZo, maladzu,
okete.
ratan’,”. akparoy.
rate, v. dayelé, diyelé.
rath’er, adv. kuku.
ra'vel, n. ti.
ra’ven,». dode.
ra'venous, a. akpadze, akpani-
dze.
ravine’, n.
idzigoynron.
raw, a. tutu.
raze,n. w6...kpale.
ra'zor, n. abe.
reach, v. dZasi, td.
read, v. ka, kawe, kewu.
read’er, n. akawe.
rea’diness, n. imura.
reading, n. akawe.
rea’dy, a. mura.
re'al,a. otd.
re’alize,v. m0 oto.
re’ally, adv. sé.
reap, v. ka, kore.
reap’er, n. olukore.
reap’ing-hook, z. silo.
reappear’, v. tén han.
rear, v. te, td... dagba.
reascend’, v. tén goke.
rea’son, ”. iyeno; (cause), idi,
itori.
rea’son, v. soroye, Saroye, sodi.
rea’sonable, a. dzana, niyend.
rea’soning, n. asoye.
reassemble, v. t6n kpedzo.
rebel, 7. asote, olusote, olote.
rebel’, v. rokon, seiye, sote.
rebel'lion, n. isote, ote, eiye.
koto dzigonron,
rebuild’, v. td ko.
rebuke’, v. ba... wi, fi...kilo.
rebuke’, 7. ibawi.
recall’, v.
kpe.
receive’, v. gba, gbha...sodo,
ri... gba, tewdogba.
receiving, n. atigba.
re’cently, adv. nilolo, sese,
geton.
recep’tion, 2.
reck’less, a.
reck’on, v.
recline’, v. guyron, rogboku.
recollect’, v. niray, ranti.
re’compense, 7. owon, esan.
re’compense, v. radi, sap.
re’concile, v. ladza, tt.
kpe...kpada, ton
atigba, igba.
ahdna.
giro, ka.
REC
re’conciler, ». aladza.
reconcilia’tion, n. étutu.
recount’, v. kpitan, ro.
recreate, v. gba...idarawa.
re’creating, a. atondi.
red, a. be, beledze, kpéy, kpu-|
kpa, re.
redeem’, v. da...nide.
redeem er, 7. oludande.
redemp'tion, ”. idande.
red’/ness, x. ekpéy, kpukpa.
reed, n. ifefe, idzé, iye.
reel, v. dakin, daw, kawa.
reflect’, 7. mete.
reform’, v. kpiwada.
reform’er, n. alatonse.
refrain’, v. kparam6.
refresh’, v. tu...lara, tura.
refresh’ment, n. itura.
re’fuge, . abd, asala.
refund’, v. say kpada.
refuse’, v. du, ko.
re’fuse, n. atdnd, okisu.
refus’er, 7. okdse.
regard’, v. bikita, feti, fodzisi,
ka, wodzt, sidzuwo.
rege’nerate, v. tonbi.
re’gion,n. agbegbe,ekun, ekun, |
iba.
re’gularly, adv. _lesese, leseese. |
rehearse’, v. ro.
reign, v. dzoba.
reign, ». idzoba.
rein, n. okun idzanu.
reins, x. dkan.
reject’, v. ko, tikuro.
reject’ed, a. asati.
rejoice’, v. yd, yoayd, yay, |
Seayd.
rejoic’ing,n. (together) adzoyo. |
relate’, v. gba...rd, kpa, ro,
rohin.
relation, x. ikpele.
re'lative,n. 4na,ikpele, olutan, |
olotan.
release’, v. da...kuro, dza...|
nide, dzowolowd.
relent’, v. dékuy.
relief’, n. itv.
relieve’, v. de... lara.
reli’gion, 7. sinsiy.
relin’quish, v. fi...silé.
reluct’ance, n. afiyandzisge.
reluct’ant, a. alaigbodo.
reluct’antly, adv. koti.
remain’, v. kin, sikun.
remain’der,n. abukitn,ibukuy,
| rent, 7.
| repeal’, n.
| repeat, v.
|reside’, v.
24
|remaing’, ». -
remem ‘ber, v.
remembrance, 7.
remind’, 7. ray...niray, ran
... leti, si. ..niye.
remis’sion, n. ifidzi.
remit’,v. fi... dzi.
remnant, x. akéktu, ibukty,
idasi; (after eating) adzekiy.
akpeta,
niray, ranti.
iniran, iran.
remorse’,x. ardkay.
remote’,a. dzina.
remove’, v.
Sikpo, gi nikpo.
rend, v.
renounce’, v.
silé.
renova'tion, x. akpada.
rent, v. gba... wo.
akpdgbeyiy, ele.
renunecia’tion, n. okéhiyda.
repair’er,. alatoyse.
repair’ing, n. atonse.
repeal, v. fi. «dz.
afidzi.
t6y wi.
kpiwada, rondkpi-
da, $i, Sidi, i nidi,
fa... ya.
ko... 18,
ko aoe
repent’, v.
wada, tuba.
repentance, n. irondkpiwada.
repeti'tion, n. (of behavior)
atonha, (of words) atonwi.
replen‘ish, v. le, kon.
reply’,v. dahtn, fesi, fenusi, dze.
reply’, x. esi, idahun, idze.
report’, v. dzihin, dzise.
reproach’, v. bi... lohun, bo-
dZumé, sireguy.
reproach’, n. égay, eté.
reproof, n. abawi.
reprove’, v. ba... wi.
reputa'tion, 7. ibin.
reput’ed, a. scbi, asebi.
request’, v. bere, be.
require’,v. di, bére.
requite’, v. sap.
res’cue, v. gba...]a.
resem’blance, 2.
aworan, dzidzo, iran.
alugbon,
resemble, v. dabi.
reserve’,v. da... si,da...silé.
reserved’, a. adasi.
gbe.
residence, n._ ileé.
re’sident, a. agbe, atikpo.
re’sidue, n. iyokun.
ida, odzia.
gbonu, kodzudza, ko-
?
re’sin, n.
resist’, v.
dzudZasi.
iyokuy.
16
re'solute, a. gbodzulé,
| resolu’tion, x.
| rest, v.
| rest’less, a.
| revenge’,v.
RKR1LC
edd.
resolve’, v.
resort’, v.
respect’, v.
kay, Ika... 8f:
respect’, n.
respect ’er, n.
respect’fully, adv.
respond’, v. dahin.
respond ’er, x.
response’, n. idze.
responsibility, zn.
feri, nonyi, simi.
kpinu.
to.
fodZukpe, dzuba,
ikasi, Owo.
oluwodZu.
towoté6wo.
elegbe,
adabéwo.
rest, 2. isimi.
aisimi.
| rest’lessly, adv. laisimi.
restlessness, 7. akpon, aro.
restoration, n. amukpada.
restore’, v. bo...sikpo,mu...
kpada.
restrain’, v. médraduro, kpa-
ramo.
restraint’, n. akdso.
result, x. amuwabh.
resurrec’'tion, 2. adzinde,
agbende.
retail’, v. sii.
retail’er, xn. onisu.
retaliate, v. radi, say esdn,
won.
retalia’tion, 7». ‘esay, isan,
owon.
retreat’, v. hd.
|retreat’, x. osa.
return’, v. kpada.
return’,n. akpada.
reveal’, v. fi...han, sikpaya.
revealing, ». asikpaya.
revela'tion,z. asikpaya, ifihan.
re’velry, 7. irede. ;
gbesan, san... esay.
re’verence, v. bola, hari.
re'verent, a. hari, ahari.
re'verently, adv. tdwotdwo.
revile’,v. gap.
revil'er, ». elegan.
atonhu, odzi.
tonhu, si... lodzt.
reviv’'al, n.
revive’, v.
reviv’er, x. oludzi.
reviv'ing, ». odZzi.
revolt’, v. seiye, sote.
revolt’er, n. asote.
revolve’, v. yi.
reward’, v. san.
rheumatism, 2. akuiegbé,
lakuiegbé.
rib, x. eguy iha.
rice, x. mi, sinkafa.
RIC
rich, a. atila, 1a, olowd, loro,
oldro, oloto.
rich’es, n. ola.
riddle, n. alo.
ride, v. gesin, gdy. _
ri'dicule, n. eleya, esi, esin.
ridicule, v. fi...sefe, fi...
eleya, fi...gesin, sah6, sesin,
sefe.
right, v.
right, n. alare: right side, oton.
right, a. dogba, dzare, sare, to.
right’eous, a. alare, olédodo.
right’eousness, n. dédd, do-
dodé, ododé.
sare.
right’ly, adv. dédé.
rim, 7. eti.
rind, ». ekpo.
ring, ». eka, oka, oruka.
ring, v. lagogo.
ringleader, n. alaseray.
FINSE;Y. i818... DO:
ripe, a. asdgbé, dé, éde, kpdn.
rip’en, v. gbd, kponso.
ripe’ness, ». éde, ekpdn.
ede, €Kpd
rise, v. dide, ru, wa, (as @ hil-
lock) bike.
rise, 2. ihule.
rising, n.
risk, v. da
risk, n.
ri'val, v. didze.
ri’val, n. oludidze.
ri'valry, ». adidze, idze.
river, n. Odo, ikpa-odo.
rivulet, n. omodd, gold.
road, 7. ikpa-Ona, Ona.
roam, v. kiri.
roar, v. ho.
roast, v. sun, son.
rob, v. bolé, ko... leru.
rob’ber,n. labamolé,alabamole,
edzikan, igara, olosa.
rob’bery, 7. igara, osa.
rock, x. akpdta, okuta, agbasa.
rod,n. ogo.
rogue, n. ole.
roll, n. (of cloth), akpokpo.
roll, v. ka.
roof,n. itebo, dlé, orulé.
room, 7. afo, aye, ikele.
room’y, a. alaye, laye.
roost, v. wd.
roost’er, ». akuko.
root, n. égbo, gbongbo.
root, v. tangbo.
rope, n. okin, 6rd.
rope’maker, nv. oldkun.
(up) adzinde, iru.
ase:
idage.
122
rot, v. bi, hd, ra.
rote, n. ika.
rotten, a. okunra.
rough, a. dzagay, kpalakpala.
rough'ly, adv. kabakaba, yan-
yan, sakpasakpa.
roughness, 7.
round, a. su.
round, adv. or prep.
rouse, v7. zi, tadzi.
row, 7”. ese.
row, v. tuko.
row’er, . atuko.
rub, v. gbo, kinrin, kpa, ra.
rud’der, x. itoko.
rug ged, a. Sakisaki.
rug gedly, adv. gakisaki.
ru/in,v. ray, kparuy, ba... dze.
ru'ins, n. dhord, alakpa, ala-
dzokpa.
rule, v. se akoso, dzoye, dzoba,
kaw6, golori.
rul’er, n. odzoye, akoso.
ru/mor, n. okiki. ;
rump, 7. bebe id’, idi.
run, v. sa, saléh, sare, stire.
run’/away, n. asdsin, isaysa.
hanahana.
yika.
run’ner, 7. asare.
running, 7. asa.
rush, v. ro.
rush, n. ogiri.
rust, v. da...kpara, dikpara,
dogun.
rust, ». ikpara.
8.
Sab’bath, n. isimi, ose: the
Mohammedan Sabbath, adzimé6,
idzimé.
sab’bath-breaker, n.
dzé.
sack, n. oké, akalambi.
sa’cred, a.
sa’crifice, v.
sa'crifice, n.
ebo, igbo.
sa/crilege
Oloruy li ole.
sad, a. fadzuro, fard.
sad’dle, n.
sad’dle, v. di... ni gari.
sad'dle-cloth, n. bese, itehin.
sad’ness, n. ifadzuro.
safe, a. ailewu, 1a.
safe’ly, adv.
safe'ty, x.
abose-
mato.
fi...rubo, Sebo.
aruda, arukon,
(commit), v7 dza
asa, ari.
Ii ailewu.
ailewn, alafia, old.
SCA
sail, n. igbokun.
sail, v. rin.
sail’ing, n.
sailor, n.
saint, 7”. nia mimé.
sake, n. itori.
salamander, n.
sali’va, n. ito.
salt, x. iyo, orere.
salt, Vena iyo St.
saluta'tion, 7.
iki, ikini, kiki.
salute’, v. ki.
salvation, n.
same, a,
na, okay. :
sanctifica’tion,n. isodi mimé,
adimimé,
sane’tify, v. so...di mimé.
sand, n. iyanrin, busi.
san’dal, ». bata, salubata,
sand’-fly, x. emirip.
sap, 7. odze.
sash, x. ikobe, mayafi.
Sa’tan, n. ésu, bara, ebilisi.
sateh’el, x. birigami, laba.
satiate, v. tori odzf.
satiety, x. ayé, adzeyd, itori
odzi.
satisfac’tion, 7.
sa’tisfied, n. lelé, yo.
sa'tisfy, v. té...loron, tori
odzu, kén...lodza.
sauce, n. obe.
sauce’pan, n.
sau’cy, a. safodzudi yadzu.
sa'vage, a. aso.
save, v. gba...]a, ge igbala,
ANU josey oil che
ita, irin.
oloko.
omole.
aika, aka, kf,
igbala, ila.
bakand, eyind, kana,
iteloron.
igasun.
saved, nz. atila.
savior, n. ola, oliigbala, onla.
sa’vor, n. addp.
sa'vory,. lordn, olordn, adiddn.
saw, v. fi ayuy ré.
saw,n. ayun, oyin.
sawyer, nr. alagi, gbenagbena.
say, v. li, ni, kpé, kperi, wi.
seab’bard, n. ako.
seaf’fold, n. atibaba.
scale, n. (jish) ikpe, ikpekpe.
sea’ly,a. yiyi.
sear, n. odzu, saga.
searce, adv. kede, gowon, won.
seare’ity, n. iwon, ow6n.
seare’crow, 7. adidzi.
sear’let, n. alari, ododé.
seat’ter, v. fe... ka, fon, fonka,
tand, tuka.
SCA
scat’tered, n. owara,
seat'teringly, adv.
lilili, saga, tere.
scent, x. ortn.
scent, 7. gboruy.
scent'less, a. ailoruy.
scep’tre, n. okpa, okpa oba.
scho'lar, x. akodZi, omo kewn.
scis’sors, x. alumagadzi, emu.
scoff v. fi...se eleya, yo siti
si.
seof’fer, n. eleya, elegan.
scold, v. sd, ba..
scolding, n.
scorch, v. dzona.
scorn, 7. éya, ikposi.
scorn’er, n. eleya.
seor’pion, n. akéké,akérekére,
katakata,
80, bawi.
abawti.
odzogan.
scoun’drel, xn. alarékeréke.
scour, v. kpa, fo.
scourge, v. na.
scowl, v. fedzu.
seram’ble, v. seeadugudnu, dzi-
dzadu.
seram’bling, x. etdugudu,
idzadu,
serap, 7. akisa, ida asa, irekpe.
scrape, v. fa, ha, han.
seratch, v. ka, k6, déa lekana.
scraw’ny, a. hanta.
scream, v. hay.
scribe, x. akdwe.
serip,n. akpo-agbadagodo. See
satchel.
sero’fula, x. ete, odogi.
seru'tinize, v. wadi.
sculpture, 7. ike.
scut’tle, x. alafo.
sceut’tle, v. lu.
sea, n. agbami, okuy.
sea’-breeze, 7. ategun.
sea’-coast, z. eti Okun.
seal, . sami si, di.
search, v. wa.
search, n. aiéri, awari.
searched, a. awatay.
sea’-shell, n. kpekpekuy.
sea’son, 7. ewd, wakati.
sea’sonable, a. sakoko.
seat, x. ibudzoko, ikpo.
se’cond,a. ekedzi, ked2i, atele.
se’condly, adv. leked2zi.
se’cresy, 2. abele.
se’eret,n. afowobo, alamd, asiri,
esi, esi.
se’cret, a. ikoko.
secretly, adv. nikoko.
123
se’cret-teller, n.
asorokele.
sect, x. iyakpa.
secta’rian, n.
secure’, a.
security, 7.
sedge, n. sege.
sedi'tion, x. isote: to cause se-
dition, rulu.
sedi’tious, a. olote.
seduce’,v. fa... letay.
see, v. ri, riray, wo.
seed, n. iru, irugbin, irumo.
seed'time, 7.
see'ing, n. atiri, iran.
asorodzZedzZe,
oniyakpa.
la, lailewu.
ila, onigbowo.
lgba irugbin.
seek, v. Saferi, wé, wakiri.
seek’er, n. aferi.
seem, v. w0, dabi.
seen, a ari.
seer, n. oluwo.
seethe, v. bd.
seize, v. gba...mu.
seiz'ure, 7. amuya, emu, igbamu.
sel’dom, adv. iddzokanlogbdén,
nidzokanlogbén.
select’, v. sa, yan, $4... yan.
select’ed, n. asayay, ayo.
self, pron. kpakpa, tikald, ti-
kara, da.
selfconceit’, n.
self-defence’, x. igbera.
selfdeni’al, n. ikparamo.
self’ish, a. fera, onifera.
selfishness, x. ifera.
self-willed’, x. alasgedsu.
self-willed’ness, x. asetind.
sell, v. ta.
seller, n. ota.
selv'edge, n. eti aso.
se’micirele, n. osumire, bid-
sumare.
send, v. ran, ran... nige, ranse.
send’er, x. oluranse.
send’ing, x. riran.
senior, n. are.
sense, 7. itumd, iyend.
sen'tence, n. imd, ikpinu.
sen'try, 7. iso.
se’parate,v. da... nikpa, loto,
kpala, ya... soto, ya, yakpa.
se’parately, adv. loto, soto.
se’parateness, x. oto.
separa'tion, n. ya, iyakpa.
se’pulchre, n. ibodzi.
serenade’, v. dadzZa.
ser’pent, n. édzo.
serv’ant, n. oma,
iranége.
amotan.
omodo, |shave, v.
SHA
serve, v. sin, se ti.
ser'vice, n. ise-isin, sinsin.
servile, a. bi eru.
servi'lity, x. iwa eru.
servitude, n. oko eru.
set v. ba, wd: to set upon, bu
.ka, ghe...ka, fi... ka; to
setdown, fi... bale, gbe... kale,
kale; to set a snare, ke, rege.
settle, v. tedé; (as water),
toro.
settlement, n.
se'ven, num.
se'venfold, a. lerinmedze.
se’venteen, num. ctadilogun.
se’venth, num. ckedze, kedZé.
se’venty, num. adérin.
se’ver. Sce separate.
severe’, a. oyroro.
severe'ly, adv.
seve'rity, x. imu.
sew, v. gan, ran, rango.
sew’er, 7. aranso.
shack'le, n. sekeseke;
shackle, adzaga.
shack’le, v. dé, di, di
ddZo, itedo,
edZe, medze.
ron
gogo.
neck-
2s 4
- Til SE-
keseke.
shade, v. sidzi, sidzibd.
shade,n. ibodzin, odzidzi, odzi-
dzin.
sha’dow, x. adzidzin, odzidzi,
odsidzin.
sha’dy, a. onibodzi.
shake,v. gbdy,mi, yin: toshake
hands, bd, bd... lowo, bowo.
shak’en, a. aimikpd, égbon.
shak’y, adv. Abati.
shak'ing, a. imi.
shall, aux. 6, 6, a, ba.
shallow, a. ko dzin.
shame, v. dodzuti, fi... kilo.
shame, nr. esi, esin, itidzu,
odzuti.
shame’less, a. odadZi, aitidzu.
shan'ty, 7. ago.
shape, x. awo.
share, n._ itori.
share, v. kpin, se-adzokpin,
hari, wa.
shar’er,n. adzokpin, alabakpin,
aladzoni, odZuwa, olukpin.
sharp, a. mu, gongo.
sharp’en, v. gbe, kpon, kpon-
mu.
sharply, adv. gogo.
sharp’ness, n. imu, mimu.
fa, fagbon: to shave
the head, fari.
SHE
she, pron. i, 6, dn, 6.
sheaf, n. idi, iti.
shear, v. re, rerdéy.
shear'er, x. olureron.
shears, 7. alumagadzi.
sheath, x. ako.
shed, v. ré, wd: to shed blood,
ta, tadze, ta...sile.
sheep, 7. dgutan.
sheep fold, x. agbo or ilé Agu-
tan.
sheet, n. gogowu.
shelf, n. kpekpé.
shell, x. kpekpé, ikpekpe, ka-
kara.
shel'ter, v. dabobd, radobd,
shel'ter, ». abd.
shel’terless, 7. aibo.
shep‘herd, n. olugo-dgutan.
she’riff n._ tetu.
shield,x. akpata, ganiki, eariki.
shin, x. igon, odzugon.
shine, v. m6, mol, ran, ta, tay,
tanimole, tansan, ti.
ship, x. dko.
ship’master, n. olokd.
ship’wreck, n. efoko, ifoko.
shirt, n. eha, ewu, agbaladza.
shoal, n. bebe.
shock, n. agati, awo.
shoe, ». bata, kobita.
shoe'less, a. _lainibata.
shoe’maker, 7. aranbata, oni-
bata. -
shoot, v. ta, yinbon, yin... ni-
bon: to shoot a bow, ta, tafa;
to shoot forth, ta, takpe.
shore, n. ebado.
short, a. kuru.
short’en, ».
kukuru.
short’ness, n.
shot, n. ota.
shot’-pouch, ».
should, aux. ba, iba.
shoul’der, n. édzika.
shoul'der-blade, n. oké.
shout, v. h6, hokun, ko.
shouting, 2».
loudly, kthu.
mu... kuru, ge...
kukuru,
mayami.
iho: shouting
shove, v. sén, sin.
show, v. fi...han, fi... md,
dzure.
show, 7. 0&6.
show’ing, x. ifihay.
show’er, x. owara, wara.
shrewd, a. 1i ogbdn, logbén.
shrewd’ness, a. oghdn.
‘singe, v.
124
shriek, n. ke goro.
shril’ly, adv. goro.
shrink, v. soyki.
shri'vel, v. sonki.
shri’velled,a. dodo, kpakpala.
shroud, 7». ago.
shroud, v. fi ago we.
shuck, ». efon, fulufulu.
shun,v. fa...sehin, risa, sonki,
yakpasile.
shut, v. kpade, se, semé, ha.
shut (in), a. adimé.
shut’ter, ». ekun, ilekuy.
shut'tle, n. dko.
sick, v.
son, abiroy.
sick’en, v. ron.
sick'le, n. Silo.
sick’ness, n. aisan, ardn, ekun.
side, x. akpa, eebe, iha.
sieve, n.
siege, n.
Saisay, ron : a sick per-
ase.
idé, isagati.
sift, v. ki, se.
sift’er, x. konkoso, ase.
sigh, ». imi eddn.
sigh, v. mi edn.
sight, x. inan, iran, iri, irina.
sign,. ami,ise; tomake asign,
sakpere, sakpere, gakpedzure.
silence, v. kpa...lenumé.
silence, nr. adzin, adzindzin,
akiidze, arere, idake, kéké.
si/lent, a. dake, didake; to be
silent, kpenumé.
silently, adv. furn.
silk, n. sanyan, geda.
silk’worm, n. tumbu,
sil'lily, adv. botiboti.
sil/liness, n. aweére, iwere.
silly, a. were, siwere, sinwin,
garan.
sil'ver, x. fadaka.
sil'ver, v. fi fadaka subo.
sil’versmith, n. alagbede fa-
daka.
similar, a. faramd.
simi'litude, n. awdray.
sim'mer, v. gbara.
sim’ple, a. sokpe.
sim’pleton, n. alaimoye, alai-
nivend, kére, okpe.
sin, x. ge.
sin, v. dése, obese, sd.
since, adv. nigbati.
sincer'ity, x. aigetan.
sinew, n. isan.
sing, v. kon, konrin.
Wi,
SLE
| sing’er, x.
sin’gle, a.
sin’gly, adv.
Sogo.
sink,v. mu, ri: to sink into the
ground, wole.
sinless, 7. ailese, alailege, lai-
akonrin, ol6rin.
okan, nikan.
nikay, nikan soso,
lese.
sinner, 7. elese.
sip, v. fere.
sis'ter, n. arabiri.
sit, v. dzoko: to sit down, fidi-
balé.
sit'ting, 7. ige.
situa’tion, n. ibi, ikpo.
six, num. efa, mefa.
six’fold, x. mefefa.
six'teen, nun. Edindgun.
sixth, num. ekefa.
six'ty, nwm. ogota, ota.
skein, x. iko.
ske'leton,; 2. egugun.
skill, n. ero.
skilful, a. méro, elero.
skil’fulmess, n. iméro.
skim, v. ré.
skin, ». ara.
skin, v. fo.
skip, v. fo.
skip’per, ». idin.
skull, x. agbari.
sky, 2. oruy.
sky light, x. ik6ro, odzukpo.
slack, a. dé, éde.
slack’ened, v. 0.
slack’en,v. ro: to slacken one’s
pace, dese, kpesemo.
slack’ness, ». éde, iso.
slam, v. se gbagada.
slam, x. gbagada.
slander, x. dulumo.
slan'der, v. ba... lorukodze,
baruko...dZe, gba... dfilumo,
slan‘derer, x. abanidze.
slap, n. abara.
slap, v. gba, gba... labara.
slate, n. wala.
slave, n. eri.
slave’dealer,n. ateru, teruteru,
slave’holder, n. eleru.
sla'very, x. oko erfi.
slay, v. kpa.
slay’er, x. onikpa.
sleek, a. dan.
sleek’ness, n. adan.
sleep, n. idzika,odz ori, orl.
sleep, v. sun, togbé.
sleep'less, a. aisty.
SLE
sleep’y, a.
sleepy).
sleight, n.
slen'der, a.
tére, tirin.
slen’derness, 7.
sley,n. asa.
slide, v. bo.
slight, v. da...kodza, fi...
dzafara.
slight’ly, adv. So.
sling, v. fi, gbdn.
sling, . kénakana.
slip, v. bo, si, y6.
slip’pery, a. dan, yé.
slit, v. 1a.
slope, x. gére
sloping, a. bere.
sloth, x. afara, ole.
sloth’ful, a. dera, onilora.
slo'ven, a. obon.
slo’venly, adv. bon.
slow, a. déZafara, lora.
slowly, adv. pele, keke.
slowness, x. afara.
slug’gish, a. le.
slug’gishly, adv. goigoi, tiko.
slug’gishness, ». aigbo, aiye.
slumber, x. togbé.
sly’ness, n. ayose.
small, a. kere, were, wewe, ki-
kini, gokoto: a@ small person,
akere.
small, adv.
orty konmi (7 am
alukpayida, idan.
fon, gigo, go, gboro,
be
esé.
gére.
:
©
kibiti.
small’ness, n. kekere, kikini.
small’-pox, . gakpana.
smart, v. ta.
smat’ter, v. he...so.
smat’terer, n. alahéso.
smear, v. kun.
smell, v. gboruy.
smell, 7. ortn.
smelling-bottle, x. akoso.
smelt, v. kpd, kporin.
smelt’er,2. akporin, olukporin.
smile, v. rerin wesi.
smite, v. kolu, li, sd.
smith, x. alagbede.
smith’ery, x.
smoke, n.
smoke, v.
smok’y, a.
smooth, a.
kuna, tédZu.
smooth, v, dan, te fele.
smooth 'ly, adv. felefele.
smooth’ness, n.
fele.
agbede, ard.
éfi, _ fin, efi.
fin, réfin, ru.
elefin.
day, fele, felefele,
iday, fele-
125
smo'ther, v. fin.
smug’gle,v. yabode.
smut, 2. adit, dzZakawo.
snag, n. egiin.
snail, n. igbin, ikpere, okoto.
snake, n. ¢édzo, manamana,
owon, sebe.
snap,v. s4,saki: tosnap the fin-
gers, taka,
snap’ping, n. iti.
snare, n. ohun dide, ege, eku,
eboro, ikekun, ikpeti, mate.
snatch, v. dza, takpa.
snatch, x. idzakpati.
sneer, v. da...kpara.
sneeze, v. sin.
sniff v. sénmé.
snore, v. honruy, dzeka.
snout, rn. igi imo.
snuff, n. asdra.
snuff v. sénmo.
snuf’fers, n. irena.
so, adv. ba, bai, bayi, boun, behe,
gege.
soak, v. fi...bo, fi... bomi, re.
soap, 7. ose.
soar, v. ra, fo.
so’ber, a. odza re walé (he és
sober).
so’berness, ». airekodza.
society, n. egbe.
sock’et, n. iho-itebo.
so’da, x. kaun.
so’fa, n. ibirogboku.
soft, a. dé, éde, fule, kpere,
ry Ogerd.
soft’en, v.
soft/ly, adv.
soft’ness, n.
soil, x. ilé.
sojourn, v. se atikpo, satikpo.
so‘journer, x. atikpo.
sol’dier, x. adzaguy, daykare,
mu... de or 10.
fulefule, rdra.
ade, bro.
dzakare, dzima, omo ogun.
sole, n. atelese.
sole, a. okay, nikay.
solely, adv. nikay.
solemn, a. rond.
solemnity, 7. irond.
so'lid, a. 16, kiki.
some, pron. awonkan, dié, melo-
kan.
some’thing, 7.
some’times, adv.
some’ where, adv.
son, x.
song, x.
soon, adv,
kini.
nigbakfieba.
nibikay.
£: :
omo, ombkonri.
Orin.
laikpe, nisisiyi.
SPE
|soot, x. dzakawod.
|soothe,v. té...laiyaor lara, ti.
|SOp,v. ron.
sor’cerer, 7. oso.
\sore, 2. égbo, odzu.
|sore,a. gbekan. »*
\sor’row, ”. aro, idaro, ania.
‘sorrowful, a. onirora, aland.
jsor'ry, a. kanu.
sort, x. oloriori, oniriru.
sort, v. yay, ya...loto.
'sor'tilege, n. bo.
jsoul, x. dkan.
jsound, x. ohun.
sound, a. aifo, dida.
sound, v. da, gba, ro, ta: to
sound in water, take soundings,
wondo.
sound'ly, adv. (asleep), fon-
fon.
soup, 7. obé.
sour, a. kay.
source, 7. idi.
sour’ness, 7. ekan.
jsouth, n. gusu.
south’ward, adv. niha or siha
gusu.
sow, v. fon, fon...gbin, fonru-
gbin, gbin, si.
sOw’er, x. afonrugbin.
space, n. afo, aye, oftirufa.
spa’cious, a. alaye, laye.
spade, x. okdgun.
span, v. gbani.
span, ”. igbani.
Span‘iard, x. Aguda.
spare, v. da...si, da...silé,
kuy ... sil.
spared, n. adasi, idasi.
spark, x. iforifo.
spark'lingly, adv.
sparrow, 2.
gonse.
speak, v.
spear, n. esin, oko.
spear'man, 7.
special'ity, n.
spe’cies, n. iru.
speck'les, n. tu.
speckle, v. sétu.
speckled, a. étu.
spec’tacle, x. irina.
spectacles, x. aw0 odzi.
dzeredzere.
awa, itu, olo-
fd, fohun, sd, wi.
olokd.
akansge.
speech, n. Olu, ede.
| spell, v. ka. ,
spend, v. na, nawé.
spend’thrift, x. akpa, awand,
bornkonu, nawonawo.
SPI
spi’der, n. alantakun, alansasa,
eleno. '
spike, n. iso, ekay.
spill, v. ta, ta...silé, yidand.
spin, v. ran, ranwu.
spin’ner, n. aranwu, iranwu.
spirit, x. afefe, émi.
spit, v. tu, tuto.
spite, x. iwosi.
spite’ful, a. koro, sord.
spite’fulness, n. arankan.
spit’tle, n. ito.
splin'ter, x. erty.
split, v. be sansan, la, sin, td.
spoil, v. badze, dibadze.
spoil’ed,v. badze, dibadze.
spoiling, x. ibadze.
spokes’man, 7. alagbaso.
sponge, x. kanrikan.
spoon, n. ekpon, ikpon, gombo,
Sibi.
sport, v. wé.
spot, x. abawon.
spot, v. se... labawon.
spotiless, a. ailabawon.
sprain, v. fi... ro, rd.
spread, v. mukale, ta, tankale, té.
spright'ly, a. ya.
spring, v. huko, ré, ru.
spring, 7. orison, 1son.
sprin’kle, v. w6n, bémiwdn,
bi... w6n, rodzo.
sprin’kling, ». abiwdn, ibo-
miwon, ibuw6y.
sprout, 7. akpadahi, chu, ekay.
sprout, v. ru, hu dZade.
sprouting, x. atonhu.
spur, 7. ogay.
spy,”. alami, ami, atona, awoye,
ayoluwo, ayoniwo, kelekele.
spy, v. rona.
spy -glass, n. aw0.
squab’ble, rn. ofd, okpalai.
square, ». (of a house), asa-
kanilé, sare.
squash, rn. agbedze.
squat, 7. dakaka, logo.
squat’ting, ». akaka.
squeeze, v. fon.
squint, v. fodzukay wo.
squirrel, x. ikon, keke, Oforo,
okere.
stab, v. gfp.
sta’ble, x. ilé iso or esin.
stack, x. aba, agbo, asati.
staff n. okpa.
staff’-bearer, x.
kpaga.
olokpa, olo-
126
stag’ger, v. tagbongboy.
stag’geringly, adv. katakata.
stag’nant, a. gboku.
stag’nate, v. gboku.
stain, v. kpa... lose.
stain, x. abaw6n, ibuwoén.
stain’less, a. ailabawon.
stair, x. akas6.
stale, a. ehu, gboku, kasi, ikasi,
obu.
stalk, x. kpokpord, igi.
stall, x. budze, busd, oriso.
stam’mer,v. kololo.
stam’merer, n. akoldlo.
stamp, v. té, te... mole.
stand, n. ibuduro.
stand, v. duro, ro: to stand up,
dide, naro.
stand’ing, a. diduro, digbaro,
idigbaro, ogurodo.
sta’ple, n. aba.
star, n. irawo.
starch, x. 691.
stare, v. wo.
start, v. siléh.
starve, v. debikpa, febikpa.
starv’er, n. adebikpani, afebi-
kpa.
state, n. iwa.
sta’tion, x. isd, ikpo.
sta’ture, n. iga.
stay, v. duro, kpe.
staying, a. akpe.
stead, n. ikpo.
stead’fast, a. se aiyese.
stead’fastly, adv. sin, sinsin.
stead’fastness, x. alyese.
steal, v. dzile, dza...lole, dzi,
dzindi.
stealth, 7. ayose.
steam, 7. oru.
steam’er, n. elefin.
steep, a. gongon.
steer, v. toko.
stem, x. kukute.
stench, n. ayan.
step, v. gbese.
sterile, a. okusgale. See bar-
ren.
stern, a. soro, agoro.
steward, ». iridzu.
stew’pan, x. kpakuta.
stick, n. igi.
stick, v. kanmole, ré.
stiff a. kaka, kako.
stiffly, adv. kakakaka.
stiff’necked, a. waronki.
still, a. dze, dzedze.
STR
still, v. kpa...roro.
still, adv. sibé.
still/‘ness, 7. idakeroro.
stilts, n. gagalo.
sting, n. ita, eta.
sting, v. ta.
stin’giness, ». awon.
stin’gy, v. séawon, won.
stink, v. ba, run, Sayan.
stir, v. daru, rd, ru, wf.
stir’ring, n.. iro.
stir’rup, 7. alukembu, oké-asa.
stockade’, n. agbara.
stock’ing, n. bose.
stocks, n. aba.
sto’mach, nv. aiya.
stone, x. okuta, okd.
stone, v. so... lokuta.
stone’-cutter, x. agbekuta.
stool, n. aga, akpoti.
stoop, v. bére, go, tiri.
stoop'ing, adv. ibére.
stop, v. dese, duro, di: to stop
the road, déna.
stop’per, n. edidi.
store, ». aba.
stork, n. ako.
storm,x. idzi.
story, n. iro.
stout, a. lara.
straight,a. dogba, ganran, tara,
td.
straight’en, v. mu... td.
straight’ness, 7. ito, osanhan,
tito.
straight'way, adv. eyitawiyi,
logan.
strain, v. ba, gba, sé.
strain’er, n. ase, ladiro, oki-
ti aro.
strait, x. diwé, inira.
strange, a. émd, adzedzi.
stran’ger, n. adzedzi, aledZo,
olodzo.
stran’gle, x. lo... loron.
straw, 7. korikd.
stream, 7. isap.
street, ». igboro, ita.
strength, n. agbara, okuy.
strength’en,v. mu...lé,tl...
lehin.
stretch, v. na, naga.
stretch'ing, n. ena, iya.
strew, v. fe... ka, fon.
strict/ly, adv. lesoleso.
strife, xn. idza, agon.
strike, v. da, lu, lule, ro, ti:
to strike against, dakan, guy,
STR
da...m6; strike with a sword,
da...lida; strike with a stick,
da...nigi; strike with the fist,
dzilese, dzilese, ki...nibende,
string, v. sin.
string, n. okdn, fina.
string’y, adv. oldkun.
strip,v. bd, hd, tu...lago, tu...
nihoriho,
stripe, 7.
striped, v. abila, étu.
stripped, a. ett.
strive, v. dza, lakaka.
stroll, v7. kiri.
stroller, nr. alarin kiri.
strong, a. kaka, 1é, leva, 1é
inokuy : strong man, akoni, ala-
gbara.
strongly, adv. kakaraka.
strug’gle, n. awaya, idzakadi,
iwaya-idza, owere.
strug’gle,v. sé awaya, dzowere,
ra.
strut, v. yay.
stub’ble, n. akekun.
stub’born, n. agidi.
stub’bornnessg, x. aigbo.
study, v. keko.
stumble, v. kose.
stum’bling, x. ikose.
stumbling-block, n.
gbold, dugbolt.
stu’pid, a. akun, dkun, akun-
rete gigd, gd, ohe.
Baie
ina.
adu-
stupidity, r. gigs.
stut’ter, v. kdlolo.
stut’terer, x. akololo.
subdue’, v.
submit’, v.
tuba.
sub’stitute, v.
kpo.
sub’stitute, n.
sub'terfuge, x.
sub’tlety, n.
gbon.
succeed’, v. bi, telé.
success’, n. dsiki.
succes’sion, n. itele.
succes’sor, ». atele.
sue’cor, v. gba, gba... lowo.
such, pron. iru.
suck, v. mo, mu.
suckle, v. fi omu fu.
sud'den, a. ge odzidzi, odzi-
dzi.
suddenly, adv.
kperé.
8é, ge ikaw6.
forifun, foribale,
fi... likpo, gbi-
agbikpo.
awawl.
ero, ogbonko-
lodzidzi, kpa,
127
suddenness, x. ddzidzi.
sue, v. fi...sdn, sdn, sin.
suf’fer, v. dziya.
sufferer, n. odziya.
suf’fering, n. iya.
suffi’cient, a. 6.
suf’focate, v. fin.
su’gar, n. iyo-oib6.
ireke,
kpimo.
su’gar-cane, n.
suggest’, v.
suicide, n. ikpara.
suit, v. bade, ba... ge, ré.
suit’able, a. wé, ye.
suit’ableness, n. abade, iwo.
sul’try, a moru.
sum’/merset, n. okiti: fo turn
a@ summerset, takete.
sum’mit, v. ori.
sump’tuous, a. adiddy.
sump'tuously, adv.
diddy.
sun, 7”. orun.
sunrise, n. id drun.
sun’set, rn. iwd Grun.
sun’shine, x. iran drun.
superadd’ed, n.
superintend’, v.
tedat.
diddp-
awisi.
fodzuto, w0,
superintend’ence, n». —abo-
dzuw0, ibodzuwo6.
superintend’ent, n. alafiyesi,
alafodzito.
supe’rior, n.
rior, Sare.
superiority, m. isare.
superscrip’tion, x. akolé.
supersti’tion, 2. isinkusin,
ekokéko.
sup’per, n. ase-ale.
supplant’, v. dzi...lese.
sup’plement, n. ekén.
sup’pliant, n. onibébe.
sup’plicate, v. be, bebe.
supplica’tion, x. ébe, ibébe.
support’, . afehinti.
support’, v. fehinti, ti, ti... le-
hin.
support’er, x.
fararo.
suppose’, v. daba, fikpé, kose-
kpe, sebi, tamaha.
suppress’, v. fi...kpamé, bo
..- mole.
sure, a. da...lodzt.
sure’ty, n. onigbowé.
sur’face, n. odZ4, ori.
surly, a. sond.
surmount’, v.
are: to be supe-
alafehinti, oni-
bori.
SYR
sur’name, n.
surpass’, v.
dZa.
sur’plus, n.
surprise’, x. suy, idzi.
surprise’, v. bdbudz4, da...
nidzi, ya... lenu.
akpele,
bori, dz, ré... ko-
iyokuy.
surren’der, v. tuba.
surround’, v. bu...ka, fi...
yika, ka...mé, ro...gbaké,
yika.
surrounding, x.
m6, ayika.
survey’, v.
suspect’, v. fi...mé.
suspend’, v. fi...ha, fi...ko,
fi... ti, gbe...ha, rd, sord.
suspi’cion, n. aféranm6.
suspi’cious, a. afura, fura.
suspi’ciously, adv. koikoi.
sustain’, v. ti... lehin.
swad dle, v. gba...loddéa.
swal'low, v. mi, gbe...mi.
abuka, aka-
wo, be... wd.
swap, v. kpasikparo.
swarm, rn. okpowom: in a
swarm, YOu.
swarm, v. sv.
sway, v. fi.
swear, v. bura, fi... bu, gekpe.
swear’er, n. elekpe.
x
sweat,n. ogin.
sweat, v. lagu.
Sweep, v. gba: to sweep the
house, gbalé; sweep the ground,
gbale.
sweet, a. don.
sweetly, adv. kanmukanmu,
kaunkaun.
sweet’meats, n. adiddn.
sweetness, n. diddy, eddn,
iddy.
swell, v. bike, ru, wa.
swelling, n. wiwu.
swept, a. egba.
swift, a. yara, iyara.
swift’ness, 7. iyara.
swim, v. wé, luwe.
swin'dle,v. re...dze.
swin'dler, x. alayandze.
swine, x. elede.
swing, v. fi, rd.
swing’er, ». ofi.
switch, ». oré, kpatire.
swoll’en, a. wiwu.
swoon, v. daku.
sword, x. agbe, ida.
syrup, ”. oyiy.
TAB
a
ta'ble, x. aga, itafo.
tack, . igo.
tail, mn. iru.
tailor, n. aranso.
tailoring, 7. irango.
take, v. fi...mu, gba: to take
away, gbe...léh, ko... 16h;
take up, ko.
tak’ing, n. igbe.
tale’-bearer, x. ofdfo, olofofo,
oloforo.
talk, v. sd, sdro: to talk about,
da,......80:
talk, n. 0s0.
talk’ative, a. dani, sdso.
talk'atively, adv. kporokporo.
talk’er, n. alaroye, alaso.
tall, a. ga.
tall’ness, n. agdgo, giga.
talon, n. ekan.
ta'marind, n. adzagbon.
tambourine’, 7. sekere.
tame, v. sin, tu...lodzt.
tame,a. moddzt, osin, rddzi.
tan’gled, a. kiredze.
tan’ner, n. alawo.
tap, v. zi, dzin, ta.
tar’dy, a. lora.
tar'ry, v. kpe.
task’master, n. akonisise.
taste, v. 6, t6...wo.
tat/tle, v. sofofo.
tat’tler, v. adakadeke, ofdfo.
tattoo’, v. ko, kola.
tattoo’, n. ila.
tattoo’er, rn. oldla.
tattooed’, a. onila.
taught, a. akotan.
tax, n. owdébode.
teach, v. ko, koni.
teach’er, n. akoni, oluko, olu-
koni.
tear, n. omidze, omi odzu.
tear, v. ya, fa...ya.
teat, n. omnu.
tell, v. ro, rohin, wi.
tell'ing, v. ero, iro.
tem’perance, n.
akparamo.
tempest, n. idzi, efiifu, nla.
tem'ple, x. (of the face), eran ;
(place of worship), ile mimé.
tempt, v. dan...wo.
tempta'tion, x. idanwo.
tempt’er, n. onidanwod.
ten, num. ewa,mewa.
airekodzZa,
128
ten'der, a. oronu, rd.
ten’derness, . ironu.
tent, rn. ago.
tent, v. gbegé.
THU
thief, n. édzikan, dle.
thiev’ishly, adv. dzindi dzi-
ndi.
thigh, n. - itan.
tenth, num. kéwa: a tenth part,| thin, a. bele, belebele, fele, fele-
idamewa.
te’pid. See lukewarm.
terms, x. arosilé, arotelé.
ter’minate, v. kase, ka, kpe-
kun, nikpekun, kpin, kpinle.
termina ’tion, x. atubdtan, ikf.
ter’rapin, x. awon, idzakpa.
ter'rible, a. deru.
ter’ribleness, x. éru.
terrify, v. deruba, daiyafo.
tes'ticle, x. ekpdy.
tes'tify, v. gba...eridze, gba}
...leridze, dzeleri.
testimony, x. eri, idzerf.
texture, 2. 16.
than, conj. dz: better than J,|
dara dzv mi.
thank, v. dukpe, sokpe.
thank, x. okpé.
thank’ful, a. amore.
thank’fulness, n. adukpe.
thank'less, a. aidukpe.
that, pron. na, ni, eyina, eyini. |
that, conj. ki, kpé, nikpé.
thatch, v. bolé.
thatch’er, x. bodlebdle.
thaw, v. yé.
thee, pron. iwo, o, re.
theft, . dle.
their, pron. tiwon.
them, pron. awon, nwon, won.
themselves’, pron. awon na,
then, adv. nigbana.
then, conj. nde.
thence, adv, tibe.
thencefor'ward, adv. lati ibe |
16h.
there, adv. ibé, mb2, nibe, sib, |
ohuy.
there’about, adv. niha ibe,
nitori ré.
thereafter, adv. lehin igba na. |
thereby’, adv. nikpati ré.
there’fore, adv. itori, nitorina,
ndzé.
therein’, adv. niné 1%.
these, pron. iwonyi, nwonyi,
wonyi.
they, pron. awoy, nwon, a.
thick, a. ki, nikpon, stn. |
thick’et, n. osusu, igbe.
thick'ly, adv. kobikobi.
thick’ness, n. iki, ikpon.
fele.
thine, pron. teré, tire.
thing,”. ivun, kini, nkan, ohun.
think, 7. daba, gbéro, ro.
think’ing, x. aba, ird.
third, num. keta: a third part,
idamewa.
thirst, n. ongbe,
thirst, v. longbe.
thirs’ty, a. ongbe gbhe mi (£
am thirsty).
thir'teen, num. etala.
thir’ty, num. ogbdn.
this, pron. yi, cyi, eyiyi, alayi, ele-
yi.
this'tle, x. ewon.
thi’ther, adv. lohun, nibe.
thorn, ». egfin, ogan.
thorn’y, a. elegun.
tho’roughly, adv. dzale, dzale-
dzale, Saga, Saunsauy, toto.
those, pron. iw6ni, woni.
thou, pron. iwo, 0, 0.
though, conj. amdkpé, bi, bi
.. tile.
thought, x. éro, ete, ironéd.
thoughtful, a. garo,_agaro,
olugaro.
thought’less, a. alairo, aimete.
thought'lessness, n. airo.
thou’sand, num. egberun.
thrash, n. iw6.
thread, n. owa.
threat, n. ilo, ikilo.
threaten, v. kilo, yanhun.
three, num. eta, meta.
three’fold,. meteta.
thresh, v. kpaka.
throat, n. omirin.
throb, v. ro.
throne, x. ite.
throng, v. ha... laye.
through, prep. dza.
throughout’, prep. za, dza-
hindzaéhin.
throw, v. dzu, dzund, so, sond,
tand: to throw in wrestling, da
.. nidza.
thrush, z. elfilu.
thrust, v. kiwobo, gfin.
thumb, 7. atamkpako, igboro-
bo.
thump, v. ti.
ii a ee
THU
thun’der, x. ara.
thunder, v.. kt, san.
thus, adv. baun, behe.
thwart, v. babudza.
thy, pron. re.
thyself’, pron.
tick, n. egbén.
tick’le, v. ké...legake, rin.
tick'ling, n. egake, egani, egi-
ni.
tid’ings, x. hin.
ti’dy,v. findzu.
ti’dy, a. afindzu, eleye.
tie,v. di, ra, s4n, so: to tie to,
som6; tre loads, deru; tie a
knot, sokpa.
tight, a. 1é, di.
tight’en, v. fa...1é.
tight’ly, adv. gbamgbam, kpin-
iwo na,
kpin.
till, conj. digbati, titi, toni.
till, v. ro, roko.
till’er, x. alaroko.
tim’ber, n. iti, igi.
time, nv. akdko, arin, arinko,
ew, ida, igba, wakati: Time is
Slying, 0426 fd 16h.
time’-server, n. odzulafeni.
ti’mid, adj. berubern, loddo.
timidity, n. odzo.
ti’midly, adv. berubern.
tin, n. tangara, tasa.
tin’der, x. lewu.
tin’der-bag, 7. akpo-isana.
tip, n. songo.
tip’pler, x. omoti.
tip’sy, «a. oti nkpa mi (Iam
tipsy).
tip'toe, adv.
tire, v. dasa.
tired, a. dre née, giisa.
tire’some, a. lire.
tithe, n. idamewa.
ti'tle, x. oniko.
to, prep. de, fu, fun, si, sodo, ti.
toast, n. sun, yan.
tobae’co, n. taba: African to-
bacco, akira; Brazilian tobacco,
dzuku.
tobac’conist, 7.
to-day’, loni, oni.
toe, x. omose: great toe, ikpori ;
little toe, omodin.
toge’ther, adv.
tiro.
—<.
alasdra.
dzo, dzuméd,
kpo.
toil, n. ise ikpa.
to’ken, n. igbowo.
to’lerate, v.
17
dékuy si.
9
~
129
toll, xn. owdbode.
toll’-gate, x. ibode, dna ibode.
toll’-gatherer, x. agbowdde.
to’mahawk, n. gamugamu.
toma’to, x. igba.
tomb, n. ilé oki, ilekpa.
to-mor’row, x. ola ;—adv. lola.
tongs, ”. emu.
tongue, rn. ahdy, awdy.
too, adv. kpelu.
tool, x. eld, ohun ona.
tooth, x. akoko, chin, eyin.
tooth’ache, x. chinddn,
tooth'less, a. akayin.
top, x. Oke, ori: on top, sori.
top’most, a. agdngan.
torment, x. ise ord, ord.
torment’, v. da... loro, kusi,
kponlodzu, sise ord.
torment’or, 7. asoro.
tor’toise, n. awon.
tor’ture, v. da...loro.
to’tal, a. ototo, toto.
totality, x. ototo.
touch, v. fowota, fowoba, kan,
t6, t6... lara.
tough, a. gbé, yi.
tough’en, v. mu or ge... gbd.
tough’ness, 7. agbé, egbd.
towards’, prep. ikédzusi, loko-
kan, okokan, siha, sikpa.
tow’el, x. inddzu, indse, indwé,
tobi, tobindwo.
tow’er, n. ilé iso, ore.
town, 7. ilu.
track, n. ése, ikpa, ikpase.
track, v. todna, tdse.
trade, v. nadza, sdwo.
trade, n. dwo, ddZa.
trader, ». aladzakpa, alarobd,
agOwo, onisowo.
tradi’tion, x. atdwodowo, itay,
owodéwo.
tradi’tioner, 7. arokin, ologbo,
traf’fic, v. nadza, sowo.
traf fie, x. adzakpa, arobo, owo.
trail, n. ibale, ikpa.
trail, v. tdkpa, tose.
train, v. to.
trai’tor, 7.
kukpani.
tram’ple, v. té, télé, télese, té
.. sil, téméd, te... mdle.
tran’quil, a. rolé, toro.
alafihan, edalé, oni-
| transgress’, v.
tran’quillize,v. mu... role.
transact’, v. ec.
transcend’, v. dzu, bori, kodza.
transfi’gure, v. kpara...da:
TRO
he was
kpada,
transfigured, ara re
darayn, sdran,
refin, rufin, yinfin.
transgress‘ion, . idaray, ire-
kpa.
transgress’or, n.
ariifin.
translate’, v. rd.
transpa’rent, a.
transplant’, v. le, 16.
transport’, v. ko...léh.
transporta'tion, x. ikoldb.
trap, x. ebiti, ége, ogongon,
ikonkoso, irin.
tra'vail, v. rdbi.
tra'vel, v. radZo, rebi.
tra'veller, ». aradzo.
tra'velling, n. (together), adzorin.
tra’verse, v. li...dza.
tread, v. téld, télese, t8...méle.
trea‘dle, n. itése.
trea’son, n. @e oba.
trea’sure, v. fi...sura, gura.
trea’sure, n. isura.
trea’ty, x. ikpinu.
tree, n. igi.
tremble, v. wa, wAriri.
trem’bling, 7. owariri.
trem’blingly, adv. rirf.
tre’mulously, adv. titi.
trench, n. iyara.
tres’pass, v. daran.
tress, n. iwedZze.
tri/al, n. idanwo.
tri/angle, x. oligon meta.
tribe, n. orilé, éya.
tribula'tion, x. wahala, tulasin.
alarekédza,
2
mo.
trick, v. sagalamaga.
trick, n. agalamaga, arékeré-
ke.
tri’er, n. amodze, oludanw6.
tri’fle, v. dzafara.
trifle, x. inkankinkan.
trig’ger, n. akérekére, eké.
trinity, n. emetalokay.
trip, v. kose.
trip, . ara.
tripe, n. ifon, gaki.
tri’ple, a. meteta.
triumph, v. gogo, yo.
tri‘une, a. metalokan.
troop, ”. owd.
trou’Dle, v. 0, t6, yo... Jenu.
trou’ble, x. wahala, ige, iyonu,
lala, odZukpon, idzaba, irobi-
nodze, idanilodZu, idanilara,
adzaba, abadZo.
TRO
trou’bled, a. dzowere, kolelé.
trou’blesome, «.
trough, 7. oko.
trow’el, x. abero.
trow’sers, x. sokoto; differ-
ent kinds are called, abénu-
gbaghba, alongo, efa, iyegbe.
yonu.
true, a. titd, td.
trully, adv. l6titd, 1otd, nitdto,
ma.
trum ’pet, x. ikpé.
trum’peter, ». onikpé,. afon-
kpe.
trunk, x. akpoti.
trust, x. igbekele, igbé.
trust, v. da... lawin, gbekele,
gbokanle.
trustee’, x. agbatodzu.
truth, x. otitd, dtd, tot6, itd,
nitdtd, dodd, dododé, ododo.
truth ful, a. 16t6, li ododé, olo-
dodé.
truth ‘less, a. aildté, aisots.
try, v. dan... w0, rédzu.
tu’ber, x. eta.
tumble, v. togedéngbe.
tu’mor, 2. wiwu, dwo.
tumult, 2. gidigini, irakerddo,
rukeriido, irulu: to make a tu-
mult, rokeke.
tune, 2. rin.
tu’nie, nr. alukasafa, kikuméd.
tur’key, n. toldtold.
turn, v. da, kpada, kpara... da,
kparidaé, yé, yéra, yi, yi...
kpada, yikpo.
tur'tle, x. awon.
tut! interj. sid!
twelfth, nwm. ekedzila.
twelve, num. edzilé, medzila.
twen’'ty, num. ogi.
twice, adv. medzi, lemedzi.
twig, x. kpatire.
twilight, ~. fifi, finfiy, wiri-
wiri.
twin, 7. edzire, ibedzi.
twine, n. oki tinrin.
twine, v. ka.
twin’kle, v. say.
twink'ling, a. San.
twist, v. koko, keredze, ran,
we, we... kpo.
twist’ed, a. 16.
two, numb. edzi, medzi.
two’-edged, x. olodzu medzi.
two’'-fold, a. medzimedzi.
ty’rannize, v. $e sinisini.
ty’rant, ». sinisini,
130
We
udder, x. omu,
ug’liness, 7.
ug'ly, a.
ul’cer, n. itankp:
ul’cerate, v.
umbrel'la, n.
ruy.
una’ble, n. ailé,
unaccep'ted, a.
unaccom’modating, «a.
iburu odzt.
buru, ko dara.
ara.
tankpara.
obonbén, ikpo-
ko lé.
algba.
alse-
nia, awoy, asawon.
unaccompanied, a.
unaccom plished, a.
aikpin.
unaccount’able, a.
unadapt’ed, n.
unadorned’, a.
unadulterated,
unanimity, n.
una’nimous, a.
alsin.
algetan,
aimo.
aibade.
aigelogo.
a. adilabula.
ohuy kan.
lohuy kay.
unapproach’able, a. aisonmé,
alaisonmo.
unasked’, a.
unavail'ing, «.
unbar’, v.
unbelief’, x.
aigbéran.
unbeliev’er, 2.
unbelieving, a.
alaigbagbé.
unbelov’ed, a.
aikpe.
asan, lasay.
tu, sf.
aigbagbéd, aighd,
alainigbagbé.
aay ies os
ko ge igbagbé,
aife, alaife.
unbid’den, a. aikpe.
alai
tu
unblest’, a.
unbri’dle, v.
unbro’ken, a.
unbuilt’, a.
unceas'ing, a.
uncer’tain, a.
bukon.
ni idzané.
aifo.
aik6.
aida, alye.
ganiani.
uneer’tainty, 7. aniani.
unchain’,v. tu... léwon.
unchange’able, a. aikpada,
aiyikpada, aidiyato.
uncha’ritable, a.
feni.
uncha’'ritableness, 7.
uncir’cumcised
alaikola.
uncireumci'sion, x.
aimé.
unclean’, 7.
unclean 'ness, 7.
unclothed’, a.
aifeni, alai-
aifeni.
sin Ge aikola,
alaikola.
aifo.
aibora.
unconcern’, 2. aibere, aikiyesi.
uncorrupt ible,
alaidibadze.
uncorrupt’ness,
uncount’ed, «.
a. aidibadze,
n. aidibadze.
alka,
UNH
unco’ver, v. si.
uncul’tivated, a.
uncut’, x. aike,
aisa.
undaunt’ed, a. aibera.
undeceit’fulness, a. aisetay.
undefend’ed, a. aibd, alaibo.
undefiled’, a. ailabawon.
un ‘der, prep. labe, nisalé.
underneath’, prep. abe, labe,
isalé, nisalé.
understand’, v. md, ridi, ye.
understand ‘ing, n. iyé, iyen6,
oye, mmoye.
understood’, a.
undertake’, v. davwolé.
undertak’er, x. adawolé.
undeserv’ed, a. aidze, aidzebi.
unde’viating, a. aiyakpa.
undiscern’ing, a. ainiyend.
airo.
aikpa, airé,
ayetay.
undisciplined, a. aiko.
undo’,v. ti.
undone’, a. aise, abadze.
undoubt’edness, «a. aisiye-
medzi.
undress’, v. bo aso le.
undy'ing,a. ak.
unea’sy, a4, daro.
uneat’ableness, n. aidzé.
une’ducated, a. aiko.
unembar’rassed, a. aidamu.
unendu'rableness, x. aikpe.
unequal, a. aisegbe.
une’venly, adv. kabakaba,
yanyan, sakisaki.
unfair’, 7. aitd.
unfaithful, a. aisotd.
unfeigned’, a. aisetay.
unfin'ished, a. asekin, ti.
unfit’, a. alaiye.
unfold’, v. ti.
unforeseen’, a. airitele.
unfound’ed, a. ainidi.
unfre’quent, a. kede.
unfruit’ful, a. alaileso, sekpoy.
unfulfilled’, a. aise..
unga'thered, a. aiké.
ungrate’ful, a. afibikpore, afo,
alaimOre, foresigi.
unguarded, a. aiso.
unhap’piness, n. adzaba.
unheal'thy, a. ailera.
unheard’, a. aighbé.
unheed’ed, a. _aikiyesi.
unhe’sitating, a. aisiyeme-
dzi.
unho'liness, n. aimimd.
unho'ly, 7. aimé.
UNH
unho'nored, «.
ainiyin.
unhook’, v. tu.
unhurt’, a. aikpalara.
unhum’bied, a. airelé.
wnicorn, 2. agbanrére.
uninfec’tious, «. airan.
uninstruct’ed, a. alaiko.
unintelligible, a. aiyé.
unintelligibil'ity, 7.
unintend’ed, «a.
uninvit’ed, a. aikpe.
wnion, ». adakpd, idakpd,
idawokpd, idikpd, aiyakpa.
wnison, v. oldhunkdn.
whit, n. okay.
unite’, v. badakpd, da...kpo-
m6, kpa...kpd.
wnhity, n. okan, isokay.
univers’ally, adv. sua.
wniverse, n. agbaiye.
unjust’, a. aitd, aisoté.
unjustifiable, a. aidalare.
unkilled’, a. aikpa.
unkind’ a. aisénia, aigeuy.
alyé.
aikpete.
unknown’, a. aimd, émd.
unlaw’ful, a. ailofin.
unlearned,’ a. alaiko.
unleav’ened, a. aiwt.
unless’, conj. afi, afibi, ayan-
Sebi, bikdse, bikdsekpé.
unlike’, a. aidzo.
unli‘mited, a. ainikpekuy.
unlov‘ing,«. aifé.
unmade’, a. aida.
unmer’ciful, a. ailanu.
unmer’cifulness, 7». aisini.
unmin’gled, a. ailu, aidakpd.
unna’tural, a. aidanida.
unnumbered, a. ainiye.
unobserv ing, a. aikiyesi.
unoffend’ed, a. aibin6.
unprepared’, a. aimura.
unprofitable, a. alailere.
unproved’, a. aileri.
unquench’able, x. adZddki.
unquench’ableness, x. aiku.
unreaped’,a. aisa.
unrea’sonable, «. aitd, ai-
dzana.
unredeemed’, a. airakpada.
unreform’ableness, 7. ai-
kpada.
unrege'nerate, a. aitonbi.
unreliable, a. afindsadzere.
unrepent'ing, ¢. aironokpi-
wada.
unreply'ing, a. aidze.
ailola, alailola,|unright’eous, a.
aisododo.
unright’eousness, 1.
dodo.
unripe’, a.
unripe’nes
unru’liness, 7.
unruly, «.
unsad'dle,
unshel'tered, «.
unskil’fulness, 7.
alaimdse.
unsought’,
unsound’, a.
unsta’ble, «a.
unstained’, a.
unsubdued’, a.
unsuit’ableness, 7.
unsuit’ed,
unthank’ful, a.
ti.
untie’, v.
until’, conj.
131
alsgo-
eganray, aigbd.
8,2. aighd.
atodgbo.
alawigb6.
tii... mi gari.
alaibo.
alailogbon,
Uv.
alwakiri.
alailé.
alaiduro.
ailabawon.
aise, alseguy.
aidzé.
aiye, aibade.
alaimore.
a.
a.
titi.
untilled’, a. igboro.
un'to, prep. sikpa, sodo. See
to.
untrained’, a. aiké.
untrue’, a. aitd.
untu'toredness, z. ibimbi.
unwar'ranted, 7. (saying),
adaso.
unwashed’,a. aifd, aiwe.
unwell’, a. aisan.
unwil'lingly, adv. tiko.
unwil'lingness, 7. aifé.
unwise’,a. aigbon: an unwise
person, ailogboy, alailogbon,
alaigbon.
unwit’nessed, a. aileri.
unwor'thiness, 7. aiye.
unworthy, a. alaiye.
unyieldingness, 7. aigho,
alye.
up, prep.
uphold’, »v.
gbe... ro,
uphold’er,
upon’, prep.
up permos
up right, @.
sin.
up’rightly, adv.
sin.
uproar, 7.
irulu.
uproot’, v.
upset, v.
| up ward, adv.
leke, loke, sdke, lori.
upbraid’, v.
ba... Wi.
dimu, gbe ... duro,
té.
n. olugbeduro.
lé, leri, lori, sori.
t, adv. eke, loke.
olododo, iduro sin-
gan, sin, Sin-
ariwo, gidigini, iru,
th
da.
loke.
4 alaisgododo, | urge, v.
|
|-ver’min, 7.
lve ry, adv.
VER
rd, td.
wrinate, v. td.
wine, 7. atd, itd.
us, pron. awa, wa.
use, 7. élo.
use, v. 10.
use’less, a.
w’sual, a. okporo.
uten’sil, 7. élo, ohun ild.
ut'terance, n. fd.
ut'terly, adv. éusu.
aigeld.
V.
Ofo.
ofo.
siyemedzi.
aga énia, dzegti-
va'cancy, 7.
va'cant, a.
va'cillate, v.
va'gabond, x.
duragidu,
vain,7. gberaga, lasan, sefefe.
vain'ly, adv.
vale, . koto, dzigonron, of6ni-
fodzi.
val'ley,7. idzigonron, koto oke.
valuable, a. oliye.
va'lue, 7. itoye, iye.
value, v. fi...say, kpeé iye.
van’guard, 7. kelekele.
va'nish, 7. di ofo.
va'nity, n. asap.
van’quish, v. ée, segun.
va'por, 7. oru, ikiiku.
va'riance,7. iyakpa: to set at
variance, yay) ...nikpa, yal...
nikposi.
variety, 7. iriiru, oniriiru, olo-
riori.
vaunt, v. sogo, Sefefe.
vaunting, 7. og6.
vegeta'tion, 7. ewe.
lasan.
vehemently, adv. ti.
veil, n. ibodzu.
vein, n. isdn.
vel’'vet, 7. aray.
ve'nerate, v. bdwo fu.
veneration, 7. ibuyin.
ven’geance, 7. esiy.
venom, 7. ord.
venomous, 7. oloro.
ven'ture, 7. idase.
vera city, 7. otito.
verify, v. mu...té.
lotito, léte.
ina, yoro.
verily, adv.
oyl.
fiofio, gangan, gan),
dZodZo, dz, koro, ma, toho.
ver tigo, 7.
VES 132 WHE
ves’sel, x. ohun élo, ohun ilo. W. wa'ter-course, n. Odo, ikpa
vex, v. ba....ninddze, bi... ddo.
nin6, nilara. wad, x. (of a gun), idze. wa'ter-melon, 7. guna, bara.
vexa'tion, x. ibadze, ibind,|J wad, k. wat'tle, v. ha.
irukpekpe. wade,v. la. wat'tle, x. told.
vexed, a. binddze, rund. wag, v. redi. wave, 7. irumi, tere.
vi'al, n. okpdlaba. wa'ges, n. owése, oya, wa'vering, a. ge wele.
vicinity, x. etile. wa'gon, x. kekéru. wav'ingly, adv. wele.
vic'tor, x. olusete. wail, v. kpohuy rere. wax, n. ida, dda.
victuals, n. ondze. wail'ing, x. dhup rere. way, 7. dna, ikpa.
view, v. wo. wait, v. digbaro, duro, way'layer, 7. alabamole.
vile, a. abese. wake, v. dzi, tadzi. we, pron. awa, a,
villifier, x. alébu. walk, v. rip. weak, a. alailera, elekerede,
village, n. égure, iléko, ileto,| Walk, x. akpord. kerede.
ilukeddi. walk’ing, ». irin. weak'ly, adv. hente.
villager, n. ara ilu, ara iléko. | wall, x. igana, odf, ogiri. weak’ness, n. _ailera.
vin’dicate, v. gbidza. wall, v. modi. wealth, x. ola, ord.
vindica'tion, n. egbe, igbera. walled, a. olodi. wealth’y, a. oloro.
vindi'cative, a. asdro. wallet, x. dsunwén, dketé. wean,v. dza...lenu, we, w6n.
vine, rn. okuy (a term applied| wallow, v. kpafo. wea'pon, 7. elé.
to all running and climbing| wan'der, v. kiri, rin. wear,v. w0so: to wear out, ld
plants). wanderer, n. akiri, alarinkiri,| ... gbd.
vi/olence, n. agbara, ele,| onikiri. wea'ried,a. lire.
dzémba, iwa ikpa. wandering, a. akiri. weariness, n. agara.
violent, a. kpati. wan'deringly, adv. kiri, kiri-| wea’ry, v. da... laga, r8, sf.
violently, adv. fukefuke,| —kiri, kakiri. wea'ry, a. are.
gburu, kpakpa, kpatikpati, tan-| want, v. se alainf. wea'ther, 7. oddo.
tan, titi. wan’tonness, n. asedZv. weave, v. w6n, w6ngo.
violin’, x. diru. war,n. idza,ogun: which caus-| weav’er, n. alakele, awonso :
viper, n. agbadu, kpamole. es war, adzagunsilé. weavers beam, akabe.
vir’gin, x. wundia. war, v. dzagun. wed'ding, x. ibi-iyawo.
virgin'ity, x. iwa wundia. warm, a. gbona, ya. weed, v. ro.
vis’cid,a. mé, emé, fa. ‘warm, v. rana, ya, yana, yara. | week, n. ose.
vis’cous, a. fa. warn, v. kilo. weep, v. sokuy.
vi'sible, a. han. warp, x. iré. weep’er, n. elekuy.
vi'sibly, adv. ni gbangba. warp, v. taso. weep'ing,. ekup.
vi'sion, x. inan, iran, odéuran. | war'rior, x. addaguy, ologuy. | weigh, v. won, siwon.
vi'sit,v. be...wé, kesi, wo. wart, n. édi. wetght, x. osuwon.
visiting, n. abodzuwo. wash, v. bo, fo,we,si...nd: fo} weight'ily, adv. rinriy.
visita’tion, x. abtw9, ibéwo. wash the face, bodzu; wash the| well, n. kanga.
vi'sitor,n. akesi,alakesi,awoni.| body, bora, wera. well (it is), adv. sian, suay.
viva'city, x. iyari. washed, a. awend. well, adv. gege, dzodzg, lehe,
vi'vidly, adv. say. wash’erwoman, x. alagbafo,| kputu, rére, gaunsauy, to, toho.
vo’cal,a. oldhuy. onifo. wen, n. gége, koko.
voca'tion, n. ise. wasp, 7. agbdn. west, ». atiwd-orun, yama.
voice, rn. ohup. waste, v. da...n0, fi... sofo,| west’ward, adv. niha yama.
void, a. fo, asan. Sofo, tafala. wet,a. tutu.
void, v. so... dasay. wast'er, n. Awanod. wet, v. rin, we.
vo'luntary, a. fura, fu ara ré. | wast’ed, a. adand, fo. weth’er, n. ogufe.
vo'mit, x. cbi. waste’fulness, 7. borukonu. | wet’ness, x. itutu.
vo'mit, v. bi, kpo, ru...laiya. | watch, v. 6, gona, sora. whale, ». abtnibutay.
vora’cious, a. onidzekudze. | watch, x. iso. wharf, n. ébute.
vow, n._ ileri. watch’er, 7. oluso. what, pron. biti, @, ew, ki,
vow, v. seleri. watch’fulness, n. isora. kinla.
vul'ture, x. akala, igun, tente-| watch’man, n. eso. whatelse? adv. ambosin, am-
re. watch’-tower, n. ore. bdtori. :
water, n. omi, ddo. whate’ver, pron. kati.
wa'ter, v. rin. wheat, n. alikama.
WHE
wheel, x. keke.
when, adv. nigba, nigbati, ni-
gbawo? ti.
whence, adv.
niboti.
where, adv. da, ibo, libisi, ni-
biti, nibo, niboti, sa, sia, wa, ti.
whereas’, adv. nibi.
whereby’, adv.
where'fore, adv. nitorina.
where'ver, adv. nibikibi.
whet, v. gbe, kpon, kpon...
mu.
whe'ther, conj.
which, pron.
yisi.
bi, nibiti, nibo,
bi, yala.
6, ewd, kelo, ti,
bibawo. ]
while, adv.
whip, x. lagba, kpagan.
whip, v. da, na.
whip’ping, n. ina.
whirl, v. ddo, lori, kpori.
whirling, x. ilori.
whirl’wind, n._ idzi.
nigba, nigbati.
whis’per, v. sorodzedze, soro-
kele.
whis’perer, x. asorodzedde,
asorokele.
whis'tle, . akpala.
whis'tle, v. sufe.
white man, 2x.
oyibd.
white’ness, n.
ifun, tala.
whi'ther, adv.
whit’low, x.
who? pron.
ambo, oibé,
alala, fifu, fufu,
nibo,
atafo.
ta? tani? who, ti.
whoe’ver, pron. enikeni ti.
whole, x. odidi, ototo, tdto.
whol’ly, adv. kpatakpata, kpi,
gaka, téfetefe, ti... ti.
whoop, v. kighbé.
why,adv. &e ti, ehdse, ehatige,
E86, Etise, ewo.
wick, x». owt.
wick’ed, a. buru, owén.
wick’edly, adv. fura.
wick’edness, x. iburu, ika,
ikakika, isekuge, iwa buburu.
wide, a. gbagba, gboro.
wide'ly, adv. ghengbe.
wide’-mouthed, a. —abénu-
gboro.
wid’en, v. mu or ge... gboro.
wi'dow, x. okpo.
width, x. ibu, igboro.
wife, n. aya, abileko.
wild, a. igbe, ti igbe.
133
wild’cat, n. akata, agbé.
wil’derness,a. agandZ0, agin-
dzu, idzu.
wild'fowl, x. ciyé igbe.
will, aux. 4, 6, 6, ba, dée.
will, x. ife.
wil’fulness, x. amoée.
wilfully, adv. furafura,
willing, a. fé, dée.
wil'lingly, adv. tinotind.
win, v. lako.
wind, . afefe, efiifu.
wind, v. ka dawt, kawe, kawnu,
wemd: to wind together, wekpd.
win'dow, n. férese.
wind'pipe, x. igdngo-ofon.
wing,n. akpa, akpa-iyé.
wink, v. fodzikpé, sedZa.
win’now,v. fe, fe...nd: win-
nowed away, afend.
wipe, v. fa, nd: to wipe off, nd
S05 ho:
wis’dom, . ogbdén.
wise, a. amdddZi, moran, amd-
ran, olumoray, ghdn, ologbon,
oldye.
wisely, adv. ogbongbon, fi
ogbén.
wish, v. £6.
wisp, 2. iti.
witch, n. adzé, alawikd, ard-
nika, awirin, oso.
witchcraft, n. ise ogo.
with, prep. bd, fi, fu, fun, lodo,
kpelu, ti.
withdraw’, v. fa...kpada.
withe, n. okin.
wi'ther,v. ki,ro,rodzo, sekpe,
wowé.
withhold’, v. dakun, fa... se-
hin.
within’, prep. nind, tind.
without’, adv. lode, lehin.
without’, prep. laini.
withstand’, adv. de... ldna,
kodzudza.
wit’ness, 7.
wi'zard, n.
awirin, ogo.
woe, n. egbé: woe unto thee,
egbé ni fu o.
wo’man, n.
womb, n.
won'der, v. yanu.
wonder, n. émo, iyanu.
won'derful, x, gasa, kpa.
woo, v. fé.
oe
eleri, eri.
alawikaé, ardnika,
obiri, obinri.
ind.
YE
wood, x. igi.
wood'en leg, 7, angere,
wood'pecker, n. akoko.
woof, n. ita, okuku.
wool, x. iron agutay.
word, x. gbolohuy, dro.
work, n. ise.
work, v. side.
work’man, n.
work’shop, n.
world, n.
worm, 7.
kokoro.
worm ’eaten, a.
worse, a. ké,
wor'ship, ». isin.
wor’ship, v. bo, bogi, foribale,
hari, sin, te, wari.
onige,
ilé ige.
alye, araiye.
aron, édZoné, ekolo,
adzu.
wor'shipper, n. olusin.
worth'iness, n. eyé.
worthless, a. nkankinkan.
worth’y, a.
would, wuz.
Ye
ba, dze.
wound,v. farakpa, kpa...lara,
ran, 8d, Sa... logbe.
wound, x. ogbe.
wran’gling, n. asd, asdkpd.
wrap, v. fi...we, gba,
wrath, n. ibind.
wreath, . mariwo.
wrest, v. 16.
wres'tle, v. dzakadi.
wres’tling, n. idza, idzakadi.
wrig’gle, v. se owere.
wrig’gler, x. oniwere.
wring, v. 16.
wrin’kle, v. kiwedze.
wrin’kle, zn.
write, v.
writ’er, n.
writhe, v.
writ/ing, n.
wrong, a. alaité.
wrong, 7. alaisoté.
wrong’ fulness, x. odi.
wrong’ness, x. aisoté.
ikiwedze, iwedde.
hantf, ko, kowe.
akéwe.
se owere.
rubutu, ikowe.
Y:
yam,n. isu, abadze, esuru, gudu-
gudu, igangay.
yard, x. isaboti.
yarn,n. owt.
yawn, v. yap.
yaws, n. gbddogi.
ye,pron. enyin, é, nyi,nyin nyin.
YEA
yea, adv. ani, kpelukpelu.
year,n. ayida, odin.
year'ly, a. ododun.
year'ly, adv. lododuy.
yeast, n. iwukara.
yelk. See yolk.
yel'low,. beledze, safakpukpa,
yes, adv. behe ni, e, eyi, he,
heyi, ohap.
yesterday, adv.
yes'ternight, n.
yet, adv. sibé.
yet, conj. sugbdn.
yield, v. dékup, ro.
ana, lana.
Oru ana.
134
yield’ing, a. 1éle.
yoke, n. adzaga.
yoke, v. di liadzaga.
yolk, n. kpukpa eyin.
yon'der, adv. Shun, lohun,
sohuy.
yore, 7.
you, pron. iwo; pl. nyi, nyiy.
young, a. titon.
youn’ger, a. abiro,
young’est,z”. abikehin.
lailai.
young’ster, 7. balaga.
your, pron. iwo, ré; pl. enyin,
tenyin.
ZEP
yourself, pron. iwo na.
youth, ». balaga, ewe, ikpere,
okpekpe.
Z.
zeal, n. itara, igbona.
zealot, . onitara.
zeal’ous, a. gbona.
zealously, adv. gbhonagbona,
tasatasa.
zenith, n.
ze’phyr, n.
katari, akatari.
Ofe.
Page
“
ERRATA.
GRAMMAR.
4, line 15, for aim, read aimd.
4, “ 38, “ ago, “ ago.
Dee eS On enone, Komenes
6, “ 26, * ake, “ ge.
34, “ 9, “ emi ko rior 6 (ri) bi? “ emi kd (or 0) ri bi?
SOmee 2b, sisode, Le isodes
56, “ 16, “ Gran “ oray.
DICTIONARY.
6, col. 6, line 9, for abénagboro, read abénugboro.
gS, © ay OC Wes Oe trcliges “ adire.
SF 6; 27.) adzagun, “ adzaguy.
8, “© 6.“ 47, “ adzedze (bis), “ adzedzi.
On woe Carole ad zor: “ adZorly.
ONO s Cea 7 e's ‘afinosehin; “ afinosehin.
“ afinosgode, “ afinogode.
10, “ a, “ 5, “ knows the head, “ knows not the head.
10, “ a, “ 27, “ agbabon (ibon) “ agbabon (iboy).
10, “ 6, “ 24, “ agbedzolo, “ agbedzolo.
Tiga he Osman S One Cenauikcuy (bis): “ aikt.
Doe te ae 235. aiminiye, “ ainiye.
13, “ b, “ 28, “ ak6rd, “ ak6rd.
UD ease oe oO no alatkolas “ alaikola.
Tbe b: old Calaive, “ alalye.
15, “ 6b, “ 29, “ alakpédze, “ alakpedze.
16, “ b, “ 17, “ dele ‘aliifa, the definition of which belongs to
the preceding word ‘alufa.’
Se Oy Oe Ke asamicon: read asankén.
One Cec Onto 4 aU asavalls “ agayan.
20 One a OOnm uatiZanuyy. “ atidzaruy.
DI bee avansebi, “ ayasgebi.
Dilan Da cme Once yiCIns “ ayuy.
22, “ a, “ 46, * obangidzi, “ Obangidzi.
Doro 20K ce omole, “ mole.
25, “ a, “ 38, “ dd alya, « da alya.
DOT Oye te Od mocum lenis “Jeri.
30, “ 6, “ 87, “ inflection, “infection.
31, “ 6 “ 47, “ edé (bis); “edo.
33, “ b, “ 1-4, “ce enl, “ eni.
36, “c a, “ 20, “ ge-en), “ sesin.
36, “ 6, “ 26, “ menses, “ mucus.
Asam cn cmcome Ly fou asc tuna). « ifihan.
44, « b, “ 34, “ ikondu, “ ikongu.
AG wee ae ke S0,) 0 SOU, Seems
Amn mS me ONO, CTOLO:
136
ERRATA.
Page 48, col. a, line 39, for itowo,
“ 49,
“ 49,
«53,
«58,
«63,
“« 63,
“64,
“ 66,
“67,
“68,
«69,
“70,
“70,
« 170,
eras
“71,
7a
baer 2:
ich
“73;
aia
“75,
“75,
“76,
CNT
« 48,
«78,
« 79,
«79,
“
“
“
20,
51,
12,
wT,
26,
16,
38,
113)
24,
41,
20,
52,
17,
5,
51,
“
“
iyangbo,
adv.
lokanda,
ow0,
orilé,
ami,
odz6,
idzinle,
edo,
re... 18,
sagadaga,
si...ndZe,
BOs /(Cly
so... di,
mu,
gala,
saisan,
sawotay,
mole,
siwo,
laiya,
tele,
téri, tériba,
todo,
bearer’s.
woray,
wole,
yabode,
ya... soto,
read itow0.
iyangbo.
a.
lokanda.
ow6.
orilé.
ami.
odzo.
idzinle.
edo.
TO ci. 1e.
sagadagba.
sin... dze.
SO\.e< Gl.
SOvs ple
miu.
Saba.
gaisay.
gawotan
mole.
siw6.
laiya.
t6:.1.'. 18,
teri, tériba.
todo.
hearers.
woray.
wolé.
yabode.
ya...soto.
Norr.—It is hoped that the reader will make these corrections before using the book; and that he will
find some excuse for the number of them, mostly relating as they do to the accentual and diacritical marks,
in the fact that in noting these we have as yet to depend in great measure on the ear.
(NES ON 1g QQUPT 40 UT
ee
pip DIype
OVA UONO
°o Paps
oyoqgye
» | VAL : i
NEN Ge
11°
eos. oa
qn weg. A
SR
uge
|
ad ° EOE
oh
| oned
Gpsoyye AST > i ‘
ere
o | ) 1
YAY oom
Slo
omy ry
OunAn VVAG UMUAEL
OuDDN,
(nny _f
x)
Por
yep
I
1
iS i
i
oo poet ey
OP
Piero 4 tile dts A ~ >=” ae
iv Bish A cutee A AB Sars wt a “ wever
Ae ioctl oe CP DES thre A ein ais
Reset ei ate ice Md AO OUUILS Cates aa
CE CLOG a Re ees Sire ee eee oe
Ta Rady
a on
ira)
Ales Ses trae)
eo en iso
a Cer rey wer eaoree tad o
eed Liedtke rte . SARS
Subd lpatrien rey ears open er riety cere een ty 2
OND taal ares bie itchy rgse? 5
catalan faanie ay Py BPR f
ene reine | oh er ee
Rana
Pera tee
ny
eS ey S Prey
resem heyee ai eh pe ait
a f eer ary
EDR alae tas
(cheese
prune murer a stirs
TOL Re pete ee . til sa
Ar eres STOO
oath eid
ca ad ol Lah A’ ee
Lote Syreirie aang hess oar aS ihre aaa! eer en
or Pe oe tA leo nt fae 4, rn eepeee c
[ep Beer eee eager DP rT Tine Ce a At el CE ii
Caan ake eet tri ips I AU es Phe tet pe ‘f
brea re lee rd Sryees ests 5 Ae Oe teris ab tO NetT Pant tat taateteattaeg ek
marry Ly a eee Aeceicitt Rr: Arter e Re
PA Nae le tale IN eC YTS x ates
PCI
6 a ‘: a Merrett
Ap paps Sr irites ey ee adesih PP Ate teneih ei"
esac rane ai a rs ” :
Pee ee rN are Lee aL) A ait Pernt ty Ata I
ahr ete ae Ce sSiasea aie eect a ican Peo settle
pode ds har yhgttal wbety Mert Se Ws att delit rari Poets oad iore se, a tlaed Nee hee bp
Per atpeaks z) Ata rabreacetil ‘ ?
3 Oe re
er es
point hatoyet el cstea: Peper wey a es oe ae
7 COG la ues evied Ces £ ie hehe ‘ C rng
it hori on Wet 0 Pirated Me Mat DORR Ane
de Jv Dee eis ek tr
oy} 3 pre ern ey Aaa
ie or Nery a eta A APY Ty
| Te pe eeeeee
Ani
ee dllateedeeaed cs os r. ‘
Sheuiapureyer le ues
Pp yer ioe rep ins
Tae
dias Pe Cora
s Ee I tee
see ae tedaicaat inten cow nena
Cy eT eked dean ail eee eee b aes
rrr as
ye ipo ed POT Te eee ae LAr ES San parses Ar Ae + Bite
pis : ’ oi See rah Solr eras gia NY icity
satet per pela oi Sete rtelet Matton a at Peary By A} Derg Poe Mer rs
iS es ae ae
ir artes iar seer Siete er heath pris ee
perl wAr a pamrapenveare semrnuniey ey Mette ne ety eS
FT aman ep piracy oa are raetie
pre eT dapper atrind me yeep rt ener ays 7 iy i ‘ fi
Shy pede ee py ayo eT it ed nad ek eden yes
eas Peeters paee parvirigrar oa eariry Dae ee Srey eg 3 y
yaaa i, vy famayreh ee ees 4 ; Cer ett ad © He yr
Pope Pee ep onks a ba np henry rs S Gok)
werner a: s , ry fA Pid As As
a ae
ptr
; Pinta ey |
5 Dee al elderly dort Geiser pea ey: iad sae
ai one ere ere ey os Srsnceureenen!
Perpr peas reer er mare tren le els Patot amare ay pes (4 ‘ ; Lab egl Tat a Poe
Derieteacnent Apr TeNy an EY ot nr POE CL Sos ohana per oss ere) papanrar erowey : ee ey aes
PUP SAP EO Cr ttle taerats wearer ey rn pene POS trey re ea Liat ae aD eeeete Pare Paes
Aa ap omaeas | Sepia aah paruietur dapat ICES Kyi cctehes lds DUE ep baey eP Pererieeis
ramen oe rere re peers a AT odbetveihsle purkpaies et We Vie tyr C tt SS Maa ane reo Etat Siitfae hea ener ©
SET Sotece ba: Aaa ten diene SOLED Paitin ad awiidaweretien se sg Pine ter AAsare
Bet pd hyd PP Rare PEE ee Eas errs Sakon y oe Arey E wr PACAP rene re
by eR ee epee neeoaeNT in Seated Erie eeaikheite ary beeen Pur Aah
SSL tah oe emestace ote eaninses tt eyes eo Rie PTE eS tee tae id otk apse _
Bele Pe eit teeter seer gee ti magyar Ee UN Sete SOT MY Leo A LR Lia aeons ed
peter rer ESO ee pataceitet me mrt piensa vary ny irre ote Beers
PRET TIER Lye eobis stay aula mre ary
5 hie oun vee voy Sarre G i D }
peared ey PTET adios nr
pepe tatynt, Sve Sea . rr pet pany erry pare feat es pers ty Nh r Sey
7 pl Rk rah er eR ee ahd called yea pitch pert ae) 7 eet te rei ant ety veratys ep cps Preys
wert rr aoe eS pene pet ee Pye Pe Le et ae pprsarmratts y ity hs pee dinars waterways TVET Y Sten ARAea ys
cannery youre y amie ed einer hats rrr at ree nee eee , rs reir ; bre etry ary in ea SAL
Wise ss bee Eerairy See nt opal daa ahnaed ake Wea ee Peat a) Cole coay Cuitr pe BECO D oot rata
rete pp papehiy yal pats ein ry ree Syed ; Amer eats wi ‘ gyi
Los mcedp peer it eed ED Aamir benryy Dy 2 Papert ee | pres
; py Li Sates bo wr pyteros Ay yt Soa pit z Tithe dol gand
a & seh deenney erie styhirgs a east Nay 2 ti
Pater renal G oid a reise tyne
pebobelibet oni et yt socal an fs porary “a
vet bearer runynrat ey prune y SMe mary rene st c yh { hole
a Pedal tates bMS Elst eh : Bp AP RILEY a a
; oo Srp r atte of LE hah aaas iy tin
{ acer: ort ieee res ey Fe Adah atvaieoe te) 7 Le Se Siednis baste
de poh pnt ris Nein emme Sesh mre bint YO A rt Peeve: prety re
tf rd ab meh wpa meg oo: eat badd Dendy denies gt LF sh, theo
reed Pe aaa ri : yh -
corer et pacha) fu oy ‘DS hah
eset ned lelitet sds Aird : ‘ gt ‘ RAR That at epee Rett:
7 ss - . : Leg ey ind en Bits
ay tbe ae Hinman raul see ier etn EAL g NAN iek:
Pry ray Cute itd on ¥ y PO la AR Fo
bath eho pra eu yMiney oot
itty 4 _ a
pane ry hayes
Sits preesr a rath ROO
Pray ee : ‘pratt Ue ei See : ry oteeey
Poe A Fadob Shp hey eae erst SBA By ie Th > fe ee rena : HATA IS A A oe
soser c Sp idemprhyhne eee a teeny Pee | ‘ ere TT Nese Sa f 7 i akon
a pategerpenpiainnt tt kit cater t pura Per eatery toe
Kylee onbters ti hae Tyee F Ary oye ; . He EG
“ PUY Aton Beery ant aie fj ahaty,
tit haGcaeeoel f eer aN ne
Misti) \ HAA RS FURS
ater
J pi
era f
eer
tH nH tarry
chase open aa : Pe
aes ars ae
Vk aderad uate ate re Det i ieee rtd
pibteria ees Par , ‘ aed
Beaters ee 4 nea Len icles ce test i
ax} t > Te Pate hal
be ed asatee serene tat Pa apices Re ay
A at tors i Par eat i
aerate j nn BAe
pre teres he ee P
nists eas er iene eT 3 : =e PPro eran)
Peet en sate a eet ey ‘ ary erp wir tert sree
e Evita Seisb it P} LA ee tae ry ale G ee F
aoe 5 ert Seater aay ek, ou
Ki NET oa: rye yt Ly PP
Lg ok s
PPA
pee nee OTe
OPES aos a eer,
fe sacha eee tt 5 8 3 Brera
. F ek b Pe AL
bi
a Oy
ms
Ve poriea
iit
Were W
S
5
u UK)
Pepe eens of
Laas eh) eR Ale hay S
Mpa Wa hh as ee ye
3a"
Spe:
rier
he aA
Bunce i
nL Rk
ns
a
ahah ath
Lease
et D PN bet
aks icc aien *} ; Rey eS De
Pie een ay 4 ae oy) Terr aN TR cote tay vi rar
Bee is) cra vectra y Se ee} f Pe Ate aT POP ene AWA PANE LD
cy ra Ss) CSP RLY Le a OR Re eS a
eS Hikari See CR ATA la
YN Coe freee ds Ce
‘ Dn TRAN See a)
ay Ms wiih ee hye
hers) rye
MOY WMT) CRM EOL
eee et ett Es iho i SP TOL Ret OU
any bert wile w eiernd Zi ren iy ‘ ony i TROTLIER LS aD eh
BARNA mara Meh at gabe Spat pean Tea LAD
sree wT eee ee Oe ele tryst * bh rt OPC eR UOT aS a} PP re ae he Cer nan
Sr ean Seaianae Sete Chr ee ee OP LTon Te u RRA AR Pa
Panett 2 » a Do tpriter M ny a Ne} Oo PAU MD Ayr te
Peep seeten eka yy Baa) ehty yay Posey ye) Cir) diate as RA
, ort, Fe PA RSL
errr ee eye Ne tat)
ae Nt ‘ 5
Aba a oa)
Pa ee IUE
DR ee
Eras
rather
Piha Ahab wi Ota
eyes) Y) t rt r ase
‘ S eEone ‘ i 4 Riaeeh ary neat SOUR
e gs lank pa NS teerh ibe Sele f M rye? Pee a eG Un Net An Pieris
erie ree) iat rer: / RL ie) areca only ert A
Frm ltiedb a pe bprar yee achat per tare NgbND mp Serr 4 Aer RR RD dy
cus rae Mice A Radek eaters Mw Co Cede oat
hale ey Lyte ledetes 7 ch elke A sue ee
SAREE OED id ‘ my inne n VE tae OOK Re
ere ol eed ee y year PEREUEY AF LANL te EOL UL
EPO PLA ee Lene) 0 LF basbalety hs Pala e y (incre it VR OROL Cs er
Se Retna escapee) Oo o Y BCR OR AUTES CED Cae Le yee er be ere fart eN Ana
Sa lament aeaanet i? Nites UO ea eta © ret 0 a Brheebis Cee hee re ee Lelie eee Ce GOT (or ie ae t
4 Piane ewe bec eere: Che trie U ng ee i On Se nae ARF Ae 8 Py \
hay 0 a eae 2 Tha br heed 0 7 On AAP BUNS are LP At a ad
Rt ie {} m ‘ r ' er eed ECan ests biti hk VAS | Cama:
oer SL Ci ACAI AUn aL erator Meh Tic hy} ‘eae LePePe es
i j
He Peeeirue ens erin fy
Dine BL ee a ali Feat ar a ML:
Srna Can ee ra A PAPA KO PULA pc GU rote
Fipate Nin eee TEL Se CD Hh f FORTE ite vou S . HAUL AOE ICEL
Tne i iy f o Reo IU Pa AU
Parco? KEM hited Fd , POR LA A ali rn at AICP eo a
ven sige a) feet Misia
eA Nica ER UING chaMceltcatcanana nite ear ai
~~ SB Ptteon Ady yore con Sp AAT A pallets ve etre) See ee Ieee od eee wt
ur 1 e ea de re cm ry ree med Ore fol oes oO Pua ee 7
barb th, pipet eet ara PRYOR MOM Ur RH ROHR RR aR DUS Area
a A °) ma Qe ke he gd et A eri ru
a) Pee ee RES A OW PVD NG APs p hyn! A a
S Ls REY cH mn COL i f ey Vi ‘
eee SOTKTO ot RA SRR aL Lc a
Aa os
Cor
paerecy
Le
pot oi ee
aie he
Ore) Oo (
By Yi Pn
7 [ PUTO Pa
Peery Oe) ne
eae) PCI PRM ARTO OTR TOON 0 TRL a
FY OCR aT a I RR
Pe eC eae a Oe
UA,
La
SRT URS ‘ Ny yea
RD A AID Ln Te here
yy) Dy
REC
a pnogetery oe , Pe ee ae Oulu PAW CUR AIR
Nie ehh he « t a ole Se Na! PAHS AN a ag
oe oO ‘ on To 0 MONT Ferrero NUN Ma os a
Cr Ze a , OLY YOM ay TU a na ot rus
i 0 D Hi HL OF Yn eh
tater Mi in ieee 5
f
ATE AR iit
K Metab el eNy
py ers Wnen ,
meray.) PO inert are iM ten ‘
Aryans Aner Sietiedet en ner Tart 6 hf WELL REE
ny G i an ae eee
PRP LI RU Neve
(ee CA LAA
REY yuk ee . yy eee Las
On CeCe AR ee hee
penneeere
oe
Co C oy >
Pes nore rey hese Ca OOO ud eae
O30 AVES PET OC fee A PIL ie AA
Peer As ed CED Garr ELT RP hte wee ere Pee ere Tb em FO SIP mabe kN
Conor een eC ae ee AyaT PCP ate hare Nia Cat ek nas ao a a (as
sidan Oa Pee UH MN Ld tek ee Ui
an vee ee AY Le Lr aU Gan
6 Cee Cea
PACD Weer eeyh be
Peewee slit ahreees ts tr ete be ATR UAL
COU ON NOU Mra A) ’ RAP a ea
Cee nk f APA Stearn d Noe ab
Du Wants ae AIRS Ries ia ee Aa
Viele rere ed Ohh 4 MY otty 2
Oi LOIRE A
RAAF IU sate
OY
0
eae nee bbe ahh a
Serine peoruG
Aha had fan ey
GNCrtOL
VODA
on
SPC Ma a
Ott POO
ea
berger nents
ae te tephe
ws on ely at)
aie heehee reer teh rr a er eo Peat ee fey f P ra
Be ee eee tke eee on 1 es vehe i odet COC Ona “ete Ms f
Sean ete eden ri Paes eae hPa
inh or io Ar tets Dia aaa tat tall RR Fad ear ty : #
, oe 5
Wi ctr dared PNY TF
Ae sf ey os pag OLE Sane ” 5 +
. es _ aac ag MO As p 5 : ‘ 5
ae } a 3 MRA
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11